Doug Zawisza's Comic Reviews

Reviewer For: Comic Book Resources, Comicosity, Superior Spider-Talk Reviews: 2546
7.0Avg. Review Rating

8
1,000 Comic Books You Must Read #1

Mar 14, 2010

This book contains quite a few recommendations that I haven't had the privilege of reading, as well as some books I know I should dig out to enjoy again real soon. This might be Isabella's top one thousand comics we should be reading, but I'd like to see the next thousand from him or a thousand from a few other comic pros.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
100th Anniversary: Fantastic Four #1

Jul 3, 2014

For a miniseries that has the potential to launch a whole new line of books -- or possibly a timeline to be revisited in future stories -- this adventure never really does more than introduce some characters and emphasize the fact that the Fantastic Four is always about family. I wasn't sure what to expect from "100th Anniversary Special: Fantastic Four" #1, but it wasn't this. Van Meter and Estep open the issue with promise, but before too long, the "traditional" Fantastic Four is back in action, but against a less-than-inspired foe. I'd like to see more of the Richards-Banner twins, the "future" Human Torch and the Enchantress instead of the Fantastic Four once more besting a borderline generic foe. Perhaps, like the refugees of "Days of Future Past" did throughout X-Men history, these new characters will be able to check in from time to time. This issue, however, doesn't really pack enough of a punch on its own to sustain in readers' collective memories until 2061.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
100th Anniversary: Guardians of the Galaxy #1

Jul 31, 2014

"100th Anniversary Special: Guardians of the Galaxy" #1 is the most enjoyable, most accessible and most timely of the "100th Anniversary Special" series so far. This issue won't change the industry, but the on-sale racks are much better for having such a comic as this. With Guardians-mania hitting its apex, it might just be time to pull out all the stops and give this all-ages appropriate amalgamation of all things Guardians of the Galaxy a chance to carry on and build a legacy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
1872 #1

Jul 13, 2015

The flow and the melding of story to art sputters a little in "1872" #1 but, for the most part, holds together nicely. As the various domains of Battleworld are set to do, "1872" #1 gives readers a fun, alternative take on the core of the Avengers. The additional characters around the fringe add depth, but the heart of the story is Captain America as Sheriff Rogers in the Old West, making this an ideal comic for Old West fans, readers who enjoy alternate timelines or folks who just want to read a new take on classic characters. This isn't the flashiest of the "Secret Wars" tie-ins, but it has a lot of character and just as much potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #1

Mar 16, 2016

Between the story and the art, A&A: The Adventures of Archer & Armstrong #1 is a madcap romp through the anything-can-happen playground of comic books. The leads aren't superheroes, they're just characters in a drama. Except their drama includes some comedy, some fantasy, some science fiction and a whole lot of imagination. This comic, as mentioned once or more in this review already, has a little bit of something for everyone. Valiant had a strong offering when they came back to comic stands a few years ago, and offerings like A&A: The Adventures of Archer & Armstrong #1 are the type of thing only Valiant provides. Roberts, Lafuente, Winn, Reber, and Lanphear may not be delivering a literary classic, but they sure are delivering an entertaining escape, which is why we all read comics, right?

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #5

Jul 22, 2016

I forget the attribution, but recently I heard the perfect comic book story should include equal parts suspense, action, adventure, romance, and comedy. I'm pretty sure Roberts was not the individual at the heart of that attribution, but he sure hits all of those points. With an all aces crew of Norton, Passalaqua, and Sharpe joining him, A & A: The Adventures of Archer & Armstrong #5 is a comic that is not to be missed. This is the type of relatable escapism so many of us read comics to enjoy. I just hope we get a little bit more from this creative team. This is a comic worth loving.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
A-Force #2

Jul 3, 2015

"A-Force" #2 appears to be a straightforward superheroine adventure on the surface but, as the pages turn, Bennett, Wilson, Molina, Yeung, Wong, Martin and Petit make it quite clear this isn't a straightforward anything. The mystery of the new arrival and whether or not the portals are hers would be enough but, embedded in the policies of Battleworld and the surrounding bureaucracy of it all, this story gets more personal. Easily dismissed as a gimmick, "A-Force" is anything but, packing in strong characters, smart characterization and wonderful artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
A-Force (2016) #2

Feb 3, 2016

Like the cast of this issue, A-Force is an unexpected delight that is so much more than simply the sum of its parts. Sure, a certain level of expectation can be carried into this issue, but those expectations are left behind as Thompson, Wilson, Molina, Martin, and Petit make A-Force #2 a book worth searching out. Thompson and Wilson set the foundation with a cast of loveably believable characters, and the visual creative crew brings it all to life. This is one of the greater joys of the All-New, All-Different Marvel voyage.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
A.D.: After Death #1

Sep 28, 2016

Snyder and Lemire might be giving us autobiographical peeks or wildly creative fiction. Either way it's compelling and absorbing and pushes the limits of what comics can and should be. At several points in my reading of this issue, I found it to be a spiritual cousin to R. J. Ryan and David Marquez's The Joyners,except this story has just a little bit more hope around the fringes. Book One has my attention. Let's see what Snyder and Lemire do with Book Two.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (1938) #866

Jun 17, 2008

This book was well worth the price. It's probably the one single DC comic I've really, truly enjoyed lately. That said, this book carries the Sightings trade dress, whatever that really means. To me, it doesn't mean too much, as it neither adds nor detracts from an enjoyable read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (1938) #870

Oct 8, 2008

In this issue, this comic lives up to its title, "Action Comics." Now if Hollywood would just learn a thing or two, borrow a page or twenty-two, and realize what a great Superman movie could truly be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (1938) #871

Nov 12, 2008

"New Krypton" seeks to deepen the Superman mythos while providing new answers to old questions and addressing continuities cops' concerns, and through the fourth chapter the tale has done a nice job. With a month of issues behind it and another couple months of Superman related adventures remaining, this storyline appears to be one that will be pointed back to for inspiration from a new generation of Superfan and Supercreator. As mentioned before, don't let the numbering fool you, you'll be able to jump in with this issue and still enjoy the rest of the flight.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (1938) #879

Jul 19, 2009

While I am not keen on over-paying for my comics, the Captain Atom adventure given to us here is almost enough for me to consider buying the next issue -" just for that. The main story of "Action Comics" seems on a course to intersect with the events in other Superman titles, so Captain Atom may not have to lure me back all by himself. We'll see what Rucka and Robinson (together on "World of New Krypton," Robinson writing solo on "Superman") have in store for us and how engaging that story might be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (1938) #880

Aug 17, 2009

"Codename: Patriot" is half over with this installment, but there seems to be a lot going on in this story "- almost too much. I look forward to seeing how Robinson and Rucka draw all of these divergent paths closer together towards resolution in the next two installments of this storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (1938) #885

Jan 14, 2010

The two stories make this title worth reading. With word coming down of the upcoming "War of the Supermen" story set to rock the Super-titles this summer, this issue seems like a great place to start. If not here, where? If not now, when?

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (1938) #891

Aug 1, 2010

"Action Comics" is taking the road less traveled here by putting Luthor in the starring role and diminishing the role of Superman, and I wouldn't have it any other way right now. After the past two plus years of New Krypton and "War of the Supermen," it's nice to explore the world surrounding the Man of Steel. Cornell is doing a great job with this story. This issue alludes to greater dealings beyond what is shown, and I can't wait to see where Luthor goes next. Luthor is far from a character that I empathize with, but he's certainly a character I enjoy reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Action Comics (1938) #897

Jan 27, 2011

Luthor seems to be getting close to solving the puzzle that has driven him for two-thirds of a year, and Cornell is definitely showing his readers a fun time along the way. Luthor and Joker have been allies and adversaries. These two even share a passion against their archrivals, but they truly are, as robot Lois points out, polar opposites. Sure, they may not appear to be opposites, but Cornell does a fabulous job defining them as such over the course of this story. In my review of a previous issue, I stated that, "Luthor is far from a character that I empathize with, but he's certainly a character I enjoy reading." That holds true now, and with Cornell guiding Luthor's path, I don't see that enjoyment diminishing any time soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (2011) #16

Jan 10, 2013

This isn't a big impact issue, but it is an enjoyable one that delivers good to great art and unpredictable adventures. The apparent disconnect between the lead-in and backup adventure makes "Action Comics" #16 feel more like an anthology book than a straightforward comic with a primary tale. With only one issue left, I can't help but feel as though Morrison has an awful lot of loose ends to try to tie up or trim off after reading this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #18

Mar 21, 2013

When all is said and done, Grant Morrison's run on this comic is sure to be held up as one of the best. That's not hard to do, considering the trials and tribulations Superman has endured since his death in 1992. This run, capped by "Action Comics" #18, celebrates the Man of Steel, his supporting cast, his heritage and his legacy all while serving as a love letter from Morrison to the concepts and characters that must have fueled his desire to create adventures for Superman.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Action Comics (2011) #19

Apr 4, 2013

In the end, with all of the hoopla surrounding Diggle coming on as Grant Morrison's replacement and flaming out after one issue, "Action Comics" #19 is just another Superman story. It's no "What's So Funny About Truth, Justice and the American Way" and it's not even "Man of Steel." "Action Comics" #19 is enjoyable, but tragic in its incompletion. While Diggle's work will continue to shade the remainder of this story, it's not going to be his story and given Daniel's track record with the New 52, I'm not racing back for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Action Comics (2011) #23.2

Sep 16, 2013

Zod of the films is far more interesting for his bluster and posturing than this Zod ever could be in his unfounded self-righteousness. Even the Terence Stamp version of Zod has more depth than this jungle-raised anarchist. Pak tries to use Zod as a prod to inspire the Kryptonians to build a better future, but in the shadow of Michael Shannon's portrayal of the character, Pak's version is thin and uninspired. No longer methodical, noble or cunning Zod now is damaged goods, cruel and menacing for no other reason than to be menacing. The end result is that "Action Comics #23.2: Zod" is simply a limp story. I hope when we see him again (which this issue all but makes certain we will) that the character is more inspired.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Action Comics (2011) #23.3

Sep 19, 2013

Of all of the "Villains Month" offerings I've read, "Action Comics" #23.3 is most relevant to the "Forever Evil" event and does a fine job of lining up the pieces in seamless prequel fashion. Soule and company bring readers a day in the life of Lex Luthor. It just happens to be a very productive and fulfilling day, although not a particularly memorable one. This comic book serves as a nice primer to the events of "Forever Evil" #1 and a decent fill-in piece between issues of that series, but pales in comparison to other Lex Luthor stories that have been published under the "Action Comics" banner.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #25

Nov 8, 2013

In many ways, "Action Comics" #25 is the best sort of tie-in. People who are reading "Zero Year" in "Batman" get an answer to the question of why Superman hadn't waded in and tried to help Gotham City in its moment of crisis. Readers of "Action Comics" won't feel lost or confused. And hopefully, "Action Comics" just got some new regular readers who liked what they saw here. I know I did. Pak and Kuder are a great choice for "Action Comics" and I'm eager to see what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2011) #27

Jan 10, 2014

I've always enjoyed stories that manage to balance the troubled "man" aspect with powerful "Super" in the adventures of the Man of Steel and in "Action Comics" #27, Greg Pak and company do a fine job delivering such a story. Additionally, Lana Lang isn't a hapless damsel in distress, but an empowered woman who finds inspiration and initiative through the words and actions of her childhood friend. Couple that with an adversary that isn't a sleepy retread of Superman's more popular, but extremely narrow, collection of foes and this book begins to give "Adventures of Superman" a run for the money and a solid case for readers. Combined with the aforementioned digital first comic and "Superman Unchained," I'm happy to say I'm reading more enjoyable tales of the one-time big blue Boy Scout than I ever have in this New 52.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2011) #29

Mar 10, 2014

"Action Comics" #29 is a good comic with a solid Superman story that presents Superman as a hero of the underdog and someone for us underdogs to look up to. I'm eager for more from this team, especially if they're going to continue to contribute positive, fun stories to the legacy of the Man of Steel. Pak and Kuder make Superman a character I can cheer for and sympathize with once again.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Action Comics (2011) #34

Aug 8, 2014

"Doomed," like Doomsday himself, has taken a course all its own, seemingly unstoppable and certainly overwhelming. Pak, Kuder, Kolins and crew do a fine job of giving readers a dynamic, packed story to read, but it feels rushed and ill-fit for the space and time allotted. Credit given to a pair of writers certainly adds credence to the supposition that this comic book may have needed some help hurrying along to match deadlines or adjust accordingly. The scope of Doomsday blending into an attack from Brainiac (and more!) is ambitious, but it needs to be controlled just a bit to become a more enjoyable "Superman against all odds" story. I love the connectivity Pak and Kuder have built with appearances and cameos across the DC Universe, but I'd like to see Superman given more space to soar.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Action Comics (2011) #51

Apr 22, 2016

With three installments complete and five on the horizon, there is simply no denying that “The Final Days of Superman” is going to have a significant impact on the Superman family of comics leading up to and following Rebirth. Thankfully, Tomasi keeps readers invested in the here and now as well, though, with plenty of action and adventure. His characterization of Superman in his growing desperation is believable, but the writer also gives readers a Supergirl to put faith in and enjoy once more. This could have easily been a coast between the previous Superman tale and the launch of Rebirth, but Tomasi and crew are doing their very best to make “The Final Days of Superman” one of the most enjoyable tales of the New 52 and, more importantly, a memorable Superman tale for fans to remember fondly, regardless of the era or surrounding continuity.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2011) Annual #1

Nov 1, 2012

Hamner's visuals in the lead story are impressive, clean and crisp. The artist provides plenty of detail, but implies so much more through his strong storytelling. His work isn't ornately decorated with shards and random shapes, but rather presented in traditional sense, with outlined panels intelligently composed throughout the issue. Hamner does play around with the orientation and composition of those panels, adding action and energy to his drawings. Sook, likewise, provides a masterfully composed story that needs no wording to transmit its message. With these two artists on board, the Superman brand is looking good and worth checking out. I just hope we don't have to wait another year for a Superman story to be this enjoyable.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Action Comics (2016) #957

Jun 8, 2016

With a slight cameo by the enigmatic Mr. Oz and the appearance of a surprising Superman cast member, Jurgens and crew don't simply make this a Superman comic. This is, as the title says, an “action” comic, and there's plenty of action and suspense. So the only thing to do is to give readers a splash page final image that'll stick with readers long after this comic is closed. From there, those readers checking their calendars in anticipation of the next chapter titled, “ANNIHILATION!” I'm pretty darn thrilled to be able to look forward to reading a Superman comic again.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Action Comics (2016) #958

Jun 22, 2016

It's an interesting mash-up of familiar concepts blended together, but what readers and critics seem to be quick to dismiss (or simply forget) is the presence of the mysterious Mr. Oz. The hooded figure slips into the panels of Action Comics #958, adding a layer to the story, a non-combatant party to the fight, and a quantity of the unknown to this tale. Whether or not those ingredients result in a fresh recipe or a distinctly unimaginative casserole remains to be seen. So far, there's at least plenty of action, suspense, fighting, and solid art.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Action Comics (2016) #959

Jul 13, 2016

While I didn't know what to expect with the visual team tagging out after two issues for a breather, I know now. Hopefully the second issue for Kirkham and crew gels a bit better than this one, and, maybe, just maybe, we'll get a little closer to the finale of the Doomsday battle.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Action Comics (2016) #960

Jul 27, 2016

Overall, the art works for the story, but not for the series. Kirkham's style is divergent from series initiator Patrick Zircher's more realistic presentation, and, once collected, the flow from one to the next is going to be visually alarming. I'm not sure which artist is on deck for Action Comics #961, but that will be the fifth (and final? Penultimate?) chapter of “Path of Doom”. Whoever it is has a big-time battle ahead of them, as all of the players appear to be on the board, so it'll be time to see what Jurgens can really do with this tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Action Comics (2016) #1005

Nov 28, 2018

Part five of the “Invisible Mafia” story, gave me a nice jumpstart for my interest in the Superman line. I'm in for the next issue, to be certain, and I cannot wait to see more of Superman, the Question, and maybe even Kate Spencer's alter ego in action in Action Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Adam.3 #1

Aug 12, 2015

"Adam.3" #1 is a bold step in a new direction. Kolins provides a quick introduction to the cast and the world but wastes little time in setting the table. Readers are invited in for the journey and are shown early on just how intense and invigorating this new world can be.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Adventures of Supergirl #2

Feb 8, 2016

Adventures of Supergirl continues to be a must-read, day-of release. Comic book fans can look forward to every day of the week for one reason or another, and with the Supergirl show on Monday nights, we already had one reason, but Mondays aren't exactly known as everyone's favorite day of the week. Thankfully (at least every other Monday) Gates and company are giving us a reason to look forward to Mondays, and the cliffhanger of this installment will definitely have you pining for that fortnight to fly by like a certain Kryptonian.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Adventures of Superman (1987) #516

Jul 17, 2010

It's sad to think that just a year ago, a new issue of "Adventure Comics" from Geoff Johns, Francis Manapul, and Clayton Henry was an exciting event. Now? With a monthly "Legion of Super-Heroes" title existing, and a "Superboy" title en route, I wouldn't feel too bad if "Adventure Comics" got the axe. Unless it gets a creative kick in the seat, there's not much to recommend it sticking around.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #1

May 1, 2013

Parker and Samnee get the ball rolling quite nicely. I can't wait to see more from this duo, as "Adventures of Superman" #1 does a great job of delivering exactly what I want to see in Superman comics in a convenient package at a nice price. I want more of this. Now. Of course, I'll probably buy the print edition when that hits the racks too.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #3

May 16, 2013

While this series could be considered a tryout for artists and writers to see what they can bring to the adventures of Superman, I view this as a celebration of the character, calling upon comic book industry talents who might be otherwise too busy to create a Superman story or simply might not have the opportunity presented to them to do anything more than contribute to an anthology. For the price attached to the weekly installments of this series, however, Adventures of Superman" simply cannot be beat. It presents consistently high quality craftsmanship and entertaining stories that show Superman at his best. Jordan and Rossmo add their names to the talented roster to grace "Adventures of Superman," and I sure wouldn't mind seeing them come back. I'm pretty sure Rossmo's style would be just as effective on the Parasite or even a gritty version of Brainiac.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #12

Jul 18, 2013

While so many charges of heartlessness and out-of-character decisions and actions have been levied the Man of Steel's way of late, it really is enjoyable to read a comic with soul and compassion, especially when it features Superman. Williams packs humanity into this series, continuing the short-lived but growing tradition of strong stories in the pages of "Adventures of Superman." Whether you're waiting for the paper copy or considering downloading the digital version of the series, "Adventures of Superman" #12 is one that absolutely should not be missed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #21

Sep 18, 2013

Charming and graceful, "Space, Actually" is evocative of the energy and enthusiasm of the once-popular Super Powers toy line given life through the work of Seeley, Norton, Bellaire and Abbott. It helps that Norton is among the best all-ages, any subject artist in the industry today. The crux of the story isn't anything readers haven't seen before, but the execution is simple and rewarding. As long as "Adventures of Superman" can continue to draw talent like Seeley and Norton to produce work like "Adventures of Superman" #21, this title will continue to be a go-to outlet for the adventures of the most well-known Kryptonian.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #40

Jan 29, 2014

"Adventures of Superman" #40 is yet another enjoyable celebration of Superman in this digital edition. While Landis and Jock may not be the top combination to tackle the first meeting between these characters, the story they deliver is certainly worth a read. As unexpected as this matchup is, this comic is able to provide some surprises along the way as it sets up an explosive cliffhanger dangling from the rooftop ledge of the Daily Planet. Luckily, readers only have to wait a week to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #42

Feb 12, 2014

Even though the conclusion to Superman's fight with the Atomic Skull is telegraphed, it's still fun to see for the sake of being fun. This might be one of the silliest installments of "Adventures of Superman" to date, but it certainly delivered on two fronts: it gave DC a chance to publish Sugar and Spike again; and it put Phil Hester in the artist's chair for a Superman adventure. I'm not necessarily feeling the need for another Sugar and Spike appearance any time too quickly, but if Hester wants to return for more "Adventures of Superman," I certainly won't object.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #43

Feb 18, 2014

Editor Alex Antone has been working spectacular magic on this series since day one, crafting amazing creative teams. "Adventures of Superman" #43 is the sterling example of the series' potential as a whole. The issue definitely raises the bar, and practically begs all future creative teams to bring their absolute best to the table. I bought it and read it digitally, but I'll be getting it in paper as well, not just for me, but for younger readers in my life who genuinely don't know what they're missing out on, especially when it comes to Superman. Now, if Antone could only assemble a similar roster of creative talent and find a way to bring readers adventures from the Silver and Bronze Age Justice League of America"

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Adventures Of Superman (2013) #45

Mar 5, 2014

"Only Child" is a remarkable addition to the mythology of the Man of Steel. This three-parter epitomizes the notion of what this title should be and what Superman can and should be for comic readers. As the pacing for the digital to print goes, this story is going to add up to one magnificent standalone print comic book. Most importantly, though, this is my Superman. This is my dad's Superman. This is my six-year-old nephew's Superman. Marz and Shaner combine to tell a timeless tale of the Last Son of Krypton in a story that answers the perpetual question, "What's so special about Superman?" I only hope DC figures out a way to bring these guys back for more. A creative team that clicks like this and a timeless tale such as "Only Child" unlocks the potential of the DC Digital First program.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Aesop's Ark #1

Jul 5, 2012

Coordinating the debut of Monkeybrain Comics with Independence (or in this case Independents') Day is a fine, nostalgic way to start. Taken for what it is -- a bold new offering with lots of baked-in familiarity -- "Aesop's Ark" has limitless potential for entertainment and enlightenment. I'm looking forward to much more of this ride. I just hope I don't have to wait forty days and forty nights to see more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Afterlife With Archie #4

Mar 5, 2014

While I took a massive dose of "Afterlife With Archie" in a relatively short time, I found myself closing the cover to #4 wanting a little bit more. Sure, more than twenty-two pages could get a little oppressive, but Aguirre-Sacasa, Francavilla and Morelli have constructed a fun story that crosses genres and transforms a cast of characters. While readers can get the whole gist from "Afterlife With Archie" #4, the run isn't so deep that it cannot be chased down and enjoyed in a short span. Those with more experience in Riverdale will have a more fulfilling read, but this is not an impenetrable issue. I have to hand it to those who recommended the series to me: they were right.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Age of Reptiles: The Journey #3

Mar 3, 2010

This book is haunting in its apparent simplicity, but demands to be analyzed panel by panel to catch the details that have been there all along, but can only truly be discerned after hours of study. Without a single word, this book is easily one of the most intriguing pieces I've seen this year.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Age of Ultron #1

Mar 5, 2013

Marvel makes no pretense about how large this story is. With an interesting collection of characters, this is certainly an event book that will garner attention, but this issue just isn't amazing. There are still, however, nine parts to go. Bendis' work tends to read better in chunks, without waiting between installments, and "Age of Ultron" #1 seems to follow in that trend. The cliffhanger of this issue is more of a page-turning cliffhanger than an issue-ending conclusion. I'm sure there will be plenty of readers who get a kick out of this opening chapter, but I might go back and re-read some of the other Ultron tales that Timothy Callahan mentions in his latest column before I re-read "Age of Ultron" #1. Maybe that will help me find a deeper appreciation for Hank Pym's most dangerous creation after this issue's letdown.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Age of Ultron #5

Apr 11, 2013

"Age of Ultron" #5 is a display of the collection of heroes jumping through Tuckman's stages of team development in alarmingly quick fashion. Yes, many of these characters know one another and have fought alongside each other before, but there's an awful lot of space dedicated to talking and game-planning. This issue does sport twenty-five pages of story, but the series continues to tease exciting developments without much delivery. Maybe future-Ultron can send us some action-packed pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Age of Ultron #6

Apr 17, 2013

"Age of Ultron" #6 delivers a couple gasp-worthy moments here and everything changes. I'm sure there's a magic history eraser button at the end of this story, but for now, the desperation just rocketed up to astronomical levels, claiming lives of many Marvel Universe stalwarts. This is the level of action and excitement, uncertainty and wonder event comics used to have. At the end of this issue, I can honestly say I have no idea what to expect of the next, and it's about time. "Age of Ultron" #6 took a while to get to, but there's no mistaking that the payoff is worth it, especially since the final page leaves the question of "Now what?" floating in the ether. This is a cliffhanger we were screaming towards and now that it's here, "Age of Ultron" #7 has become something I look forward to instead of dread.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Age of Ultron #9

Jun 6, 2013

As penultimate issues go, "Age of Ultron" #9 is not a very tense issue. The Wolverines, Sue Storm and Pym noodle over how to make things right and it seems like their solution might be on target, especially given the narrow margin for error or expansive story weaving. That said, this issue doesn't seem to have much going on, save for multiple Wolverines, which makes for some fun moments, mind-bending time travel scenarios and wonderful artistic opportunities for Pacheco and Peterson. It's pretty obvious what's going to happen, I'm just wondering how close to the obvious it will really play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Age of Ultron #10AI

Jun 26, 2013

This comic book cleanly directs readers to "Avengers A.I." #1 scheduled for release next week. Waid has successfully utilized Pym as a supporting character in "Daredevil," so seeing the writer get a chance for a grander story is rewarding, but disappointing in the knowledge that Pym's continued adventures won't be crafted by Waid, who clearly has as much to say about Hank Pym as he does Matt Murdock or Bruce Banner. For now, Waid has given us a near-definitive Hank Pym comic book, and I'm thankful for that.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Agent Carter: SHIELD 50th Anniversary #1

Sep 21, 2015

"Agent Carter: S.H.I.E.L.D. 50th Anniversary" #1 is a decent read and fine epilogue for Immonen and Ellis' work on "Operation S.I.N.", but it doesn't pack any lasting punches. It's great to see Sif in place, which further connects the comic book "S.H.I.E.L.D. 50th Anniversary" specials and the "Agents of S.H.I.E.L.D." television series, but the story in "Agent Carter" #1 just seems like an inventory tale, keeping the license fresh and vital. I'm sure Immonen, Ellis, Rosenberg and Sabino would be able to craft more riveting adventures with more available real estate, and I hope they get that shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Agents Of Atlas (2009) #6

Jun 3, 2009

As long as Parker keeps pressing his vision onto the adventures of the Agents of Atlas, and is accompanied by fabulous artists like Gabriel Hardman, this book is going to be well suited to be a great book in need of more readers. Maybe a sample of the fabulous art, will inspire you to check out this issue. To get a peek, you can click onto our preview or the interview Dave Richards conducted with Jeff Parker.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Alabaster: Wolves #1

Apr 14, 2012

As a reprieve from capes and tights comics, this book succeeds. As a horror-tinged suspense comic, this book excels. "Alabaster: Wolves" is the beginning of something new, a fresh take on the terrible creatures that lurk in the shadows and one of the protectors who keep those monsters from us. I'm hoping this is the beginning of a series of adventures featuring Dancy. If Kiernan and Lieber continue to bring us stories of this magnitude, I'll be right there, snapping them up.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Aliens vs Predator: Three World War #1

Jan 17, 2010

Future issues should bring not only a more interesting plot, but a story that filled with the action and gritty adventure of the close-quarters battles favored by both of these alien species. "Should "is the operative word here, as it is possible that this matchup could just degrade into another tired franchise with the best stories behind it, or this could be a return to brilliance. One way or the other, this first issue exhausts itself setting up what is to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All New Fathom #1

Jul 29, 2013

Although the story in "Michael Turner's Fathom" #1 struggles against itself at one point as the story experiences a severe information dump seven pages in, the action resumes quickly thereafter and the comic book is able to get back on track. This issue is a nice addition to Aspen's "10 for 10" promotion, but more importantly, a solid start for a series that is quite welcoming to new readers. Yes, there are bits and pieces reflective of previous volumes of "Fathom," but those are nicely handled by the creative team and blended into the story. As the trademark character for this publisher, it is only appropriate that Fathom be given a strong start. "Fathom" fans should keep an eye on this book, eager to see if Mastromauro, Wohl, Konat, Sotelo and Reed can continue to improve and mesh together for a strong new direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New All-Different Avengers #0

Oct 6, 2015

Those bold enough to purchase "Avengers" #0 are sure to find at least a couple stories to satisfy their interests. As a sampler anthology, "Avengers" #0 gives readers more than enough to make informed decisions for the upcoming half-dozen related titles, especially with each creative team checking in. It's not a necessity for all Avengers fans, but it certainly is a nice luxury that contains relevant, polarizing tales for the All-New All-Different Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
All-New All-Different Avengers #9

May 16, 2016

This issue is all about connections, and with the addition of the all-new Wasp, it deepens Marvel's exploration into the concept of legacy. All-New, All-Different Avengers #9 gives readers a fun read, with the team fighting a slippery threat. There's still plenty of growth for the team and the characters, but I like the direction Waid and Asrar are pointing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Captain America #1

Nov 12, 2014

Remender and crew hit the ground running (or is that the skies flying?) in "All-New Captain America" #1 and give readers a strong start for a new "Captain America" comic book. The issue ends with an eye-popping final page from Immonen that will leave readers hanging. Longtime Captain America fans will undoubtedly be impressed with the final image from Remender, Immonen, Von Grawbadger, Gracia, Navarro and Caramagna and will be clamoring for more. I know I am.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Captain America #4

Feb 23, 2015

The opening of "Captain America" #4 had me wondering why Remender couldn't just write a Falcon story, but submerging the reader alongside Sam in the world of Captain America certainly provides a deeper appreciation for where Sam has been and where Remender is leading him. By the end of this issue, Remender has made this a Captain America story, elevating the consequences beyond Sam Wilson and embedding Wilson in action that shows readers why this is a Captain America adventure and not a Falcon story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Captain America #6

May 4, 2015

"All-New Captain America" #6 is a solid, satisfying conclusion to a story that has shaped the new Captain America, defined his cast and reinvigorated the franchise. Choosing to use a myriad of foes from Captain America's mythos was an inspired decision, and one that Remender, Immonen, Von Grawbadger, Gracia and Caramagna delivered quite well. This run of the star-spangled, shield-slinging Avenger is certain to be remembered fondly, and I will certainly enjoy re-reading it at some point in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #1

May 4, 2017

This is a snappy, fun debut from a creative team that is well-suited to deliver the all-new adventures of the ass-kickers of the fantastic. Fans of the films, the comic franchise, or the creative crew are in for a treat. Me? Im going to wind up re-reading this a time or three before the next issue. Care to join me?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Hawkeye #3

May 29, 2015

"All-New Hawkeye" #3 is a fun, energetic mid-mission chapter in the all new adventures of Hawkeyes Kate and Clint. Neither character supersedes the others in the comic, but Lemire does give Kate some of the more memorable story beats this time out. Once the final cover closes, however, readers will discover that there are moments and comments that stick with them after, like accidentally referring to the next Kate you meet as "Kate Katie Hawkeye." Lemire builds and celebrates memories here, and "All-New Hawkeye" #3 is one of the good ones that should be held onto.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New Invaders #3

Mar 24, 2014

My biggest gripe with "All-New Invaders" is that this issue only has nineteen pages of story for the four-dollar pricepoint. Granted, Robinson jams a lot of information into those pages and Pugh pours the detail into the panels, but page count is critical when bang for the buck comes into play, especially at $3.99. That said, "All-New Invaders" #3 is a nice, solid read, with a good deal to thrill readers and satiate long-time Marvel-philes. Robinson and company have provided a strong start to this series and this issue is a fine example.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Invaders #6

Jun 16, 2014

The quick summary of Radiance, is to compare her to Dazzler, but Robinson makes it quite clear that Radiance is closer to the power set of "Mighty Avengers" cast member Monica Rambeau. "All-New Invaders" #6 is an interesting change-up from the Kree-focused opener for the series, making it quite apparent that there is no intention to leave the roster as simply Human Torch, Captain America, Winter Soldier and Namor. This is a team that is growing and changing, and Robinson is mining the rich Marvel history to find untapped resources to reinvigorate and introduce to readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New Invaders #9

Sep 1, 2014

As with all series, "All-New Invaders" has experienced some ebb and flow. Some issues are better than others, some have more nuanced tales with deeper backstories and other issues push at the boundaries these characters normally keep. "All-New Invaders" #9 serves as a tight showcase for Deathlok, but also gives each of the Invaders a chance to introduce themselves to readers. Deathlok makes a fine addition to this story, and a surprising key to open up the heroes just a bit more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New Invaders #12

Dec 1, 2014

Michael Kormarck's cover promises a bombastic battle that Robinson and company deliver on the inside. While no present members of the Invaders are on the cover, the presentation and trade dress showcase the connection to the rest of the series and cement the adventure solidly within the Marvel Universe. Lapsed readers might be a little shaken by the team inside, but "All-New Invaders" #12 sends the Invaders in a bold new direction, promising plenty of developments along the way. Robinson and company make "All-New Invaders" a fine blend of historic Marvel Universe and brand-new adventure, with rich history to add depth to the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All-New Savage She-Hulk #1

Apr 7, 2009

"All-New Savage She-Hulk" #1 is rounded out with a seven-page behind the scenes conversation with Fred Van Lente, Jeff Parker, and Paul Tobin, moderated by editor Mark Paniccia. This may not be the most ideal way to try to justify the extra buck this issue runs above many other shelfmates, but it does offer a little more creativity than some randomly fished out reprint would. Check out the preview here.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
All-New Soulfire #1

Nov 14, 2013

"Michael Turner's Soulfire" #1 is more of a new adventure for longtime Soulfire fans than a true introduction for new readers. As such, I'm sure those seasoned vets will appreciate it more than I found myself able to. I'm not sure where this comic story is going, but I won't be hurrying along with it, unlike some of the other "10 for $10" launches.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
All-New Wolverine #28

Dec 15, 2017

All-New Wolverine #28 is an odd spot for a new reader to jump in, but Taylor, Cabal, Woodard, and Petit do a stellar job of presenting readers with a wonderful welcome mat. These guys are the best there is at what they do. And what they do is make fun comics. This series has been a joy that I look forward to with every issue and one I move to the top of my stack whenever I pick it up, and All-New Wolverine #28 is no exception.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-New Wolverine #30

Jan 31, 2018

The final page is so packed with emotion and puts such an elegant point on this story that I didnt see coming. And yet, it wouldnt have been a complete tale without it. This is definitely a story Ill read again and one that I cannot try to share enough. So, if youre game, and want a story with action, heart, great characters, and a dash of humor, do yourself a favor. Get All-New Wolverine #30. Find a quiet place and enjoy it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-New Wolverine #35

May 16, 2018

All-New Wolverine #35 does what exactly what the final issue of a beloved series should do: make me smile. Yeah, it's the end of a series, but I've got well over thirty issues to go back and re-read and I know I'll enjoy the heck out of them! Normally when a series I love closes, I feel a bit of loss, maybe even betrayal, but Taylor, Rosanas, Woodard, Petit, Groneman, Harrington, and Paniccia simply give us the best story they can. And all I feel is gratitude. This was a fun ride. Thanks team!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #1

Oct 3, 2013

"All-New X-Men Special" #1 is a delightful throwback comic book that delivers a succinct story, embedded in current continuity without having that continuity weigh it down. There is no mistaking the current predicaments of the characters involved, but Costa doesn't bludgeon the reader with unnecessary exposition. Instead, Costa settles into the story, sets the action in motion and delivers a comic book worthy of what Marvel Annuals used to deliver: an extra-sized story with connections to other books. The story begun in this comic may continue elsewhere, but "All-New X-Men Special" #1 is a satisfying read all by itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #4

Dec 18, 2012

While I could lose countless hours looking at the fantastic art in "All-New X-Men" #4, Bendis doesn't let the story stay still for very long. He naturally plays to Immonen's considerable talent, with a wide range of expressions and settings, but takes Immonen's best and delivers a story that is filled with excitement, adventure and promise. While the premise and delivery are totally different, the original X-Men, reunited in a book driven by the search for new mutants has the energy and excitement fourteen-year-old me found in the early issues of "X-Factor" written by Bob Layton and drawn by Jackson Guice. An interesting blend of old and new, tribute and trial makes "All-New X-Men" one of my favorite books of the Marvel NOW! relaunch.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New X-Men #8

Mar 7, 2013

The notion of dipping into the past and bringing the original X-Men into their future sounded like a novelty comic book to me. I didn't expect the story to last very long or to be terribly interesting. I expected a scene or two that was exceptionally poignant or maybe a memorable line or two. More often than not, however, the balance of great art and energizing story present in "All-New X-Men" #8 has been the norm for this series. Bendis' work is more effective in larger chunks, but there's enough going on in every issue of this series to provide a solid dose of entertainment in every issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men #23

Feb 13, 2014

A last page reveal opens up the universe just a little bit more and made all the difference for me between buying this comic in paper or pawning a digital version from a pal. There's a lot of story to be told still and despite the slow, deliberate start to "The Trial of Jean Grey," Bendis and company are rounding the corner and raising the stakes. Now that the story is over half complete (although the checklist at the back identifies six issues contrary to the five parts promised on the cover) the conclusion of "All-New X-Men" #23 hits an unexpected note and offers a payoff to readers, locking them in for future installments, while raising questions, giving answers and promising a lot more adventure in the remaining three chapters.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All-New X-Men #32

Sep 22, 2014

The issue provides Asrar with a chance to stretch a little bit and gives Bendis more than enough time to establish directions for his characters, but this issue feels light on action. X-23 is involved in the most active part of "All-New X-Men" #32, while the other characters have nice movements in their personal narratives. While I can appreciate what Bendis is attempting to accomplish, Miles Morales steals the spotlight and the All-New X-Men feel like supporting characters in their own book. Hopefully next issue balances out a bit now that the base introductions are complete.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
All-New X-Men #39

Mar 20, 2015

"All-New X-Men" #39 marks time between "The Black Vortex: Alpha" and "The Black Vortex: Omega." As the fifth chapter and near-midway point of the multi-title event, it serves as halftime, giving readers and creators a chance to catch their breath. Rather than providing a pep talk or bolstering wounds sustained thus far, this issue does little to inspire further action. It is almost as though this issue simply could have occurred between panels and the story and readers would be none the worse for missing it. As it stands, however, it may be a struggle to recall just what exactly did occur in "All-New X-Men" #39, save for some dynamic imagery.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New X-Men: Special #1

Oct 3, 2013

"All-New X-Men Special" #1 is a delightful throwback comic book that delivers a succinct story, embedded in current continuity without having that continuity weigh it down. There is no mistaking the current predicaments of the characters involved, but Costa doesn't bludgeon the reader with unnecessary exposition. Instead, Costa settles into the story, sets the action in motion and delivers a comic book worthy of what Marvel Annuals used to deliver: an extra-sized story with connections to other books. The story begun in this comic may continue elsewhere, but "All-New X-Men Special" #1 is a satisfying read all by itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-Star Batman #1

Aug 10, 2016

If DC wants to bring the heart of their comics to the bigscreen, then they really need to consider swapping out Snyders. Zack Snyder is taking some heat from fans, but Scott Snyder seems to know how to make fans happy with his interpretations of not only Batman, but the entire DC Universe. He balances character and action, seasons it all with intrigue and adventure, but never loses sight of the characters while doing it. “My Own Worst Enemy” is a buddy action-flick on par with “Lethal Weapon,” but set in a world wide open for special effects and dynamic visuals. This seems like Scott Snyder's buddy film, and I'm glad we have another Batman comic that plays fast and loose with the continuity, all in the name of a good, fun story. This is as approachable as Batman gets, both in terms of personality and in terms of continuity. Climb aboard. Let's take this ride together and see where Batman and Two-Face take us.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All-Star Western #0

Oct 1, 2012

"All Star Western" #0 successfully delivers the story of Jonah Hex with all of the main components of the regular series in place. In that sense, this issue serves up a nice appetizer for readers to come back for more. I'll admit to being a lapsed reader as I tried to trim away titles in order to maintain a healthier comics budget, but this issue has given me enough of a reason to come back next month and plunk down another four bucks for another Jonah Hex tale. If this issue is any indication, I won't be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-Star Western #18

Mar 31, 2013

"All-Star Western" #18 is a fabulous sampler of what Palmiotti and Gray do so well -- brilliant characterization, electrifying action and dark humor. As this issue concludes, the writing duo sets up more adventures for Hex elsewhere and also promise "the most unexpected guest star." Not only do readers have that to look forward to, but as of this issue, Hex has also run afoul of Vandal Savage, teasing plenty of great Jonah Hex stories waiting to happen.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-Star Western #19

Apr 26, 2013

Between the two sections of "All-Star Western," this book has been picking and choosing from the legacies and heritage of the DC Universe, but this issue reaches into the future to mix up characters that are truly entertaining together despite themselves. Jonah Hex is an underappreciated character that meets like in the form of Booster Gold. Thankfully, Palmiotti and Gray continue to prove that their ability to write great stories isn't hinged solely on the character's level of popularity. "All-Star Western" #19 is a fun cross-section of the bizarre excitement and interaction that the DC Universe offers creators and readers. It's also the first installment of something bigger. What that is remains to be seen, but in Palmiotti and Gray I trust.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-Star Western #24

Oct 28, 2013

"All-Star Western" #24 is simply another excellent installment in the adventures of Jonah Hex. One of DC's most consistently enjoyable titles, "All-Star Western" doesn't lose sight of the "Western" despite the current-day setting and modern guest stars. Gray, Palmiotti and Moritat are having fun playing with Hex, his reactions and, more importantly, the reactions of the world to Jonah Hex. Despite the ornery appearance of the character and the shift in subject matter towards the weird, "All-Star Western" #24 is a delightfully fun comic for the reader to soak in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Star Western #27

Jan 31, 2014

"All-Star Western" #27 is just another very good issue of a very good series. Where some titles find themselves mired in mediocrity and dragged down by unending storylines, this comic is fresh and entertaining every issue. I don't know what's coming next, but that is a large part of what makes this series so fun and engaging: every issue is a new adventure alongside the greatest gunslinger the DC Universe has ever known.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Star Western #28

Feb 28, 2014

Palmiotti and Gray continue to make Jonah Hex a compelling character after all this time and show no signs of stopping. Following his adventure to his future/our present, Hex finds himself back on the new frontier, surrounded by a threat and more than a bit out of sorts from the trip. As Hex himself says, "Smells like home." With yet another great read in a collection numbering five score, "All-Star Western" #28 continues to be one of the very best comics DC has to offer. If you've missed out on Hex's first hundred tales spun by Palmiotti and Gray, now's the time to saddle up for the next hundred.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
All-Star Western #34

Aug 29, 2014

Jonah Hex has been given plenty of opportunity to reach readers through various series from DC, both in the New DC and the pre-2011 DC Universe. For the most part, those tales were written by Justin Gray and Jimmy Palmiotti and featured a slew of awesome artists. It isn't every comic of a series that can position each and every issue as being approachable for new readers and enjoyable for old readers, but Gray and Palmiotti did just that in over one hundred issues. "All-Star Western" #34 serves as a nice reminder of what they accomplished, gives them one last chance to do it all again, with Darwyn Cooke, Dave Stewart and Rob Leigh joining them, and allows the whole gang to wave Jonah Hex off into a gorgeous, well-earned Old West sunset of a different kind. Jonah Hex may be taking a break from the new comics' rack, but I've got a whole mess of Palmiotti and Gray goodness I can go back to whenever I want. Thank you, gentlemen, and thank you, Jonah Hex. It's been a remarkable ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Alpha Flight (2011) #0.1

May 19, 2011

I was enthused to read the return of these characters as written by Jim McCann in the "Chaos War" special and more excited once I saw Phil Jimenez drawing the art for a cover or two. Reading this issue has given me reason to check the calendar so I can celebrate Canada Day. This issue is every bit worthy of comparisons to the "X-Men/Alpha Flight" story, except shorter and without Loki. It's good to have this team back. I hope they get to stick around for a long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Alpha Flight (2011) #2

Jul 14, 2011

This second issue of "Alpha Flight" contributes a great deal towards setting up the story and the premise for this series, but it does so at the sacrifice of a good story. Taken by itself, this issue is flat, but clearly, this is intended to be the second of eight chapters, so I am certain it is simply a lull in the story before the real action hits. After all, how many times can this team go against the Box robots?

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Alpha Flight (2011) #8

Jan 25, 2012

This story could not have happened without "Fear Itself" to launch it, but it needed something else to keep it afloat. What should have been a resonating, emotional conclusion came through as more of a whispered "See you later." I'd like to see more of these characters, but they're going to need a little more electricity around them to get anyone's attention again. Who knows, maybe the next event -- "Avengers Vs. X-Men" -- has a role for this team. It would be nice to see these characters given another chance to continue to develop and earn a place in readers' hearts.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amala's Blade #1

Apr 25, 2013

"Amala's Blade" #1 has some fun moments in it and some wonderful coming of age bits too, but the throat slitting early in the book really discouraged me from thinking about sharing this comic with my young daughters. I'm anxious to see where the rest of the story goes, but so far, Horton and Dialynas have given me more than enough reason to come back and check out the next issue for myself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Girl (2006) #30

Mar 16, 2009

The recap page is especially handy, given the activity in this issue which starts long past "Go!" and dumps the reader neck-deep in the thick of a fight with Norman Osborn "- not the best place for any Parker to be. It's a shame that this book once more has to roll up the rug, put the chairs on the tables and turn out the light. The good news, however, is that the fans of this character have been supportive and vocal enough to land May a new home -" over on Marvel's Digital Comics. Additionally, Spider-Girl will also be turning up in the pages of "Amazing Spider-Man Family" beginning with #5.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #578

Nov 19, 2008

All in all, this issue reads well, offers some great Spidey moments and some beautiful art and, in general, has me quite stoked for the second part of this tale. That said, I'm not completely convinced that this tale couldn't have been told with a wedding band on Peter Parker's left ring finger. That argument, however, is rendered moot given the truly wonderful story bound by two superhuman staples.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #581

Dec 19, 2008

McKone's knack for detail (bricks on Aunt May's porch or rubble in Liz Allan's house, for example) meshes superbly with Slott's tale to offer a visual treat, especially at Marvel's bargain price of $2.99 (yeah, that is a little dig on Marvel's crazy price hikes). All in all, it's good to have fun Spider-Man stories that can be shared with younger readers (again, this issue is suitable enough for me to hand over to my comic-devouring eight-year-old) and enjoyed by more "seasoned" readers. This is the third issue out of four that I've purchased and if the quality keeps up at the level I've seen of late, I think there will be many more issues of "Amazing Spider-Man" in my collection in 2009.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #591

Apr 16, 2009

This is not the strongest of the issues that have resulted from the "One More Day" scenario, but it does play upon the circumstances put in play there, and for the most part would not have been possible without "One More Day." My biggest gripe, however, is that by revealing his identity to the FF, Spidey now spins them into his web of deceit that sits at the center of his current status quo.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #595

May 30, 2009

"Amazing" has been an enigma to me. Just when I expect to be disappointed, it elates me and the issues (like this one) that I have high hopes for are frequently deflated. I understand a great deal of that is driven by the writer, but there seem to be enough safeguards in place to preclude this from being a regular occurrence. Hopefully as "American Son" marches one we'll get a more solid foundation for Peter's insane actions, but until then, I might just resort to looking at the pretty pictures.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #600

Jul 21, 2009

This is not a comic to be taken lightly, but it is a comic that might be lightly taken by any fan of Spider-Man, new or veteran. If you find yourself with a spare fin burning a hole in your pocket this Wednesday, keep in mind that there are zero calories ingested in the act of reading a comic. This comic might just give you a fuzzy feeling inside too, as it reminds you that even though things may not always look up for Peter Parker, there are certainly times it is well worth it to look Peter Parker up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #617

Jan 13, 2010

This is the story I expected in the "Web of Spider-Man" issue I reviewed a month back. This is a tale of redemption for the Rhino and it makes him a character worthy of note as he struggles to stay on his redemptive path. How the new Rhino factors into the overall "Gauntlet" storyline is yet to be told, but given the identity of his "mysterious benefactor," there is little doubt that we'll be seeing robo-Rhino again. Marvel, and more specifically, Team Spider-Man, continues to deliver quality, fun Spider-Man comics. The fact that the classic Spidey foes are getting significant screen time only adds to the enjoyment of these stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #622

Feb 24, 2010

While this was a nice interlude from the harried pace of "The Gauntlet," I've been enjoying the resurgence of old Spidey foes. I find that the classic villains make Spider-Man stories more compelling for me, and look forward to Curt Connor's return to these pages in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #625

Mar 18, 2010

This "Gauntlet" storyline is starting to put some wear on Spider-Man and Peter Parker, and while I cannot pretend to know exactly what the endgame is, I am finding most of the issues to be compelling reading. This is certainly one of the most compelling yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #627

Mar 30, 2010

While I've been enjoying more than a few of the recent issues of this title, this issue was particularly enjoyable. Stern knows how to write Peter Parker as a challenged but not mopey character, and he seems to have fun doing it. I'm in for the rest of this story from Stern and Weeks and plan to kick back with my Pepsi Throwback to enjoy a return to classic form for this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #630

May 9, 2010

To this point, the end result is familiar, but the details along the way have changed a bit. After all, how many times has the Lizard ruined Curt Connors' life? I hope from here we find a new path, with more new details for this story to help avoid predictability.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #636

Jul 11, 2010

The highlight of the "Grim Hunt" story -- the true fight between Spider-Man and Kraven -- is still to come, and, hopefully, will outshine this weak issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #649

Nov 24, 2010

The drive behind this story is to put Spider-Man in a new situation, and Slott is certainly doing that. It's nice to see things looking up for Peter Parker, but given his history and the ol' Spidey luck, it seems like "Big Time" might be setting Spider-Man up for a bigger fall. I certainly hope I'm wrong, as I quite enjoy my heroes not to be completely driven by angst and put upon by misfortune. Where Slott takes it from here certainly remains to be seen, and I'll be tuning in to see.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #654

Feb 9, 2011

All in all, Marvel has made this a fun title once again. The costumes might be goosed up, the coloring brighter, but this is definitely the high-flying, fun-loving, strong-willed Spider-Man I became enamored with as a kid. It feels like a classic Spider-Man story from yesteryear. This issue in particular has me itching for more "Amazing Spider-Man," especially if Caselli's bringing the art.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #655

Feb 23, 2011

This issue ends with a Spidey-appropriate cliffhanger, and the introduction of a new villain: Massacre. I didn't realize it while I was reading it, but towards the end of this issue, I was holding my breath, and it came rushing out as I flipped the last page over to the letter column. Truly, Dan Slott and Marcos Martin have provided a breathtaking (literally) emotional and entertaining issue of "Amazing Spider-Man." I'm happy to say that with Slott onboard that appears to be par for the course.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #657

Mar 30, 2011

I'm not very generous with the five-star reviews. Once upon a time, I was questioned about them. I replied that I save five-stars for my personal favorites and the best of the best: the books I just know I'm going to read again, lend to friends, and probably buy again if those friends forget to return them. I'm thinking Mom's going to get this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #661

May 19, 2011

Paul Benjamin and Javier Pulido provide a "silent" day in the life story of Spider-Man that is fun and loose, filled with lively visuals and stunning heroic-level coloring by Matt Hollingsworth. I suspect this part of the issue will remain in my mind far longer than the first segment of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #667

Aug 10, 2011

Ramos seizes the opportunity to depict a plethora of Spider-People in a plethora of Spidey outfits. Almost every costume gets some panel time from the pencil of Ramos, including the "Iron Spider" get-up and the Scarlet Spider hoodie. Plain and simple, this is a big, fun book that is filled with raucous action, exciting characters, and energetic art. "Spider-Island"

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #668

Aug 31, 2011

"Spider-Island" may be a simple story at its core concept, but two issues in, with four parts of the main story to go, we're almost as in the dark as Peter Parker, himself. And we know the main villain! Slott and Ramos are giving us a mystery with serious repercussions to figure out alongside our favorite Webhead. The "eventness" of this story, with its twenty tie-in issues and eight-part (six "actual" plus prelude and epilogue) may be chasing some folks away, but if you've got patience and finances enough for an entertaining eight-part tale, pull up a chair and web up a copy of this issue. It's not too late to join us on "Spider-Island" in these waning days of summer.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #671

Oct 12, 2011

As you can guess by now, my patience for the "Spider-Island" event is wearing thin. Between a story that is not enough about Spider-Man (with more than a few too many guest stars) and painfully slipping art, this book is in danger of exiling me from Spider-Island. Perhaps after the quarantine is lifted, we'll return to the fun-loving book this title transformed into when Dan Slott took over. I'd be almost ecstatic if that post-quarantine tale included some clean, crisp art from Stefano Caselli. For now, I'm counting down installments until we get past this event.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #672

Oct 27, 2011

So there's a pile of cleanup that needs to happen, but this issue spends no time there. This issue unravels the web of wackiness surrounding the Spider-powered people of Manhattan and Spider-Man's desperate pitch to set everything right. It's been a crazy ride, one that didn't hit all the right notes for me, but still managed to tell a story that gave everyone a chance to see Spider-Man as more than just a wisecracking, wall-crawling Webhead. Spider-Man gets to be the hero in his own book, and that makes this gangly, sprawling adventure worthwhile.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #680

Mar 1, 2012

"Amazing Spider-Man" has continued to deliver great Spider-Man stories, poking into every corner and crevice of the Spider-Man section of the Marvel Universe. This issue, blending Spider-Man's foes, his allies, his employment, his teams and wide-ranging supporting cast is a fine example of what to expect from this series with Dan Slott on board.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #682

Mar 22, 2012

We get almost as much facetime with Peter Parker in this installment as we do with Spider-Man, but Caselli and Slott effortlessly make those pages every bit as interesting and entertaining. This book has everything a Spider-fan could wish for: a rant from J. Jonah Jameson, heroic allies for the Webhead, a wild amount of comic book science fiction technology and a very serious threat. There's also a passing skateboarder singing R.E.M.'s "It's the End of the World As We Know It (And I Feel Fine)." See? Everything you could want to read in one great issue of "Amazing Spider-Man" plus fabulous art. Now is as good a time as any to grab a web and swing on in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #687

Jun 15, 2012

"Amazing Spider-Man" #687 isn't the single greatest issue of the post-"Brand New Day" Spider-Man, but it is certainly a great sampler of what the current era of Spider-Man comics is all about. This is the conclusion of the bigscreen adventure "Ends of the Earth." Now things are going to narrow a bit in scope as Spider-Man tries to move forward from the tragic loss he experiences in this issue. He's also going to be spending a little more time with the comic book equivalent of his theatrical co-star: the Lizard.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #688

Jun 29, 2012

Marvel has gotten considerably more savvy about their comics offering up tie-ins and relevant parallels to the products based in other media bearing their brands, but this issue really doesn't do much to sell the Lizard to moviegoers considering a career change toward comic readers. It's quick-moving and packs a surprise ending, sure, but it lacks the enthusiasm and show-stopping art that gateway comic books need to showcase in order to entice new readers and turn them into fans. Maybe things will shape up a bit in the next issue, but by then we'll all have seen the Lizard onscreen and will be bringing an expanded set of expectations.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #691

Aug 20, 2012

Despite some hiccups in the art, "Amazing Spider-Man" #691 provided a solid, entertaining read that is sure to please most Spider-Man fans. After all, this issue features another Spider-Man adventure that has a tidy ending before leading into a celebration of the webslinger's fiftieth anniversary. Slott offers some teases of what's to come, but those teases almost feel like afterthoughts -- at least until the final panel of the issue. I've avoided preview solicitations for this title coming up, choosing to be surprised when the next issue hits the stands and with the conclusion of this issue, Slott and company have me looking forward to I know not what, but I'm definitely eager to find out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #692

Aug 23, 2012

This issue, in all of its splendor and priciness is exactly what I would expect for a celebration of the Webhead and a chance for Spider-Man to be, well, Spider-Man. Granted he wasn't the only character in the spotlight, but this issue showed many facets of everyone's favorite spider-themed superhero. Slott has done a marvelous job with this character and continues to craft enjoyable stories from start to finish.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #694

Sep 27, 2012

A quick-fix, Saturday morning cartoon (and by that, I mean "Spider-Man and His Amazing Friends") solution to the world's problems sets everything right as Slott continues to stack up the building blocks for the big Hobgoblin escapade. The "Alpha" storyline is fairly light and positively charged, well-suited as a counterpoint to dark, depressing comics where characters are getting mangled and murdered. Slott has made "Amazing Spider-Man" an enjoyable read with astonishing consistency and stories like the one contained in "Amazing Spider-Man" #694 prove that comics can, and should, still be fun. Especially when you've got a guy dressed up in web-covered red and blue pajamas.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #695

Oct 5, 2012

Dan Slott has some big plans for the book in "Amazing Spider-Man" #700 and he seems ready to poke at the foundation of Spider-Man's current status quo, like an over-caffeinated teenager boldly shoving Jenga planks out of a once-sturdy tower. This issue has a little wobble in it, not enough to topple that tower, but certainly enough to draw out concern for future moves. That said, Slott has provided plenty of entertaining stories in the past, enough to nurture hope that "Amazing Spider-Man" will be a fun, enjoyable read right up to the final issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #698

Nov 21, 2012

"Amazing Spider-Man" #698 is everything I've come to expect from Dan Slott's tenure on this title: solid story, good art, classic comic book plots and subplots, brash villains and a solid adventure. Does it live up to the hype? Yes. It does. This is a Spider-Man book that changes Spider-Man without completely discarding everything. Every Spider-fan can find something to cheer about in the story and the mystery Slott adds in is sure to put some pep in fans' steps and add a Spider-sense buzz to this title for its remaining issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #699.1

Dec 13, 2012

This Morbius story makes for a great tragic romance comic, a very good horror comic or even a decent science fiction comic, but as a Spider-Man comic, it simply falls flat. I completely understand Marvel's marketing ploy to hitch Morbius' star to the Spider-Man wagon, but truth in advertising would have labeled this comic book "Morbius the Living Vampire" #0.1. Would it have been more enjoyable with that label? Not necessarily, as "Amazing Spider-Man" #699.1 is a pretty darn good Morbius comic, good enough to change my mind about the character. For now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #700

Dec 27, 2012

One of two books published by Marvel this week, "Amazing Spider-Man" #700 changes the face of Marvel Comics forever. Or, at the very least, for NOW! as the publisher is now set to roll out "Superior Spider-Man" following the epic conclusion of this issue and series. I'm glad Marvel scaled back their releases this week as this issue deserves a little more time and attention from readers and fans. Sure, there's going to be heartbreak and hostility at the outcome, but there is simply no denying this is an intense story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) #700.1

Dec 6, 2013

The point issue makes it approachable and marketable, especially with hype accumulating for "Amazing Spider-Man 2" following the debut of that film's trailer. While waiting until May might seem far away as the temperatures drop throughout the northern hemisphere, "Amazing Spider-Man" #700.1 is a near perfect snow day read. Morrell's story is not necessary to be set in the waning days prior to Otto Octavius' greatest victory and could certainly hold its own in any time period of the webslinger's history. Once upon a time, this story (and the subsequent chapters) would have been presented as a graphic novel, but now a series of specials seems the preferred method for delivering a slightly out of continuity adventure. That's fine with me as "Amazing Spider-Man" #700.1 provides a nice break from the constantly self-centered superior Spider-Man. I just hope the upcoming chapters are as independently enjoyable as this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #1.2

Jun 12, 2014

"Amazing Spider-Man" #1.2 may come across as a luxury. After all, it tells a story between stories that have been re-told and re-published many times over the last half-century, but it truly is a fresh adventure for Peter Parker and his surrounding cast. If you're like me and clock in to your comic book reading sometime after Spider-Man's title climbed into triple digits (or his brand expanded into more than one title) then you may recall the first time you saw those first issues, whether they were reprinted in "Marvel Tales" or another single issue or collected in a trade, such as "Origins of Marvel Comics" or "Sons of Marvel Origins." This series delivers the closest thing to that vibe, as Slott's story digs into the past emotionally and Prez's art pays fine tribute to Ditko's creativity. This is a luxury, but like all great luxuries, it's one that you'll truly appreciate indulging in.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #1.5

Sep 25, 2014

While this is the fifth installment of five, readers can walk into this issue with no preparation, save for knowing it's place in the continuity of Spider-Man, and thoroughly enjoy. Yes, there are some questions that might creep into their minds, such as, "What ever happened to. . .?" or "Why did. . .?" but Dan Slott does his job here and gives readers a satisfying story with a clean ending. For now. Slott usually finds spots for his creations and has a tendency to project ideas out for newer characters. Surely "Learning to Crawl" will have some impact on modern-day adventures, but even if it doesn't, it is nice to take a stroll with Slott, Prez, Herring and Caramagna to the most formative days of Spider-Man's development.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #3

Jun 27, 2014

"The Amazing Spider-Man" #3 is less about the powers and adventures of Spider-Man and much more about the humanity surrounding Peter Parker. Putting Spider-Man in the fire alongside MJ's firefighter boyfriend, Ollie, is a wonderful touch from Slott, deftly illustrating real world heroics alongside superheroics while allowing Spidey a chance to reflect on how his choices impact the lives of those around him. Slott continues to build up the duration of his work with Spider-Man while finding new ways to showcase his love for the character.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #10

Nov 20, 2014

It seems as though "Spider-Verse" has been running for a long time at this point, but in reality this is the second chapter of the saga in "Amazing Spider-Man." As "Spider-Verse" is ratcheting up the speed, a mind map would treat this as the hub with spokes going off in no less than four directions. While a great deal of what happens next doesn't happen here, it is happening in the various "Spider-Verse" spinoffs as noted in the editor's boxes throughout "Amazing Spider-Man" #10. In the meantime, readers are treated to such highlights as one of the characters actually saying, "It's a clone thing. You wouldn't understand," while Old Man Spider-Man warns the Spiders to protect "The Scion. The Other. The Bride." There's a lot going on here other than crazy variations on Spider-Man, and it is really just starting to ramp up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #13

Jan 23, 2015

"Amazing Spider-Man" #13 is a solid, readying-for-war story that gives readers lots to enjoy, including over-the-top action and amazingly spectacular characters. Slott and friends might be finding spots to shoehorn in some spotlight moments, but the story itself is still vital and progressing. Next issue is the big battle, and this issue is the grand table setting. Slott's learned from past events and gives readers plenty to look forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #15

Feb 26, 2015

"Amazing Spider-Man" #15 closes the door on "Spider-Verse" as Slott and company look toward the future with Peter Parker clearly in control of his own destiny. There are plenty of threads to pick up but, for the first time in what feels like years, Slott will be able to tell a Spider-Man tale that doesn't revolve around Otto Octavius or build towards a universe-spanning event. For now, "Amazing Spider-Man" #15 is the first inhale for that breath of fresh air.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #16.1

Mar 20, 2015

Even though it's the start of a multi-part saga, "Amazing Spider-Man" #16.1 doesn't feel ominous or foreboding. Conway pitches a story that seems appealing and hits the ground running. All readers need to know about Spider-Man, Tombstone, Wraith or Mister Negative is all right here, no flashbacks or origin tales required. Just grab a webline and get to swinging alongside everyone's favorite friendly neighborhood Spider-Man; too bad the neighborhood part is in a downward spiral.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #17

Apr 3, 2015

"Amazing Spider-Man" #17 is less "amazing" and even less "Spider-Man" than I hoped for, with fourteen pages of main story and Spidey only appearing at the end of the adventure. Yes, a balance of the secret identity life and the costumed adventures needs to be struck but, after the mind-numbing and timeline-bending events of "Spider-Verse," I was kind of hoping for a Spidey vs. Villain-of-the-Month run to remind us why Spider-Man is special in a universe with considerably fewer Spiders. Instead, this feels like an installment of "Spider-Man Family," which could be fun. However, when I see Spidey and a villain like Ghost on the cover, I want to see those two fighting it out. Maybe next issue will deliver the Spider-Ghost scrum but, for now, "Amazing Spider-Man" #17 left me wanting just a bit more Spidey. This issue is alright but doesn't quite find its way beyond that.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) Annual #1

Dec 12, 2014

As an anthology of Spider-Man-related stories, "Amazing Spider-Man Annual" #1 is great. As an Annual, however, it falls a little short. Rather than giving readers an extra-long single story, the conclusion to an event or the kickoff to a different event, "Amazing Spider-Man Annual" #1 seems like the recipient of the Inventory Story Drawer Cleanout Award. The adventures here are fun and upbeat, but nothing in these pages is particularly memorable. It's a nice example of Spider-Man comics, but not a must-have or must-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #25

Mar 17, 2017

Overall, Amazing Spider-Man #25 is a nice package, but it falls short of the Alexander Hamilton required to purchase it. This feels much more like an annual used to than an issue of a regular series. If it were mine to price, Idve probably paid $6. Maybe $7 for an extra-sized issue that follows way too closely to a recently completed event. It definitely served the purpose of getting my attention for Immonens arrival on the title. Ill at least be looking at the series so long as hes around.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man: Family Business #1

Apr 7, 2014

This book has much more than a standard-issue Spider-Man story: Nazi gold, Kirby crackle, Kingpin wearing patterned, Hawaiian shirts, Spidey costumes both classic and black, a flashback appearance from the Parkers and other little nods throughout the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows #3

Aug 7, 2015

Buried beneath a clunky story is the fact that this Spider-Man isn't as committed to his values as the "regular" Spider-Man. Slott makes it quite clear throughout the story but doesn't give the reader enough material to evaluate whether or not they prefer a slightly harder-edged webslinger. More noteworthy is the fact that Peter and Mary Jane feel content telling their kindergartner a life-altering secret and seeding lies around the rest of Spider-Man's story. "Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows" #3 is a decent enough inventory story, but not the type of tale I'm likely to go back and re-read any time soon. Its connection to "Secret Wars" is, currently, tenuous at most and the characters just don't have enough personality or vitality to make this storyline exceptionally memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #1

Nov 11, 2016

Spider-Gwen and Miles Morales, Web Warriors and Spider-Man 2099 have all demonstrated the power of the Spider-Man brand. Tweaked just a bit and shifted from another Earth, timeline, or dimension, those Spider-variants have been fan favorite, and I have no doubt this title can find its way there as well. Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows #1 is a wonderful introduction to a new world that answers some questions, discards other questions, and turns it around on the reader, asking, “Are you ready to have some fun?” If you answer, “Yes!” then get out your webshooters and start slingin'.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing X-Men (2013) #2

Dec 9, 2013

As a fan of Aaron's work on "Thor: God of Thunder" and "Wolverine and the X-Men," I had no doubt I'd be in line to snatch up "Amazing X-Men," especially with the larger-than-life, bombastically animated artwork of "Hulk" and "Nova" veteran Ed McGuinness. Aaron and crew up the ante by making the story in "Amazing X-Men" #2 an adventure of an afterlifetime while inserting character bits that makes this fan of "Spider-Man and His Amazing Friends" smile. There aren't a whole lot of fun, boisterous comic books out there -- especially not those that send their characters, literally, to Hell. "Amazing X-Men" #2 manages to be fun, despite the settings and delivers a comic book full of hope and excitement. I just wish I didn't have to wait so long for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing X-Men (2013) #5

Mar 28, 2014

While the details of the story might not be the most memorable, there is simply no denying "Amazing X-Men" #5 tries to reinstall fun into the X-Men's corner of the Marvel Universe by reminding readers just what has been missing since Nightcrawler left. Aaron tempers the fun with introspection and gives readers a comic worth revisiting. This could be construed as anti-climatic, but it brings the X-Men back to a more complete place and wonderfully sets up Nightcrawler for a journey of self.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing X-Men (2013) #8

Jun 9, 2014

Kyle, Yost, McGuinness, Farmer, Rosenberg, Caramagna and company deepened my concern as they deliver a complete installment in the adventures of the X-Men, including a nail-biting cliffhanger. While the arc is mostly build-up at the moment, the Wendigos are on the board and the X-Men are rushing to face them. I'm not sure everyone made it out of this issue alive, but Kyle and Yost have succeeded in making me curious to see if the Alpha Flight cameos pay off. After two meandering issues following Jason Aaron's departure, I was concerned about this series losing its way, but it has more energy and enthusiasm than I recall any X-title supplying in a long time. "Amazing X-Men" #8 has hooked me back into the series with potential and power.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Amber Atoms #1

Mar 2, 2009

While the writing is already dry on the wall for some of the plotlines (seriously, does anyone NOT see King Yamoon trying to conquer unsuspecting worlds again?) I am interested to see how the story plays out and just who the people ransacking the Atoms' homestead turn out to be. Potential is here, now it is just a matter of acting on it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ambush Bug: Year None #1

Jul 23, 2008

Do yourself a favor, put "Uncanny X-Men" #500 back, and pick this thing up. Your funny bone will be thankful for it. And if you don't like it, well, Keith Giffen went thataway!

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Ame-Comi: Power Girl #1

Jul 31, 2012

This "Ame-Comi" concept stood out as an oddity from the start, but the Wonder Woman story gave me hope that there would be some fun to found. Granted, I haven't checked in on the two stories in between, but this issue is nothing like what I found in "Ame-Comi: Wonder Woman." I'm going to dig through my back issues and remind myself just how good a Justin Gray and Jimmy Palmiotti "Power Girl" comic can be.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire #3

May 23, 2010

The American vampires "- Pearl and her benefactor, Skinner Sweet "- are the type of characters you don't want to embrace, but cannot help but be intrigued by. Their tale is brutal and gory, and the visual presentation of it is remarkable. The creators of "American Vampire" are collaborating "- truly working together "- to deliver one of the best comics on the stands today.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire #5

Aug 2, 2010

"American Vampire" might chase some people away simply because of the outrageous amount of hype vampires are receiving nowadays, but Snyder, King, and Albuquerque are delivering a different kind of vampire story "- as different as the philosophies of the United States and Europe were in the years between World War I and World War II. While much of Europe was trying to rebuild, the States were trying to build anew, investigating the future and marching boldly toward it. That's what is happening here. The American Vampires "- Skinner Sweet, Pearl Jones, and Hattie Hargrove -" are true Americans, seeking new opportunity and making the most of it once they find it. This first arc may be over, but the stories of these characters most certainly are not. Snyder and King know better than to wrap up a story completely. Amazingly, this issue is still very well suited for new readers, but it certainly wouldn't hurt anyone to go back and read the whole series to this point.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire #6

Sep 12, 2010

There might be some concern about this title among retailers and readers, with Stephen King no longer co-writing, but I can assure you, this book certainly does not suffer from a lack of King. Snyder has complete command of these characters, a passion for the tales told within, and a plan for this new mythology that we have only begun to glimpse. Snyder recently spoke to CBR about this new arc in a conversation that you can read here. I'm enthused about what has happened in this book to date and I look forward to more disturbing tales in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
American Vampire #10

Dec 22, 2010

While the entire twentieth century is open for Snyder to play these characters against and through, the choices he makes in time and setting allow these characters to grow and breathe. Snyder avoids (what I would imagine is) the obvious temptation of having these characters appear Forrest Gump-like throughout the highlights of history, and puts the American Vampires exactly where and when they need to be to benefit the overall narrative. Since its launch, "American Vampire" has been a critical darling here at CBR, and my compatriots and I tend to agree that this is a book that you really should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire #12

Feb 23, 2011

I buy quite a few comics, and I read quite a few more, but no comic has been as consistently entertaining and surprising over the past year as "American Vampire" has been. Snyder has offered up a dark mythology here that continues to reveal more and more about itself each month. This book truly has become the tale of American vampires, and it is a tale that demands to be shared as it celebrates the history of America, from the Wild West to the Roaring Twenties and beyond. There are plenty of stories yet to be told, and now is a good time to grab a seat and start sharing in these stories alongside those of us here at CBR. Please don't make us say we told you so

View Issue       View Full Review
8
American Vampire #15

May 26, 2011

This is a fantastic book that almost seems to reinvent itself with each new story arc, but upon further reflection doesn't reinvent itself so much as it visibly evolves. The roles and interactions of the main characters shift, just as your own role and interactions with your own supporting cast shifts with every new situation you encounter. Snyder has done a great job making these characters believable and human, so much so that when the fangs and claws are unleashed, they are that much more intensely satisfying and shockingly impressive.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire #22

Dec 28, 2011

"American Vampire" with Rafael Albuquerque on board is as right as original recipe Coca-Cola, baseball in the summer, and tricked out sports cars. Snyder's investigation of the American tradition filtered through bloodsucking vampires makes for a brilliant variation on an age-old concept, a distorted history lesson and fun read all at the same time. There is no time like the present to hop over the door into the backseat of Travis Kidd's convertible and enjoy the ride. It's not often you're given a chance to jump onto a great title with a wide open transition like this, and you won't want to miss out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire #24

Feb 22, 2012

The theme of this issue is "consequences," and the legend of "American Vampire" is fit to burst with with them. Travis Kidd has made some choices resulting in some weighty fallout, and Skinner Sweet is the messenger of repercussion. There's one more installment left in this "Death Race" storyline, and I'm certain the consequences stemming from that issue will be set to play out in "American Vampire" for a good long time to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire #26

Apr 25, 2012

Snyder twists the plot at the end, spinning the story on its head, giving Poole the shock of discovering something new and setting up a confrontation that demands more space than the next issue could possibly allow. Snyder also puts the question out there that's been lurking in my head since the beginning of the series, but at the risk of spoiling the finale, I'll just put it back in my noggin. This issue is quite the departure from the story Snyder has given us through twenty-five issues, but if there's one thing Snyder has proven time and again, things aren't always what they seem and connections are made quicker and more completely than readers of "American Vampire" can expect.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
American Vampire #29

Jul 30, 2012

"American Vampire" has been a disturbingly delightful book since it first hit the stands. Almost three years later, Snyder and Albuquerque revisit some familiar geography for Skinner and Pearl, and through the lens of time and place, the creative duo shows just how much everyone and everything has evolved -- some for the better, some not so much, all forever altered. This is the second installment of "The Blacklist," and the twenty-ninth issue of the series, but the adventures are still fresh, electric and exciting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
American Vampire #31

Sep 26, 2012

Snyder and Albuquerque combine to lead Pearl down the path of introspection throughout the issue, but Pearl's assignment from the Vassals takes her, literally, back to where everything began. There is one hell of a flashback in this issue that presents a stunning way to bring the whole series -- the whole freaking series -- full circle. The final page is one of those gasping cliffhangers that sends the reader back to the credits box to check progress in the story (this is part 4 of the six-part "Blacklist" story) and almost as quickly to the internet to see when the next issue is due out (interestingly enough, on Halloween). Naturally, with Skinner Sweet as an ally, Pearl will face some dreadful foes. The challenge Snyder and Albuquerque leave her facing at the end of this issue, compounded by everything she endures throughout, makes "American Vampire" #31 one of the strongest issues of the series yet with a the setup that sets the bar high for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire #33

Nov 30, 2012

This chapter is ending, which enhances the feeling that this is simply the conclusion of the first movie. Now all we have to do is wait for the next. At least we can re-read and re-re-read the books. Snyder and Albuquerque have supplied us with a lot of great stories and "American Vampire" #33 can certainly take a place among the best of the best. Where Pearl Jones goes from here remains to be seen, but like Calvin Poole, I'll be waiting for that goodbye call.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire #34

Jan 2, 2013

This issue might not provide a complete summarization for new and lapsed readers, but there are plenty of hints, clues, returning threads and continued notions to hold "American Vampire" #34 up as an example of what a zero issue could and should look like. The mystery lurking in the shadows of Abilena Book's house is captivating, certain to spark speculation and the double-page vision-filled spread of future story details is enticing to long-term readers of this title. Scott Snyder and Rafael Albuquerque pulled no punches in this issue, giving readers every reason to wish them a relaxing and recharging sabbatical from this modern myth. Personally, if this is what they leave us with to take a break, I cannot wait to see what they come back with.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire Anthology #1

Aug 28, 2013

Any one of these tales could be expanded on in the series or in a miniseries, as Snyder has done in the past with the escapades of the Vassals of the Morning Star. As they stand now, however, the stories in "American Vampire Anthology" #1 provide a fine sample of modern-day, mature audience comics from topnotch creators. This is the type of offering that should be forever preserved in a time capsule of the year that is 2013.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
American Vampire: Lord of Nightmares #3

Aug 9, 2012

Last year, Snyder debuted "American Vampire: Survival of the Fittest," which expanded the reach of the Vassals and added diversity to the throngs of creatures going bump in the night. "Lord of Nightmares" adds even more depth and history to the Vassals of the Morning Star, revealing more hints of the true secrets behind the organization. The "American Vampire" franchise is a splendid example of growing a brand organically and the blossoming tradition of a summer Vassals miniseries is a wonderful example of how to nourish that growth while exploring new territory.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
American Vampire: Lord of Nightmares #5

Oct 22, 2012

Similar to the bittersweet ending of last year's "American Vampire: Survival of the Fittest," this issue closes one door and opens another, perpetuating Snyder's wonderfully excited universe all the more. Despite their similarities and shared cast, Snyder avoids falling into a pattern with the adventures of the Vassals, providing "Lord of Nightmares" with some shocking surprises. Given that we had a miniseries starring the Vassals of the Morning Star last year and this year, I'm hoping we see more adventures of the clandestine organization next year. Until then, I am excited to see how the new direction for the VSM affects the primary narrative of "American Vampire."

View Issue       View Full Review
10
American Vampire: Second Cycle #1

Mar 19, 2014

While Snyder and Albuquerque don't tell the readers everything, they certainly transfuse enough of the awesomeness from the "American Vampire" series into "American Vampire: Second Cycle" #1 to make it a must-read. It's rare that a comic book this thoroughly developed and enjoyable comes around, offering readers a ground-level chance to enter a new world. It's even more rare when it happens for a second time. If you missed out on the first run of "American Vampire," start with this issue. If you've been eagerly awaiting the return of Pearl Jones and Skinner Sweet: wait no longer. "American Vampire: Second Cycle" #1 is just beginning and it's one hell of a start.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire: Second Cycle #4

Jul 9, 2014

The only shortcoming of "American Vampire: Second Cycle" #4 is the fact that Snyder and company presume the readers are with them for the long haul and know all the characters. I'm not saying there is any need to run a roll call in every issue, but a name check on Gentry or Calvin would help lapsed readers. It's not much worse than missing an introduction, but it does leave a pinhole in the near perfection Snyder, Albuquerque, McCaig and Wands have achieved with this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire: Second Cycle #6

Feb 9, 2015

Never short on shockers, Snyder and company ensure that readers are going to finish "American Vampire: Second Cycle" #6 and demand to have #7 in hand immediately. The writer mixes the fun and unpredictability of a 1960s adventure film with the expected levels (and so much more) of horror and surprise. Topping it all off, the characters in these pages are so familiar to long-time "American Vampire" readers that every appearance is like catching up with old friends and regaling in the stories of their adventures. If only "American Vampire: Second Cycle" stuck around longer or, at least, happened by more often.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire: Second Cycle #7

Apr 16, 2015

Anytime a comic book can leave you with a "Holy S---!" cliffhanger, it's a decent read; anytime "American Vampire" can do it, well, it's just another issue of "American Vampire," where anything can (and quite often does) happen as Snyder, Albuquerque, McCaig and Wands continue to deliver topnotch horror-filled adventures with each issue. After years of the narrative dance Skinner Sweet and Pearl Jones have performed around the legend of "American Vampire," Scott Snyder and Rafael Albuquerque continue to find new ways to elevate both characters in their respective roles. They make "American Vampire: Second Cycle" #7 a surprisingly approachable issue, despite being seven issues into this volume and scores of issues into the series. The creative team continues to deliver consistently high quality work, giving readers plenty of surprises and excitement along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
American Vampire: Second Cycle #8

Jul 6, 2015

"American Vampire: Second Cycle" #8 is part three of the "Dark Moon" tale. The original evil has set events in motion, and Snyder, Albuquerque, McCaig and Wands give readers a behind-the-scenes peek at the calamities to come. The issue opens with action and ends with suspense, which makes everything in between all the more impactful. By the time readers reach that back cover, they'll have forgotten about any delays and will almost certainly be itching to get the next issue to see what comes of Sweet, Poole, Pearl and Felicia.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
American Vampire: Second Cycle #10

Oct 1, 2015

The painful gap between issues and the virtual impenetrability of this issue might be tough for newer readers going into "American Vampire: Second Cycle" #10, but it shows just how much work this creative team has poured into this series and these characters. "American Vampire: Second Cycle" #10 knocks down a couple plot threads, but it doesn't wrap anything up. Instead, it ramps up the intensity and teases readers for what's to come. Snyder, Albuquerque, McCaig and Wands have paced this story out, and this issue is that last jaunt before the final, full-out sprint to the finish line.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
American Vampire: Survival of the Fittest #3

Aug 10, 2011

The final page of the third installment of this series delivers a splash page that just demands more. Fast. In the theater of war, nothing is out of the question, and in this series, all things are possible. Nazi vampires may have seemed like enough to draw readers in, but Snyder and Murphy give a payoff worthy of the price of admission, and then some.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
American Vampire: Survival of the Fittest #5

Oct 13, 2011

At the end of this issue, after the loose ends are seemingly cleaned up, we're left wanting more, just like Snyder planned the whole way along. That, my friends, makes this the perfect book. The past five months have provided a very enjoyable double dose of "American Vampire." There's been talk of this being a semi-regular occurrence, and after completing this series, I would certainly be among the first to open up my wallet to buy the next one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Angela: Asgard's Assassin #1

Dec 4, 2014

Any comic with "Asgard" in the title is destined to bring in the God of Thunder, but with Thor now being a different Thor than the one Angela is familiar with, Gillen elects to leave readers awaiting the confrontation between Angela and Odinson. To sweeten the pot, the writer teases a surprising reason for the visit, leaving readers with a cliffhanger in the process. It's a solid cap to a solid comic book, as "Angela: Asgard's Assassin" #1 gives readers yet another excellent female-led series in the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #2

Oct 6, 2011

This is, thematically, a descendant of Grant Morrison's, Peter Milligan's, Tom Veitch's, and Jamie Delano's "Animal Man." There are subtexts of superhero adventures here, but the primary action requires Animal Man to be more of an adventurer than a superhero. That adventure is anything but predictable. Lemire and Foreman give us a story that's disturbing and crazy, but memorable and exciting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #6

Feb 1, 2012

"Animal Man" under Lemire continues to be an impressive, fun read. At a time when so many familial relationships in comics have been cast aside, it's rewarding to see a man trying to balance his duty to the greater good with that to his family. Lemire doesn't make the decisions easy for Buddy Baker, and that, in turn makes this comic a solid read. Like Morrison before him, Lemire has found ways to provide a deeper, more impactful story that strays off the beaten path, challenging and entertaining the reader at the same time. This is a nice interlude from the Rot story. Lemire doesn't just completely ignore that tale, though, and that makes this issue all the more engaging.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #8

Apr 9, 2012

Fans are always going to rush to compare any Animal Man story to Grant Morrison's run, but this book deserves to be taken on its own merits and it has plenty. Lemire has put "Animal Man" on tips of comic readers' tongues and in their hands with his edgy, dark tale, but it is the reaction of the family to the threat surrounding them that makes this comic sparkle. Buddy Baker is facing an unknown, scary threat: one that he is determined to spare his wife and children from, but it isn't a simple threat that can be defeated with a punch. Animal Man is out of his league, but still fighting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #15

Dec 6, 2012

There are only a couple issues left of the Rotworld saga and to this point in the story, Lemire has kept me guessing. Some of the surprises are welcome, others are simply surprising, but this adventure has been anything other than predictable. "Animal Man" #15 offers a little bit of everything any good comic book story needs from character development to action to plot twists. Furthermore, this issue delivers some significant developments for Rotworld and continues to further the development of Buddy Baker.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #17

Feb 8, 2013

I'm unsure what awaits these champions of the Red and Green, but Lemire and Snyder have left an ample supply of story nuggets for future writers to mine. After all, there are plenty of tales to be told of the heroes of the DCU's fall to the Rot, the fights they endured and the decisions they made. Lemire, Snyder and company provide some insight within the pages of "Animal Man" #17, but it is evident that the story is not completely told. As for the conclusion to Rotworld, readers only need to open the cover of "Swamp Thing" #17 to begin the end of this lengthy journey.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Animal Man (2011) #25

Nov 25, 2013

That said, it's disappointing that the conclusion of a two-part story is left so incredibly open-ended, but that is par for the course at DC as one adventure tends to lead directly to the next. The upside is that, prior to the final bewildering page of this issue, Lemire works rather diligently to bring Buddy and Ellen back together. After months of crossovers and more downbeats heaped on top of that, "Animal Man" #25 feels like a step in a forward direction. It's too early to tell if it's the right direction just yet, but Lemire gives Animal Man some purpose beyond just being an avatar of the Red. Buddy now has a recognizable foe and a task in front of him. This issue displays that Buddy can act like a hero, so maybe readers will see more heroic deeds from Buddy Baker in the near future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Animal Man (2011) #29

Mar 19, 2014

In essence, Lemire closes the book not only on his own adventures with Animal Man, but also wraps up the adventures Grant Morrison opened so many years ago and, hopefully, ushers in a new era for Buddy, Ellen and Maxine Baker. There won't be another Animal Man series in the foreseeable future, but Lemire will be keeping in touch with his former charge in the pages of the upcoming "Justice League United." I look forward to some actual superhero adventures from Animal Man, but will always have "Animal Man" #29 to return to, much as I do "The Coyote Gospel" in Morrison's "Animal Man" #5.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ant-Man & the Wasp #1

Nov 11, 2010

An interesting start to an awkward team-up, this book celebrates the Avengers corner of the Marvel Universe with great delight. This issue reads like an issue of "Marvel Team-Up" from the 1980s, with enough nods and winks to continuity and ongoing (or recent) events without letting itself be anything more -- or less -- than it is: a fun set-up to an adventure that promises some predictable moments that will be juxtaposed with more than a few surprises. Seeley is setting O'Grady up for a bit of character evolution. I'm looking forward to seeing if the character agrees and steps up or continues to revel in his scoundrel ways.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ant-Man (2015) #1

Jan 6, 2015

The best part of this comic, however, is the fact that Spencer packs an entire story -- and an entire history -- into a single issue. Once upon a time, this may have been a one-shot or an Annual, but "Ant-Man" #1 gives readers a complete, detailed story to welcome them to Scott Lang's neighborhood. I didn't realize "Ant-Man" was exactly the comic book I was looking for right now, but it is, as Spencer and Rosanas have captured the same energy, enthusiasm and passion for the character that Waid and Samnee have in "Daredevil."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ant-Man (2015) #4

Apr 9, 2015

"Ant-Man" #4 continues to provide readers with an entertaining exploration of a man trying to live up to a heroic ideal. Scott Lang knows he's got a long way to go to be a hero but, most importantly, he just wants to be a good dad. Spencer shows readers that might be just as important as heroics and illustrates the lengths a man will go to in order to try to return normalcy to a portion of his life. In that quest, Spencer has peeled back the bravado and amped up the humanity, making "Ant-Man" #4 a relatable adventure tale with some interesting personalities lining the journey.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ant-Man (2015) Annual #1

Jul 17, 2015

In the first ever "Ant-Man Annual" #1, writer Nick Spencer does what Annuals were designed to do: tell an oversized story that has additional story potential and entertains the whole way through. This issue makes reference to the soon-to-conclude current volume of "Ant-Man" and also points readers towards the original graphic novel "Avengers: Rage of Ultron" without spoiling either and still applying the effects of each to the story here. Neither tale is necessary to appreciate this, but Spencer realizes the value in keeping connective tissue connected. With Ant-Man about to take over the spotlight cinematically, this comic is hitting at just the right time and provides plenty of pathways to explore in the near (and possibly distant) future, as Scott Lang continues to try to live up to the example set by Hank Pym.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ant-Man (2015): Last Days #1

Aug 27, 2015

This series started and ends strong, consistently delivering light-hearted but sincere super hero adventures. Spencer, Rosanas, Boyd and Lanham have filled this series with their absolute best work and "Ant-Man: Last Days" #1 is a fine sample of their topnotch comic collaboration. I'm thankful for this series as well as its finale and look forward to more Ant-Man adventures from this creative team soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Ant-Man: Larger Than Life #1

Jun 26, 2015

All plot and little else, "Ant-Man: Larger Than Life" #1 is a decent glimpse in to the world of Hank Pym and the origins of Ant-Man. Unfortunately, it falls short of being anything more than a printed commercial churned out by the hype machine as Marvel's latest cinematic release draws nearer. The addition of the two stories from "Tales to Astonish" elevates this comic nicely, giving readers a peek into the origins of Ant-Man and the variation in genre this character has experienced, from the horror tale of "The Man in the Ant Hill" to the boldly costumed debut of a hero in "The Return of the Ant-Man!"

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #2

Oct 26, 2011

This issue is fast moving. I got to the end of the story and had to go back to count pages just to make sure the issue itself wasn't abbreviated as the story was briskly paced to great effect. As the Ookla the Mok song goes, "I know there's gonna come a day when they're gonna stare in slack-jawed wonder as they hear me say, 'I am Aquaman and nobody better mess with me!'" Two issues in, this series has me down with the slack-jawed wonder. As a fan of Arthur Curry, I've seen quite a bit, from his seahorse-riding days on "Super Friends" to the hook and back. This series, however, sets the high-water (had to do it) mark for "Aquaman."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #5

Jan 25, 2012

This issue brings twenty-two pages of story (as opposed to the "new" standard of twenty) and gives us a complete tale in this issue. Plenty of mysteries and plot threads are started for the upcoming issues as the mystery of Atlantis continues to deepen. This title is a fun read with outrageous adventures that, as this issue proves, are unpredictable. Johns and company have found the way to make "Aquaman" a great title, and they've even done so without relying on any of Aquaman's traditional foes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #7

Mar 29, 2012

Like many of the issues of "Aquaman" to this point, the story moves quite quickly. This is a fast but considerably enjoyable read. There aren't a lot of revelations, nor is there a great deal of character development, but the plot drives the story forward and for now, it really works. It heightens the sense of adventure and gives "Aquaman" a quality not unlike that of an Indiana Jones movie. The mystery of Atlantis and the history of "The Others" promises to bring some amusing stories and this installment is the perfect shallow end for new readers to ease in.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aquaman (2011) #9

May 24, 2012

"Aquaman" #9 is a fine slice of what makes this series so very enjoyable, from story to characters to art, but being couched in the middle of "The Others," it is a bit thick to wade into. For fans already soaking in this series, however, this issue is certain to be a highlight. Without spoiling it, I can say that there are two eyebrow-raising surprises in the final two pages of this issue. Coupled with Reis' stunning artwork, this issue is a must-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #10

Jul 2, 2012

"Aquaman" continues to be one of the handful of DC comics that I truly look forward to each and every month. This issue serves as more of a transition, shifting the battlefields and re-arranging the combatants with an awful lot that happens to move the growing legend of Aquaman forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #12

Aug 31, 2012

"Aquaman" #12 is just another fine example of what to expect with this character from Geoff Johns and crew. It's a classic good versus evil storyline where everything is in play. Characters will live, characters will die and there will be a whole lot of great looking art.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #13

Nov 5, 2012

"Aquaman" #13 would be one heck of an odd place to jump in and start on the series, but amazingly enough, the issue does a great job bringing all of the numerous plots, subplots and characters into focus, closing one chapter for Aquaman and company while delivering a solid tease for the next chapter. "Aquaman" has surprised some comic fans and won consistent critical and popular acclaim. Don't you think it's time to find out what all the hubbub is about?

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aquaman (2011) #16

Feb 4, 2013

This is what crossovers should be: action-packed, fun stories that entertain and dazzle, filled with character bits and powerful art. In "Aquaman" #16 there is plenty of Justice League action, including a major revelation for Cyborg that sets him among the most powerful characters in the DC Universe, but as it is couched in this crossover, it is handled without much pomp, simply leaving the thread open-ended for further investigation elsewhere. Additionally, there is well-measured, revealing character moments for Batman as his relationships with Cyborg and Aquaman are given clearer shape and finer detail. Most importantly, however, is the impressively handled plot twist that delivers one of the most thrilling final page since the DC reboot. "Aquaman" #16 is a great slice of life in the DC Universe and offers a nice assortment of characters and character moments for fans of many of DC's iconic heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aquaman (2011) #17

Feb 28, 2013

With the wrap-up and the set-up that Johns pours into "Aquaman"#17, this feels much more like a zero issue, and both sets the table and preps adventures to come while addressing all aspects of the character. Johns provides glimpses into the bureaucracy that Aquaman is faced with now that he has assumed the role of Atlantis' leader. We also see the character's dedication to fighting for what is right, regardless of others' perceptions. Aquaman takes a call from Cyborg, illustrating the Justice League connections and addresses the Atlantean army and their desire for a strong leader. The crux of this issue, however, is how Aquaman addresses Amanda Waller's question, "Who are you fighting for?" That answer defines this Aquaman. I'm excited to see where Johns takes the King of the Seven Seas from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #19

May 3, 2013

All of this adds up to one of the most enjoyable books on the racks nowadays, and certainly a reliably entertaining read from DC. Johns drives this title forward with action and adventure. He layers plots and subplots one over the other. While that doesn't do much to develop the character of Aquaman, it's quite obvious Johns' Aquaman is conflicted right now, and that makes every subplot and the way they're each connected to one another all the more interesting. If you missed it this week, but happen to want to pick up a recent comic when you go to the shop on Free Comic Book Day, you really should sample "Aquaman" #19. I can guarantee you the three bucks you spend on this will outshine some of the freebies you pick up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #21

Jun 28, 2013

I do wish there was a spoiler-free place where I could lock up my storyline suspicions. In the case of "Aquaman," I'd be able to go back to the suspicions I had in "Aquaman" #19 and say, "See! I was right about the Scavenger!" It's a plot twist that definitely has repercussions despite its forehead-slapping, "Of course!"-inducing obviousness. Johns sometimes sets up the obvious and continues down that road. In this case it pays off by meeting readers' anticipation with dynamic effect. Additionally, the second-to-last page with eight page-width panels stacked on top of each other hits the reader with rapid-fire imagery, leaving the reader wanting more only to find the turn of the page delivers an even steeper cliff to hang from. "Aquaman" #21 is a strong chapter in the adventures of the current King of Atlantis, but it does more to set up even stronger, more electrifying adventures in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Aquaman (2011) #23.2

Sep 26, 2013

"Aquaman #23.2: Ocean Master" has ties to "Forever Evil" and makes a strong case for Ocean Master to be considered a villain. It doesn't delve into the former ruler's origins, choosing instead to walk beside him as he seeks out his future. While this issue is closed with the tagline of "Not the End!" no indication is given if the story of Ocean Master continues in the pages of "Forever Evil" or "Aquaman." Villains Month is winding down. Given the overall impact of this tale, I'd say that's a good thing. I look forward to Ocean Master being more dynamic as a foe of Aquaman once again instead of simply being evil out of apathy.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman (2011) #27

Jan 30, 2014

Before drawing a conclusion to "Aquaman" #27, the creative team re-introduces an obscure one-time Aquaman foe, at least by name, and teases out a subplot development from this story's conclusion as Aquaman's supporting cast begins to solidify. At the conclusion of the fight, Parker goes out of his way to show the surface world's appreciation of Aquaman following the conclusion of the battle, despite the obvious collateral damage set upon the coast of Reykjavik, Iceland. This is a nice way to emphasize Aquaman's concern for others and his willingness to share his time. This is a fine second issue for Parker's run on "Aquaman," but visual consistency would have helped elevate it beyond merely being "fine."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #29

Mar 31, 2014

"Aquaman" #29 is a magnificent example of what Parker and Pelletier bring to this series. The titular character is every bit human as he is hero and, like the rest of us, finds himself in situations that he may not always be properly prepared for. His heart is in the right place and his head is clear enough to do the right thing, but victory never quite seems like a guarantee. "Aquaman" does a great job of standing apart, while remaining plugged in to the rest of the DC Universe, continuing to add to larger picture around the maritime legend. In "Aquaman" #29, Parker and Pelletier show readers they need no long-standing history with the Sea King in order to enjoy a riveting tale that happens to be filled with world-building.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #31

May 30, 2014

"Aquaman" #31 is just another fine example of what Jeff Parker; Paul Pelletier and inker Sean Parsons; Alvaro Martinez and inker Raul Fernandez; Rain Beredo and Travis Lanham bring to this title. While each of these professionals present remarkable work alone, the true collaboration of comics shines through when combined. This is what comic books are all about and this team is able to express that completely. The best part about it all is that Parker never makes "Aquaman" #31 feel like the latest part of a infinite storyline, this is simply an Aquaman story where he meets Swamp Thing and they fight. The main plot and the subplot may tie into other issues, but Parker gives the readers everything they need to enjoy this as a standalone.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #33

Jul 28, 2014

"Aquaman" #33 is a startling violent issue in Parker and Pelletier's run, with Chimera leaving a trail of damage and a pile of bodies. Parker makes it clear Chimera is as much monster as man and gives readers a story meant to make them uncomfortable -- as readers and as observers -- while Amnesty Bay and the medical ship "Haven" both sustain attacks from Chimera. Parker gives readers no guarantees in his take on the adventures of Aquaman and Mera, which is exactly how it should be. All of DC's less prolific characters should have the opportunity to shine with a creative team as solid as the one in place on "Aquaman" #33.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #35

Oct 24, 2014

"Aquaman" #35 is yet another fine example of this title bringing out the very best in talented creators while they come together as a single creative team. Parker, Pelletier, Parsons, Beredo and Esposito each augment one another's strengths and find their own particular way to influence the story at hand. "Maelstrom" is just getting started, but this creative team has "Aquaman" #35 shaped into mid-arc form. The thought that this tale is only going to get more intense is invigorating, especially as Parker and company leave readers with a last-page revelation that launches a queen-sized mystery for Aquaman and Mera in one of DC's greatest looking and most consistently entertaining titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman (2011) #37

Dec 29, 2014

"Aquaman" #37 is a wonderful exploration of a corner of the DC Universe packed with potential. In just twenty pages, Parker, Pelletier, Parsons, Beredo and Sienty give readers the latest installment of Aquaman's quest, a history lesson on Gorilla City, a fight and a few more clues in the mystery behind "Maelstrom." Aquaman has been an adventure-packed read since the relaunch of the DC Universe in 2011, and this is another fine example of why, as it packs in everything superhero readers buy comic books for, plus some gorillas for good measure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aquaman (2011) #39

Mar 2, 2015

Solid and consistent but considerably more brisk than recent issues, the pace of "Aquaman" #39 is adjusted to accommodate some big-screen shots that give Paul Pelletier plenty of room to put the action in the readers' faces. The journey has led to this point, and the conflict is unexpected and exciting. With only one issue left before the "Convergence" crossover and the creative team change-up, Parker, Pelletier and company are doing a bang-up job of packing "Aquaman" full of everything a comic tied to Atlantis should have: regal majesty, stunning creatures, a fantasy thread and lots of water and energy splashing all over the place as "Maelstrom" preps for its final chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Aquaman (2011) #41

Jun 26, 2015

There is a mystery afoot that Aquaman is heavily involved in, so much so that he travels to St. Louis. Through Aquaman, Bunn refers to St. Louis as "doubly landlocked," but there is not a more welcoming city for Aquaman in the heartland, or even off of any coast. The issue opens by the Gateway Arch, which is close enough to Mississippi to actually legitimize the notion that Aquaman should have been here before. Instead, this mystery puts Aquaman on his heels. Following suit with Hal Jordan's new status in the DC Universe, two of DC's magnificent seven characters (that are the backbone of the Justice League, no less) are on the run from their former allies. Like "Green Lantern," "Aquaman" #41 teases potential but fails to offer any sort of hook or reward for readers to return.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Aquaman (2011) #50

Apr 4, 2016

Aquaman #50 clocks in at forty pages. Abnett and Booth aren't so much world building as sorting and sifting through concepts and ideas, which keeps the issue smartly paced and enjoyable. If Rebirth weren't just around the corner, Aquaman #50 would be the perfect jumping on spot for new readers, but given the window between now and DC's line-wide refresh, this is simply a fun comic that is actually worth the hefty pricetag for readers who like their Aquaman adventures quick, self-contained, and amusing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman (2016) #43

Dec 19, 2018

Technically, Aquaman #43 is sound, even very good, but it's a lot of set-up that doesn't have meaning. At least not yet. For now, it's a collection of characters filling the pages while not being very compelling. I'm hesitant to dismiss this story out of hand, but I don't have much to hold onto that makes me want to come back next issue. That “All-New” cover also established this is the first chapter of a five-part tale, so there's more to come that will undoubtedly shore up relevance, interest, and maybe even action, but taken by itself, this one's a bit of a letdown.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman And The Others #2

May 9, 2014

I'm not sure what to make of this book after a pair of issues. It's nice to see Aquaman being used as the anchor of a team, but the overall vibe this book is giving me is very similar to how I felt about "Primal Force" following "Zero Hour": I like the concept, I like the creators, but I can't help but feel that there could be more or that this could be bigger. With the mystery and allure of the Atlantean relics, Jurgens and Medina pack a lot of story and development into "Aquaman and the Others" #2, including a nice little scene that showcases just how resourceful the King of Atlantis can be for his teammates. That team is on rocky terms to say the least, but they do unite strongly against a common foe, salting this comic book with clich ideas a bit. In doing so, however, Jurgens is at least defining the personalities present on the team. Now that the challenge is met, Aquaman and the Others have a chance to take on a foe not steeped in history as a solo foe of Aquaman.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman And The Others #11

Mar 9, 2015

As "Convergence" nears, stories and characters are sidelined while their series are put on hold or, in the case of "Aquaman and the Others," drawn to a close. Jurgens and Medina, however, treat "Aquaman and the Others" #11 more like a series finale than a season finale with the characters all but waving goodbye to the readership on the final page of the issue. This has been a fun, ancillary title for the King of the Seven Seas, but the lack of depth for the characters -- as showcased here -- is indicative of where this series could have used a bit more investment. If the Others come back, now that they've been established in the DC Universe, they'll hopefully be more than "Aquaman's other cast."

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Aquaman: Rebirth #1

Jun 8, 2016

If there's a good story to be told, the writers and artists are going to tell it, and Aquaman: Rebirth #1 is a great start to a good story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #0.2014

Feb 5, 2014

Overall, "Archer and Armstrong: Archer" #0 is a sharp story that leaves the reader nicely prepped for the "Mission: Improbable" crossover with "Bloodshot and Hard C.O.R.P.S." #20. Despite the "facts only" presentation through the caption boxes, Van Lente makes Archer a sympathetic character, but telegraphs a potential for unpredictability. This is yet another solid read from the fine creative teams at Valiant Entertainment and one of the best, most concise and informative origin tales ever. "Archer and Armstrong: Archer" #0 gets a double bonus in that regard for not even requiring the entirety of the issue. Truly they deserve a triple bonus for keeping the origin contained to ONE issue where other publishers would feel compelled to make a collection-length tale out of this. Those other publishers should take a good, hard look at this issue and try to absorb the proper way to handle zero issue origin stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #14

Oct 14, 2013

Of the three issues I've sampled from Valiant over the past month, "Archer and Armstrong" #14 is the least compelling, but it is much more compelling than anything from DC Comics' Villains' Month. This comic isn't as action-packed as "Bloodshot and H.A.R.D. Corps" nor is it as comical as "Quantum and Woody." Taken on its own merit, however, there is a lot of potential in the ongoing Sect infighting as Archer tries to find answers to all of his questions. "Archer and Armstrong" is another win for Valiant and another comic more readers should be checking out. I accepted the open invitation offered to new readers in "Archer and Armstrong" #14 and plan on coming back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #20

May 8, 2014

When a member of the church of Retrology asks Armstrong for six hundred thousand dollars, he retorts with, "And they say you're not a real religion." That weighs in as the funniest line in "Archer and Armstrong" #20. Armstrong keeps the story light, while Archer is on a quest, giving "American Wasteland" a strong purpose. Now that the duo have infiltrated the Fameotorium, I'm curious to see where they go, what comes next and who the next deceased celeb will be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Arkham Manor #5

Feb 25, 2015

The end of "Arkham Manor" #5 sets the series' future upon the notion of a procedural by placing a hit list in Batman's hands. This becomes an interesting parallel to what could be on a television series set near Gotham City with a tighter, more personal feel in its scope. With stories that are fairly light on continuity, solid on action and briskly paced, that future should be worth checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Armor Hunters #2

Jul 11, 2014

That one panel comes and goes quickly as "Armor Hunters" #2 ratchets up the action more than a bit, apparently ready to spread into other titles very soon. Venditti and his co-creators are pacing this story along nicely, giving the Valiant universe a chance to react to the attack organically. X-O Manowar's reaction is the most visceral as he, literally, has the most flesh in this fight. All the same, Venditti manages to keep this from being an ancillary X-O book and truly makes it a central hub for a worldwide crisis, giving readers a plethora of characters to latch onto. If you haven't sampled the Valiant universe yet, you could do worse than jumping in right here, which is amazingly feasible, despite being the second chapter of the "Armor Hunters" story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Armor Hunters #4

Sep 25, 2014

A fight to the very end, the end of "Armor Hunters" #4 shouldn't surprise anybody with the Armor Hunters' defeat. However, it comes with an extreme cost and -- as Lady Colonel Capshaw says -- they are left with a new world in the wake of the great battle. Venditti and Braithwaite have provided as clean and complete a universe-wide crossover as you'll ever see in comic books, on par with what Marvel Studios executed with its Phase One films. Everyone's here, but nothing is being forced on anyone and no characters are lost in the journey. Crossover planners everyone should take note and imitate this event's structure, readers will be thankful for it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Armor Hunters: Aftermath #1

Oct 3, 2014

Colonel Capshaw works through an organizational identity crisis as M.E.R.O. becomes G.A.T.E. (Global Agency for Threat Excision) in a dense, transitional tale in the pages of "Armor Hunters: Aftermath" #1. Sharpe's letters shape the story, making everything flow nicely around and through CAFU and Reber's artwork. Sound effects and exclamations fill the space allotted, but don't obscure any storytelling or imagery flow, making "Armor Hunters: Aftermath" #1 a remarkably clean comic book for a "picking up the pieces" adventure. This comic book is a nice bridge between the excited chaos of the "Armor Hunters" battle and the future dawning in the Valiant Universe. It's not a completely necessary installment, but it certainly adds to the depth and breadth of this universe as heroes and creators alike work to build a more remarkable universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Armor Hunters: Bloodshot #1

Jul 28, 2014

This is the right way to do a crossover, not selective involvement, but line-wide participation with each character having time to shine and opportunity to expand their side of the story. Valiant's continuity is young and resilient enough to augment the fun inherent in comic book events, giving "Armor Hunters: Bloodshot" #1 a true "Anything can happen!" air. Bloodshot, through Harris, is a fun character to read, like the Punisher, but more entertaining. He still adheres to his mission, but does so in a manner that challenges the reader to keep up rather than stand pat, once the bullets start to fly. There is no shortage of action in the twenty-four (yes, twenty-FOUR) pages of "Armor Hunters: Bloodshot" #1 and, quite honestly, this comic book just amplifies my appreciation for the entire event.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Armor Wars #1

Jun 5, 2015

Robinson, Takara, Sanz and Lanham craft a domain unlike the others in "Armor Wars" #1. This issue doesn't feel regimented by the "Secret Wars" event and, instead, forges ahead on its own, establishing Technopolis as a dynamic contribution to the larger Marvel Universe. Part espionage adventure, part police procedural and part dystopian sci-fi adventure, "Armor Wars" #1 is a solid introduction from Robinson and crew.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Armstrong and the Vault of Spirits #1

Feb 11, 2018

More seasoned readers of Valiants line of comics will definitely find much more to appreciate in this one-shot than a casual passerby who happens to pick Armstrong and the Vault of Spirits up. That said, revelations such as I do have a bottle from the actual cask of Amontillado over there! and the light-hearted approach to action and adventure certainly make this a fun read and one that would be a fine springboard for an annual, light-hearted adventure to bring together the Valiant heroes with near-limitless story potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Artifacts #1

Jul 28, 2010

I'm not going to say this story is "epic," or a "must-read," but I am certainly thankful I did read it. It's loud, widescreen comic book mayhem that sticks to the roof of your brain after the final page is turned.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Artifacts #2

Oct 3, 2010

This issue, like the one before it, offers a fresh, exciting read with some compelling characters. Top Cow has a winner here in "Artifacts" as a new trail is blazed for these characters and their universe. Marz is putting just enough new characters and concepts in each issue to leave room for development, action, and evolution. It's a refreshing break from the standard fare on the new comic racks nowadays. This is that new comic that you've been looking for, that breath of four-color fresh air that is big and bold, but detached from excessive crossover muddling.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Asgardians of the Galaxy #1

Sep 5, 2018

Bunn's the type of writer that doesn't put everything up front in the first issue of his story, and Asgardians of the Galaxy is no exception. The time hop in the middle takes a second or seven to process, but it summarizes the setup for the reader quite nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Assault On New Olympus Prologue #1

Nov 8, 2009

With the Agents set to be a regular backup in "Incredible Hercules" this book is well worth looking into, buying, and enjoying thoroughly. Hercules has consistently presented enjoyable reads equivalent to the kind you once purchased comics in hopes of reading. "Agents of Atlas" has been a critically acclaimed title in its own right. Now, it's like peanut butter and chocolate.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #51

Jun 21, 2012

With all of the calamity and chaos surrounding the X-Men titles right now, this issue is a nice suspension of action. It's a wedding tale reminiscent of "Tales of the Teen Titans" #50, but with less over-the-top celebration. Sure, "Astonishing X-Men" #51 got substantially more media attention, but in the end, it's simply another comic book wedding and a quiet one at that, undisturbed by invasion or attack. Hopefully Kyle and Jean-Paul find their happily ever after. From here, however, Liu appears to have some plans that are going to test the X-Men a little more intently than the crisis of whether or not Avengers should be seated at the same tables as X-Men.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Athena #1

Sep 20, 2009

Taking a risk in today's comic market by offering up a title featuring a female lead, "Athena" is able to offer readers a different take on a female warrior with a title that not only develops the character for the future, but also celebrates her past. While this comic may not be directly comparable to "Wonder Woman," it will be interesting to keep an eye on both titles and see if one influences the other in any way.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Atlas #2

Jun 20, 2010

I think a few well-placed issues around the house this summer (my wife is a teacher and therefore has begun her "downtime") and we might have a new "Atlas" fan. Of course, if you picked up a few well-placed issues (the place is your local comic shop) you might find yourself ranked among the fans of this book too. It's just that much bombastic, gritty fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Atlas #4

Aug 23, 2010

As I've mentioned before, this title is a breath of fresh air. It's the one comic, bar none, that I anxiously anticipate each month. Parker fills the pages between the covers with excitement, adventure, and fun. The stakes are high, the sides are sometimes a little blurry, but the story and art always find their mark. The changes sparked in this issue are certain to have ramifications in next month's finale, but taken at their face value for this issue, the story is a good one. "Atlas" is the title that should have been on everyone's reading lists. It's the comic that isn't afraid to be an over-the-top, fun-filled, wonderful comic. It's a tough sell, a comic that only has one issue left, but in this case, it's a comic that's worth trying to sell.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Atlas #5

Oct 1, 2010

It's a shame Chad " and you " didn't get a chance to see this book sooner. Maybe then you could have helped to save "Atlas." For now, though, we have a treasure trove of stories woven by Jeff Parker and his allies on "Atlas." Track this final issue down. You just might thank me too. This all wouldn't have happened without Jeff Parker though. I'll be raising a pint to Parker and "Atlas" this evening.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Atomic Robo: Ghost of Station X #1

Sep 7, 2011

This wasn't the "big book" I intended to get and enjoy the heck out of this week. I'm not even sure I had this plotted out in my top ten for the week. Nonetheless, I bought it, read it, and enjoyed it. It's a nice change of pace in such a busy week.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #4

Nov 7, 2014

"AXIS" #4 fails to impress, taking a thin concept and coating it with half-finished extensions of its core. This is like the worst bits of "Secret Invasion," "Fear Itself" and "Avengers vs. X-Men" thrown together without any heart in the story, which is especially troublesome considering the spectacular job Remender has done with other books and stories. Some of Remender's previous work had a slower burn to them, eventually paying out and changing worlds, but "AXIS" seems remarkably temporary. It's hard not to imagine the end of this series portraying a bunch of characters sitting bolt upright, shaking their heads and saying, "I just had the strangest dream!" "AXIS" needs to make another turn, quickly, to give readers something to get excited about.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #5

Nov 17, 2014

The story spins around Spider-Man and Nova, making for a fine team-up and nod to the friendship present on "Ultimate Spider-Man" animated series. Readers already familiar with the pairing from that avenue who find their way to this issue are sure to enjoy Remender's playful banter. With the lines in the sand drawn and cleanly defined in "Avengers & X-Men: AXIS" #5, the combination of Nova and Spidey in a team-up situation blended with the slick art from the Dodsons has at least temporarily reignited my interest in the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #8

Dec 18, 2014

"Avengers & X-Men: AXIS" #8 delivers a story that contains a war of inches and millimeters, not one of major battles and tide-turning confrontations. The sides may not be completely identifiable (like Absorbing Man beating the heck out of anyone and everyone within reach simply because he can) but most of the players have indicated at least moderate allegiance to other parties. Although the issue has some fun artistic moments, it doesn't do much to move the story along.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers & X-Men: Axis #9

Dec 29, 2014

In the end, "Grinding Halt" is an appropriate title for this final issue as the story finds its way to an end. The purpose of "AXIS" seems to be simply to have undone some wrongs while testing out others, and in the end, Remender was successful in that regard. He also set up no shortage of future adventures and even provides the springboard for a pair of titles to launch in January. "Avengers & X-Men: AXIS" #9 is the capper to a series many readers will likely forget, but the repercussions of this adventure will impact stories for at least the very near future.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers (2010) #3

Jul 21, 2010

The lackluster non-interest I had in this re-invigorated Avengers brand certainly is not challenged by this issue. It's a decent read, but it wasn't something that's going to stick with me years down the line when I think back to those classic "Avengers" tales I love. Kang on the cover is a good start, and the last page is a fine step in a fun direction, but the rest of the book could use an infusion of "oomph."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2010) #13

May 18, 2011

I've enjoyed the "Oral History" pages and I quite like this issue. There's no denying that this issue is more set-up than delivery, but the set-up presented here is enjoyable in its own right. Now, I'm dialed in for the delivery. "Fear Itself" is here and it seems ready to make an impression upon the legend of the Avengers. This is going to be good.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers (2010) #19

Nov 16, 2011

To sum it up for you, this issue features a change to the Avengers roster. Is it earth-shattering or even must-have reading? Nope. Is it fun and entertaining? Yup. Are Avengers fans going to be happy, disappointed, sad, mad, or ambivalent? Probably. It's a story of the roster changing and how that is affected by -- and affects -- the world around the team in this post-"Fear Itself" world. If you need a breather of an issue to reacquaint yourself with some old friends, this might just be what you're looking for.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2010) #24.1

Mar 29, 2012

This issue is a sojourn for Vision and gives him a number of personal encounters that help remind readers who this character is while also offering clues about what he may yet become. Surprisingly more character-driven than one might expect from a comic starring a synthezoid, Bendis and Peterson have concocted a near-perfect Vision story. In all future "Avengers" point one stories, I'd like issues just like this one that further the relationships touched on in this installment. After all, is there a character who is more inherently an Avenger than the Vision?

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers (2010) #25

Apr 18, 2012

The connection to "Avengers Vs. X-Men" is tenuous at best, coming in the form of three pages of "Crisis on Infinite Earths" red skies equivalent scenes. Simonson takes what Bendis gives him and puts a nice shine on it all. Unfortunately, the issue itself is filled with navel-gazing and seemingly inconsequential conflicts. The final page really delivers the true nature of the tie-in "Avengers" #25 serves to the main battle, but sixteen of the pages don't add much to the "Avengers Vs. X-Men" narrative. I'm sure there will be some greater payoff in the future, mostly for the Avengers proper, but for those expecting more in-depth collaboration with "Avengers Vs. X-Men," this comic simply does not deliver. For Avengers fans, however, this comic is certain to entertain and delight as Simonson's art is proudly showcased in a story somewhat tailored to his strengths.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers (2010) #31

Oct 15, 2012

I'm just not sure why Marvel didn't simply hold onto the issues of "Avengers" that are going to be released over the next few weeks and make them double-sized. Readers certainly would have enjoyed a more concise read than feel strung out for the wait until "Avengers" #32. Personally, I'm antsy to get more of these stories. Additionally, this story is freestanding enough and serves as a transition from Bendis' marathon service with the Avengers into what that brand is set to become under Marvel NOW!

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers (2010) #32

Oct 29, 2012

The "End Times" story provides "Avengers" readers with one last tour through Brian Michael Bendis' version of Earth's Mightiest Heroes and gives the writer a chance to tuck in or trim off the loose ends of his marathon run. As such, fan favorite characters abound and developments occur all over the place, but in this issue those things are on a smaller (pun intended) scale and are therefore much more personal. As a fan of the late-1970s through early 1990s Avengers, I'm finding a lot of enjoyment in this series and this issue in particular.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers (2010) #33

Nov 9, 2012

The Avengers should be loud and fun, with subtle character moments, which is exactly what Bendis gives us, although it moves so briskly it feels like half a story. "Avengers" #33 (and all of the "End Times" issues) are nice rewards for readers who have stuck by Bendis throughout his run or simply decided it was time to check in with Earth's Mightiest Heroes once again.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #2

Dec 19, 2012

"Avengers" #2 may not have a great deal to do with the feature film, and the layman coming into comic shops looking for the silver screen team might be put off by the cover price or double-shipping schedule, but there is simply no denying that Hickman has a plan. As the plan begins to take shape and the characters start to settle in to their roles, "Avengers" is a wonderful offering from Marvel NOW! It's the one title I'm actually damn glad to spend eight dollars on a month for what I get, especially since it's so far a story worthy of the "Avengers" brand. Hickman proved his mettle on "Fantastic Four" and his investigations of the perimeter of the Marvel Universe in this title pick up where that left off, adding more depth to the universe around the Avengers. I may not be exceptionally keen to the inclusions and exclusions on this team, but I trust Hickman will continue to make a strong enough case for me to appreciate the work he's done.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #5

Feb 7, 2013

Of the Marvel NOW! titles, "Avengers" is consistently the one I look forward to the most, regardless of the publishing frequency. Hickman made an indelible mark on the legacy of the Fantastic Four and so far he seems to be on track to do something equally memorable with Earth's Mightiest Heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2012) #7

Mar 7, 2013

Although this is (at least partially) a result from the first story featuring the Garden, it stands quite nicely on its own and vividly exposes the Marvel Universe and its unfurling possibilities. The New Universe -- in part or in whole -- crashes into the Marvel Universe in this issue. Undoubtedly this will impact the story Hickman tells in "New Avengers," but taken for what it is, "Avengers" #7 is stunning, electrifying and enjoyable. With a charge into action and a great deal of discussion to finish this issue as we near an inevitable conflagration, this is Avengers comics for a whole new generation and I'm glad to be onboard with it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #10

Apr 25, 2013

Bizarre aliens and a creepy scene driven by the presence of Validator post-Gardener fill "Avengers" #10 with uncertainty and excitement. Hickman opens the issue at the end of the story before leaping back to what transpired beforehand, which intensifies the drama and adds a bit of mystery to this adventure before he reveals the status of the system to readers in a cliffhanger. Par for the course, "Avengers" #10 is a great read when considered in the context of the grander adventure. As a standalone story, there's more than enough meat to this story for readers to sink their teeth into.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers (2012) #12

May 27, 2013

The real hang-up I have with this issue is the resignation present in all of the Avengers. Hawkeye and Spider-Woman are as hands off in their lessons as they can possibly be, Thor and Hyperion seem more content to navel-gaze and Spider-Man (still Octavius) appears to have had an extra helping of jackass flakes before this issue starts. When the Savage Land kids are attacked, the heroes don't spring into action, obviously allowing for future issues to address the pursuit and conflict certain to follow. Luckily, the scheduling frequency of "Avengers" truly helps to keep Hickman's sprawling epic fresh and mobile. This issue needs a quick follow-up that Hickman, Spencer and company will almost certainly deliver, but like some of the previous issues in this volume, the threat just doesn't feel quite Avengers-worthy. That doesn't keep this from being an enjoyable issue all the same, it just isn't the greatest issue of the dozen "Avengers" have given under Hickman's supervision.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #15

Jul 5, 2013

"Avengers" #15 is another rich installment in Hickman's grand adventure. Filled with excitement, suspense and action, this series continues to build an adventure worthy of Earth's Mightiest Heroes coming together. By the time the last page hits, it leaves the reader wanting more and wondering what they just saw. All of the creators contribute to the surprise, and I look forward to what Hickman, Spencer and Caselli bring have in store for the next issue in a few short weeks.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers (2012) #17

Aug 8, 2013

Essentially, "Avengers" #17 serves as the pep rally and fire-up dinner for the Avengers as "Infinity" draws nearer. After reading this comic book, I'm stoked for the continuation of the action and look forward to how this bigger Avengers team meshes. Hickman has made very deliberate choices in constructing his Avengers story to this point. The additions to the team made in this issue pay out dividends for seeds the writer spread in this series' first handful of issues. The final page of "Avengers" #17 declares "End Prelude," but the argument could be made this whole series has been a prelude to "Infinity" as Hickman, Spencer and company have prepared readers ready for the battle to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers (2012) #20

Sep 26, 2013

While this isn't a bad story, "Avengers" #20 is hardly a typical Avengers tale. It is more an "Infinity Auxiliary" adventure: still delivering details and further enriching the late summer Marvel event that happens to star most of the Avengers. This comic book focuses on the Ex Nihilo, Abyss and the Galactic Council's continued negotiations with the Builder Armada. These are all critical developments, albeit developments certain to be repeated more often than sitcom reruns over the summer. Hopefully, this is simply a pacing issue as the story turns the corner and begins the heated sprint towards the finish line now that "Infinity" is past the halfway point.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers (2012) #23

Nov 21, 2013

For Hickman's part in this comic, we get a dynamic, rousing speech from Kl'rt countered by cockiness from Shang Chi. Hickman reminds readers of the scope of the conflict and the consequences thereof. One scene in particular is so masterfully measured out that despite the telegraphed conclusion, I found myself conflicted between cheering the outcome and being disgusted by the delivery of that finality. While some comic books would mail in or unnecessarily elongate the penultimate chapter of a major crossover, the prelude to the final issue of "Infinity" is bold and daring, delivering consequences to be felt beyond this issue. "Avengers" #23 has left me anticipating a mighty finish to a summer event I've found myself enjoying rather thoroughly. I just hope the final chapter measures up to the work delivered to this point.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers (2012) #24.NOW

Dec 26, 2013

All in all, though "Avengers #24.NOW" falls short of being a great comic for new readers, it excels in being a fine comic to close out the aftermath of "Infinity" while looking forward to what lies ahead for the Avengers under Jonathan Hickman. The issue may have suffered from a crew of oddly mismatched artists, but it doesn't completely jettison the work Hickman has poured into this franchise. As someone who is patient with Hickman's work and appreciates his ability to construct a long story, I can give "Avengers #24.NOW" a bit of a pass, but by numbering something ".NOW" and stamping a huge #1 on the cover, the story needs to be more approachable for newcomers.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers (2012) #25

Jan 27, 2014

The twist is fine, but the story around it needs a little more fire. I wasn't too keen about the inclusion of time-tossed Avengers as billed on the cover, in what might soon be the new house-style of bringing past heroes to their own present, but Hickman gives enough credence to the story to summon me back for more, especially after the writer assures his readership that things are starting to come together between his Avengers books. This issue is a calm before the storm sort of issue, promising action, adventure and mystery in issues of "Avengers" to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers (2012) #29

May 19, 2014

"Avengers" #29 widens the hole that Hickman has been digging for the Illuminati for quite some time now. Hitting the crossroads of "Original Sin" and the Incursions from "New Avengers," this title is now enmeshed into the seemingly inevitable implosion of the Avengers. Hickman does throw in a last minute surprise on the final page, but the surprise is a forty-thousand-foot image, detailed to dizzying heights by Yu -- unfortunately, it's not enough to carry the whole issue, and thus leaves a limp conclusion for "Avengers" #29.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers (2012) #34.1

Sep 12, 2014

Delivering a Hyperion story in a point-one issue of "Avengers" proves that one-shots are apparently dead without a brand to buoy them up. This is most definitely not an Avengers story, regardless of Hyperion's status with the team or the future impact this tale will have on Earth's Mightiest Heroes. "Avengers" #34.1 is packed with promise, it ultimately falls short of delivery. Hyperion should star in a comic and shine, but fails to work the spotlight here. It's a good, solid story, but it could have been more.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers (2012) #34.2

Jan 19, 2015

"Avengers" #34.2 isn't a comic book I would normally pay five dollars for, but Humphries' work with Starbrand (with a side of Nightmask and Spider-Woman) gives an under-defined character a chance to shine a little bit. Bengal's art is stronger in storytelling than detail but works just fine for the tale at hand. Independent of the current "Avengers" storyline and higher-priced than a typical issue of any "Avengers" title, "Avengers" #34.2 reads more like an Annual-lite and inherently feels a little bit more dispensable as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2012) #35

Sep 18, 2014

As of "Avengers" #35, Hickman has taken his cast and his fellow creators on a long jump into the unknown, giving readers a whole new world to discover with the Avengers, but is it an Avengers world? Like all futures in Marvel's publishing history, this one is fraught with wonder, excitement, mystery and complications. The Avengers have definitely affected the world, but Hickman keeps all of the sordid details close to his vest for now, preferring to eke plot points and nuances out to the readers, treating each morsel as new discovery along the way. It's a fun enough premise, but it needs to gain some traction quickly in order to keep readers tuned in. Unless editor Tom Brevoort is going to regularly summon Cheung to satiate the readership.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers (2012) #41

Feb 6, 2015

"Avengers" #41 brings a payoff many readers have been waiting for but, with three months still remaining until "Time Runs Out," it also leaves readers wondering just what Hickman has in store before the inevitable changes that will accompany "Secret Wars." The Incursions have frayed the nerves of the characters in these comics and piqued the curiosity of readers, but how many Incursions remain and what happens when the last one lines up? Hickman and company provide readers with plenty to feel uneasy about.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Avengers (2016) #1

Nov 2, 2016

Let me tell you, my friends, there is a lot to come. Add that to a riveting Avengers read, with a solid, diverse roster that is both new and familiar, and Avengers #1 is as inviting an introduction to Earth's Mightiest Heroes as you're going to get. At least for 2016. Hope in the Quinjet and have a look around. Waid is writing a fun story, Del Mundo and D'alfonso are making it visually striking and even quite pretty, and Petit is bringing it all home, giving readers a wonderfully complete experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Avengers (2016) #675

Jan 11, 2018

Larraz and Curiel give readers plenty of those breath-stealing, big-screen moments, propelling Avengers #675 into a cinematic, pre-credits hurry. This is no more a standalone issue than the first issue of the historic Crisis on Infinite Earths. Avengers #675 isnt as lush, nor does it quite feel like it is on the same scale. At least not yet. This is a great start, the weekly pace should battle any story or memory atrophy, and the character assortment has enough for every reader to find an anchor.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2016) #676

Jan 17, 2018

Narrated by Falcon, Avengers #676 follows similar story structure to the previous issue, with the narrator giving us bookends for a major development. In this case, that development is two-pronged: the aforementioned collection of villainy and the cliffhanger that closes this issue out. Im all-in with this Avengers adventure, especially since Avengers #676 expands the horizon of battle, widens the cast of characters, and brings something new to a story that has a classic Avengers feel.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2016) #677

Jan 24, 2018

Another issue in the No Surrender tale, another cliffhanger. This is what Avengers and event comics should be. Ive had almost seventy pages of Avengers comics this year already, but I want more. This is a fun superheroic, universe-saving saga in the making.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Avengers (2016) #678

Jan 31, 2018

No Surrender is a fun event that pulls inspiration from Avengers tales old and new, retconned and reimagined. There are obvious influences from the Marvel Cinematic Universe, as well as new bits, specifically crafted to be grafted onto Avengers lore. Im loving the heck out of this story, and with ninety strong pages of Larraz-Curiel-Petit work done; Im stoked to see what the next few chapters bring.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers (2016) #679

Feb 7, 2018

Some of the it may include further investigation to “Avengers Fever” or “Avengers World.” It may involve the shadowed figure asking for help at the end of Avengers #679, or it might be the mentor-student relationship Beast and Nadia are developing as they try to nurse Jarvis back to health. Whatever it is, this comic has it. Jacinto is a nice exchange for Larraz in a story that has intrigue, adventure, and fun everything an Avengers epic needs.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2016) #680

Feb 16, 2018

All in all, this is a pretty packed issue, but its also the least satisfying of No Surrender to this point. Its not bad, mind you, its just murky. And dark. Did I mention this is a dark issue?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2016) #681

Feb 21, 2018

Overall, the seventh installment of No Surrender in Avengers #681 is another solid chapter in what is becoming a significant epic in Avengers history. This issue feels a bit like a transitional issue, but I cannot clearly see where that transition is headed. That mystery, that potential, intrigues me. The second-to-last page amplifies the epic nature of this story by bringing back a character in true Avengers fashion. Where this story goes from here is anyones guess, but Ill definitely be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Avengers (2016) #682

Feb 28, 2018

I generally dont like to use profanity in my reviews of comics, but I darn near made an exception for the Oh, S#!T! moment that ends Avengers #682. This is what folks mean when they refer to a game changer. Its not so much a cliffhanger as it is a teaser. If youve been reading Marvel news on the internet, you might be able to math this out yourself, but if not, well, youre in for a treat, which will only ratchet higher in intensity reflective of your own passion for the Avengers. No Surrender is really clicking into place. Grandmaster and Challenger are entering the closing stages of their face-off, and were all right there to see it play out. Im so glad this is a weekly story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Avengers (2016) #683

Mar 7, 2018

A colleague in comic book commentary noted that No Surrender is a video game in comic form. Hes not wrong, but games inspire comics and comics inspire games. Nothing in this day and age is crafted in a vacuum, especially with brand recognition like the Avengers. And thats the beauty of this single-title-contained event. Its not limited to one source of inspiration any more than the Avengers are limited by one defined roster. This is a comic story that lends itself to be more, and if comics could launch merchandise today (Original Secret Wars anyone?) this No Surrender would be powering out wave three or four right about now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Avengers (2016) #684

Mar 14, 2018

Aside from a minor typo, and a little bit of sameface (Nadia and Voyager have very similar hairstyles and noses) Avengers #684 is a nice, Hulk-sized issue that gives No Surrender a supercharge to head towards the finish line. Im not sure whats going to happen in the next few issues, but with an unchecked Hulk, a few too many Avengers, and a pair of cosmic-level manipulators both averse to losing, anything seems possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Avengers (2016) #685

Mar 22, 2018

Avengers #685 continues to present some great work and this chapter takes No Surrender in a different direction. Yes, Challenger and Grandmaster are still playing their game, but this issue transcends that.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Avengers (2016) #686

Mar 28, 2018

Glowing eyes of purple (two different shades actually) and green and even more Kirby Krackle than expected (lets be honest too much Kirby Krackle is never enough) add even more punch to the pages, as No Surrender takes no prisoners among the combatants. This story has run for a years worth of comics in the span of three months, and it just seems to be picking up speed. And theres still more to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Avengers (2016) #687

Apr 4, 2018

Avengers #687 relies on recharging, checking in, and adjusting. Janet Van Dyne steps up and reminds readers why she is one of the most beloved Avengers and just how confident a character she is. Her conversation with Voyager makes sense, feels right, and gives readers a chance to look at this wide assemblage of costumed characters as a real team once again. With the pause in fisticuffs and explosions, Avengers #687 feels like a huge gasp before the final sprint in the No Surrender marathon. The finish line is in sight. Now its time to really pour it on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2016) #688

Apr 12, 2018

With two chapters to go, Avengers #688 gives readers an “Avengers Assemble!” moment that supercharges the remainder of this saga while promising even more Avengers awesomeness ahead.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Avengers (2016) #689

Apr 18, 2018

"No Surrender" has been a widescreen epic since the first panel. The creative team figured out a way to highlight some lesser-known Avengers, but managed to keep the tale epic in scope and severe in consequence. Over the course of the saga, they expanded the Marvel Universe with a few new characters, and gave us a story that could have easily been a free-standing event.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Avengers (2016) #690

Apr 29, 2018

Avengers #690 includes a tight epilogue that looks past the big Avengers event of the week (it is April 29 as I type this) to look at NEXT week's Avengers hotness: Avengers #1 by Jason Aaron and Ed McGuinness. I'm looking forward to the widescreen adventures as much as anyone, but "No Surrender" set the bar pretty darn high and gave me a story that I have enjoyed nearly as much as some of the more classic Avengers tales.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers A.I. #3

Sep 9, 2013

"Avengers A.I.," like the characters it features, has promise as a concept. It is farming virgin soil in the Marvel Universe, but isn't giving us characters with pathos. Hank Pym is a whiner on an ego trip and Vision is as conflicted as he's ever been. There isn't much to cheer for here and there isn't much to hook into. "Avengers A.I." #3 seems like a last gasp for me -- not for lack of technical execution, just for lack of soul, a concept that almost seems funny considering the struggles some of these characters face or wrestle with themselves.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Avengers A.I. #8

Jan 8, 2014

I keep waiting for this title to get Avenger-y only to be continuously disappointed. "Avengers A.I." #8 is the most Avengerful issue of the series to date, with appearances by Unity Squad members Rogue and Captain America and a slight cameo from Cannonball in addition to regular cast members Vision and Hank Pym. Instead of Avengers-powered adventures, this comic routinely reads like a metaphysical meditation of an inside joke between network admins with paper dolls of Avengers on hand for appearance. After Jocasta's appearance to close out the previous issue, I was holding out hope for this book to finally earn its Avengers stripes, but once again, "Avengers A.I." #8 just disappoints.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Academy #1

Jun 9, 2010

This is a fine addition to the Heroic Age, but it's not the most memorable comic of the bunch by any means. There's a half dozen new characters here that will surely be someone's favorites someday, but for now, they're just being introduced. Where they go from here defines how successful this first issue truly is.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers Academy #7

Dec 15, 2010

I really, really want to like this book, but it just isn't dazzling me. There's a threat of the month, the kids are presented with the opportunity to learn an after-school special-like lesson, and then we move on. The underlying current of the kids knowing that the adults have them marked as potential bad seeds needs to evolve a bit, before it becomes more of a crutch and less of a subplot. Nothing in this book has hooked me. This is an average issue of "Avengers Academy." It's quaint, and enjoyable, but not very memorable. I can appreciate where others might disagree with this assessment, but this is the one "Avengers" book I just can't get into.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Academy #8

Jan 19, 2011

Sure, this issue does have a service announcement educational-type quality to it, but it does so in a manner that improves the story. What happens to the Academy from here is unknown, but with the work that Gage and McKone put into this issue, I'm looking forward to finding out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers Academy #14

May 18, 2011

"Avengers Academy" is a book that continues to receive considerable accolades, but I somehow continue to sample it with issues that are just slightly better than average. This issue seems on par with the others I've read in recent months: nothing of significant consequence occurs and the characters are less engaging for it. The Academy is a good concept, but lacks some electricity in execution.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers Academy #26

Feb 23, 2012

"Avengers Academy" still has a solid core concept, a handful of interesting characters and a decent creative team. Unfortunately, it also has the attention of events and has to pass time between those them. This issue is one of those moments: largely forgettable but indicative of what could be.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers Academy #39

Nov 9, 2012

Which sets me to thinking about the future of these future Avengers. As this series closes up shop, waiting for Marvel NOW! to bring "Avengers Arena," I can't help but wonder how these characters will fare in what is being summarized as a deathmatch comic. Some of the friendships Gage created have started to crack, but given that these characters are all moving out from Gage's watchful eye, nothing is guaranteed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers Arena #2

Dec 21, 2012

I'm sure there's a wonderful reset button somewhere waiting to be pushed, but for now this adventure is filled with high-octane intensity. This is one of the Marvel NOW! titles I wasn't overly keen about, but the first two issues have delivered enough energy and excitement for me to come back for more. Walker's art is strong and emotional, matching the story note for note and then some. Despite the premise the series is built on and the fact that the eliminated heroes now number the same as issues released of this series, I'm curious to learn more about this ragtag bunch. Like a twisted game of "Survivor," the characters in "Avengers Arena" #2 begin forming cliques and developing alliances as they try to figure out what's happening and why. For now, the readers are right there with them as Hopeless does a good job making sure we want to stay.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Arena #6

Mar 18, 2013

While "Avengers Arena" is essentially the same concept as "Threshold," this book clicks as Hopeless elects a new character to serve as the point of view for the readers in each issue. That focus helps this book to move forward, provides some background on the narrator and gives the reader more substance to each individual. Anachronism's frustration is believable, as is Nara's fury. Many of these characters had little (or no) previous or recent exposure prior to this series, but Hopeless, Walker and Vitti have constructed a cast of characters that continues to find ways to hook readers, despite the unfortunate fate they all potentially share. "Avengers Arena" #6 apparently adds to the body count from this title, but not before giving readers a little more to care about, especially with Arcade set to steal the show next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers Arena #18

Nov 29, 2013

"Avengers Arena" #18 is less of a solid conclusion to the story and more of a finishing of a chapter. Hopeless and company don't end the series with a "The End" or even a "For Now..." choosing instead to simply leave the story continuing from the final panel with the Avengers logo "A." With more adventures on tap for several of these characters and Arcade still scheming, there's no doubt that the Avengers will have a hand in the further development of the remnants from this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers Assemble #3

May 11, 2012

The end of this third issue of "Avengers Assemble" delivers a cliffhanger and a wild moment that will surely have fans talking nearly as much as the final after-credits scene at the end of the movie. That certainly gives the story a massive swing in momentum, but the path to get there limps along considerably. While this book certainly does have the star power and momentum going for it, momentum rarely writes a good story. Even with the final page, this issue doesn't forge strong impressions or beckon readers to hurry back, but it does nicely present the secret threat behind the story to this point.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Assemble #8

Oct 22, 2012

"Avengers Assemble" #8 is an exciting read, action-packed with great little character bits, but delivering an inordinately quick resolution for a story that has carried on for eight issues. At that length, the story becomes an event of sorts. Bendis acknowledges that with a big-time fight in the latter half of this issue, but it all happens so quickly I find myself wondering why it didn't happen sooner. Bendis is now off to "Guardians of the Galaxy," and given what I've seen here, I think it will definitely be entertaining. Before leaving this title, though, the writer was kind enough to drop a final scene on readers that is the comic book equivalent of the post-credits pieces from the films. Just a quick scene to sharpen our interest as his time on the book concludes.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Assemble #9

Nov 15, 2012

"Avengers Assemble" #9 brings the title focused on the "movie cast" into the Marvel NOW! As DeConnick has made quite clear in interviews -- and certainly in the pages of this issue -- this title is going to be less concerned with only depicting the movie Avengers and more about branching out to the plush cast that carries Avengers ID cards. The first issue in this new direction is slightly underwhelming, giving readers less of a grandiose story than I expected for Marvel NOW! Caselli's art is full of energy and expression. Hopefully some of that will absorb into the story in issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers Assemble #18

Aug 22, 2013

Apparently the outer edges of the "Infinity" story will continue on for a second issue of "Avengers Assemble," but this first issue doesn't do much to inspire me to drop another four bucks without some convincing. I do enjoy how much command DeConnick has of Spider-Woman and look forward to a team-up with Black Widow, but beyond that I'm more hopeful DeConnick's use of a baseball metaphor will lead to some personality-dominant scenes and that once "Infinity" is done with the Avengers we can maybe see a baseball game like back in the 1986 "Avengers Annual" #15. That would bring in some fun "Avengers Assemble" #18 is simply missing.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Avengers Origins (2011): Scarlet Witch & Quicksilver #1

Nov 28, 2011

I skipped over the Luke Cage issue of "Avengers Origins," but the other two I did read set a nice standard for what to expect from these books. Sure, neither of those stories are "must-read," but both offered additional insight to the development of the titular characters and the stories of said characters finding themselves Avengers-worthy. This issue ignores the standard and offers up a sub-standard. If this brand is to continue, I'm hoping for a return to form closer to what was established in the first two issues of this series. This issue is not only forgettable, but largely dismissible. The redeeming factor here is the limited appearance of a great line-up of Avengers and the visuals of the fight between the Brotherhood and the X-Men in their original blue and yellow uniforms. Even that, however, seems to be set up as another box on the checklist.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Origins (2011): Vision #1

Nov 9, 2011

"Avengers Origins" is a fun set of one-shots brushing up the origin stories of these fan-favorite characters, and this issue is a textbook example of what these stories should be like. With more issues on the horizon, every fan of the Avengers is sure to find a story or three of "their" Avengers. I've certainly found mine in this issue. If only we could have more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Origins (2011): Ant-Man & the Wasp #1

Nov 6, 2011

As initial installments of event stories go (if this "Avengers: Origins" can truly be considered an event) this one is a fun kickoff with two characters that just don't get enough love. Hank Pym and Janet Van Dyne are inspirational to a generation of heroes, especially Avengers, and really should be celebrated a little more often and more impressively.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Standoff: Assault on Pleasant Hill Alpha #1

Mar 15, 2016

Avengers Standoff: Assault on Pleasant Hill Alpha #1 spills the beans on the Kobik project, as writer Nick Spencer and artist Jess Saiz bring together the multiple Captains America to prepare against a once-sleeping threat that has now awakened.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Standoff: Welcome to Pleasant Hill #1

Feb 18, 2016

Avengers: Standoff Welcome to Pleasant Hill #1 isn't so much about what happens in the pages of this comic, it's about what it is setting up for other comics. As a standalone, this comic might be a bit of a disappointment, as it has the Avengers branded on the cover, but no one bellows out our favorite battle cry. Rather, this is the start of a sixteen-part, eight-title crossover that will continue through April. This is chapter one of a larger, longer adventure. Spencer, Bagley, and company do a nice job preparing us all, but by the time readers see that final page, they won't be reflecting much on what they've just read, but will, instead, be looking forward to what's to come and what all of this means to the greater Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers Undercover #4

May 16, 2014

Hopeless plays Zemo as a masterful propagandist and truly leaves readers shouting at "Avengers Undercover" #4's final page. Although the cast is small and populated by characters I could care less about, Hopeless scripts in enough humanity to bring me back for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers vs. Atlas (2010) #2

Feb 21, 2010

The backup by Scott Kurtz and Zach Howard, while brief, was effective, efficient, and quite funny. I've enjoyed Kurtz's sense of humor for years now (I first encountered it on a panel dedicated to the memory of Mike Wieringo in Baltimore in 2007) but haven't read anything from him in the superhero vein. "Nom. Nom. Nom." That's all I can say about this story that Kurtz jams full of action, adventure, humor, and irony. Howard delivers a fantastically ominous hibachi scene that is filled with peril for our man Jimmy Woo. It's the perfect backup to a perfect main story: both filled with fun, excitement, great characters, and laugh out loud (or at least audibly chuckle) humor.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers vs. Atlas (2010) #4

Apr 25, 2010

I'm glad Marvel has put a great deal of faith in the hands of Parker and Hardman and allowed them to tell stories "- such as this one -- that set the stage for a return of the "Atlas" comic. This issue is not going to be required reading prior to diving into that series, but it does serve as a great appetizer, especially since Hardman and Parker will be the creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers Vs. X-Men #4

May 17, 2012

I'm not looking forward to seeing more of the same fourteen characters knock each other around, though. After all, aren't there more X-Men and Avengers that could be called in for the fight? I'm hoping if this fight continues (which it will for a few more issues if nothing else) that we see some shake-ups in it, which the last page of this issue pretty well guarantees.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers Vs. X-Men #5

Jun 7, 2012

"Avengers Vs. X-Men" #5 comes in very tired, but the issue buzzes about with the fury of a second wind before completely passing out in sheer exhaustion. Act One of this series is done. The Phoenix has arrived. Hopefully, Act Two has fewer instances where scenes and matchups repeat in a seemingly endless loop. This issue certainly offers hope for improvement, but we're not even halfway into the series yet. Quite simply, I just don't know what to make of all of this. It's not riveting, but it is finally moving.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Vs. X-Men #6

Jun 21, 2012

I can understand the need to restrict the cast of characters, particularly given the depth on the writers' bench. At least now "Avengers vs. X-Men" finally feels like an event with severe consequences awaiting both sides.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Avengers Vs. X-Men #8

Jul 19, 2012

With the tie-in stories focusing on individual battles, skirmishes beyond the main team-on-team fights and repercussions of those battles, this series really feels like it has finally figured out what it wants to be. Unfortunately, like "Fear Itself" before, it just doesn't quite feel as large as its pitch. Nothing's missing; it's just that for a conflict that threatens the very fabric of the universe, there should be more parties invested in the outcome. Adding Wakanda, K'un-Lun and attacking hordes from Atlantis is a nice start, but "Avengers Vs. X-Men" needs more. The stakes are getting higher, so there's no time like the present for more parties to be interested.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers Vs. X-Men #9

Aug 1, 2012

I feel as though I've said this before, but this issue of "Avengers Vs. X-Men" was the most enjoyable to date. Where most event series begin to trend toward predictability in their later issues, this series continues to offer up surprises and twists on traditional or stereotypically predictable plots. The end result is a story that picks up momentum at exactly the right time. There's only a trio of issues left in the main series and while there may be some obvious developments coming up, "Avengers Vs. X-Men" #9 has proven that predictability can be superseded by a fun story. If nothing else, it certainly provides readers with a chance to enjoy a Jason Aaron-written Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Avengers vs. X-Men: Infinite #6

Jun 19, 2012

All in all, I've been very impressed with what I've seen in the Infinite Comics. The stories themselves have been interesting, even though both offerings have featured characters I have never considered "favorites" of mine. Mark Waid, I'm convinced, could interest me in any character ever created and the razzle-dazzle of the Infinite Comic concept is enough to grab my attention. Hopefully, Marvel continues their wonderful streak with these Infinite offerings.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers World #1

Jan 8, 2014

"Avengers World" #1 brings energy and fun back to the adventures of Earth's Mightiest Heroes, shifting the scope just slightly to provide the members of the team with enough room to breathe and grow. As part of the All-New Marvel NOW! initiative, "Avengers World" #1 sets the world stage for a wide range of conflicts and a worldview from the boots on the ground. This issue sets up a number of plots bubbling with potential, and teases them together just enough to entice readers to join a whole new, yet notably familiar world.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers World #5

May 5, 2014

I wasn't sure what to expect when Marvel expanded the Avengers brand with "Avengers World." Quite honestly, I'm still not sure what to make of this series. Five issues in and there's not much of note from the series to date. "Avengers World" #5 doesn't do enough to make a huge dent, nor does it do anything to advance the dangling subplots around the globe. After half a year's worth of comic books, I would like to be able to summarize the accomplishments of a title, but all I can say about this book is it is another Avengers book, which just happens to have some wonderful Stefano Caselli artwork in it. Unfortunately, at four bucks a pop, even Caselli's artwork isn't going to be enough to keep me coming back for more "Avengers World." This book has been on the bubble for me and this issue does nothing to alleviate that.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers World #14

Oct 20, 2014

That image includes the Next Avengers (from that direct-to-video adventure of the same name from some years back, who also appeared in the Heroic Age "Avengers" series), Euroforce, S.P.E.A.R., the Ascendants and, of course, the Avengers. The composition completely fills the last two pages of "Avengers World" #14. Yes, it may seem like a bit of overkill, but after the fourteen-part saga that has carried readers through, it is perhaps the most appropriate way to reward readers and Avengers, showing a distinct conclusion before spinning off into a new storyline. That new storyline will undoubtedly be connected to "AXIS," but at least there is closure before piling on new stories. I'm hoping the next arc doesn't span this long, but the stable of creators, highlighted by Spencer and Checchetto certainly has ample opportunity and range for whatever come next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers World #15

Nov 20, 2014

"Avengers World" #15 promises to be another comic book that features the charming gathering of the heroes, but a lackluster collection of characters is all that's left. This is definitely a story that needs "AXIS" to exist. Once the Inversion is explained, the writers provide some clues as to what is to come, but "Avengers World" #15 has a completely open ending since no one missed these "Avengers" before now, and they all appear somewhat expendable in this story. Couple that with a significant threat and Spencer and Barbiere give readers a suspense-filled book with high stakes in which anything can happen. After all, Doctor Doom is one of the good guys here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers World #18

Mar 6, 2015

"Avengers World" #18 is a formality of a label. Instead, this comic could just as easily be called "Incursions and Repercussions" and the effect would be the same. As mentioned previously, the boundaries between "New Avengers," "Avengers" and "Avengers World" are disintegrating, which makes a fine case for Superman-like numbering to guide readers through the labyrinth of Avengers adventures as Incursions begin to give way to the set-up for "Secret Wars." In this case, however, Barbiere and Checchetto give readers a digestible, grippingly-entertaining and easy-to-comprehend chunk of the tale between worlds, as the space between universes gets ever thinner.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: Children's Crusade #2

Sep 1, 2010

By the time this story is complete, a year-and-a-half will have passed in the real world. That makes the wait between issues " or the wait for a collected edition " almost unbearable. The payoff, however, is a great story with high stakes made all the better by Cheung's fantastic art. Quite simply, it's a story worth waiting for.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers: Children's Crusade #9

Mar 8, 2012

Poised between events past and events yet to come, "Avengers: The Children's Crusade" provided some great moments for the characters across multiple franchises. Set so close to the kickoff of "Avengers Vs. X-Men," I expected this final issue to be filled with considerably more action and excitement. This anti-climatic, quiet issue was still enjoyable, mind you, it just wasn't as bombastic as the talents and characters assembled would normally lead such a comic book to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers: Children's Crusade: Young Avengers #1

Mar 16, 2011

With Heinberg's flair for dialog blooming in all of these characters coupled with Davis' timeless pencils, this book is a nice detour from the adventure being depicted in "Avengers: The Children's Crusade," and I'm certain it will provide some repercussions. For now, however, it comes across as a missed opportunity. I'm walking away from this one feeling a bit let down. These adult Young Avengers are quickly introduced in this issue, but are never given a chance to prove much to us. Maybe we'll see more of them over in the main story, or maybe this was it. Whichever the case, at least we got some new Alan Davis interior artwork to enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers: Earth's Mightiest Heroes #1

Nov 10, 2010

My kids have loved the show, and my eight-year-old asks me at least twice a week if there's a new episode of "that team with Wasp." As a matter of fact, she just tore off to the couch to kick back and read this one. Looks like I might have to go buy myself another copy. Maybe while I'm there, I'll even pick a copy up for my nephew who just turned six yesterday.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: Rage Of Ultron OGN #1

Mar 30, 2015

Remender, Opea, Larraz, Morales, White, Rosenberg, Almara and Cowles do a grand job making this both new reader friendly and openly appealing to longtime fans of the Avengers. Clocking in around one hundred pages, "Avengers: Rage of Ultron" is a fine example of what original graphic novels can and should be in an era where books are still more prevalent and readily-accessible than comics, especially to casual fans. This is a smart package that delivers a complete, well-paced and entertaining story with plenty of continuing adventure opportunities. Until that point, however, this is a story that can be read and re-read, shared with others and read again. Each time, I'm certain Avengers fans, regardless of their history with the team, will find more to appreciate.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Avengers: Solo (2011) #1

Oct 29, 2011

This book is an oddity. It offers a whole lot of potential, but doesn't deliver on much of that potential. The recently published "Hawkeye & Mockingbird" series had more of a "Solo Avengers" feel to it than this comic does. There's no denying "Avengers" is the brand of choice at Marvel nowadays (I'm surprised Matt Fraction's new book isn't titled "Defending Avengers") but this title does little to merit that connection.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: The Enemy Within #1

May 16, 2013

Priced at $2.99, the lead-in chapter to a five-part crossover adventure opens the story nicely; giving readers everything they need without a hefty pricetag or mind-numbing amount of chapters yet to come. While this time of year hails in summer movies, "Avengers: The Enemy Within" #1 is a nice summer comic book, filled with a story that has gravity and emotion aplenty, but not at the sacrifice of character moments or action. DeConnick and Hepburn have given readers a strong entry point for a story that should boost the profile of "Captain Marvel" at least a little bit.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: The Initiative #20

Jan 3, 2009

You can see some of Kurth's art in the CBR preview for this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers: The Initiative #26

Jul 25, 2009

Finally, fans of Tigra who were upset over the beat down the Hood put on her need to pick this issue up. Gage and crew are setting Greer up for a full recovery. Now, if they could just recover her tail. . .

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers: The Initiative #28

Sep 27, 2009

Gage and crew have utilized the setting and surroundings of Tony Stark's Initiative (although now a perverted shadow) to share background on the characters in the story while advancing the story. In a scene between Norman Osborn and the Hood, as they attempt to address a calamity, we learn of the Montana roster and then see them in action, the same with the Force of Nature (Oregon's squad.) This title has a great deal to offer any reader familiar with the Marvel Universe, but it also offers quite a bit to those readers who may not know who the U-Foes are or what Penance's former ID was. Knowledge of this deepens the read, but ignorance of same will not impede anyone's ability to enjoy this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: The Initiative #31

Dec 22, 2009

The big reveal on the last page -- which as this point isn't much of a secret if you've seen any advance solicits for January or February comics (or even the March ones) -- is nicely played out, with the revelations hitting more than one character at a time. The two characters that reach the dramatic conclusion are from different sides though, so using the comic book device of having one character half a world away finish another's thoughts or sentences is played out marvelously here. Gage has a handle on the characters, if only the book itself had a stronger sense of purpose.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: The Initiative #32

Jan 27, 2010

Avengers: The Initiative #20
Posted Sat, January 3rd

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Avengers: The Initiative #35

May 17, 2010

As an experiment, I would dub "The Initiative" to be a success, albeit a success that had a slow start. Gage managed to maintain the unpredictability that Slott established while growing the cast substantially. This was a solid read month in and month out, even if some months its only tie to the world of the Avengers was in the title of the comic. Gage leaves the end of the series with a message looking towards the future. Based solely on the strength of the work Gage presented here, I'll be checking out "Avengers Academy." I do, however, hope that some of the other questions and open items get addressed in the meantime.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers: The Initiative Featuring Reptil #1

Mar 24, 2009

While I cannot promise that I'm going to run out and preorder any of the next appearances of Reptil (to my knowledge, there aren't any yet) I did enjoy the story. At $3.99, this issue provides almost 40 pages of story. No unnecessary reprints or filler here, just the introduction of Marvel's self-proclaimed next hot character.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Avengers: The Origin #2

May 9, 2010

While I enjoy a good Avengers comic as much as anybody, in the end, this issue is an average tale of decompression on the origin of the Avengers. There's nothing startling here, and nothing overly exciting either. For the price, this book is a bit of a letdown, but at least it's a very sharp-looking letdown.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: X-Sanction #1

Dec 14, 2011

This is the first shot fired in the war between Marvel's biggest franchise superteams. It is a giant tease of a story, but it is also a fun yarn in and of itself. It's a mere twenty pages in length, but there is no doubting repercussions are set to resonate from this adventure. It's a fun ride that precedes what should be an engaging event. Regardless of the future storylines spinning out of "X-Sanction," however, the first issue delivers fun, excitement and adventure -- all the things we read comics for, right?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: X-Sanction #4

Mar 21, 2012

This series may have had its detractors, but it delivers a complete story acting as a concise set-up for "Avengers Vs. X-Men" and it has plenty of fun in the process. Sides aren't drawn here, but the causes worth fighting for are defined. From here, Loeb and McGuiness turn it over to other creators for "AvX." Their interpretation of Cable's journey is complete and they had a blast bringing that tale to light, something that particularly shines through in this closing chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
AVX: VS #3

Jun 18, 2012

Of the three issues of "AVX: VS," this was the one I enjoyed the most, but it was not without flaws. This is a great superhero slugfest comic, but it's also easily forgettable and doesn't make a strong case for re-reading. The matchups have been shown no less than a handful of times in various issues of different comics, but the creative teams assigned to those fights in this issue were masterfully matched. I'd like to see more of Loeb and McGuinness working with the Thing and likewise for the Dodsons with Magik. Halfway through this series we've seen six matchups (three of which have featured Juggerlossus) and two of the best looking fights are in "AVX: VS" #3.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aw Yeah Comics! #1

Apr 29, 2013

Store proprietor Marc Hammond states that "Aw Yeah Comics!" is for love of the comic book medium and this first issue brings a whole lot of love behind a fourteen-page lead story that sets the tone for everything to come. This isn't groundbreaking comic book work, but it sure is enjoyable work that fits quite nicely into hands of any age or in front of eyes of any child. "Aw Yeah Comics!" does a great job of celebrating comics for comics' sake and really deserves to be checked out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Axis: Hobgoblin #1

Oct 22, 2014

"AXIS: Hobgoblin" #1 is a fun romp through a weird, not-as-dark-as-it-used-to-be-but-still-kinda-creepy corner of the Marvel Universe following the events of "AXIS" #3. Hobgoblin doesn't perform a complete heel turn to become a rescuer of kittens and defender of lunch money, but he does present himself in a much more relatable manner in Shinick's introductory offer. This is a fine start for an odd new adventure and one that I'm looking forward to continuing.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Axis: Revolutions #1

Oct 30, 2014

Marvel has been cranking out event stories and garnishing the presentation with additional tie-ins and crossovers, but in this case, the presentation suffers. Anyone buying this comic book for an appearance from their favorite character is certain to be disappointed, while any event completionists are set up for confusing continuity at best and frustrating dismissal of it at worst. "AXIS: Revolutions" #1 is a comic book with a pair of stories that are fine on their own, but really add nothing to the grander Marvel Universe in general.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #110

Aug 21, 2013

It's also a comic book that makes me pine for more adventures of "Frankenstein: Agent of S.H.A.D.E." "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" seems to be a good choice as a surrogate to that title. I'll have to stick it out a bit, do a little research, take a few notes to keep characters straight, but that's testament to the complexity of the world Mignola and Arcudi construct. This isn't a great issue for new readers, but it is enjoyable, with good character vignettes and solid plot construction that seeds plenty more story to come. I just hope the learning curve for this newbie lightens up a bit in the issues ahead.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ballistic #1

Jul 15, 2013

"Ballistic" #1 is exactly the type of comic book no one is expecting or thinking they want until they have it in their hands. Like "Chew" and Grant Morrison's take on "Animal Man" in the 1980s, "Ballistic" finds new, irreverent and evocative ways to spin familiar subject matter with humor and flair to make it all seem new and innovative. This comic book wasn't on my radar, but it's certainly on my reading list now.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Barb Wire (2015) #1

Jun 11, 2015

"Barb Wire" #1 is undoubtedly a deeper experience for readers familiar with the character, but a new number one issue should be more new reader friendly. That's not to say Warner and crew don't make this story memorable or inviting, but they don't offer much by way of character depth or development and there is very little to draw new readers back. "Barb Wire" #1 knows its target audience and guns for them, but continued adventures certainly have ample opportunity to expand and invite.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Bat-Mite #1

Jun 5, 2015

"Bat-Mite" #1 is a far cry from anything the New 52 once offered, trading in grim, gritty and CW-marketable for a wider potential audience and more expansive product possibilities. Jurgens and Howell clearly have fun with this book, and the wacky, anything-goes nature of the character is starting to define the possibilities of this series. Now, it's up to the creative crew to make it all exceptional. This is a decent start.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batgirl (2009) #1

Aug 21, 2009

Going in with low expectations, this issue certainly delivered more than I anticipated, but in the comic marketplace today, books have to aim a whole lot higher to earn a reader's money. DC seems to be banking on their readers' sense of nostalgia as well as the symbol of the bat. Surprisingly, the bat icon plays an important role in this issue, offering a sense of duty to the character wrestling with her decision in this issue. If this book featured OWLgirl instead of BATgirl, I'm not certain it would have seen print.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batgirl (2009) #5

Dec 10, 2009

This book is classic comics at its best. No disemboweling, no improper innuendo, just good old straight-forward superheroics. "Batgirl" is to 2009 what Mark Waid's run on "The Flash" was to the 1990s: a rare commodity that should be appreciated by more folks. At a time when the cowl seems to be threatening to dim Dick Grayson's shining personality, Stephanie Brown stands as a beacon of hope in the cowl. I grabbed this book to review it, figuring it'd be worth checking in on it again. From here, I think I've got another addition to my monthly pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Batgirl (2009) #8

Mar 12, 2010

This title has been the surprise of 2010 for me. The issues I've read of this book have really won me over, but this issue really makes me hesitate. Thankfully, it appears that the second part of the crossover between "Batgirl" and Red Robin" has stronger art. ["Red Robin" #10 reviewed here.]

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2009) #12

Jul 18, 2010

I can't help but compare this title to "Nightwing" back when it started. Many people pooh-poohed that title, but it wound up finding an audience that became rabid enough to stave off Dick Grayson's intended demise. The title was just enough of a Batbook to matter, but strong enough to not use its Batness as a crutch. The same holds true here. If this title runs for half the duration "Nightwing" enjoyed, then there are some fantastic stories yet to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2009) #14

Sep 13, 2010

This issue, like many issues in this series, is a done-in-one, another rarity in the comic book world nowadays. New readers can (and should, hint, hint) check this book out for a comic of a different kind.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2009) #16

Dec 11, 2010

With all of the hullabaloo surrounding the Bat-franchise lately, this title has been a little overlooked, just as it was before Bruce Wayne returned. Through it all, "Batgirl" has maintained its consistent, invigorating high quality level of story month in and month out. After sixteen months, Batgirl has grown as a character, but "Batgirl" as a comic has not put any distance between itself and its readership. Some characters are defined by their supporting cast, others gain fame due to their rogues, but Batgirl's very existence is defined by her recognition of self and her choice to try to make things better in the way that only Stephanie "Batgirl" Brown can do so. This is Stephanie's story, and it is a real enjoyable one. Batgirl " this Batgirl " may not be the most recognizable of characters in the DC Universe, but this book makes her one of the most believable, relatable, and approachable. The holidays are here; give yourself a gift of an awesomely fun read. Check this book out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batgirl (2009) #17

Jan 12, 2011

This is a series about the emergence of Batgirl into the role of a hero, a leader, and a wonderful person. It's a beam of sunshine on the new comics' racks, and it does a great job of brightening my day once every month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batgirl (2009) #20

Apr 14, 2011

The world of "Batman, Inc." may seem overwhelming to some. The array of Bat-titles boggles the mind. For my $2.99, though, this book won't be beat by Batman-related title or, well, almost any other title each month.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batgirl (2011) #0

Sep 17, 2012

Zero month is supposed to be an outreach program that lures new readers to comics and it's something the Bat-family of titles has done very well so far both in quality and concept. In "Batgirl" #0, Simone and Benes deliver another good series installment that utilizes the zero month concept to the full, setting up the character's future adventures, reflecting on the past and teasing out some mysteries to be revisited another day. More importantly, Simone hits the nail on the head with this book, making it the perfect entry point for readers of all ages.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batgirl (2011) #2

Oct 12, 2011

As with the previous issue, Simone and Syaf leave us with a cliffhanger, but it's not a nail biter. It's a cliffhanger that doesn't threaten Batgirl directly. Overall this is a flat issue and I wouldn't be at all surprised if I don't recall much of it by the time the third rolls around.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batgirl (2011) #9

May 10, 2012

All the same, Simone joins the crossover, defines the threat in terms relevant to Batgirl and even gives a little more definition to the impact "Night of the Owls" is having on Commissioner Gordon. One need not stray from this title in order to understand the danger Batgirl faces and to enjoy the story Gail Simone and company deliver.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2011) #39

Feb 19, 2015

The last page sets up a cliffhanger but points the reader to both the next issue of "Batgirl" as well as "Secret Origins" #10. Given that Stewart and Fletcher are writing that installment as well, it should congeal nicely with the rest of this series, but it seems ill-timed as "Batgirl" #39 takes readers right up to the bleeding edge of this sweeping adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2011) #44

Sep 24, 2015

The Velvet Tiger storyline wraps up in "Batgirl" #44, but the ongoing subplots continue underneath it all, shaping Batgirl's cast and seeding future drama. Other subplots pop up in this comic, including new developments for Frankie and Luke Fox. Fletcher and Cameron have done a grand job building up Burnside and the inhabitants around Barbara, and "Batgirl" #44 is a sharp sample of everything this title can be.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman #703

Sep 12, 2010

This issue seemed poised for deep revelations, exciting subplots, and action aplenty, but it fell short in all areas. It is a nice little humanitarian piece, of sorts, that allows Dick Grayson to try to teach Damian Wayne a lesson on right and wrong, but it turns out to be an average comic. It does, however, do a good job of keeping the seat warm until all of the Batbooks are synched up for their next step forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman '66 #1

Jul 3, 2013

This installment is part one of "The Riddler's Ruse: Mirth from Above" and ends with queries to prime the pump for the next installment. I could almost hear William Dozier's voice as the swipes across my iPod revealed the set up for next week. DC Entertainment has a nostalgia stuffed innovation in this comic that is filled with a fun -- that's right, fun! -- story and striking art delivered by topnotch talent. I, for one, will be tuning in each week waiting for that brief reunion with childhood entertainers.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #4

Dec 21, 2011

The story to this point has been a high-stakes collection of near misses, almost fatalities, and compounded stress for the titular character. Given what Snyder puts upon the cowl and cape of Batman in this issue, it doesn't look like it will be changing up anytime too soon. Snyder is doing a very good job of expanding Batman's world without alienating long-term fans. He's found new ground to overturn and, in doing so, just so happens to give Batman an unearthed mystery to try to solve. It's fun reading that combines the very best of the Batman mythos with the energetic brilliance of Capullo's artwork. The duo seems like the odd couple of comics, but with this story, their collaboration shines. Batman's fun to read again, and there truly is a sense of adventure as Snyder and Capullo make this a run that will prove to be memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #6

Feb 15, 2012

There are only so many ways I can express how "Batman" continues to impress with issue #6. Scott Snyder is playing longball with the plot, but he doesn't elongate the story. Instead, he packs it full of details and developments, making the issue well worth the price of admission and rewards the reader with each successive read. "Batman" is consistently a quality book in DC's relaunch, showing no sign of letting up as the story continues to build toward the "Night of Owls" crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #8

Apr 18, 2012

As kickoffs to events go, "Batman" #8 delivers a good set-up and sincere motivation for extending the story beyond the pages of one title. "Night of Owls" takes shape organically, and given the trouble Batman has had with the Court of Owls and their Talons to this point, it's a good thing he has his own crimefighting network to call upon. How the various members of the Bat-Family handle the Talons is certain to be central to the story moving forward, but in this issue it is clearly established to be a cafeteria-style option, allowing the reader to determine their own level of comfort and involvement in the event that Snyder has meticulously crafted.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #10

Jun 14, 2012

Snyder has done a masterful job adding depth to Gotham and to Batman. Having such wonderfully talented collaborators as Capullo and Albuquerque certainly helps. Next month wraps up the Court of Owls storyline in the pages of "Batman," but this penultimate chapter really should not be overlooked.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #11

Jul 11, 2012

I've enjoyed the heck out of this Batman story for the past year. With the excitement around the character building due to "The Dark Knight Rises" as well as the impending Joker story coming soon in the pages of "Batman," it's easy to lose sight of stories that don't involve recognizable foes, but that's part of what makes this story all the more enjoyable. The Court of Owls and the Talons are not linked to Bane, Catwoman or the Joker. They're freestanding new additions to the city of Gotham, brought to you by the imagination of Scott Snyder, Greg Capullo and the entire creative team. After this issue, Bruce Wayne, Batman and Gotham will never be the same. In my opinion, they're all better for it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #15

Dec 11, 2012

As the Joker tells the Riddler in the backup story in "Batman" #15, "You're going to want to come along for the ride. This is going to be something to remember!" Indeed "Batman" #15 is just that -- an unpredictably bizarre tangle of ideas wilder than a roller coaster from the deranged mind of the Clown Prince of Crime as he sets out to make an appeal to "his king."

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman (2011) #17

Feb 13, 2013

Truly functioning as "The Punchline" to "Death of the Family," this issue will be received like many jokes: some will get it right away, some will need it explained and others will walk away with little comprehension of it. For those who get it, who have been dialed in to the setup, the delivery from Snyder and Capullo in "Batman" #17 pays off with a grand and satisfying conclusion to an epic tale the Batman corner of the DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #20

May 9, 2013

As "Batman" heads towards "Year Zero," this issue gives a nice chance to join Snyder and Capullo as they say farewell, not goodbye, to today's Batman. The second of a two-part story, "Batman" #20 reads like a breath of fresh air, albeit one tinged with loss and lament as Bruce Wayne still has a long way to go to recover from the cruel hand fate has dealt him recently. I'm looking forward to the next story, but I will certainly have no problems looking back to this one to remind myself just how fun the comic book matchup between Batman and Clayface can be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #23

Aug 14, 2013

Snyder's deliberate thoroughness in constructing the decisions Bruce Wayne makes on the road to becoming Batman (combined with the upcoming mountain of tie-ins) basically ensures that every moment of Bruce Wayne's pre-Batman life is about to be keenly detailed. While enjoyable, "Batman" #23 is akin to the first act of "Batman Begins" -- both stories are action-oriented slivers of the tale, but finely detailed and absolutely critical to the development of the character to come. The anticipation of that character, however, makes it all seem expository since the spotlight is entirely on Bruce. Readers know Bruce Wayne will be Batman and wait for that "first" appearance, but there is still a lot of solid story right here before Bruce even thinks about donning a cowl. Kudos to Snyder and Capullo for making this story interesting and exciting, but also for laying groundwork for what will, inevitably, be a masterful collected tale resplendent in all acts of the ascension of Batman.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman (2011) #24

Oct 9, 2013

While the seven-dollar price tag is a punch in the wallet, "Batman" #24 is worth the price, giving readers everything they could want in an origin story. It's a richer experience for readers who have been plugged in to the "Zero Year" tale from the beginning and an even deeper experience for longtime Batfans, but this comic book is top-notch simply taken on its own. "Batman" #24 serves as a nice Bat-sorbet to cleanse frazzled Batfans' palettes of the Affleck and Villains Month aftertaste. With tributes and tinges of "Batman Year One" and "Killing Joke," "Batman" #24 delivers an ultimate primer for Batman in the current DC Universe and an incredibly enjoyable story to boot.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #26

Dec 11, 2013

"Zero Year" is yet another mega-storyline that has marched throughout the pages of "Batman," but the latest installment in "Batman" #26 delivers enough action and revelation in one issue to make the story seem instantly refreshed. Snyder, Capullo and team continue to do a fine job of adding more to the Batman mythology without negating anything. Doctor Death's appearance and development throughout the "Dark City" arc just adds more depth to the bullpen of loons Batman calls foes. Beyond simply adding depth to one of Batman's earliest opponents, Snyder serves as architect to the man Bruce Wayne will become in and out of the cowl. "Zero Year" is not just about Batman, it's also about Gotham City and all of the ancillary characters that happen through the life of Bruce Wayne, from Jim Gordon to Lucius Fox. Bruce Wayne is learning about himself, his allies and enemies and what it means to watch over them all.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #28

Feb 12, 2014

The timing of this issue is rather odd, especially for what is essentially a teaser for "Batman Eternal" in the midst of "Zero Year." I'm onboard and locked in to see how Snyder and crew weave the not-so-distant past with the near future, especially since the final panel of "Batman" #28 will make fans pump their fists in the air and shout, "Aw yeah!" before they cower back into their seats and wait for the other shoe to drop. This issue is a nice break from "Zero Year," a change of pace, a switch in visual impact, a breath of fresh air and a sign of hope for the Gotham of tomorrow as Snyder continues to construct and deepen the legend of Gotham City and its role in the mythology of Batman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #29

Mar 12, 2014

While "Zero Year" is certainly a fantastic display of dancing between the raindrops and farming further details from the early days of the legacy of Batman, it is beginning to get a little long in the tooth. As an overarching saga, I have no doubt "Zero Year" is going to be a story to remember, but the monthly installments, taken by themselves, are bordering on impenetrable, begging the reader to try again, once more from the start. Thankfully, Snyder and company have broken the story up into chapters of the grander saga. That allows readers a chance to breathe and the story an opportunity to shift. "Zero Year" is a tale that comes together more as the camera pulls back to reveal the big picture, which is filled with Snyder's detailed, meticulous writing and Capullo's enthusiastically, brutally animated art.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #31

May 28, 2014

"Batman" #31 is yet another durable comic in the "Zero Year" story, which is quickly accumulating as a Batman tale begging to be re-read in its entirety from start to finish. As a sample of that grandiose adventure, this comic book has a lot to offer readers, but even more for readers with deeper experience following the character and this issue's creators. This is a building block in the evolution of Batman and Snyder and Capullo are sharing the construction process with the readers as the structure nears completion.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #35

Oct 13, 2014

After all the tooth-gnashing and grumbling about the price on the cover for this issue, "Batman" #35 proves to be worth every penny. As the Dark Knight detective continues to revel in his seventy-fifth anniversary, the creators working on his adventures weave new stories that add even more facets to the character. I'm sure there will be additional moaning about the fact that Batman fights the League, but Cyborg and Green Lantern are absent; or that Aquaman gets taken down like a punk; but there is simply no denying the passion and excitement this creative team brings to every panel of "Batman" #35. Part one of "Endgame" hits the ground with a dynamic explosion, letting readers know right away that this saga is going to be every bit as dynamic as "Court of Owls," "Death of the Family" or "Zero Year." I'm all in, regardless of price point, especially since every single contributor on this book brings their absolute best.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #38

Jan 28, 2015

In "Batman" #38, Snyder, Capullo and crew bring all the storylines together: "Zero Year," "The Court of Owls," "Death of the Family." It all congeals as readers follow Batman against the Joker, each trying to outwit the other, with the rest of Gotham teetering on the brink as the Clown Prince of Crime appears to have the upper hand. Batman is fighting for the city, but he's also fighting for his pride, his sanity and the lives of everyone in his city. "Endgame" stretches throughout Gotham's history, so it's only appropriate that Snyder and crew dive through Batman's.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) #42

Jul 13, 2015

With an underlying mystery, the development of a character and the exploration of Gotham City, "Batman" #42 is still a fun book that affords Snyder and Capullo a chance to play. Additionally, the creative team continues to investigate the inspiration of Batman, just from a totally different, inspired perspective.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2011) #46

Nov 11, 2015

"Superheavy" has opened a whole new wing in the legacy library of Batman's mythology. Seeded with new foes like Mr. Bloom, the arc exemplifies the teamwork required by comic book creators. No character is a bad character and no story a bad story; some tales simply need a little more cultivating, as Snyder, Capullo, Miki, Plascencia and Wands demonstrate in "Batman" #46, where Mr. Bloom is a serious threat and Batman is faced with a challenge unfamiliar to him. Where this creative takes "Superheavy" from here remains to be seen, but one thing is certain: it's going to be one hell of a ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2011) Annual #1

May 30, 2012

Fans who grew up with comic companies producing Annuals in the 1970s through the 1990s will remember the once-yearly comics to be big stories, the four-color equivalent to the summer blockbuster. The stories were grand. The art was impressive. Frequently those Annuals would either kick off a longer-form narrative to come in the main series or elaborate a character or concept that otherwise was not afforded the luxury on panel time. With this foray into the realm of Annuals, "Batman" latches onto all of those components and produces a great read that would certainly be a fantastic way to spend your lawn-mowing money.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2011) Annual #3

Dec 29, 2014

"Batman Annual" #3 is by no means a must-read in order to understand the "Endgame" story Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo are delivering in "Batman," but it certainly does give readers more of the DC Universe's most famous madman at his madcap best. All too often, the focus on the Joker turns to the carnage and body count, but Tynion and company tighten the spotlight here, showing the true cost Tommy Blackcrow pays for his quest for knowledge. The Joker gets just a little more horrific by the end of this comic book and "Endgame" raises the stakes just a little bit more. Joker fans are going to want to pick this up and Batfans in general are certain to find "Batman Annual" #3 disturbingly entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #5

Aug 17, 2016

The ending, while appearing conclusive, doesn't feel satisfying or, well, even like an ending. This is Batman's comic, but he's just standing to the side, an afterthought in a panel that should be more fraught with emotion, especially given the rollercoaster ride that “I Am Gotham” has taken us all on.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman / Superman (2013) #31

Apr 15, 2016

There is plenty of passion, heart and characterization in Batman/Superman #31, from Batman's first observation of Superman's eyes to the conversation between the two heroes as they fend off their attackers. Every decision Tomasi makes informs the readers and underscores the history shared by the Man of Steel and the Dark Knight Detective. The second installment of this adventure begins to outline the subplots and advance the plot, but also reminds readers why Superman is super and what adventures should be like when Superman and Batman team up.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2009) #21

Mar 9, 2011

The only Batbook I've given my coin to on a regular basis has been "Batgirl," which I will continue to do so. Recently, Scott Snyder, Jock, and Francesco Francavilla made "Detective" a must-read. Now, however, it appears as though I'll be making room for some more Batbooks. I'm dialed into this book for as long as Tomasi and Gleason are on board.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2011) #0

Sep 17, 2012

As chief architect of a fabulous creative team, Tomasi displays in "Batman and Robin" #0 exactly what the zero issue concept is all about: telling an origin story that serves as an introduction to a broader universe. From here, I want to see more of Talia and Damian training. I want to see the first few days of Damian testing his father's patience. I want to see Gleason drawing Man-Bat -- a lot. I want more of this book, from these creators, regardless of what I knew or didn't know before coming in to this story. Being totally honest, I've never been a fan of any of the Robin characters as Robin. Batman, to me, is a much more compelling character when his adventures feature him flying solo. That said, I hate Damian, but Tomasi has at least made him an entertaining character.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #4

Dec 14, 2011

I've gone from being a casual Batman reader in the pre-relaunch DC Universe to being a Batfan in this brave new universe DC has been delivering to us each and every month. Snyder's "Batman" delivers a great story of Batman's continuing investigation and defense of Gotham City, but the relationships being forged, investigated, and tested in "Batman and Robin" are every bit as compelling and equally fun to read. Of course, like Snyder on "Batman," Tomasi is leaving the title each month with a compelling ending. The difference is, here, you just never know what Damian will do and it brings me back each month to see how Bruce reacts.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2011) #7

Mar 15, 2012

This story is the newer standard of twenty pages in length, in which Gleason draws six (four plus a double-page spread) splash pages. Additionally, several other pages are two-thirds splash, but through it all Gleason and Tomasi fill the pages with story. Many other creative teams would suffer from losing that much real estate to big moments, but even the smallest panel feels like a big moment in this story, making those splash pages even bigger. This issue ends with a predictably unpredictable splash page as Bruce and Damian are given a whole new set of problems to work through.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2011) #15

Dec 13, 2012

All of that sets "Batman and Robin" #15 in motion and gives the reader quite an adventure to enjoy. This may not be the spine of the "Death of the Family" event, but it certainly is a strong story that stands well on its own, but gains so much more severity in the context of the larger narrative. Now's a great time to be a Batman fan. Or a Robin fan. Or just a casual reader looking for a compelling Joker story.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batman and Robin (2011) #18

Mar 13, 2013

I bought this digitally as I couldn't wait to get to the comic shop today to get started on my reviews, but I must confess I plan on buying the floppy of this book as well. Maybe I'll hold off for the hardcover, maybe I won't. At any rate, Tomasi and Gleason deliver a fantastic story of grief and despair that is certain to prove noteworthy, shareable and perhaps even timeless. Tomasi has gone on record to explain that Batman will share the title with a number of partners over the next few months, but what truly becomes of this book following that run of guest stars remains to be seen. For now, "Batman and Robin" #18 is one of the best single issues of Tomasi and Gleason's collaboration.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2011) #19

Apr 12, 2013

The work between Batman and Red Robin is not very collaborative and does not end well. Tomasi reflects on the revelations from "Death of a Family" and leaves the rift between the duo growing wider and wider. "Denial" is a fitting title for "Batman and Red Robin" #19 on so many levels: Batman's refusal to refer to Damian in the past tense; Batman's embracing the twisted science that brought life to Frankenstein; the Dark Knight's continued insistence that he does not need help; Red Robin's solution to the problem; Bruce's return of the discs from Carrie Kelley. So much heartbreak and disappointment that leads to an amazingly touching, entertaining story. Tomasi and Gleason continue to make on heck of a case for making "Batman and..." the must-read Bat-title. Lucky for us, we're not limited to just one title and DC has found ways to make them all interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman and Robin (2011) #25

Nov 22, 2013

While "Batman and Two-Face" #25 is darkly lit and violent, it is every bit as entertaining a read as Tomasi, Gleason, Gray, Kalisz and Mangual have brought to this title. It's not the single best issue of the book, but it delivers the enjoyable consistency expected from this creative team. Batman's rotating spate of guest stars hits an odd spot with this issue, as Batman is less working with Two-Face and more working in direct opposition of his one-time ally without ever truly coming to blows. This issue adds depth to Bruce Wayne's past, puts a twist on Harvey Dent's disfigurement and leaves a lot more for readers to look forward to. With this creative team onboard, there's no doubt more good and great stories are sure to follow this very good tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman and Robin (2011) #28

Feb 19, 2014

Long-time readers may be rolling their eyes at yet another team-up between Batman and Two-Face. As he has done so throughout this arc though, Tomasi reminds us that this is a new Batman universe with new takes on familiar origin stories and surprises still waiting at the flip of every coin or the turn of every cowl. Such is the case with this meeting of Batman and Two-Face. This five-part story has been intense and enjoyable, but Tomasi does a fine job of wrapping things up without drawing the story to a close. "Batman and Two-Face" #28 is another fine installment in the adventures of Batman and those he encounters as he continues to find his path.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman and Robin (2011) #31

May 22, 2014

Just when this issue really gets rolling, the Tomasi and Mahnke leave readers with a cliffhanger -- albeit, a gorgeous looking page with great art from Mahnke, fine colors from Kalisz and subtly powerful lettering from Mangual -- but it is a cliffhanger nonetheless. Batman's quest to deliver Robin to his final resting place has been continuing on for quite some time. It looks like it has a few more steps to in its own journey. Apparently, Frankenstein will be joining him for at least part of one more issue. I just hope Tomasi remembers to invite Mahnke back for the adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman and Robin (2011) #33

Jul 28, 2014

Tomasi has given readers a wide variety of the personalities present in the DC Universe throughout Batman's quest for peace of mind following the loss of his son. More importantly, the writer has shown readers how Batman interfaces with that swath of characters, continually developing subtle nuances between the Dark Knight and his greatest allies and foes, while keeping Batman grounded despite the odds he faces or circumstances surrounding those combinations. The creative team has kept the adventure flowing around the quest for Robin. Now with "Robin Rises" in full swing, there appears to be no shortage of adventure on the horizon while Batman continues to call upon the rest of the DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman and Robin (2011) #40

Mar 26, 2015

"Batman and Robin" #40 is a fun story with giant robots and the Justice League but, in the end, it's a story filled with humanity as "Convergence" nears. When Batman is questioned on whether or not he's feeling alright because of his smile, Tomasi, Gleason, Gray, Kalisz and Mangual's work hits home in "Superpower: The Dynamic Duo."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman Beyond (2010) #1

Jul 2, 2010

I'm sure "Batman Beyond" fans will certainly prove to be a great deal more enthusiastic in their assessment of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman Beyond (2010) #6

Nov 25, 2010

That little more is set to debut in early 2011 as "Batman Beyond" swoops onto the new comics racks. This same team " including Dustin Nguyen on covers " will be the creative team in place for the ongoing series coming in January.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman Beyond (2011) #3

Mar 4, 2011

This issue has a pair of letters pages in the back, specific to this title, that promise the pattern of three-issue stories (like the one this issue concludes) followed by one-issue spotlight stories that continue to build the comic book version of the "Batman Beyond" universe but shift the focus on other characters. This seems like a reasonable business model and might even help make this title more palatable to readers new to the "Batman Beyond" mythos.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman Beyond (2015) #3

Aug 7, 2015

"Batman Beyond" #3 doesn't end with a splash page visual cliffhanger or even a "To Be Continued..." blurb; it just ends. I turned pages a couple times to confirm I had concluded the reading and even counted page signatures to ensure there was no printing error. The ending is abrupt and elevates the cliffhanger nature of the story. Jurgens, Chang, Maiolo and Sharpe all ensure "Batman Beyond" #3 is a satisfying read that continues to explore the new world alongside Tim Drake.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman Beyond 2.0 #1

Aug 5, 2013

"Batman Beyond 2.0" isn't a complete reboot. More like a second season with a new creative team, there's still plenty here for "Batman Beyond" fans to enjoy. Modern-day DC fans will find quite a few winks, nods and surprises to enjoy as well as Kyle Higgins and Thon Silas continue their construction of Neo-Gotham.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman Incorporated (2012) #2

Jun 28, 2012

I've been getting my Batman fix from Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo's work on "Batman" with an occasional serving of "Batman & Robin" from Pete Tomasi and Patrick Gleason. With this sampling of "Batman, Incorporated," however, I find that I just might be in the market for yet another Bat-title.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman Incorporated (2012) #9

Mar 28, 2013

"Batman Incorporated" #9 ties up the startling ending from the previous issue and resets all of the players on the board, providing a lot of setup and detail work. There's action in the fight between Batman and Heretic and emotional beats throughout, but it feels more like a calm after/before a storm than a satisfying read of its own.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman Incorporated (2012) #13

Jul 31, 2013

At the end of "Batman Incorporated" #13, the gauntlet is thrown down, not just within the story as Ra's al Ghul begins to plot and scheme, but from Morrison as well. The long-time writer added depth and diversity to the world of Batman while refreshing some older concepts and fan-favorite notions. Now, however, Morrison is walking away, leaving the life he has nourished in the care of others to continue to nurture and grow. The clippings Morrison shows are intriguing and it will be interesting to see the blossoms those pieces produce in the future. Appropriately enough, Morrison leaves his superhero work behind as quietly as he entered into it. There's no fanfare to declare his departure. There is no text page or behind-the-scenes script reveal. Morrison just leaves on a high note, giving readers one more enjoyable Batman story on his way out the door.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman, Inc. #6

May 12, 2011

While standard size for DC's $2.99 comics, this is a dynamically thick book with a great deal going on. It's also wonderfully entertaining. And, for now, it's the exciting, energizing writing of Grant Morrison. The story is clear in set-up and direction. The characters are inclined towards fun interactions, and the world of the Batmen continues to expand. Most importantly, at least to me in this instance, is the fact that this issue is completely welcoming of new readers. I knew of the general gist of the "Incorporated" concept before I even picked up this book, but reading this issue was quite satisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Batman: Arkham Knight: Genesis #1

Aug 27, 2015

"Batman: Arkham Knight - Genesis" #1 is going to be a must-read for devotees of the games but, for readers looking to latch onto a new Batman adventure, it's going to prove to be a headscratcher that doesn't provide much return on investment. This is a story all about the Arkham Knight and, while it sets up his origin, it doesn't give the reader much reason for return.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Battle for the Cowl #1

Mar 11, 2009

This series has promise, but I'm not sure Daniel has enough time over the course of the remaining two issues to jam in every single character he has put on the covers and promised in the pages in between. There are a few plot points here, but by and large, this story seems hauntingly familiar. I only hope Daniel is more creative in his plot twists and resolutions than the initial set up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Battle for the Cowl: Man-Bat #1

Apr 2, 2009

Unfortunately, this story bleeds out the end of this issue, without any solid clue as to where to follow. I found myself closing the cover significantly more interested in the fate of Man-Bat, but I am unable to determine where he will appear next, save for a guess in "Battle for the Cowl" #2. Following that, I would relish a chance to see Kirk Langstrom make some regular appearances elsewhere in the DC Universe. Maybe those same Outsiders could spend a little time with the winged crusader.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Earth One #1

Jul 6, 2012

This reboot is inline with what much of the rest of the DCU did last year, reinventing characters and concepts, introducing new characters like Birthday Boy and presenting Gotham through fresh eyes. This also allows for established and known elements of the Batman mythos to be re-combined, forming new alloys and ideas that bear future exploration, such as the relationship between the Wayne and Arkham families. In the end, this story is better served as a standalone, able to be revisited by creators and readers when the time is right.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Earth One #2

May 6, 2015

"Batman: Earth One" Volume 2 introduces a homicidal Riddler, increases the body count in Gotham City and expands the breadth of the universe being built in the "Earth One" series. Johns, Frank and crew aren't simply retelling the origins of Gotham City's most famous residents; they're asking "What if?" and "What would happen?" throughout, tweaking circumstance and setting just enough to make this story feel new without totally abandoning the Batman mythology. This Batman relies on his fists to get the job done but is learning that other methods might be just as effective, and it's fun to learn alongside him.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Eternal #42

Jan 23, 2015

Readers have been waiting for Bluebird to fly into action and, in "Batman Eternal" #42, she truly does, giving readers plenty to buzz about. Higgins and crew ensure this is comic book stays lively and smart, and they reward readers here for their time and attention. Bluebird begins her contribution to the legend of Batman in fine, fun fashion, offering readers a story filled with straightforward heroics and fisticuffs.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Li'l Gotham #5

Feb 14, 2013

This valentine from DC's Digital First lineup is certainly worth the price and will most definitely provide a longer lasting impression than candy or cards. As Nguyen and co-writer Derek Fridolfs have done throughout the series, "Batman: Li'l Gotham" #5 offers an amusing and picturesque celebration of Valentine's Day, with a super twist.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: The Brave and the Bold (2009) #7

Aug 2, 2009

This book was fun, and it gave younger readers a chance to be introduced to one of the most dynamic franchises in comic books Batman's proclamation at the end of the issue was also a nice wink and a nod to older, more seasoned readers, as he decides, "Maybe I'll stick around. This could be my greatest adventure yet. . ." If you cannot wait until August 5 for the ongoing "Doom Patrol" to start, head on back to your comic shop and pick this up. It's good, clean fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Batman: The Dark Knight (2010) #4

Aug 1, 2011

Nothing about this book makes me want to come back for more, especially when my limited Bat-finances could be spent on books written by Grant Morrison, Scott Snyder, or even Peter J. Tomasi. I guess I could be optimistic and hope that Finch might be sandbagging for the September relaunch. Maybe then we'll get more exciting Batman stories in "The Dark Knight."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #16

Jan 31, 2013

The opening chapter of Ethan Van Sciver's collaboration with Gregg Hurwitz is yet another fine Batman offering. Batfans looking for a quick fix that delivers good art, a solid, foundational story and stands independently from other Bat-titles will be pleased with "Batman: The Dark Knight" #16. DC has done a magnificent job of delivering great stories for the Batman franchise, but readers have to make some tough decisions as to which well-done Batbook wins their money if they're not at liberty to afford them all.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #28

Feb 27, 2014

Alfred confesses to Batman that of all of his foes, Man-Bat terrifies Alfred the most. In that one conversation, Hurwitz delivers insight to the reader without hesitation or unnecessary filter. That bit of dialog, combined with the more ferocious and bloodthirsty nature of this new Man-Bat makes it quite clear the writer has plans to make this a memorable conflict between the two characters influenced by Chiroptera. As he has done all along, Hurwitz continues to deliver wonderfully succinct stories that don't meander, choosing instead to deliver bang for the buck while treating readers to a wide array of Batman's foes. "Batman: The Dark Knight" #28 may have flown under some readers' radar, especially given that it isn't part of a sprawling epic or crossover, but readers should seek this one out. This is a concise adventure that provides readers with an enjoyable battle between Batman and Man-Bat.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Battlefields: Happy Valley #1

Dec 25, 2009

Dynamite has a good series here with stories that Ennis truly seems passionate about. While it is hard to emotionally invest in these characters due to their lack of history, there is no denying these characters are human and can be related to or empathized with. For those looking for a war comic fix, you certainly cannot go wrong with Ennis' series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Battlefields: The Night Witches #1

Oct 30, 2008

We live in a world where war has become an accepted facet of life, but Ennis and Braun show how hellish that facet can be. This title is a riveting read, compelling in its subject matter and narrative movement. I look forward to what Ennis will do with this line, and this series in particular.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batwing #0

Sep 10, 2012

"Batwing" manages to pleasantly surprise every time I read it. Zavimbe is a nice alternative to Batman and Nightwing while still projecting many of their sensibilities without being restricted to the confines of Gotham City. An origin story that truly provides the beginnings of Batwing's heroic journey, "Batwing" #0 offers just enough to inform and intrigue, especially with the vignettes of scenes from Zavimbe's early days fighting crime. One scene in particular, with Zavimbe fighting some mutated humanoids (one of which is hippo-like and another crocodilian, like Sobek) appears to be from a tale that bears further investigation. I've enjoyed my check-ins with "Batwing," but frequently fail to return for a follow-up. This issue gives me just enough reason to do so next month. "Batwing" #0 is right in line with what a zero month should deliver.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batwing #1

Sep 9, 2011

As far as debut issues go, this one has it all: the establishment of both hero and identity, an introduction of foes who may yet become rogues in the characters of Blood Tiger and Massacre, an appearance by one of (if not the premiere) DC's most established and beloved heroes, and great art to boot. This book has plenty of potential, but a little raw out of the gate, which works to its advantage. Anything, at this point, is possible, and I'm certain the final page isn't the last surprise we'll be seeing. If you're looking for a new DC book to latch onto, this one just might be what you're looking for, but you may have to search for it, as it is sure to be an overlooked gem and is likely to have been under-ordered.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batwing #2

Oct 6, 2011

If anything, this issue doesn't have enough resolution, but the slower pace (driven largely by the results of last issue) does set up a tense showdown between Massacre and Batwing for the next issue. That issue will be the third issue of this series that I will buy, despite my initial indifference to this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batwing #19

Apr 4, 2013

Palmiotti and Gray use "Batwing" #19 to tie up loose ends, cut off dangling plotlines and clear the table for their story. By the end of the issue, it is clear what direction the duo is taking the title, or at least who will become the new Batwing. Driven by his losses, however, I am not certain we've seen the last of Zavimbe. Gray and Palmiotti make a solid effort to balance that character's baggage, clearing the way for a character that has tighter ties to Batman, yet is free to roam the DC Universe a bit more. This issue is an appetizer for what Palmiotti and Gray can cook up instead of the first sample of the main course.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Batwoman (2010) #3

Nov 9, 2011

Perhaps inspired by the magnificent artwork, this story is picking up its pace, adding more problems for Batwoman, more depth to the world around her, and more winks and nods for longtime DC readers, all the while doing a great job looking beautiful the whole way. I know the Weeping Woman tale needs to end at some point, but it truly doesn't feel tired or drawn out yet. Life goes on around tragedy, and Williams and Blackman are doing a great job showing us that.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batwoman (2010) #7

Mar 19, 2012

This installment of Batwoman really did a whole lot of nothing. The series has been a visual spectacle to this point, but this issue made me realize just how much wasn't happening. It's an enjoyable read for the moment it happens, but it's also quickly forgettable. As the interstitial, setting up plot points going forward, this is a good vehicle, but I'd like to see a bit more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batwoman (2010) #19

Apr 19, 2013

All of the pieces that piqued my interest back in "Batwoman" #1 -- Agent Chase, Director Bones, Bette Kane -- get some sufficient panel time in this issue. Not one of the subplots those characters anchor gets wrapped up, but this issue provide me with enough of a hit to keep me checking in on this book a little more frequently from this point. "Batwoman" #19 is a fine sample of everything that fills Kate Kane's corner of the DC Universe while teasing things to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batwoman (2010) #27

Jan 27, 2014

What could have simply been a meltdown for this title has been smartly averted as Andreyko and company are now settling into their groove and setting up stories for the future. Andreyko brings intelligence to the story without sacrificing action and continues to give Kate Kane room to grow. Haun's art, coupled with a visual boost from Manapul, hits the right notes and merges nicely with Andreyko's story. J.H. Williams III and W. Haden Blackman may have left the title, but "Batwoman" #27 proves to be enjoyable and worthwhile reading all the same.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batwoman (2010) #34

Aug 22, 2014

This won't be remembered as the greatest Batwoman comic ever, but it isn't the worst either. It defines Kate Kane as a wandering soul, with personal and larger challenges ahead of her. "Batwoman" #34 sets the stage for whatever follows the "Futures End" story coming up next month. Here's hoping there is a little more artistic stability and a solid sense of purpose for Batwoman in the near future as Andreyko seeds the stories in Kate Kane's world.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Batwoman (2010) #35

Oct 20, 2014

While there is absolutely no solid indication that their mission was successful before "Batwoman" #35 runs out of space (no pun intended), this may wind up being a much better story once more of the foundation is under it. For right now, "Batwoman" #35 seems like the idea wall after ideas have just been thrown at it and these are the pieces that were sticky enough to not fall to the floor. With this ragtag bunch of characters in place, I'm willing to come back for a couple issues to see how this all shakes out, but presently, it seriously seems as though it could all end with Kate Kane waking up saying, "I just had the strangest dream!"

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Beasts of Burden #1

Sep 20, 2009

While thematically similar to "Pet Avengers," this story tries to take itself a little more seriously. It succeeds for the most part, but in the end, however, we are dealing with talking dogs, cats, and frogs, so some leniency in expectations needs to be provided. I'm ambivalent as to whether or not I am going to continue on with this series following issue #1. Perhaps a perusal of the material that preceded this -" as merely footnoted in the front cover and then once more in the letters page -" will help me decided whether or not I can commit a slice of my comics budget to this tale of tails.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Before Watchmen: Minutemen #2

Jul 16, 2012

"Before Watchmen" as a concept attracted an astonishing amount of attention and certainly no shortage of great creative talent, but in the end, the event just hasn't found a way to hook me and this issue is no exception. Cooke's artwork, with spot-on coloring from Phil Noto and wonderfully functional classic comic lettering from Jared K. Fletcher, makes the strongest plea, but I think I'll wait a while longer and find this tale in collected form later. Perhaps there the story will hold my interest long enough from one chapter to the next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Before Watchmen: Nite Owl #1

Jun 28, 2012

Using the artistic legacy of the Kuberts to define the heroic legacy of Nite Owl is a conceptual stroke of genius. It's a shame the story itself doesn't live up to the art. By and large, I have not been partaking of the "Before Watchmen" comics. The first half of this issue made me think I might be missing out on some good reads, but the remainder of the book quickly doused any concerns in that direction. I'd like to see more tales like the first part, especially if DC can include a celebration of legacy once again.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Before Watchmen: Rorschach #1

Aug 15, 2012

The Watchmen began as analogues for the Charlton heroes, and Azzarello and Bermejo really drive that point home. Sure, Rorschach's mask goes through the trademark metamorphoses, but the essence of the character and the battle he fights rings true to the source material. I'm certain the creative duo will add more distinguishing factors to Rorschach as this story progresses, and given the level I enjoyed "Before Watchmen: Rorschach" #1, I just might be back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Beta Ray Bill: Godhunter #1

Jun 8, 2009

This issue doesn't offer much for Beta Ray Bill fans, as the character in these pages seems to be a mere shadow of the character created by Walter Simonson to be a capable replacement for Thor. Speaking of Simonson, this issue does offer Bill's first appearance, reprinted from the pages of "Thor" #337. This section of the book is well worth the cost of the book, but sadly it makes the newer material that much more pale by comparison. John Workman, Jr.'s lettering alone makes the reprint worthy of your hard-earned $3.99.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Betrayal of the Planet of the Apes #2

Dec 9, 2011

While we're not given a satisfactory conclusion to the tale in this issue -- it is, after all, only the second installment in this series -- we're definitely given reason to come back for more. This series is full of uncertainty and excitement, great characters, a good setting, and the possibility for, well, anything to happen. I have no doubt that whatever happens, Bechko and Hardman are going to make it well worth it to follow along. Congratulations to BOOM! For not only delivering more "Planet of the Apes" product, but delivering more high-quality product that contributes to the legacy of the brand rather than just adding more clutter to the shelves.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Betrayal of the Planet of the Apes #4

Feb 1, 2012

With this series now concluded, I'm certain it will be readily available in a number of formats and is certainly worth checking out, in single issues or collected edition. A follow-up to this series has already been announced. With Bechko and Hardman onboard, I'm definitely coming back to check that one out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Beyond Belief #1

Apr 24, 2015

"The Thrilling Adventure Hour Presents: Beyond Belief" #1 is a solid introduction to the signature installment from the podcast created by Ben Acker and Ben Blacker but, more importantly, it's a solid comic story. Free of crossovers and stilted restarts and reboots, "The Thrilling Adventure Hour Presents: Beyond Belief" #1 welcomes readers into a whole new world. It does so in an effective manner, avoiding excessive exposition and moving forward, beckoning readers to join and enjoy the ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Big Thunder Mountain Railroad #1

Mar 30, 2015

The opening scene sets expectations for "Big Thunder Mountain Railroad" #1. While everything could easily be a letdown after a mountainside explosion and the ensuing chaos, Hopeless and company give readers a little bit of mystery, some humor and plenty of suspense for the latest of the Disney Kingdoms line of adventures. The high concept of the ride could easily be reduced to black hats and white hats hosting a mountainside shootout, but Hopeless and crew are writing an adventure first and investigating the world around the black hats and white hats to find the most interesting bits to present in a comic that scratches the need-to-go-to-Disney itch for readers of all ages.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Billy Batson and the Magic of Shazam! #5

Jun 14, 2009

This may not be all-out hilarity and hijinx like "Tiny Titans," but it does prove the writing duo is capable of more. As long as it also allows us to enjoy adventures featuring Captain Marvel and his sister, Mary, on a regular basis, I am pleased that DC has made this move. This continues to be a good book to share with younger readers, even if it is different from Kunkel's contributions to this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Billy Batson and the Magic of Shazam! #13

Feb 26, 2010

Funny thing is, parents (or adults in general) needing a fix of the Big Red Cheese can certainly enjoy this book too. I know I sure did, and I look forward to next month's fisticuffs at the Field Museum.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Billy Batson and the Magic of Shazam! #21

Oct 29, 2010

This issue has everything a Captain Marvel " or Marvel Family " fan could want: a battle against Black Adam (many of the other foes were defeated last issue), an appearance by the Justice League, Billy marveling at his powers and the worlds they open up, and some good old-fashioned Marvel Family happy chitchat to end the issue. It's a darn shame that with a title so utterly enjoyable we're going to be SHAZAM!-less for a while. Whatever DC's plans are for the Marvel Family, they'd be wise to somehow involve this creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Birds Of Prey (2010) #1

May 12, 2010

"Birds of Prey" has never been the top of my must-read list, but if this series maintains the level of quality put forth in this first issue, "Birds" will be perched on the upper limbs of that list. C'mon, you didn't think I'd let a whole "Birds of Prey" review go by without a pun, did you?

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Birds Of Prey (2010) #4

Aug 15, 2010

"Birds of Prey" was the one post-"Blackest Night" title I anticipated the most. After a strong start out of the gate, this series seems to be losing some steam. I hope it finds some more oomph -- and a solid artist who can deliver entire issues -- soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Birds Of Prey (2010) #7

Dec 19, 2010

Syaf's art is a welcome addition to this book. Syaf brings a gritty, scruffy style to the book, adding some depth and dimension to the strong characters he draws. The conversation between Barbara Gordon and Batman gains an extra layer of peril under Syaf's pencils, just as the threat posed by Mammoth, Mortis, and the H.I.V.E. drones alongside them seem more threatening. Hopefully Syaf'll be here for a while as it seems as though this title has struggled to find its visual identity. It has one now, and after the half-year-long storyline, Syaf brings a breath of fresh air to match the newness in Simone's story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Birds Of Prey (2010) #8

Jan 16, 2011

The series started out with a six-part tale, now it's halfway through a four-parter, and Simone is moving her team into place for a fine run that is shaping up to define the "Birds of Prey" and their place in the DCU quite nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Birds Of Prey (2010) #9

Feb 12, 2011

This issue pits Oracle against Calculator for a (seemingly) grand finale. The end result, and resultant cliffhanger, set up what should be a tremendous final installment for this story. The matchup seems to favor the Birds tremendously, but Simone has a marvelous knack for packing surprises into her books. This one is no exception.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Birds Of Prey (2011) #4

Dec 22, 2011

"Birds of Prey" is one of the titles I had no expectations for in the relaunched DC Universe. Throughout the third of a year that this series has been hitting shelves, however, this book has climbed up my must-read list. It's an action adventure book with plenty of action, adventure, and awesomeness. Loosely set in the DC Universe, this book delivers a great read all by itself each and every month.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Birds Of Prey (2011) #20

May 17, 2013

I don't remember the last issue of "Birds of Prey" I read before this, and it is pretty safe to say I'm not going to remember much about this one. I came into this issue with minimal expectations, but those dropped on the floor, largely thanks to flimsy characters and adequate artwork. Knowing that Starling is now working with Freeze is enough to top my disappointment sundae and "Birds of Prey" #20 is likely to be my last issue of this title for a little while.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Birthright #1

Oct 7, 2014

These characters, the gripping missing persons plot and the adventure in a faraway land mix together nicely in "Birthright" #1. Williamson, Bressan, Lucas and Brosseau give readers a rich, new, thrilling adventure with a couple surprises along the way. "Birthright" #1 gives a little bit away in the title, but the creative team ensures that readers are not going to be ready for everything that happens in this first issue. Image has yet another strong debut on the shelves with "Birthright" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Bizarro #1

Jun 4, 2015

"Bizarro" #1 isn't going to go down in history as the greatest comic ever -- er, not as the worst comic ever -- but it is a comic with humor and heart. Reminding readers that comics can be fun and absurd and that the characters in them were originally created for entertainment (not licensing) purposes, Corson, Duarte, Sienkiewicz, Pantazis and Napolitano offer readers a wonderfully strong comic with vast potential. This comic just might be the "worstiest ever" and will certainly hit the spot for reader jonesing for something different and fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Adam: The Dark Age (2007) #1

Feb 22, 2009

Love stories don't always have to be mushy and this one certainly isn't. To add a little more incentive for you to consider tracking this book down, the current "Justice Society of America" storyline draws its roots from this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Black Lantern Green Arrow #30

Feb 25, 2010

Krul will be spending much more time with the Green Arrow corner of the DC Universe in the coming months as he writes the "Rise and Fall" storyline that will alter the lives of Green Arrow and his allies. I just hope Krul brings the same passion to those stories that he has to "Blackest Night."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Black Lightning: Year One #6

Mar 19, 2009

I'd like to see Van Meter and Hamner have another go at Lightning with a modern day story. Certainly, if nothing else, Hamner could design some better threads for Black Lightning than the clown suit he currently wears. If you didn't get a chance to nab this book as it came out, rest assured, DC will be releasing a trade paperbackl. Granted it'll be November, but it is coming out. Now it just remains to be seen who else DC feels needs the attention and "care" of a "Year One" series.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Magick #1

Oct 28, 2015

This isn't Image's next "Saga," or "We Stand on Guard," or "ODY-C" or any of the other titles Image has hit a home run with. This is "Black Magick," and it is exactly everything you might expect at the crossroads where Greg Rucka meets Nicola Scott. The two have crafted a new world around the concept of witches and it's gorgeous, scary and mysterious. I am thrilled to be here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Black Panther (2005) #39

Aug 3, 2008

That said, some may find this issue annoying or burdened by the seeming equivalent of "Crisis on Infinite Earths" Red Skies, as it almost certainly interrupted the "normal" flow of "Black Panther", given the fill-in creative team. Personally, I find this to be an enjoyable adventure addressing one of the elements that makes Marvel unique ""- how would a sovereign nation as advanced as Wakanda handle an alien invasion? Certainly many a comic shop debate has been inspired by such ponderings. Hopefully this issue can begin to answer one or two of those debates. After this arc is complete, Marvel's canvas will be deeper for it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Black Panther (2009) #1

Feb 2, 2009

This book has a tremendous amount of potential, but due to the re-genderfication (yeah, I made that up) of the character, I fear it will be construed as gimmicky. At this point, there is a strong scent of gimmick to this relaunch, especially since Marvel has been pushing this book for months now, and the character behind the promotion only graces the cover of this issue. While I expected this book to be a bit of a gimmicky letdown, especially following Jason Aaron's "Secret Invasion" tie-in issues, the fact that this title has Dr. Doom, Namor, Storm, and (for now) T'Challa makes it a read worth looking into. It is not the most impressive treatment that I've ever encountered for T'Challa, but it isn't the worst either. This book is treading middle ground right now and will make a decision soon as to whether it ascends into greatness or slips into becoming a boring, neglected title.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Black Panther (2009) #2

Mar 8, 2009

I look forward to some present day action, and from the way the storyline is bubbling at the end of this issue, it appears as though I may not have to wait long. To this point, however, the pacing seems to follow standard issue Marvel decompressionism. Here's hoping it picks up a bit.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Black Panther (2009) #3

Mar 31, 2009

While the pace of this book is nearing torturous, I remain hopeful that the story will pick up in spite of itself and provide some more prolific action in the next issue. The book reads well, it looks pretty, but it just moves s-l-o-w-l-y. If you're looking for the most incomplete single issue on the racks this week, here you go. If you are a reader frustrated by decompression, stay away. If thirty days is too long for your brain to try and recall miniscule plot advances between installments, hold out for the trade.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Black Panther (2009) #4

May 17, 2009

This issue, while slow-paced, is not necessarily new reader friendly. If you're itching for some Black Panther reading, with this story especially, you'll want to wait for a trade. Another option, of course, would be to check in with CBR's review of issue #5 to see if any progress has been made.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Black Panther (2009) #8

Sep 6, 2009

The first half-dozen issues may have chased a few readers away, but this issue definitely pays off the dedication of those readers who stuck around. Black Panther may be hip-deep in action in this issue, but the action and the challenges appear to be ready to exponentially ramp up with next issue's inferred guest star (no it is not Mickey Mouse). The book has regained a sense of political intrigue, reestablished the Wakandan way of things, and given us a diverse cast to enjoy. I was one of the readers chased off by the plodding first story arc. I'm back and I'm definitely looking forward to more of "Black Panther".

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Panther (2016) Annual #1

Feb 22, 2018

After Black Panther Annual #1 truly is a celebration of everything Wakandan. Its not a sprawling, endless buffet, but it is a delicious sampler. Pick it up for those times when you want to read something, but youre not sure what. Pick it up because you love Black Panther. Or this dazzling trio of writers. Or both. Just pick it up and enjoy it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Black Panther: The Man Without Fear #521

Jul 13, 2011

David Liss drops a honey of monkey wrench into this story's final page. It's not an overly exciting final image, but the meaning is poignant and the implications are going to be significant. At the very least, Liss and Francavilla have done enough with this issue to make me come back for another.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Black Panther: The Man Without Fear #525

Nov 10, 2011

I keep dipping in and out of this book and I keep finding myself disappointed. I love the Black Panther character and I wholeheartedly support him carrying his own book, but his book needs to feel like more than a placeholder. So far with the issues I've sampled, I just haven't found anything compelling, and this issue is less so, with Panther now officially facing a complete collection of Daredevil foes. Daredevil's adventures against Panther's foe, Klaw, is more engaging and much more defined as a Daredevil story. Hopefully this book will pay attention and follow suit.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2010) #1

Apr 14, 2010

I'm excited to have another Marvel series that I'm genuinely interested in reading. My first exposure to Natasha was through "Marvel Team-Up" #85. Later I would follow her adventures through "Avengers" as well as a series of miniseries, but this feels like a brand new beginning worthy of celebration.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Black Widow (2010) #4

Jul 26, 2010

"Black Widow" is a title without true limits, featuring a character more integrated in the Marvel Universe than Kevin Bacon is in making connections between movie stars. This first arc -- and this issue specifically -- does a good job establishing that. Now it is time to build on that foundation.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Black Widow (2014) #5

Apr 4, 2014

Edmondson and Noto have done a solid job keeping this series valid in the initial full-court press of double-shipping issues. Quality has been topnotch and the stories have been substantial. Edmondson might be trying to stay out of Noto's way a bit, but the two really do a fine job collaborating. Five issues in, however, it feels like the story is just wheeling to the runway for take off now. The cliffhanger leaves me anxious for Natasha and looking forward to "Black Widow" #6.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Black Widow (2016) #1

Mar 1, 2016

All-New, All-Different Marvel has had some pretty sweet successes, and this is definitely another one on that count. Waid, Samnee, Wilson, and Caramagna are the best of the best at what they do, and, in the case of Black Widow #1, what they do is make gorgeous, thrilling, enjoyable comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Black Widow: Deadly Origin #1

Nov 10, 2009

While some of Widow's potential is getting tapped here, this adventure seems slightly misguided. If someone truly wanted to wipe out the people Widow cared for, why telegraph it? With a character as crafty, connected, and resourceful as Black Widow, the mystery presented here seems very thin, the challenge more minimal and elusive than daunting. The thin veil of the present day story is a distraction to the more interesting details of Natasha's past. Hopefully Cornell can punch up the present day tale in the issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Black Widow: Deadly Origin #4

Feb 18, 2010

Cornell and crew cleared the deck nicely for the upcoming series' creative team, so from here it's forward motion for Black Widow. Hopefully the next chapter in Black Widow's story has a little more bang for the buck -- or three bucks.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Blackest Night #0

May 4, 2009

As far as free comics go, I seriously doubt they get much better than this. While it is just one giant advertisement "- with more ads for Green Lantern-related items, from the Blackest Night action figure line to the "First Flight" DVD -" this story sets the table nicely for the events to come in July. I only hope that the issues with a price tag higher than "free" are as enjoyable as this prologue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Blackest Night #1

Jul 15, 2009

My comrade, Timothy Callahan, is also reviewing this. Of late, the two of us have been more different than alike in our reviews, so I look forward to seeing what he thinks of this issue. I know what I think. This issue is, far and away, the best thing I'm going to read this week. I'm debating not even reading anything else. This is "summer reading" at its very best: high energy adventure, huge stakes, great characters, a dastardly foe, and great creative talent. Add one tall glass of your favorite beverage, a shady hammock of a spot of floor near a fan and you've got a great way to spend some summer free time.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Blackest Night #3

Sep 16, 2009

The book has come out regularly. The creative team has remained consistent. This story "- the story of "Blackest Night" -- has a chance to be one of the greatest event stories ever told. Unbelievably, however, with this issue, it's even more approachable to any fan who has stood just outside of this story. Any fan with passing knowledge of the DC Universe can hop in and follow the adventure; there's plenty more to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blackest Night #6

Dec 30, 2009

Before "Blackest Night" I was a reader ready to declare "event fatigue" and throw in the towel on event books. This story " through all of its extensions in the "Green Lantern" titles and the multiple spinoffs " has been very enjoyable. The stakes are raised a bit more in each issue, but in this one, the "good guys" see those stakes, call, and raise their own. It's a shame that we have to wait until February for more of the main tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blackest Night #7

Feb 25, 2010

"Blackest Night" ends next month, but given the revelation of the White Lantern in this issue, I'm beginning to wonder how bright the "Brightest Day" is going to be, and for whom.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blackest Night: Untold Tales of the Blackest Night #1

Oct 13, 2010

This isn't must-read material by any stretch of the imagination, but it is a nice return to some elements of a story that thrilled fans over the past year. There are a few surprises, a few disappointments, and a few worthy additions to the canon of "Blackest Night." I, personally, would encourage DC to consider revisiting this era every year about this time. This issue is definitely more treat than trick.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blackest Night: Batman #2

Sep 12, 2009

DC seems to have gotten the "supplemental" ideas right with "Blackest Night." While I do not feel compelled to purchase all of the "Blackest Night" series and tie-ins, I have found myself at least wanting to sample them all. Some hit me more than others. This series is one of the good ones, which I find quite interesting considering I am not reading any of the Bat-books with any regularity. I chalk it up to Deadman.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blackest Night: JSA #1

Dec 23, 2009

This is a very good "Blackest Night" tie-in, perhaps one of the best yet, as Robinson steps up to the challenge. I just hope the other two issues are just as strong. If timing plays out, the "Blackest Night: JSA" #3 will come out the same week as "Blackest Night" #7, and I have to believe that the timing of those two issues, combined with the professional relationship between Geoff Johns and James Robinson is more than just coincidental. The JSA will play a big part in ending the "Blackest Night," but first they'll get much deeper into it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blackest Night: Tales of the Corps #2

Jul 22, 2009

With a roster of talent just shy of that appearing in the pages of Wednesday Comics, this issue of "Tales of the Corps" (for some odd reason, with this title, I want to pronounce the "p", I don't have that hurdle to jump elsewhere) provides two entertaining tales and one story that should be immortalized in collected editions to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blackest Night: The Flash #1

Dec 3, 2009

With the Flash, it is only appropriate to add a story that takes place between the panels of another story, and in this case, the tale under the cover adds depth to the titular character and the event this series ties into. Of the "Blackest Night" tie-ins to this point, this single issue adds more to the story, the possible results of the story, and the effects on the DC Universe as a whole. Speculation is posited here regarding the resurrection of the Black Lanterns, and even what might wait for those characters beyond the "Blackest Night." From the first page to the last, this story -" due in no small part to Johns' double-duty as writer of both "- feels like a fold-out extension of the main "Blackest Night" series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Blackest Night: Titans #1

Aug 27, 2009

One thing is for certain: with Krul, Benes, Hunter/Sibal/Mayer and crew, I'll be back for the rest of this series and hoping that this team graduates to one of the regular "Titans" titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blackest Night: Titans #3

Oct 29, 2009

Krul has been the best thing to hit the Titans franchise in a long, long time, maybe since the franchise had new life imbued in it via Cartoon Network. He "gets" the characters, especially in the situations "Blackest Night" drops on them. Donna Troy reacts as a warrior would, but manages to maintain the emotions that made her a fan favorite character for decades. Unfortunately, Krul only has so many pages to work with and isn't able to devote pages to every character, but he does make a valiant attempt to let each character shine, adhering to advice Len Wein once gave about writing team books. DC would do themselves a great favor if they made Krul an offer and gave him a chance to write a regular Titans title. It'd be enough for me to check it out. Of course, if it featured some of these characters and/or art by Benes, then it'd be a lock.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blackest Night: Wonder Woman #1

Dec 6, 2009

The story in this issue seems to be done in one, but given the developments that Wonder Woman and many of her comrades are involved in the main "Blackest Night," there will be plenty of room for more Wonder Woman-centric activity in future issues. This isn't a must-have, must-read "Blackest Night" issue, which makes it all the more enjoyable. This issue adds subtext to one of the heroes embroiled in the turmoil of "Blackest Night," and answers the inevitable fan question of "So where's Max?" This story is more of a luxury than a requirement, and the creative team of Rucka and Scott are well-suited to this tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blackest Night: Wonder Woman #2

Jan 7, 2010

This series, like all of the "Blackest Night" tie-ins, offers more to the story. It doesn't supplant "Blackest Night," but it enhances what happens in the main title. No one reading "Blackest Night" is going to be lost if they skip this issue, but those reading this issue will have some questions about "Blackest Night" #6 quickly answered.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blackest Night: Wonder Woman #3

Feb 4, 2010

As mentioned above, these "Blackest Night" tie-ins are not must haves, but with the creative team that gave us "Blackest Night: Wonder Woman" this series became a "great to have" for me. Rucka set out to tell a great story in between the happenings of "Blackest Night" and did a great job.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Blackhawks (2011) #1

Oct 2, 2011

The concept of the "Blackhawks" as a United Nations-sanctioned covert peacekeeping force has legs, but barely gets to stretch them here. The characters are just being given names and vague purposes, but that simply means that there isn't significant depth to anything here. Hopefully this is just the start and the rest of the story as it were will come into view more crisply in the next few issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blackhawks (2011) #4

Dec 29, 2011

With four months and a dozen bucks sunk into a number of the relaunched titles, it has come time for me to separate the keepers from the also-rans, the might-read-its, and the good-lord-nos. Congratulations, "Blackhawks," you'll be sticking around for another month. Let's make the mission a success. The easiest way to do that would be to offer up more of everything that made this issue so enjoyable.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Blackhawks (2011) #8

Apr 27, 2012

Unfortunately, that best summarizes not only this issue but the entire "Blackhawks" series. It was serviceable, had some decent moments, showcased some good talent, but nothing here is memorable. Of the fifty-two titles that launched last September, this one had the most untapped potential. Maybe at some point the Blackhawks will resurface, but they'll need some help to catch notice.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bloodhound: Crowbar Medicine #2

Nov 13, 2013

Fans of Jonah Hex, Quantum and Woody and other confidently irreverent characters will find plenty to love here in Travis Clevenger, who despite his gruffness, manages to project likability. Clev is armed with an attitude certain to appeal to fans of the rougher-hewn comic book fan-favorites. Between this, the offerings from Valiant that I've sampled and a handful of Image books, I'm considering a split from the big two to be a little bit more attractive every Wednesday. With everyone jumping on comic IPs to launch television and movie franchises, "Bloodhound: Crowbar Medicine" #2 is a godsend. The concept is so wonderfully fleshed out that Jolley and Kirk can almost assuredly count the minutes until this character is optioned for other media. Jolley and Kirk have provided a great story to encourage new readers to latch on.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Bloodshot & H.A.R.D. Corps #0.2014

Feb 26, 2014

Let there be no doubt "Bloodshot and H.A.R.D. Corps: H.A.R.D. Corps" #0 is a bloody comic. When war and business cross paths, things can be unsettling, especially in periods of extreme upheaval. This comic is a collection of critical junctures throughout the history of H.A.R.D. Corps, all of which add to the fabric behind the Bloodshot and H.A.R.D. Corps quilt. This is a fine addition to the series so far and should prove to be more beneficial as H.A.R.D. Corps continues to evolve, especially given some of the revelations set for in this issue regarding mental and physical stability.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bloodshot & H.A.R.D. Corps #14

Sep 19, 2013

I vaguely remember the "Bloodshot" and "H.A.R.D. Corps" titles from the 1990s version of Valiant, but never invested any time or money in them. In my mind they quickly qualified themselves as "'90s concepts," and not necessarily in a good way. This interpretation of the properties is filled with action and intrigue and does a remarkable job of updating 1990s comic book concepts for a modern-day audience. With only one splash page in "Bloodshot and H.A.R.D. Corps" #14, Gage, Dysart, Lupacchino and company deliver a packed comic book. This isn't a quick read; it's meaty and complex, filled with a compelling plot and diverse characters brought together around it. For the four bucks I spent on "Bloodshot and H.A.R.D. Corps" #14, I feel like Valiant Entertainment has earned every penny. This issue has also convinced me that it's high time I check out the rest of line that has been receiving critical acclaim from comic book professionals and reviewers alike.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Bloodshot & H.A.R.D. Corps #19

Feb 21, 2014

While this super-powered corporately-funded wetworks team book might not be for everyone, everyone who buys this is in for a solid read, provided they're looking for a little bloodshed and destruction with their super powers on the side. This two-part story with Sears and ChrisCross on the art chores is a nice sampler of things past and things to come as "Bloodshot and H.A.R.D. Corps" #19 closes a chapter for Bloodshot and begins constructing another.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Bloodshot: Reborn #1

Apr 15, 2015

Regardless of readers' familiarity with Bloodshot, Lemire, Suayan, Baron and Lanphear serve up a masterful introduction. Readers looking for a fresh start will find it here, while longer-term Bloodshot fans will find a nice recap prior to Lemire kicking this adventure into high gear. Lemire gives readers a solid set-up, action and intrigue. Garrison tries to find his place post-Bloodshot, but it seems the world -- and Lemire, especially -- has other plans. It looks like this is going to be an action-packed, psychodrama-tinged adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Bloodstrike (2015) #1

Jul 13, 2015

Titled "The Junk," this story is adolescent teen humor at best, with dialogue like, "But -- my man parts ...ack." "Bloodstrike" #1 is a rough read. Liefeld might be trying for satire or parody here, but it falls flat and simply becomes more uninspiring artwork from one of Image Comics' founders.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Blue Beetle (2006) #27

Jun 1, 2008

This issue isn't going to be the most memorable issue of the series, but it also had some very big shoes to fill. Unfortunately, this issue didn't even wear socks, but a bad "Blue Beetle" story certainly outstrips some of the other "great" books out there in terms of enjoyability. For the ingrained "Blue Beetle" reader, this story holds up well, but by no means would this issue be the one to share as a recruiting tool for new readers. Sturges starts up in July with issue #29, hopefully that one will provide a decent ramp for new readers to wheel up on. Come on back when that one hits and I'll clue you in.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Blue Beetle (2006) #29

Jul 31, 2008

The stage has been set, the first issue launched, and "Blue Beetle" seems well on its way into the next big adventure. The book has survived 29 issues and been solicited to nearly a complete third year. I strongly believe that with this creative team, the book could easily hit #50 and gain a larger following on the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blue Beetle (2006) #35

Feb 1, 2009

This title has given the readers nearly three years of enjoyment, from pure awesomeness to chuckling points of reflection. There have been a few writers and a few more artists that have checked in, and a greater amount of creators who have pointed to this book as a "critical success." With his recent appearances and licensing spin-offs related to "Batman: the Brave and the Bold", it seems odd that this title is drawing to a close now, but it is what it is. For now, it is one of the best titles DC produces and the top of my monthly reading (and re-reading) pile.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blue Beetle (2006) #36

Feb 25, 2009

Let it be known that one of DC's most consistently enjoyable titles is no longer being published, but it goes out with a graceful flourish sure to provide fans with one final brush with comic books as they should be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blue Beetle (2011) #0

Sep 24, 2012

"Blue Beetle" #0 is a great spot to jump in, especially with what looks like a critical arc on the horizon. While this issue is largely a flashback tale of sorts it dips in and out of the story, allowing historical figures relevant to this series to breathe and move throughout the issue. There isn't much from Jaime Reyes in this issue, but all of this leads to the final page which sets up a dire situation for Jaime to try to escape or defeat. I've been enjoying this series since it started. The stories are briskly paced and contribute to a larger narrative, and the upcoming adventure looks to be exciting and fun. There's no mistaking that DC is trying guide this book to hit the same notes that Stan Lee and Steve Ditko sparked with the formative days of Spider-Man. Bedard, Giffen and Guara may not be matching that classic note for note, but the story is as close to that as anything else on the stands right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blue Beetle (2011) #1

Sep 22, 2011

This is a fabulous book for a first issue, but I have one minor concern. The major characters in this title are all teens, and as such there are spots of humor that tends to be on the level with teens, including teen innuendo, which is every bit as bothersome on the printed page as it would be in real life. Sure, you could argue that it makes Bedard's characters more believable and real, but I could provide just as much of an argument that that pair of throwaway lines torpedoes what could have otherwise served as a strong all ages read. I'll leave it to you to decide, once you read this book, if you want to share it with younger readers or hold onto it for yourself. This is a great introduction to a wonderful world and a spectacular universe. Blue Beetle's back, and it's up to you to make sure he stays around this time.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Blue Beetle (2011) #3

Nov 17, 2011

I sampled all fifty-two of the titles when DC relaunched them and have since been trying to pare down that bushel to a more manageable bunch. Each and every time that I sit down to do that, "Blue Beetle" makes it into the top ten. It's a fun book with classic comic sensibilities and magnificent art, and should be top ten all over the place. The stories are entertaining and the characters relatable. If you're finding the relaunch overwhelming and looking for that foothold in the new DCU, this just may be the book for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Blue Beetle (2011) #5

Jan 19, 2012

Aside from that quirk, this issue is darn near perfect. Bedard's writing is strong, Guara's art is stunning, and the characters are human, exciting and fun. There's more crammed into this single issue of "Blue Beetle" than in some collected editions of other books. And there's plenty more to come. Jaime Reyes' world changed when the scarab fused itself to his spine. We're lucky enough to be invited along for the adventures that follow.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Blue Beetle (2011) #6

Feb 17, 2012

This issue delivers on the promise of massive changes for the New 52. While "Blue Beetle" #6 may not have a braggadocio on the cover declaring the end of everything as we know it, Bedard and Guara deliver a game-changer for Jaime, his family and friends. Things happen in this issue forever altering Blue Beetle and those around him with possible lasting consequences for the DC Universe -- and I can't wait to see what's next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blue Beetle (2011) #10

Jun 25, 2012

After some issues meandering around New York, bemoaning his circumstances, Blue Beetle might finally be finding a direction. If any of the pieces put on the table in this issue continue to be used, this series will soon be discussed as "most improved" title from last year's relaunch. "Blue Beetle" is finally carving out some space in the DC Universe, now it just needs to capitalize on that space and continue to churn out satisfying and entertaining summer reads like "Blue Beetle" #10.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Blue Beetle (2011) #12

Aug 16, 2012

"Blue Beetle" #12 seems like a turning point in this series as Khaji-Da begins to attempt to assimilate some notions that Jaime has introduced to it, especially those from this issue proper. The heart of the first Jaime Reyes-starring "Blue Beetle" series was his confusion and attempts to curb the scarab's murderous tendencies towards foes. Given that the scarab here is perceived as flawed in its mission to begin transforming Earth for a Reach invasion, Bedard has taken some interesting paths towards building a new mythology for Jaime Reyes, Khaji-Da and the Reach. The #0 issue promises to reveal some of the secrets of Khaji-Da's origin, but this issue is a nice sample of what this series has been all about.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Blue Beetle (2011) #16

Jan 25, 2013

DC has given the Jaime Reyes Blue Beetle more than a few chances at securing a reading audience, but so far has not been able to sustain readership. While I am not certain that adding Jaime to a lesser-known and extremely new property like "Threshold" is the right idea to help raise public awareness of such a fun character, I certainly cannot fault DC for their lack of effort in testing new avenues to expose this character to wider audiences. The second volume of the adventures of Jaime Reyes as Blue Beetle ends not with a bang, but a slow fade and a "To Be Continued. . ." plug for another title. Of the seventeen issues this series has had, it's a shame the final one is the most disappointing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blue Beetle: Rebirth #1

Aug 24, 2016

Blue Beetle: Rebirth #1 is not a perfect comic, but it is a bold one. There's humor, melodrama, teen angst, and family sitcom alongside action, adventure, mystery, and world-building. I've missed Jaime Reyes. And Ted Kord. Now, thanks to Giffen, Kolins, Fajardo, and Reed, we'll be able to have some grand adventures with both of them. I know I'm looking forward to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Booster Gold (2007) #14

Nov 15, 2008

This two-issue filler from Remender helped pad the schedule a bit (ironic for a time-travelling hero, no?) for Jurgens' re-debut next issue while also throwing some new toys into the Booster Gold sandbox. Hopefully Jurgens gets a chance to play with those toys. If not, Remender is welcome back to provide Dan with a breather, just as long as Oliffe and Ordway tag along.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Booster Gold (2007) #15

Dec 14, 2008

For more insight from Jurgens himself, check out the interview CBR conducted with him recently.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Booster Gold (2007) #19

Apr 13, 2009

This series is three issues shy of the twenty-five issue run from the previous volume of "Booster Gold" -" a mark this title is guaranteed to break, given that it is slated to have a "Blue Beetle" co-feature starting with issue #21. I'm sure this title will gain a few more readers in June, but why wait until then? Jump into the timestream, the water's fine!

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Booster Gold (2007) #21

Jun 11, 2009

Individually, this issue of "Booster Gold" would have gotten 3.5 stars, but with the addition of "Blue Beetle" "- and a good Beetle tale at that "- this issue jumps a full star. Even though this issue clocked in at $3.99, it is well worth the price. After all, the "Blue Beetle" segment is essentially half a comic, clocking in at ten pages to the twenty pages dedicated to the primary feature. Summer reading is here, and with DC pumping these "Second Features" into some good books, you might want to think about upping the SPF in that sunscreen before hitting the hammock. After all, you'll be there a little longer enjoying some more good reading if this issue is any indication of what we can expect!

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Booster Gold (2007) #25

Oct 17, 2009

At any rate, this book continues to be a highlight for me on DC's monthly offering, much in the same way "The Flash" was back in the late 1990s and early 2000s. While Booster Gold is a title firmly grounded with both feet in the DC Universe, it is not DC's standard fare, and in this case, that's a good thing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Booster Gold (2007) #29

Feb 14, 2010

Next issue brings "Booster Gold" back to $2.99, with the continuation of the Coast City crisis. Hank Henshaw became the Cyborg Superman, he brought the destruction to Coast City, and Booster Gold let it happen. Booster's not going to let this go easily, and I wouldn't have it any other way.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Booster Gold (2007) #31

Apr 19, 2010

"Booster Gold" has been a consistently entertaining title since spinning out of the aftermath of "52" and this issue is just as entertaining, if not heavily burdened by consequence.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Booster Gold (2007) #32

May 17, 2010

While the "Booster Gold" title has been on my list since it relaunched, I was pleasantly surprised by this issue, and remain hopeful that this slight detour in the direction of the title might help this book gain more recognition. This is a title that I've been following for quite some, and I do not see that changing any time soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Booster Gold (2007) #34

Jul 15, 2010

This is a nice aside from the "Brightest Day" quest Booster is on. Giffen and DeMatteis are having a fun time playing with Booster Gold's world and reminiscing with the characters that brought them so much attention and adoration before. It's a nice reunion for all parties, including us readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Booster Gold (2007) #36

Sep 12, 2010

Booster Gold, with and without the former members of Justice League International has been on his quest to bring down Max Lord for what would be more than a year of comics (five "Booster Gold" and nine "Justice League" over the course of the past five months. This title, however, has been filled with sidebars, unplanned adventures, and highlights that recall the glory days of the "JLI" so that the search has not drained the life from this title. As a matter of fact, I'd like to see Booster get a shot or two in on Max in this title. In the meantime, however, it looks like my fix for that is going to have to come from the covers. Good thing the stories in between are consistently entertaining, sometimes funny, and frequently fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Booster Gold (2007) #39

Dec 13, 2010

This issue is a bit of a departure from the time-hopping tales of this volume of "Booster Gold," focusing on the person wearing the costume rather than his never-ending battle against the hiccups and heartburn caused by ripples in the timestream. Nonetheless, this is still an enjoyable read, just as so many issues of this series have been. Quite simply, and to paraphrase the cover, "Booster Gold" is the greatest hero you're not reading. Do something about that, will you, please?

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Booster Gold (2007) #40

Jan 13, 2011

All the same, this issue of "Booster Gold" packs a surprise ending, especially for anyone who's read this book at any point following its emergence from "52." Advance solicits have spoiled what's coming up " to a point " but they sure didn't latch on to how we're getting to what's coming up. I, for one, never saw it coming. It makes sense, sure, but I didn't expect it. Where Giffen and DeMatteis take it all from here remains to be seen, but I'll certainly be there to see it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Booster Gold (2007) #43

Apr 15, 2011

From here, though, Booster Gold heads into "Flashpoint," and Dan Jurgens returns to guide Booster through it. In the words of Rip Hunter, Booster's "about to be tested " pushed to his limits. . . and beyond." This issue is a nice spot to meet up with Booster before that leg of his journey begins.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Booster Gold (2007) #44

May 18, 2011

Jurgens' return to this book not only marks the start of "Flashpoint" and a keenly-designed welcome mat and open door to this series, but it also sees the return of something far more important: all ages reading. Jurgens is a modern master of delivering stories that have retro sensibilities. Each issue that Jurgens crafts carries itself strongly, offers a good story, and a smart introduction to the world of "Booster Gold." I just hope tying this series into "Flashpoint" gives the book enough of a profile boost to give fans the opportunity to discover the best superhero book they didn't know they were missing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Booster Gold (2007) #47

Aug 11, 2011

Set to play a prominent role in "Justice League International" in "The New 52," "Booster Gold" leaves us with a nice set of fun, light-hearted, all-ages appropriate stories. I hope DC gives Jurgens another shot in their new world order, if even for a miniseries.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Booster Gold (2007): Futures End #1

Sep 25, 2014

Many of the "Futures End" one-shots give readers a one-and-done adventure. Maybe some teases are fed, or some concepts alluded to, but in "Booster Gold: Futures End" #1, Jurgens gives readers a slice of Booster Gold's life. This is just a peek, but it is absolutely vital to other books coming out from DC and likely leads back into the "Futures End" event and perhaps beyond. I'd love to see more of Booster Gold, and the story ideas Dan Jurgens has seeded here could certainly support a twelve-issue run or more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Brain Boy #0

Dec 13, 2013

"Brain Boy" #0 is a nifty slice of what Fred Van Lente brings to this character. Free from continuity, crossovers and even a supporting cast, "Brain Boy" #0 is all about the situation Matt Price is facing and his ability to deal with it. Through this avenue, Van Lente and company are able to establish the character's voice and enhance the reader's ability to invest in the character. The story in "Brain Boy" #0 is complete and rewarding enough to walk away from, but Van Lente and crew leave enough open for readers to all but demand more Brain Boy adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Brain Boy #1

Sep 11, 2013

After some panel time in "Dark Horse Presents" with art from Freddie Williams II, "Brain Boy" #1 brings the enjoyable resurrection of an old Dell Comics' property to modern comic racks. Van Lente and Silva make the story of Matt Price and his service to Albright Industries fresh enough to feel brand new. A fun read with a dynamic, surprise ending that puts Price in a bad spot and gives readers something to look forward to, "Brain Boy" #1 is another solid, unexpected offering from Dark Horse.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Brightest Day #0

Apr 14, 2010

Issues numbered with a #0 have been deemed to be the perfect hopping on point for new readers, and this collection of characters has frequently hurt for new readers. Johns and Tomasi deliver a fine introduction that gives any reader a chance to step right in on the ground floor on this book or many of the others flying the "Brightest Day" banner.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Brightest Day #1

May 5, 2010

DC has a surefire hit on their hands and on comic stands with this assemblage of story, talent, and characters. I get the distinct impression, however, that nothing is as it seems. Lucky for me, I only have to wait fourteen days to learn a little more about what's going on here.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Brightest Day #4

Jun 16, 2010

This issue, as I already mentioned, feels thin, but that may be in part due to the fact that the story is moving quickly. There are a myriad of plotlines floating about that any given issue can only address so many. This book has a lot to offer, but it isn't consistent in the amounts of what it offers each issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Brightest Day #5

Jul 8, 2010

There's not a whole lot of answers given in this issue of "Brightest Day," but there are some gasp-worthy (my wife was concerned for me) moments that make this book a compelling read. DC solicited this issue as a turning point of sorts for the series. "Deadman discovers the truth behind the formation of the White Lantern and what it means to the twelve returnees and the rest of the DC Universe. Plus, Aquaman, Martian Manhunter, Hawkman, Hawkgirl and Firestorm discover the price for their resurrections...and why they may be doing more harm than good to the world." That doesn't happen here. It's still a good read, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Brightest Day #7

Aug 4, 2010

I've been hankering to get into this title since it was announced. That hankering was enhanced once I saw the lineup of returned heroes. Now, with some payoff starting to shine through, I'm itching to get my mitts on the next issue. There aren't very many days of summer left, but this issue hits the bigness of summer comics for all it's worth.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Brightest Day #8

Aug 18, 2010

There's an "Of course!" moment at the end of the issue that makes too much sense once all of the elements and clues of the "Brightest Day" brand are considered. This issue delivered in a huge way for me. I hope the next issue does the same for Firestorm and Aquaman as this issue did for Hawkman, Hawkgirl, and Martian Manhunter.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Brightest Day #10

Sep 16, 2010

"Brightest Day" has hit the point in the story where each character's purpose is defined, but they are trying to determine how they got to this point and how they are to achieve that purpose identified for them. The end result is that Johns and Tomasi have started limiting the content, choosing to focus on a smaller portion of the "Brightest Day" cast, giving the reader a chance to learn more about the characters. This has allowed the stories to leg it out a bit more, but it also leaves me pining for more at the end of each issue. The downside to that is that I'm unsure when the next Hawkman installment is going to be or when that next Firestorm fix will pop up. Luckily for me, I'm enjoying the tales of all the heroes in this title, so it's a plethora of nice problems to have right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Brightest Day #11

Oct 7, 2010

Things are really starting to pick up in this series, as some of the characters seem plotted on a collision course. "Brightest Day" is closing in on its halfway point, and while I don't know exactly where it is going, I'm definitely interested in jumping in for the ride, much like Aquaman does to the unsuspecting truck driver in this issue. In the immortal words of Liz Lemon, "I want to go to there."

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Brightest Day #12

Oct 20, 2010

This is another issue of "Brightest Day" that narrows its focus to one character in particular, then zooms out for an update on resurrected heroes from elsewhere. The end result is a more personal tale of J'onn J'onnz, although you wouldn't presume as much from the David Finch cover. The Reis cover " the variant " depicts the tale that rests inside. Still, this issue makes some significant strides in the life of one hero, but forsakes the other returned characters to do so. The story it does deliver is one of the most satisfying and electrifying stories in this series yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Brightest Day #14

Nov 17, 2010

Out of this issue there are changes on the horizon, both for this title and for others flying the "Brightest Day" cover dress. I'm unclear as to how tightly those other storylines will weave back through this book, but for my money, "Brightest Day" delivers a solid story issue after issue and this one is no exception. There are sure to be a few readers living on Bat-hype right now who find themselves compelled to buy this issue. It serves as a nice (albeit shockingly brief) recap of events to this point while also making for a nice introduction to the "Brightest Day" concept as an event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Brightest Day #16

Dec 15, 2010

With ten issues remaining, I'm expecting to start seeing the stories of these characters (all of them, not just the two here) come together, but the last page of this issue has me wondering what comes next. There are cliffhanger final pages and then there are cliffhanger final pages that have you checking the calendar to see just how long you're going to be strung out for. That's a bigger concern with "Brightest Day" as it could easily be a pair of issues (or more) before we revisit these characters again. Until then, it might be worthwhile to go back and re-read these first seventeen issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Brightest Day #18

Jan 19, 2011

This issue is where things start to click into place and answers start to address their questions. But, as some of those answers fall into place, I'm finding more than a few questions are rising up to replace them. "Brightest Day" still has a mystique to it regarding where the brightness emanates from and who it shines upon, but one thing is for certain: it's a fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Brightest Day #19

Feb 2, 2011

As event books go, this series has consistently entertained me, and provided some wonderful art twice each month. This issue made me realize just how much hasn't really happened to this point, but it is no less enjoyable for that. Johns and Tomasi realize that there are pieces that need to be wrapped up, such as Aquaman's inability to command living creatures of the sea, but I am concerned that in their haste to wrap this up and provide a larger threat to the Earth that some of these pieces might slide away without resolution. As I've said, I've been entertained, and I expect to continue to be, I just hope I can be entertained by a strong resolution.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Brightest Day #20

Feb 16, 2011

In the end, though, the White Lantern proves once more to be batcrap crazy, as a hero accomplishes his mission and is strangely rewarded. There are four issues left, and I'm fairly certain there's going to need to be some quick resolution on some of the other stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Brightest Day #21

Mar 2, 2011

This issue wraps with another one of the twelve apparently done for, but given the happenings of this issue proper, I'd wager next week's comic budget that the "final" bows we've seen to this point really aren't that final. There are, after all, eight surviving returned characters and only a trio of issues left in this series. Johns and Tomasi are ready to really pick things up here in the final three installments, but in the meantime, this issue does a pretty good job of providing a summary.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Brightest Day #22

Mar 16, 2011

Clark's art, while heavily photo-referenced for backgrounds and atmosphere, is filled with stark shadows, adding to the great emotions and character acting Clark puts upon these characters. The final two pages take Firestorm away from the Antimatter Universe, and the contrast in art styles between Clark and Ivan Reis is dramatic and well-suited for the story and the shifting location. There is only a pair of issues left, and I'm still not completely certain what the end game is that is being played towards here, but I am definitely along for the ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Brightest Day #24

Apr 27, 2011

With each issue, "Brightest Day" offered up genuine surprises. As we all know, those are a rare commodity in the comic business today. The reveal of Swamp Thing was a genuine surprise, and a welcome character returned to the DCU proper. Unfortunately it robbed this last issue of the opportunity to be a stellar surprise.

View Issue       View Full Review
0
Brightest Day Aftermath: The Search for Swamp Thing #1

Jun 22, 2011

With this issue, DC has done a great job of assembling a book and crafting a story that makes me look forward to September's relaunch by convincing me that this current universe is something I really shouldn't waste time (or money) caring about. I'll be skipping the rest of this series (someone please let me know if Hawkman shows up and kicks any moss-covered ass). Bring on September and Scott Snyder, a writer who gets horror stories and adventure comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Brightest Day: The Atom Special #1

Jul 11, 2010

The Atom's back, and this issue is a fine introduction to him, but it's light on action. Good thing the story continues in "Adventure" and not some other Super-title. This is a fine starting point for readers unfamiliar with the Mighty Mite, and it's approachable for younger readers as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Bruce Wayne: The Road Home: Batgirl #1

Oct 18, 2010

Miller has made Batgirl a character that comic fans of all ages can appreciate. Batgirl is quick with a quip, like classic Spider-Man, unafraid of the world around her, like Nightwing, and full of hope, like Superman. The end result is a story that every fan can appreciate and fans of all ages can enjoy. "Batgirl" is going to gain some extra exposure through this "Bruce Wayne" event, and fans that find this character through this event will certainly be glad they met her here.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Buck Rogers #0

Apr 22, 2009

My only hope is that the pages shown here are not excerpts to "Buck Rogers" #1, but rather a prequel to the adventures there. It seems as though this story is going to be separate from whatever may be in the first "true" issue of "Buck Rogers," as this issue's last page declares that the beginning to this story can be found in "Buck Rogers" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Buck Rogers #1

Jun 9, 2009

This series offers some promise for great summer reading. Beatty has quickly established a tone and a pace for this series, choosing to drive the series through the characters' actions. Dynamite, unfortunately, seems to advocate the decompressed method of storytelling, which will undoubtedly confound some readers going forward. If he manages to pack this much action into each subsequent issue, Beatty will be able to distract the anxious readers from their quest to immediately know all the facts about Buck Rogers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Bucky Barnes: The Winter Soldier #3

Jan 12, 2015

"Bucky Barnes: The Winter Soldier" #3 is a trippy comic that gives readers a straightforward thriller assassination plot, albeit one that is set in space. Someday, comic book readers might look back on the adventures of Bucky in space with fondness, not unlike the general attitude towards Jim Steranko's "Nick Fury, Agent of S.H.I.E.L.D." today. This is an offbeat book with innovative artwork, fun characters, wild settings and an entertaining story. What more does it really need?

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Buddy Cops One-Shot #1

Mar 15, 2013

"Buddy Cops" #1 is a humorous comic certain to find a following among fans of tales similar to "The Tick." As a matter of fact, Heather in this issue bears a slight resemblance to an offshoot (pun intended and if you don't get it, read the comic) of El Seed. I'm hoping we see more of Uranus and T.A.Z.E.R. soon as Cosby and Shaner definitely have a way with producing comics that bring the fun and the funny.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Bug: The Adventures of Forager #1

May 10, 2017

Bug! The Adventures of Forager #1 brings unpredictability and fun, dusts off some fringe DC Comics characters and looks at them from different angles. When the time comes around for the main character to introduce himself, he prefers Bug, since everybody calls me that anyway. Its this spirit of taking what is given and running with it that the Allreds give readers a wonderful, wacky, ambitious debut that has a lot to offer longtime comic fans (especially Jack Kirby aficionados), but it also expects readers to just enjoy the ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Burning Fields #1

Jan 21, 2015

"Burning Fields" #1 launches the series with a mystery and a bang, but Moreci, Daniel and Lorimer are clearly not going to just coast with what they give readers in this issue. The cast is in place, the mystery is bubbling and bodies are piling up. This has the makings of a solid thriller, easy on the exposition and heavy on the uncomfortable moments.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Buzzard #1

Jun 9, 2010

This first issue of "Buzzard" is sure to scratch some Goon-type itches for Powell's fans. For those new to Powell's work, this is a decent sample, but it'll only start the Powell-art itches for those newbies. Hopefully we all won't have to wait too long for those collective itches to be scratched.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
C.O.W.L. (2014) #3

Jul 31, 2014

I binge read this run, capping off with "C.O.W.L." #3. Higgins, Siegel, Reis and Peteri give Image yet another solid book worth checking out. Image has built up a nice little streak over the past few years and as long as books of this quality, with this level of talent continue to appear, I'll be a happy reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cable (2017) #1

May 31, 2017

So, how does Cable #1 stack up to my expectations? It doesnt. It exceeds them, giving me a comic that made me a Cable fan. I look forward to being a fan for a long time to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Cable and X-Force #1

Dec 12, 2012

It's a darn good thing the double-shipping pattern gives us the next issue coming out next week (undoubtedly the oddest double-shipping assignment ever) as "Cable and X-Force" #1 feels like an incomplete thought. When I was a kid, there were things called double-sized premiere issues. This comic would have been much better served and more enticing than shelling out six bucks for forty pages, especially when the first twenty are little more than a tease. Sure, that might reduce profit margins a bit, but it would also reduce printing costs and also ensure that fans get a more explosive debut issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Cable and X-Force #9

Jun 10, 2013

"Cable and X-Force" #9 is a disappointing comic book on many levels. The ingredients are here for awesome adventures and fun stories, but "Cable and X-Force" has not figured out how to concoct the proper recipe to make those ingredients into what they can be.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Cable and X-Force #18

Jan 10, 2014

I'm not the most dedicated supporter of either X-Force title, but that doesn't matter to jump into the opening installment of "Vendetta." Hopeless provides sufficient background regarding the characters and their relationships that readers new and old alike will be able to join the flow of "Cable and the X-Force" #18. There's a misunderstanding at the heart of nearly every conflict between assemblages of heroes and this is no exception. Historically, however, we might be a little deeper into one of those conflicts by the end of the first of a four-part crossover event. From this point, however, we are all but guaranteed a fast, wild ride with plenty of explosions and fisticuffs, at least if this comic book is anything to base expectations around.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Action Cat #1

Apr 18, 2014

With Chris Smits by their side, Aureliani and Baltazar fill out the twenty-two pages with fun, and end it with a cliffhanger, giving readers plenty of bang for their four bucks. I'm curious to see where the story goes and how the inevitable inclusion of Captain Action is handled. This is a series bursting with potential and fun. I'm glad to see it on the racks, and readers of all ages looking for something light-hearted

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America & the Korvac Saga #1

Dec 11, 2010

It is nice to go to a comic shop and have these reimaginings of classics available. It is the stories like the "Korvac Saga" that that older readers fondly remember and, therefore, might chose to share with younger readers, especially in this miniseries format. This is a fine addition to the all ages reads that Marvel has done a fabulous job of producing. It's a crying shame, however, that the House of Ideas doesn't seem to have any ideas about how to make the all ages line appeal to a wider audience. After all, there's a whole new generation of Captain America fans that will be slinging garbage can lids around as makeshift shields next summer. Marvel has to get this book into their hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2004) #617

Apr 27, 2011

All the same, this issue doesn't feature that legacy being filled. The Captain America costume lies empty in this issue and no shield is slung. Brubaker does an applaudable job handling the myriad stories, but I'd like to see more Captain America in my "Captain America" comic. I have no doubt Brubaker will get there, and I am certainly looking forward to that. In the meantime, "Captain America" promises to deliver three stories that have dynamic effect on the legend.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2004) #621

Aug 24, 2011

I wasn't a regular reader of Brubaker's "Captain America," but once I heard Samnee was headed to this title, I made sure to keep an eye out for it. I'm glad I did. Each issue is sowing further seeds of digging deeper into Brubaker's run and filling some of the gaps I left.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2004) #629

Apr 26, 2012

The first offering of a new "Marvel Team-Up" or "Marvel Two-In-One" type of book has a fair amount of promise. Playing up to the marketability of two stars from this summer's sure-fire hit feature film is a good way to launch a book and ensure that eyes see the book. Once the eyes get there, Bunn does a good job of offering up an entertaining story, but this issue is far from a complete tale. Successful team-up books of the past were able to master the done-in-one story but thread through a subplot or a few. Hopefully Bunn did his research and employs that formula going forward. For now, however, this is a pretty good start.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Captain America (2004) #631

May 25, 2012

The team-ups of my youth were concise stories, complete in an issue or two at the most. Sure, there were underlying subplots and maybe even a recurring villain or two that would stretch beyond the team-up, but the stories were easily attainable, interesting, fun reads that had good to great art and fun interplay between the characters teaming up. "Captain America and Hawkeye" is getting long in the tooth and needs to wrap soon before it collapses under its own weight as it tries to figure out what it wants to be. This is a potentially fun concept, it just needs to be a little more deftly executed.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America (2004) #635

Aug 9, 2012

Unfortunately "Captain America and Iron Man" #635 keeps the action and dialog a little too pedestrian and slightly antiquated with Tony Stark showing some chauvinistic tendencies. The book feels like it wants to be a good all ages read, but the wooden characters and conflict resolution info dump prevent it from being exceptional, regardless of target audience.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2011) #1

Jul 12, 2011

In the end, this book does exactly what it is supposed to do: it makes me want to read more Captain America. I've been sampling the Bucky Cap book, but it never really hooked me in. This book, with Steve Rogers slinging the shield and sporting the flag-inspired togs, hooked me quickly. I'll definitely be back for more, and I sincerely hope it is more of the mix of superheroics, character interchanges, and action thriller that this first issue gave us.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2011) #11

May 11, 2012

Overall, this chapter of "Captain America" gave me the same feeling I had as a younger man, when I first discovered the adventures of the star-spangled Avenger as written by J. M. DeMatteis. Captain America is a believable hero, driven by the desire to do the right thing, but lodged deep within a world that weighs heavy on his shoulders. Regardless of the opposition, however, Cap perseveres and inspires those around him. This is the opening salvo of a new adventure for Steve Rogers, and it makes for a good story sure to welcome readers coming to this comic via the Marvel Cinematic Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Captain America (2011) #15

Jul 30, 2012

After closing this issue, I'm left wondering what it is exactly that I just read. This just doesn't strike me as a memorable Captain America story. There isn't a higher standard of the American ideal in this book. Captain America is a fractured character in his own title, which makes for more drama with other characters, but for Cap, it's been done before. A little too much. Give me more stories of Cap fighting the bad guys and saving the day, please.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2012) #3

Jan 21, 2013

As part of the Marvel NOW! initiative, there is no mistaking the direction Remender has plotted out as simply an extension of anything that has come before. Captain America is off on his own, struggling against a world he doesn't understand, but aware that people on that world need his help. Threading in the stories that built Rogers' determination adds some depth to the present day struggles, giving readers an extra bit of history to savor alongside the NOW!

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America (2012) #8

Jul 1, 2013

While "Captain America" #8 is the first time I've checked back in with Steve Rogers in a couple months, the certain-to-be-controversial cliffhanger ending and "Oh, crap!" moments Remender constructs around it make me want to check in again very soon. Remender definitely has a direction and story he hopes to tell and has figured out exactly how to play to his art team's strengths. This might not be the most memorable Captain America tale I've ever read, but it certainly isn't the most predictable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2012) #12

Oct 14, 2013

"Captain America" #12 provides an extraordinary amount of setup, but these are simply towers of blocks, waiting for someone to knock them down. Remender is both the architect and destroyer of these towers, but the building blocks are simply mesmerizing. I'm enjoying Pacheco's collaboration with Remender on this series and can't help but hope they stick together for a while. This issue has moved "Captain America" prominently back onto my reading list while giving readers a great psychoanalysis of the first Avenger. Cap's in a delicate place right now -- not unlike those previous predicaments where some of his most memorable stories have grown from.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2012) #14

Dec 16, 2013

This book has been clawing its way upward in my reading stack and "Captain America" #14 makes another lunge up the pile. Remender has found threads to tug on and is beginning the process of unraveling pieces of Captain America's life yet again. The developments in this issue ensure that there is nothing resembling smooth sailing ahead for the sentinel of liberty. "Captain America" #14 is a statement issue encapsulating the vibe and spirit of Remender's run to date, but makes it quite clear that nothing is sacred or off-limits. This is leading to a fight Cap isn't ready to fight and how he handles that will define Captain America for the All-New Marvel NOW! era.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2012) #15

Jan 27, 2014

Rick Remender continues to press the limits of Captain America's durability and capability to adapt to the excessive changes that emerge in his life. "Captain America" #15 provides the beginning of the healing process for Steve Rogers, but that seems temporary as the Iron Nail strikes at the heart of S.H.I.E.L.D. What should have been a recovery issue, or a transitional issue, is anything but as Captain America and S.H.I.E.L.D find their worlds blown into even more turmoil at the conclusion of "Captain America" #15.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2012) #16.NOW

Feb 7, 2014

While it is in the best interest of Marvel's marketing to include their major motion picture star characters in their own titles, "Captain America" #16.NOW is a fine, enjoyable comic book, despite the missing super soldier. Stalwart Cap fans might feel slighted and that is certainly within their prerogative, but if they give "Captain America" #16.NOW a chance, they'll find a real good comic story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America (2012) #19

Apr 4, 2014

"Captain America" #19 is a solid action-packed story. It brings some contrivances, such as Cap ditching his helmet in a manner that plays into his opponents' hands. Klein and White combine for strong imagery, even if some of the storytelling could be given a little more room to breathe. This isn't the most memorable issue of Remender's run, but it is another solid addition to his catalog of adventures featuring Steve Rogers and company.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2012) #21

Jun 6, 2014

With the conclusion of "The Iron Nail," I am truly at a loss as to what comes next. I did not see Remender ending this story in this manner, and the potential story paths beyond the final page seem daunting. Remender set out to shake things up a bit, and he certainly has. Steve Rogers is definitely going to change in reaction to the developments of "The Iron Nail" -- now, it's up to Remender to show readers what those changes will be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2012) #22

Jul 7, 2014

"Captain America" #22's only shortcoming is a lack of Steve Rogers in action, but as readers discover, that is a bit of an impossibility right now. Remender manages to present the opening chapter of "The Tomorrow Soldier" as a new-reader friendly comic, a continuation of the epic he has been building since the launch of Marvel NOW! and a must-read for fans of "Uncanny Avengers" or readers hoping to get on the inside track for "AXIS." Remender has another winner filled with action and suspense on his hands here as there are no obvious clear cut answers for the future of Steve Rogers or the legacy of Captain America.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2012) #24

Sep 8, 2014

The final page is a massive cliffhanger can get and definitely would have left readers wondering what it really means for the future of Captain America -- except for the fact that Marvel has made no secret of their plans for Cap. The announced plans and pending debuts have cooled a lot of what Remender and company put together in this issue, but the story itself is still entertaining and gripping.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America / Black Panther: Flags of our Fathers #1

Apr 7, 2010

Captain America demands that the Black Panther choose a side. Pride steps in and the two tussle. The end of this issue sets up some pretty serious complications for the rest of the story. Sure, we all know Captain America -- and most of the other players in this drama -- survive, but we haven't ever seen this segment of their history in any form.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America 70th Anniversary Special #1

Apr 3, 2009

Maybe this 70th Anniversary celebration is leading somewhere or setting the stage for things to come, as teased in an advertisement in this book. A black page bearing a star and the single word "July" has already caused a bit of a stir. Maybe this 70th Anniversary comic is just good reading. Either way, at least Marvel knows how they should try to celebrate milestones. This issue, however, could have done with more Captain America for the cover price.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America And The Falcon #1

Mar 3, 2011

This issue gave me a chance to be introduced to the art of Rebekah Isaacs. Isaacs' art is clean and strong, reminding me of Leonard Kirk tinged with Terry Dodson. The characters are expressive in both face and form, using their bodies to act through the book. I'd like to see her draw some further adventures of the Falcon, especially if those adventures take Sam anywhere near a football field. Football players, like gorillas, cars, and horses, truly separate the good comic book artists from the average, and Isaacs steps over to the good side of the room here.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Captain America And The Mighty Avengers #1

Nov 13, 2014

For the most part, this is a very straightforward and somewhat forgettable adventure, but the lead character is, perhaps, off-center from what readers might expect in the debut issue featuring a new character. "Captain America and the Mighty Avengers" #1 has the potential to be very confusing to anyone thinking this is parallel or supplemental to the "All-New Captain America" #1 instead of inline with "Avengers & X-Men: AXIS" #1. The potential for conflict teased for upcoming issues definitely plays to presumed familiarity, further the reducing the approachability of this first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America Corps #1

Jun 16, 2011

This is one of the thickest books I've read in quite some time. I had to count the pages to make sure it was a standard-sized comic. Sure enough, it's a twenty-two page tale written by one of the legends of the industry. It's a Cap story for every Captain America fan, even if every Cap fan doesn't like all of the variations on the theme represented by these characters. You'll get your money's worth on this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America: Man Out of Time #1

Nov 3, 2010

This book ends with a "Well, I certainly didn't see that coming!" moment as only Mark Waid can deliver it. As far as the various and sundry Captain America titles that have been (and are being or about to be) released lately, this one strikes me as one of the most enjoyable. It is, as the title states, as story of a man out of time. Even when he is back in the 1940s, Cap is tired and worn down, wishing for sleep. Waid has the ability to use that wish as foreshadowing for the part of the story we all know by heart, but when Cap arrives in modern times, the shock to his system is greater than we've previously imagined. This is a Cap tale for the ages, and one that I'll certainly come back to as the countdown nears for the big screen version of Steve Rogers.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America: Man Out of Time #3

Jan 12, 2011

With the plethora of Captain America titles on the racks and coming up to hit the racks as the comic reading world eagerly awaits a teaser trailer for the upcoming film, it might be easy to dismiss one or more of them. If you are set on spending a little extra time with the shield-slinger, however, then this is a great book for you to look into. It's all tucked nicely behind the cover of Captain America leaping into action in front of the Presidents his legend has grown under. It's the middle chapter of a five-issue series, but it is as complete and emotional an issue as you could want.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America: Man Out of Time #5

Mar 23, 2011

With Captain America poised to enjoy a spotlight in the collective cultural consciousness within a matter of months, it is only appropriate that Marvel produce a number of Captain America-themed stories. This one, however, is a timely retelling of the transition of a man, from wartime to peace, from one era to the next, from one purpose to a new one. This is a story of Captain America that can be read and re-read, shared and returned, enjoyed by one and all. It's Cap celebrating everything good about the progress of America in the duration he missed and it's a story about America remembering everything that's great about Captain America.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Captain America: Reborn #3

Sep 15, 2009

"Captain America: Reborn" is the Cap story everyone has been waiting for since Cap was killed. This year marks the seventieth anniversary of Captain America's adventures in four-color, it is only appropriate that Captain America gets such terrific treatment. This story will be collected in time for the release of the feature film starring the Sentinel of Liberty, so if you miss it now, be sure to make a mental note to pick up the collected edition. After all, collected editions lend themselves to being read over and over again, which is what you'll want to do with this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America: Sam Wilson #2

Oct 30, 2015

Spencer has carved a niche for himself in the Marvel Universe by writing about lesser luminaries like the Sinister Six, Secret Avengers and Scott Lang and elevating them to fan favorites. In this case, he's tasked with taking a fan favorite and spinning it around, giving it a kick or two to see what more can be done. "Captain America: Sam Wilson" #2 works just a little too hard trying to find itself and sets up future storylines where the "Captain America" aspect doesn't catch enough light to shine. That said, I'm convinced this book would be an amazing Falcon series. Spencer has earned some leeway in getting to the flow of his stories. With Acua and Caramagna alongside, this series has plenty of potential. These guys just have to fulfill it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America: Sam Wilson #7

Mar 31, 2016

Taken at face value, Captain America: Sam Wilson #7 is a solid read, worth the price of admission and integral to Standoff. It's a great celebration of Steve Rogers, a decent memorial to the legacy of Captain America, but a lacking example of a Sam Wilson comic. It's not a bad comic in any regard; it just falls short of delivering on Sam Wilson and his contribution to the legacy, which at this point should be undeniable.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Captain America: Steve Rogers #1

May 26, 2016

I'm intrigued by what Spencer is doing. This first issue is a bit jumbly. The story sparks are a bit bright. At the core, however, there's mystery and action, excitement and possibility. I'm not going to quickly dismiss this series, but I do want to see this foundation firm up a bit. Saiz got my attention for this title. It's up to Spencer to keep it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America: Steve Rogers #4

Aug 27, 2016

I'll probably be back for the presumed finale in Captain America: Steve Rogers #5, just to see how Spencer wraps this up. Or I might just wait until I see a Steve Rogers I'd like to read again. Or maybe, just maybe I'll go back to one that is more of the symbol we need today.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America: Theater of War: Operation: Zero Point #1

Nov 3, 2008

In all, this book was a good read, especially for folks who may be itching to read some adventures starring Steve Rogers, but it wasn't a very filling read. Consider it an appetizer for future adventures of the star-spangled warrior.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain America: Theater of War: Operation: Ghosts of My Country #1

Oct 10, 2009

Of the lot of "Captain America: Theater of War" specials, this one seems the most disappointing for its fantastic lack of Captain America, but it stands up nicely. This is a history lesson, delivered by Marvel, under the premise of being a Captain America comic. Placed in the context of the goings-on in the "Captain America: Reborn" series, this issue gains significantly more depth and purpose than it does taken on its own merits. I like the "Theater of War" concept, as there is no shortage of American war stories to involve Captain America in, but I feel Marvel needs to be more judicious regarding the frequency of those stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America: White #1

Sep 17, 2015

"Captain America: White" #1 is a bit more geared to seasoned comic book readers over Marvel cinema fans, with Bucky much more a kid sidekick than competent colleague. Cap trains him but laments bringing him into battle, a decision that hangs over this comic. It is still a fun read and a must-have for readers who love Bucky fighting alongside Cap. "Captain America: White" #1 is definitely worth checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Atom (2011) #2

Oct 20, 2011

I first encountered Captain Atom in "Crisis on Infinite Earths" and his own solo series that quickly followed by Cary Bates and Pat Broderick. Like that volume, this relaunch is a fun, quirky book that employs a healthy dose of comic book science without drying the rest of the story out. It's not quite a superhero story, and it's not an edgy tale, but it is entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain Britain and MI:13 (2008) #5

Sep 17, 2008

This issue doesn't accomplish much beyond establishing the team's direction and revealing a bit about how the recruitment process proceeds to fill the team's ranks. This is a perfect breather for the team, both of characters and creators, as the cliffhanger final page indicates that we've got a lot coming up in one of Marvel's surprisingly enjoyable new series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Long Ears #1

Jun 1, 2010

Nonetheless, this is a good story that plays up imagination and presents one child's moment of realization. The story carries an emotional message on par with Disney without being saccharine or juvenile. This isn't a new generation's "Maus," nor is it "Dark Knight." It is, however, an enjoyable story that I found emotionally engaging.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Captain Marvel (2012) #3

Aug 31, 2012

After setting up a dramatic cliffhanger with a few pages to spare in this issue, DeConnick gives the reader some DVD extra-type materials. First up is a two-page epilogue set in 1961 and drawn by Elson and Quintana. That places it in the past for the Marvel Universe, but not in the same era as the main tale itself, providing the possibility that DeConnick is throwing out subplots to be sewn through the longer narrative. The final page, drawn by Karl Kesel with art by Javier Rodriguez feels like something equivalent to what Dark Horse was doing with the Escapist in the not so recent past. Kesel delivers a comic strip tale that brought a smile to my face and had me wishing to see more of the same as this series continues. These last three pages buoyed up the book for me and are already serving to be more memorable than the main tale as I file "Captain Marvel" #3 away.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2012) #12

Apr 18, 2013

"Captain Marvel" #12 finishes with plenty of suspense, as Carol receives a visit from her consulting physicians and an old foe plots out a visit of his own. The next issue blurb points directly to "The Enemy Within" #1, which kicks off a crossover between this title and "Avengers Assemble" while continuing to provide a showcase for the iconic covers from Joe Quinones. Carol Danvers has assumed the mantle of Captain Marvel, now talented creators like DeConnick, Sebela, Andrade and Bellaire are ensuring that she earns it and contributes to the legacy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel (2012) #14

Aug 1, 2013

What comes next for DeConnick and crew on this title remains to be seen, but "Captain Marvel" #14 is a dynamic, satisfying but unsettling conclusion to a rewarding crossover between two titles worthy of more recognition. "Infinity" comes in between this adventure and the next chapter in the legacy of Captain Marvel, but so long as DeConnick is onboard, readers can be certain that "Captain Marvel" will continue to be a very readable and enjoyable comic book. DeConnick once joked about the expected lack of longevity for this title, but after reading "Captain Marvel" #14, I'm pretty sure this is simply the end of the first chapter in a very long run. Yes, that is fueled by hope, but as illustrated in the letters page of this issue, hope is a powerful thing and we all have the responsibility to inspire others to hope just a little bit more.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Captain Marvel (2012) #16

Sep 19, 2013

This story spins out from the events of "Infinity" and the tight "Avengers" tie-ins and points readers back to "Infinity" for the true conclusion, but does very little to deliver closure. Taken on its own merit, "Captain Marvel" #16 works as a Captain Marvel story and it gives readers some explanation of Carol Danvers' Binary powers and guest appearances from a number of Danvers' Avengers teammates, but it doesn't do much to grow the character. After her own crossover with "Avengers Assemble," "Captain Marvel" has played nicely with "Infinity," but I think the character of Captain Marvel can continue to play nicely with the Marvel Universe without tying the "Captain Marvel" comic book into the event so repetitively. Hopefully this title has gained some new readers through the crossover. I'm looking forward to what DeConnick and team have in store for Carol Danvers from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2014) #3

May 16, 2014

While I enjoyed the previous volume of DeConnick's work with Carol Danvers, I've found myself even more enchanted by the work of this latest volume. "Captain Marvel" #3 is a nice encapsulation of why. DeConnick and Lopez are hitting all the right beats in this story and working very nicely to one another's strengths. Lopez's character and location designs are just alien enough to be fresh and new, but familiar enough to be comfortable. This feels like a space-borne Indiana Jones type of story as Danvers has clearly stepped much deeper into something when all she really wanted to do was make things better. Now stuck in between the residents of Torfa and the Galactic Alliance, Danvers' story is filled with the unexpected.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2014) #5

Jul 10, 2014

"Higher, Further, Faster, More" has been running for five issues now, with a sixth upcoming -- quite a hefty commitment for an opening arc. DeConnick and company have managed to keep the story moving through character interaction and slowly developing plot twists. "Captain Marvel" #5 could easily have been the chapter that dragged the story out one installment too far, but there's enough going on, despite the lack of actual battle, to slake readers' impatience as the creative team tees up what should be one doozy of a space fight.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain Marvel (2014) #8

Oct 13, 2014

As nice and fun as "Captain Marvel" #8 is, it just doesn't feel like a very substantial comic book. It is almost as though DeConnick and Takara didn't quite have enough story to fill two issues, but had more than enough for a single issue. The Flerken calamity is intense and exciting, leading to a satisfactory conclusion that adds depth to the universe and variety in the collection of characters filling these pages, but the last four pages meander. DeConnick adds details to the personalities of Captain Marvel and Tic, but it seems as though there could have been a little more. After the epic six-parter and this two-part Flerken adventure, Captain Marvel has found her space legs. It will be fun to see how well she dances with them now.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2014) #10

Dec 19, 2014

With each character twirling through the spotlight for a spell, "Captain Marvel" #10 seems to be a strange way to celebrate Carol Danvers, but as DeConnick tells readers through Kawasaki none of the problem-solving and bravery exhibited in this comic book would be possible without Danvers. Clocking in at thirty pages of new story, "Captain Marvel" #10 is a solid introduction to everything Captain Marvel. Hopefully part two of "A Christmas Carol" gives readers a bit more of Captain Marvel proper.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel (2014) #13

Mar 16, 2015

DeConnick and Ellis embed Danvers in a tricky situation, stacking the odds against her, but -- like another space captain in a series that has recently returned to Marvel -- the writers remind the readership that Danvers is more than just a superheroine. Using her ingenuity and determination, Danvers finds her way through, and DeConnick and Ellis round "Captain Marvel" #13 out into a magnificent read that just so happens to sneak in as new-reader friendly, giving the audience everything they need to meet Captain Marvel and to move forward with her adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel (2016) #6

Jul 1, 2016

This isn't the most gripping adventure Captain Marvel has ever endured, but it is a fine expository adventure for readers of all levels of familiarity with Danvers. Captain Marvel #6 is a concise, inviting first step. I can't wait to see this team start flying.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel And The Carol Corps #1

Jun 11, 2015

Note: In an attempt for full transparency, Kelly Thompson is a current writer for CBR's "Comics Should Be Good" blog and a former CBR reviewer.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel And The Carol Corps #3

Aug 28, 2015

Just as they point the story in an upward direction, DeConnick and Thompson deliver an eyebrow raiser of an ending with a final panel depicting the "that" of Carol's interrogative a few panels earlier. Next issue promises to be a doozy of a fight. "Captain Marvel and the Carol Corps" #3 is a transitional issue, shifting from setup to delivery as well as from planning to doing. The status quo changes from the start to the end of this issue and, judging by that final panel, the changes aren't done yet. This has been a fun extension of the Carol Danvers mythology and this issue ratchets things up a notch as DeConnick, Thompson, Lopez, Loughridge and Caramagna embed the series deeper into the "Secret Wars" saga.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Midnight #0

Jun 19, 2013

"Captain Midnight" #0 is a very solid start from Williamson and crew. The issue is rounded out with a sneak peek at issue #1, due out next month. All in all, "Captain Midnight" is a relatively fresh story with familiarity that makes the introductory story more palatable.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Captain Midnight #14

Aug 27, 2014

"Captain Midnight" #14 is unspectacular, but technically sound. Williamson and Garcia give readers plenty to digest, but stop short of making any of the characters dynamic or engaging. Tempus is propped up as a major league threat to Midnight and acts as such, but the rivalry just doesn't feel deep, and the impact of Tempus' actions lack scope. Some of this may be that the most important supporting characters in Captain Midnight's cast are geographically removed from the event site, but part of it comes (once again) from the lack of sparkle and flash. This is a decent comic geared towards dedicated fans of Captain Midnight, but there's very little here for those not already familiar.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Ultimate #1

Jul 18, 2013

"Captain Ultimate" is a nice all-ages-friendly read, with touches borrowed from "The Incredibles," "Superman," "Herobear and the Kid," and countless other classic comic books. Bailey and Esposito may not be forging completely new ground here, but they are adding more fun into comics, which the medium sorely needs. With this first adventure of Captain Ultimate complete, I'm looking forward to more, especially as the creative adds depth to the foundation they've placed here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Captain Victory and the Galactic Rangers #1

Aug 6, 2014

"Captain Victory and the Galactic Rangers" #1 is as much a tribute to Kirby as it is a journey to new spaces. It doesn't stop there, but seeks out the new, giving these characters an opportunity to be presented as a fresh franchise. Casey and crew showcase sharp reverence for the creator, confidence in the creation and ambition to move forward. This feels like a comic from my childhood, before previews and interviews and creator sneak peeks. I don't know what's going to happen in "Captain Victory and the Galactic Rangers" beyond what I've just read, but I'm all in. This is a comic book I could -- and probably will -- hand off to some of my lapsed reader friends. It's a solid, approachable start with a nice range of art and an action-packed thrill ride of a story that has just enough humanity to keep the science fiction aspects from becoming overwhelming.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Cars: The Rookie #1

Mar 29, 2009

Some of Pixar's other licenses will certainly read better on the printed page, but with the fan base out there for "Cars," I have little doubt that this title will race home with fans. While I didn't enjoy this book as much as I did "Incredibles," I'm far from disappointed in this line.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #0.1

Nov 1, 2013

Despite the setting and supporting cast gathered from the entirety of the Ultimate Universe, the story in "Cataclysm" #0.1 is personal and focused, pitching Galactus against Ultimate Vision in a battle for the fate of everything. I'm not the most dedicated reader of the Ultimate line, having been lured over to "Hunger" via the goings-on in "Age of Ultron" and the heavy hints dropped by Marvel editors and creator about the significance of Galactus' visit to the Ultimate Universe. Content with the conclusion of "Hunger," I was ready to let go of the Ultimate Universe once more, but the similarity between Ultimate Sam Wilson (as seen in the preview for this issue) and the Falcon briefly glimpsed in the "Captain America: The Winter Soldier" trailer was enough for me to peek through this issue. From there the artwork was enough to hook me into buying it. Fialkov's story is enough to keep me interested in the story ahead as it unfolds.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #1

Nov 11, 2013

"Cataclysm: The Ultimates' Last Stand" #1 is a solid enough read, providing comic fans with a fitting crossover between the Ultimate Universe and the 616 Marvel Universe. After the final page of the story, Marvel delivers some additional kindling for the speculation fire by placing a full-page ad in the inside back cover that inquires: "Is this the end of Marvel Comics?" Obviously, it isn't, but if it were to be the end, this is most definitely the opening chapter. Many a crossover has promised to alter the landscape of comic book universes forever, but "Cataclysm: The Ultimates' Last Stand" #1 actually sets that in motion.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #4

Jan 30, 2014

"Cataclysm: The Ultimates' Last Stand" #4 leaves a lot to be desired. This is the penultimate issue for the "Cataclysm" saga, but it simply feels like a benchwarmer. The cover is certain to catch the eyes of a few readers, but the story inside is just as sure to disappoint, as the emotional impact is simply missing. There's enough action and adventure to tease, but Bendis weighs the issue down with excessive exposition that could easily have been condensed. With one issue left in the saga, Bendis has set up a finale readers will not want to miss. I just hope that final issue doesn't suffer from trying to tie up too much that could have been more effectively chipped away in "Cataclysm: The Ultimates' Last Stand" #4.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Cataclysm: The Ultimates Last Stand #5

Feb 27, 2014

Like so much of the entire "Cataclysm" saga, "Cataclysm: The Ultimates' Last Stand" #5 has moments of glory and even some brilliant ideas, but the execution is found wanting. While it has been spoiled for a while now, it comes as no surprise that there is still an Ultimate Universe following this story. What happens in it, who has survived to guard it and what new threats arise remain to be seen. One thing is perfectly clear though: it won't be Galactus. I just hope the stories to be told there are more compelling than this series has been.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Cataclysm: Ultimate Spider-Man #1

Nov 14, 2013

As a matter of fact, Bendis' hypnotically conversational interactions and Marquez's gorgeous artwork are enough to overshadow the complete lack of "Cataclysm" in this comic book, save for the final spread. Despite not really being a part of "Cataclysm," this comic is truly enjoyable as an investigative, introductory romp through the Ultimate Marvel Universe. Spider-Woman, Bombshell, Spider-Man and Cloak and Dagger all feature prominently, which stems from them all having recently shared an adventure. Bendis is giving readers just enough to draw out emotional investments, with Galactus on the horizon and the future of this universe under suspicion. Once the heroes introduced to readers in "Cataclysm: Ultimate Spider-Man" #1 get involved in the action, this series is going to transform from a "nice to read" comic to a "must-read comic," so maybe it's good that this issue is a relatively quiet chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cataclysm: Ultimate Spider-Man #3

Jan 13, 2014

With news beginning to break of the future of the Ultimate Marvel Universe, the conclusion of "Cataclysm: Ultimate Spider-Man" #3 is rather anti-climatic. Apart from some rescuing and a confrontation with his dad, this series didn't really do much. Sure, it provided scope from an everyman's point of view regarding Galactus, but the impact of Galactus on this corner of the Ultimate Marvel Universe could have been handled in the span of a few pages. This story was extrapolated as a crossover without bearing the weight or reward of truly crossing over. Yes, it adds a little more background and depth to the "Cataclysm" saga, but the real reward is primarily for Spider-Man readers. This story is a "Cataclysm" detour, but an "Ultimate Spider-Man" treasure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cataclysm: Ultimate X-Men #1

Nov 29, 2013

This is a quick, but decisive read, as Fialkov continues to build on the adventure he started. With four "Cataclysm" books on the table now, the offerings from Fialkov carry more gravity and have done a more complete job snatching my interest. Galactus may not be popping characters into his mouth like dinner mints yet, but there is no doubt that Fialkov is treating the behemoth as every bit the threat Stan Lee and Jack Kirby dreamed him up to be. "Cataclysm: Ultimate X-Men" #1 is a wonderful offering in the growing event set to completely change the Ultimate Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cataclysm: Ultimates #1

Nov 21, 2013

The end result is a comic book that is a fun read and a thrill a minute. It's rather a shame that I'm just now catching notice of some of these characters as they charge towards oblivion, but Fialkov is making that charge exciting and infectious. Despite not being the biggest Ultimate Universe aficionado, I have been enjoying the "Cataclysm" event and am now hooked into the developments of "Cataclysm: Ultimates" as mayhem and destruction continue to erupt all across the Ultimate Comics Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Catwoman (2011) #20

May 20, 2013

I haven't been reading "Catwoman" since the first issue of this series in September of 2011. Admittedly, I may not be the most well informed reader of this series, but I do know incomplete storytelling when I see it. The coloring duo of Sonia Oback and Guy Major do a decent job of holding the visuals together around the similar styles the three pencilers deliver, but the visual panel-to-panel of "Catwoman" #20 leaves me tremendously disappointed. I expected mirthful mayhem and maybe some oddball fisticuffs between Catwoman and Penguin, but got none of that. If this is what I can expect from "Catwoman," I'm pretty sure I'll be taking another twenty-issue break from this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Catwoman (2011) #35

Oct 23, 2014

"Catwoman" #35 looks like a Vertigo book, which is appropriate with editor Mark Doyle on the helm, but an odd choice at this juncture in the series' run. With issues of "Batman Eternal" still to be published, it seems like a peculiar time to tie Selina Kyle's activities into that series so tightly. This issue is a dynamic departure from anything the series has delivered to this point, as "Catwoman" takes a backseat for now while Selina Kyle sets out to show Gotham how to do business. It makes for a fine jumping on point and adds another option to those seeking diversity from the Bat-family of titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2011) #41

Jun 12, 2015

Selina Kyle is at the heart of it all, as befits a titular character. "Catwoman" #41 gives readers a complete definition of Kyle's deeds, both as the head of the Calabreses and as Catwoman. Revelations in this comic cement her status, elevate the risk and offer plenty of opportunities for dynamic stories filled with physical and mental conflict. Catwoman isn't gaining many allies here; she's finding few answers and even fewer happy endings, which makes for plenty of great drama.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cave Carson Has A Cybernetic Eye #1

Oct 19, 2016

Scioli draws all of this (the Wonder Twins and Batgirl) with slow, exaggerated winks to newspaper strips and genericized comic art from that era. It's a wonderful addition to a very solid comic, and the two pieces combined really have me excited for more. Like now. Give me more. NOW. That said, is it too much to hope the next iteration of the Challengers of the Unknown comes from Young Animal?

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Champions (2016) #1

Oct 7, 2016

Champions #1 spins out of Civil War II (which has not ended yet) and gives the younger generation a wider spotlight as Nova, Ms. Marvel, Miles Morales Spider-Man, Amadeus Cho Hulk, and Viv Vision come together in a story written by Mark Waid and drawn by Humberto Ramos.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Champions (2016) #2

Nov 7, 2016

Writer Mark Waid and artist Humberto Ramos go camping with the new Champions team and they've invited readers along to join them. Champions #2 is a fun read that gives readers plenty to learn about the Champions team.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Champions (2016) #3

Dec 12, 2016

In Champions #3, writer Mark Waid and artist Humberto Ramos head into territory that might intimidate some readers, but certainly falls inline with the driving concept that Ms. Marvel founded this team around.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Champions (2016) #4

Jan 9, 2017

Champions #4 dumps the team into the Atlantic Ocean. From there, writer Mark Waid and artist Humberto Ramos have some fun, sharing that fun with the readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Champions (2016) #6

Mar 6, 2017

Champions #6 introduces the Freelancers, who are set up to be direct opposition for the Champions. Before that gets rolling, however, writer Mark Waid and artist Humberto Ramos take you out to play paintball.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Champions (2016) #7

Apr 9, 2017

The Freelancers are still causing problems for the Champions in the pages of Champions #7, written by Mark Waid and drawn by Humberto Ramos.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Champions (2016) #8

May 7, 2017

The Champions deal with the repercussions of their encounter with the Freelancers in Champions #8, written by Mark Waid and drawn by Humberto Ramos.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Champions (2016) #9

Jun 13, 2017

Champions #9 is another solid chapter in a very solid comic book series. The newer run of characters that form the charter of this team " Spider-Man, Ms. Marvel, Hulk, Cyclops, Nova, and Viv " bring their own fans, but Waid and Ramos give readers a treat featuring all six characters, regardless of the gateway character that brought readers in.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Champions (2016) #10

Jul 10, 2017

Writer Mark Waid and artist Humberto Ramos take readers to a "Secret Empire"-crafted Inhuman internment camp in Champions #10.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Champions (2016) #11

Aug 8, 2017

Writer Mark Waid and artist Humberto Ramos dip into the events of Secret Empire and send the Champions into the wasteland that was once Las Vegas. Champions #11 takes place coincidentally during Secret Empire #2, but does a fine job all by itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Champions (2016) #12

Sep 12, 2017

Writer Mark Waid and artist Humberto Ramos re-establish the world of the Champions in the post-Secret Empire world. Champions #12 is a done-in-one issue that gives readers a fun adventure alongside some fan favorite characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chaos War #1

Oct 8, 2010

This is a romp through the Marvel Universe that promises to change things. It promises to deliver an exciting story. It promises to break new ground as King Chaos pits god against god, forcing new alliances and treatises to be enacted. It promises a great deal, and based on the first issue, it looks like "Chaos War" will be delivering on a regular basis.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chaos War #2

Oct 22, 2010

"Chaos War" has been an interesting story to this point. Although dubbed the Chaos King, Mikaboshi is attacking with an order and a purpose that puts the "God Squad" up against significant danger and seemingly insurmountable odds just in time for a cliffhanger ending. November seems to be a big month filled with a great deal of "Chaos War" related offerings, but this issue is a brilliant primer for whatever comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Chaos War #4

Dec 19, 2010

"Incredible Hercules" was a fun title when it was around, and I have no doubt that this story would have been told there, save for the fact that it was able to grab a little more recognition by being a free-standing tale. This tale has been a fun ride, and I'm definitely anxious to see where the Lion of Olympus winds up from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chaos War #5

Jan 26, 2011

This book was big, loud, comic book fun. Sure, it may not have warranted all of the tie-ins, crossovers, and pop-outs it got, but at its core, it provided a wild adventure that changed the landscape of the Marvel Universe. It's over. It may eventually turn out to be a blip on comic book history, but the blip provided some very specific fanbases with some very specific memorable moments. Hercules is walking away from this series a changed man, and that seems to be just a sampling of the ramifications to come out of the "Chaos War."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Chaos War: Alpha Flight #1

Nov 24, 2010

This issue sets up a method to deliver Alpha Flight back into the Marvel Universe proper, complete with a purpose and full, fan-favorite roster. What spins out of the "Chaos War" remains to be seen, but I would love to see more of McCann, Brown, Pallot, and Staples on future adventures of Canada's favorite superhero team.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Chaos War: Dead Avengers #1

Nov 19, 2010

This is a supplemental tale to the main story and it feels like it. It is not diminished to a "Red Skies" type of tie-in, but it certainly seems more self-important than impactful to the grander tale. Knock "Chaos War" off of the cover and this story might very easily stand on its own merit. The foe introduced here plays nicely against the selected not-so-dead Avengers. Van Lente and Grummett have a fun concept here, but with the cast of characters assembled it is a very tightly focused, small target audience buying into the concept.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chaos War: Thor #1

Nov 12, 2010

Thor is a hot ticket on the new comics rack nowadays with Marvel pumping out what seems to be no fewer than two new Thor titles each week. This title, however, is a departure from the standard-issue Thor tale of late. This is a story about Thor, but not his origins, his allies, nor his time on Midgard before this. This is a story about what it means to be Thor and what Thor means for others.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chaos War: X-Men #1

Dec 29, 2010

I've seen my share of resurrected heroes, alternate X-Men realities, and retrofitted tales that happened between panel lines, but this story is a refreshing breath of air, a quaint surprise as these characters are released from their crypts to entertain us once more. Of all the "Chaos War" tie-ins, this one is by far the most enticing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Chaos War: X-Men #2

Jan 29, 2011

"Chaos War" closes around the Marvel Universe this week, with effects being felt in the main title and also in "Incredible Hulks." There are strands from the story left untucked in those books, and fans of the characters in this one could have reason for hope. The book, however, doesn't end ambiguously, save for the fact that the finales are presumed and Thunderbird's death is not precisely depicted. While other characters have been brought back, and other wrongs were deemed unnecessary to be righted following the conclusion of the "Chaos War" proper, it remains to be seen if John Proudstar is finally able to rest in peace. I, for one, would welcome more adventures of John (or Jimmy) Proudstar if this creative team could be locked in place to deliver them.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Charismagic #0

Feb 12, 2011

Hernandez's story has some promise to it, offering bits of "Star Wars," "Superman the Movie," and "Zatanna," but there isn't enough here to fully judge. The text pages, featuring illustrations by Emilio Lopez, appear to provide more definition to this whole new world than the comic pages do. I'd like to see those pages continue with this series, as the combination of comic and supplemental material gives this book a "mini-trade paperback" vibe that plays up nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Charismagic (2013) #1

May 6, 2013

As this "10 for 10" experiment continues, I'm getting a bountiful sample of the variety Aspen offers readers, but none of the issues have really hooked me enough to merit further investigation into the second issues where the price nearly quadruples. "Charismagic" #1 is clearly more viable to readers familiar with the previous story, but does a decent enough job offering a nice character-defining opening chapter for new readers. It's just not an overly compelling opening chapter at this point.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #8

Jan 27, 2010

The combination of Layman's writing and Guillory's art, along with the unapologetic story, unspoken jokes (seriously, how do they not degrade to middle school humor with the "King of Cocks" being dragged through these pages?) and over-staged drama make this a title I am seriously considering adding. Not only that, but I'm thinking the first seven issues might make a fine meal after this appetizer set me up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #16

Dec 21, 2010

When the new year rolls in in just a matter of days, folks everywhere are going to pledge to change to exercise, give up vices, and change their diets. If they need motivation, odds are they can find some within the pages of this book. It's not the most pedestrian comic on the stands today, but it is one of the most memorable and different books. This issue in particular is an interesting slice of "Chew" for readers to latch onto.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #17

Mar 2, 2011

After finishing this issue, I realized that in addition to the humor and the art, "Chew" has impressed me with its knack to stay ingrained in my head due in no small part to its unique stance on the comic racks. Truly, it's more of an aftertaste than an actual flavor.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chew #27

May 11, 2011

Make no mistake; this issue is a big-time Toni issue, focusing on Tony's sister as Tony serves more as a bookend or framing sequence in this issue. Despite jumping into the middle of an event, the issue holds together well, offering up action, humor, and fun. "Chew" continues to find new ways to impress me, and the fact that we've got chogs in this issue only adds to my amusement.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Chew: Warrior Chicken Poyo #1

Jul 30, 2014

Completely irreverent, unapologetic and enjoyable for the romp that it is, "Chew: Warrior Chicken Poyo" #1 is to comics what "Family Guy" is to animated television. Everything a reader needs to enjoy the series is contained in one easily accessible issue. Readers need nothing more coming into this comic book than an open mind, a slightly off-kilter sense of humor and an appreciation for the really, really absurd. If readers bring that with them to "Chew: Warrior Chicken Poyo" #1, Layman and Guillory meet right in the middle, fulfilling hopes and expectations completely. Layman and Guillory tease readers with the possibility for more Poyo adventures, and if this is any indication of what we could expect, anything short of more would be a disappointment. Do yourself and your funny bone a favor and grab some chicken this week -- "Chew: Warrior Chicken Poyo" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Chin Music #1

May 9, 2013

"Chin Music" #1 grabbed my attention when I first heard of the creative team. This is, after all, Tony Harris of "Starman" and "Ex Machina" fame providing the artwork. Proven creepy writer Steve Niles is writing it, so the book is a solid hit, at least on paper. Once the book actually hits paper, it proves to be entertaining and engaging. "Chin Music" #1 has solid story to it, filled with mobsters and mysticism. The payoff for this comic is much more than I anticipated early in my reading of it. Truly, this is the stuff comics should be made of.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Chrononauts #1

Feb 11, 2015

Millar, Murphy and Hollingsworth collaborate nicely on "Chrononauts" #1, blurring the edges of their jobs and making this comic a gorgeous-looking, fast-paced and fun team effort. Admittedly, "Chrononauts" #1 didn't have me circling the calendar waiting for its release but, after reading this issue, I'll be back for the continuing adventures of Quinn and Reilly.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Chronos Commandos #1

Jul 10, 2013

Do yourself a favor this week and give this book a shot. You'll enjoy it a whole lot more than that other similarly priced book bought out of habit. Stuart Jennett put a lot of pride and craftsmanship into "Chronos Commandos: Dawn Patrol" #1 and it shows. Clearly Jennett had fun along the way despite the bullets and blood. Readers will too.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Civil War II #0

May 21, 2016

An extra chapter for Civil War II proves to be a bit overpriced and under-produced as writer Brian Michael Bendis and artist Olivier Coipel focus on a trio of characters, and for the purposes of this site, none of which has spider-powers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Civil War II #1

Jun 3, 2016

Civil War II #1 really gets things going, weaving in the pieces from the Free Comic Book Day and the #0 issue as writer Brian Michael Bendis and artist Dave Marquez embed readers on the front lines of the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Civil War II #2

Jun 17, 2016

Civil War II #2 is a visual spectacle that really wants to be more. Brian Michael Bendis uses twenty-two pages to move characters towards the edge, while David Marquez uses the same amount of space to draw magnificent pictures.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Civil War II #3

Jul 14, 2016

David Marquez draws a lot of great looking panels in Civil War II #3, including the needless death of a Marvel icon as written by Brian Michael Bendis.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Civil War II #4

Jul 31, 2016

Iron Man and Captain Marvel continue to talk at one another, in this story written by Brian Michael Bendis, which paces out another issue with more jawwing than super-powered action in Civil War II #4. At least David Marquez makes everything look good.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Civil War II #5

Sep 22, 2016

Writer Brian Michael Bendis, artist David Marquez, colorist Justin Ponsor, and letterer Clayton Cowles push the Marvel Universe over the tipping point in Civil War II #5 as the two sides rush into conflict atop the Triskelion.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Civil War II #6

Oct 28, 2016

In Civil War II #6, writer Brian Michael Bendis, artist David Marquez, colorist Justin Ponsor, and letterer Clayton Cowles follow up on the vision the Inhuman Ulysses projected last issue. The results are a lot of angst, some disappointment, and lots of great, emotional artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Civil War II #7

Nov 29, 2016

Writer Brian Michael Bendis and artists David Marquez, Justin Ponsor, Andrea Sorrentino, Marcelo Maiolo, and Clayton Cowles put Miles Morales on the steps of Capitol Hill in this series' penultimate issue. Unfortunately, Civil War II #7 doesn't quite pay dividends.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Civil War II #8

Jan 2, 2017

Brian Michael Bendis finishes his story, but artist David Marquez is the real champ, turning in work that needs to be seen and enjoyed. Civil War II #8 gives readers a chance to evaluate what event books are supposed to be and why we pay money for them.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Civil War II (FCBD 2016) #1

May 9, 2016

Thanos attacks Project P.E.G.A.S.U.S. and the all-new Wasp wings her way towards the Avengers adventures in Free Comic Book Day: Civil War II as Marvel packs a lot of marquee creators and almost-high-profile characters into this Free Comic Book Day offering.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Civil War II: Kingpin #1

Jul 7, 2016

Fisk's attitude overreaches his station, but rather than come across as confidence, it reads like arrogance. There's no humility in this version of Wilson Fisk. That lack of humility keeps him from being a relatable character and keeps Civil War II: Kingpin #1 from being an immersive read. This is the type of comic fans read to hope to see bad things happening to bad people. It's not particularly eventful, nor is it particularly memorable, but it does point readers in a direction that has potential. I just hope Wilson Fisk lives up to that potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Clockwork Angels #1

Mar 24, 2014

While this is a BOOM! Studios project, it exhibits some sensibilities and attitude I tend to associate with its Archaia imprint, perhaps illuminating the osmosis present in the merger between publishers. You don't have to be a Rush fan to appreciate the gorgeous artwork and the engaging story present in "Clockwork Angels" #1, but it certainly brings a little more sizzle for readers whose imagination has a place for the worlds constructed through the music of Neil Peart and his bandmates, Geddy Lee and Alex Lifeson.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Comeback #1

Nov 21, 2012

"Comeback" #1 is a nice variation to have available. As both of the big two publishers try to add new luster to their franchises with a fresh coat of paint, creative team swap-outs or flatout reboots, creators at Image continue to flip ideas over, looking for new spins on older concepts or newer concepts that instantly feel comfortably compelling. Add this one to the win column for Image Comics who have been tallying up great new concepts rather frequently. Not dissimilar to "Revival" or "Mind the Gap" in the sense that it quickly becomes clear that this first issue barely scratches the top of the longer narrative, "Comeback" #1 is filled with just enough teases and hooks to draw me back for future issues. Like those other series, the best time to start is right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Constantine (2013) #2

Apr 10, 2013

This isn't the Vertigo version of the character, but this is a decidedly darker book than "Justice League Dark," despite the two books featuring the same characters rooting through the same corners. This is Vertigo's sensibilities and darkness in the grander, brighter DC Universe sandbox. Lemire's work on "Justice League Dark" encouraged me to check this book out, but "Constantine" #2 has sold me on the series going forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Constantine (2013) #15

Jun 13, 2014

"Constantine" #15 is a concise, well-executed example of what modern mystical/horror comic books can be with the right creators in place. There is no doubt Fawkes and ACO are right for Constantine and their presence here elevates this title's readability tremendously. Constantine is on his own here, but that doesn't mean he is alone as the creators continue to add depth to the cast that already includes Sargon, Tannarak and Mister E. Now is as god a time as any for readers to check in and jump on John Constantine's bandwagon, especially when the stories are this enjoyably riveting.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Constantine (2013): Futures End #1

Sep 12, 2014

Totally disconnected from Constantine's appearance in the regular "Futures End" series, "Constantine: Futures End" #1 is more like an extra-special, continuity-lite (or heavy, depending on how much of this comes to pass) issue of "Constantine." This comic book serves as a nice interlude from current goings-on in John Constantine's own title, but also gives readers a chance to see the helmet of Fate and the wit of Constantine matched against one another in a compact, entertaining setting.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Contest Of Champions #1

Oct 8, 2015

"Contest of Champions" #1 has little to do with the handheld video game or the original miniseries. There is a text page in the back of the issue where Bill Rosemann spells out the connections and teases upcoming synchronous events, but the story itself just seems like a random collection of oddball Marvel characters. The mystery of the "Secret Wars" conclusion inevitably keeps this issue from being more impactful, but Ewing, Medina and company give readers enough material here to be judged independently. This isn't the worst debut, but it needs to put some hustle into the next issue to hold readers' attention and provide them with legitimate rationale to pick this title up issue after issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Convergence #3

Apr 24, 2015

Midway through "Convergence" #3, I found myself comparing the plot of this to the "Super Powers" miniseries from the 1980s. Why else would Telos, with the powers of a god, be reduced to laying hands on characters? Four issues into the adventure, not a whole lot has happened outside of the deaths in this issue. Shock deaths are not something I buy comics for, and events need to have some emotional draw. Right now, the prime "Convergence" title doesn't offer the emotional investment to make the shock deaths anything more than a bloody gimmick.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Convergence #7

May 21, 2015

Overall, "Convergence" #7 is one of the more impressive issues of the series, from art to cast to cliffhanger. It's just a shame this is the penultimate issue in the series. Surely, no one would have minded reading the action in "Convergence" #7 had it filled the pages of "Convergence" #2. King and Lobdell have found a way to inject some excitement but, with only one issue left, I'm holding out hope the writers can find the trigger to expand the scope and also find a way to bring this whole series to a satisfying conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Convergence: Aquaman #2

May 18, 2015

"Convergence: Aquaman" #2 delivers a fight to the finish and an interesting path to victory for the winner. Bedard and Richards give readers a solid story, but it needs a little more oomph. That path to victory will probably be much more memorable than the actual fight between the characters, the outcome of the battle or, perhaps, even the "Convergence" event itself. "Convergence: Aquaman" #2 is decent, but it falls short of ascending beyond that.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Convergence: Blue Beetle #1

May 4, 2015

"Convergence: Blue Beetle" #1 had a chance to be a remarkably fun throwback issue that celebrated the Charlton heroes in a more pure form, relative to their eventual addition to the DC Universe. Unfortunately, this issue completely misses the mark. Blue Beetle, Captain Atom and Question are all gathered together by the end of the issue, offering a touch more hope for the second issue, but it would need a solid infusion of collaboration to put this issue's woes behind.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Convergence: Booster Gold #2

Jun 1, 2015

The impact of this issue on the larger "Convergence" tale seems to be less dynamic than the implied impact of Booster Gold's destiny on the DC Universe at large, at least as Waverider puts it in front of Booster Gold. That impact is lessened, or delayed, as Booster Gold does not appear to have an impactful role in the post-"Convergence" DC Universe. At least, not yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Convergence: Harley Quinn #1

Apr 13, 2015

"Convergence: Harley Quinn" #1 gives readers a nice peek back into the madcap, potentially homicidal adventures of Harley prior to the 2011 "Flashpoint" event. It takes some artistic leaps from there, setting up the world around the character with a little more depth than some of the other "Convergence" tales, but it just doesn't pack enough zaniness in between the covers to make this a particularly memorable read. Pugh does a nice job of following format without falling into prescriptive writing, but his characters just need a little extra boost.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Hawkman #1

Apr 24, 2015

"Convergence: Hawkman" #1 gains strength from the way Parker holds off on tying things to the event until the last page of the issue. Sure, the dome is there, but Parker focuses on the dome being a mystery the Hawks have been trying to crack, a threat from foes they may have finally identified. This affords Parker, Truman, Alcatena, Kalisz and Sharpe the luxury of almost the entire issue to set the stage and define the players, focusing instead on adventure and character rather than on event and tie-in. I have no idea what condition Hawkman and Hawkwoman will be in following "Convergence," but Parker, Truman and team make a fine exhibition of what could be and appear to have fun doing it.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Convergence: Justice League International #1

Apr 20, 2015

"Convergence: Justice League International" #1 is a fine enough introduction to the concepts of "Convergence" and the Justice League International team but, in a sea of "Convergence" tie-ins, there isn't a strong enough hook to elevate this book above its peers. Marz and Manley deliver a solid character story with some adventurous bits of heroism and, given a little more room, might be able to serve up a transformative journey for Ted Kord. However, their assignment in "Convergence" simply doesn't allow the latitude to enrich the characters beyond motivation and conflict.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Justice League Of America #2

May 25, 2015

Everything comes together in "Convergence: Justice League of America" #2, adding to a visually stunning issue. The outcome is a happy ending of sorts, but the impact of the battle upon the combatants is murky at best, especially with "Convergence" winding down soon. This issue serves as a nice sample from Nicieza, ChrisCross, Cortez and Leigh, proving that the Justice League Detroit has story potential and characters worth investigating more extensively. By the final page, I find myself wanting a Justice League Detroit miniseries from this creative team. After all, it's nice to see optimism flavor heroics once again.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Convergence: New Teen Titans #2

May 25, 2015

The "Convergence" event offers readers and creators the opportunity to revisit beloved properties, characters and teams. Such is definitely the case for "Convergence: New Teen Titans" #2. Wolfman and Scott even check the box by declaring a victor in the battle, though they leave readers hanging as far as paying out the victor's reward. Wolfman fills the issue out with relationship subplots before reaching the conclusion but, along the way, this feels like a classic Wolfman-era tale. It's not going to be as memorable as "The Judas Contract" or the classic New Teen Titans' earlier adventures, but it meets the requirements of the event nicely, giving readers an enjoyable adventure along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Convergence: Nightwing / Oracle #2

May 11, 2015

"Convergence: Nightwing/Oracle" #2 has fun with the concepts instituted by the "Convergence" event but doesn't tie itself too tightly to the requirements of the crossover. Simone and Duursema focus on the characters and amplify their appeal through that singular focus, making a strong case for more action from the pairings in this comic book. The end of the issue leaves the story more open than I expected to find in a "fight to the finish" battle, but this is comics and these comics do feature beloved characters. What happens to the couples in this comic truly remains to be seen but, for now, Simone, Duursema, Parsons, Dzioba and Mangual give readers plenty to enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Shazam #1

May 4, 2015

"Convergence: Shazam!" #1 is another gem in the "Convergence" event. These tie-in issues have been a mixed bag but, so long as that bag continues to allow readers to find wonderfully enjoyable tales like this, I don't mind some of the other, less memorable tales. For now, readers have a fun, rich, two-issue set filled with fantastic work from Parker, Shaner, Bellaire and Timofonte. If nothing else comes of "Convergence," at least readers received this fun adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Speed Force #1

Apr 13, 2015

"Convergence: Speed Force" #1 is the most complete single issue of this event so far, using the twenty pages provided to explain the predicament, introduce the character, tie in the other pieces and set up the conflict. As a bonus, Bedard, Grummett, Parsons, Beredo and Sharpe check in on the Justice Riders, Follywood, Califurnia, Bizarroworld and a number of other franchises, using Wally's powers to provide a quick glimpse of the potential couched in this event. This issue does readers a magnificent service by bringing Wally West back to comic book shelves. Adding in Fastback is an inspired choice, teaming up two of the more optimistic, brighter lights of DC Comics' history as they face the forces of "Flashpoint" Wonder Woman. Bedard makes it easy to choose sides in this battle and gives readers a fun story to look forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Superboy #1

Apr 20, 2015

I had forgotten just how much I enjoyed reading the adventures of Kon-El from Kesel and Grummett. Nicieza, Moline, Marzan, Hi-Fi and Lanham bring it all flooding back and offer a story that has gravitas and spirit. Readers are given a chance to learn about Superboy and his predicament, both pre- and post-dome, and are invited to invest themselves in his story. Adding cache to that invitation, the "Convergence" matchup brings the setup of a story that isn't far-fetched, especially for the Kesel/Grummett era. "Convergence: Superboy" #1 is one of the most enjoyable, fun and intriguing offerings that have spun out of the "Convergence" event and, at the very least, Nicieza and crew have rekindled my interest in reading (or re-reading) the adventures of Kon-El.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Convergence: Supergirl - Matrix #2

May 18, 2015

While I appreciate the lighter tone Giffen brings to this event tie-in, "Convergence: Supergirl: Matrix" should (or could) be a little more about Supergirl. As an Ambush Bug adventure, this is a wonderful, fun-filled and wacky adventure that doesn't take itself (or the grander-scale event) even remotely seriously. Add to that the sneak peek of a "Bat-Mite" story and Giffen, Green and crew offer readers hope that there might be opportunity for more lighthearted adventures in DC's post-"Convergence" future. If so, this creative team would be a top-notch choice for the irreverent romp that Ambush Bug demands -- maybe then the Matrix Supergirl can steal the spotlight from the Bug to return to the favor.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Convergence: Swamp Thing #1

Apr 27, 2015

Throughout "Convergence: Swamp Thing" #1, Wein keeps Abigail Arcane close by Swamp Thing's side and even propels her into the spotlight. Jones draws Abigail as beautiful as Swamp Thing is massive and terrifying, providing a nice visual contrast to the unlikely fan-favorite couple. Coupled with a marvelously dense backstory, the end result is one of the best issues of the "Convergence" event and, certainly, an adventure worth seeking out for fans of Swamp Thing, Len Wein or Kelley Jones.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Convergence: The Atom #1

Apr 13, 2015

"Convergence: The Atom" #1 is hardly a deathmatch issue, nor does it particularly sell Ray Palmer or the Atom very well. Fans of Palmer, Choi or the Atom concept aren't going to find the next great epic of the Mighty Mite here. With DC pumping out so much product in the next two months around "Convergence," there are bound to be some gems, stinkers and completely forgettable tales. Nothing in "Convergence: The Atom" #1 is exceptionally memorable, and the final page introduces the most interesting concept. Hopefully, part two brings something more interesting along.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Convergence: Titans #1

Apr 13, 2015

"Convergence: Titans" #1 is a decent offering in this event, pitting a trio of Titans against the Extremists of "Justice League International" fame with Gotham City serving as a backdrop. Nicieza keeps the story from being a by-the-numbers showdown and leaves readers with a cliffhanger that has no clear, pre-assured outcome. Arsenal, prior to "Blackest Night" and "Brightest Day," may have soured fans of the Titans lore, but Nicieza does a nice job returning some of the emotional ambiance comic book fans have always enjoyed in their Titans comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Copperhead #3

Nov 14, 2014

"Copperhead" #3 adds another enjoyable adventure to the pile of fun, exciting and entertaining reads from Image Comics in 2014. Faerber and Godlewski are quietly building a world around a mystery on a frontier. They've dressed it up to look like an alien adventure, but "Copperhead" is really a journey of discovery -- of a new land, of strange people, mysterious threats and the motivation of a protagonist. "Copperhead" #3 nudges the main story and the development of the setting forward, giving readers just a little bit more to latch on to in the process.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Creature Cops: Special Varmint Unit #1

Feb 2, 2015

A handy roll call introduces readers to the cast of "Creature Cops: Special Varmint Unit" #1 and the action gets rolling right out of the gate. Some of the bit character moments are intriguing seedlings for stories to grow off of as this series progresses, but the true draw is the bizarre creatures the team encounters. Some of the critters glimpsed here offer promise and excitement, but need a little more room to stretch out. "Creature Cops: Special Varmint Unit" #1 sets the story up and proves that Anderson and Melek have some fun ideas in store; they just need to decide if this is going to be an over-the-top adventure or a procedural with interesting window dressing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Creepy Comics #1

Jul 14, 2009

All in all, this is quite an eclectic mix of stories. Undoubtedly aimed at a readership in their 20s-40s, this title should do well with that group. It is a solid offering from Dark Horse and a good way for them to jumpstart their horror titles once more. Given the quarterly nature of the expected publishing schedule for "Creepy Comics," the next issue should be out shortly before Halloween. Trick or treat and "Creepy" too.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Criminal Macabre: The Eyes Of Frankenstein #1

Sep 25, 2013

A war between vampires and ghouls, a concept as old as the Hatfields and the McCoys, and done to death across various media becomes slightly different and much more interesting through a humorous lens. Instead of being dark and foreboding, "Criminal Macabre: The Eyes of Frankenstein" #1 is vibrant and entertaining, like the "Beyond Belief" segment of "Thrilling Adventure Hour." Unlike "Thrilling Adventure Hour," however, this series features a little more blue language, which humanizes the protagonist all the more despite his ghoulish claims. After finishing this issue, I wish I could have all four parts of this story for a light-hearted read while waiting to hand out candy to this year's trick-or-treaters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Cursed Pirate Girl #2

Sep 15, 2009

This title is a little more complex than standard "all ages" reads and would be better received by more experienced readers who may have recently discovered Lewis Carroll's works about the adventures of young Alice. The action and adventure is on par with "Pirates of the Caribbean," but on a more personal scale. Bastian has provided a timeless tale that will surely be beloved by those who read it. While this issue may seem pricey, it is unburdened by advertisements and clocks in at thirty-five pages of story with enough artistic detail for seventy-two pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Cyber Force (2012) #1

Oct 17, 2012

Parts of "Cyber Force" #1 reminded me of "Robocop," from the cybernetically enhanced people to the corporate leadership around the renovation of a decrepit city. Other parts weren't quite so tuned in to a story I may or may have not read before. Those parts are largely contained in the last few pages of this issue. Those pages don't do anything to make the characters any more interesting, but the plot twists and significant story beats are put down in that segment of the comic, giving readers something to look forward to. Lucky for them, the next issue is also part of the Kickstarter campaign and offered at no cost.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Cyblade #1

Oct 21, 2008

While there is a great deal of potential in Top Cow's "Pilot Season" program, I feel like I haven't seen the potential truly realized yet. There must be a reason that "Cyblade" won the chance at being a title, I just hope that reason shines through very soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Cyborg #1

Jul 23, 2015

Walker, Reis, Prado, Lucas and Leigh gel nicely from the first panel of "Cyborg" #1. They don't use the crutches of the Titans or the Justice League, instead looking at Cyborg from the circuit boards up. While most of the tech-babble is kept high-level and nebulous, Walker and Reis set things up for an eventual "Secret Files"-type peek into the records Thomas Morrow and Silas Stone are compiling. In the meantime, the threat of the Technosapiens is introduced and readers are given plenty to look forward to. It's been a long time coming, but "Cyborg" #1 is a brilliant debut for an ongoing series that fulfills fan expectations.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Cyborg #3

Oct 12, 2015

"Cyborg" #3 is an unfortunate combination of poor scheduling and inconsistent artwork, which makes the issue seem rushed and lackluster. Walker, Reis and company put a lot of concepts and character work into this issue, but the incomplete settings and busyness of the issue fail to describe the gravity of the situation in a memorable manner. Hopefully, the creative team will use this issue to get back on track and the next chapter of the Technosapiens storyline will have a bit more polish.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Cyborg: Rebirth #1

Sep 7, 2016

While Cyborg: Rebirth is not going to turn the world of comics (or, for that matter the DC Universe) upside-down, it does exactly what it's supposed to do: refreshes the reader on the titular character while establishing the cast and setting. And it does that in particularly magnificent fashion.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cyclops (2014) #3

Jul 31, 2014

"Cyclops" #3 is an emotionally charged issue that works into the relationship between Corsair and Cyclops to great effect. Dauterman and Sotomayor bring their very best, helping visually elevate this comic book from others on the rack. Combining with the imagination of Rucka as he analyzes a father-son bond, the creative team has found a way to make Cyclops -- and younger Cyclops nonetheless -- a character I look forward to reading about every month. Regardless of readers' familiarity or interest in Cyclops or Corsair, this comic book is emotionally charged and easy to relate to, proving that any character can be an interesting character is handled the right way. And drawn by the right artist.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Cyclops (2014) #6

Oct 24, 2014

The opening is explained within the context of the story, giving Layman a chance to go full circle in the span of the issue, making "Cyclops" #6 feel more robust than the storybeats would be if they were simply stacked one on top of the other. The writer plays upon the loneliness Scott Summers is feeling, despite being with his father and his father's crew. That leads to oafish teenager mistakes, making Cyclops less of a heroic figure and more of a sympathetic every kid. The plot Layman uses to anchor this tale has swift repercussions, but the story itself gets wobbly under its own exposition. The end result is that "Cyclops" #6 is a mundane issue that leads to new paths for Cyclops, Corsair and the Starjammers, but the story itself needs more electricity. Now that Layman has introduced himself and the readers to the crew of the Starjammer, maybe he can fire up some action and make this swashbuckling crew's adventures worth reading and re-reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Damsels #1

Sep 10, 2012

The story has potential, weaving these legends together, but I haven't seen enough from one issue to convince that that potential will quickly or solidly be realized. I'm not currently reading "Fairest," therefore I can not make a comparison, but taken on its own merit, this book seems entertaining enough and worth a peek into the second issue. It's not completely dismissible, but it is also not quite memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dancer #1

May 18, 2012

Just as "Dancer" seems to be cast as a simple suspense story, with a former assassin trying to outrun his past, Edmondson throws in a sharp turn and changes the pitch, complexion, and plot of this story. It's that sharp turn that really sells this book to me. I didn't see it coming, but I'm glad it did. Now this story is something altogether different than what I thought I was getting in a book titled "Dancer." Turns out this just might not have as much to do with dancing as I was expecting, but it does have my attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Danger Club #1

Apr 5, 2012

"Danger Club" is certain to be heralded as a quirky blend of "Watchmen," "Young Justice," "Terror Titans" (yeah, "Terror Titans") and so many other comic stories. Unlike a simple blend or swipe of any of those other concepts, "Danger Club" just feels fresh and exciting. This series seems to be a collection of preconceived notions and traditional comic plots all mixed together for the sole purpose of being broken down and discarded in favor of something new, fun, and exciting. Given the recent track record of new Image titles, you really should give this a look-see. This just might be the book that scratches your comics itch.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (1998) #107

May 30, 2008

"Daredevil" #107 was a fine reintroduction to the character for me, but the same might not hold true for everyone picking this up. If you don't have at least a passing knowledge of the character and his supporting cast, then you could find yourself a little lost. If you don't mind getting a little lost once in awhile, this book offers you a decent chance to explore. This story starts a new adventure for Matt Murdock, his friends and his readers. I'll definitely be back for part two.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (1998) #116

Mar 5, 2009

This issue smacks of the type of story that should have been bound by staples under DC's "Faces of Evil" non-event. While I would be hesitant to read a "Kingpin" series, Brubaker and Aja were able to make me want to re-read this book and to share it with some friends who might have lapsed from comics. Just like Wilson Fisk, as compelling as this issue is, I'm sure some of my friends will be drawn right back in.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (1998) #117

Mar 27, 2009

This is the book I never knew I really, really wanted to read. Daredevil is a reader's character, enabling the reader to step into his boots. Many readers, myself included, can find relativity through Dakota North's words, "Y'know for a smart guy, Matt. . . you can do some truly idiotic things." Can't we all? One of the most idiotic things you could do would be to ignore such a classic story in the making as is taking shape in "Daredevil". This story is just ramping up, and it's not too late to get in and buckle up for what looks like one hell of a ride.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (1998) #118

Apr 20, 2009

This book continues to impress the living heck out of me. Brubaker has taken this comic fan and given me an appreciation of Matt Murdock and company beyond my expectations. This story is going to be one of the classics from the latter half of this decade. Brubaker has taken the villains and made them characters to revel in and be repelled by. His hero is human and his hero's friends are as doubtful as your own. This story is nowhere near complete yet, but it has been well worth the price of admission so far.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2011) #1

Jul 20, 2011

Finally, yes, you read that right: five stars. I reserve those for the books I want to share and will most likely buy again to replace the copy I just gave away. There's a thirteen-year-old "Daredevil" (or is it Mark Waid?) fan in my house now. Time for me to get a new copy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2011) #10

Apr 5, 2012

All in all, this issue serves two purposes: it sets up the next storyline and it provides insight into the character's current predicament. Those two storylines are intertwined and set to explode in a crossover with "Avenging Spider-Man" and "Punisher." This issue is simply the set up for the bigger bang to come. "Daredevil" #10 left the story set up for the crossover, but this issue adds a "between the raindrops"/deleted scene to the continuing story. It's not a necessary installment, but it does at least provide some more insight and an entertaining story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2011) #12

May 4, 2012

That change-up turns out to be good enough for a base hit, maybe a double. This issue doesn't knock it out of the park, but it does get the attention of readers long enough to remind them just how great a writer Waid is, especially when building characters up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2011) #15

Jul 19, 2012

The end of this issue is an uncomfortable a conclusion as any Mark Waid crafts for this series. It's uncomfortable for Daredevil and unsettling for the readers. It tries to present a positive outlook, but there is no definition or measure for the victory at hand. In short, this is as dark and as close to the gloomy "Daredevil" that preceded Waid as the comic has dared to stray.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2011) #18

Sep 21, 2012

With Mark Waid writing, "Daredevil" is a comic book that consistently delivers. The awards and recognition the title has garnered certainly adds some credence to that claim, but look no farther than this issue to find a stellar example of how Waid balances superheroics, personal character development, action and humor. As everything seems to be crumbling around him, Daredevil doesn't give up. The supporting cast don't become automatons or disappear completely. Every setting, every person weaves into the fabric of this story. "Daredevil" #18 offers a great spot for new readers, lapsed readers and fans of the Man Without Fear to embrace the optimistic uneasiness that makes Matt Murdock such an appealing character, especially as written by Mark Waid and drawn by Chris Samnee.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2011) #20

Nov 23, 2012

"Daredevil" #20 is everything readers have come to expect from Mark Waid and Matt Murdock. Despite the bleak (and somewhat ridiculous) circumstances facing Daredevil, both Waid and Samnee are able to present a story that brims with hope and excitement. Truly that is a testament to the energy the creators bring to this title and the enthusiasm they have for Daredevil. Waid has masterfully reconstructed and rearranged Daredevil's entire world throughout the course of this series. In "Daredevil" #20, the writer and his aptly matched artist continue to build the world and contribute more depth and energy to Daredevil's collection of foes. I'm not a fan of Marvel's epidemic of double-shipping, but in this case, I do wish "Daredevil" #21 was a little closer to hitting the shelves.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2011) #23

Feb 22, 2013

This is an issue of "Daredevil" about Matt Murdock and his best friend, Foggy Nelson, who is having the worst day of his life. Emotional beats like those that Waid lays down in "Daredevil" #23 run the risk of becoming less impactful if abused, but when done right, the reader cannot help but feel as though what they've just read happened to a pair of close personal friends. Bravo, Mark Waid, Chris Samnee, Javier Rodriguez, Joe Caramagna, Ellie Pyle and Steve Wacker: this is a great comic book issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2011) #30

Aug 23, 2013

With an almost inaudible utterance, courtesy of the masterful lettering of Joe Caramagna, Ru'Ach disrupts Daredevil's life just as the Surfer is about to permanently remove the Achian from Earth. It's yet another classic comic book move from classic comic book writer Mark Waid, who rounds out his "How-To" lesson with scenes of Daredevil riding the Surfer's board and Kirsten McDuffie trying to do the right thing. Samnee sees Waid's script, raises him eye-pleasing, animated artwork and "Daredevil" #30 offers up yet another example of what great comics should look like. There are no crossovers, no event tie-ins, just good creators creating great comics. If only this were weekly.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2011) #34

Dec 20, 2013

There is only a pair of issues remaining in this run of "Daredevil" and to this point; every single issue of this comic is enjoyable. Although there is plenty of reason for Daredevil to worry and despair, Waid always empowers the character to pull himself out of his own doldrums, giving readers a fun adventure along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2014) #3

May 23, 2014

"Daredevil" #3 is just another example of what Mark Waid and Chris Samnee bring to the character and the Marvel Universe. This isn't twenty pages of Daredevil punching people in the face, nor is it the soap opera drama of Matt Murdock slowly rebuilding his life from the shambled ruins of his greatest defeat. This is Daredevil as he should be: a fun-loving character who readers cheer for, no matter how prominently the odds are stacked against him. This continues to be one of Marvel's best reads, and this issue does a surprisingly good job of being open enough for new readers to join in on the fun, despite being three issues deep.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2014) #5

Jul 11, 2014

There has been no shortage of praise for Waid and Samnee's "Daredevil." If you've turned a deaf ear or blind eye to the critical acclaim, "Daredevil" #5 presents the perfect spot to join in and absorb four modern masters at the peak of their craft in a story fit for all ages and all levels of comfort. In "Daredevil" #5, Waid, Samnee, Rodriguez and Caramagna provide aspiring comic creators with a "How To" book filled with action and character.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2014) #12

Jan 16, 2015

Waid has shown readers what he can do with Daredevil and Matt Murdock. He's proven time and again that he can reinvent characters or provide a new perspective on matchups and pairings, but he continues to impress. "Daredevil" #12 contains a bit of a twist, a slightly surprising conclusion and a validation of the Stunt-Master name, proving that a good writer can make any character interesting. The most critical piece to Waid's writing Daredevil is that he never forgets to include the "man" in "The Man Without Fear." Matt Murdock may not be an everyman in the purest sense of the term, but everything he does makes sense and feels right the way Waid writes him.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2014) #15.1

May 21, 2015

"Daredevil" #15.1 is yet another fine addition to the near-perfect work Waid, Samnee, Wilson and Caramagna continue to give readers, chronicling the adventures of Matt Murdock and friends. Slightly larger than a normal issue but not large enough to be a special or an annual, "Daredevil" #15.1 is a fun offering for fans that delivers a nice sampler of ol' Hornhead's history and adventures, which is only as connected to continuity as readers want it to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil: End of Days #1

Sep 11, 2012

Once upon a time, this book would have been one of the wonderfully oversized softcover graphic novels Marvel pumped out in the 1980s. What it is, however, is the comic book equivalent to a greatest hits album or a gonzo final farewell stadium tour from a legendary band. This band has Janson on bass, Mack on drums, Sienkiewicz playing a mean, feedback-laced fuzzy guitar and Bendis wailing out vocals like he's never going to do it again. If none of these creators ever touches ol' Hornhead again, they can all rest well knowing they gave Daredevil fans an adventure on the path to immortality to become an influential Daredevil classic.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil: End of Days #8

Jun 7, 2013

In the end, since this is the eighth issue of an eight-issue series, readers are given an ending. As with all great stories though, the ending of "Daredevil: End of Days" #8 delivers a beginning. Where things go from here remains to be seen, but it all makes sense and causes me to wish for more. As a standalone issue, this would be a great, self-aware tale, but as an eighth and final installment of a bigger arc, it's much more satisfying, bringing to a close the quest of Ben Urich and the mystery of Mapone. If you missed out on this one, you need to do one thing: find them all or wait for the collection. This is a Daredevil story that every Daredevil fan should have.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil: Road Warrior #1

Feb 25, 2014

Waid has truly made his place with Daredevil and his stories continue to be some of the very best Marvel has to offer issue after issue. He mixes action and adventure evenly with character definition and plot advancement all the while reminding readers that this is cemented in the Marvel Universe. For example, while fighting Man-Bull, Daredevil doesn't hesitate to refer to his opponent by first name, the banter Murdock shares with his traveling companion, Kirsten McDuffie is charming, cute and real and the explanation of getting the billy club through airport security reminds us all that Daredevil doesn't exist in a vacuum. "Daredevil: Road Warrior" #1 continues to supply evidence that Waid and Daredevil together are one of the true joys of comic books today.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil: Road Warrior #4

Mar 20, 2014

Waid's work with Daredevil has been so reliably enjoyable that many of the concerns readers could find in the stories are simply nits to be picked and quickly forgotten. "Daredevil: Road Warrior" #4 is a nice conclusion to an enjoyable tale, setting up a return to print for the Man Without Fear quite nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Dark Avengers #5

Jun 1, 2009

On the whole, this "Dark Avengers" title seems to exist solely for the sake of controversy, as the story within the book certainly doesn't offer enough for me to justify coming back to this well very often. We've seen pseudo-heroes played out masterfully with Kurt Busiek's initial offerings on "Thunderbolts." This book seems to have missed the masterfully part and is hoping to play up shock value as entertainment.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dark Avengers #190

May 30, 2013

"Dark Avengers" #190, like most of Parker's work on the title (and "Thunderbolts" before it) is simply enjoyable. Sure, characters have a stake in the story, but the story doesn't lose focus on itself. Jeff Parker has performed admirably in his stint with Marvel and has drummed up attention for scads of underused characters, proving that every character has good stories in them, as long as there's a good writer at the helm of those stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Dark Days: The Forge #1

Jun 14, 2017

Dark Days: The Forge #1 feels like a fan comic. Granted I read it on my laptop, in a chair at a table, but I did have the fan going, and it felt right. Yes, it is VERY Batman-centric, but so is the entire DC Universe nowadays. If youre going to do a explosive saga, then you better pack your biggest guns. Guns dont get much bigger than Snyder, Lee, Romita, Jr, and Kubert. With Hawkman as the apparent lynchpin in this story, Dark Days: The Forge #1 got my attention. Im now ready for some metal, especially as summer draws near and the Michigan days start climbing into the 90s.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dark Horse Presents (2011) #13

Jun 20, 2012

While I tend to be more of a fan of tights and capes in my comics, I do enjoy variety in what I read. Make no doubt; "Dark Horse Presents" #13 has plenty of variety. It's up to you whether or not that variety offers a sound return on investment. If you're looking to get caught up on the adventures of Ghost as she is reintroduced to the comic book public, then you might want to wait for the miniseries. If you've got the coin to spare and are looking to sample some other interesting stories or already have interest and/or familiarity with the tales mentioned above, then you're all set. Me? I'll be flipping through "Dark Horse Presents" #14, which is certainly more than I've done up to this point.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Dark Knights Rising: The Wild Hunt #1

Feb 14, 2018

Theres a lot here for the money, but for my money, its worth it all just to get a tale of the Detective Chimp. All the chairs are set for the Metal finale. Lets see how it plays out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Dark Nights: Metal #5

Jan 31, 2018

With Dark Knights Rising: The Wild Hunt buffering the wait until Dark Nights: Metal #6, theres plenty more innovative zaniness to look forward to, especially since The Wild Hunt brings Grant Morrison in to tinker with these characters and settings. Dark Nights: Metal #5 is a wonderful not-quite-penultimate chapter that gives readers a whole lot of hope, but even more to look forward to, as certain apparent promises are still just over the horizon. Ive enjoyed the heck out of this run, and this issue is the most enjoyable yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Reign: Lethal Legion #1

Jun 24, 2009

Even though the cover price is steep on this title for no extra content (I'd blame Norman Osborn for the price hike) this is offbeat enough to be a memorable book that I'd go back to read again sometime before the next issue hits the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Reign: The List (2009): Punisher #1

Oct 29, 2009

This story, however, has piqued my interest in Frank Castle. I'm definitely in to see what happens next in "Punisher" #11. These "Dark Reign: the List" books have given me a chance to stretch a little and sample stories and characters I wouldn't normally think twice about. This issue, like the other "List" issues I've read, provides a nice point for new readers to begin enjoying some characters they normally wouldn't.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Reign: The List (2009): Daredevil #1

Sep 15, 2009

This issue carries itself more completely than "Dark Reign: The List " Avengers" as all of the content of this issue is Daredevil related. With twenty-six pages of story, seven pages of preview from "Daredevil" #501, and three pages of sketch material, "Dark Reign: The List " Daredevil" is well-conceived and brilliantly executed, encouraging readers of the other "The List" titles to come back and read the adventures of "Daredevil" on a regular basis. Osborn earns the fury of Daredevil, and I hope we get to see that fury in action very soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dark Reign: The List (2009): Secret Warriors #1

Oct 8, 2009

Like the other issues of this "Dark Reign: The List" collection, this issue is not a must-have. It offers a deeper look into the brouhaha in the Marvel Universe, but doesn't shatter any worlds. It most likely won't crack the internet in half either. This is a story for comic book fans -- people who like reading comic books for enjoyment. While I may not ever read this story again, I certainly did enjoy it when I read it today.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Reign: The List (2009): Avengers #1

Sep 10, 2009

This issue carries a hefty price tag for 26 pages, but supplements that with eight pages(nine if you include the faux cover) dedicated to a preview of "Dark Reign: The List " Daredevil" as well as a five-page "art preview" of Dark Reign: The List - X-Men". Personally, I would have been happier with 6 more pages of Clint Barton's story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Dark Shadows #1

Nov 3, 2011

As first issues of licensed properties go, this one has quite a bit to offer. Sure, there's a significant amount of exposition to plow through, but the story doesn't slow down for the details. It's quite clear that the characters that didn't get much spotlight time in this issue will have moments to shine in the future. "Dark Shadows" fans, your time is now and your vampire is back. Other vampiric comic fans might want to give this a peek too.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Dark Wolverine #84

Mar 31, 2010

"Dark Wolverine" seems to me to be a book without boundaries set around the character. This issue certainly celebrates that, as you can see from the preview pages right here on CBR. Unfortunately, that also seems to translate into a story that really doesn't seem to go anywhere powered by a character that fails to inspire.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Darkstar and the Winter Guard #1

Jun 7, 2010

Gallaher and crew do a great job of world-building here, offering the readers insight on a team of heroes that shows up infrequently at most. I've always enjoyed the appearances of the Soviet Super Soldiers and look forward to more of them with the next issue of the Winter Guard.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Darkstar and the Winter Guard #2

Jul 11, 2010

This is an average book that really needed to step up a little after a nice debut. It didn't. This issue is a bit of a disappointment, but the set-up accomplished here gives me hope for a strong finale to this three-issue story.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Darkstar and the Winter Guard #3

Aug 6, 2010

This series was a decent enough read, but it didn't compel me to want to read more of Darkstar, nor did it move me to care much as to who is under the Dynamo armor. The last page, however, does pique my curiosity with regards to future adventures, but if that never comes to pass, I certainly won't lose any sleep. Marvel has tried to launch franchises outside of the "X-Men" and "Avengers" brands with minimal success, and I applaud them for trying, but it seems to me that it shouldn't be too difficult to sell some of the less mainstream concepts a little more successfully and critically than they have of late.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Dazzler (2010) #1

May 26, 2010

As I said before, this is a greatest hits of sorts. Every greatest hits album is extended by a new track or two, and the new tracks offered here are worthy successors to the original. I suppose the next stop is a world tour, which would mean Dazzler would have to join the Avengers, right? I'd check the tour dates and if the concert came close enough and the tickets were cheap enough, I'd go. Of course, I'd want the t-shirt to have some groovy Ramon Perez art on it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
DC Universe Halloween Special: 2009 #1

Oct 27, 2009

Discounting the three one-pagers, this issue has one great story, two good stories, one decent story, three forgettable tales, one painfully unnecessary story, and one story that had an ill-matched writer/artist combo. The framing sequence would have been enjoyable as a freebie, like a Free Comic Book Day handout or an online tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
DC Universe Halloween Special: 2008 #1

Oct 23, 2008

In all, the concept -" Ralph and Sue hosting the reader, in Phantom Stranger-like fashion on a guided tour through some spooky, charming, scary or fun Halloween related tales "- is brilliant, but the execution is meager. As already mentioned, a book like this would lend itself to stellar talent dropping in a few pages (like an Art Adams, or Kevin Maguire) or new talent being given a chance to show their stuff. Either setup, to me, would have been more worth the money than the final compilation that resulted here.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
DC Universe Halloween Special: 2010 #1

Oct 20, 2010

All in all, this one-shot underwhelms more than overwhelms. There are some fun team-ups here, but none of them are extremely memorable. It's a fun comic for the most part, but for the price this thing is asking, I'd prefer to have some more memorable moments.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
DC Universe Legacies #1

May 23, 2010

"DCU: Legacies" is a nice divergence from the grim and gritty universe that fills the pages of the current DC Universe. It's not an event comic, and it doesn't need to be. It's a solid read sprinkled with nostalgia that revisits times in the vast history of the heroic age of the DC Universe. Unlike the 1980s version of the "History of the DC Universe," this story starts in the twentieth century, and is grounded on Earth. This is a smart beginning for this series, and I look forward to seeing the progression through the ages.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
DC Universe Legacies #4

Aug 20, 2010

The bonus story is a reunion of DC's war comic heroes, made to order by Joe Kubert. The story is set as occurring on the July 4th and the reunited characters are regaling each other with yarns of yesterday, including a tale of Sergeant Rock's death. Kubert is always welcome to share a tale of Frank Rock and the Easy Company. It serves as a nice contrast to the bold, garish costumes worn by the characters visited in the main story of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
DC Universe Online Legends #1

Feb 3, 2011

This book, obviously, is set up as a gateway book for people who discover they like/remember/want more time with these characters via the game, but to those comic fans looking for a new story to follow this book is a big exercise in frustration. The Lex Luthor story is being told in a much more interesting manner over in "Action Comics." The writers on this book have delivered better. The artists are tasked with an uninspired story. The Ed Benes cover, the $2.99 price point for a mostly ad-free, the marquis creative names on the cover, and the start of a new series are all draws that this book just failed to capitalize on. Maybe this is just a slow first issue, maybe it is indicative of what to expect from this series, or maybe this is the odd man out with DC's continuous weekly/bi-weekly/twice monthly experiment. I'm not sure, but it certainly isn't a book that'll be fighting for prime space on my pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
DC Universe Online Legends #10

Jun 19, 2011

As comics go, this is not DC's greatest achievement, and as marketing tie-ins go, it is not overly appealing either. This book could be much more " tips for the game, introductions to characters, compelling reasons to go beyond this to either the game or the other comics " but it falls horribly short. I'll give it another ten issues before I assess it again. Right now, there are many other comics to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
DC Universe Presents #6

Feb 16, 2012

The cover of this issue is wonderfully promising but the story inside just doesn't measure up. The "Challengers" name and high concept definitely has legs -- especially framed within the almost-clichd reality TV setting -- but this first issue is disappointing. The lack of proper introductions does nothing to endear any of the characters to the reader, perhaps save for June, whose treatment throughout is equally disappointing. Hopefully DiDio and Ordway have gotten the jitters out of their system and can focus on delivering a more impactful installment next month. If it's anything like this one, "DC Universe Presents" will be facing a challenge to attract -- or even keep -- readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
DC Universe Presents #9

May 16, 2012

I've sampled "DC Universe Presents" since the relaunch, but never really absorbed it. The previous tales have featured characters that interested me more than Vandal Savage, but with this issue, Robinson has personally redeemed the title and cultivated my interest in Vandal Savage. It's worth noting considering this story progresses that the title of the arc is "Savage," without any specification to which member of the Savage family we're talking about. I will certainly be back to find out.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
DC Universe Presents #12

Aug 17, 2012

As already mentioned, this issue under-delivered on expectation, but it also piqued curiosity to see more of Bart Allen and his adventures as a solo hero. I wouldn't mind seeing Nicieza and Jimnez given another chance, but I certainly hope they leave the Dinosoids out of it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dead Body Road #1

Nov 12, 2013

More than just a simple revenge story as things get out of hand all around with scheming "bad guys" lurking around every page turn, "Dead Body Road" #1 is a solid offering from Justin Jordan and Matteo Scalera. Yet another feather in Image's continually growing feathered headdress, this is a story unsettling enough to be compelling and memorable without any unnecessary flash or sizzle.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Deadman: Dark Mansion of Forbidden Love #1

Oct 6, 2016

Luckily the story and art overcome the production quality shortfall, giving readers a nice opening chapter. Deadman: Dark Mansion of Forbidden Love #1 isn't isolated from Deadman's history and existence beyond this issue, but it also doesn't wallow in history, choosing instead to exist for now, and to give the readers a strong sample of one avenue Deadman stories can take while offering up consideration for other genres. I'm glad to see Boston Brand back in spectral action, and Vaughan, Medina, Villarubia, and Chang give readers a nice, neat read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Deadpool (2012) #2

Nov 23, 2012

I completely agree with my fellow reviewer, Kelly Thompson, on her assessment that the "entire creative team seems well-assembled and completely in sync." From the opening recap page to the setup for the next issue, the story moves along and the creators deliver quite an adventure to absorb and more than enough reasons to re-read and recommend "Deadpool" #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deadpool (2012) #7

Apr 8, 2013

Since the Marvel NOW! relaunch afforded me the chance to check out this book, I've been enjoying the adventures of the Merc with a Mouth quite a bit. Previously, Deadpool was an easily ignorable character that played up 1990s tropes and notions I preferred to leave in the past, but the irreverent celebration of Marvel's past (Marvel THEN! as labeled on this issue's cover) in the pages of "Deadpool" #7 proves that humor can be found in everything and some things are simply more prone to it than others. I only hope, like the "Times Past" stories from James Robinson's "Starman" run, readers continue to be treated to Marvel THEN! adventures in the pages of "Deadpool."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deadpool (2012) #15

Sep 2, 2013

As with every story featuring Deadpool, the saltshaker needs to be nearby, since it is not immediately obvious what is happening in the real world as opposed to simply happening in the mangled mindscape of Deadpool's mind. This issue is the first part of five and serves as a setup to the story to come. There's not enough in this issue to stretch out to one hundred pages of comic book story, but why should Duggan and Posehn stop surprising readers now? "Deadpool" #15 is an enjoyable romp with gallows humor and fun character moments that left me laughing in spite of myself. It's more serious than the "Dead Presidents" adventures in the earlier issues of this series, but it never forgets to be a Deadpool story. It does, however, deliver a cliffhanger ending filled with tension, as Deadpool once more finds the short end of the stick.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deadpool (2012) #25.NOW

Mar 14, 2014

"Deadpool" #25.NOW is a wacky sample of this book's modus operandi -- it even stretches back through twenty-five issues of history without excessive flashback scenes or characters extolling history. I've never been a big Deadpool fan, but these writers and their collaborative creators continue to build a case to change that opinion. Duggan, Posehn, Hawthorne, Bellaire and Sabino bring the funny to funny books and deliver yet another adolescent adventure for the comic world's mouthiest mercenary.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Deadpool (2012) #27

Apr 11, 2014

"Deadpool" #27 brings the Infinite Comics' story "The Gauntlet" to a close while smoothly blending it into the chaos and craziness present in Deadpool's life. Agents Preston and Adsit are on hand to open opportunities for more humor, while keeping a running plot alive under the festivities and nuptials. While ten bucks is an awfully hefty price tag for a comic book, especially one with a twenty-page lead story, Marvel does pack a lot into this issue. Not every bit of it is good or entertaining, but then neither is Deadpool. There are worse (and better, more frugal) ways to spend a Hamilton, but fans of Deadpool will likely enjoy these eighty pages of inappropriate humor, visual gags and adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Deadpool (2012) #30

Jun 16, 2014

The "Original Sin" aspect of this book sets Agent Preston on a search for Deadpool's daughter. There isn't as much of that storyline in this issue, but Duggan, Posehn and crew set things up for further exploration. No doubt it will be tinged with humor and somehow just as absurd as using Dazzler from the past to fight vampires of the present. This comic continues to be enjoyably irreverent. "Deadpool" #30 is a solid example of what to expect from a frequently entertaining series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deadpool (2012) #45

Apr 9, 2015

"Deadpool" #250 finishes off with three pages eulogizing the mercenary as culled from the Twitterverse with a final page fumetti-esque confrontation between Clark Gregg and Jordan D. White. Where the lead story really gives readers what they want to see and what the cover promises to deliver, the remainder of the issue meanders through to the end without really sharing much of a throughline. Yes, they are all connected to Deadpool, but -- clocking in at eighty-four pages -- this one is gonna leave some legs numb and eyes crossed, some bellies in stitches and some others saying, "That's it?!" In other words, "Deadpool" #250 is completely inline with the expectations readers are certain to have for any "Deadpool" comic with Posehn and Duggan credited on the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Deadpool Bi-Annual #1

Sep 17, 2014

Stamped with a fairly steep pricepoint, but loaded with snappy, Deadpool dialogue like, "Great! I'm much better at killing than capturing," "Deadpool Bi-Annual" #1 is a fun, end-of-summer romp that is as insubstantial and sugary as Kool-Aid. Packed with pop culture references stretching from Voltron to A-Team and returning Brute Force to the Marvel Universe, this comic book is sure to please Deadpool fans, die-hard and pedestrian. After all, something like this only happens twice a year. Or maybe three times.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Deadpool Team-Up #889

Sep 23, 2010

The story is some of the lightest fare I've read in quite some time, and despite the fact that it features Deadpool, it is actually quite enjoyable. I'm almost tempted to come back and check out next month's issue. I said almost. Next month isn't a lock, though; as it doesn't feature Gorilla-Man, nor does it include writing from Jeff Parker.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Deadpool: The Duck #1

Jan 6, 2017

I'm not the biggest Deadpool fan. Its only in the past few years that Ive dared read any of his stories. Not out of fear, but out of apathy. I held onto a job at a movie theater so I wouldnt have to pay to see the movie. Since Marvel NOW! (the first version) I've been more apt to take a shot and give Deadpool a read. Occasionally, like this book, Ive even dared to spend my own money on those chances. Thankfully, Moore is thematically on track with Gerry Duggan and Brian Posehns work. Fans of those books will certainly enjoy this one. But be warned, Deadpool the Duck is not for everyone. If youre allergic to Deadpool, apathetic to his existence, or have a budget that would cause a favorite book to be missed if you bought this one, its probably not for you. If youre looking for zany fun and more references to mothballs than any other comic on the rack this month, well then, true believer, Deadpool the Duck just might be the book youre looking for.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deadpool: The Gauntlet #1

Jan 9, 2014

While more than a few readers might balk at the concept of spending $2.99 for a digital comic, "Deadpool: The Gauntlet" #1 ensures that readers are getting their money's worth. This issue is well-suited to the Infinite Comics capabilities and does a nice job of showcasing those while also describing Deadpool completely for new and old readers alike. This is a fun alternative to a deadwood copy from (mostly) the same creative team that delivers the regular "Deadpool" series. The floppy comic doesn't deliver panels shifting and changing to replicate motion or action, which Brown does wonderfully to the story crafted by Posehn and Duggan. I just wish the story were a little more compelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Death of Hawkman #1

Oct 5, 2016

I'm willing to give this issue a free pass, as I trust Andreyko as a writer, but for my four bucks, I really expect to get a little more Hawkman in a Hawkman comic. Had Adam Strange remained a co-headliner, then this issue would have more significantly more legitimacy. As it stands, it's more a prequel (and we all now how those go) to the action soon to erupt in the pages of the next few issues of Death of Hawkman.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Death of Hawkman #6

Mar 1, 2017

Whatever does happen, I hope DC finally gives Hawkman, Hawkwoman (or Hawkgirl), and their legacy the respect it deserves.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Death Of Wolverine #4

Oct 16, 2014

Wolverine's death certainly feels like it has been drawn out for a massively long time, but this issue brings closure. Soule, McNiven and company ensure that "Death of Wolverine" #4 buttons up some loose ends, shows Wolverine at his best and makes readers want just one more adventure. Yes, there are plenty of Wolverine-tinged tales coming up as Soule spearheads "The Logan Legacy" and the recently announced weekly "Wolverines," but at least Logan is given a chance to go out like a legend.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Death Of Wolverine: Deadpool & Captain America #1

Nov 3, 2014

"Death of Wolverine: Deadpool & Captain America" #1 is not necessarily going to prove as memorable as "Captain America Annual" #8 (referenced in this comic book), but it does give readers a fun romp in a team-up adventure that is neither predictable nor boring. At the end of the story, however, readers are left to wonder what Deadpool is going to do without a clear path to follow for that next in the series of events. Given Deadpool's visibility in the Marvel Universe, I'm sure we won't have to wait too long. Whether or not that next adventure involves Captain America remains to be seen, but with Duggan writing Deadpool's adventures, it certainly won't be dull.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Death of Wolverine: The Weapon X Program #1

Nov 7, 2014

There is not much to take away from "Death of Wolverine: The Weapon X Program" #1, as this comic is essentially a quick introduction that kicks a longer story off. There is, however, enough promise in Soule being able to forge something interesting with this ragtag bunch in a firefight that bonds them together. At least for now. After all, there are at least two characters readers still have to meet by name. That and a killer cliffhanger final page seem like more than enough to bring readers back for future installments as Soule investigates the legacy left behind by the Weapon X Program.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Deathlok (2009) #1

Nov 10, 2009

This title is not completely without merit. Medina's art is solid. Unfortunately, it's also filled with imagery that seems to exist just because it can. After all, when the grenade goes off at the end of the issue, what does the reader gain by seeing some random chick puke? I'd like to see Medina handle a tale that features a more classic take on Deathlok, but I can't really evaluate his skills there as Deathlok, to this point of the series, has only appeared when drawn by Brandon Peterson.

View Issue       View Full Review
0
Deathstroke (2011) #9

May 11, 2012

Although this comic is littered with unnecessary mistakes, I can honestly say it isn't the worst book I've ever reviewed. It's damn close. There's simply nothing redeeming about this comic. All Deathstroke is able to terminate in this issue is my interest in ever picking this book up again.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Deathstroke (2014) #1

Oct 22, 2014

While this is the first solo title to be granted a second shot at success in the "New 52," "Deathstroke" #1 is a strong showing with plenty of intrigue, action and promise. Daniel brings a whole lot of destruction and pain, making this easily one of the goriest single issues since 2011, but the mayhem suits Deathstroke, and Deathstroke suits Daniel much better than his other efforts within the New 52 to this point. This isn't the be-all, end-all perfect introduction to Deathstroke, but it certainly is a great start for a new beginning, especially if you require blood and fire with your Deathstroke adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Deathstroke (2016) #1

Aug 24, 2016

He begins stacking up the building blocks for issues to come, be it next month or next year, but he doesn't do that at the expense of Deathstroke #1. This issue is a grand example of what can be done with the Rebirth effort and the character of Deathstroke, and Priest has converted me into a regular reader of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Defenders (2011) #2

Jan 4, 2012

The team of characters plays to the strengths of the creators working on it, especially given Fraction's propensity for Iron Fist, who has a nice moment in the beginning of this issue. The Defenders are a group best served on the edge of the Marvel Universe, playing against oddish threats and borderline evil beings. The Defenders are not the first to charge into battle and their battles are not standard, knockdown, drag-out scrums. The Defenders fight unconventional foes, odd threats and, frequently, each other. This series taps into that plan for the Defenders and has a considerable amount of fun doing it. After two fun issues, I'm looking forward to more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Defenders (2011) #5

Apr 19, 2012

Breitweiser's art and the undersea mystery combine to make a compelling tale that had me double-check the credits at one point to make sure that Jeff Parker wasn't writing and that I didn't wind up with an "Agents of Atlas" comic. This Defenders story is off the beaten path, but it does loop back around to tie with the series to this point. That said, it feels as though this series has set the foundation it needed to in order to begin truly building. Now, the Defenders are ready to start discovering who and what they really are.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Defenders (2011) #7

Jun 8, 2012

"Defenders" is a book that has vexed me more often than not lately, largely due to the extra dollar in the pricepoint. With this issue, Marvel tacks on a free digital code, which helps justify the four quarters a bit -- and combined with the apparent direction of this title, this book has fresh legs.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Defenders (2011) #10

Sep 7, 2012

This issue was a surprisingly good read and felt much lighter than one might expect from the inclusion of a Death Celestial. The long game being played in "Defenders" is going to end soon, but so long as there are stories like the one in "Defenders" #10, I'll be tagging along, hoping to be as entertained as I was with the fantastical events of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Demon Knights #0

Sep 17, 2012

The rest of the regular cast of "Demon Knights" stays out of this story, giving Etrigan room to grow. This issue is stronger for that, able to focus on one character (well, two actually) and advance his tale, without having to balance the personalities and quirks of a handful or more. I've enjoyed the issues of this title that I've sampled and "Demon Knights" #0 is no exception. It is, however, a sterling example of what this title is capable of producing.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Demon Knights #2

Oct 13, 2011

There's a nice variety of characters here, but there needs to be a little more balance between them. This isn't my favorite of the relaunched titles, but it's also far from the worst of the bunch. It's an average book, but it certainly has potential to be much more.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics #858

Oct 30, 2009

That said, you may have noticed a five-star rating here. I've given out a few, not many though. I feel this one deserves it. Five-stars, to me, are books that I will go back and read again because I remember the story was compelling or the art was great. Five-star books are books I would share with my friends or recommend to people who are looking for a comic. Five-star reviews are books that are filled with talent like J.H. Williams, Cully Hamner, Greg Rucka, Daves Stewart and McCaig, Jared K. Fletcher, and Todd Klein. This is a five-star book. Go. Read. Enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Detective Comics #873

Jan 26, 2011

This three-issue tale gave me reason to reflect back to my most tangible childhood recollection of "Detective Comics," over 400 issues prior to this one, with Batman and Dr. Phosphorus socking it out on some girders above a vat of molten liquid on a classic Jim Aparo cover. This issue, to me, is as tight a direct descendant from that book as there could possibly be. I'm not saying Snyder is the equal to Steve Englehart, nor am I saying Jock is the next Jim Aparo or Walt Simonson, but those three predecessors can be darn proud of the work their present-day counterparts are producing. Snyder, Jock, Baron, and Fletcher are doing a great job making this title a must-read for me.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Detective Comics #878

Jun 28, 2011

Snyder has converted me to a regular reader of this title and given his future assignment with the Caped Crusader, I'm ready to sign up for more. "Detective" is simply the perfect primer that just so happens to contain a disturbingly magnificent story brought to us with splendid artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Detective Comics #880

Jul 27, 2011

The bottom line is this: so many of DC's books may feel like placeholders, inventory issues, or mailed-in almost stories, but not "Detective Comics." Snyder, Jock, and crew don't care how soon September may or may not be, they're going to give you a story that socks you in the mouth and knees you in the groin right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Detective Comics (2011) #14

Nov 12, 2012

While I'm always hesitant to get started on another title, especially a Bat-title, I decided to give this one a whirl based on the talent involved and the characters present. John Layman, Jason Fabok, Penguin and Poison Ivy were enough to get me to check this book out. "Detective Comics" #14 was enough for me to lock in a return to this title with the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Detective Comics (2011) #15

Dec 7, 2012

"Detective Comics" #15 is the third issue by John Layman with art by Jason Fabok, but it feels as though the pair have been crafting Batyarns together forever. After reading this issue, I certainly wouldn't mind if this duo continues to collaborate forever, as they haven't made a misstep yet and continue to add some nice polish to Batman's world. Introducing a new character in Emperor Penguin and crafting such an intense bond between Clayface and Ivy appear to be just a smidgeon of what this creative team is capable of, and if this is any indication of what's to come, I'll definitely be picking up "Detective Comics" as long as Layman and Fabok are listed on the cover.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2011) #17

Feb 7, 2013

Plain and simple: Batman fans are spoiled right now when it comes to comic books. Between the work of Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo, Gregg Hurwitz and Ethan Van Sciver and the work of Layman and Fabok here, there are plenty of ways to get a Batman fix. The real problem is there is simply so much good Batman material right now that some lesser lights are certain to be ignored. At least they'll be ignored in favor of comic books with good storytelling and fantastic art, like "Detective Comics" #17.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2011) #26

Dec 5, 2013

With Man-Bat featured so prominently in "Detective Comics" #26, it could have been a more appropriate Halloween comic had it not been timed to release between Thanksgiving and the end of the year holidays. All the same, any chance to see Man-Bat in action is a comic book worth enjoying. Layman and Lopresti do a fine job of balancing the dark and the light, the hope and the grief throughout this comic book. I'm not so sure Man-Bat could support his own series, but so long as Layman and Lopresti are working on "Detective Comics," Man-Bat is welcome to return.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2011) #31

May 9, 2014

Buccellato and Manapul have already made their mark on "Detective Comics," expanding the world around the Dark Knight, if even by just a little bit. Icarus may not have the overall, lasting impact that Venom has made on Gotham City, but coupled with the addition of Sumo, the bureaucratic snafu surrounding Bruce Wayne's waterfront project and the distraction brought about by the discovery of human trafficking, Batman has plenty of work ahead of him and Buccellato and Manapul have plenty of ideas for "Detective Comics." Their run is still young enough for readers to join in and in they continue to provide readers with issues like this, the duo is more than happy to welcome them in.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Detective Comics (2011): Endgame #1

Mar 16, 2015

The overall execution of "Detective Comics: Endgame" #1 is rushed and distractingly uneven, making this a story that will struggle to be remembered as part of "Endgame."

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2016) #936

Jul 13, 2016

It's not too late to jump into the story rolling in Detective Comics, and the good news is you only have to wait two more weeks for the next installment. Just be ready to hit your stride right away so you can keep up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #938

Aug 10, 2016

That story, up to and including Detective Comics #938, has given readers a wonderful Batwoman adventure and also shaped the other characters under Batwoman and Batman's supervision. With this issue's developments, there will be no turning back, only further growth and development. Tynion and crew have given readers a whole lot more than anyone anticipated when Detective Comics: Rebirth came out, and Detective Comics #938 continues to deliver.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Detective Comics (2016) #940

Sep 14, 2016

It's a heartbreaking tale to be sure. Detective Comics #940 is an exclamation point on a story that has redefined Gotham City and so many of the members of the Batman Family. Tynion, Barrows, Ferreira, Lucas, and Patrizio close off a fast-paced story with a world-changing finale. Then they take it a step further and tack on an epilogue that shakes up the entire post-Rebirth DC Universe. Things started out great with this title, and Tynion and crew have continued to raise the bar. I cannot wait to see how they follow up on this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Dial H #11

Apr 8, 2013

This was a fun issue, with a nice connection to one of the brightest, most-upbeat heroes in the DC Universe. Miville makes good use of stretching into the shared universe to draw new readers without tapping the Dark Knight for yet another appearance to bolster sales. It's a brave, bold move and one that paid off at least a little bit. It's also one that could become quite tiresome if used too much. That doesn't seem to be the case here, as "Dial H" #11 has no shortage of new takes on familiar concepts while mixing in a few eccentric new ideas along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Dinosaurs Attack! #1

Jul 18, 2013

Dinosaurs in a comic book are enough to get me to pick up the book at the very least. Sometimes the execution succeeds, like "Chronos Commandos" and other times it just falls short. This is on of the occurrences where the story just falls short. While this comic book is intended to have some cheekiness to it, there's very little charm tucked in the cheek. The end result is a story so heavy-handed and ham-fisted that it makes B movies look like high cinema. The upside is that this issue must have gotten all of the set-up out of the way, like introducing the cast, including television reporter Bob Gowen whose interview microphone never leaves his hand. There might be more in the next issue, but "Dinosaurs Attack!" #1 isn't heavy enough on the dinosaurs.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Disney Kingdoms: Seekers of the Weird #1

Jan 14, 2014

"Disney Kingdoms: Seekers of the Weird" #1 is packed with the same energy the early CrossGen comic books delivered: effervescent uncertainty in the midst of world-building. Like those first days, there is enough familiarity there in the structure and pacing, the comfortably detailed artwork to invite readers in. With the title "Seekers of the Weird" flying under the banner of "Disney Kingdoms," this is a fine first offering. While it is unclear if there are many other Kingdoms to be explored in comic book form, this maiden voyage is certainly enjoyable. Seifert, Moline and company give readers enough to spark imagination and inspire us to come back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Disney Kingdoms: Seekers of the Weird #2

Feb 21, 2014

The choices made for the characters are what transforms this from just another story towards becoming a Disney story, embedding little bits of imagination and character into the inhabitants of "Disney Kingdoms: Seekers of the Weird" #2. One such example if Roland giving his niece a third ear amulet to enable communication between them while Maxwell and Melody are on their quest. Being a bit of a jock, rather than wear it, Melody secures it to her lacrosse stick. Seifert is leading his team in the right direction towards making this a true Disney plot, poised for merchandise and brimming with adventure, but so far the spark and true magic of the theme parks seems just out of reach. That and there are no hidden Mickeys.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Disney Kingdoms: Seekers of the Weird #5

May 30, 2014

Disney designer Rolly Crump's Museum of the Weird is given room to grow in this series, but this final issue feels more like a Disney movie than an intended theme park attraction. While I doubt we'll be seeing a Seven Dwarfs Mine Train Ride comic any time soon, the "Disney Kingdoms" brand does provide hope and potential for more entertaining stories about ideas spawned from the happiest place on Earth and its Imagineers. "Seekers of the Weird" #5 takes one of those ideas just far enough to set it up as a springboard to other media while opening the door for more ideas to follow suit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Django / Zorro #1

Nov 12, 2014

Like an Old West "Brave and the Bold" issue, this is a fun start to a story that is sassy and reverential. Tarrantino, Wagner and Polls give readers a solid introduction to Django and Don Diego de la Vega in a tight space, while also setting up enough of a plot to make this team-up possible. Django has only been around a couple years, but in this adventure, alongside Don Diego de la Vega, he seems timeless. "Django/Zorro" #1 takes two beloved characters and gives readers a first step into a new adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Doc Savage #1

Nov 29, 2013

"Doc Savage" #1 could open up with bombastic adventure, but checks in as something much more pedestrian. The scheming plot that threatens Doc Savage is not overly exciting, but provides enough of a menace to keep the comic book moving along. Roberson and Evely are clicking together nicely, but the story they're sharing just needs a bigger charge of excitement. The adventures of Doc Savage should be exciting and electrifying, not typical and uninspired. The creative talent on "Doc Savage" #1 is present; they just need to collaborate on an inspired tale for Doc Savage and his crew.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doctor Fate (2015) #2

Jul 20, 2015

"Doctor Fate" #2 reads like a pitch for a "Doctor Fate" as CW show, with hints of adversaries and mumblings of a larger threat, but the focus for now is on how human the lead character is and how the readers should find him endearing. Truth is, the mysterious threat doesn't seem as threatening as it should, nor all that mysterious. I can appreciate Levitz emphasizing Khalid's humanity, but that might be more effective if "Doctor Fate" #2 was less conveniently magical and more deliberately developmental.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Doctor Solar: Man of the Atom Vol. 3 #1

Jul 14, 2010

Dark Horse tossed in the original first appearance of Doctor Solar for the second half of this issue. That's a nice bit of nostalgia with timeless art. I found myself more interested in the further adventures of that Doctor Solar than the one in the lead feature for this issue. That said, there is potential here, and maybe with the burden of a secret origin out of the way, future issues will truly showcase the creative talent of this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doctor Spektor: Master Of The Occult #1

May 29, 2014

Of the Gold Key launch issues, "Doctor Spektor: Master of the Occult" #1 impresses me the least. That's not saying this is a bad comic. It's just a comic with some flaws. Hopefully the flaws are just the result of first issue storming and norming and the second issue will be more inline with expectations.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doctor Strange (2015) #1

Oct 7, 2015

This isn't your daddy's Doctor Strange; this is an all-new, all-different Doctor Strange, and you'd do well to hop onboard and brace for the coming storm. Stephen Strange will certainly guide you through it as Jason Aaron, Chris Bachalo, Kevin Nowlan and an unseen, scarily-powerful menace make "Doctor Strange" #1 a perfect launching point for a bold new era.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doctor Strange (2015) Annual #1

Sep 30, 2016

Doctor Strange Annual #1 is can mostly be dismissed bythe casual reader, but essential reading for the Doctor Strange devotee, be they burgeoning or established. There's a lot to like here, but none of it is critical to Doctor Strange or the Marvel Universe. The issue itself simply falls short of being grand, and a little bit more in the extras department would help this Annual feel more like a true comic book Annual. Instead, it's an ancillary one-shot with a pair of fun adventures that enhance the regular run. If that's enough to entrance you, give it a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Doctor Strange (2015): Last Days Of Magic #1

Apr 30, 2016

More ancillary than required reading, Doctor Strange: Last Days of Magic #1 is a nice companion piece that gives the Marvel Universe more mystics while also affording Doctor Voodoo room to grow without the trappings of a team book. More than once I found myself thinking this special expands the “Last Days of Magic” story to make it not unlike “Spider-Verse”: characters are spun (no pun intended) out of an established character with plenty of potential to grow and develop. I just hope some of these new players survive the tale so readers can see what Aaron and company can do with them in further adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #1

Oct 26, 2016

With the big-screen premiere of Doctor Strange just days away, the Marvel Marketing Machine is in full throttle, and the fact that Thompson, Rodriguez, Lpez, Bellaire, and Caramagna are adding to the shadowy, mystical corners of the Marvel Universe in Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #1 just amplifies the anticipation. Granted, very little is going to be found in common between this comic and the movie (save for Stephen Strange) but this is a wonderful companion piece for curious readers looking to learn more about magic and magic wielders in the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #6

Mar 13, 2017

By the time I finished Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #6, I found myself wanting to go back and read it again. Maybe even a couple more times. Yes, the central gimmick is reminiscent of the final confrontation from the Doctor Strange movie, but it works. It works so damn well that I now expect Robbie Thompson to revisit the Choose Your Own Adventure template on a regular basis in this title. As I mentioned, Im not sure how the digital version works, but the paper copy is so darn much fun. I cannot recommend it highly enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doctor Voodoo: Avenger of the Supernatural #2

Nov 10, 2009

This is a book that deserves a little more recognition than it is going to get. Readers tend to shy away from magic based characters, but Remender and company are offering a believably, humanly flawed character for readers to walk alongside.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doctor Voodoo: Avenger of the Supernatural #4

Jan 24, 2010

While this title was originally intended to be an ongoing, perhaps this will give Marvel impetus to figure out how to handle comics starring magical characters. All the pieces seemed to be in place for this book to succeed, from an up-and-coming writer to a tie-in with Marvel's most successful current brand. It's a shame that Remender wasn't really given a chance to make this book shine. Unfortunately for fans of this character as well as the former Sorcerer Supreme, a title folding this quickly probably also bodes poorly for future endeavors in this direction. There is, however, one issue left. That issue promises to be a doozy, giving readers one last chance to celebrate with the Houngan Supreme.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Dominique Laveau: Voodoo Child #2

Apr 19, 2012

Vertigo has had a nice run lately of intelligent, compelling reads and I was hoping that "Dominique Laveau: Voodoo Child" was going to follow suit. So far, there hasn't been anything to prove that a worthy assumption. It's a decent read, but comic budget being what it is, decent just doesn't cut it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doom Patrol (2009) #1

Aug 6, 2009

A twenty-page Doom Patrol tale, ten pages of Metal Men mayhem and four pages from "Magog" make this issue a solid buy for this week. Let's see what Giffen does to top this next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doom Patrol (2009) #5

Dec 11, 2009

This issue ends without closure and teases of things to come. While this might normally bother me (and certainly other readers) a bit, I find it to be invigorating here. I am enthused at the prospect of the next issue, and hopeful that this tie-in might lead more readers to appreciate this new incarnation of the Doom Patrol. Of course, I'm also looking forward to the pelicans, and hope they turn up next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doom Patrol (2009) #6

Jan 8, 2010

This being the issue of returning artists, Kevin Maguire rejoins Giffen and DeMatteis for the penultimate chapter of the Metal Men backup. The story wraps up the Metal Men's confrontation with the Clique while also providing more madcap fun for Will Magnus' band of Metal Men. This issue is on par with expectations which, considering the creative team, are really, really good. I've enjoyed the Metal Men as a nice change up from the storytelling of "Doom Patrol." I look forward to seeing how "Doom Patrol" #8 reads, though, without the expectation of any lighter fare at the end of the book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doom Patrol (2009) #8

Mar 11, 2010

The rest of this issue is filled with Negative Man's paranoia (he thinks he's being stalked by a pelican), a wrap-up of "Blackest Night," and some time between Father Rocky and Jane. I didn't think the book felt thin, until I re-read it. It's not thin, it's just not carrying a second feature any longer. Without truly spoiling anything, the next issue teaser contains an image certain to make fans of Giffen's work anxious for "Doom Patrol" #9.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doom Patrol (2009) #11

Jun 11, 2010

Luckily, all of the problems with this issue are correctable. Giffen and company just need to work on it a little.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doom Patrol (2009) #13

Aug 8, 2010

"Doom Patrol" has always been a niche book, and recent expectation was that this niche book wouldn't last much longer. If the art chores can get balanced out and the writing stays on par with this issue, the second year of "Doom Patrol" could be one of the best years yet. This issue, the thirteenth in this volume, is a surprisingly good issue for new (or lapsed) readers to join (or rejoin) in the wonder and merriment of "Doom Patrol."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doom Patrol (2009) #14

Sep 12, 2010

This book is different from the rest of the DC catalog, and it is certainly distinctive beyond DC's offerings. It's fresh, despite its deep roots, and it always provides a chuckle (or two), a surprise (or three), and some fine comic book art. If you've got an "Atlas" sized whole in your comic reading collection, you just might want to check this book out. It's a pretty close fit. If this title isn't here in a year for you to check out then, well it may just be your own fault, but let's not point fingers just yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doom Patrol (2009) #16

Nov 4, 2010

The issue ends with a moribund Cliff reflecting on who he is " or who he is supposed to be. It's not a happy ending by any means, but this is "Doom Patrol" we're talking about here. Happy endings are not exactly their specialty. That scene with Cliff is juxtaposed with a mystery that Giffen hopefully revisits very soon. This title has certainly been unpredictable and this issue proves that.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doom Patrol (2009) #17

Dec 5, 2010

There is a great deal to take in in every single issue of the Doom Patrol, and this issue is no exception. Giffen made a vow to introduce new characters in every issue and has made good on that promise, all the while adding classic Doom Patrol pieces to the mix, thickening the legacy this book carries, and offering a very good, consistently high quality read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doom Patrol (2009) #18

Jan 7, 2011

Giffen's voices for the characters herein are rocksteady, and as always, Larry Trainor is present with a few chuckle-worthy lines. Thinking about this a bit more, "Doom Patrol" is the one book, month in and month out, that I can count on for a chuckle or two. With stories like this, Giffen certainly would be changing storytime everywhere if he were allowed to huddle readers together to hear about the adventures of Rita Farr, Larry Trainor, Cliff Steele, and Karen Duncan. It's a shame the President of Oolong Island has other plans for Giffen's stories. At least we can buy them and pretend to read them at circle time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doom Patrol (2009) #19

Feb 19, 2011

"Doom Patrol" is a book that has been criminally overlooked. Each and every issue has humor, action, adventure, wild and crazy comic book science, absurd characters, and good art, but it doesn't seem to have the charm to draw readers in. The recent news of its cancellation comes as no surprise. It's a shame, because this issue would give you most of what you need to know to move forward. Giffen isn't afraid of encapsulating and building at the same time, and he is one of the few writers nowadays who can do that effectively. But as it stands, there's only a couple of issues left. But if you do get this issue, you'll have a chance to see Danny the Bungalow in action. Ambush Bug too.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doom Patrol (2009) #20

Mar 9, 2011

I'm not sure how the hammer comes down when a comic is slated for cancellation, but I do know when it happens, many comics quickly flutter about trying to wrap up loose ends and tie down plot threads. That certainly feels like the motion this book is going through. In this case, however, that wrap-up is doing some good to expedite struggles, conflicts, and other interactions dedicated "Doom Patrol" readers have been waiting for. It's a shame it had to come down to the last three issues to try to jam in the rest of the ideas Giffen has been masterfully (and sometimes painstakingly) seeding throughout the series, but I'm sure there will be a few notions left open-ended or undone. This team has been cancelled " hell, they've been killed! " before. For now, though, I'm enjoying the ride and the wild, crazy salute to the creators that have come before and contributed to the legend of the Doom Patrol.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Doom Patrol (2009) #21

Apr 8, 2011

As far as stories go, this issue of "Doom Patrol" has quite a bit going for it as Cliff Steele is set upon his introspective journey by an old foe who may pose as a temporary ally. If I didn't know that the next issue is the scheduled final issue, I would expect that Giffen is building an epic tale here. The end of this issue is rife with drama, and the promise of next issue's great adventure has me anxious for more, no matter how bittersweet that may turn out to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Doom Patrol (2009) #22

May 5, 2011

The conclusion to this issue leaves the barn door open, hoping that the horses someday return. I find that to be quite disappointing. Giffen, Clark, and Randall worked extremely hard to get these characters to where they are now, but never really had a chance to celebrate the entire team " the entire legacy " of the Doom Patrol in a proper manner. This book ends with promise and potential left on the shelf and in the mind of Keith Giffen. I just hope that when "Flashpoint" ends, the Doom Patrol is somewhere to be seen again.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doom Patrol (2016) #1

Sep 14, 2016

This is world-building at its utter strangest. This is a new volume of the Doom Patrol. And it has a lot of potential to go anywhere. Hop on into Casey's ambulance and let's see what kind of adventure Gerard Way, Nick Derington, Tamra Bonvillain, and Todd Klein have in store.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doom Patrol (2016) #3

Nov 9, 2016

This is a wonderful adventure that skims through the Doom Patrol's history and, perhaps, offers up a new raison d'tre to exist for the sake of escaping. By joining the Doom Patrol (such as they are at this point) on their adventure, we see a glimpse of the splendor that awaits, giving readers so very much to look forward to. Until Doom Patrol #4 hits the stands, though, “It's A Doomed World After All” will be waiting for you to visit, again and again. I'm pretty sure there are new details to find with each visit, and, if not, then just absorb the wonderful work Way, Derington, Bonvillain, and Klein have given us. Doom Patrol #3 is definitely a more welcoming read for fans of any incarnation (although particularly the Grant Morrison run) than for brand new readers, but this issue continues the conical-shaped exposition, blooming open with more information and deeper revelations as the series gains longevity.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doom Patrol (2016) #5

Mar 22, 2017

Doom Patrol #5 is the first time Larry Trainor, Cliff Steele, Flex Mentallo, Casey Brinke, Sam Reynolds, Danny, and Fugg are all brought together. So, in a sense, this is the first true issue of the new volume of the Doom Patrol. And it's so damn fun. So much happens in this issue that by the end of it, it feels like a collected edition.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doom Patrol (2016) #6

Apr 26, 2017

Its nice to see the whole Patrol congeal in Doom Patrol #6, but Way clearly is not going to just leave it at that. He has plans for the team, from the mischief Terry None is drumming up to the interpersonal dynamics that are already shifting as theyre being rekindled. Quite simply, the team works both the creative team and the cast theyre working with. Doom Patrol #6 is a high-stakes adventure filled with nostalgia and potential. Way, Derington, Fowler, Bonvillain, and Klein take this arcs finale to the upper echelon, and promise more to come. Long time Doom Patrol fans are going to be thrilled with this comic, and long-term can be translated as fans from the first volume, Morrisons volume, or even this volume. And its really just getting started.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Doom Patrol (2016) #10

Jan 24, 2018

All of this big blue hippos and inflatable pandas, Mr. Nobody and Richard the clerk at Retconn comes together so delectably that Doom Patrol #10 stands no chance but to be read and re-read, studied, analyzed, dissected, and sampled. This issue IS Doom Patrol, and Way, Derington, Fowler, Bonvillain, and Klein make sure there is no mistaking this for any other title, giving us everything Doom Patrol can be, has been, and should be all in one story. Theres uncertainty in the certain, mystery in the solved, and fun in the danger, and it all comes together so very, very nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Doom Patrol (2016) #11

Apr 25, 2018

I'm not sure where the Doom Patrol goes from here if it'll be more Young Animal or back in the DC Universe proper but I definitely know I'll be coming back to re-read this series again.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Doom Patrol (2016) #12

Nov 1, 2018

Doom Patrol #12 is a great divergence. It's not a Doom Patrol story, but there really is no better place in the current DC Universe to introduce this type of tale. There's potential for the further adventures of the Reynolds family, and I hope we get to read them one day. Next time I see a Doom Patrol title on the racks, though, I really hope it includes Robotman, Crazy Jane, Negative Man, and the rest of the Niles Caulder's collection of outcasts in some combination or other. Maybe the Reynoldses can appear, or even have a backup tale, but the focus should be on Doom Patrol itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Doomsday.1 #1

May 15, 2013

This is low budget sci-fi oddity without any really interesting characters. In this first issue there are no aliens, dinosaurs or other spectacular creatures, just humans making decisions that impact the people around them. It's all plot and movement around that plot. All in all, it's a decent enough read, but not packed with anything extraordinarily memorable. I'm sure science buffs will punch all sorts of holes in it, but as a vehicle for Byrne's over-the-top storytelling and hyper-detailed, stylistic art, "Doomsday.1" #1 hits the mark. Personally, I prefer more dynamic applications for Byrne's art.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Doomwar (2010) #2

Mar 17, 2010

The political undertones of this story -- Doom fueling a civil war within Wakanda to distract from his true goal -- is well devised, but ultimately falls short of its potential. This isn't the shiniest gem to come out from Marvel this week, but it's also not the dullest. This is a slightly above average story with aspirations of being great. With four issues left in this series, there's a great deal of story left to be told and things are ramping up, if somewhat unevenly. Maybe it will be great, but for now, Marvel's offering some stiff competition against themselves.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Doomwar (2010) #6

Aug 5, 2010

I'm curious to see where Marvel goes from here as they left this story wide open, which is quite surprising considering the blatant plot device used to end the war.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dragon Prince #2

Oct 12, 2008

If you like stories with suspense and cliff-hangers at the end of each story, then I highly recommend this series to you.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Dragon Prince #4

Jan 26, 2009

If nothing else, I certainly hope Marz finds the time to revisit this world and these characters. While the story may have wrapped nicely here, if there's one thing I've learned about comics, it's that there are always more stories to be told.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Dream Thief: Escape #1

Jun 25, 2014

"Dream Thief: Escape" #1 is yet another wonderful contribution to the comic book landscape courtesy of Dark Horse Comics. Nitz and Smallwood give the comic a big publisher feel, but Dark Horse keeps "Dream Thief: Escape" #1 bright, shiny and almost elusive. This is one comic book more readers should be picking up regardless of what they have to put down to do so. "Dream Thief: Escape" #1 is a fun, snappy, suspenseful opening chapter. Thankfully for new readers, the creative team makes this comic approachable and memorable, shining as an example for how to successfully present a newer property.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dynamo 5 #0

Feb 20, 2009

While this sampler might only be ten pages of story (and two more of text) it is well worth the 99 that graces the cover. Comics are meant to entertain, and occasionally provide some escapism. Escape from the same old, tired, wallet-draining crossovers once and give "Dynamo 5" a try. You can get this issue and the next one (conveniently scheduled to be out next week) and jump right into the flow of Tower City.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Dynamo 5 #18

Nov 24, 2008

There is a #0 issue coming up soon, and while I am loathe to tell people to not take action, I think it might be in everyone's best interest to target that issue as a sampler for what this title truly can be. This issue, while good, would surely leave some new readers in the dark.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dynamo 5 #21

Apr 23, 2009

That said, this issue is a near perfect jumping on point. Enough exposition is shared with these characters to allow a fresh reader to process and comprehend the action and the players without needing to use Google to investigate every character on every page. Despite their efforts to craft perfect jumping on points prior to this, when Faerber, Asrar, and Cinar just let their work take precedence, this gateway happened. The best laid plans after all. . .

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2 #2

Jun 7, 2012

Of the recently released "Second Wave" from DC, I was ambivalent about this title. I'm keen to the creative team, but the heroes I grew up with were the Justice League, not their Earth 2 counterparts. Sure, I enjoy a good Justice Society adventure or All-Star Squadron tale, but my preference steered towards "my" Earth. With this book, however, Robinson and Scott celebrate the building of the world, giving both long-term and new readers just cause and ample opportunity to join in along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Earth 2 #4

Aug 3, 2012

"Earth 2" #4 isn't the smoothest issue of the series with some abrupt character decisions and transitions, but it does pack a punch, delivering almost non-stop action and exuding excitement. Now that Robinson has had the opportunity to rough out the landscape, introduce the players and establish some relationships, I'm looking forward to seeing how he enhances those relationships, fits in additional characters and transforms the landscape. The cliffhanger he drops shows that the story of "Earth 2" is layered and dynamic. Even though this issue is slightly off, it's still an exciting, enjoyable installment that I will be going back to re-read in the near future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2 #5

Oct 8, 2012

"Earth 2" is a title that seemed to suffer a bit from Zero Month as it interrupted the flow of James Robinson's story, but with that now in the past, Robinson's narrative resumes, pitting Green Lantern against Grundy and forging relationships among the other Wonders in this title. The greatest benefit to the zero issue is that the creative team got a reprieve, so this issue offers up sparkling visual consistency throughout the book. "Earth 2" #5 wound up an unexpected success, and the teases Robinson provides in this issue serve to further enhance the world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2 #7

Dec 10, 2012

The story is a bit of a slow burn, but Robinson bolsters the pace with significant character moments and pleasant surprises. As much as "Starman" ever was Robinson's to shape and mold, this book (and its surrounding universe) is limited to the writer and thereby quite entertaining for the reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Earth 2 #9

Feb 7, 2013

Robinson seems determined to pick up the pace of this next arc, but readers expecting to find a new Dr. Fate christened in "Earth 2" #9 are instead going to find a prolonged introduction to Nabu and Fate as they are reimagined in this post-relaunched DC Universe. This is, after all, a prologue to the "Tower of Fate" story where, presumably, we'll meet Nabu in full persona and, hopefully, begin to realize the allegiances of the wonders of this new world.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Earth 2 #11

Apr 5, 2013

The world of "Earth 2" is getting so vast that entire issues now feel like chapters in an anthology. That's not necessarily a bad thing, mind you, but it certainly feels like I'm just not getting enough, despite the fullness of each issue. "Earth 2" #11 left me wanting more, soon. A lot more, like adventures with Hawkgirl and Fate and Mister Miracle, but for now, I'll just have to invest in some extra patience while I wait for the next enjoyable installment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2 #14

Jul 8, 2013

"Earth 2" #14 is another installment in a collection of enjoyable world-building stories from Robinson and company. The fact that Robinson has been afforded a great deal of autonomy building "Earth 2" certainly helps distinguish this book from becoming "just another title." The series has been a breath of fresh air in this year of cancellations across DC's line and has made a very strong case to be one of the best books the company publishes.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Earth 2 #15.1

Sep 5, 2013

Throughout "Earth 2" #15.1, Desaad wrings his hands in perverted glee as he saps mortals of their emotions, but readers have absolutely no connection to any of those mortals presented here, nor does Levitz provide a reason to care about Desaad's other deeds throughout this issue. It doesn't add, it doesn't detract, it just doesn't do anything except make me miss James Robinson's work on "Earth 2" all the more. Thankfully there is one more issue with his writing to cleanse my pallet of the hideous taste "Earth 2" #15.1 has delivered. While "good enough" might be acceptable for some of the products hitting shelves during "Villains Month," this comic is far from good enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Earth 2 #15.2

Sep 16, 2013

Constructed to end dramatically, "Earth 2" #15.2 leaves me wondering why I need another comic book that adds nothing to the canvas of "Earth 2." The issue is a lot like drawing a moustache on the Mona Lisa. Some might get a chuckle out of it, or find "art" in the effort, but there's no denying that "Earth 2" as a concept gains no extra support or individuality from this piece.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Earth 2 #16

Oct 7, 2013

James Robinson has built an amazing world on "Earth 2" with a lot of help from Nicola Scott. As he leaves this issue, however, Robinson doesn't put the toys back where he found them, choosing instead to leave them scattered all across DC's sandbox. It's a damn shame the writer won't stick around and that readers were not afforded the luxury of a complete tale from Robinson. The final reveal of Brutaal, the remnants of the World Army and the mission of the Wonders is left undone, waiting for someone else to try and piece together the vision Robinson was so diligently assembling. Readers could finish the threads their own way, presuming they know the story Robinson might have told, but from here, we will only know what Robinson intended if he comes forth and reveals it himself. "Earth 2" #16 gives readers one last look at the enjoyable, growing universe Robinson and Scott have constructed before it shifts to the direction of a new writer.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Earth 2 #17

Nov 11, 2013

"Earth 2" #17 is still a strong title, despite the changing of guard in the writer's chair. Nicola Scott remaining on the book is a great decision, especially with so much tumult present in the story. The duo do not disappoint in their first effort on this title, giving us plenty to look forward to with an ever-expanding cast of characters filling the pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Earth 2 #19

Jan 13, 2014

This series needs to extend the page count per issue as "Earth 2" #19 simply didn't have enough room to expand each storyline. The end result is a comic book that feels as though it is jam-packed with cliffhangers, begging readers to come back early and often. At least there is an Annual for this series coming out this month to trim down the time between issues and hopefully advance at least one of the plotlines a bit more as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Earth 2 #21

Mar 7, 2014

Given that issue is "Part One," there's obviously some big stuff coming, but this issue doesn't provide any hurry to that larger story. Taylor and Scott do a solid job touching all the bases in this issue, but none of those bases are covered in depth beyond the evil deeds of Superman. Maybe it's reflective of the "Forever Evil" event and his approximation to Ultraman from that story, but evil Superman is wearing a little thin, especially in the shadow of Apokolips and set against the backdrop of so many other characters that have barely been given proper investigation. After all, "Earth 2" #21 only gives us a couple panels of Hawkgirl, a scowling visage of Aquawoman and minor dialog from Red Tornado. This is a decent enough introductory issue, but it is barely more than that. Quite simply, it's just another issue of "Earth 2."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2 #25

Jul 7, 2014

Taylor sets up the grand finale of "The Kryptonian" with all of the major pieces in play. "Earth 2" #25 essentially serves as a roll call for the wide-ranging story's conclusion and gives readers a chance to remember what is so remarkable about each reader's favorite "Earth 2" denizen. This book has been full of world-building, which continues even as the end of the world comes into focus. The Wonders of the world are set to challenge that end, and Taylor and Scott are giving readers everything they could possibly want to soak it all up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Earth 2 Annual #1

May 29, 2013

The protagonists of "Earth 2 Annual" #1 all get a nice turn in the spotlight, a chance to flex their muscles and show readers what they've got. Batman's scenes sharply distinguish this Dark Knight from all others while the rest of the book uncovers more of the connective tissue left behind following the invasion from Apokolips. Placed under the prism of his nearing departure, "Earth 2 Annual" #1 multiplies the loss of Robinson to this title and the larger DC Universe. For now, however, there are a few more stories still to come from Robinson to showcase what could have been (or might yet still be), and this Annual does a spiffy job of seeding those story vines.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Earth 2: World's End #1

Oct 13, 2014

It's nice that the writing crew is trying to connect all of the moments of the past together, or to fill in scenes from slightly before readers meet these characters, but none of the "new" pieces revealed in "Earth 2: World's End" #1 feel necessary. "Earth 2" didn't need additional Batman ties. In the space where we meet Dick and Barb Grayson, we could have easily been introduced to Ted Grant, Charles McNider or Ted Knight. Unspectacular and borderline superfluous given everything that has already been revealed in "Futures End," "Earth 2: World's End" #1 doesn't offer readers enough to rush back for further issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Earth 2: World's End #26

Apr 2, 2015

Unfortunately, with such a vast array of creators chipping in to this title, it is nearly impossible to properly identify every creator's individual contributions, right down to the trio of colorists. There are some wildly imaginative drawings in this comic, but there are also some headscratchers and other distracting pieces. The final eight pages are such a collage of attempted money shots that all sense of storytelling disappears. It's unclear how the characters aboard the T.S.S. Endurance got there or what exactly happened to the other set of characters or if Alan Scott ever got to finish one activity. The big ideas and promise are there in "Earth 2: World's End" #26, but the vision was never given a true plan to follow for positive execution.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Edge of Spider-Verse (2014) #1

Sep 12, 2014

By the end of the issue, the creative team has accomplished their two-pronged goal: introduce readers to one of the variant Spider-People set to swing through the pages of the "Spider-Verse" story and open the door to "Spider-Verse." It's not remarkable, flashy, nor particularly memorable, but it gets the job done. Spider-Man Noir is one of the more visually distinct Spider-Folk, and it helps to provide a backstory as this issue does. "Edge of Spider-Verse" #1 is not a particularly memorable read, but it does move along nicely. As the second of ten comic books listed on the "Edge of Spider-Verse" checklist, it gives readers a chance to sample portions of the Spider-Verse that may be more appealing without locking them in to a long-term, slow-moving story. This series is set to be a quintet of one-shots, and by choosing to devote an entire issue to each character's backstory Marvel has put the onus on the readers to ingest only as much as they want to.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Edge of Spider-Verse (2014) #3

Sep 26, 2014

Perhaps feeling limited by the space, Weaver packs a lot of story into "Edge of Spider-Verse" #3, and pushes the exposition right up to the edge of "too much." Aaron Aikman and Ikegami are not afforded the space for their relationship to organically blossom, nor does Weaver have the chance to let readers discover the world around Spider-Man. Letterer Clayton Cowles handles all of that with crisp, clean, well-appointed caption boxes, weaving them in and around Weaver's dynamic storytelling and detailed drawings. This is an astonishingly thick read that gives readers just enough to know they should want to see more of Aaron Aikman and the rest of Dustin Weaver's adventures on the "Edge of Spider-Verse."

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ei8ht #1

Jan 20, 2015

Albuquerque doesn't introduce us to the Meld or the inhabitants therein in a dainty manner; the book simply says, "Here you go. Let's rock." And rock is exactly what "Ei8ht" #1 does with snappy dialogue, eye-catching scenery and a mystery as deep as twenty-two pages can accommodate. This world Albuquerque offers to share with us is interesting enough that I cannot wait for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ei8ht #3

Apr 16, 2015

As time is fluid in this series, changing multiple times throughout the journey from front to back cover, Albuquerque has free reign to draw some amazing things: spaceships and astronaut monkeys, dinosaurs and artillery and even an attacking smilodon. If readers study Albuquerque's art, some other clues become clear as well. It's not telegraphed and certainly nothing has been predictable in "Ei8ht" to this point but, with this issue, Johnson and Albuquerque begin paying out the investment they've made in the story and continue to set up further developments. With Johnson adding a sharp coat of polish to the story and crafting the dialogue, "Ei8ht" #3 is a sharp looking book that proves Albuquerque is as reliable a storyteller as he is an artist.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Elephantmen #16

Mar 1, 2009

As an added bonus in this issue is a representation of "The Sleeze Brothers", offered in flipbook format. While the connection between the two highly disparate stories escapes me, I am certain others more familiar with "The Sleeze Brothers" will see this as a welcome addition.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Elsewhere #1

Aug 1, 2017

Faerber, Kesgin, Riley, and Mauer bring their very best to this issue, and it really shows. This is a labor of love that has expanded to fill their imaginations, and theyre doing a great job sharing that vision. I thoroughly enjoyed this issue, and I look forward to more. Give it a spin, see what you think.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Enter the Heroic Age #1

May 20, 2010

I'm interested to see how these new titles fare among readers and reviewers alike. This issue is not must-read stuff, but if you're teased by advance solicits and want to get some idea of what's going to be worthy of your hard earned cash, this issue is a good, affordable sampler.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Eternal Warrior: Days of Steel #1

Nov 10, 2014

There is plenty of action in this comic book, and it all looks great, but a considerable amount is in the past. The middle of "Eternal Warrior: Days of Steel" #1 slows a bit, measuring out the pacing for this first issue. Milligan, Nord, Reber and Sharpe pack plenty into this first issue of this Eternal Warrior miniseries to welcome in any reader, regardless of their depth of knowledge of the Valiant Universe in general or Gilad Anni-Padda in particular. Now embedded in the heart of the Frank-Magyar war, Gilad's latest adventure is just beginning.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Exiles (2009) #1

Apr 7, 2009

In all, this issue has some appeal, with a collection of characters -" Blink, Witch (a variant of Scarlet Witch), Polaris, Forge, Beast, and Panther -- who are popular in smaller, devoted circles of readers, but overall, there is no one character that shines or sells the book based simply upon their inclusion. Fans won't be flocking to yet another Wolverine appearance, nor will they be picking this book up for the big "Yet Another Brand New Day" reveal. This is a bold move by Parker and Marvel, but it worked for the original iteration of Marvel's "Exiles." Maybe this volume will get a boost from its first storyline, which calls upon the Exiles to help Wolverine overthrow Magneto.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Exiles (2009) #3

Jun 2, 2009

Summarily, "Exiles" offers a nice peek into other worlds with tangibly familiar characters. Parker is a master of the recap page that Marvel employs, so every issue is approachable to new readers and this series in particular has a more relaxed feel making it readable for comic fans of all ages.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Expendables #1

May 22, 2010

I admittedly had low expectations for this book going in, and aside from the couple of chuckles generated by the extreme-action dialog, I was not disappointed. Dixon appears to have had fun with this comic, but there's nothing worthy of me coming back for more. It's G. I. Joe-lite, trying to pretend to be "Suicide Squad," but truly it's neither.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Extermination (2018) #1

Aug 15, 2018

So is Extermination #1 worth reading? As a pedestrian X-Men reader (I'm in on Tom Taylor's X-Men Red and have been reading Exiles, Domino, and X-23) I found this issue easy to enter into, rewarding in its premise, and promising in the potential for the rest of the series. The challenge Brisson, Larraz, Gracia, Sabino, and editing crew Chris Robinson, Darren Shan, and Jordan D. White (who has a cameo!) have in front of them is to keep the remainder of this series accessible while continuing to raise the stakes.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Extermination (2018) #2

Aug 29, 2018

I know there's big plans with the X-Men, but right now, I'm soaking this in. Brisson, Larraz, Gracia, and Sabino are giving readers an X-Men epic light on tie-ins, and big on eye-opening moments and gasp-worthy reveals. This ain't your daddy's X-Men, but you can find some of them in this story. The story itself is worthy of your time and attention, and it will give you something to look forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Extermination (2018) #3

Sep 26, 2018

Extermination #3 is the middle point of this journey. The X-Men already aren't the same as they were prior to the first issue. Heck, they're not the same at the end of this issue as they were at the start except there's still two more issues left! Brisson, Larraz, Gracia, and Sabino do good work here, and it's more than enough to keep my attention on Marvel's (not-so) merry mutants.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Extermination (2018) #4

Oct 31, 2018

Like the previous issues of this series, Extermination #4 has a surprise moment at the end of the issue that has me eager to read the next chapter. That eagerness is tinged with ambivalence, however. I like the work Larraz, Anindito, Vines, Arciniega, and Sabino bring to this issue, but I really do wish we had an entire story penciled by Larraz and colored by Gracia. If they're back next issue, that will add a nice touch to the series, but on the flipside of that, Anindito, Vines, and Arciniega will have one more issue's worth of work to gel and to make their contribution to Extermination stand out. Regardless, this penultimate issue has some fun payoffs, sets up some tense revelations, and gives readers a reason to look forward to the conclusion of Extermination.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Extraordinary X-Men #8

Mar 16, 2016

That's not to say this is a bad comic. Extraordinary X-Men #8 is actually an enjoyable comic, as readers are sure to find at least one fan-favorite character in this issue. Hopefully, the opening chapter of this adventure is not indicative of the pace to come, but rather a chance for readers to slowly immerse themselves in this new adventure. Maybe now that this installment is out of the way, things will pick up as Extraordinary X-Men plows forward into this Apocalypse tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Faces of Evil: Kobra #1

Feb 1, 2009

While I have been both openly critical of this "Faces of Evil" marketing ploy and downright disappointed by a number of DC's efforts of late, I am equally impressed with this offering, so much so that tomorrow I'll be stopping by the comic shop to try and dig up those old 1970s "Kobra" issues blatantly referenced in this issue. While "Solomon Grundy" was an unabashed advertisement for the pending mini series, this issue has me hoping for a "Kobra" mini series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Fall of the Hulks: The Savage She-Hulks #1

Mar 2, 2010

The conclusion of this issue will undoubtedly have some strong repercussions in the next, as it should. It's a shame this is tied to the "Fall of the Hulks" event, as I think it would be quite enjoyable on its own.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Family Dynamic #1

Aug 25, 2008

The story in this issue balances action with information, heroic deeds with insightful interludes. It reads like a classic Marvel comic in pacing, but carries the sensibilities of a DC comic in the shared universe. Torres and Levins have given this new universe strong legs to stand on and major potential to strive to fulfill. I only hope that Torres and Levins find a means to continue examining these characters once DC's commitment to the first three issues plays out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Family Dynamic #3

Oct 27, 2008

A fabulous all ages read that doesn't have characters being maimed, raped, or killed, this book would provide any younger (or disenfranchised older) reader with the perfect (re-) entry point into the world of comic books. I only hope "Family Dynamic" finds a new home that offers it an opportunity appropriate to its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Fantastic Four (1998) #575

Jan 28, 2010

I've never been a monthly devotee to the adventures of the Fantastic Four, but this creative team has my interest piqued. Another couple of issues on this level and I might just be joining them for the long haul.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (1998) #600

Nov 24, 2011

As anniversary issues of comics go, this one is different from the norm (or perceived norm) in that it doesn't waste any time navel-gazing. This issue does very little to celebrate the stories leading to this anniversary point and blazes full speed ahead to what is going to happen or is currently happening. It breaks the mold of preconceived anniversary expectations, but that's pretty much the preconceived expectation for Fantastic Four stories from Jonathan Hickman. This issue is yet another entertaining, fun read from Hickman and company. It's burdened by a hefty price sticker, but that is easily justified away once you realize that you're getting ninety-six pages of new story. That makes this issue quite a deal by comparison. That is something to be thankful for.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (1998) #605

Apr 16, 2012

"The World's Greatest Comic Magazine" has been a dense read for the past few years, despite the fact that comic fans have been drawn to the title due to the acclaim pointed in its direction. "Fantastic Four" #605, however, is about as open and inviting an issue as fans could hope to find, especially given that this issue is roughly Hickman's fortieth on the title. Fantastic Four fans looking to find a way back to the title would do well to pick this book up, as would fans of the Thing. After all, you never know what tomorrow is going to bring now that Jonathan Hickman has rewritten it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Fantastic Four (1998) #607

Jun 15, 2012

"Fantastic Four" #607 is more of what fans have come to expect from Hickman's definitive run on this title. This is another paragraph in the love-letter to the imaginative corners of the Marvel Universe. Hickman just happens to be using the Fantastic Four to visit those wondrous places. In joining Hickman on that journey, we learn about the Marvel Universe, these characters and a little bit about ourselves in the course of some fun comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fantastic Four (1998) #609

Aug 8, 2012

Following a series of fill-in artists and apparent fill-in type stories -- including jaunts to a further future and a tour of Wakanda -- Hickman has seemingly returned to his grander tale, this time with an artist committed to the long haul. It's simply too bad that this run seems short-circuited by Marvel NOW! As a matter of fact, in the letters page of this issue, the imminent departure of Hickman is mentioned, rather than hyping what is yet to come during Hickman and Stegman's remaining issues. With the Future Defenders departing the pages of this series, I'm keen to see what awaits us in a newly re-energized the pages of "Fantastic Four."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fantastic Four (1998) #610

Sep 17, 2012

Hickman's time may winding down on this series, but he is still driving his story forward, further revealing the Fantastic Four's place and purpose. Through these wonderful stories, I find myself looking forward to the next issue after I close the cover each time, only to wrestle with the bittersweet thought that the next anticipated issue is closer to the end of a memorable run on the greatest comic family.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (1998) #611

Oct 15, 2012

As a fitting conclusion, there's a text piece from Hickman at the end of the book that includes his quest to regain the tagline "The World's Greatest Comic Magazine." Hickman and company were bold and definitive in their quest to regain that honor and this issue is further testimony that they have gained it back. I'm not sure what Matt Fraction has planned for the relaunch, but the legacy Hickman leaves with "Fantastic Four" is undeniably impressive.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Fantastic Four (2012) #3

Jan 11, 2013

"Fantastic Four" #3 is a decent enough, if unspectacular, story. Fraction has a nice sense for the personalities he writes and he does a fine job of delivering complete stories in each issue of the series that tie into a larger big picture. It may not be as grand in scope as Hickman's run, but it does a sense of wonder and fun, which are critical to this first team and first family of Marvel NOW!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2012) #16

Jan 16, 2014

Fraction's departure from the title could have easily spelled doom for this series, but Kesel saw fit to bring Doom to the forefront and amplify the character's threat. In the end, "Fantastic Four" #16 is another issue from Kesel that was delivered in a relief effort to continue the adventures of the premiere family of the Marvel Universe. Kesel does a nice job tying up the loose ends, teasing out some new threads and giving readers a chance to celebrate the Fantastic Four with the Fantastic Four. James Robinson and Leonard Kirk are up next, and my calendar is already marked for the debut of their All-New Marvel NOW! take on the Fantastic Four, but for now, I'm more than happy to soak up the fun of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Fantastic Four (2014) #1

Feb 26, 2014

"Fantastic Four" #1 does exactly what debut issues are supposed to do: appraise the reader of the cast of characters, establish the plot and surrounding subplots and hook the reader for more to come. James Robinson and Leonard Kirk are welcome additions to the expanding Marvel NOW! Universe and "Fantastic Four" is now climbing towards the top of my reading list, hoping to share a spot with other Marvel books like "Daredevil" and "Nova." Like those other titles, I've never been more excited to read "Fantastic Four" than I am right now. Those other titles better beware -- with "Fantastic Four" #1, Robinson, Kirk and company make a strong case for this comic book to return to prominence as "The World's Greatest Comic Magazine."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #3

Apr 28, 2014

Packing "Fantastic Four" #3 with a grand tour of the Marvel Universe, it's clear that Robinson, Kirk and company are definitely building a long-range story with significant ramifications to come. I haven't been this dialed in to "Fantastic Four" since Mark Waid and Mike Wieringo were on the book, nor have I been this enthused to share it. Robinson has a well-defined understanding of the characters and what makes their universe so exciting and he delivers it in an approachable, easily-consumed story that really should be making its way into more hands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #5

May 29, 2014

"Fantastic Four" #5 is every bit the "feast for the eye" that James Robinson declared it to be at this year's C2E2. It's not the most action-packed adventure the Fantastic Four have ever faced, but it is a magnificent summarization of the stunning history that Reed and Susan Richards, Ben Grimm and Johnny Storm all share. Robinson has been reminding readers of the Fantastic Four's place in the Marvel Universe and this issue continues to make those connections, despite isolating the team and persecuting them. Part five of "The Fall of the Fantastic Four" hits readers in the gut, but the other shoe has yet to fall as verdicts have not been shared. Whatever happens next, I'm sure Robinson's going to make it memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #11

Oct 17, 2014

In light of the recent announcement that the series will be ending, "Fantastic Four" #11 serves up a wonderful example of how a comic can be so very good despite all of the negative events that occur in it. If Robinson truly is ushering out this era of Marvel's first family, he is doing so in a most remarkably memorable fashion. These are challenges that the Fantastic Four has never faced before, but Robinson makes it all work so well. This is the most I've been invested in the Fantastic Four since the days of Mark Waid and Mike Wieringo.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fantastic Four (2014) #13

Nov 21, 2014

Robinson does a magnificent job of offering the reader substantiation on the story he has been building since "Fantastic Four" #1. The disparate storylines begin to dovetail together in this comic book, but Robinson keeps the mystery and the scope under wraps, giving readers just enough to trigger reactions and garner anticipation. The writer doesn't deliver the big reveal in "Fantastic Four" #13, but he does prove to readers that they couldn't have been more wrong about whatever they thought might be happening in the first half of this series. This issue puts the First Family back in the heart of the Marvel Universe, and for at least reminds readers that this is "The World's Greatest Comic Magazine" as this story continues to build into a classic in the making.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Fantastic Four (2014) #643

Feb 26, 2015

I hit the last page of "Fantastic Four" #643 and shouted out, "Aw Yeah!" Robinson continues to make everything feel new and has found the perfect hook for this team, making them truly feel like a family -- not just any family, mind you, but that one family that everyone looks up to and respects. Sure, sometimes you might look at that family with jealousy, but that's only because you know that family is fantastic, just like this comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Fantastic Four (2014) #645

Apr 30, 2015

"Fantastic Four" #645 is a beautiful conclusion to a remarkable run, both for the series and for Robinson and Kirk. The four solo tales, the editorial farewell, the two-page check-in from Willie Lumpkin and cover gallery featuring some of the most memorable creators of the series are well-conceived and strongly executed additions to a story that almost singlehandedly carries the full burden of the cover price. I'm going to miss the Fantastic Four but, thanks to the creative team of this landmark issue, I'll be able to come back to this story until the staples fall out. Truly, this is "The World's Greatest Comic Magazine."

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #1

Aug 8, 2018

This is the perfect welcome back for long-time fans, but a potentially daunting introduction for new readers who might get hung up on details that are slim in this story about Marvel's First Family.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Fatale #1

Jan 5, 2012

There are clues as to what's going on, but mind you, this is a first issue. Brubaker gives readers just enough to encourage them to jump to conclusions, make presumptions about the story and want to return for more, if for no other reason than to see if their theories match the unfolding plot. Undoubtedly, Brubaker has different plans, and his story is going to deliver things we don't see coming. Just as long as we get the story of the demon with the tommy gun, I'll be back for more. Until then, I'm going to give this issue another read then share it with a pal.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
FCBD 2014: Project Black Sky #1

May 5, 2014

Even though Brain Boy and Captain Midnight are properties that are over half a century old, Van Lente and team make them feel fresh and new, easily encapsulated in this issue to serve as a primer for readers eager to seek out more. As for more "Project Black Sky," there is no shortage of that coming from Dark Horse. There is a web comic that launched the day before Free Comic Book Day and there will be tie-ins in all of Dark Horse's superhero titles throughout the spring and early summer. With a free web comic, a conspiracy vibe and a full-length, brand-new Free Comic Book Day adventure, Dark Horse is showing the comic industry how to use all the tools in the toolbox to launch an event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
FCBD: Molly Danger & Princeless #1

May 6, 2013

As a father of three dazzling young ladies, I'm always on the lookout for stuff to share with them. The oldest will claim her driver's permit this year, and has rabidly taken to "Daredevil" and "Batman," while the middle is a comic book kid all the way through. The youngest, however, is more particular in her choices and this book lit her up like a Christmas tree. I had faith in Jamal Igle to produce a book that would be beautiful, fun and adventurous. I got the added bonus of "Princeless" to elicit laughs and excitement from the Zawisza girls. Well done, Action Lab. Welcome to the family.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
FCBD: Super Dinosaur: Origin Special #1

May 8, 2011

A story that's titled " and stars " a "Super Dinosaur" is certain to be a celebration of everything good about comics, right? Yes, indeed it is. Even better, this one is free. And it's aimed at an all ages audience. My kids enjoyed the first issue, but, just between you and me, I'm thankful that my comics shop was generous enough to let us each get our own copy of this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Fear Itself #1

Apr 4, 2011

This first issue, however, shows that the fear is less embodied in the foes and much more present in the world around the heroes of this story. The world around these heroes is starting to lose its tenuous grip on sanity, which is how this issue opens. Immonen and Fraction wasted no time getting this story set in motion, and, if this first offering is any indication, the next six issues ought to be stunning.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Fear Itself #2

May 4, 2011

Immonen, like George Prez, is able to cram a massive amount of story into a simple panel that takes up less than a quarter of a page, but it all looks so elegant and clean. Those tighter panels make the larger panels seem like splash pages by comparison and the splash pages, therefore, seem like panoramic posters. "Fear Itself" is a gorgeous book that features art that matches the story beat for beat. Oh, and it happens to be a pretty darn enjoyable event comic too.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Fear Itself #3

Jun 1, 2011

The one thing that does happen in this issue is this: a hero falls. This is, after all, an event book. It wouldn't really have any meaning if someone didn't die, would it? At least that much was reserved for this issue, instead of being farmed out to other titles. I'd like to see a little more of this story contained within the covers of the "Fear Itself" title. Or maybe I'd rather see a little less happening elsewhere and simply being teased here. Whichever the case, I sincerely hope next issue brings a little more of what the first two issues provided.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fear Itself #4

Jul 6, 2011

I'd like to see more in the three remaining issues of "Fear Itself." Rather than a page pointing me to three other titles for pieces of the story started here, finish what was begun here. Give me some closure. Just, please, make sure it is as stunningly drawn, and wonderfully delivered as some of these teasers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fear Itself #5

Aug 10, 2011

As far as this series is concerned, this is a down issue. The upside to that is that, even as a down issue, this is wildly fun, explosively entertaining story. There's two issues left of this series, and from the looks of what is left undone, those two are going to be doozies.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Fear Itself #6

Sep 14, 2011

This book devolved from a great story with dazzling art to a sampler of Marvel's higher-priced monthly books. Want to finish a story thread that started in "Fear Itself?" Try reading "Avengers," "Iron Man 2.0," (Has Rhodey even appeared in this main series?!) or "New Avengers." Or make it up yourself, draw it out on some copy paper, and pretend your version happened. You might be happier that way.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Fear Itself #7

Oct 19, 2011

This issue is a major letdown from what was built up initially.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Fear Itself: FF #1

Jul 22, 2011

In his attacks upon those he loves most, this issue shows just how hideously possessed Ben Grimm is, but "Fear Itself: FF" serves as more of a teaser than anything else. Event-related comics have gone from true tales that tie into the main story to thinly-veiled advertisements for a better or more complete story found elsewhere. That's a real shame, as there certainly seems to be plenty of opportunity to further examine some of the stories present in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Fear Itself: Fearsome Four #1

Jun 9, 2011

This book is full of odd pairings and gatherings, but all the same it just seems slow and choppy. The plot is well-intended, the characters an odd assortment, but nothing about this book really entices me to plunk down another three bucks for the next installment. I'll peek between the covers, sure, but I'm not expecting a great deal.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Fear Itself: Spider-Man #2

Jun 8, 2011

The Spider-Man we leave at the end of this book is tired and worn thin, but given what the final page puts on us (as well as what was outright revealed to happen at the conclusion of "Fear Itself" #3) the final issue of this "Fear Itself" trilogy tie-in promises to be a doozy. I just hope it delivers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fear Itself: The Fearless #12

Apr 9, 2012

This final chapter touches on a great swath of the Marvel Universe from Captain America to Valkyrie, Sin to Hellstrom, from Asgardia to the DOA to the Dire Wraiths, but most importantly, we learn who the Fearless are, or at least what they are supposed to be. "Fear Itself: the Fearless" is over, but for the Marvel Universe this story is just beginning. Anyone hoping for a clean-cut ending might be sorely disappointed, but anyone looking for a fun, adventure-packed comic book is certain to enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Fear Itself: The Home Front #1

Apr 6, 2011

This first issue is hardly "must-read" material. I'd even go so far as to say it's barely even "nice-to-read" stuff. It doesn't do much to add to the tapestry of "Fear Itself" that isn't already masterfully accomplished in the main title. As a standalone, it is a little less inspiring, unless you happen to be a diehard Speedball fan. I'm not certain what future issues hold, but there will be, at the very least, stories of Speedball and Agents of Atlas. That's really not going to be enough to guarantee my dollars and time, but I'll at least peek in the issue to see if it is an upgrade from this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fear Itself: Youth in Revolt #1

May 12, 2011

This is a fine compliment to the main action of "Fear Itself." Beyond that, it provides fans of the "Initiative" crowd of heroes (or even the Young Allies) with the opportunity to find those characters active in an adventure once more. Even better, this adventure looks to be a fun read with great art.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Fear Itself: Youth in Revolt #6

Oct 23, 2011

"Fear Itself" is a wrap (sort of) and the Marvel Universe is brushing itself off and moving on. With the Initiative enjoying a bit of a rejuvenation in this issue, I look forward to more of these characters popping up soon. If McKeever and Norton want to join those characters, that'd be fun too.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
FF #1

Mar 23, 2011

That guided tour I mentioned earlier also includes a legend of the characters in this first issue for quick reference upon re-reading. Yes, this book demands re-reading. It helps the story soak in a bit more and offers more for the reader on a second pass. In short, this is a near perfect first issue for readers to jump into this fantastic new world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
FF #4

May 25, 2011

"FF" might be a decent read in collected form, but I personally cannot wait that long to enjoy more adventures of this group as told by Jonathan Hickman.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
FF #5

Jun 29, 2011

In "FF," I've found a book that I never really knew I wanted to read. The Thing is always going to draw my attention, but unless he's headlining, he's not enough to command comic cash from me based solely on his inclusion. Throw him into a book that is filled with lively characters, treacherous plots, and attention-grabbing scenarios and, well, you get "FF." So do yourself a favo and: go get "FF."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
FF #16

Mar 30, 2012

You might think "FF" is a nice companion piece for readers looking for more Fantastic Four action from Jonathan Hickman, but this issue proves that it has the capability to stand all on its own. A nice interlude between bigscreen adventures that also openly welcomes readers into the fantastic worlds these imaginauts traverse, "FF" is a book with big ideas and fun adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
FF #19

Jun 29, 2012

As with the rest of this series to date, "FF" #19 brings some eye-opening moments, entertaining dialogue, fabulous, natural character development and more than a little bit of world-building. When Hickman departs the Fantastic Four family of titles, his run is going to be remembered fondly, and this issue is a prime example of why.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
FF (2012) #9

Jul 21, 2013

I've dipped in and out of both this title and "Fantastic Four," but "FF" #9 is a strong installment that has brought on at least one new reader. Following Jonathan Hickman's brilliant construction of the Future Foundation, it was possible no creator would ever treat these characters sufficiently enough to merit my attention again. Except Fraction and Quinones made the younger members of the Future Foundation fun-loving kids with personalities and quirks, and put enough of a mission behind the adults that it feels as though this book personally invites readers back for more about their adventures. It worked. I'm back and looking forward to Fraction and crew will be doing with the kids and their mentors.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Figment 2 #1

Sep 1, 2015

Unfortunately, the story in "Figment 2" #1 is not as whimsical as Figment himself, as it goes to great lengths to establish the characters, the Academy and the mystery to be investigated further over the course of this series. It does have moments of fun, however, and is a nice, clean package ready for all ages to thoroughly enjoy. , However, younger readers and those with shorter attention spans might find the issue lacking, though Zub and Bachs give the little dragon enough fun moments to encourage readers to return next issue when the action hopefully picks up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Fin Fang Four Return #1

May 7, 2009

Rest assured, if you are looking for solace and a chance to escape rampant Wolverine sightings (otherwise known as "Loganism") this book will be a happy haven for you (except for some cake advertisement "- really -" with Wolverine in it).

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Final Crisis #5

Dec 10, 2008

That said, overall, I think this book is well below the bar of expectation that has been set for it and this series. I know what the story is supposed to be about, I know the names, but I just don't see the characters. I don't feel the energy. I don't care. I might give this a shot in collected form, but for now, I'm done with "Final Crisis."

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Final Crisis: Requiem #1

Jul 11, 2008

This book is as close to a perfect read as I have encountered lately. Once the cover was closed, I looked around the house for someone to share this with, but the wife and kids were gone. Undoubtedly, this will be a book I point to time and again when someone asks me why I read comics. Without hesitation, consider me the chairman of the "Let's get Tomasi and Mahnke to do he next big event book" committee. At the very least, know that I'll be right there waiting for the next title these two creators get to sink their ideas into. The only thing missing was a nice plate of Chocos and a glass of milk sitting next to me when I wrote this review.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Finding Nemo: Losing Dory #1

Jul 27, 2010

This issue seemed like a shallow fish tank for me; Perhaps "Nemo" would be more enjoyable as a series of shorter tales.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Finding Nemo: Reef Rescue #1

Jun 30, 2009

This issue is another great offering from the folks at Boom! The creative talent and editorial staff truly know how to treat these licenses with respect while giving the readers enjoyable stories fit to be shared by all ages.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Firebreather #1

Jul 9, 2008

Issue #1 is already out and issue #2 is at the printers, readying for release soon. If you're looking for something new, something different and not "Final-Secret-Invasion-Crisis-Crossovery" give this book a shot. This is one of those books that needs a little more support, as it takes on the summer behemoths with the strength and tenacity Duncan Rosenblatt displays against the giant in his own life.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Firebreather #2

Aug 12, 2008

"Firebreather" takes the classic teen angst story a step further. What if Spider-Man's powers truly made him different in appearance AND ability? This book gives you a flavor for what that might have been like. Not only that, but what if Peter Parker's dad (or Uncle Ben) happened to be Fin Fang Foom? Therein lies the initial concept to the series. The fact that I'm making this leap speaks strongly of Hester and Kuhn's ability to make this a tale worthy of such comparison. This is a book with a bit of heat to it, showing a great deal of promise. With the announcement from Comic-Con International: San Diego that there would soon be a "Firebreather" cartoon, this series is only going to get hotter.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Firebreather: Holmgang #1

Nov 29, 2010

"Firebreather" continues to deliver every time Hester and Kuhn collaborate, and this time out is no exception. If you enjoyed the "Firebreather" movie, or have no clue what "Firebreather" is all about, but just happen to be looking for something new, Hester and Kuhn have just what you need.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash (1987) #243

Aug 26, 2008

It is quite a shame that the information age has spoiled the "secrecy" of the comic world so massively, as it seems all but given that this current volume of "The Flash" will almost certainly give way to a new title following Geoff Johns' and Ethan Van Sciver's take on the Scarlet Speedster. Just as readership fell from the previous Flash volume (featuring Bart Allen under the crimson cowl), it seems almost inevitable that history will repeat itself, despite the promise of invested stories from Alan Burnett and Paco Diaz. I've been with this volume of "The Flash" since issue #1, and I plan to see it through. Hopefully, I'm wrong and the title will continue well past 2009. We'll just have to keep reading to find out.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Flash (1987) #247

Dec 29, 2008

By no means is this the worst issue of the 21 years that I've been reading the Flash (am I really that old?!?), nor is it the best. It wraps things up and sets them over to the side. Ringing out the old while singing in the new.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2010) #3

Jun 30, 2010

The main story is a mere twenty pages, but Johns teams up with his old pal Scott Kolins to provide a two-page "FlashFacts" bit at the end of the book. That segment makes a nice enhancement to the story that precedes it, and I'm interested to see if this proves to be a regular bit. This series has gotten off to a good start and it appears as though its just hitting its stride now.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash (2010) #9

Feb 9, 2011

Unfortunately, it doesn't move any too quickly, but it does pick up as it goes along. As much as I want to like "The Flash," this book just hasn't found a way to hook me yet. Manapul's art is the big draw for me in this series so far, but maybe as the event draws nearer, my interest will increase.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Flash (2010) #11

May 1, 2011

It's odd reading this book with the same creative team that had me so very enthused to read about the adventures of Wally West, but now they leave me apathetic with the lackluster affairs of Barry Allen. I'd like to think it's me, and not Johns and Kolins. But maybe it's just Barry Allen.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2011) #5

Jan 26, 2012

"The Flash" has been a fun title in this relaunch. Manapul and Buccellato lure readers in with the pretty art, then surprise the readers with good stories to drive it. As this title stars the fastest man, I would like to see the storyline with Mob Rule pick up the pace. Five issues seems long for that tale to stretch, especially when there's so much else to see about the relaunched world of the Flash. Regardless, this comic is entertaining, visually engaging, and worth coming back to check out again next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2011) #9

May 23, 2012

In the end, Manapul and Buccellato concoct a great story that introduces new readers to the Flash and Flash readers to the new Gorilla City. Personally, I'm trade-waiting this series moreso than not, but I could not bypass this issue. The cover and the gorillas got me in. The story and the art made me happy. I'm not the world's biggest Barry Allen fan, but Buccellato and Manapul have made me a pretty big fan of "The Flash."

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Flash (2011) #12

Aug 23, 2012

I'm not a regular reader of this book in floppy format, preferring to have a hardcover in my paws so I can soak in the art, but when a new issue of "The Flash" hits the stands, I definitely spend some time looking through it. In this case, I didn't set it back down. Hands down, this is the most intense issue of "The Flash" that I've read in this series. Luckily the story dribbled out in these pages is set to crash through the "Flash Annual" hitting the rack next week.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash (2011) #13

Oct 25, 2012

Manapul and Buccellato get in some fun nods to other pop culture ape appearances, but one that they deliver seems largely unintentional and has me wondering -- why is Grodd purple, like the classic Hanna-Barbera cartoon character Grape Ape? There are white gorillas and black gorillas throughout the issue. I understand the need to have Grodd separate from the rest of his troop, but the lavender hue seems like an odd choice. All the same, "The Flash" #13 is a fun read that moves (pardon the pun) quickly and delivers a fine sample of Barry Allen's corner of the DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Flash (2011) #15

Jan 4, 2013

Without checking the numbering or projection of this "Gorilla Warfare" storyline, I could tell this issue is the midpoint in the story as the adventure pivots and the pacing slows. That provides Buccellato and Manapul with the opportunity to draw plotlines together while taking stock of various elements that have brought the story to this point. Grodd and his army have been integrated in this title since issue #9 and while I will not say their tale is growing old, I can most definitely say that I welcome conclusion soon. After all, the fastest man alive should be a little quicker to get from one adventure to the next. Of course, if Manapul and Buccellato are in place to provide visuals as they were for the latter half of "The Flash" #15 the pacing and the story itself takes a back seat to tremendous visuals.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash (2011) #22

Jul 29, 2013

"The Flash" #22 opens with a crime scene investigation and nice use of blood spatter adorning the background and white space. Manapul continues to playfully decorate the opening double-page spread with the word "Flash" hidden in the background, giving readers a chance to play a little game and inviting them to analyze the artwork more discerningly. From that opening scene, though, the creative team provides a great bob and weave in the story, pulling the rug out from under the reader just when it all seems to be coming together. There aren't any definitive answers yet, but "The Flash" #22 continues to deliver the goods, which is simply a good comic book story with wonderful artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash (2011) #23.1

Sep 5, 2013

I'm not a fan of gimmicks for gimmicks sake, which is what Villains Month feels like to me, but there are characters and creators that have a chance to revel readers this month. Grodd, being a gorilla, had an advantage coming in. Buccellato and Batista seize that advantage nicely; leaving me still hopeful that someday DC will wise up enough to grace comic book history with a Gorilla City series, mini or otherwise. While I'm not keen on not having a complete story in this issue, there is enough here to make the issue worth a read. Grodd's adventures continue elsewhere. I just hope the next chapter in his escapades is as well executed as this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash (2011) #23.3

Sep 23, 2013

"The Flash" #23.3 is a remarkably enjoyable comic in the deluge of Villains Month titles. While the connection to "Forever Evil" is equivalent to the red skies in "Crisis of Infinite Earths" tie-ins, the Rogues are perched for a larger role and more development to come soon from Buccellato and Zircher. The group's moral fiber is stitched before the eyes of readers in this issue and sets up plenty of stories for the months to come, regardless of the presence of a certain Scarlet Speedster. Buccellato (with and without writing partner Francis Manapul) has done a fine job crafting a community of characters in the Gem Cities. I look forward to further growth from this collection of rapscallions.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash (2011) #25

Nov 29, 2013

Once upon a time, this sort of adventure would have filled the back-up story slot in a comic like "The Brave & the Bold," or filled the pages of an eighty-page giant or "Secret Files" issue. With Batman being DC's figurehead and arguably most recognizable property, any Bat-tie-in makes good hay for the company. The procedural aspect makes this a fine issue of "Barry Allen: CSI" and holds true to the character fans love in the pages of "The Flash," but "The Flash" #25 lacks, well, The Flash. It's a nice diversion and a fine character study, and in the end quite an enjoyable comic book. Knowing that Buccellato and Manapul are winding down their time chronicling the adventures of Barry Allen, I find myself hoping against hope that this is a tryout issue for Chris Sprouse, who is more than welcome to return to "The Flash" anytime.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Flash (2011) #43

Aug 28, 2015

With Barry trying so desperately to help his dad, "The Flash" #43 seems caught between trying to follow in the footsteps of the television show and forging new ground but doesn't really do either. There is a lot of minor movement in this issue, nudging pieces forward for a big conflagration to come, but it never quite delivers. There's enough in "Flash" #43 to keep the reader's attention, but -- once the back cover is closed -- there really isn't a whole lot that is going to keep the readership locked in until they open "The Flash" #44. Yes, there is a cliffhanger, but the cliff doesn't feel that high.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #1

Jun 22, 2016

The Flash #1 avoids any major conflicts for the Flash, starting with the man behind the lightning, but it doesn't feel like a brand-new start. Instead, it feels more like a creative team handoff, or a creative experiment relegated to an annual. Williamson does a decent job establishing the key players and their connections, but new readers coming into this series with this issue are going to find more questions than answers in this relatively slow start. Lucky for them, they only have to wait a fortnight to get the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Flash (2016) #33

Oct 26, 2017

This is easily one of the strongest event tie-ins Ive read in quite awhile, able to stand on its own (for readers who avoid or trade wait), run alongside the main event, or coalesce nicely into the flow of this regular series. Im hoping we get a little more Metal from Porter and pals.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Flash Gordon #1

Sep 25, 2008

The story contained within this issue has a degree of attempting to find charm, but it, unfortunately, has a largely side dish of really distracting points, like the handgun that fires off a report of "FOOM". All in all, this incarnation of "Flash Gordon" leaves me a little flat. I'd read the next issue if I didn't have to pay for it, but if I'm paying, it would depend on the new comic competition on the stands. Right now, it doesn't stack up very well. Maybe it will, once Flash himself is allowed to truly take command of the title.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash Gordon #5

Sep 1, 2014

Shaner builds more into the universe around Gordon, Arden and Zarkov as he introduces the Skyrens, the Hawkmen and many other inhabitants of Sky World. "Flash Gordon" #5 provides plenty of breathtaking moments, despite some hiccups, and continues to offer fun, exciting science fiction adventures without burdensome crossovers or oppressive backstory. Parker, Shaner, Jarrell, Case, Bellaire, Bowland and Cosby (with Laming on covers) are presenting a sparkling homage to a beloved character. This may not be the strongest of issues, technically, but it is certainly a fun read that gives fans plenty of the good stuff only comic books can deliver, from unlimited special effects to mind-numbing comic science.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash Gordon #5

Sep 1, 2014

Shaner builds more into the universe around Gordon, Arden and Zarkov as he introduces the Skyrens, the Hawkmen and many other inhabitants of Sky World. "Flash Gordon" #5 provides plenty of breathtaking moments, despite some hiccups, and continues to offer fun, exciting science fiction adventures without burdensome crossovers or oppressive backstory. Parker, Shaner, Jarrell, Case, Bellaire, Bowland and Cosby (with Laming on covers) are presenting a sparkling homage to a beloved character. This may not be the strongest of issues, technically, but it is certainly a fun read that gives fans plenty of the good stuff only comic books can deliver, from unlimited special effects to mind-numbing comic science.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash Gordon Annual #1

Nov 28, 2014

Behind a steep price of admission, "Flash Gordon Annual 2014" gives readers a handful of fun stories, even if their connection to the current "Flash Gordon" series is clinical. Continuity-light, but still connected to the legend of Flash Gordon, this comic book is a nice introduction to Flash and friends, a fine example of what Acker and Blacker bring to the franchise and a snappy sample of the stories these characters are capable of. While I can appreciate the buffer page that highlights the start of each chapter, I would have preferred some pin-ups instead and a static table of contents on the inside cover. That said, that's a small nit to pick, especially for a comic book that features some fantastic comic book creators clearly having fun with one of King Syndicate Features' most well-known properties.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash Gordon Holiday Special 2014 #1

Dec 22, 2014

The cover boasts 40 pages, but my math checks "Flash Gordon Holiday Special" #1 out at 30. The bottom line is that this is a holiday special delivered at a time holiday special comic books are exceptionally scarce. This is a fun diversion from the regular adventures, easing off continuity and giving the characters a chance to stretch out a bit. Readers of the regular "Flash Gordon" series will certainly enjoy this, as the creative teams pack in the fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flashpoint #1

May 11, 2011

This is, however, the first issue of what will be, once complete, well over fifty (that is a low-end estimate) comics that tell the story of this new world. To judge the entire story on this initial step would be folly. To commit to the entire story based on what is given to us here would be insanity. I'm anticipating the second issue trends more towards what the beginning and end of this issue gave us. After all, as the father of three very active kids who is currently paying through the nose to gas up his car, there's just no way I can stand a chance to buy all fifty issues to complete this story. Hopefully the five main issues with select (based largely on creator involvement) other issues will be enough to give me a complete story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flashpoint #3

Jul 6, 2011

I tried to be a non-believer in the "Flashpoint" flash flood, but some of the creators drew me in to a handful of these stories. Much to my surprise, some of those stories have been unpredictably enjoyable. This book isn't unpredictably enjoyable, but it is also not torturous. The main "Flashpoint" tale is finding its legs and is starting to offer something worth coming back to, regardless of the surrounding titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flashpoint: Abin Sur - The Green Lantern #1

Jun 1, 2011

Staying off of the world of "Flashpoint," this story offers just enough of an "Elseworlds" feel to be enjoyable, and save some distinctions otherwise could easily be a tale from the adventures of Abin Sur before he died and passed the ring of Sector 2814 to Hal Jordan. This issue is an intriguing glimpse at what could have been, given a surreal focus when directed through the lens of designs of the "Green Lantern" feature film.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flashpoint: Batman Knight of Vengeance #3

Aug 3, 2011

This issue is deceptively simple in the fact that Azzarello and Risso deliver a story that is quick but full. Batman and Joker know each other intimately, share a history, and are connected forever. Each page, every panel has more to the story than a cursory glance or speedy read will deliver. There's a lot going on in this book even though the story could easily be summarized with the following words: Batman versus Joker, "Flashpoint" ends here. Six words to summarize a story that demands to be read again, art that begs to be stared at and analyzed, and a finale that is as gripping a conclusion as I've seen in anything "Flashpoint" related.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flashpoint: Grodd of War #1

Jun 15, 2011

The final page of this book provides an interesting moment that could lead to a turning of the battle tides in the world of "Flashpoint." Or not. It's hard to tell what's going to be important in this world, and it is even more difficult to find characters worth an emotional investment in this grandiose tale. With Grodd, I've found both. Naturally, it's just a one-shot. The intelligent apes of the DC Universe deserve a chance to shine like this, even if it is only once in a great while.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Flashpoint: Kid Flash Lost #3

Aug 24, 2011

Taken as a whole or as a single issue in the flash flood of books in DC's summer event, this book is not one of the best "Flashpoint" tie-ins, but I'm willing to bet it will eventually be one of the "most critical" tie-ins. Of course, I could be proven wrong next week if Geoff Johns boils down the critical highlights of this issue into a smattering of panels in "Flashpoint" #5. All the same, this issue does serve as a nice epilogue to the legacy of the Flash that has served as the spine of the DC Universe since "Crisis on Infinite Earths."

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Flashpoint: Legion of Doom #3

Aug 17, 2011

Looking forward from here, I'm hopeful that some notes will be taken on what works and doesn't work for this character. I applaud DC for finally giving Detroit a character that doesn't induce groans from readers. I just hope they decide to keep Cyborg grounded in the Motor City. It just makes too much sense.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flashpoint: The Outsider #3

Aug 17, 2011

I just hope they learn something from this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Flashpoint: The World of Flashpoint #1

Jun 2, 2011

The characters presented in this issue are less compelling than their "true" counterparts. I'm not sure what role Traci Thirteen is going to play in the resolution of this storyline, but given DC's recent announcement of the ambitious relaunch of their entire line of superhero titles, I think it is safe to say that Traci doesn't quite help put things back the way they once were. Where she puts them and how that affects everything else remains to be seen. Unfortunately, it doesn't remain to be seen with any urgency.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Footprints #1

Apr 30, 2012

"Footprints" is a decent offering from Esposito, Moore and Pruett. It is set up as the first of potentially more adventures and leaves the characters in a different place than where they started out. In my case, it also left me wanting to see some more Bigfoot adventures. If this course is followed, I'll be checking in, but I hope Bigfoot gets to be more Sasquatch and less everyman.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Forever Evil #2

Oct 3, 2013

"Forever Evil" #2 moves the pieces across the board a bit, but these are the movements of pawns. Johns slides the spotlight around enough to generate interest in many of the characters present in this issue, but doesn't give any one character too much time to claim this comic book as his or her own. Clearly, Lex Luthor has designs on the power plays here and Johns does a fine job of propelling Superman's nemesis to a starring role that develops in the wings. Luthor isn't ready to shine here, but he's well on the path to achieving a significant role in the series. "Forever Evil" #2 is filled with cool little moments that play nicely in a collection, but the story itself needs to get some traction soon or this series might simply be a collection of cool little moments without any strong significance.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Forever Evil #5

Feb 6, 2014

"Forever Evil" #5 turns a corner in the story and also gives readers some crazy fights. It's a decent transition issue that doesn't feel like it's wasting time or shuffling in place, but instead begins to make small moves across the board, setting up the final conflict and (hopefully) the resolution to DC's crossover event. Lex Luthor is throwing down the gauntlet and making a run at reclaiming the Earth, just as the Crime Syndicate is beginning to fracture. With two issues left, Johns has saved plenty of drama, but at least he delivers some fun action scenes here.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Forever Evil #6

Mar 7, 2014

It's been dragging out for quite some time, but so far, there's a villainous crew taking over the Earth, an eclipse and the Justice League are missing. Most of that was established at the end of the "Trinity War" story, but six issues into "Forever Evil," there isn't much more depth on the tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Forever Evil #7

May 22, 2014

This isn't the greatest DC event, but "Forever Evil" #7 does give readers a satisfying amount of closure to the story that has been driving the line's flagship brand for almost two years now, tracking back to Free Comic Book Day 2012.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Forever Evil Aftermath: Batman vs. Bane #1

May 1, 2014

As with the initial issue of "Forever Evil: Arkham War," there just isn't enough here for me to sink my teeth in to. Batman is fighting Bane again, only this time in a one-shot, so the tension is deflated almost immediately. Bane, like Doomsday for Superman, was once the ultimate foe for Batman. Now, he's just another nutjob with a different gimmick on a rotation to engage in fisticuffs with the Dark Knight. At least I know I can find memorable Batman tales from Tomasi in "Batman and Robin" each month to help balance out the forgettable adventure presented here.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Forever Evil: A.R.G.U.S. #1

Oct 31, 2013

"Forever Evil: A.R.G.U.S." #1 succeeds in the spots where it doesn't focus on the acronym, the organization or the crossover with "Forever Evil." Essentially, if this comic were called "The Adventures of Steve Trevor," it would be a lot more on-target. The cover makes this seem as though it is a book about a team of warriors, but the story inside narrows the focus to Steve Trevor and Etta Candy, with a few cyphers dropped in for padding. This isn't the greatest tie-in story ever, but it's also not the worst.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Forever Evil: A.R.G.U.S. #6

Mar 31, 2014

As "Forever Evil" shuffles to a close, Gates and team do a decent job packing a lot into the "A.R.G.U.S." conclusion, as they have done throughout the series, but fail to draw a satisfying conclusion to this tale. Rather than decisively finalizing anything, Gates and company leave the story open, which would be perfectly acceptable if this were an ongoing series. Instead of continuing in the next issue of "Forever Evil: A.R.G.U.S.," the story ends limply pointing readers towards "Forever Evil" and "Justice League." There's no denying Steve Trevor is now intertwined into the DC Universe a little tighter and that universe is certainly richer for this series, but finite series should be a little tighter when they wrap up.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Forever Evil: Arkham War #1

Oct 9, 2013

Villains Month and "Forever Evil" have afforded writers and artists the opportunity to explore the twisted psyches of demented and deranged villains that fill the DC Universe. Tomasi and company seize that opportunity to display what happens when the worst of those damaged madmen are given more freedom and power than any one of them has ever held before. The concept of Gotham split among villains is an entertaining concept and Bane's assault on the city will certainly be an interesting read, but "Forever Evil: Arkham War" #1 needs just a little more personality to really hook readers. Right now this story is a trainwreck: readers will be attentive simply to see the destruction and carnage. Hopefully Tomasi and crew find a way to make the subsequent issues more memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #1

Oct 17, 2013

While I would prefer Zircher's art for the remainder of this series, Hepburn's style serves Firestorm's foes quite nicely. Regardless of which artist is given the chore going forward, I hold out hope that the future issues will be more visually cohesive than "Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Foster #3

Apr 23, 2012

Part "Jungle Book," part "Fugitive" and part horror movie of your choice, "Foster" doesn't have an easily predictable story course already set. Given that the title bears the last name of the protagonist, it seems a fairly safe bet that Eddie Foster is going to continue to factor into the story, but there's simply no telling what's going to happen to him along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Frankenstein (2015): Underground #1

Feb 17, 2015

Like the monster from DC's own "Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E.," this monster is restless yet weary, but that is where Mignola ceases bridging comparisons between the two. For readers more deeply invested in the world of Hellboy and the B.P.R.D., this comic is sure to deliver a more impactful story but, for the newly initiated, this is a strong -- if somewhat murky -- introduction. "Frankenstein Underground" #1 opens a little fuzzy but appears to set the series up for a slow burn.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. #3

Nov 10, 2011

This third part of the "War of the Monsters" story is busy, exciting, and mind-blowing. Lemire and Ponticelli have made a strong case for this book to climb up the pile in my stack of books to read. This title is the one DC title I look forward to the most from the second week of the month releases and so far, it's delivered on my expectations. The best part? It's zany enough that any reader can jump in at any point and simply enjoy it for the supernaturally tinged, horror-flavored action adventure big screen romp that it truly is.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. #5

Jan 13, 2012

In this wacky, off-beat crossover with one of DC's more entertaining relaunched titles, Lemire presents a tidy package for newer readers, including a full-blown mission statement for Frankenstein, right from the lips of the self-proclaimed undead prince of vengeance: "My only mission is to protect humanity from the things they themselves cannot bear to face." The things he protects us from includes man-eating mountain dwarves, O.M.A.C. and boring comics. This book continues to entertain and this issue is a wonderful sample for anyone to try out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. #7

Mar 15, 2012

Jeff Lemire and Alberto Ponticelli have kept this series on edge and the characters on the go. There's a surprise in every issue, including this one. Not only does one of the characters find himself on the business end of a beheading, but the cliffhanger final page is certain to leave fans of Frankenstein counting down the days until the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. #10

Jun 15, 2012

Given what we've seen in these first twenty pages of Kindt's tenure, I'd say Frankenstein has some great adventures coming up. This issue makes the start of a new arc and deliverable from a new writer extremely worthwhile. If you've been waiting for a chance to check this book out, now's the time. No need to wait until a zero issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. #14

Nov 16, 2012

Kindt earns his stripes by not only participating in the "Rotworld" crossover, but also by his continuous expansion of the Frankenstein and S.H.A.D.E. mythology, delivering a handful of new acronyms that are as comic book sci-fi as can be. Kindt further seasons the issue with a buddy film zest, with Frankenstein as the straight man while Velcoro cracks wise and plays the card. That dynamic makes Frankenstein's occasional one-liners even more impactful and even comical. When the dust settles and this issue closes, Kindt delivers a fun story that nicely balances plot and character as Frankenstein fights against the terrible and unknown. His quest nearly complete, Victor Frankenstein's creation has a few more battles to finish before he can rest. Although there are only a pair of issues left, Kindt and company still deliver the good, the bad and even the ugly -- but the ugly is undoubtedly a plus for this issue as Ponticelli makes ugly look so good.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E. #16

Jan 17, 2013

As last issues go, this one doesn't have much to wrap up or to spin out towards other horizons. All the same, Kindt gives Frankenstein and his crew a strong finale that serves as a precise representation of the book's characters and mission statement. February won't quite be the same as there will be a Frankenstein-shaped hole on the new comics rack. Hopefully, Frank continues to appear in "Justice League Dark." Maybe his team will find refuge elsewhere as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Freedom Fighters #1

Sep 1, 2010

It's a very full issue that has a lot of information to offer the reader. I may not be running back to my local comic shop to add this to my pull list right now, but I'm definitely in for issue #2. These characters may not be my favorites, but neither were the characters in "Atlas." This is a very good combination of writers, artists, and story making the characters compelling enough for me to say that I'm looking forward to the adventurous tale waiting for us in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Freedom Fighters #2

Oct 8, 2010

This is a book that is making a decisive move to lock itself onto my regular pull list. Palmiotti and Gray are delivering a strong story that offers much more than good guys and bad guys. This title offers new bits of mythology, new adversaries, old friends, and even historical reference. This is definitely not your dad's comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Freedom Fighters #4

Dec 5, 2010

I've loosely compared this comic to "Atlas," but this comic is a whole different animal. The team is an awkward alliance similar to that depicted on the Atlas squad, but Gray and Palmiotti pump extra conspiracy theory and double-secret societal triple-crosses into this book, making it just as much unlike the rest of the comic scene as "Atlas" was in its own right. "Freedom Fighters" is a book that isn't for everyone, but it is for readers who a looking for a more cerebral adventure that features strong art, interesting characters, and a heaping helping of conspiracy. Gray and Palmiotti are doing a nice job of world-building here, and they're doing so with pieces of the DCU.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Freedom Fighters #5

Jan 9, 2011

This series fills a fun niche in the DC Universe, playing up the government-sanctioned hero team aspect and then turning it loose on the underbelly of the DCU. There are mysteries afoot here that stretch beyond the members of this team and even past the boundaries of the DC Universe. I've compared this book to "National Treasure" once or twice, but with this issue it presses beyond that without truly letting go of that sense of adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Freedom Fighters #6

Feb 5, 2011

Give "Freedom Fighters" a peek through the preview on CBR, or if you've got three bucks burning a hole in your pocket, pick up an issue. This one is a good one to start with. It is unlike anything else on the stands today, and each issue finds ways to top the previous one, even if just a little. This issue moves from page one to the end of the book with only a handful of caption boxes as Black Condor struggles to regain his freedom. The rest of the book moves forward based solely on action.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Freedom Fighters #7

Mar 3, 2011

With less than a handful of issues left in the series, this issue does a great job of stepping up the story a little. There's been a great deal of activity in the first seven issues of this series, so much so that it certainly seems like I've read more than seven issues. I'm thankful for that. Palmiotti and Gray have a passion for these characters, and a story that they feel needs to be told, and that translates nicely to the final page. I'm sure some subplots or character beats are going to be curtailed with the pending end of this title, but for now, this is an enjoyable read. This issue is no exception, and for all its thickness, it provides the type of story where you can start here and just enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Freedom Fighters #9

May 8, 2011

Population Control puts up enough of a fight to cause some concern for your favorite former Freedom Fighters, but in the end the story just. . . stops. Yet another title thrown on the pile of cancellation. Yet another story that doesn't end at the prescribed ending point. Yet another piece of evidence that DC doesn't quite seem to know that stories need to have conclusions. I do enjoy stories from Palmiotti and Gray, and I hope the wide open ending on this bodes well for more stories from them, but this book feels like a sentence that got interrupted and never finished. Unfortunately, it's a sentence that we'll most likely forget was interrupted before too long.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #1

Jan 9, 2019

If youre looking for a solid read from a great creative team, give Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man #1 a try. Im in for whatever this team has up next. Its nice to have a continuity-light Spider-Man comic with strong writing and good art. Im not sure how many adventures Spider-Man can have around his neighborhood, but Im sure Taylor can make the most of them. Maybe at some point, someone will even give the webslinger a churro.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Fusion #1

May 14, 2009

In all, this story is disappointing. The two pages up front offer more promise than the paltry twenty pages can deliver. There may be hope for future issues, but Abnett and Lanning will be hard pressed to make the next two issues meaningful, offer a refined plot and competently introduce the remainder of the characters introduced on the early pages of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Future Imperfect (2015) #2

Jul 6, 2015

David shows readers that Maestro relishes a challenge, physically and mentally, but seems to always be the best there is at what he does, making those true challenges few and far between. One of those challenges is the resistance movement that the Thing was leading. David keeps that subplot moving forward, but the true payout seems a little ways off. Just as the story gets moving and all of the pieces come together, however, "Future Imperfect" #2 stops. It's just shy of a cliffhanger, more like an eyebrow-raiser, but it is enough to tease readers into returning next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Future Quest #1

May 18, 2016

Now Parker, Shaner, Rude, Bellaire, and Lanphear have refreshed the entire line of Hanna-Barbera characters, starting with Space Ghost and Jonny Quest, and offering glimpses of the Herculoids, Birdman, and Shazzan. A calamity is set to pitch the characters together, and with Parker writing it, I'm locked in. Wherever this creative takes this bunch (and more) of characters, they've already proven they're going to do so with a sense of adventure and lots of built-in fun. Future Quest #1 is a fun comic that is suitable for all ages and a welcome reminder of what “fun” looks like in comic book form.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
G. I. Joe #1

Jan 15, 2009

While I cannot heartily recommend this book to the "all ages" crowd (there's some bloodshed, but far worse occurs in your typical "T" rated video game commercial), I can definitely recommend this book for the reader that has maybe grown up a little too much to be playing with his G.I. Joe action figures, even if he isn't quite ready to sell them or give them away yet. The characters here are smartly portrayed, and under Dixon's watch will certainly blossom into characters as familiar as those on the cartoon from decades ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
G.I. Combat #0

Sep 10, 2012

I would think that a title like "G.I. Combat" is a hard sell for DC, without a real star character on which to pin the title. "G. I. Combat" #0 does provide an interesting break from the rigmarole of superhero books, but if you don't have a vested interest in war comics or the creators specifically involved, there's not a great deal to bring you back.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
G.I. Combat #1

May 4, 2012

"G. I. Combat" is a nice, reinvigorated spin on two of DC's more intriguing war-related concepts. The two tales are as disparate as can be, but are certain to attract audiences so long as there continues to be dinosaurs on the cover. War comics are a hard sell, but DC has worked hard to make sure this title is empowered to sell hard. The dinosaurs drew me in, but the stories delivered here will be bring me back.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
G.I. Joe (2013) #1

Feb 21, 2013

The letters page claims this title deals with "the public face" of G I. Joe, while "G.I. Joe: Special Missions" will deal with the "deadly missions." I found that to be interesting as at least one Joe is apparently killed in this issue with two more in critical condition and the possibility of a third casualty on the horizon, thanks to the splash-page cliffhanger debut of one of the Joes' most recognizable foes. The spirit is of the G.I. Joe brand is well-represented in "G.I. Joe" #1, but the execution is sloppy. I'm certain many of the bobbled details can be corrected or used as educational opportunities and I would like to see the book congeal more into a solid piece of storytelling. For now, however, Van Lente and his team have their work cut out for them after a weak debut.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero (2010) #200

Mar 28, 2014

Hama, Gallant and company manage to walk the fine line between over-the-top action and adventure free of tragedy and ridiculous pretense. Hama keeps the Joes energetic, the Cobra crew brow-beaten and Cobra Commander more dramatic than a diva. The story moves quickly from cover to finale and the issue packs in some behind-the-scenes extras for readers to indulge in after consuming a very satisfying G.I. Joe battle in "G.I. Joe: A Real American Hero" #200. My biggest gripe with this comic is that, towards the conclusion of the story, Scarlett professes that "knowing is a burden" -- I thought it was half the battle. Whichever the case, it's clear that Hama's good intentions when it comes to the Joes shines through in the final product.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
G.I. Joe: Hearts and Minds #1

Jun 1, 2010

This issue is a strong start to a series of stories behind the men and women of both camps in this war. Brooks has been given an opportunity to share the lives of the Joes and Cobras with a new generation of readers. In this post-9/11 world, crafting militaristic bad guys would seem easy, but making them compelling characters is a challenge that Brooks proves to be truly worthy of. IDW has done a great job of building up the universe of G.I. Joe, and this series looks to be an important part of that process.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
G.I. Joe: Origins #19

Sep 27, 2010

While this is nowhere near the classic of the original Larry Hama story from 1984, it is a nice diversion from comics that are burdened with dialog and captions. Snake Eyes is a fun character to read, and when he's unleashed as in this issue, it gets just a little more entertaining. I would have liked to see a well-defined purpose and foe to this issue, but it did deliver an enjoyable read.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
G.I. Joe: Snake Eyes - Agent of COBRA #1

Jan 22, 2015

"G. I. Joe: Snake Eyes: Agent of Cobra" #1 is a fun, action-packed tale with a mystery jammed inside an adventure. Costa and crew give readers just enough of a tease to keep them captivated and promises plenty more in the issues to come. I'm a little fuzzy on the "how" and the "why" of Snake Eyes' current post, but I'm definitely interested in reading more.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Galveston #1

Nov 17, 2008

That said, the book doesn't read like a moth-bitten old history tome, but provides a story of two men who share the unspoken bond of friendship. I saw enough in this first issue to want to see the second, but in no way did I see enough to declare this an epic masterpiece. It's a good offbeat read for anyone with a serious pirate deficiency. What future issues hold is left to be seen.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Generations (2017): Wolverine & All-New Wolverine #1

Aug 16, 2017

Generations has done a fine job entertaining me to this point, and Generations: Wolverine & All-New Wolverine #1 continues that trend. Yeah, it has a steep pricepoint, but if you dig either Wolverine, you really do owe it to yourself to pick this up and enjoy a comic book that was created simply for readers' joy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
George Perez's Sirens #1

Sep 17, 2014

Now that the toys are out, it's time for Prez to dazzle the readers. There are plenty of players in this drama, certainly every reader can find someone to relate to, cheer for or rally behind. George Prez is one of the greatest, most prolific creators in modern comics and now he finally has a chance to tell a story that is his from top to bottom. He's brought ideas, energy and enthusiasm, now he just needs to throttle back a bit as he shares those with readers, allowing them to absorb all of that energy and enthusiasm.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ghost (2013) #1

Dec 18, 2013

"Ghost" #1 is a fine offering that doesn't force readers into epic amounts of backstory. Labeled as the fourth volume of this character's solo adventures, this comic book is clean and smooth, giving readers just enough information to fuel the story. The mysteries offer readers some incentive to come back and are certain to entice more familiar readers just a bit more than newer readers finding the adventures of Ghost for the first time. "Ghost" #1 is a strong, smart offering from Dark Horse that serves as a nice gateway. It's not the most shocking comic book published in 2013, but neither is it the most forgettable. Sook's art certainly makes it worth checking out and the story from DeConnick and Sebela treats the readers kindly.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghost Racers #1

Jun 9, 2015

"Ghost Racers" #1 not only gives readers five Ghost Riders in one comic, but it also packs the pages of that comic with widescreen, high-octane action. Championing the vibe of "Mad Max: Fury Road," this comic is a special effects extravaganza filled with flames, explosions and screaming skulls. Any fan of Ghost Rider or motorized mayhem needs to pick up this comic. As an added bonus, Gedeon supplies a single page describing his creative process with Carter Slade's appearance in "Ghost Racers" #1, which makes a nice afterthought for this intense issue. "Ghost Racers" #1 offers readers a powerful opportunity to have their gears stripped and their minds blown, if even just for twenty pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ghost Rider (2011) #0.1

Jun 8, 2011

This book is not without its flaws, however. The biggest problem is that cliffhanger I mentioned earlier. Remember that? This one really changes things up a bit for Ghost Rider. Yet somehow, it makes the book that much more of a solid read that makes me want more. Now.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ghost Rider (2011) #2

Aug 11, 2011

I'm not overly impressed with the compulsion to seat this title on the couch of "Fear Itself," but I can understand the marketing recommendations to do so. At this point, however, there are enough characters on display that I hope they are all given a chance to impact the story. Williams has his work cut out for him and he's done a good job making Johnny Blaze a character I want to read more of.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Ghost Rider (2011) #9

Mar 29, 2012

The conclusion to this series shouldn't surprise anyone, but the twist that Rob Williams puts on the conclusion opens up the legend of the Ghost Rider for future tales. Williams adds a final note at the end of this issue, sharing his thoughts and gratitude with the dedicated readers of this title. Ghost Rider's hitting the road for now, but all roads lead back to the same place eventually. It's simply a matter of time until we see that flaming skull screaming down the freeway once more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ghostbusters #5

Jan 22, 2012

As the opening chapter in the Ghostbusters saga, this issue offers a nice sample of what to expect from the series. It also closes with a tight cliffhanger that will surely have you coming back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghostbusters #9

May 31, 2012

"Haunted America" is off to a strong start, with a fun, informative visit to Detroit. By the end of the issue, the Ghostbusters have once again found a way to set things right and are back on the road once more. Personally, I'm hoping the next time we read about the Ghostbusters in Detroit we'll see just what it is that the Spirit of Detroit goes to do as evidenced by the psychokinetic footprints pointed away from his usual resting spot.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ghostbusters #14

Nov 1, 2012

"Ghostbusters" #14 doesn't deliver an all-out slugfest between the Ghostbusters and the Ghost Smashers, but it certainly does establish expectations for a confrontation of some degree in the near future. This series has been quietly chugging along, telling good stories with lively art and refreshing the Ghostbusters brand. If you've recently re-watched either of the films and want a little more Ghostbusters entertainment, "Ghostbusters" #14 is a fine place to start. Without any knowledge of the previous thirteen issues, fans of the brand can jump right in and enjoy further adventures of these familiar characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghostbusters International #1

Jan 28, 2016

This first issue of Ghostbusters International, like the first issue of what would eventually become Justice League International, contains an event at the United Nations, some humor and some heroics. There are no passports or plane tickets. This issue begins and ends in the same country, but this is clearly the springboard of a new chapter in the Ghostbusters legend. I, for one, will be dialed in to see where it goes from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Ghostbusters: Con-volution #1

Jun 27, 2010

It's a fun romp, but I found it to be a thin one. D'Orka seemed like a one-note threat and the manner of his defeat left a bit to be desired. This isn't the consummate Ghostbusters comic, nor do I suspect it'll be considered the greatest masterpiece from the creators associated to it, but it's a fun comic. The Ghostbusters are a property that translates well across various media -- from movie to cartoons to video games to comics -- and this is another example of that ability.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghostbusters: Get Real #1

Jun 17, 2015

Extensive in exposition, "Ghostbusters: Get Real" #1 is a love letter to the cartoon series in particular and the Ghostbusters brand in general. Burnham, Schoening, Delgado and Uyetake have rich experience with the characters and they pack this comic full of evidence that that experience has nurtured. This comic should be well-received, as very few Ghostbusters comic fans would be totally unaware of the cartoon, but -- for fans of the franchise -- this comic is certain to become indispensable.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Ghostbusters: The Other Side #1

Oct 30, 2008

In all, this is a decent read, and having just watched the original film, I can attest that the flavor of the story and the characterizations of the major players are replicated here. For diehard Ghostbusters fans, this book is a can't miss, but for the casual fan, the story might entertain, but the background seems to be quite lacking.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ghostbusters: What in Samhain Just Happened?! #148

Oct 22, 2010

Ghostbusters is the perfect license to roll out for a Halloween special or two, and this issue certainly delivers on all counts. As on ongoing, I think this would be a pretty thin one-trick pony, but great writers find ways to make characters great. In this case, for this issue, a wonderful synthesis of art, story, and character essence make this a great book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ghosted (2013) #1

Jul 12, 2013

After assembling his squad through a series of standard-issue introductions, Winters sets out to grab a ghost from the Trask mansion, an allegedly haunted house that is staged to play a much larger role going forward. Williamson and Sudzuka have crafted a world in "Ghosted" #1 that we're just starting to see the top of. As this story moves forward, I'm anticipating more surprises, especially since this entire issue essentially transformed into an entertaining surprise literally before my eyes as I read through it. Image has found solid work again and "Ghosted" #1 is sure to find favor in fans of titles like "Revival" and "Fatale."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Giant-Size Atom #1

Mar 3, 2011

The story that this special wraps up began in a special that was linked to "Brightest Day" and included a Gary Frank cover. Frank's on the cover here, but there's no "Brightest Day" banner. Palmer makes an appearance in this week's "Brightest Day," and from the appearance there, it becomes quite obvious that this story takes place somewhere before (or after?!) that issue. Whichever the case, Lemire's definitely left Palmer a different character than he found him. Where Atom goes from here remains to be seen, and I intend to see it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Gigantic #1

Nov 5, 2008

With that in mind, this is easily one of the strongest debut issues I've read in quite some time. The concept is delivered, the settings are presented and the action gets moving. I don't want to spoil anything, but suffice to say, this story takes a more realistic look at the collateral that spills out of a giant robot stomping through a major metropolis, and I'm quite certain the initial ratings are going to be pretty high.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Girl Comics #1

Mar 3, 2010

Overall, I found this collection to be underwhelming, in choice of character and content of story. I think Marvel would be better served to promote their female creators by letting them just create on Marvel's major titles. I'm not sure if this title is supposed to serve as a tryout book for creators or characters, but it is rather thin on character, even if it is rich on creator. I'd love to see many of these creators given a chance to take on other characters in other situations.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Glory #24

Mar 14, 2012

Whatever you once thought of "Glory" -- as a "Wonder Woman" wannabe or a cheesecake waste of time -- I can assure you of this: you were wrong. This is the story of a driven warrior who is so completely dedicated to her cause she can't even properly recover from battle wounds. Glory is determined to set things straight and I'm determined to be back to read those adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Godland #34

Feb 23, 2011

This may have been my first foray into "Godland," but it most certainly will not be my last. Casey and Scioli are having fun creating this book and it shows.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Godzilla in Hell #1

Jul 20, 2015

Reminiscent of the William Stout's style or Ricardo Delgado's work with "Age of Reptiles," the mostly silent "Godzilla in Hell" #1 is a thing of beauty. It's not meant for all readers, but any Godzilla fan that reads this is certain to find something to enjoy and revel in, right up to the final page. With "Godzilla in Hell" #1, IDW proves that there is no such thing as a bad idea and even the oddest pairings have potential for entertaining stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Godzilla: Cataclysm #1

Aug 14, 2014

Like so many Godzilla tales, "Godzilla: Cataclysm" #1 appears set to make a hero out of the king of all monsters. That said, the humans around him have not had an easy life and are likely not going to welcome him back with open arms. From what Bunn has written into the story and what Wachter has drawn, the people are as fearful of the kaiju as the inhabitants of the Bible's Old Testament were of their own God. Bunn matches that thought process, elevating the monstrosities in this story to deity status, which is certain to cause moral and spiritual dilemma in and around the inevitable destruction. This isn't just going to be another tale of giant monsters kicking the stuffing out of each other, Bunn and Wachter are ready to show readers the consequences of those conflicts.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Godzilla: Gangsters & Goliaths #1

Jun 20, 2011

Sato goes from the company of one type of monster to that of another. In doing so, he finds his own morals stretched and might just possibly be on the verge of becoming a monster himself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Godzilla: Kingdom of Monsters #1

Mar 31, 2011

This issue doesn't pretend to pick up from anywhere, nor does it spend time recapping the past. It's set in the here and now (check out the final page of the story for what I mean there) and gives us a Godzilla that is unrestrained. This is not only the start of this series, but appears to be the cornerstone of a Godzilla-based franchise for IDW. If the other books are anywhere near as entertaining as this one was, I'm all in.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Godzilla: Legends #1

Nov 15, 2011

Despite the really limp tagline of "In a world where monsters roam freely, some stories have been lost to time. . . until now. These are Godzilla Legends," this issue is a not so much a legendary tale as it is a story that we just happen into. Anguirus isn't the greatest of all kaiju, nor is he the worst. He's just forgettable, and, unfortunately, so is most of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
GoGetters #1

Feb 21, 2014

From start to finish, "GoGetters" #1 is just a fun comic read. I'm glad I've done some dipping into Monkeybrain's offerings. I'm even more satisfied that they continue to pay off. With this single issue, Aldridge, Peterson and Johnson have convinced me to make this series my first digital subscription. No way am I going to miss out on a comic that's this much wacky fun -- it hits all the marks and immediately deserves the highest recommendation. This is fun read, which is much needed nowadays. Do yourself a favor, break down for the buck and give this book a shot. You'll be much happier for it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Goldie Vance #1

Apr 13, 2016

I recall seeing comparisons made between Goldie Vance and Nancy Drew and Encyclopedia Brown, but this transcends comparisons, drawing inspiration as respiration, instead of trying for imitation. It also adds in a certain level of blissfully ignorant confidence found in Scooby-Doo (minus the dog) adventures. Goldie Vance #1is a comic that readers of all ages will be able to enjoy, but the young-at-heart will simply devour.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Goners #1

Oct 22, 2014

My initial thoughts on seeing the cover to "Goners" #1 was, "Great. Another zombie book." If there's one thing this adventure from Semahn and Corona is, it is not another zombie book. This first issue is an action-packed thriller that establishes a world where magic held sway. That sway shifts and now the real story can be told as readers learn about the world inhabited by the Latimers, the bakaaks they are attacked by and the unknown mysteries Raleigh and Evelyn were pursuing. Image has another sneaky fun hit on the stands with "Goners" #1, and they start it off right, with action, adventure and mystery. Worlds will be built around that, but for now this is the core of this series and Zoe and Josiah are relatable point of view characters to guide readers through those introductions.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Goners #3

Dec 18, 2014

As Semahn writes in the letters page for this issue, "Well...shit." Which is one of two visceral reactions sure to hit the reader. "Goners" #3 has an ending readers will never see coming, even if they try to suss it all out from some cryptic, spoiler-free review.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gorilla-Man #1

Jul 14, 2010

Finish this issue off with a sketch page from Giancarlo Caracuzzo and this issue is one of the best on the stands this week from the big two, maybe even this month. "Atlas" may be waning -- again -- but the characters of Atlas don't have to fade into obscurity -- again -- when Jeff Parker still has ideas like this.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gorilla-Man #2

Aug 3, 2010

Time is running out for all things Atlas, and this series has but one more issue left. Given what I've read here (not to mention the couple dozen or so issues of Gorilla-Man and friends elsewhere) it's quite obvious Parker has no shortage of ideas for Gorilla-Man. I just hope he gets to play them out somewhere. This is one knuckle-dragging, butt-kicking ape I enjoy reading about.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Gorilla-Man #3

Sep 3, 2010

Speaking of nice to have, Marvel justifies the extra dollar on this issue with yet another Gorilla-Man reprint from the past. This issue's yarn comes from "Tales to Astonish" #30, featuring art from Jack Kirby and Dick Ayers in a story written by Stan Lee and Larry Lieber. It's a nice addition to the overall package and it does a nice job of serving up a slice of history for the whippersnappers buying this book that may be unfamiliar with the work of Lee and Kirby.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Gotham Academy (2014) #4

Jan 30, 2015

After all, so many comic book readers call for "something different" or "a strong female lead" or "something I can share with my kids." Well, folks, this is it. A buddy book. A mystery. A story about a blossoming corner of the DC Universe's most prevalent city. A story with a secret passage and a surprise character appearance. Bits of "Scooby-Doo," "Harry Potter," "Goonies," "Runaways" and Claremont "X-Men." In short, this is the comic you didn't know you needed to read. Trust me, I was right there too.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Gotham Academy (2014) #10

Sep 11, 2015

"Gotham Academy" #10 struggles early, seemingly stretching to fill the pages of the entire issue. Cloonan and Fletcher make a gutsy decision to present so much of the rehearsal of "Macbeth," which mostly pays off but might have been better served splitting the space with more action. This isn't the greatest single issue of "Gotham Academy," but it does a great job of stressing the "Gotham" part of the title, raising mysteries, connecting clues and giving readers incentive to return next issue. I just hope the book brings back some more energy and consistency in chapters to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Gotham By Midnight #5

Mar 27, 2015

Fawkes balances the gigantic scale with the personal, which is natural, given Corrigan's connection to the Spectre. The events of the Spectre's fight are reflected in the cast's struggles, as one character doesn't survive to the end of "Gotham By Midnight" #5. Fawkes and Templesmith make this comic a gripping, spooky read that is equal parts procedural, horror movie and heroic adventure. Batman's appearance doesn't derail the story at hand, but it does tether it ever so tightly to the rest of Gotham. The final image of this comic is a punch in the gut, as Fawkes and Templesmith set up intense drama for the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Grayson #2

Aug 8, 2014

"Grayson" #2 continues to set the boundaries for this series from Seeley, King and Janin. Dick Grayson's past weighs heavily into his unfolding future, but that future holds secrets even the apprentice of the world's greatest detective cannot quite crack. The writing duo have built stories within stories and stories that run parallel to each other, miring "Grayson" in remarkable potential. This issue presents just enough to illustrate that Seeley and King will continue to reveal more about Spyral, surprising readers and Dick Grayson alike, which makes for entertaining comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Grayson #18

Mar 23, 2016

Grayson #18 is all over the place, with the Skull Girls and Midnighter, Agent Zero and Helena Bertinelli. I'm not sure where it's all going and there are points in this issue where I'm not sure what I've read, but there is no denying the sense of action Lanzing, Kelly, Antonio, and Borges have delivered. It's not an awful read, it's just fails to reach the high levels of expectation that were established by Tom King, Tim Seeley, and Mikel Janin.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Great Pacific #1

Nov 15, 2012

After closing the issue, I took a moment to try to draw a comparison. The best I could concoct is that "Great Pacific" #1 is a combination of "Ferris Bueller's Day Off" with "Office Space" and some genericized Tom Clancy wannabe. There's more to this story that just some rich kid wanting to act out in a bold, dramatic way. It just needs some time to surface. All the same, the story has potential, especially as the Pacific Garbage Patch remains fictionalized in most of the general public's minds, giving Harris and Morazzo plenty of wiggle room to craft adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Arrow (2010) #1

Jun 23, 2010

This series has gotten off to a bit of a rough start in my opinion, but it seems poised to make everything all better with a guest appearance by Green Lantern next issue. Too bad nothing in this issue makes a compelling enough case to come back next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2010) #2

Jul 29, 2010

This issue is capped by an image on the final page that is so very unexpected it all but guarantees that the next issue is going to have a few more surprises in store. This issue definitely has a little more to entice me back for a third installment. In this case, it will be to get some answers to the mysteries of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Green Arrow (2010) #5

Oct 28, 2010

While this title has been hit or miss with me since it started up, one thing that has been consistent has been the high level of DC shock-value gore. In this issue, a stabbing victim is gutted like a fish with explosive skin that radiates gore and blood and then proceeds to bleed from his eyes, nose, and mouth as he fades away in Ollie's arms. When the action shifts to the forest, we're treated to Black Lanterns spewing blood from contact with Ollie's bow, at least the ones that aren't shorn in two by Galahad's blade. Although it is Halloween week, I'm near capacity on gore and blood for the sake of shock value. Enough already I say. This title has shown promise of adventure, excitement, and intrigue, but moments like those in this issue cause me to want to just walk away from it altogether, forsaking the good ideas and potential that have appeared in this version of "Green Arrow." The story potential " for really great, fun, unusual stories " is here, but for now it is buried under sh

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Green Arrow (2010) #6

Nov 27, 2010

This issue was a breezy quick read, but less than satisfying, kind of like trying to nibble a substantial meal from the morsels that stick to a wish bone four hours after the Thanksgiving Day turkey has been carved. I've stuck with this series, sensing that it could turn a corner soon. I've had visions of great stories, interesting plot twists, and shocking revelations to come, but after six issues, my dedication to this lost cause is almost as misguided as the faith of the fans who show up at Ford Field in Detroit each and every Thanksgiving to cheer the Detroit Lions on against a gridiron foe who is more than a match for the Leos. I've given it time, I've been let down, and I'm certain I'll find other spots for my $2.99.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Green Arrow (2010) #8

Jan 29, 2011

If I've said it once, I've said it six times (I didn't review issues #3 or #7): this book has potential. I just don't see that potential being tapped. Krul has done a good job bringing in characters that make this book interesting, but by comparison, they make the titular character seem lackluster. I'd like to see Krul give me a reason or seven to care about Ollie, but so far, there's nothing. At least the forest is entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Arrow (2010) #9

Feb 24, 2011

There's no doubt that this title has some critical ties to the "Brightest Day" story, as the story is moving a little more directly towards an apparent conclusion in parallel with the main "Brightest Day" series. As that story enters its final two months, I'm anxious to see what this title does in that same span. It is apparent that Krul has a plan for a significant reveal (while others have speculated the return of Swamp Thing, I'd like to suggest the Floronic Man perhaps?) and some of the issues to this point have been deliberate pit stops. Now that it is pared down to Oliver Queen and the forest, I think Krul will be able to tell his story unimpeded.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Green Arrow (2011) #0

Sep 10, 2012

The essence of this story is boiled down into one splash page at the end of "Green Arrow" #0. That doesn't make everything else filler, but it certainly does serve as a nice statement for the Emerald Archer's motivation and methods. "Green Arrow" is a title that's never really grabbed me, no matter how hard I tried to like it. Winick and Williams almost rise above that challenge, but fall just short of providing me with a compulsion to come back for more regardless of the creative team aboard. I might be more interested if this duo returned, but this issue doesn't close the deal to entice me to come back next month to an unknown quantity.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Arrow (2011) #1

Sep 10, 2011

This book, like a few others I've read of this first week of the new DC titles, seems to be a slow-burn set-up as opposed to a complete story. Similarly, there really isn't enough compelling evidence in this issue for me to come back for more. Krul drops a significant, would-be surprise on the final page, but the surprise rings hollow, as there doesn't seem to be any significance or notable consequence inherent in it. While I cannot guarantee that I'll be buying the next issue, I can confidently declare that I will be flipping through the issue to see how this plays out. I wish that I had reason to further investigate this title beyond the artistic pairing delivering the visuals.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Green Arrow (2011) #14

Nov 8, 2012

In short, this issue is a twenty-page collection of disappointment. "Hawkman: Wanted" originally seemed positioned to give the Winged Warrior a larger profile in the DC Universe, but following this issue, I'm fearful it may lead to a quicker exile. I was hoping Rob Liefeld's departure from DC might provide a jumpstart to the story of Carter Hall/Katar Hol, but oddly enough, it has had the opposite effect -- for both "Savage Hawkman" and "Green Arrow." It's a shame DC can never seem to get franchises synchronized from comic to other media quite right and "Green Arrow" #14 is a stunning example of those shortcomings.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2011) #18

Mar 8, 2013

"Green Arrow" #18 is an incredibly dense comic book. Lemire packs a phenomenal, bordering on overwhelming, amount of information into twenty pages. In addition to the general motion of the story, Lemire introduces Fyff, an assistant of sorts for Arrow, and provides an analysis on Arrow's quiver. "Green Arrow" #18, like the issue before it, is about as far removed from the previous seventeen issues (including #0) as any series could be without completely rebooting. The use of spot color to highlight areas of the story is a brilliant device that separates this book visually and combines nicely with Lemire's story to make Green Arrow yet another interesting archer on today's comic racks.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Green Arrow (2011) #23

Aug 8, 2013

"Green Arrow" #23 makes significant strides in the continued process of constructing a supporting cast and rogues' gallery, but does so without innovation. The best part of the issue comes in the form of the final two pages, which do more towards opening up the next storyline than contributing to this one. Unfortunately, that interesting scene, like much of the interesting pieces in this issue, does not feature Green Arrow -- at all.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2011) #25

Nov 8, 2013

"Green Arrow" #25 hits the bull's-eye, so to speak, giving readers a solid story that builds onto the origins of Oliver Queen's hooded heroic identity. The most impressive aspect of this issue, however, is the fact that Lemire ties "Green Arrow" tighter into the DC Universe through this crossover opportunity, but at no point does this title feel like it needs anything else to be successful and entertaining. "Green Arrow" #25 stands on its own quite nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2011) #31

May 8, 2014

"Green Arrow" #31 is a fitting homage, tribute and contribution to the legacy of the Green Arrow brand. Now that "The Outsiders War" has drawn to a close, with Tockman and Richard Dragon sniffing around in Seattle, it appears that Lemire and company are going to continue to build the legacy and lineage of this character, making "Green Arrow" a comic book brimming with potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Arrow (2011) #35

Oct 6, 2014

"Green Arrow" #35 is a solid opening story, but it doesn't completely define Green Arrow enough to make him interesting beyond this issue. Kreisberg and Sokolowski clearly are trying to align the Oliver Queen of television and comics, but the comic book version needs to stretch a little bit more to hold readers' interest. Now that they have carved out their foundation, hopefully this team will further define the direction for "Green Arrow" to fly.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Arrow (2011) #38

Jan 9, 2015

"Green Arrow" #38 is a nice team-up issue that is certain to bring a smile to fans of either character in virtually any incarnation. There is enough pathos from the "Arrow" television show present and plenty of character bits from years of comic book history to keep readers locked in and enjoying the team-up, even if so many of the story elements are measured out for maximum dramatic effect, like Jordan's departure before the big finale. That said, this is an enjoyable comic that offers TV viewers a nice chance to explore the DC Universe they see teased in "Arrow" every week, and more seasoned readers are provided the opportunity to absorb some of the connections Oliver Queen has established throughout that same universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Arrow (2011) #40

Mar 5, 2015

With four splash pages, the visual side of "Green Arrow" #40 is afforded more than a few opportunities to shine. The story checks the list, making sure to define Ollie's battle, realign some alliances and give the marquee guest stars a chance to turn in the spotlight. Before the final page, this comic gives readers one last glimpse of Green Arrow leaping into action before the creative team turns the lights off on their way out the door.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Arrow (2011) #44

Sep 3, 2015

"Green Arrow" #44 is a decent enough read, but anyone hoping to find the titular character doing anything remotely related to what one might expect Green Arrow to do is going to be a titch disappointed. Yes, every series needs down issues, and, yes, subplots and future plots need to be set up, but the center seems to be missing in this comic as it feels like a collection of subplot ignition points rather than an organic blossoming. With a focus on Oliver's relationship self-destruction, the origin of the wolf-dog and an appearance by Tarantula, this is a solid non-Green Arrow book. Maybe next issue will be a little more centered.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Green Arrow (2016) #2

Jul 6, 2016

So in one day, my wallet got hit twice: once for (Ollie) Queen and again for a crown. One I can highly recommend, the other I'm only going to strongly recommend you brush regularly and keep flossing. Personally, I am far more looking forward to getting additional adventures of Ollie Queen rather than any more crowns. DC has another Rebirth win in Green Arrow.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2016) #4

Aug 3, 2016

Ollie, Diggle, and Fyff sitting around talking things through is comfortable and provides character moments to balance the evil empire absurdity (but comic book level villainy) of the Ninth Circle portion of Green Arrow #4. Everything comes together nicely by the end of Green Arrow #4, setting up a big showdown between Green Arrow and the Ninth Circle.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Arrow / Black Canary #16

Jan 18, 2009

Check out the preview if you want a little sample of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Arrow / Black Canary #22

Jul 11, 2009

This series has picked up a bit of steam lately, and with Norton drawing both the feature and second feature (plus he's drawing the "Blue Beetle" second feature over in "Booster Gold"; rumor has it he's also Santa Claus) every issue from this point forward is going to seem like a bonus-sized issue. Great for fans of Black Canary and/or Green Arrow, and convenient for Kreisberg and Norton, giving them extra room to let their stories stretch out a bit more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2005) #33

Aug 5, 2008

I look forward to the final chapter in this tale, as it seems we're on pace to see even more bits of DC Silver Age goodness thrown into the Green Lantern blender. This tale has been enjoyable and I would strongly recommend it, even if it means checking it out from the library after it has (inevitably) been collected. Honestly, though, why would you want to wait that long?

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern (2005) #36

Jan 4, 2009

For as wonderful a job as Johns and crew do in the delivery of great stories, I would like to see this book get a little bit more on track, timing wise. Issue #36 was resolicited, and carries a January cover date. Unfortunately, scheduling being what it is, it also features a January release. 2009 was broadcast to be a major year for the Green Lantern family of titles; let's hope that year contains something resembling twelve issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2005) #40

May 5, 2009

DC has made no bones about the Green Lantern franchise becoming a tent pole for the comics and other media, with a major motion picture set to begin filming this fall, a direct-to-DVD release and scads of DCDirect action figures hitting store shelves in the coming months. While I was hesitant to jump on the bandwagon, I've found myself enjoying this "Green Lantern" title a little bit more each month.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Green Lantern (2005) #43

Jul 8, 2009

Mahnke delivers the creepiness, texture, and power in every single panel. Sure, he gets some help from Alamy and Mayor (check out page 3, with Black Hand snuggling a skeleton in a grave if you want to see what true collaboration between penciler, inker, and colorist should look like) in rendering those panels, but the end result would not be possible without Mahnke's lines to build upon. With this first issue, even with the absence of the titular hero, Mahnke embeds himself in the Book of Oa as one of the greatest artists to draw the Lantern universe. All too soon, however, Mahnke's and Johns' story ends, but make no mistake, it ends with the stage set for next week's first issue of "Blackest Night." If "Blackest Night" is anywhere near as enjoyable as the two preludes that DC has given us (not to mention "Emerald Twilight" over in "Green Lantern Corps") then this summer's event will truly be worthy of the label "event."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2005) #45

Sep 2, 2009

This story has been building quite nicely and while Hal Jordan might be absent from this title this month, I certainly don't feel as though I missed him. Without him, this issue feels almost like supplemental material to a greater story elsewhere, but the fact that "supplemental material" can be this enticing a read speaks volumes for the great story that Geoff Johns and crew have offered up to us.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2005) #48

Nov 25, 2009

This series has been running parallel to "Blackest Night," adding a subplot behind the action going on, filling in the spaces of what is happening to Hal Jordan since he left Earth, and deepening the relationships between characters that have a shared history. Readers of "Green Lantern" were not pressed into action to follow "Blackest Night" and vice versa, but with the conclusion of this issue, it appears as though those two tales will become tightly intertwined. If you've just been reading "Blackest Night," this issue might help provide some background to what happened prior to page one, panel one of issue #5.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2005) #51

Feb 17, 2010

The issue helps set up a whopper of a throwdown next week in "Blackest Night" #7. It's good to see some story progression made in the support books for the main title. I just hope "Blackest Night" delivers on the promise threatened here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2005) #52

Mar 24, 2010

The final issue of "Blackest Night" hits next week, and I'm interested to see how much of a recap is given of the events from this issue and the most recent "Green Lantern Corps." This issue does a great job of setting up the grand finale while trimming off a few loose edges. There is going to be a new status quo for this book coming out of "Blackest Night;" I just wonder what role the "greatest Lantern of them all" will play.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2005) #54

Jun 1, 2010

While the edges (and plots) between "Green Lantern" and "Brightest Day" seem to be blurring and overlapping a bit, the story remains entertaining. This isn't going to be the must-read ultimate classic of the century, but it is unhindered widescreen comic book goodness. I've mentioned "summer comics" in my reviews before. "Green Lantern" is definitely among the best on the racks for the pure entertainment factor of "summer comics." I'm not letting this go anytime soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2005) #56

Jul 29, 2010

One last note regarding Mahnke's work: the next issue blurb is one of the most playful blurbs I've seen in a long time and I hope Mahnke continues to find new ways to express himself through these. "Green Lantern" is gaining steam in the public consciousness, and this title is a wonderful offering for those looking to immerse themselves. It doesn't stop long enough to bore readers with the "who"s and the "what"s, but it does provide enough answers through the story itself. "Blackest Night" may be over, and "Brightest Day" may be burning bright, but this title is a great read all by itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2005) #61

Dec 29, 2010

So there you have it, a review of a Green Lanternless "Green Lantern" issue. Taken as a story of the Emerald Warrior of Sector 2814, this story underwhelms. As a tale of rage, vengeance, and conflict, this is a rather intriguing issue. I'd like a little more green on my lanterns though.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2005) #62

Feb 16, 2011

Like the previous issue, this issue holds a character spotlight page from the upcoming movie. In this case, the character is Kilowog. This makes it really hard to stay in the bubble, as I was trying to do with this film, but now that the Poozer is out of the bag, I may as well embrace it. The extra insight makes this comic feel more like a celebration of all things Green Lantern.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2005) #67

Jul 13, 2011

The end result is a story worthy of the "Green Lantern" title. This issue, in addition to containing some revelations, seems to bring about the conclusion to the series of events that have driven this book for the past few years. Sure, there are some open plot threads, but none of them feel like plots that exist simply as the foundation of an event. These new plots have a purpose, offer up some excitement, and have me waiting for more. It feels good to be excited about the Green Lantern Corps again. I just hope it is a feeling that is justified.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #0

Sep 6, 2012

There has been some fervor over placing the power ring on the finger of a Muslim, but Johns proves character isn't defined by your location, religion, skin color or current situation. While most heroes don't start out as car thieves, but then again, most stories don't involve men flying with the assistance of a little green ring that has seemingly magical properties. Johns clearly has a journey scripted for Simon Baz and taking Hal Jordan and Thaal Sinestro off the table was a shrewd move to augment Baz's chances at properly growing and evolving. I'll admit to knowing very little about Muslim beliefs and practices, but that certainly didn't hamper my ability to thoroughly enjoy "Green Lantern" #0.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #1

Sep 14, 2011

This may not be the greatest of the new releases, but it is enjoyable, entertaining, and fast-paced. In other words, it is everything that a comic book should be. Given the relative fame splashed upon Sinestro this summer, this book should draw in a casual fan or three and it appears ready to reward them nicely. Veteran "Green Lantern" readers are sure to find a great deal to enjoy. I certainly did.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2011) #3

Nov 10, 2011

I saw the relaunch as a chance to cut back on some of my reading. Surely there would be books I could just walk away from. One of those books was supposed to be "Green Lantern." This story has been exciting enough and different enough to get me coming back for three issues now. Let's see how long this streak can continue, especially as this issue leaves us with a shocker of a cliffhanger.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) #11

Jul 30, 2012

I'm not sure why I chose to come back to the Green Lantern corner of the DC Universe now, but this issue of "Green Lantern" certainly made the visit worth my while. "Blackest Night" was an enjoyable event title that I'm still rather fond of and the possible sequel teased in this issue is a welcome addition. With Mahnke's stunning visuals and Sinestro wielding the green power ring, this has the makings of yet another memorable "Green Lantern" story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern (2011) #13

Oct 3, 2012

Yes, there have been plenty of movies/books/television shows that depict the racial profiling and unfair treatment of Arab Americans since the events of September 11, 2001, but this story adds a layer of fantastic comic book science fiction that may or may not come with a "Make It All Better" button. Baz is a real man, in real trouble (some of which he brought upon himself) with a real family who is suffering due to his actions despite their love for him. "Green Lantern" #13 is an entertaining introduction to the man wearing the ring and bearing the name of one of the world's most recognizable heroic brands. All he has to do now is earn it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2011) #17

Feb 21, 2013

"Green Lantern" #17 is an exciting start to "The Wrath of the First Lantern" storyline, but putting three chapters of this latest event out on the same day as several other significant books is going to stretch readers (and their dollars) thin. Those that find this issue will enjoy it and discover a dense tale that reaches back through Green Lantern history to an almost overwhelming amount, but those that have enjoyed Lantern tales at all prior to this issue will find a story that packs in excitement, adventure and plenty of intrigue in the most cosmic of ways.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Green Lantern (2011) #20

May 22, 2013

This impressively thick comic book is finished off with congratulatory notes to Geoff Johns from various peers and friends as well as a letter from Johns himself, signing off from Sector 2814 one last time in a fashion that makes me glad to see that with "Green Lantern" #20, DC Comics has figured out how to celebrate milestones and accomplishments once again.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern (2011) #21

Jun 6, 2013

"Green Lantern" #21 provides a nice jumping on point for new readers or lapsed readers looking for a pure start. Venditti has a decent grasp on the concepts at play, going so far as to have Larfleeze and Carol Ferris pop up, tying back to Johns' work a bit, but it's quite clear the new writer wants to push Hal Jordan in a different direction with new challenges. There's a peek into what that future might hold in the form of a splash page at the end of this issue that cements one thing: "Green Lantern" is going to be a space-based comic book with Hal Jordan at the heart of it.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern (2011) #24

Oct 4, 2013

The first Lantern book crossover of the post-Johns era opens with a pop instead of a boom. Filled with uncertainty, "Green Lantern" #24 brings many of the recognizable Lanterns together. It feels a little bit like the "Green Lantern Corps" book from the late 1980s that Steve Englehart and Bill Willingham worked on, which integrated Salaak and Kilowog into the Green Lantern lexicon and built a squad of disparate Lanterns into a fan-favorite team. The potential is here for Venditti and Tan to begin building a new fan-favorite era for the Corps and I hope they figure out how to pull it all together soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern (2011) #28

Feb 6, 2014

"Red Alert" parts 1 and 2 are delivered in a nice, affordable package, but no conclusion to speak of save for Hal Jordan handing off a problem to Guy Gardner and brushing off his hands as he walks away. Yes, the agreement and arrangement goes deeper than that, but there is not a decisive resolution to Supergirl's predicament. Instead, this two-parter seems like an extended version of a "Red Lanterns" issue, or perhaps a displaced "Red Lanterns Annual" that has far more repercussions for the Reds than the Greens. Spinning out of this, I'm much more likely to continue on with "Red Lanterns" than "Green Lantern" as there seems to be more at stake for Guy Gardner and his crew while Hal Jordan's group seems to be walking in circles.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Green Lantern (2011) #37

Dec 4, 2014

The arrogance of the New Gods continues to blossom throughout "Godhead," but to this point, it doesn't feel as though the Lanterns have found the means within themselves -- collectively or individually -- to pose much of a threat. "Green Lantern" #37 presents readers with the opening chapter of the final act, but it just feels like another in an ongoing series instead of a milestone. Maybe after Venditti took the time in "Green Lantern" #37 to ensure all of the pieces are in place, this story will be able to move forward and -- hopefully -- find a satisfying conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2011) #41

Jun 8, 2015

The "Green Lantern" franchise has ebbed and flowed for the past couple years, so it seems as though it was only a matter of time until we had a "Green Lantern on the run" storyline. Luckily, Venditti, Tan and crew add to the mystery in space theme of the post-"Convergence" DC Universe by not revealing everything right away in "Green Lantern" #41. Hal Jordan has a new purpose and new trappings but, at the heart of this first issue, he is still a man with an amazingly powerful weapon trying to do the right thing, at least as he understands it. Venditti has taken Jordan out of the Corps; now, it's up to his collaboration with Tan to make it exciting.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern (2011) #44

Sep 7, 2015

"Green Lantern" #44 isn't the worst of the issues in this run where Hal is underground and working by his own code, but it also isn't going to be the most memorable. It feels like an inventory tale, buying time and measuring out pacing for something else. I don't know what that "something else" is, but hopefully Venditti and crew find it soon and revitalize this title once more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern (2011) Annual #1

Aug 30, 2012

As summer winds down, Johns and Van Sciver come through with a summer reading comic. This is a story filled with crazy ideas, comic book violence and fan favorite characters and concepts. This is the type of story best read from a hammock or on the lawn and enjoyed for what it is: loud, fun summertime reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern (2011) Annual #3

Dec 29, 2014

"Green Lantern Annual" #3 trips just before crossing the finish line, and rather than get up, dust itself off and finish the course, it languishes for a moment, then just decides to leave. There are plenty of ideas that are given range to roam, but the end of "Godhead" doesn't deliver the payout the epic promised at the start.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 4, 2014

The "Futures End" gimmick is set up to craft a bunch of one-shot installments. This one provides a fairly elementary plot that mostly succeeds as a complete story, but it doesn't do much for evolving Hal Jordan. It does more for Relic and Martin, giving them a bit more space, and subsequently a bit more depth. That doesn't keep Venditti from tying Hal Jordan into the mystery of the Source Wall, however, which teases just enough to make this aspect of "Futures End" worthy of revisiting at some point. For the extra dollar, rather than a gimmicky cover, Venditti and crew should have been given a handful more pages, which would come closer to justifying a "Futures End" outing for Green Lantern.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #25

Jun 13, 2008

The story is quite fast-paced, despite the historical context placed in the narrative, and should be easily enjoyed by anyone even remotely intrigued by the Green Lantern mythos. That said, the issue does leave the reader clutching for more as there is a nice epic set-up ready to continue on in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #33

Feb 15, 2009

Completely serendipitously, this issue hit the stands during Valentine's week. The feelings and emotions in the book struck me as quite cleverly placed in relationship to Hallmark's calendar and almost inspired me enough to draw up multi-colored Valentines for those around me. Unfortunately, I'm not sure which color is supposed to represent patience, as that's the Valentine I'd send to my esteemed editor here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #38

Jul 1, 2009

"Green Lantern Corps" is poised to be integral in the summer event "Blackest Night," but this issue offers so much more than just a prelude into the madness set to besiege the DC Universe when the dead rise. This issue may be a little dense for a first time reader, but all of the pieces that define the Corps and their universe are here. This is definitely a place to start reading if you are planning to get involved in the "Blackest Night" event, but have avoided the "Green Lantern" titles until now. Once everything really gets rolling, you'll be able to come back to this issue and say, "See? Right here. . . "

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #41

Oct 14, 2009

Astonishingly, this issue doesn't feel like "yet another issue of 'Blackest Night.'" It feels fresh, and organic, despite the decomposing organic nature of many of the stars in this issue. True, this is yet another issue of the story of "Blackest Night," but this one enhances the main thrust happening in the "Blackest Night" title.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #43

Dec 17, 2009

This issue most likely serves as a turning point in the Corps' involvement against the Black Lanterns. While Oa has been under siege for months now (or maybe days in comic book time) this issue delivers of the promise of "nothing will ever be the same." With the surprise appearance of one of the fan favorite Lanterns at the end of this issue, I greatly look forward to how Tomasi sees fit to tell a bigger or better story than the one delivered here. This issue is part of the "Blackest Night" event, but it isn't overwhelmed by the event. At no point does this comic ever stop telling the story of the Green Lantern Corps.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #44

Jan 21, 2010

Celebrate those things and more here. This is an action-adventure, science-fiction comic. "Green Lantern Corps" continues to find ways to challenge Patrick Gleason and crew to bring their visual A-game, and month in and month-out they deliver. The fact that this title is so closely woven to "Blackest Night" is just a bonus.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #47

Apr 28, 2010

This issue of "Green Lantern Corps" doesn't have the complications that the most recent issue of "Green Lantern" imposed upon my cohort, Greg McElhatton. This issue picks up the pieces and establishes the direction for its future. It also includes a spectacular double-page spread advertising "Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors," due out later this year. The Corps is stepping out of the wreckage, and the path to recovery looks like it's going to bring some entertaining reading our way.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #54

Nov 17, 2010

I haven't kept "Green Lantern Corps" near the top of my reading list since Tomasi and Gleason left as I thought it would be impossible to duplicate their output. Truly anything else was set up for disappointment. This issue, however, isn't anywhere near as disappointing as feared though. There is the promise of a new threat, but Bedard's going to have to pull out some pretty massive stops to fulfill that promise.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #58

Mar 24, 2011

I'll admit, I am one of the first to whine about the Green Lanterns needing a bit of downtime, but this story " the first two parts, at least " seems to be every bit as exciting and revelatory as anything that has happened around the Green Lanterns in the past few years. This story offers a real challenge to the Lanterns and an interesting read to the fans. I'll be dialed in for more. Maybe after that we'll catch a breather though.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #59

Apr 20, 2011

The war has boiled away five chapters so far. The sides are declared and the battles are being fought. At this point, it looks like a sure win for the Green Lanterns, but DC wouldn't dare disparage the legends of the four Green Lanterns from Earth, would they? Despite the heavy-handedness of the story as it sits at the close of its fifth installment, I'm keen to find out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #0

Sep 17, 2012

"Green Lantern Corps" #0 fleshes out Guy Gardner more in twenty pages than he has been in twenty years. Tomasi has made the development of Guy Gardner a personal project during his time writing Guy both pre- and post-"Flashpoint" and in this issue, Tomasi doesn't hesitate to show the personal side of Gardner: where he comes from and who influenced his development. The character does get a goosed up origin, but he's also given purpose and definition, particularly when it comes to him acting like a jerk for the greater duration of his existence This is an excellent zero issue -- it could even be framed as a pilot for a TV show or a debut film in a series. It hits the right notes, delivers character definition and motivation and sets the table for the world around the protagonist moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #11

Jul 19, 2012

The basic premise of infighting in the Green Lantern Corps has made me weary enough to steer clear of this book for a while. With the Guardians infernal plotting set to explode, this is actually a good point to come back. I don't feel as though I've missed much and the story is briskly paced with enough cues to continue forward momentum. Tomasi and Pasarin have isolated the threat in this chapter of the "Alpha-War" and offer hope of the Green Lantern Corps' return to its primary directive of protecting the universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #15

Dec 14, 2012

The "Rise of the Third Army" banner is plastered across the top of "Green Lantern Corps" #15, but this issue chooses to focus on character over event, giving readers more of a sense of who Guy Gardner is and where he comes from. The final scene of the issue, however, left me thinking that this book is on the precipice of being more fully engulfed by the Green Lantern event.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #22

Jul 15, 2013

Jensen and Chang have some fun ideas in store for "Green Lantern Corps," by having the various factions interact with long-time fan-favorite alien species from across the DC Universe, but the premise driving those interactions is flat. John Stewart is saddled with a bunch of rookie Lanterns, which short-changes the focus on the (arguably) most recognizable Green Lantern. Maybe once the subplots start weaving together tighter, this title might be more engaging, but "Green Lantern Corps" #22 left me unenthusiastic.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #35

Oct 13, 2014

The quartet of Lanterns, almost as required by timing of the story as much as plot or conflict, prove to be outmatched by Uggha. Jensen makes nice work of turning "Green Lantern Corps" #35 into an Uggha spotlight issue. This is a story hitting the necessary beats and marking off time, giving readers more definition of the New Gods, but gives readers precious little to commit to memory when it comes to the overall adventures of the Green Lantern Corps. "Godhead" is still a galaxy-spanning event story, even if all of the conflicts are not jaw-droppingly memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern Corps (2011) Annual #1

Feb 1, 2013

As has been the case since long before the New 52 reboot a year-and-a-half ago, just because a new menace looms on the horizon doesn't necessitate that the current menace is neatly done away with. Plotlines from "Green Lantern," "Green Lantern Corps," "Green Lantern: New Guardians" and "Red Lanterns" all come together here and most of the characters are present, making "Green Lantern Corps Annual" #1 truly feel like a big-time adventure that revels in the characters represented. This Annual implements a cohesive bond between the various titles and also sprinkles enough suspense and anticipation while setting some upcoming events and plotlines in motion.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Green Lantern Movie Prequel: Kilowog #1

Jun 8, 2011

In the end, this comic is limp. I'd much rather prefer to read a great Kilowog story -- which I know Tomasi has in him somewhere " than suffer through a comic fans' guide to the unnecessarily changed characters you know from the books as they will appear in the movie. Last week's "Flashpoint" Abin Sur story was more enjoyable and offered more insight to the world of Oa than this book, which is a shame, because it has nothing to do with the upcoming film. This comic, however, seems like less of a prequel and more of a primer, gently easing comic book readers into the universe of the feature film Green Lanterns.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Green Lantern Movie Prequel: Abin Sur #1

Jun 15, 2011

This issue isn't necessary reading before viewing the movie, but it certainly seems like a nice piece of prep work. Taken out of the context of the movie, it still holds up as an enjoyable story with a Green Lantern who certainly has his share of untold tales waiting to be told.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern/New Gods: Godhead #1

Oct 2, 2014

For many readers, including myself, the Lanterns have faded of late, not shining as brightly as they once did, but with the New Gods ready to march into battle, I can declare that this is the most interested I have been in the entire Lanterns' line since well before the launch of the New 52 in September 2011. The New Gods deserved pomp and circumstance for their arrival, and while this story has only begun, it begins on the right note, as the New Gods are set to impact the DC Universe in a big way.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Green Lantern/Plastic Man: Weapons of Mass Destruction #1

Dec 19, 2010

This comic is like a rejected story from "The Brave and the Bold" (by the way, where is that book now?!) that didn't quite hold up to "B&B" standards, but also repelled the all ages book of the same title much like Bat-shark-repellant took care of that pesky shark back in the Adam West days. Thinking about it, I suppose I should be grateful that this wasn't two issues of "The Brave and the Bold," as that would have run me an additional 98. The shame of this issue is that both Wolfman and Anderson have delivered better books, and I'm quite sure they could give us something better than this, but this is here and the "better than" doesn't exist.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #2

Sep 16, 2010

Of the three "Green Lantern" titles currently running, the cast of this one appeals to me the most, but the story doesn't compel me to itch for more. Would these three Lanterns be better served as a "second feature" in the "Green Lantern Corps" book, or will Tomasi deliver some tales that truly separate these characters and their cause from the rest of the Corps? Honestly, at this point, I'm unsure. Kilowog, Guy, and Arisia are enough for me to come back for another check next month though.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #4

Nov 11, 2010

The Green Lantern stable of books is certainly riding a high, strong wave right now, but the books are threatening to homogenize. I don't see much of a reason for there to be three Green Lantern books. Yet. Tomasi needs to push a stronger, more clearly defined agenda forward for this book to give it an identity and personality that allows it become more than just "the Green Lantern book with Guy Gardner and Kilowog in it."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #6

Jan 13, 2011

This issue seems to be the herald for the upcoming "War of the Green Lanterns," offering up prophetic visions, mysterious foes, and Corps members bearing grudges one against another. With the iconic cover promotion underway, this issue doesn't wave a colorful "War of Green Lanterns Prelude" banner, nor does it need to provide a good story. The rubber is finally hitting the road here and Tomasi's story is starting to build upon the wide base that has been constructed for the past five months. The issue leaves Guy hanging, but Guy's resourceful. How he gets out of this one is going to be worth the price of admission " which, by the way, has dropped a whole buck(!) on this title " for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #8

Mar 30, 2011

This third installment of the "War" delivers enough material to recap and push forward the storyline without becoming self-indulgent. There are matters of significance at play here, and the final page of the story is compelling enough to bring me back for the next chapter, even though I'd like to see what these titles can do without an event driving them. This event is at least self-contained (within the Green Lantern core titles), so there's something to be said for that.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #10

May 25, 2011

This installment of the "War" was less than impressive, but leaves the Green Lantern corner of the DC Universe with some big moments coming up " decisions to be made, repercussions from decisions made, and fallout from, well, something. To this point, however, it seems as though there's only one major casualty and not a great deal of other changes that cannot be undone or forgotten.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #11

Jun 29, 2011

Like I already said, however, it is not a particularly memorable Guy Gardner tale. It's nice to take a break from the constant go-go-go of the hubbub and commotion that has surrounded Oa and its champions for the past half-decade, but it would have been nicer to have a memorable break. Maybe Tomasi won't have to wait another five years to have a go at giving us another such tale. One can always hope, right?

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern: New Guardians #0

Sep 24, 2012

"Green Lantern" New Guardians" #0 confirms that a great deal of the pre-"Flashpoint" Green Lantern continuity is on the record, like Kyle being the "torchbearer" and the Rainbow Corps fighting the Black Lanterns. After all, Carol (as Star Sapphire) and Kyle use the "Green Lantern ring plus one" method to combat and vanquish the risen dead. Otherwise, this is simply just another issue. There're no origins, no explanations of the New Guardians, who they are or why they are banded together. Really, this issue is simply an interlude for this series and a decent pause for Green Lantern readers without really giving new readers much to grab onto.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern: New Guardians #16

Jan 25, 2013

By the time this issue concludes, the tables have shifted, the "Rise of the Third Army" is beset by a severe challenge and the course of this series is given a good shakeup. This issue is a game changer -- one people will be coming back to find. Bedard illustrates that Arkillo, Carol Ferris and Saint Walker prove their allegiance to Rayner and stand poised to see the conclusion of the battle by the Lantern's side. What that means to the old Guardians and the New Guardians remains to be seen, but at least it should look nice when it is seen.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern: New Guardians #21

Jun 20, 2013

Of the refreshed Green Lantern family of books, "Green Lantern: New Guardians" was the one of the main triad I had the least amount of interest in. "Red Lanterns" and "Larfleeze" are exempt as I have less than no interest in either of those books at this juncture. That said, "Green Lantern: New Guardians" #21 might hit a high note due to the low-hanging expectations, or it might simply be enjoyable. I do know that I liked it considerably more than "Green Lantern" #21, but that's not really much of a comparison right now. At the very least, this comic book has given me enough reason to check back in with the next issue, even if it is more for the characters and circumstances surrounding the main character than for the character himself.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Green Lantern: New Guardians #40

Mar 19, 2015

With "Convergence" on the horizon and a host of titles set to end, DC is sure to have some stories that underwhelm just as surely as it will have some tales that surprise readers. Unfortunately, "Green Lantern: New Guardians" #40 just hits enough notes to do the job of finishing the series without bringing anything spectacular or memorable. Jordan, Neves, Antonio, Quintana and Sharpe give readers a complete tale that has some nice moments, but it simply burns out too early.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern: The Animated Series #0

Nov 30, 2011

This series is a charming alternative for comic readers who like the Green Lantern concept, but are disenfranchised with the thick continuity and excessive expansion of the "Green Lantern" franchise in the relaunched DC Universe. This is a clean, crisp book with a buoyant story, sharp art, and unburdened characters. Quite simply, it's a fun Green Lantern title. Those are always good to have around.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Lantern: The Lost Army #1

Jun 29, 2015

With a surprise (or maybe not-so-surprising) appearance by another famous Lantern before the end of the issue, Bunn, Saiz and Sharpe give readers a dynamic debut for a storied DC franchise. Like the original "Green Lantern Corps" series that sprang out of the "Crisis on Infinite Earths" aftermath, "Green Lantern: The Lost Army" #1 gives readers an introduction to the cast, a sample of the mystery around them and a smidgeon of the adventures ahead. This is a strong start with a diverse, interesting cast.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern: The Lost Army #3

Aug 24, 2015

"Green Lantern: The Lost Army" #3 is a solid story packed with details and mounting suspense. Six Lanterns and two of their most noteworthy foes packed into tight quarters with potential disaster creeping in is a fine recipe for an interesting story. Bunn, Saiz, Richards, Atiyeh and Sharpe appear to be making the most of the combination and give readers a dramatic adventure sure to appeal to most every Lantern fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Grim Leaper #2

Jun 22, 2012

In the middle of the series, "Grim Leaper" #2 is a story that's not for the squeamish. This comic hits some older concepts and ideas, but twists those notions just enough to present a story that seems fresh with characters that may not be growing towards being interesting, but their situation certainly is. I'm curious to see where this title goes and what eventually comes of Lou and Ella.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians 3000 #1

Oct 1, 2014

A thick read for newbies, but a rewarding one for seasoned fans of the Arnold Drake/Gene Colan version of the Guardians, "Guardians 3000" #1 gives readers a great deal of new characters, ideas and situations to sift through. This is not the most friendly debut issue of the Marvel NOW! era, but it doesn't have to be, as there is a distinctly targeted audience. From here, though, there is no shortage of ideas to explore and concepts to dig into as Abnett, Sandoval, Delgado and Cowles serve as guides through the thirty-first century.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Guardians of Knowhere #2

Aug 6, 2015

Even the stars of this title are pinched out of the issue, a fact magnified by the appearance of a handful of cosmic-related characters reimagined through the lens of the Nova Corps. So many concepts and characters received a signal boost through their "Secret Wars" connections, but the Guardians fail to connect in a story that seems largely forgettable when held under the lens of crossover saga.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Guardians of Knowhere #4

Sep 18, 2015

"Guardians of Knowhere" #4 does give readers a slobberknocker of a scrap as Gamora and Angela form an uneasy alliance to take on the nebulous blue-skinned fury threatening Knowhere -- except she isn't as big a threat to Knowhere as Gamora and Angela are. As seems to be the case for Bendis' tenure on "Guardians of the Galaxy," "Guardians of Knowhere" #4 is just as disappointing. This could be more, it should be more, but it just isn't. Readers wanting more -- expecting more -- are simply told to find it elsewhere.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #1

May 19, 2008

The book is fast paced, yet packed with insight and personal interludes, tempered by glorious visual fireworks, making this seem like an underpublicized big screen gem set to runaway with more box office receipts than the production studio thought it was worth. A lot of information crosses the page here, but not at the expense of overwhelming a newly-minted reader. This is a summer comic at its very best. I may not have known the characters or the background that put them into this situation, but I have gained enough clues through this read to understand the important niche this cluster of cast-offs fills. More importantly, I find the cast and their interaction engaging enough to know I'll be back for a few more issues at the very least as I attempt to learn more about this group and the big screen action they encounter.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #2

Jul 5, 2008

As someone who came into this series inspired by the promise of something new given life by Pelletier's art, I can honestly say I have been quite pleased with this title. The characters may not be A-list, and the threats may be more ethereal, but the story and action do nothing but inspire me to continue purchasing this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #7

Nov 29, 2008

Panel for panel, word for word, there just isn't a better value in comics nowadays. While it has had interaction with the rest of the Marvel Universe, this title does feature fringe characters, so it has a little more room to breathe, grow and thrive. This is a book where damn near anything can happen, and more often than not, it does.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #9

Jan 25, 2009

In all, this book is still an exciting high-octane read, but the art needs to find solid footing akin to what this title enjoyed through Pelletier's dedication to this book. I'm not saying that Pelletier's style has to be aped or imitated here, I'm just saying that "Guardians of the Galaxy" needs solid art that is stable month in and month out. Otherwise, this title could be doomed before it really has a chance to reel in new fans from the "War of Kings" event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #10

Feb 22, 2009

This book will get a shot in the arm from its proximity to "War of Kings" and it should. It seems to me that there isn't enough buzz for a book that features a talking raccoon, a tree with a mad-on, and the celestial Madonna. With one collected edition already available and a second on the way, readers might want to consider jumping on board with issue #11, which hits the ground running headfirst in the "War of Kings."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #11

Mar 16, 2009

I first came across this title almost a year ago as my first review for CBR, and in the time since, this title has become one of very few that I would not surrender, save for cancellation. Although this title features less-than-popular characters, the writers bring an enthusiasm to the title that permeates the characters and has inspired every artist assigned to contribute to this book. While this chapter of "Guardians of the Galaxy" chose to focus the camera away from the action of "War of Kings" the interaction is going to hit "- and hard "- very soon. I strongly recommend you jump on board soon. This is one book that delivers every month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #14

May 28, 2009

Panel for panel, penny for penny, there is not a book on the stands doing more with the standard issue twenty-two pages. The amazing thing is this book is triply stuffed with perceived throwaway characters, yet it is every bit as compelling as though the X-Men and the Justice League were throwing down herein. This book reminds me of the "Flash" back in the late 1990s, where the artistic talent found its way to this book and then on to higher profile gigs on the path to superstardom (or what passes for superstardom among comic artists). You know the period "- Mike Wieringo, Sal Larroca, Paul Pelletier. Hey waitaminnit. . . Cover by Sal Larroca? "War of Kings" by Paul Pelletier? Somewhere, Mike Wieringo is sharpening his pencil and looking down on this book. Until we can figure out how to get Mike's pages, do yourself a favor and pick this book up. It might seem crazy, overwhelming, and well, fun, but that's because it is. This book does a good job of moving forward and uses all of the

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #17

Aug 29, 2009

I've said it before and it bears repeating: this is the greatest title you are not currently reading (unless you are reading it!). If you read these reviews looking for a book to sample, stop right now. Get yourself $3 and go try this book out. This issue is an excellent sample of feel this title has been working on. There's a lot to read through here, and on first flip, it may seem burdensome, but Abnett and Lanning make this an enjoyable read. Each issue has subsequently trumped the previous issue, but not in simple one-upsmanship. Abnett and Lanning have been using the stories to build a bigger universe. What started with a handful of seemingly throwaway characters has evolved into a cornerstone of the cosmic side of the Marvel universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #0.1

Feb 27, 2013

I'm glad to see "Guardians of the Galaxy" back on the racks. I know it is largely propelled by the upcoming movie and has what appears to be a forced appearance/role from Iron Man, but nonetheless, Marvel NOW! brings back space opera goodness. Readers get a little tease of the team to close out "Guardians of the Galaxy" #0.1, whetting appetites for the true first issue, but for now, this book is exciting, fresh and new, even if it does simply resuscitate an old tale from yesteryear.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #1

Mar 26, 2013

While there's plenty to gripe about in "Guardians of the Galaxy" #1, there is no mistaking that Brian Michael Bendis and Steve McNiven have shown up to tell their story of the Guardians, not to interpret Dan Abnett and Andy Lanning's Guardians. Taken for what it is -- an offering for uninitiated movie buffs and lapsed comic fans enthused by the upcoming feature film of the same name -- this comic book offers quite a bit to enjoy, but needed to be just a little bit longer in order to completely satisfy. This is a good, solid start, but it needs a little more punch to secure the readers' interests.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #3

Jun 13, 2013

"Guardians of the Galaxy" needed to come out with a strong showing. This closing installment of the first chapter buttons up a decent enough story, but doesn't do enough to reel in very many readers, especially with the delay this issue experienced. That said, this issue is strong enough to not chase any readers away, but the title needs to step up a bit to strengthen readership before the inevitable film release in 2014.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #4

Jul 1, 2013

Quieter issues like this do wonders for the creators and the readers, giving everyone a chance to take a breath and assess the situation. Bendis and Pichelli manage to keep "Guardians of the Galaxy" #4 from feeling like a by-the-numbers fill-in comic book by layering in a subplot that bears further investigation and giving every character room to stretch as the series prepares to bring Angela, fresh from her Marvel Universe debut, into the mix.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #6

Sep 26, 2013

"Guardians of the Galaxy" #6 continues to drift through the Marvel Universe. The encounters the group has and the interpersonal relationships they are building are entertaining and enjoyable, but I'm just not sure what purpose this comic book serves right now, save to generate product for the bookshelves once the movie hits. Most of the characters are one-note, lacking the depth and intrigue a band of space pirates could -- and should -- have. Now that Angela has gotten a star turn on the stage and Thanos has had words with Quill, maybe the series can get to the greater purpose the Guardians serve and get some heart involved in their future adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #8

Nov 1, 2013

Although the Guardians are still quibbling and quarreling amongst themselves more than I would like, "Guardians of the Galaxy" #8 is a solid, adventure-packed read that serves as a transitory issue merging the Guardians into the "Infinity" crossover. In this incarnation, the Guardians are supposed to be protecting the Earth, which Thanos is threatening. With more than half of the team personally connected to Thanos' success or failure, it only makes sense to intersect the team with the Mad Titan, elevating the team's profile in the process. Bendis and Francavilla do a fine job of delivering an entertaining comic book with plenty of adventure, as they set the stage for more interaction with "Infinity." The end of "Guardians of the Galaxy" #8 indicates that more explosive adventures are on deck for Star-Lord and crew.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #11.NOW

Jan 30, 2014

"The Trial of Jean Grey" is an acceptable but boring comic that forces Bendis' two franchises to share a tale at a time where the two concepts really have no other reason to cross paths. I have no doubt the emphasis placed in "Guardians of the Galaxy" #11.NOW on a resurgent Skrull Empire will have a heavy hand in this storyline, but for now the paper-thin pretense that smacks of subterfuge and boggles my mind in its ability to appear as a convincing notion between the members of the Galactic Council. With the first chapter and the gigantic exposition complete, I hope "The Trial of Jean Grey" can pick up some speed and that "Guardians of the Galaxy" can find its missing heart along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #16

Jun 27, 2014

The best part of the issue is the continuation of the friendship between Gamora and Angela. Despite splintering the team to face divergent threats, the series still seems hesitant and afraid of committing to actually doing something. The team is set against Badoon, Kree, Skrulls, Spartoi and Shi'ar, but the threat never seems elevated. These are vast empires, but they're easily thwarted and surprisingly gullible, which simply becomes a disappointment when there isn't truly a reason for the protagonists to step up. There's no cause or quest to rally the Guardians, just more of the same old head-butting that's happened for sixteen issues, which leaves this title -- still -- treading water.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #17

Aug 1, 2014

This issue feels like filler and with "Original Sin" crossing over next issue, that feeling is theoretically justified. With a growing myriad of titles to choose from flying the "Guardians of the Galaxy" banner or featuring Guardians characters, Bendis and company need to step things up to stay relevant. Hopefully the reveals from the Cancerverse story in the "Original Sin" tie-ins satiate readers for what happened there and how Quill returned, answering the question that has been providing an undercurrent for this series since it started. Hopefully, "Original Sin" can serve as a much-needed story booster shot for the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #18

Aug 27, 2014

"Guardians of the Galaxy" #18 is one of the best issues of this current volume featuring Peter Quill and his band of vagabonds, which is interesting considering this is actually a flashback story told between the panels and after the closing cover of a previous volume of Guardians. At least Bendis and McGuinness are putting a significant amount of effort into the story and making it a fun read in the process. This is exactly the type of story that fans of the motion picture need to trip across. It gives the characters familiar ground to cover, but does so in a way that is almost as big and explosive as the movie itself. If this were an Annual, I'd be re-reading it right now. As a multi-part tale, I'm temporarily satisfied, but anxious for more. "Guardians of the Galaxy" #18 is a fine appetizer.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #20

Nov 3, 2014

"Guardians of the Galaxy" #20 is yet another example of this title not hitting its potential. I don't know if this is because of the "Original Sin" tie-in or if Bendis is marching out beats between "Original Sin" and the next crossover, but this comic book treads water, reflecting on the past without enhancing it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #24

Feb 11, 2015

"Guardians of the Galaxy" #24 hits the ground with a burst, moving forward and sending out impactful bits of character development, seeds of conflict and threads of adventure, but it presumes its readership knows what is going on. Regular readers of the "Guardians" title -- and only that title -- might get confused, especially if they haven't been keeping up on their X-Men. As with the previous crossover with the X-Men, however, this issue makes Bendis' team feel truly cosmic and important. It's just a darn shame that the X-Men have to be present to bring out the best in Peter Quill and his team.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) Annual #1

Dec 11, 2014

"Guardians of the Galaxy Annual" #1 is one of the more enjoyable, compact Guardians stories from Bendis and also happens to be a nice, tight, well-drawn, oversized one-shot adventure. While there may be consequences or subplots spinning out of this comic book at some point in the future, there is no denying the satisfying tale delivered. Not only do readers get a complete story, an appearance from a vital Nick Fury and a space-fight, but Cho and Bendis also present some well-polished character moments.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #1

Oct 16, 2015

"Guardians of the Galaxy" #1 is less "all-new" and "all-different" and more "Guardians of the Galaxy with an all-new, all-different Star-Lord and, oh yeah, Ben Grimm's here, too." The Thing slips right into the story and gives the cast a center to revolve around. Bendis, Schiti, Isanove and Petit give readers a fair amount to pique their interests, including a fight with the Chitauri, with the promise of more to come. "Guardians of the Galaxy" #1 is the first step in this new journey, but it feels like more happens in this issue than the entire previous volume, from the subplot involving Annihilus to the last page reveal of a new threat.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #19

Apr 14, 2017

The ending of this issue, and the series(es) is lackluster, more whimper than bang, but Bendis does get a chance to highlight his contributions to the Guardians of the Galaxy brand Ben Grimm, Kitty Pryde, Angela, and Carol Danvers. Its nice to see the Guardians latched into the larger Marvel Universe. That said, I just dont see the need to come back to this segment of the Guardians history at this point, like I regularly go back to re-read the 2008 series from Abnett and Lanning. The team is, essentially, the same as they were when Bendis picked them up in 2012. They have a few more friends, and arent as confined to the stellar settings, but thats about it. Its nice to draw this to a close, but with the artists on hand, I almost think I would have preferred Bendis writing captions for a pin-up issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #1

Jan 23, 2019

The creative team melts nicely, one into the other, as Guardians of the Galaxy begin to take shape. Clearly, these four comic book creators are having a lot of fun with this project, and I had a lot of fun reading it. Of the half dozen-plus Guardians of the Galaxy #1 comics Ive read, this one has me most looking forward to what we get next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Guardians of the Galaxy Infinite #3

Apr 8, 2013

While the roster of Guardians has varied through the years, the four characters selected for the Infinite Comics treatment match the four characters set to co-star with Star-Lord in the 2014 feature film. Coincidentally (or perhaps not so for my conspiracy-loving friends) Marvel has also spun out news and/or rumors of casting matches near each of these releases. The Drax issue was on the heels of Chris Pratt being announced as Star-Lord, Rocket Raccoon's Infinite Comic came out near the confirmation that Dave Bautista would be suiting up as Drax and "Guardians of the Galaxy Infinite Comic" #3 hit within days of swirling rumors that Zoe Saldana was in negotiations to portray Gamora. Marvel is set to make "Guardians of the Galaxy" their next big thing and you could do a whole lot worse than jumping onboard with this stellar free Infinite Comic to get a sample of what you might be looking forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians of the Galaxy Prelude Infinite Comic #1

Apr 2, 2014

While it doesn't openly spoil anything from the upcoming movie, it does flaunt the cards being held in the movie's hand quite a bit. Lanning, Abnett and Di Vito insert enough into this comic to send readers and fans of the Marvel cinematic universe into an absolute frenzy, jumping at characters, locations and concepts as they try to suss out the plot of the film months before it breaks. Or, they could simply choose to enjoy an introduction to Gamora as the outreaches of the Marvel Universe begin to take shape. This isn't a must-read by any measure, but it is a pleasantly informative tale from the writing duo that elevated the cast of characters to be featured in the "Guardians of the Galaxy" movie this August.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians Team-Up #1

Mar 5, 2015

"Guardians Team-Up" #1 is the kind of comic that will keep team-up nuts occupied for hours, days or maybe even weeks, poring over the panels to find all of the detail Adams has packed into this story. The story itself walks a very fine line between being relevant and simply pandering to the movie audience. For now, Bendis and Adams seem content to keep "Guardians Team-Up" new reader friendly but rewarding for seasoned readers, which is a magnificent choice and gives the comic a semi-retro vibe.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Guardians Team-Up #3

Mar 20, 2015

"Guardians Team-Up" #3 gives readers what Marvel perceives they want: more stuff with "Guardians of the Galaxy" on it. Mayhew's image of Ronan hefting Hala sells the cover but, like the interior, it matters very little what else is set as a distractor: this is an image of Ronan, take it or leave it. As for "Guardians Team-Up" as a series, it is underwhelming so far, but I'm still holding tightly to the promise and potential packed into any "team-up" adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Guardians Team-Up #5

May 11, 2015

Readers of the Skottie Young "Rocket Raccoon" series will like what they find here, as will readers of the original series and the "Pet Avengers" adventures from Chris Eliopoulos and company. This is one of the most complete, fun-filled, off-the-wall goofy adventures I've read this year. This is the type of fun thing comics can do and should do more often: all-ages worthy reads that simply celebrate comic books as comic books, filled with exciting ideas and enjoyable characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Guardians Team-Up #7

Jul 3, 2015

Team-up tales are best played for fun, as the whole point of team-ups is to try something new. After all, peanut butter and chocolate teamed up once and that was pretty fun. Granted, "Guardians Team-Up" #7 isn't going to be as permanent, memorable or widely accepted, but Giovanetti, Scheer, Crystal, Wilson and Petit clearly had fun working on this book, and readers are certain to have just as much fun reading it, whether they draw the fun from Ant-Man's drinking antics or Drax's one-liners.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guardians Team-Up #10

Aug 21, 2015

"Guardians Team-Up" #10 is a fun, fast-paced book that remains true to the concept of team-up adventures, right down to the classic misunderstanding fight. Rocket and Deadpool are among the hottest characters in comics right now and Seeley, Norton, Kholinne and Petit certainly appear to have fun playing with the pair. This isn't great drama or fantastic comedy, but it's fun and loud and unapologetic and entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Guarding the Globe (2012) #2

Oct 4, 2012

This is a nice alternative to comic books you might be reading out of habit rather than enjoyment. If you've been let down by new universes or updates, then give "Guarding the Globe" a look. It's fun, straight-forward, unapologetic comic book fun with just the right amount of melodrama.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Guerillas #1

Sep 14, 2008

In all, this book delivered a dark page-turner, but priced at $5.99, over the course of nine issues, this series also promises to be a wallet-burner. I figure I'll give the next issue a go and see what happens from there.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Gunsuits #1

Jun 3, 2015

"Gunsuits" #1 is a confident debut that doesn't hesitate to embed the reader in the battle. It's also the start of a four issue miniseries with a lot of energy, but not a lot of quiet moments to pay off the suspense that accumulates throughout the issue. After all, readers are told to be impressed with the infinite possibilities of fighting for infinite infinities. In reality, Tobin and Holden have laid a solid foundation. I just hope they construct solid walls around this tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Hail Hydra #1

Jul 17, 2015

"Hail Hydra" #1 is a story for fans of the Ian Rogers/Leopold Zola Nomad character. The dystopian world that serves as the backdrop for this adventure is not unlike Dimension Z, and "Hydra" could easily be slotted out with any other organization. Given the current popularity of Hydra, however, the title serves notice for more pedestrian fans and this issue does a fine job of introducing readers to Nomad without the trappings inherent in a Captain America adventure. This isn't a must-have for all haves, nor will it be the most memorable "Secret Wars" spinoff title, but Remender, Boschi, Chuckry and Cowles present solid work with reliable characters in a tense, fast-moving story where truly anything can happen, especially in the shadow of "Secret Wars."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Halloween Eve (One Shot) #1

Oct 10, 2012

Overall, "Halloween Eve" is not something I'm going to re-read again and again, but this is certainly a comic where readers can find some enjoyment and relief from events. Reading it, I found the book to be an odd mix of "Singles" or a "Friends" episode with a decidedly different Halloween twist not unlike "It's the Great Pumpkin Charlie Brown."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Harbinger (2012) #0.2014

Mar 20, 2014

At the end of "Harbinger: Bleeding Monk" #0, readers are left to ponder their own existence. Have they just read a comic or merely thought they read a comic while thinking about a comic book being read? While this issue is nowhere near that meta-reflective, it does incite readers to flip back to the beginning and digest the story once again. I'm not certain what ramifications this holds for the near future of this title, but it certainly does provide relevant insight to the origins of the Bleeding Monk and gives readers a milestone to return to as "Harbinger" carries on.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Harley Quinn (2013) Annual #1

Oct 31, 2014

All in all, like Deadpool for Marvel Comics, "Harley Quinn Annual" #1 is a goofy, light-hearted release from oppressive comic books burdened with tie-ins and events. There's weird smells, funny one-liners, strung out gags and bizarre DC Comics historical connections that, truly, shouldn't happen anywhere else. Conner and Palmiotti are definitely having fun with this book and it shines through in every wacky panel of "Harley Quinn Annual" #1. Their irreverent romp through the DC Universe is enjoyable and refreshing, even if it gets uncomfortably, awkwardly weird from time to time.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Haunt #17

Aug 28, 2011

In typical fashion, I happened across this book at the wrong time. Kirkman and Capullo are on their way out, but the story they're leaving with is certainly entertaining enough for me to continue to check in until then. Maybe another issue or two will help me figure out just who everyone is and why it matters to this story. If nothing else, the book has a captivating visual quality to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Haunted Mansion #1

Mar 13, 2016

The Haunted Mansion #1 is a fun, but safe, introduction to a new interpretation of the Disney classic. It gives the reader just enough to pique their interest, leaving plenty of mysteries for upcoming issues. Williamson and Coelho keep things clicking along, and have done a decent job of setting the foundation. It remains to be seen where future issues will grow, and what new corners of the Haunted Mansion will be investigated, but, at the very least, it will be worth looking into.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Hawk and Dove (2011) #2

Oct 6, 2011

By 1990s standards, this book would be an average -- at best - - story. By my standards, it has a long way to go to reach average. In reading this book, I cannot help but wonder what the vibe of the story is supposed to be. Is this supposed to be an over-the-top, retro-faux-1990s story, or is it just a mishmash of middling-to-good ideas that, when put together are just horribly wrong, like peanut butter on pizza? I don't know for certain, but I do know that with fifty-one other options, my wallet doesn't have much more patience for books of this caliber.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hawkeye & Mockingbird #2

Jul 11, 2010

While it has spun out of the "Dark Reign" and the "Heroic Age," this title isn't tied deeply to either event, and as of this second issue is still very approachable.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hawkeye & Mockingbird #5

Oct 12, 2010

The saga with the Slades and their integration in the lives of Hawkeye and Mockingbird has made for an intense read. This comic has been one of my very favorite books over the past five months. It has consistently delivered surprises and excitement. Each issue has had a line or two of chuckle-worthy dialog, a gasp-worthy surprise and lots of fantastic art. I'm curious to see where it goes from here. One thing I can be certain of, it's going to be fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hawkeye: Blindspot #1

Feb 16, 2011

Whether you like what McCann has been doing with "Hawkeye and Mockingbird" and "Widowmaker," or are just a fan of the Clint Barton character, this issue offers quite a bang for your three bucks. Marvel's made the point of offering dot one comics to lure new readers in to existing stories. I've read a few of those dot ones and, honestly, they pale in craft and content compared to this one single issue. This issue does a marvelous job of capturing the spirit of the characters, relaying their history, and setting a new course for the action to come. This is a throwback to how comics used to be: new reader friendly, old reader relevant, and action packed. I've never been the biggest Hawkeye fan, but McCann has been winning me over bit by bit. This one issue, however, brought me the rest of the way along the journey. If the next three issues bring as much to the table as this one issue, this Hawkeye series will be one to remember for the ages, just like that classic "Avengers" cover.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hawkeye: Blindspot #3

Apr 18, 2011

This third issue of the most recent Hawkeye miniseries offers a great deal of character insight, dramatic action, wonderful art, and a trainload of suspense. McCann has openly professed affection for this character, and it shines through on every page, encouraging his collaborators to submit their best work as well. I am unaware of Hawkeye's next landing spot following the next issue of this series, but for now, I've just excited that there is a next issue and I'm looking forward to that one.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Hawkman (2018) #1

Jun 13, 2018

I consider myself a bit of a Hawkman specialist, so take it from me: this is a Hawkman story worth picking up. It's been a little bit since I've been this excited about a comic. It's been even longer since I've been this excited about a Hawkman comic. This creative team seems to realize that excitement, or at least they banked on it to produce a wonderful, summertime comic that demands to be read, re-read, and shared.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Hawkman (2018) #3

Aug 8, 2018

Snips of It's a Wonderful Life creep into Hawkman #3, but instead of Clarence, George Bailey runs into himself, via Hall's journal. At one point Hawkman laments “I wish I weren't alone,” which hopefully bodes well as foreshadowing for fans of Hawkgirl/Hawkwoman. This issue and the series to date hasn't really left a whole lot of room for Shayera/Shiera/Kendra, but they are integral to Hawkman's tale. I have no doubt Venditti will bring one (or more) of them in eventually, but for now, I'm enjoying the exploration of Hawkman, who he is, where and when he has been, and how all of that has shaped my favorite Winged Warrior.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hawkman (2018) #7

Dec 12, 2018

It is not explicitly told to us where Ktar Deathbringer came from, but his moment of enlightenment in Hawkman #7 leads into the story of resurrection that has since become the backbone of Hawkman's existence. He has lifetimes of redemption to slog through, which we've started to see (well, we've been seeing it for a while) and will certainly shade the proceedings of the series going forward. Venditti does a great job of choosing his battles to fight and the threads of history to investigate, giving readers a wonderful adventure to follow along the way. We're there from the beginning of the reincarnation cycle and we have an idea of why. That makes Hawkman #7 critical turning point in this volume of Hawkman and perhaps even a Rosetta Stone of sorts for the character throughout his almost-eighty years of published existence.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Hawkman Special #1

Aug 11, 2008

Personally, as someone who has lived closely to the character and history of Hawkman for the past eighteen months, this "bold new direction" for the character concerns me greatly. Geoff Johns and James Robinson hammered out the historical mess and made it a palatable story that fit the DCU to a "T". Obviously, however, DC felt that Hawkman would be better served as a space champion, given the redundancy of Rann-Thanagar skirmishes since 2005. I think DC just needs to revisit the character's successes and failures, make a note of them, staple the note to their forehead and make a solid effort to avoid the failures. With this issue, I see one of the failures ""- uncertainty of character ""- creeping back in and I fear Hawkman may have some fairly brutal days ahead of him.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Hawkman: Found #1

Dec 27, 2017

Its a damn shame this isnt ready to spin into a series, as Lemire has a firm grasp of what Hawkman currently is, what he has been, and what he should be. As I mentioned, this could easily have been a Rebirth book, but its a fine addition to the Metal adventure. Heres hoping we get more Hawkman soon and that the creators at least follow the lead Lemire and company give them here.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
He-Man & The Masters of the Universe #1

Jul 5, 2012

Masters of the Universe fans will be pleased to read these adventures and see their beloved characters in play again. The range of characters might be disappointing in this issue, but the promise of more (and soon) is clear enough at the conclusion. I might not be interested in reading more, but I can understand why fans who are entrenched in the He-Man universe would.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
He-Man & The Masters of the Universe (2013) #1

Apr 18, 2013

In addition to being a thick read due to the civilian attire the primary characters sport throughout most of the issue, the lineage of characters and relationships is not something new readers are going to easily discern. Once again, however, I find myself reiterating that perhaps newer readers are not the target audience. "He-Man and the Masters of the Universe" #1 is a niche book reaching out to a niche audience and I hope fans of the franchise enjoyed this first issue more than I did.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Headspace #1

Mar 5, 2014

A science fiction infused comic version of an unwritten, undreamt Rogers Waters concept album fueled by insomnia and Red Bull about a shred of "The Truman Show" that's been soaking in a tepid Twilight Zone bath, this story truly is wide open. Max's escape is most definitely tied to the goings-on in Carpenter's Cove, but which is influencing the other? Lindsay, Zawadzki, Peterson and Louise add another ninety-nine-cent gem to Monkeybrain's catalog and one that is sure to boggle a few brains. It doesn't have monkeys, gorillas or dune buggies, but it does have dragons and bartending cyborg dogs. After all, isn't this what comics should be about? It's enough to invite me back for another installment next month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Heart #1

Nov 1, 2011

This isn't a "fun" or "feel good" story. When it's all over, I'm not even sure if this will be a memorable story, but I do know that right now, in this first issue, this is a compelling story with a very human protagonist who is relevant enough that I'm going to come back for more. I'm certain other readers will see some of their own trials and tribulations in this tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Heart in a Box OGN #1

Sep 16, 2015

"Heart in a Box" serves up a complete story of heartbreak, recovery and the effects those have on the world. Like the butterfly wings of the chaos theory, one person's acts -- random, violent, kind, insincere or hearty -- impact others and multiply in ways and directions that frequently defy description. Thompson and McClaren don't deliver the secret to life, the universe and everything in "Heart in a Box," but they do give readers a story packed with emotion, soul and jazz. The duo leaves enough possibilities to revisit Emma at some point in the future but, once the book is closed, "Heart in a Box" delivers a complete, satisfying tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1952 #1

Oct 31, 2014

"Hellboy and the B.P.R.D." #1 truly is a magnificent introduction to the universe Hellboy occupies. The creative team does a brilliant job of describing the situation, introducing the cast and building anticipation as the issue ends with Hellboy looking towards a very uncertain future. It isn't every month that one of the more critically acclaimed new franchises created in the past twenty years offers readers a chance to climb in on a new ground floor, but "Hellboy and the B.P.R.D." #1 provides just such an opportunity. If you've missed out on Hellboy, or lost track of the adventures of the B.P.R.D., now is your chance to join Hellboy on his first adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1953 #1

Oct 28, 2015

On first blush, "Hellboy and the B. P. R. D.: 1953 - The Phantom Hand & the Kelpie" might seem like a collection of inventory tales, clearing out the drawers before ending the legend, but Mignola clearly sees the need for these stories, slotted between other adventures. Mignola avoids making the stories feel forced or unnecessary. These are tales some might find boring while others can't get enough, but there is absolutely no denying that "Hellboy and the B. P. R. D.: 1953 - The Phantom Hand & the Kelpie" adds clarity to the personalities of Middleton and Bruttenholm and their mission.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hellbreak #1

Mar 11, 2015

While some first issues would struggle with ten characters, Bunn introduces the entire team, completes the mission and sets up the series without any "To Be Continued" or "Part 1 of X" to string readers along. Furthermore, he devotes an entire page at the end of the issue to the deliverance of a mighty emotional punch in the gut for characters that didn't exist twenty-eight pages earlier. In this "Exorcist"-tinged cross between a prison break movie, a horror-based video game and a science fiction adventure film, the creative team makes "Hellbreak" #1 familiar enough to be dynamically compelling but inserts enough new twists to keep things moving and energized.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Her-Oes #1

Apr 21, 2010

For fans that have been missing the Wasp and hold no qualms over continuity, this comic is a nice fix. It's a peek into the shaping of the Janet Van Dyne "Avengers" fans know and miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Herald: Lovecraft & Tesla #1

Dec 12, 2014

Both Tesla and Lovecraft are at personal and professional crossroads, which -- as readers know from other comic books, movie and television shows -- makes for the best dramatic environment to cook up a good story. "Herald: Lovecraft and Tesla" #1 is a fun read, and the odd couple pairing of two of America's creative masters is rife with potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Hercules: Fall of an Avenger #2

Apr 25, 2010

With this series wrapped up, and the pending adventures of Cho on the horizon, I look forward to more entertaining stories from Pak and Van Lente, and would love to see this duo craft some tales for Hercules' former team, the Avengers. Come to think of it, Pak and Van Lente would probably do a bang-up job on Herc's other team, the Champions, too.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hero Squared: Love and Death #1

Feb 3, 2009

If you're looking for a fix to fill that void that's been sitting in your soul since "Justice League International" waved farewell to its unique brand of humor, this book might fall short. If you just need to spend that money in your pocket to help jumpstart our flagging economy, and don't want to give it to either of the big two comics publishers, this book is your match made in heaven. Granted it may be heaven from a parallel universe, but you get what you get.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Herobear and the Kid Special #1

Jun 5, 2013

Every so often, BOOM! And KaBOOM! uncover or develop a gem that perfectly encapsulates everything fans claim to want in their comics. In the "Herobear and the Kid Special" #1, we get exciting, fun all ages adventure well worth the price of admission and almost worth the wait. Welcome back, Mike Kunkel, Tyler and Herobear.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Heroes for Hire (2010) #1

Dec 2, 2010

It's going to take me a little while to get over Misty Knight working in an Oracle-type role, but Abnett and Lanning close out this debut issue with a stunning final page surprise. The way this book ends calls the entire story into question. That, moreso than the characters or the art, is the major reason I'll be checking out the second issue of this series. It's rare that such an enticing book erupts from seeming mediocrity, but this is definitely a fun read, the type of read that comic books were invented for.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hexed #1

Oct 27, 2008

Boom! has found a niche market with the supernatural tales and with "Hexed" they stand poised to be noticed that this genre is theirs for the harvesting, offering up plenty of interesting character-driven and action-fueled stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hexed #2

Feb 10, 2009

While this is the second issue of this story and two more remain, I feel as though this is not the second of four issues, but rather the second of many, many issues to come. This is one of those books that's going to sneak in under the radar, especially since Boom! will be gaining a great deal more notice in the months coming as we head towards their Pixar comics releases. If you missed out on the first issue, the story is fresh enough to fill in the missing info. Jump on in with "Hexed" #2. The water's fine. Besides, is there any other title released this week where someone bites off another person's nose?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hexed #3

Mar 16, 2009

This book has been flawlessly paced, with the biggest downer being each month gives us only a score of pages. The cliffhangers are almost tactile and this one, in particular is no less emotional for its diminutive size -" barely a quarter of the page. No doubt, "Hexed" was written as a sum total of its episodic pieces, but it is broken up nicely where each month has given us some adventure, insight into Lucifer's world and excitement at what next month will bring.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hexed #4

Apr 10, 2009

If you missed out on this series, check with your comic retailer, maybe they can help you track it down. If not, cross your fingers and hope for a collected edition. You won't be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hippopotamister OGN #1

May 16, 2016

A friendly vehicle for delivering a set of morals, Hippopotamister gives readers of all ages a chance to have some fun, explore some different career options, and learn a few things along the way. Green makes it quite clear that not everyone finds their “perfect job” on the first try, but he also shows readers that sometimes everything you need to be satisfied and helpful is waiting right there in front of you. Hippopotamister goes through a hero's journey of sorts, finding out things about his skills, interests, and abilities along the way. Readers are then treated to the actions and reactions of that journey, as Green even finds ways to deliver some humorous situations and whimsical encounters.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hit #1

Sep 9, 2013

The issue seals the deal with imagery of inky blinds straining to hold back the bursting rays of sunshine in Captain Blair's office. That single visual is all this comic needs to earn its stripes and really sell the simpler time, defined by secret handshakes and untraced phone calls. Slater is an interesting, flawed, human character caught in the middle of one plot as another is falling apart around him. "Hit" #1 is a strong read that needs to find some more eyeballs to dazzle. Do yourself a favor; take a break from empty, unrewarding events and their disappointing tie-ins and soak in some noir action.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Hit-Monkey (2010): One Shot #1

Feb 7, 2010

The price here seems rather steep for a previously released tale, but for those keen on monkey business, the extra dollar will prove to be negligible.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
House Of M (2015) #2

Sep 4, 2015

"Secret Wars" has taken readers back to some beloved storylines and served up some updated/modified versions of fan-favorite alternate realities. The most enjoyable of those haven't slogged through exposition nor did they mire themselves too deeply in the minutiae of "Secret Wars." The more entertaining tie-in titles, like "House of M" #2, presume intelligence in the reader, offer a hook for their interest and move the story along, adding in fan favorite characters and fun adventures along the way. I'm not sure where my allegiance lies at the end of this issue, but Hopeless, Bunn, Failla, Wilson and Caramagna ensured it was a fun read and have given me more than enough incentive to return for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Howard The Duck (2015) #3

May 15, 2015

Taken all together, "Howard the Duck" #3 a fun adventure that flirts with being an all-ages read, just as the original "Howard the Duck" series did, but deep down, there's more to this story than funny animal comics. This is yet another feather (pun intended) in Marvel's publishing cap, an off-beat adventure that just so happens to pack comedy and action. Fans of "The Unbeatable Squirrel-Girl," "Rocket Raccoon," "Ant-Man" and "Hawkeye" will feel right at home with Howard.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Howard The Duck (2015) #5

Aug 13, 2015

"Howard the Duck" #5 isn't history-changing comics; however, it's a fun, enjoyable adventure featuring Marvel's favorite fowl. As the story plays out, Zdarsky, Quinones, the Riveras, Renzi and Lanham give the readers plenty of hooks to grab onto, promising a wacky adventure and delivering on those promises. The final page of the issue gets a bit existential while appraising readers of Howard's future but, like the rest of the issue, it has fun doing so. Howard the Duck isn't going away; he's just taking a little break, but the five issues of this series and this issue in particular make for a nice refuge until more Howard tales become available.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Howard The Duck (2016) #7

May 6, 2016

Entertaining and light-hearted from cover to cover, Howard the Duck #7 is a fun read that packs in more of the Marvel Universe than it should and clearly has fun doing it. If a comic itself could have fun. At the very least, it certainly appears that the creators had fun working on this comic. In short, this is another solid issue of Chip Zdarsky's lovingly irreverent Howard the Duck series, given a visual change-up by Kevin Maguire. Hopefully the dinosaur on the cover draws in some otherwise pedestrian eyeballs, as more comic fans would find plenty to enjoy in this comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Howling Commandos Of S.H.I.E.L.D #1

Oct 28, 2015

"Howling Commandos of S.H.I.E.L.D." #1 is a fun introduction to a new concept, but it needs to decide what direction it's going in: is it a creepy war comic, a horror comic with soldiers, a monster mash-up or something altogether different that defies labeling? I initially thought it might be closer in line with DC's "Frankenstein: Agent of S.H.A.D.E.," which it certainly may wind up being, but -- for now -- it appears to be wrestling a little bit to find its identity.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Howtoons: [Re]Ignition #1

Aug 6, 2014

While the concept of "Howtoons" has been around for over a decade now, it is new to me, and I cannot get enough of it. It's informative, entertaining and masterful. While it will certainly be a hit among regular comic book fans, "Howtoons [Re]Ignition" #1 is a must for teachers (especially science), parents or bored officemates trying to liven up the dull gray cubicle farms. As noted inside the front cover, adult supervision is recommended. Who knows, those adults may even learn something. I sure did, and I'll be back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hulk (2008) #21

Mar 17, 2010

This comic doesn't pretend to be great literature, it simply delivers an entertaining read in a very Hulk kind of way. As all of the events in comics over the past few decades fade away, become dated, or find their consequences undone, this story doesn't pretend to be targeting a universe-change like many of those did, and it doesn't promise that things won't ever be the same. It's the Hulk, there's smashing, and there's fun and this book is filled with both.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk (2008) #25

Sep 23, 2010

As much as I enjoy the work from Parker and Hardman on "Atlas," this book really surprised me. I'm not a true-blue (true-red?) Red Hulk supporter now by any means, but Parker does make the case for the Red Hulk to be a much more compelling character in this first issue of what projects to be a long run. I'm impressed with what I've seen to this point, and with this creative team in place, I plan on seeing more. This is a nice surrogate for that "Atlas" fix I'm going to be needing soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk (2008) #28

Dec 31, 2010

This book continues to impress me and more. It has actually given me a newfound appreciation for Red Hulk. I'm not completely sympathetic to his cause or lot in life, but I do look forward to reading Parker's adventures and soaking up Hardman's art every month.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk (2008) #30

Feb 19, 2011

The Hulk family of titles has been offering a great deal of entertaining stories of late, and this issue is no exception. It's a bit of a departure from the previous tale, but in departing from that it offers a wonderful slice of variety to the stories, art, and characters appearing in this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk (2008) #31

Mar 24, 2011

Parker's work here has given me a new appreciation for "Hulk" and this book continues to deliver month in and month out. It's a consistently energetic and informed read with a very tangible connection to the rest of the Marvel Universe. Zero/One is the first of the new foes Parker and Hardman are creating for Red Hulk, and if the others spring to life like she did in this issue, this title will be one to add to your pull list. Unless, of course, you've been paying attention in class and have already added this book. In that case, enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk (2008) #34

Jun 6, 2011

I don't know how much longer Pagulayan will be around, but he is doing a wonderful job fitting the tale handed to him and giving Gabe Hardman a break. I'm satisfied with the art, the story, and eager for more. Ross isn't my favorite Marvel personality, but this title is sure making a run at the favorite spot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk (2008) #37

Jul 22, 2011

"Hulk" has been a consistently entertaining book since Jeff Parker took over, and this issue is a marvelous example of why that is so. Lucky for all of us, though, Parker is teamed up with a solid art team that help this story seem like much more than a shill for the "Fear Itself" event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk (2008) #42

Oct 7, 2011

Although Marvel might not be insisting it as much, this issue is a brilliant jumping on point for readers. Jeff Parker has been entertaining fans on "Thunderbolts," and his work here is every bit as strong, unapologetic, and enjoyable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hulk (2008) #45

Dec 8, 2011

This issue strikes me as less an issue of "Hulk" and more along the lines of "Secret Defenders," with Red teaming up with Machine Man and rescuing Arabian Knight. That's not a bad thing, but it certainly isn't what I had in mind when I opened the front cover of this issue. All the same, it's a Jeff Parker book, which is always enjoyable. His knack for providing amusing, entertaining stories featuring characters I would never even think twice about is one of the greatest assets in the comic book market today.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk (2008) #47

Jan 5, 2012

This book is consistently a treat. Jeff Parker not only delivers fun, adventure-filled stories with believable characters, but he finds a voice for every character and, every single time, it's the right voice. The string of issues that Parker has delivered is the longest I've read any Hulk title. While Parker has been crafting a continuous story all the way through that run, he's accomplished enough to make every issue a decent spot for newer readers. This issue is more than simply a decent entry point: it's the best spot since "Hulk" #42. The story is just going to continue to ramp up from here, so you may as well give it a go right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hulk (2008) #50

Apr 5, 2012

Jeff Parker continues to make Red Hulk an interesting character, finding new, exciting challenges for him. This issue is a marvelous celebration of the Red Hulk and General Thunderbolt Ross. If you haven't been reading this series, this is a great spot to climb on board. Everything you need to know about the character is right here and the story is only going to get better.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hulk (2008) #53

Jun 8, 2012

The jangled panels, extreme details and blossoming plot make this issue a sound investment, giving fans of Hulk and/or Alpha Flight reason to look forward to more Mayan mayhem. For me, it's simply continued evidence that Parker is one of the greatest writers Marvel has on their books. After all, not only could I not picture putting Red Hulk, Machine Man, A-Bomb and Alpha Flight together, I also couldn't picture spending money to read it or looking forward to the next issue so much. As with the opening of each story arc in "Hulk" under Parker's watch, this is a good spot to climb on in.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Hulk (2014) #2

May 5, 2014

"Hulk" #2 is a decent continuation of the adventures of Bruce Banner and his green-skinned alter ego. Waid and Bagley have found an angle to present new challenges and growth opportunities for the Hulk, Bruce Banner, the relationship between the two and their relationship with S.H.I.E.L.D. While this issue brings back one of Hulk's most dangerous foes, the mystery remains behind who is responsible for the attack on Banner. Waid also leaves readers wondering just how severely Banner's injury is going to affect the Hulk. Not readily apparent in the fight against Abomination, there is plenty of potential for the writer to forge new paths. "Hulk" #2 finds its stride just in time to wrap up, leaving readers with a cliffhanger until the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Hulk (2014) #5

Aug 15, 2014

"Hulk" #5 launches a new approach for the Hulk, which comes with a great deal of potential for fun and adventure. By the very nature of Doctor Green's new mission, however, Duggan is treading a fine line between innovative and engaging stories and formulaic, patterned tales. The writer shows no trepidation in trying something different with the Hulk, and for now, Doctor Green has my attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Hulk Smash Avengers (2012) #1

May 3, 2012

"Hulk Smash Avengers" is a magnificent marketing move that crosses classic "Avengers" comic stories with the characters made familiar on "Avengers: Earth's Mightiest Heroes" and the timing of the release of the feature film. There's enough in this comic for everyone to find something to enjoy, from classic Frenz and Buscema art to Captain America calling Giant-Man "highpockets." Unfortunately the comic itself is not an exceptionally memorable tale once the back cover is closed. That might not be enough to hook those readers this book seems ideally suited to lure in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk: Raging Thunder #1

Jun 10, 2008

This oversized comic clocks in at a mere 49 cents more than the book I reviewed last week, but it certainly seemed to have a lot more value to it. The lead story is a solid read, worthy of a spot in the regular Hulk book (but is there a regular Hulk book any more?). It's not every week that you can buy a book with two full-length summertime stories including a classic by industry legends, but it certainly should be. I wouldn't mind seeing more of this type of offering. This one weighs in as a champ in my reading pile this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Human Bomb (2012) #1

Dec 7, 2012

"Human Bomb" #1 is a fun comic that delivers realistic characters and a solid mystery. I'll definitely be seeing this one all the way through.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hunger #3

Oct 7, 2013

As the awesome pairing of Galactus and Gah Lak Tus claims Hala, the parallel to the events in "Infinity" are interesting at the least. Surely between the two universes it can't simply be a coincidence that Hala stands on the brink of destruction, can it? Whatever may be the case, coincidence or grander plan, there is no denying the fact that on the final page of "Hunger" #3, readers are left on the edge of their seats, counting down the days to the conclusion of an epic. Kudos to Fialkov, Kirk and crew for making an epic tale with minimal crossover or extraneous tie-in shrapnel. This is, quite simply, a straightforward high-octane adventure with a universe at stake.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Huntress (2011) #6

Mar 9, 2012

The final page of "Huntress" #6 plays out like the credits for a buddy flick released just after the announcement has been made for the eventual sequel. It's less of a conclusion and more of a setup for a story yet to come. That future tale is billed at the bottom of the last panel, but that label lacks the punch it should have, further adding to the unimpressive quality of this installment. There's simply no finality to the story, which dampens the impact this conclusion should have had.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Hyperion #1

Mar 25, 2016

Hyperion #1 doesn't closely align with James Robinson's Squadron Supreme, but it also does nothing to contradict it. I expected a spinoff to be a little tighter to the mother title, but that's just not the case. That said, there are good things present in Hyperion #1, like Virella and colorist Romulo Fajardo's collaboration on the more mundane aspects of the tale, Virella's drawings in Doll's dream sequence, and the unpredictability of the tale itself. Unfortunately, Hyperion #1 needs a little more Hyperion in order to keep readers hooked in. I'll give it another couple issues to hook me, just based on my enjoyment of Squadron Supreme, but Wendig and crew are really going to have to wow me in those issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
I Am Groot #1

May 28, 2017

This is a fun read, but more of a luxury than a necessity. That said, Hastings, Flaviano, and company do a fine job adding to the Comic Marvel quilt, bringing at least another couple squares to what promises to be a light-hearted, engaging read.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
I, Vampire #15

Jan 3, 2013

"I, Vampire" #15 feels like a transitional issue, moving pieces forward on the gameboard without fully revealing the final goal. Plans are afoot and designs playing out, but the reader is drawn in more than left as a mere observer. The issue delivers plenty of story, a nice bit of action and an attack from a vampire dog, which is more than most comic books can claim today. These elements, woven into strong characterization from Fialkov and nice art from Calero make "I, Vampire" a book worth sampling. There are lots of vampire stories out there, but as clich as it is to say so; this one is not like those others.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ian Churchill's Marineman #2

Jan 9, 2011

Churchill (with a mighty assist from the folks at Comicraft) has done a stunning job of making this comic a complete package. Like the previous issue, this issue has a pair of sketch pages, an article about real-world Oceanauts, and a pin-up. It's a beautiful book, and in my opinion, well worth the cover price. If you missed issue one, this issue does a decent enough job of re-identifying Ocean's world, so you should have no problem getting up to speed quickly. Come on in, the water's fine.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Immortal Iron Fist #27

Jun 24, 2009

Included in this issue is a sneak preview of "Immortal Weapons" #1, featuring Fat Cobra. "Immortal Weapons" offers a chance for "Iron Fist" readers to continue to get their fix, just not necessarily through the adventures of Danny Rand. "Immortal Weapons" might even give readers a chance to find their own gateway into the next "Iron Fist" series, should one emerge. While this may be the end for now, this is a solid, enjoyable read that I'm glad I took a chance with.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Incorruptible #1

Dec 15, 2009

Offering testimony to the property, Waid has collected covers for this series from Tim Sale, John Cassaday, Jeffrey Spokes, Rafael Albuquerque, and Tommy Lee Edwards -" and that's just for the first two issues! This is one of those titles people will be talking about on the convention circuit next year, but you don't have to wait that long. Issue #1 is right here, and it gives you everything you need to know to join Max on his journey to begin a new chapter "- no, a new book "- in his life. If you missed out on "Irredeemable," this is your chance to make things right for your own reading sake.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incorruptible #11

Nov 1, 2010

Waid ends this book with a true cliffhanger. Things haven't been easy for Max to this point, and they're sure as hell not going to get any easier. This, naturally, means there's more good reading in the near future. Waid's world-building here and in "Irredeemable" has provided some exciting reads with unexpected twists, turns, and dips, and this issue is no exception.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hercules #120

Aug 20, 2008

While Kly'bn claims that Hercules is, "so flawed. So in need of what I can give you," I beg to differ. This title has consistently offered the readers a solid adventure and found ways to pepper those adventures with mythology and action. Hercules as a character may indeed be flawed, but that, to me, is what makes this book "" and especially this storyline "" worth reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Incredible Hercules #137

Oct 27, 2009

This is a comic book for comic book fans. Each issue of this series has some memorable moments, well-drawn interactions, and strong characterization. Van Lente and Pak have a good thing going here and it looks like it's going to get a little more attention real soon. This issue may not be the greatest jumping-on point of any title, but the writing has made it "incredibly" approachable by providing more than sufficient background on all of the players without stopping the flow of the story in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Incredible Hercules #138

Nov 24, 2009

The "Agents of Atlas" backup by Jeff Parker and Gabriel Hardman is a great addition to a title that has already been a great monthly read. The biggest complaint I can offer is that the story is just that, a back-up. As the Agents' mission changes course in this issue, it points the Agents towards the same battlefield occupied by Hercules and his allies. What happens from here waits to be seen -" and should be seen "- by Marvel and mythology fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2009) #606

Jan 20, 2010

I haven't even touched upon the deviousness of the Leader, who is also prominently factored into the gist of this story. Pak's and Pelletier's contributions to the "Fall of the Hulks" storyline begins with a bang, and promises to offer a great deal more in months to come. Pelletier reeled me in to reading this issue, the rest of the creative team has guaranteed I'll be back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2009) #611

Aug 15, 2010

I've been a marginal (at best) follower of Hulk, but this issue is a keeper. Sure, this is just another installment of the Hulk-centric events that have been going on for a while now, but this issue is a strong story taken entirely by itself. It's filled with Hulk and smashing, it offers up some background on the characters involved. It may be a smaller part of a whole, but it is a whole lot of what people read "Incredible Hulk" to see.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2009) #621

Jan 27, 2011

This title may carry more than one Hulk currently, but given what Pak and Pelletier are able to do with that one, I'm not sure the others are necessary. Banner Hulk truly is the strongest there is, and this creative team is right there to match him every step of the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2009) #622

Feb 10, 2011

Once the battle is won, Hulk is punished for his insolence. That scene melds the current mythology of Hulk with the more pervasive mythology of the Greek gods, and the end result is amazing. The story goes from there, giving Pak (or future Hulk writers) an opportunity for a follow-up tussle. The epilogue sets up the Hulk Family's upcoming journey to the Savage Land, a journey that Pelletier, unfortunately, won't be drawing as Dale Eaglesham comes in for the next arc. That's a shame, too, as I'd love to see how Pelletier handles Ka-Zar, Zabu, and the other Savage Land denizens. Judging by this issue and the previous, it would be quite smashing indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2009) #630

Jun 9, 2011

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2009) #635

Aug 31, 2011

Admittedly, I would not have been anywhere near as interested in this story had Pak not brought Hercules into the title and Marvel not used the brilliant artwork of Paul Pelletier. Thankfully, both of those things happened, and this book is the better for it. Pak and Pelletier provided some benchmark stories for the Hulk and for us readers, and there is nothing to keep any of us from coming back to this one time and again.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Incredible Hulk (2011) #12

Aug 13, 2012

From what I can gather, this "Stay Angry" storyline has provided a plethora of strange matchups for the Hulk and ample writing opportunities for Aaron, but this issue is a magnificent encapsulation of the essence of a good Hulk story: smashing, monsters, heroes and more smashing. Needless to say, it matched, and actually exceeded, the expectations I had set before cracking this book open. I'll be back to check on the results of "Incredible Hulk" #12's cliffhanger last page and I sure hope Jason Aaron brings Carlos Pacheco back with him.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Incredibles #0

Aug 28, 2009

My kids are thrilled that there will be regular issues of "The Incredibles" to look forward to. Of all the comic books they get a chance to read "- from "Tiny Titans" to the "Marvel Adventures" line -" "Incredibles" is the one they keep asking for. Waid's Silver Age sensibilities are perfect for this throwback book. If nothing else comes of the BOOM! Kids line, the five issues of "The Incredibles" to this point is a fine legacy. This is what comics should be " readable, enjoyable, and share-able. I can hand this off to my kids without redacting any spicy language or situations. I'm anxious to see if the stories that took place before the film continue to be told, or if we make a jump to "after the film" with issue # 1. We'll have our answer soon enough -" and another "Incredible" read.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Indestructible Hulk #2

Dec 20, 2012

"Indestructible Hulk" #2 is a fine comic for what it is: a superhero slugfest with big hits and huge imagery. Yu's page layouts and panel construction tends to favor verticals, but the action in this issue is widescreen the whole way through. Marvel NOW! delivered new creative teams to characters and, in the case of "Indestructible Hulk" a new direction for the character as well. I like what Waid and Yu have started, even if this issue is not incredible (it is still very good, just not great). Waid has already found a voice for Bruce Banner and a purpose for Hulk. I have the utmost faith he'll put both to good use in future stories that will exceed the entertaining read of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Indestructible Hulk #8

May 31, 2013

As he did in this month's issue of "Daredevil", Waid presents hope and inspiration for readers while bolstering characters in the comic books, by embracing the fact that no amount of superheroics can tackle real world issues like Creutzfeldt"Jakob disease or cancer. That doesn't mean the fight has to end, but the real fight should be infused with wonder and achievement in the positive adventures of heroes and mortals. Waid's delivering good messages in fun reads, and you all should check them out. Next issue, Waid brings a crossover as only he can do it, but this issue -- despite being the third part of three -- is solid enough to be enjoyed by itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Indestructible Hulk #9

Jun 20, 2013

The epitome of the team-up between Hulk and Daredevil comes in the form of a five-panel page, set up with the panels running widescreen and delivering a humor-tinged time-lapse as Daredevil tries to get some answers. Waid masterfully balances humorous moments like that with suspense, action and predicaments that truly challenge our heroes all while incorporating more and more of the Marvel Universe into the adventure. There's a lot going on in "Indestructible Hulk" #9, giving readers their money's worth and more. The best part of it all, however, is the fact that this is just part one. There's more Daredevil and Hulk coming up in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Indestructible Hulk #11

Aug 1, 2013

The biggest problem with "Indestructible Hulk" #11 is that just when the story really gets rolling and the action begins a steady ascent, it's the end of the issue. Waid does provide some early issue action, but builds up the new direction quite extensively in the latter half of the book. There's absolutely nothing wrong with that. I'd rather have stories built on solid foundation, but I'd truly prefer to have more of Waid's Hulk now. Not surprisingly, "Indestructible Hulk" has become one of the titles I look forward to the most every month from Marvel as Mark Waid continues to reward readers with surprises and solid storytelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Indestructible Hulk #16

Dec 2, 2013

After the time-hopping adventures of the last arc, "Indestructible Hulk" #16 feels like a standalone story, but readers who have been reading all along with Waid's work will recognize the continuation of concepts introduced in the first issue. Waid and Asrar are a fine creative duo for this title as "Inhumanity" creeps into these pages. Asrar's shadowy, weighty work coupled with Waid's knack for masterfully blending characters and plots present fine conditions for the mystery and uncertainty of the next big development in the Marvel Universe with Hulk standing n the front lines.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Indestructible Hulk #18.INH

Jan 24, 2014

"Indestructible Hulk" #27 ends with a cliffhanger as one of the Banner's kooky quartet is cocooned by the effects of the Terrigen bomb, giving Waid a chance to surprise readers before drawing Hulk's involvement with "Inhumanity" to a close. While it would have been easy for some writers presented with these same pieces to write a Hulk-free issue and focus on the Inhumanity of it all, Waid balances everything nicely and even delivers a "Hulk smash" moment for his readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Indestructible Hulk: Special #1

Oct 21, 2013

That bobble doesn't keep "Indestructible Hulk Special" #1 from being yet another fun comic book from Marvel. This story is the type of thing Annuals would have presented in the 1980s and the combination of X-Men, Spider-Man and Hulk is something that truly celebrates so much of the Marvel Universe. With an explosive conclusion in this issue, Mike Costa and crew leave readers hanging for the finale to "Arms of the Octopus." Personally, I'm just looking forward to another enjoyable story.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Indiana Jones Adventures #1

Oct 19, 2008

In all, this books offers Indiana Jones adventure and even puts Indy into conflict with Belloq while consulting his old friend, Marcus Brody. Fans of the Indiana Jones galaxy looking for another hit would do well to give this book a spin, as Dark Horse is almost certainly planning additional volumes of this type of tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Infinity #1

Aug 13, 2013

Rounding out "Infinity" #1 is a handy checklist, illuminating the path this sprawling adventure will span through sixteen comics. Facing that page, however, is an in-house ad that also boasts covers for tie-ins not represented on the checklist image. "Infinity" will have no shortage of influence over Marvel's comics this summer, but it all really starts boiling right here. The "Infinity" gauntlet is thrown, and it makes for a tremendous read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Infinity #2

Sep 3, 2013

"Infinity" #2 provides enlightenment to the label of Cull Obsidian and the distinction between that moniker and the Black Order that has been applied to the collective of Thanos' generals. Paired with a sharp, six-panel recap of the events of "New Avengers" #9, the revelations in "Infinity" #2 make this installment of Marvel's summer event story a must-read. The recap is a nice touch for readers who can't afford or choose not to be plugged in to the entire crossover aspect of this event. Hickman and crew provide just enough to let readers know what they've missed and to stay up to speed, but the work is really much richer when absorbed completely. A clear message is delivered that will change the course of this series and inform the actions of Thanos as the Marvel NOW! universe faces a multi-pronged threat with ferocious capabilities.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Infinity #6

Nov 29, 2013

While "Infinity" #6 ties a nice bow on this saga, there are plenty of plot threads teased out for future story arcs and events, including "Inhumanity." One of those threads spins over to "New Avengers" #12, which appears to offer up an epilogue to this adventure. Hickman and company finish the prime "Infinity" in a most satisfying manner, presenting a solid template for future events.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Infinity Countdown #1

Mar 8, 2018

This is a decent enough way to kick off an event, but it is going to be a bit more well received by fans of Duggans (and Kuders) work on The All-New Guardians of the Galaxy, for completions sake, if nothing else. With such a tight focus, it does feel less like an event, but the prologue and epilogue expand the concept just enough to offer a glimpse of potential beyond the Guardians. And there a few more stones still out there somewhere. . .

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Infinity Countdown: Prime #1

Feb 23, 2018

The story itself packs enough surprises that make me wonder how Infinity Countdown proper will launch, and what readers might think of the changes enacted here, prior to the series opening. Those events keep the story moving quickly, while the widespread cast makes the action hop throughout the Marvel Universe. Im sure Infinity Countdown #1 will vary the cast of characters a bit, but the start of this saga is a unique assemblage that calls back to previous Marvel events, but juxtaposes them with a quest that is itself familiar, just from a different point of view. And that, my friends, is where Infinity Countdown Prime #1 distinguishes itself: its a familiar tale, with a familiar cast, but from a different point of view that isnt so familiar. Infinity Countdown has the potential to impress or to simply be a retread. After all, how many Infinity Events have we had? Im hopeful for the former, and this issue makes a very strong case for readers to look forward to whats next.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Infinity Gauntlet (2015) #1

May 28, 2015

"The Infinity Gauntlet" #1 flies under the "Secret Wars" banner, and Duggan and Weaver avoid locking the setting to any one spot within the Marvel Universe or Multiverse, which frees them up to take the concepts at play here, boil them down to names and notions and build everything up brand new. Yes, "The Infinity Gauntlet" #1 is much more impactful and a deeper, richer experience for seasoned comic book readers, but -- given the general population's exposure to Thanos and the Nova Corps in the Marvel Cinematic Universe -- Marvel would be smart to consider handing this comic out to readers exiting showings of "Avengers: Age of Ultron." This is a near-perfect gateway with smart, friendly characters, life-or-death stakes and a shadowy menace waiting to strike. There's a lot to like in "The Infinity Gauntlet" #1, and a lot more to look forward to in future issues. Weaver, Duggan and Deschesne are a formidable creative crew and they're ready to build a universe for new readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Infinity Heist #1

Sep 26, 2013

Plain and simple, "Infinity: Heist" #1 wants to be "The Superior Foes of Spider-Man" and "Ocean's Eleven," but with a purposeful Iron Man-flavored twist. It's a fun read, a great idea and comic book I would recommend to serve as a break from event heavy-handedness. Tieri doesn't try to make the villains anything more than villains and for that, this comic book is entertaining and enjoyable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Infinity Man And The Forever People #1

Jun 12, 2014

Hopefully DiDio and Giffen have found the right formula to drum up sales to match their creativity inspired from and reverence directed towards the work of Jack Kirby. While even the title of this comic book is a throwback, the treatment of the characters and the world they find is certainly not. There is as much potential here as in any Kirby-inspired story, it's simply up to the creative team to foster that potential as soon as possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Infinity Man And The Forever People #3

Aug 22, 2014

"Infinity Man and the Forever People" #3 tries to continue the story from the previous issue, but rather than follow the scene blow for blow, this issue skips ahead to when the battle is already done. That doesn't result in a lack of action, but it does compound the disconnectedness of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Infinity Man And The Forever People #4

Oct 24, 2014

If "Infinity Man and the Forever People" #4 was a first issue, it would lose a lot of readers, but as the fourth issue of a series, "Infinity Man and the Forever People" #4 acts as a railway turntable, waiting for the train to load, then shifting direction once more before taking off in a new direction. That said, this series is mere steps away from needing a glossary or character key and the final page appearance propels this series into its next adventure, seemingly once again plucking the destiny of "Infinity Man and the Forever People" from the hands of the creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Infinity Wars (2018): Fallen Guardian #1

Dec 20, 2018

Infinity Wars: Fallen Guardian #1 is a decent book with a fair bit of nostalgia for Drax the Destroyer fans. It serves as a nice epilogue for Infinity Wars, but also stands solidly by itself. It's not going to be required reading for anyone, but it is certain to find its fans, as the concept of the Guardians of the Galaxy closes one chapter and looks toward the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Infinity: Against the Tide #1

Aug 15, 2013

Those who redeemed the Digital Edition code from "Infinity" #1 were given the option to download this story in tandem with the digital version for the first issue of Jonathan Hickman's Thanos-powered event. For the rest of their readership, Marvel fumbled this one. Early after release of "Infinity" #1, "Infinity: Against the Tide" #1 appeared on comiXology for $1.99, but no details were given about this download accompanying the digital download of the main comic. Luckily, folks on Twitter were helpful in working through this, but I have no doubt more than a few readers are woefully ignorant that this additional story is ready for their reading. While it doesn't magnify the story in "Infinity" nor supplant that tale, "Infinity: Against the Tide" #1 does help address the scope of this adventure as it provides readers with a great example of the power of Marvel's Infinite Comics line.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Infinity: The Hunt #2

Oct 7, 2013

The opening scene of "Infinity: The Hunt" #2 made me think about the Triwizard Tournament from "Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire," but the story in this issue falls well short of any expectations established in that comparison. Kindt and Sanders do add breadth to the Marvel Universe through the plethora of characters created in this series; they just don't add more depth. The focal character of this issue in terms of panel time is Quentin Quire. Honestly, I don't find the character all that compelling in Jason Aaron's work on "Wolverine and the X-Men" and find him less so for "Infinity: The Hunt." After two issues, this series has failed to deliver on the potential in the concept and settled in to being just another red skies comic with an unattractive price point. Although the main "Infinity" story in the series proper and the Avengers titles is enjoyable, the thin nature of "Infinity: The Hunt" fails to impress.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Inhuman #3

Aug 15, 2014

Soule and Madureira do a fine job balancing the NuHumans and the Inhumans, giving each of the primary characters a role or a line in "Inhuman" #3. Lash, Inferno, Lineage and Korvostax have the most panel time, with Medusa and Gorgon close behind. The end of this issue brings the establishment of a mission and a purpose -- vague though it is -- for Medusa's followers. They now have a reason for being and a need to hone their skills and abilities. It's a shame that this series lost so much momentum due to extended intervals between issues, but perhaps it will find its way into a tighter schedule with Ryan Stegman coming on board. One thing is for certain, though: Soule has just barely scratched the surface of building a new world for the Inhumans with plenty more to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Inhuman #4

Aug 26, 2014

I had the privilege to see some of these pages in a sneak preview at C2E2 2014, which fosters the impression that it's safe to assume Stegman has been able to gain a little more lead time in production than "Inhuman" seemed to have with Madureira on art. The story is well-crafted, well-drawn and smartly colored. The real test will come to fruition in the next few months as we wait to see how many issues come out before 2015. With Stegman onboard and Reader jumping into the cast with both feet, "Inhuman" #4 reads more like a new volume of the title and feels like it should be a new #1. Yes, the plotline and subplots carry into this issue from the first three issues, but Soule and crew provide readers with a nice place to join in.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Inhuman #13

Mar 27, 2015

Charles Soule has done a fine job building the Inhumans' world and he continues to thread in personality quirks and attitudes in not only the NuHumans but the old guard as well. With one issue to go before "Secret Wars" and "Uncanny Inhumans" take off, Soule, Arajo, Isanove and Cowles give readers plenty to look forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Inhumans: Attilan Rising #1

May 28, 2015

I know Charles Soule has planned and labored hard to construct the modern legend of the Inhumans, but this issue offers so much more intrigue and opportunity for further developments free of continuity. "Battleworld" is the only continuity "Inhumans: Attilan Rising" #1 needs. Soule, Timms, Poggi, D'Armata and Cowles put a new spin on the Inhumans, on Battleworld and on Lord Doom's inner circle with design leads from Dave Johnson. This comic feels important and, based on what's presented here, it is important. I'm in. I was ready to let this one slip, but this is a good read that has earned my attention for the duration.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Inhumans: Attilan Rising #4

Aug 14, 2015

While "Inhumans: Attilan Rising" #4 could be considered a transitional issue, it is just as invigorating as the opening of this series. This issue ends with an unexpected (but not overly surprising) appearance from a fan-favorite character. Black Bolt has stood for the resistance to Doom's rule throughout this series (and well before the narrative begins) and his tenacity has provided great drama. I'm unsure how many more issues are left in this tale, but Soule, Timms, Poggi, D'Armata and Cowles can take as long as they want, so long as the exploration of Battleworld continues to unfold in such an entertaining and enjoyable manner.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injustice: Year Two #1

Jan 17, 2014

"Injustice: Gods Among Us: Year Two" #1 is a gorgeous book that is familiar enough to be welcoming, but twisted enough to be disturbing and unsettling. These are characters longtime DC readers know, but Taylor and Redondo are proving that nothing is off-limits, with shock and surprise waiting behind every page turn. I may not be calling in to work to play the video game any time soon, but I will certainly be spending three bucks per issue to continue reading these Elseworlds-like adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Interesting Drug #1

May 21, 2014

"Interesting Drug" is an interesting story. Manning and Wieszczyk pair up nicely, delivering a story that goes much deeper than the elevator pitch would indicate. You don't have to be a Morrissey fan to enjoy the story, nor do you have to be a drugee or slacker to relate to the characters. Archaia has found another gem in the comic book industry and they've done a fine job packaging it up for everyone to enjoy. "Interesting Drug" is a story that defies time constraints and offers readers an imaginative escape with a solid caper and strong sense of adventure to fuel it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Intrepid EscapeGoat #1

Sep 8, 2011

Free Comic Book Day introduced me to "The Intrepid EscapeGoat," and stories like this issue will have me coming back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible #60

Mar 19, 2009

I bought this book with only minimal knowledge of "Invincible," and most of that is from other readers or friends telling me, "This book is awesome!" or "You gotta read it!" or some such. Invincible is a Marvel character in the worst possible DC scenario, yet rises above both. While I sure don't know all the backstory, I'm certain there's no lack of resources to get me up to speed as I look to the future for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible #85

Nov 23, 2011

This is a fun book, with aliens and super-powered folks, strange planets, and fun technology. This issue has a great deal in it. It's rather intimidating for a relative newbie, but the sense of fun and excitement both shine through. There's a lot going on here on the surface, in the backgrounds, and in the near future as Kirkman sets up quite a few stories all in one broad stroke. This issue gave me enough to flip through the next. Where it goes from there, no one knows.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible #89

Feb 29, 2012

Anyone coming into this comic completely cold is also going to be completely confused. There are a lot of characters floating through these pages, some with deep-shared history with Invincible, some not as much. All the same, the sheer quantity could be a bit overwhelming. I would have expected a little visual assistance in the form of floating caption boxes with characters' names at least to help new readers feel more welcome and integrated into this series. However, if those new readers have a bit of patience and some resilience, they'll quickly realize what a fun read this issue is regardless of knowing all the characters. A quick internet search can really clear up quite a bit of the confusion. More importantly, they'll be in on the ground floor for the next big developments in the "Invincible" series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Invincible #99

Jan 2, 2013

Leading up to the landmark hundredth issue, "Invincible" #99 throws a lot of great images at the reader in a fast-paced, full-blown adventure. Kirkman and company have thrown a curve into the world of Invincible and that curve appears set for a tremendous payoff in "Invincible" #100.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible #100

Jan 30, 2013

The wonderful part of "Invincible" #100 is that as boldly as the issue begins, it continues to deliver surprises. Kirkman and company have crafted a deep story for "Invincible" #100 with no recaps, but plenty of information about the universe Mark Grayson inhabits. Answers are given in this issue, but new questions are asked and new challenges introduced as "Invincible" positions itself for a brand new direction. This isn't your standard-issue milestone comic celebration. There are no cover gimmicks (other than artistic variants) no pin-ups, no reprints. "Invincible" #100 is simply a straight-forward comic book adventure that pushes a protagonist to the limits and steps back to observe the resulting excitement and adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible #110

Apr 9, 2014

"Invincible" #110 is an unsettling experience for mature readers and for the characters involved. How Mark Grayson picks himself up from here and what happens to this title remains to be seen. I'm curious to see where Kirkman goes from here and how this changes the character and the comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invincible Iron Man #8

Dec 17, 2008

Undoubtedly, this story is going to gain steam as it heads into the next issue and beyond. Marvel's propensity for "tradeworthy" story arcs provides Fraction with an exact set of parameters for his pacing. The final, entire story of "World's Most Wanted" is sure to be a nice hardcover collection. But why wait? The action is here right now and Iron Man is perched on the precipice of becoming an honorable hero once more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Iron Man #14

Jun 15, 2009

This title is high-octane excitement and the repulsor rays have this book set for "fun." As the world marks time until the next "Iron Man" movie, this title can be relied upon for a monthly dose of iron-clad excitement.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Iron Man #15

Jun 30, 2009

This issue of "Invincible Iron Man" moves the characters into position for revelations next issue. I would, however, like to see a little more Iron Man in my "Iron Man" comics and less of Forrest Gump meets Tony Stark.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Iron Man #19

Oct 20, 2009

I am curious how quickly the fallout from this issue will turn radioactive. The Marvel Universe seems to be fluid of late, with disassembling leading to invasions, which in turn lead to a dark reign, but it seems as though more change is on the way. The path Fraction set for the change to come is impressive and enjoyable. As the character of Iron Man begins to heat up in the public consciousness (truly, aren't we due for a teaser trailer for "Iron Man 2" by now?) this title is heating up for Marvel readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Invincible Iron Man #20

Nov 26, 2009

This book has been firing on all repulsor rays for quite some time now, so this issue "- which is the "start" of a new storyline - seems like a letdown. In actuality, this issue is simply Fraction sharpening the blades of the gauntlet waiting for Tony Stark and his allies as Norman Osborn gains a little more confidence. This is a nice transition from the pace of the "World's Most Wanted" story, but this story needs to pick up soon as Iron fans surely feel a need for some stories that are more immediate in their start to finish.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Invincible Iron Man #23

Feb 2, 2010

This series has been in gear since it started. Even with the lead character mentally compromised, the stories have been solid. This is a testament to Fraction's writing, Larroca and D'Armata's art, and the splendid cast of characters put in place around Tony Stark. I look forward to where this book goes from here. With the second movie mere months from debuting, this title is poised to deliver great Iron Man stories. Right now, however, it needs to tidy up so those upcoming stories can be enjoyed by even the most casual of Iron Fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Iron Man #502

Mar 17, 2011

I've dinked and dunked my way through this title, never adding it to my regular stack, but very frequently checking in. This issue " this storyline " has me rethinking that as I'm already invested in it significantly. I'm just hoping we get to see more of the Sinister Six here. After all, this is almost looking like a fair fight right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Invincible Iron Man #507

Aug 17, 2011

For now, I think it might be wise to wait until this title figures itself out and provides a reason to be "worthy" of my four bucks once more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Iron Man #510

Nov 24, 2011

Now that "Fear Itself" is behind us, Fraction is able to focus on Tony Stark being Iron Man and fighting against menaces that only Iron Man can face. About damn time, I say. This book is clicking once again and I'm looking forward to where it goes from here as Fraction is getting ready to run Iron Man through ringer.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Invincible Iron Man #516

May 4, 2012

"Invincible Iron Man" continues to deconstruct Tony Stark who, during the course of this book, has restarted his enterprise, deleted his own mind, fallen off the wagon, alienated friends and found himself attacked from every corner by augmented foes. Fraction doesn't deliver done-in-ones in this series, and this issue, while the start of a new storyline is, without doubt, only a sliver of a much larger, much longer story. I'm glad I took the time to check in with Tony Stark again this week and with the fervor sure to erupt surrounding his appearance in "The Avengers," more than a few people are sure to check in as well. What they'll find is a much deeper exposition of Stark's world that offers up a good point to join in for the long haul.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Iron Man #521

Jul 19, 2012

As part one of a new storyline, "Invincible Iron Man" #521 touches on the various components of Iron Man's life thoroughly enough to provide a decent recap without slavishly regurgitating origin stories or previous scenes. Fraction pours a substantial amount of ideas into this issue, giving Iron Man fans much to look forward to in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Invincible Iron Man #523

Aug 27, 2012

This storyline is far from my favorite of the series. Fraction and Larroca have pulled out all the stops by bringing in virtually all of Iron Man's foes over the course of the story, but it still feels woefully incomplete. There is no mistaking that "Invincible Iron Man" #523 is part of a larger narrative, and a fairly unmemorable installment at that. I just hope the larger part kicks in soon and the creative duo is able to celebrate their last few issues on this series with flair.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Iron Man #527

Oct 24, 2012

A satisfying conclusion, "Invincible Iron Man" #527 might not have fans as excited as the two-minute-long trailer, but like the movie it seems primed to steer one of Marvel's most recognizable characters into new directions. Stark bids his creative team farewell, has a heart-to-heart with senior management from Resilient and charts a new course. What all of that means and where it will lead Iron Fans remains to be seen. One thing is for certain though, what Fraction and Larroca contributed to the legend will be tough to overshadow.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Invincible Iron Man (2015) #2

Oct 23, 2015

I've rarely been a regular consumer of Iron Man titles, but I've dipped throughout the character's history. With stunning visuals from Marquez, Ponsor and Cowles and Bendis' intriguing direction, "Invincible Iron Man" #2 has me rethinking that strategy. Even better, this second issue is just as approachable as the first. Even without the recap page, Bendis and crew give readers enough information to absorb and comfortably move forward, just in time for this adventure to really blast off.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Universe #1

Apr 10, 2013

As I've said in previous reviews around the Invincible-related corners of the comic book world, I'm not the most well-informed reader of Robert Kirkman's second-most-famous creation. Some of the concepts have caught my eye in the past and there is simply no denying the results of Kirkman's exemplary imagination. In this case, I'm glad Invincible's presence is marginalized. I'm sure his influence will be apparent and he undoubtedly make some appearances, but with many of these characters, filtered through the work of Hester and Nauck, I'll be able to learn about them as they grow to fill pages devoted to them and their adventures rather than their contributions to Invincible's adventures. Good story, strong art, ample story potential, "Invincible Universe" #1 is a very good start to something that just might be great.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Universe #5

Aug 8, 2013

Nauck's work is animated and agile, filled with just enough detail to be dynamic and informative. The artist has built a world, defined a sprawling cast of characters and continues to add to the fabric of this world in "Invincible Universe" #5. While I'm still acclimating to the characters and the landscape of Robert Kirkman's other comic book creation, the high energy level, fun art and excitingly unpredictable story in "Invincible Universe" #5 will have readers looking forward to the next installment of this adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Universe #8

Dec 9, 2013

"Invincible Universe" #8 is a fun read that feels like a John Ostrander issue of "Suicide Squad." I've enjoyed this series from the start and find that it continues to be a nice alternative to mainstream comics that bring along substantial baggage. Yes, there is baggage in place in "Invincible Universe" #8, but the story is brisk enough and smartly paced enough to welcome new readers in and returning readers back.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #1

Apr 11, 2014

Andrews gives the reader plenty to savor in "Iron Fist: The Living Weapon" #1, while cracking open the mystery of Rand's past once again. This could be construed as a misstep or a deconstruction, but really, Andrews is just looking closer at the life of Danny Rand and the death around him. I was initially cautious about the notion of another Iron Fist solo series and fully intended to avoid this altogether, but was convinced me to at least give this a try. Andrews has punched a hole in any flawed logic I would have been able to provide contrary to recommending this comic book with the utmost confidence. This is a solid re-examination of Iron Fist and appears ready to focus solely on Danny Rand.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #4

Jul 7, 2014

"Iron Fist: The Living Weapon" #4 gives Danny Rand a chance to confront his family's past, but also spends a significant amount of time steeped in Rand's own personal history. Andrews is stacking the deck for a major conflict in the next issue and in doing so chooses to indulge the readers with Rand's social dalliances here. Rand and Brenda have an exceptionally hot and cold relationship that Andrews uses to broadcast Rand's loneliness and his desire for something resembling closure when it comes to his family's demise. The end result is less about Iron Fist as a weapon and more about Danny Rand struggling to be a person.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Iron Man & the Armor Wars #1

Aug 5, 2009

This book is clearly designed with the impending Iron Man frenzy in mind. Following Comic-Con International: San Diego and prior to the release of "Iron Man 2," this book is an easily approachable tale for seasoned Iron Man fans or neophytes. While the more seasoned fan may find this tale to be rudimentary, the newbie is sure to be introduced to iron shavings here that are new to them. From Rhodey and Pepper to the Crimson Dynamo and beyond, all of the big pieces of the Iron Man story are here, with more on the way. If you've been "Dark Reigned" away from the main "Invincible Iron Man" title, this book offers a nice, continuity-free fix.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Iron Man (2012) #3

Dec 6, 2012

My colleague in reviews, Greg McElhatton, has raised the observation that this title doesn't seem as though it needed to be restarted. I wholeheartedly agree with that assessment. Gillen and Land have simply given Tony Stark a different task, not an entirely new mission. Sure, the armor is modular now instead of being slick and complete, but even that isn't cause enough for a restart. "Iron Man" #3 is a book that offers a complete sample of what this series has been like through a trio of issues and halfway through his latest mission: nothing terrible, but nothing terribly spectacular either.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Iron Man (2012) #23.NOW

Mar 20, 2014

The rationale Tony Stark provides for not involving Thor doesn't hold water for me, making the predicament seem even more precarious with Iron Man meddling in what should be determined between the denizens of the other Nine Realms. Clearly, Gillen wants to give Iron Man a fair fight against the Mandarin ring-enhanced Malekith, but "Iron Man" #23.NOW seems to be going out of its way to deliver a story torn from the pages of 1989's "Acts of Vengeance." The two characters have a brief encounter in this issue, but there's a reason this installment is labeled "Part One."

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Iron Man (2012) Annual #1

Feb 21, 2014

Call me a stick-in-the-mud or a traditionalist, but I prefer my Annuals to be encapsulated events, toppers to a long story or an extra-long, extra-fun self-contained adventure. "Iron Man Annual" #1 is none of those. It's not a terrible comic, it's just not a comic worthy of Annual status, nor will it prove to be an overly memorable one. Essentially, "Iron Man Annual" #1 sums up the unadorned nature that the series has delivered of late: it's mechanically fine, but it's mechanical.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Iron Man Noir #1

Apr 18, 2010

This is a fun book overall. It may seem inconsequential under the sheer volume of Iron Man product hitting the shelves of late, but it is a solid story that is a pleasant divergence from the burdens of continuity. I haven't been completely plugged into the "Noir" line from Marvel, but this story has a hook and promises more fun in the adventures to come, especially given what Stark unearths in his assistants' records. An old rivalry seems poised to get a wonderfully new interpretation.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Iron Man Vs. Whiplash #1

Dec 3, 2009

While I am loathe to refer to this issue as a prequel, there is no denying that this series is a piece of Marvel's marketing push for the next "Iron Man" movie. The first of a four-issue series (do the math, it'll end with plenty of time to be collected and distributed just before or right after the movie breaks) this story has more than a simple revenge tale going for it. There is a mystery to be solved, a mystery that has placed Tony Stark under a pile of damning evidence. If Guggenheim and Braga can bring a few more surprises as in this issue, the rest of the story will most assuredly be entertaining. In related news, and continuing the multimedia push, you can catch a glimpse of the first poster image right here on CBR.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Iron Man: Legacy #5

Aug 6, 2010

The entire story is given a coat of Hollywood polish, making it more compatible with the movie version of Tony Stark and his supporting cast. That said, it does make it a little slippery to place into context with the main Marvel Universe. A title like "Legacy" might just be better enjoyed as a free-standing title. In that case, this is a solid read and an enjoyable "Iron Man" tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Iron Patriot #1

Mar 26, 2014

With a somewhat predictable debut, this mediocre launch to the latest adventures of James Rhodes leaves a bit to be desired. The basic concept of Rhodes' transformation from War Machine to Iron Patriot has already been handled more succinctly and with greater animation onscreen in "Iron Man 3." That makes the declaration of becoming a hero for the people simply boring and almost tiresome in this issue, consuming space that could have been filled with action or adventure. "Iron Patriot" #1 isn't Marvel's biggest whiff of the All-New Marvel NOW! lineup, but it most definitely isn't their strongest offering. Kot and Brown have their work cut out for them to make this a destination title noteworthy of readers getting excited for something different. I hope they get started on that path in earnest next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Irredeemable #1

Mar 30, 2009

Waid himself admits that this is a story that could never be told at DC or Marvel, which makes it all the more fitting to be creator-owned and published by the company where Waid is Editor-in-Chief. The mystery of why the Plutonian has made the choice he has and how deeply committed to that choice he is certainly offers fuel for this series to continue on. Whether or not Waid can continue to tell stories this dark about evil so oppressive and intimidating without truly becoming evil himself remains to be seen. Yes, Mark Waid is evil. It makes me a little bit uneasy to say that I hope he continues to be evil, because I sure enjoyed reading it. That doesn't mean I'm evil as well, does it?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Irredeemable #6

Sep 5, 2009

"Irredeemable" is one of the best titles that BOOM! has put out in 2009, which is quite a banner year for the fledgling publisher. The recent offering of the 99 issue and the trade paperback have given fans ample opportunity to jump on to this title. To make it even easier and to illustrate the depths of evil that Mark Waid has achieved, the "Previously. . . " page makes this book completely accessible, even if this is a reader's first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
It Girl and The Atomics #1

Aug 8, 2012

"It Girl & the Atomics" welcomed me into the "Madman" world without hesitation. I grew up as a mainstream superhero comic reader. While my tastes have evolved and my willingness to sample other types of stories has grown, superheroes are my happy spot. This issue brings me to that happy spot with a wonderful amount of quirkiness and humor, not unlike an issue of the early Giffen-DeMatteis-Maguire "Justice League" or an episode of "Freakazoid." This is good stuff and I'm looking forward to more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Itty Bitty Comics: Grimmiss Island #1

Mar 16, 2015

Baltazar and Aureliani choose to celebrate everything bizarre and fun about comics and do so in magnificent fashion. It's great that "Itty Bitty Comics: Grimmiss Island" #1 gives them yet another outlet for their audience (and, potentially, new readers) to find more of their whimsical work.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
IXth Generation #1

Jan 9, 2015

"IXth Generation" #1 is a fun read that had more packed into it than I initially expected. It's nice to see the Top Cow universe expanding its own legacy into the future, and this story feels packed with potential for exciting reads beyond this first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Jem and the Holograms #1

Mar 4, 2015

"Jem & the Holograms" #1 is a strong, sassy start for a series which is geared for a teen-and-up crowd. Readers drawn in by the nostalgia are sure to be hooked right away, while new readers will find themselves taken by the believably real characters walking through the panels of this book. The fact that "Jem & the Holograms" #1 is gorgeous certainly helps. The nostalgia factor gets ratcheted up a level by the profile pages included at the back of the issue and the fact that this comic book actually has page numbers. Thompson, Campbell, Robado and Robbins give readers a solid comic book story and leave them with a dynamic holding spot until next issue, where the action should really start.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Jem and the Holograms #3

May 25, 2015

Note: In an attempt for full transparency, Kelly Thompson is a current writer for CBR's "Comics Should Be Good" blog and a former CBR reviewer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jim Henson's The Musical Monsters of Turkey Hollow #1

Oct 2, 2014

For a story that is based around "musical monsters," Langridge and company impressively manage to bring the tale to life without musical accompaniment. While the exact tune of the songs transcribed in this book may not be known to the average reader, there is no mistaking the celebration of life those songs present. More appropriate for all ages readers than Archaia's other Jim Henson reclamation project, "A Tale of Sand," "The Musical Monsters of Turkey Hollow" is a fine addition to any library, a welcome adventure into imagination and a ready candidate for a holiday special as it was intended to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Jim Henson's The Storyteller #1

Dec 17, 2011

This is a fine collection, something that can be picked up, set down, and picked up again. It begs to be shared with a friend or family member, preferably near a fireplace with the warmth of that fire comforting you as much as these stories comfort your soul. Archaia continues to find new ways to produce bookcase and coffee table worthy stories, and this collection would be equally so regardless of the creator's name emblazoned upon the cover. The fact that all of the writers and artists are clearly inspired by the dreams of Jim Henson just makes this book all the more worthy of being read, enjoyed, and shared. Storytellers don't just tell stories, after all, they collect them. Perhaps it is time for you to become a Storyteller.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Jingle Belle: Santa Claus Vs. Frankenstein #1

Dec 3, 2008

The story has some charm and wit to it, but nothing that is going to remain in my consciousness beyond this coming weekend. Consider it akin to an Archie comic with some more winks and nods. I can easily see this book finding its way into the hands of unsuspecting readers. Some will revel in the story while others will be disappointed that they spent three bucks for this. Personally, I found it to be a nice comic break, giving me a respite from the standard fare.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Jinnrise #1

Jan 9, 2013

There's enthusiasm and fire in "Jinnrise" #1. There's also potential for a fun, entertaining story, but there is a most important need for a little more polish and refinement. Alien invasion stories are a staple of comic book adventures, but this one, which is essentially set up to be genies versus aliens, needs a boost to become noteworthy. Awan and Vassallo have displayed a measure of skill and talent, they just need to work on execution and delivery.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Jirni #1

Apr 19, 2013

"Jirni" #1 pulls no punches in establishing a confident and (overly) sexy heroine with a will that is unchecked and a quest that can be supported. This is familiar territory for readers of fiction, fantasy, science fiction and comics, but Krul brings newness to the story beyond the featured purple-skinned warrior woman on the cover. Ara's powers are impressive and effective and her conscience quickly assumes responsibility for Nylese, who is set upon a quest of her own. Of the three titles I've sampled in Aspen's "10 for 10," I think "Jirni" has the most complete world to offer. This is a title I'll more likely be checking in with than the others, I just wish it weren't so (butt)cheeky.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
JLA 80-Page Giant 2011 #1

Apr 12, 2011

With this issue, not only does the JLA go to Hell, but the reader does too. As for the location of the money from my wallet, well, I'm pretty sure six bucks is no match for hellfire. Maybe my money will come back in the next issue of "Brightest Day" or something.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Joe Frankenstein #1

Mar 2, 2015

By the end of "Joe Frankenstein" #1, buying a break is the least of his worries and the last of the readers' interests as the mysterious foe sets things in motion against Joe and his monstrous protector. A solid start to the series, "Joe Frankenstein" #1 gives readers a wink and a nod as though promising more intrigue, action and shadowy suspense with an unspoken guarantee.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Joe Kubert Presents #1

Nov 5, 2012

All in all, "Joe Kubert Presents" #1 is an anthology that shares the artistic sensibilities and storytelling dynamic of Joe Kubert even if his work is not present in all four of the stories. Additionally, this issue is a nice reminder of the versatility and passion Kubert brought to comics. While the artist recently passed away, at least we have this last hurrah to celebrate his accomplishments. The text piece in this book is more poignant for the fact that Kubert is no longer alive, but the art here leaves behind can never truly die.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
John Byrne's Next Men #1

Dec 15, 2010

This is an unorthodox first issue, but definitely worth checking out, whether you're a fan of Byrne, a fan of the "Next Men" or a fan tired of avenging heroes, batpeople, and crossover-mania. I'm sure at least a few of those types of fans I've just listed will be thrilled with this book. Me? I'm going to go back and re-read this book. Maybe tomorrow, when I wake up in a different reality.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
John Carter: The Gods of Mars #1

Mar 20, 2012

I've been hesitant to hop on board the "John Carter" marketing machine, especially with the multiple comic offerings, but this series appears to have the blessing of the Edgar Rice Burroughs' estate and with such gorgeous art by Prez -- well, I simply couldn't resist. Of course, now I think I should have resisted if only to revel in this story and Prez's art all at once in a wonderful hardcover collection. For now, however, this floppy is visual gold. Hand anyone this issue of "John Carter: The Gods of Mars" and they'll be asking you to direct them to more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
John Carter: The World of Mars #1

Oct 15, 2011

As a whole, this book is a nice starter package for those unfamiliar with John Carter (or those looking to bridge the gap from what they know at this point from various comic book sources and the upcoming film). It is, however, the first of four issues, set to build one prequel story and as such this issue does not provide the complete tale. It does, however, leave off with a nice bit of tension certain to help tease readers back for more in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
John Carter: Warlord of Mars #1

Nov 6, 2014

"John Carter: Warlord of Mars" #1 is a solid start to a nice space opera that serves up great promise. Now that the Burroughs estate is inline, things are looking very bright for the comic book adventures of John Carter. I'm in, at least for a little while, but more variation in body types and postures would not hinder the adventures going forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Johnny Monster #1

Mar 7, 2009

This book has some charm and a more than a little bit of potential but, for the most part, it is largely forgettable. Unless the second issue has as memorable a cover as this issue (I just checked and Firebreather is on the next cover) then this book might be overlooked. It is nice to see Image reaching out, however, and trying to do some more all-ages-friendly books, between this and "Amber Atoms." If they would just realize "all-ages" doesn't have to rely on predictability.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Jon Sable Freelance: Ashes of Eden #1

Oct 13, 2009

I want to be enamored with Sable again, I do. I have fond memories of this character, but, unfortunately, I don't think this issue will be remembered with that set of memories. Hopefully the rest of this series boosts up the product as a whole.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jonah Hex (2006) #39

Jan 13, 2009

If you're getting burned out by the event and need a breather, or if you just want a good read that doesn't require years of explanation, give "Jonah Hex" a flip. After all, if artists are clamoring to have a shot at drawing the character, shouldn't you have a shot at reading it?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jonah Hex (2006) #43

May 10, 2009

With the production of a "Jonah Hex" movie underway, this title will certainly get a little more attention in short order soon. Do yourself a favor and beat the rush. Pick up "Jonah Hex" now. You can thank me later.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jonah Hex (2006) #53

Mar 6, 2010

I figured I was in for another enjoyable issue of "Jonah Hex" when I sat down to read it, and Gray and Palmiotti delivered. This issue seemed predictable at the outset, but the complexities delivered by the writing duo separate this title from all others. With the release of a feature film mere months away, "Jonah Hex" has never been in better hands. Every issue is a great jumping on point, and every issue gives me more reasons to continue on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jonah Hex (2006) #57

Jul 12, 2010

Gray and Palmiotti continue to find new yarns to deliver about the ugliest man in the Old West. After fifty-seven issues, "Jonah Hex" has gotten to a point where I have started to expect formulaic tales or rehashed recollections of previous stories. That hasn't happened yet, and the fact that Gray and Palmiotti can drop in consequences from previous stories without also having to install serious backlog illustrates just how deeply these two writers have become entrenched as the writers of "Jonah Hex." They know Jonah Hex and they know what makes Hex tick. Their stories are always engaging and always entertaining. They may not always be as light-hearted as this issue is, but they do always offer a good, solid read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Jonah Hex (2006) #64

Feb 5, 2011

You can check out the preview of this issue right here on CBR and also read up on an interview with Palmiotti and Gray from Kevin Mahadeo. Gray and Palmiotti bring a great deal of passion to this title, which is admirable, especially considering the fact that the title is reliable on a monthly basis, with regards to both a solid story and some very good (and frequently great) art. I'm not a "Jonah Hex" junkie by any means, but I know for certain when I sit down with an issue of "Hex," I'll be happy I did shortly after.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jonah Hex: No Way Back #1

Jun 6, 2010

The sticker price on the book might give some folk reason for pause, but considering this is an original tale, in hardcover, it is money well spent. Additionally, Robbin Brosterman and Louis Prandi did a bang-up job designing the book. The cover has a relic appearance, looking as though it is a leather-bound book from Hex's era. The cover appears to have worn through in some spots, giving it a classic appearance. For whatever reason, though, DC saw fit to throw a quote from Geoff Johns on the cover, which puts a kink in the vibe this book was going for -" and for the most part achieving quite strongly.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Journey Into Mystery (2011) #647

Dec 21, 2012

I've read a lot of comic books and had my opinions challenged or changed on a number of characters, but not once has any creative team pled their case as eloquently as Immonen and Schiti do in "Journey Into Mystery" #647. Quite simply, this issue, with casual yet measured inclusion of so much of the Asgardian legend and lore, is one of the best Marvel NOW! has to offer. With Thor nowhere to be seen, Sif is not only given the lead role, but has the opportunity to truly become a character worthy of her own title. "Journey Into Mystery" #647 may only be the second issue of Sif's lead and Immonen's story, but there is simply no denying how very enjoyable it is. Do yourself a favor on that last minute shopping run, stop by the comic shop and pick this book up if you haven't already. After all, you need to treat yourself once in awhile as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Journey Into Mystery (2011) #649

Mar 4, 2013

I gave "Journey Into Mystery" a shot when it was branded with Marvel NOW!, looking for another offbeat title that wasn't going to require a multitude of tie-in titles to complete the larger picture and I certainly got more than I bargained for. While "Journey Into Mystery" #649 might not be the best place for readers to start, they could certainly do much worse. Immonen and crew have crafted a wonderful story with strong characters and gorgeous art and this issue is a wonderful love-letter to everything this classic Marvel title is all about: monsters, myths and adventure. I'm hoping this team stays intact beyond next issue's conclusion to this storyline, they've certainly earned it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Journey Into Mystery (2011) #652

May 26, 2013

I've never been the biggest fan of Marvel's take on Thor, but when Beta Ray Bill was introduced, I took notice. Walt Simonson birthed the character whole cloth and Marvel has done well in selectively using him since 1983, so naturally I am interested in seeing what happens with him in further issues. Despite my apathy toward most things Thor, "Journey Into Mystery" is consistently one of Marvel NOW!'s best titles and frequently one of the best reads each week it's released. "Journey Into Mystery" #652 is a brilliant example of why: smart, sassy writing, gorgeous art and surprisingly human characters in situations that are fantastic examples of the types of things that should be in comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Journey Into Mystery (2011) #653

Jul 1, 2013

Sif has a great thing going here and she just needs more support. She gets character support from Beta Ray Bill, but support of "Journey Into Mystery" #653 needs to come from the readers. In this day and age when a comic book can be had through three mouse clicks or less, there is no reason to let this $2.99 gem evade your enjoyment.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #11

Oct 11, 2010

The Justice Society brand, stretched over two titles, seems thin to me, despite the fact that there are a large number of characters between the two titles. Characters in this series that I have an interest in seem marginalized due to sheer numbers while newer characters, like King Chimera and Anna Fortune, either have no resonance or feel forced upon us. The JSA brand has a great deal of potential, but this issue certainly doesn't do much to realize that potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #15

Feb 5, 2011

"JSA All-Stars" still feels like the farm team to a major league club, but that major league club hasn't been much to aspire towards of late. The end result is that this book is something that was once defined, but has lost sight of that definition. Without a goal, this book sits idle, and in a dimension between dimensions like the one Power Girl declares to be limbo at the start of this issue. If this team ever gets going against a real menace and re-establishes solid footing, this is going to be a fun book. For now, it simply is.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #18

May 6, 2011

This book never really clicked for me. It never made its way to my "must-read" list. Now that the book is done and the characters are returning to the mothership, I'm not sure what to make of this title as a whole. It was a nice interlude and a fun diversion for diehard JSA fans, but for more casual fans, it floated out there with nothing to make it shine. I'm interested to see how well the characters integrate back onto the main squad, and wouldn't be adverse to either Sturges or Williams (or both) finding the time and space to revisit some of these characters in solo stories in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
JSA Liberty Files: The Whistling Skull #1

Dec 21, 2012

While art and story are not truly synchronized in "JSA Liberty Files: The Whistling Skull" #1, there is reason for hope. It appears as though Harris is drawing what he wants to draw, given the energy on the page, and there remains plenty of story to be told in the remaining five issues, including the power set (or lack thereof) that the Skull possesses, and how he goes from trying to solve a mystery in Switzerland to fighting alongside the JSA in Japan. Hopefully, as those threads get addressed, art and story will merge together.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
JSA vs. Kobra #1

Jun 11, 2009

This series offers an interesting cross-examination of faith in the DC Universe. One man without faith in a higher power, but the ultimate faith in his friends and comrades challenged by a man who has faith in his followers to continue to power him in his faithful mission. Cracks begin to form in the faith as Terrific crosses between the team he formerly led and the one he still holds a leadership role on. Burr, on the other hand takes the faith bestowed upon him and hides his true cause. As this story continues, I look forward to seeing Trautmann deepen the conflict between "- and within -- these two men.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
JSA vs. Kobra #6

Nov 14, 2009

Trautmann has made a case to be placed on a team book "- and soon. I just hope he can take Kramer with him and that the two of them are given a good amount of lead time so the book -" whatever it may be, whenever it may occur -" has a chance to shine as brightly as this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Jungle Girl (2007): Season Two #5

Jul 5, 2009

Under a $3.50 price point, labeled as the fifth issue of five, I expected this story to have a more satisfactory ending, but the jump in ending at the end reduces the plot of this book to "Mystery Science Theater" fodder-in-waiting. I, for one, won't be sinking my money into the further adventures of "Jungle Girl".

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Jupiter's Circle #1

Mar 18, 2015

Twenty-three pages of story that include appearances by J. Edgar Hoover and Katharine Hepburn set "Jupiter's Circle" #1 up for an interesting, reality-tinged run with a different perspective on the heroic ideal. Readers steeped in Millar's other creations, specifically "Jupiter's Legacy," will certainly find more in the pages of this comic book, but this first issue mixes bits of the Golden Age, "The Amazing Adventures of Kavalier and Clay" and "Mad Men" with some subtle innuendos and not-so-subtle overtones. "Jupiter's Circle" #1 is a story about what happens when the spotlights are turned away and the potential personal pursuits can play in professional endeavors, especially pursuits that are not commonly accepted, as is the standard for 1950s America.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Jurassic Park #1

Jun 27, 2010

This book is a major disappointment to me. I loved the first movie, and had high hopes for this series, especially once I saw the covers for this issue. After this bumpy start, I'm not sure there's any chance this book can recover.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Jurassic Park: The Devils in the Desert #1

Jan 22, 2011

To this point, I don't see the connection between this story and the "Jurassic Park" brand on the cover, but I'm sure that's coming. There's a late arrival at the end of the issue that may provide the link-up, but for now, however, it's simply a cool story written and drawn by John Byrne that just so happens to give Byrne a chance to draw up some prehistoric wildlife. This story plays to all of Byrne's strengths as writer and artist, but the cover price is a bit steep for the reveals within. Certainly Byrne will provide a greater display of monstrosities in the next issue. I'm hoping so, and I'll certainly check in to see what manner of creature is at work here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice Inc. #1

Aug 21, 2014

"Justice, Inc." #1 is an ambitious and fun read, much like Dynamite's Gold Key line. No allegiances are proclaimed during the issue, but connections are set in motion and the crossroads is in view. Uslan, Timpano, Lesko and Bowland do a nice job pumping some new life into the pulp wonders of yesteryear, giving readers a nice throwback read that brings the energy of a crossover without the burdensome crossover spillage into a dozen or more titles. "Justice, Inc." #1 is a nice, solid read for fans of these characters or comic book fans looking for a fresh variation on an older concept.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League (2011) #1

Aug 31, 2011

This first issue is simply that: a first issue. The new initiative, with its day and date release of digital books alongside the printed copies, hasn't changed much when it comes to presenting stories for an eventual collected edition down the road. I had hoped for something different, but it appears that hope was a little misplaced. I'll give this series another look with issue #2, but if that doesn't offer some serious changes to the roster and pace of the story, I might just have to resort to trade-waiting. Wishing for more than I received on this issue, I'm looking towards the other fifty-one debuts with tempered expectations.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #2

Oct 19, 2011

This issue is rounded out with some more collateral materials at the back of the book. There's a four-page transcript of an interview between Steve Trevor and Amanda Waller that nicely sets the stage for the upcoming appearances of some more future Leaguers. Beyond that transcript, there are four pages of sketches that provide some design details for Batman and Superman. All in all, this is a much nicer, more complete introduction to what is eventually going to be lynchpin of the DCU.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2011) #4

Dec 21, 2011

Johns sprinkles in some fun character moments, like Green Lantern's dialog when he brushes against Wonder Woman's lasso, Batman being a massive jerk, and Superman imparting some inspirational words of wisdom on Flash. The ingredients are all here for the "Justice League" recipe; someone just needs to figure out how to mix them and how to cook them up into something awesome.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2011) #6

Mar 1, 2012

The first story is complete. Darkseid has been introduced. The Justice League has found the benefit to teamwork. Geoff Johns and Jim Lee have produced entertaining comics. Where does it all go from here, though? "Justice League" should be DC's flagship title and it very well could be on the ascent.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #9

May 17, 2012

"Justice League" #9 is an enjoyable enough fun story, but it is also very much an opening chapter in the next grand case for the Justice League. We learn of a new foe, but only through the equivalent of fish stories -- no direct exposure of the Justice League against this new foe, but rather a gauge of fearsomeness offered to the League from other recognizable foes.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #10

Jul 2, 2012

As anthologies go, however, this one is doing a good job of making a strong case to get my four bucks each month. "Justice League" #10 is the most Justice League-y this book has felt to me since relaunching. I'm onboard at least through the zero issue for this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2011) #12

Aug 30, 2012

"Justice League" as a title has underperformed to my expectations, and this issue is yet another example of that. Johns and Lee are competent in their storytelling, but the adventures and situations just haven't seemed big enough for the League yet and the infighting among the members is getting stale. With the resolutions in this issue, it appears as though some traction might be made towards blending the personal and professional sides of these heroes in a fashion worthy of the title. The zero issue brings a full-length Shazam story, but in October, we'll hopefully see some evolution for "Justice League."

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League (2011) #13

Oct 19, 2012

"Justice League" #13 seemed to be treading water and I think there might be some kind of beasties hiding within. Luckily Aquaman's around, so maybe he can coax those critters to help this title find some solid footing once again. Until that happens, "Justice League" is a title that I really should be more enthusiastic about, but can't find the rationale.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League (2011) #15

Dec 27, 2012

Comic fans hitting the shops this week might be disappointed in the narrow range of available new comics, but with gems like "Justice League" #15, those same fans are sure to enjoy the books they do pick up. This is what "Justice League" should and can be: heroic adventures, world-threatening calamities and human interaction. Johns has found his stride on this book and it certainly helps that the art team of Reis, Prado and Reis have come along for the adventure. So if you find yourself with a little extra cash on this slow new comic week, do yourself a favor: grab "Justice League" #15 and dive into the "Throne of Atlantis" storyline. You might even want to snag a copy of "Aquaman" #15 as that is part two following "Justice League," but the art, characters and action in "Justice League" #15 are exactly what Justice League titles should deliver.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #18

Mar 22, 2013

"Justice League" #18 is an exciting and refreshing interlude between "Throne of Atlantis" and whatever multi-part adventure awaits the League next. Johns and Saiz contribute some much needed character development and interaction while allowing the League to evolve organically. Capped with a fine chapter of Shazam, this issue of "Justice League" provides a much-needed break and delivers stunning artwork worthy of an instant classic. I'm certainly going to add this to my pile of frequently read, much-enjoyed team adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League (2011) #21

Jun 28, 2013

For readers hoping for a great Justice League story prior to the events of "Trinity War," this issue is certain to disappoint. For those enjoying the Shazam arc or simply looking for a gorgeous story with heart and emotion, "Justice League" #21 is a must-have book. DC has caught lightning in a bottle (and maybe a little worm, too) with this creative team and these characters. Hopefully, the powers that be and the creative team are able to figure out a way to continue this magic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #22

Jul 11, 2013

While the scope of "Justice League" #22 is certainly summertime blockbuster, the emotional resonance from this story is more along the lines of "Crisis on Infinite Earths." The story spirals outward to ensnare more characters, but to what end? Certainly not everyone is going to come through this unscathed and I highly doubt there will be a group photo taken at the end to break up the festivities of a family reunion-like party. Like a summer blockbuster, the characters here are in danger of being absorbed by the plot, but at least that plot is big and loud and full of action. "Trinity War" expects readers to check disbelief at the door and just absorb the spectacle.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #23

Aug 28, 2013

All the same, "Justice League" #23 leaves me feeling slighted, as I would relish more of this story with the art team of Reis-Prado-Reis in place. Knowing that it switches over to David Finch in "Forever Evil" just feels like a bait-and-switch, especially since there are no true conclusions of any sort in this issue, just more shock-for-shock's sake moments and lots of new questions. I was hopeful DC's tactic of bleeding events one to the next would be over following the relaunch, but this issue proves -- without an inkling of doubt -- that that is simply not the case. Sigh. At least the countdown to "Forever Evil" is a fun, large-scale, good-looking story, now that we've hit that slippery slope of endless events once again.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #23.2

Sep 11, 2013

Much more rich than the parody of the parody that Lobo (as we know him) has become since his introduction in "Omega Men" #3 way back in 1983, this character is someone who has a story to share. He's just as much a ruthless bastich, but the twist Bennett throws in, combined with the supple artwork from Oliver and company makes Lobo a character I'm now much more interested in. Score one for the Villains Month gimmick.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #24

Oct 24, 2013

The most rewarding bit was not the Justice League or the Crime Syndicate, but the one panel appearance and one-line mention of another DC superteam that lights me up for a re-read of this issue and sends me packing to "Forever Evil" #3. Unfortunately, "Forever Evil" #3 also appears to be the spot to find the conclusion of the battle begun in the waning pages of "Justice League" #24. It's just a shame Reis, Prado, Albert, Ferreira and Reis won't be able to finish what they started here. This creative team is a magnificent mix for the upside-down and crossways world building that Geoff Johns undertakes with "Forever Evil" and they are definitely doing their part to pique my interest in the Crime Syndicate.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #25

Dec 12, 2013

"Justice League" #25 suffers from a lack of Justice League and a tiny bit from the absence of Ivan Reis and company on art, but if Reis and friends aren't available, Mahnke and crew are the next best thing, especially for a story as dark as this one. With the origins of two of the Crime Syndicate delivered in this series already, I'm ready to see "Justice League" move forward a bit, possibly even bringing the League (or a reasonable facsimile thereof) into conflict with the Syndicate. After this issue, I find myself wondering if maybe that conflict is going to be centered on Owlman and his actions.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #27

Jan 23, 2014

"Forever Doomed" is somewhat predictable with regards to the appearance of the Doom Patrol and the motions Cyborg goes through, but "Justice League" #27 is nowhere near boring. This comic book serves very well as "Doom Patrol" #0 or even "Cyborg" #0 (maybe now Vic Stone will be able to find his way to a solo series) or a companion piece to "Forever Evil," but lacks the Justice League for which this comic is branded. All the same, this is a fun, adventure-filled, character-driven study certain to please fans of Detroit's greatest hero or DC's strangest team of misfits. As a fan of both, and a resident of metro-Detroit, I found a lot to like in this comic. No, it isn't the world's greatest comic book, but it is a damn fine read filled with bombastic fun and plenty of nods and winks for longtime DC readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #28

Feb 20, 2014

While the premise of "Justice League" #28 is that Cyborg needs a team, and hopes Magnus will furnish him with one through the Metal Men, this series continues to be a much more of a "Silver Age Showcase," reviving characters and concepts, but giving them a gorgeous new appearance thanks to the talented visual crew. In addition to introducing the Metal Men, this introductory issue brings the debut of Chemo and implies that there are potentially more characters waiting to be discovered as Magnus alludes to a race to produce responsive automatons. While I personally prefer the balance between these wonderful, careful reimaginings (like that of the Doom Patrol in the previous issue), and a continued progression of story, I certainly cannot complain about the enjoyable content Geoff Johns, Ivan Reis, Rod Reis and crew bring to "Justice League" #28. Maybe the next issue will move the "Forever Evil" story forward a bit, but for now, this is a nice, welcome change of pace.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2011) #30

May 22, 2014

"Justice League" #30 feels more like a Justice League book than many of the issues of this series have, especially with the Leaguers beating up criminals and developing a plan for how to adjust to the future they see coming. That said, Johns is still using this book as a test lab for new ideas, giving a pair of pages to the quest for a new Power Ring and squeezing in a shadowed appearance by the mysterious new Doom Patrol. If one title were to be at the heart of the DC Universe, it should be "Justice League." Johns has made that apparent in his run, specifically in this issue, but he needs to make sure the book stays balanced between the team and the rest of the DC Universe. "Justice League" #30 is a nice start.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2011) #35

Oct 17, 2014

"Justice League" #35 is a decent story that does a phenomenal job setting the table. Johns punctuates this issue with action, giving readers just enough to remember the Justice League is more than two guys in suits. From here, however, Johns needs to deliver on the potential "The Amazo Virus" brings, a task that will be further scrutinized, given the recent real-world epidemic concerns.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2011) #37

Dec 19, 2014

"The Amazo Virus" is an uncommon battle for the Justice League as the three most dynamic members of the team are left to fight a foe they cannot truly punch. That doesn't keep them from trading blows with Patient Zero, but Zero is not the villain of this piece, he's merely the embodiment of the predicament. This is a daring move for Johns and crew, but a welcome one as the Justice League is forced to work beyond their comfort level. The end of "Justice League" #37 illuminates their predicament and is certain to leave readers looking forward to more from Johns, Fabok, Anderson and Mangual.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #39

Feb 20, 2015

"Justice League" #39 leaves the DC Universe and the League different than it was when "The Amazo Virus" outbreak occurred. Johns, Fabok, Anderson and Mangual have returned the scope of Justice League adventures to a grand scale and, with this issue, they bring the story to a strong finish reminiscent of classic Justice League tales.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2011) #40

May 1, 2015

Johns' story raises eyebrows with revelations and plants plenty of subplot seeds and further developments for the upcoming "Darkseid War." The stinger at the end of "Justice League" #40 points readers to the Free Comic Book Day release, "Divergence," as the page it is on leaves readers in a lurch, with mysteries just starting to bloom. This issue spends a great deal relating passive observation, but the contributions from the talented all-star art team provide enough eye candy to maintain reader interest. Now that "Convergence" has reached the halfway point, Johns and crew seem ready to elevate the League to appropriate marquee status, even if it doesn't quite happen with "Justice League" #40.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League (2011) #41

Jun 3, 2015

While I've made the comparison (for New Gods' sake) to "Super Powers," this new chapter of the Justice League's adventures truly feels parallel to George Prez's work, at least visually. Flash leaving a crime scene to check DNA and returning before Batman can finish a question is descendant from Barry leaving Red Tornado's apartment in New York to check a prison cell in Denver in "Justice League of America" #193. Clearly, Johns and Fabok find inspiration in the League's storied past, as well as the energy and enthusiasm in their collaboration to create new legends for future generations. We'll have to wait and see what Fabok can do with a team assembled around a meeting table on the satellite, but "Justice League" #41 feels like a cornerstone of a new era. This is a grand new start, with revelations and jawdroppers aplenty.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2011) #44

Oct 2, 2015

"The Darkseid War" has an epic feel to it and this chapter in "Justice League" #44 continues that trend, making this read like the latest installment of a DC Comics event. The cast is rather tight for an event comic, but that thinner group of characters gives Johns, Fabok, Anderson and Leigh ample opportunity to put each character under the microscope. Not every member of the League has equal panel time, but the ones that do are filled with drama and potential. The final image of "Justice League" #44 packs potential and holds the key for the next developments in "The Darkseid War," which promises to be explosive.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Justice League (2011) #51

Jun 15, 2016

Justice League #51 is itself a bit of an anomaly. It is very much a Justice League story, but the tale within is set in the earliest days of this League. This tells the tale of the League meeting the first Robin for the first time. It could almost be labeled Titans Hunt #0, Rebirth #0.5 or even Justice League #5.5. Even though some might be quick to dismiss Justice League #51, it is an enjoyable story with sharp art and recognizable characters. Pelletier draws a wonderful rendition of the League and Abnett balances the book and gives each reader's favorite character a chance to shine while teasing readers towards upcoming adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2016) #1

Jul 20, 2016

Justice League #1 isn't the most magnificent presentation of the world's greatest superheroes. It's also far from the worst. Hitch, Daniel, Florea, Morey, and Starkings are trying to build worlds in this comic. They're attempting to add to the depth of the DC Universe canvas, deliberately choosing to not use familiar universe-threatening terrors. It's a good idea, but for a first issue, the League needs to do a little more forming or, at the very least, collaborating against a recognizable foe that inspires readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Justice League (2016) #32

Nov 6, 2017

All in all, Justice League #32 is a fine chapter in the Bats Out of Hell story, even if it feels a bit too convenient. Taken by itself or in the context of the grander Metal tale, its a fun read with some bizarre concepts leveraged for shock and awe. Im curious to see where the rest of this storyline goes, which is exactly where I should be right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League (2018): Drowned Earth Special #1

Oct 31, 2018

Justice League/Aquaman Drowned Earth is a fun page-turner. Porter's art makes this comic feel bigger than it is, which is saying quite a bit given that it is nearly double the length of a standard single issue. It never drags, though, as Tynion finds ways to shift things up, to change settings, and move spotlights, that keeps this tale clicking along.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League 3000 #1

Dec 11, 2013

Having experienced a dynamic shift in expectations from the first mention of this book (which was initially announced with Kevin Maguire in the artist's chair) to reading it, I find "Justice League 3000" to be incomplete. There are good things and bad things about this issue. There's excitement and apathy aplenty. We've seen some of this before -- some of it quite recently, in fact -- and there are also some nice new pieces, like Bradbury 7. Overall, though, "Justice League 3000" #1 is safe; it's not disappointing, but it's also not impressive; it's intriguing, but not captivating. "Justice League 3000" #1 has some good structural components, but it needs to give readers a little more to work with than the "Elseworlds"-lite feel this first issue delivers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League 3000 #4

Mar 13, 2014

The final page of "Justice League 3000" brings the debut of a new member of the crew, flinging open the doors for this series to stretch beyond the five characters it debuted with four months ago. After the exposition in this issue, the next promises to be an action-packed thriller, spanning from one end of the galaxy to the other while giving the wide array of characters created by Giffen, DeMatteis and Porter a chance to flex their muscles. There appears to be no shortage of conflict on deck, as "Justice League 3000" #4 brings this series to a dynamic story beat while showcasing the secrets, origins and oppositions waiting to be investigated further.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League 3000 #5

Apr 11, 2014

"Justice League 3000" #5 is one of those comics that packs a whole lot of action and conversation into twenty pages. Readers learn almost everything they need to know about Firestorm, both through the discussion between Teri and Terry (the Wonder Twins) as well as through Firestorm's actions and declarations. Giffen and DeMatteis' story is really coming together and I find myself just a bit more invested in each issue, especially with Firestorm now in the mix, such as he is.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League 3000 #10

Oct 3, 2014

"Justice League 3000" #10 essentially ties up the first true arc of this series, but also functions as a tidy encapsulation of all that has assembled to this point without burdening itself under its own weight. To the credit of the writing team, the story felt well-paced for ten issues, but in retrospect, every issue of "Justice League 3000" (including this one) has felt thicker than most contemporary comic books. "Justice League 3000" #10 is not a quick read, but it is a full one, giving readers a variety of characters, situations and settings to absorb. As the universe expands, the League finds their groove and the creative fires on all cylinders; the future is looking pretty bright for "Justice League 3000."

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League 3001 #1

Jun 26, 2015

"Justice League 3001" #1 is exactly the type of comic book the new, "bolder" DC should be publishing. Following the formula they employed in "Justice League 3000," Giffen, DeMatteis, Porter, Hi-Fi and Leigh continue to give readers a lot to look forward to each month and provide a wonderful sample of what readers should expect going forward. This is a thick, multi-faceted read with something for every fan of any era of the DC Universe as well as plenty for fans looking for that new book to try out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League Beyond 2.0 #1

Aug 12, 2013

Far from a perfectly complete or completely perfect story, "Justice League Beyond 2.0" #1 offers readers a fun beginning to what could be an enjoyably expository story despite the daunting length of tracking out to eight parts. If every installment reads like this, however, there won't be any problems as Gage and Coello do a nice job of presenting engaging characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark #12

Aug 24, 2012

Currently, this is my favorite of the Justice League family of books and "Justice League Dark" #12 is a stunning example of why. From Dr. Mist's deflection of Zatanna's spell to the promise of struggles and mysteries to come, this comic is innovative and fun, breathing new life into old concepts that needed a healthy dusting off. While this issue has a bit of a cliffhanger (or three) with a zero issue on tap, there is no shortage of mysteries and adventure to reward readers brave enough to try this series. If your Justice League itch isn't getting scratched or you simply haven't seen any of your favorite supernatural tinged characters in too long, "Justice League Dark" is certain to have just the potion to cure your ills.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark #13

Oct 29, 2012

This series excels due to team sensibilities similar to the Satellite Era of the "Justice League of America" and a cast slightly more elevated than that of the post-"Zero Hour" series "Primal Force," but with more power and purpose. "Justice League Dark" #13 is a fun sample of the plot, action and character balance that Jeff Lemire brings to this series. The story in this issue is part of a longer narrative that pulls together so many different threads and notions from across the DC Universe to become something new and thrilling.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League Dark #17

Mar 1, 2013

The biggest drawback to "Justice League Dark" #17 is the fact that "The Death of Magic" is such an epic story with such astonishing revelations and implied ramifications that twenty pages doesn't do it justice. Like the skinniest sliver of cheesecake, what is served up here is enough to tease the palette and elicit the inquiry "Is there any more?" That is compounded by this comic book being the turning point in the story where everything starts to happen, conclusions begin to materialize, but nothing reaches finality. If you haven't been reading "Justice League Dark" before now, this is not the issue to start with, but this storyline will certainly make one fantastic collection to be sought out once it becomes available. I cannot recommend this ragtag collection of characters from this stunning team of creators enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League Dark #19

Apr 29, 2013

"Justice League Dark" #19 is yet another solid issue in a very solid series. While the addition of Ivan Reis, Joe Prado and Rod Reis makes a strong case for "Justice League" to ascend to a new level, "Justice League Dark" has remained consistently enjoyable and entertaining with Lemire, Fawkes and Janin guiding it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark #21

Jun 27, 2013

Despite the apparent odd coupling of the Flash with this crew, Barry Allen fits right in and looks marvelous under the pencil of Mikel Janin. Lemire and Fawkes definitely have a grasp on the character's own misgivings and motivation and make a strong case for serious consideration to be given to make the Scarlet Speedster a permanent addition to this team. "Justice League Dark" #21 sets Flash and Frankenstein side by side in battle again, which is the type of pairing and team-up comics should be providing readers more often. It's a fun pairing, but it is even more poignant as Frankenstein and Flash both have their New 52 origins firmly melded to "Flashpoint." After all, since "Flashpoint," this has consistently been the best title of the relaunch. Hopefully the high standards of quality will persevere throughout this title's involvement in "Trinity War."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark #23

Aug 22, 2013

That said, "Justice League Dark" #23 is a fun comic filled with comic book idioms. There are some fun, wink-and-nod pairings for longtime DC readers: Shazam and Stargirl square off in one panel and Zatanna throws a magical spell at Hawkman. These subtle choices make the comic that much richer an experience and strive to put the book back on track, giving readers a story filled with dynamic energy. The pacing of "Justice League Dark" #23 is smart and gives readers lots to chew on, but it also leaves what seems like a lot left to be resolved in the approaching final chapter of "Trinity War."

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Justice League Dark #23.2

Sep 23, 2013

Further backstory is hinted, but "Justice League Dark: #23.2 isn't interesting enough to warrant concern, despite the heavy-handedness used to push Eclipso's other recent appearances in a double-page flashback. This issue brings the Villains Month event to a new low of unnecessary. Certainly under the "Justice League Dark" umbrella, a more interesting story could have been told of Doctor Destiny or a new foe. Eclipso's story and motivation don't require a full issue, but given the space, they should be far more compelling than this issue. After all, this is (allegedly) the original evil in the DC Universe. Shouldn't he be compellingly evil?

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League Dark #24

Oct 24, 2013

While "Justice League Dark" #24 is short on panel appearances by Deadman, Frankenstein, Madame Xanadu, Black Orchid and Zatanna, the comic book doesn't suffer for it. John Constantine is given a chance to re-familiarize himself with readers as the House of Mystery is explored throughout the issue. By the end, Constantine has settled on a mission and begins to assemble a team. The decisions he makes along the way and influential forces provide a strong issue and continue to make "Justice League Dark" an enjoyable read. With DeMatteis and Janin on board, I just might stick around to see what "Blight" is all about. The creative team of "Justice League Dark" #24 certainly makes a strong case for it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League Dark #26

Jan 6, 2014

Wrapping up the first third of this eighteen-part crossover, "Justice League Dark" #26 has some nice, entertaining moments that showcase the imaginative collaboration of DeMatteis and Janin, such as the moss-backed whale form that Swamp Thing utilizes as the team's undersea transportation. Even in the heart of a crossover, "Justice League Dark" remains one of the most consistently enjoyable comics on my pull list as DeMatteis provides a template for future writers to use when constructing their own installments of widespread crossovers. This isn't the most memorable issue of this series, but it is an informative issue for both the Blight crossover and "Forever Evil."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League Dark #34

Aug 29, 2014

Now that Nanda Parbat has been visited and explained, I'm looking forward to what DeMatteis, Guinaldo and company have in store for readers. "Justice League Dark" #34 is a solid read that adds depth to the dark corners of the DC Universe while providing Deadman fans with as close to a spotlight issue as a team book can provide.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League Dark #40

Mar 30, 2015

As "Convergence" creeps in and "Justice League Dark" eases into a hiatus, so DeMatteis, Guinaldo, Wong, Sotomayor and Lanham close out this series. More than once, members of the gathered group of heroes refer to the collective as "Justice League Dark," which is the name of the book, but a brand I thought no one in the book relished. Regardless of what they call themselves, the loosely-connected gang of mighty mystics is given a chance to pack everything up. Even the House of Mystery is afforded the luxury of a wrap, but the conclusions fall more into the category of "Done" as opposed to "Memorable."

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League Dark Annual #1

Nov 2, 2012

Add pretty pictures to a great story filled with incredible characters and you've got me hooked. The only way to improve that package is to make the story thicker, which "Justice League Dark Annual" #1 does quite nicely. Even though this is the third installment of "The Books of Magic" story, the issue is completely approachable as though it were simply issue #1. What isn't addressed through the story itself is made clear in the various editor's boxes spread throughout the issue, helping round it out. The annual does not bring full closure to the Books of Magic plot, but it does offer a complete -- and completely entertaining -- adventure. We were just given "Justice League Dark" #13 last week and the annual this week, so it's going to be another four weeks before our next hit, but this story is strong enough to be read more than once in that span.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League International (2011) #1

Sep 7, 2011

The first issue introduces a handful of characters, serves up a heaping helping of unanswered (and largely unasked) questions and then stops. I'm hoping the second installment offers just a little more for me to latch onto.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League International (2011) #3

Nov 2, 2011

Plain and simple: this is a fun book. Jurgens and Lopresti continue to explore the new world of these Justice Leaguers, and they're bringing some new threats to the sandbox. The odd mix of characters is starting to develop nicely and there are some gems starting to shine, so I'm looking forward to more, especially with an axe swinging baddie waiting to take on the team.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League International (2011) #5

Jan 5, 2012

I liked the concept of this international Justice League. The roster had some interesting surprises, but somewhere after the start, this book fizzled, settling into being ordinary. Jurgens and Lopresti have the capability to deliver extraordinary work individually; I hope we get to see them do so collectively in the near future.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League International (2011) #9

May 3, 2012

"Justice League International" is a quirky little title. Nine months in, I still cannot quite define the need for this title in DC's lineup other than to house refugees from the DC Universe that have nowhere else to go. The inclusion of O.M.A.C. pretty well clinches that theory. For now, with O.M.A.C. making the appearance and a crossover with "The Fury of Firestorm: the Nuclear Men" coming up, I'm onboard.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League International (2011) #12

Aug 2, 2012

The conclusion leaves storylines open-ended and pointed directly to the Annual, which justifies the omission of the "final issue" announcement, but adds on a higher pricetag and a creative team that isn't associated with this title at all. I'm not sure where the team is headed after that, but if Dan Jurgens comes back, it certainly will be worth checking out. I just hope he gets to bring some bigger name heroes with him.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League International (2011) Annual #1

Aug 31, 2012

I will admit to having low expectations coming into this issue, but even those were unmatched. DiDio and Johns filled "Justice League International Annual" #1 with lots of teases and contradictions, scattered character bits that do little to define the characters and plenty of lead-ins for things elsewhere. In essence, it's a skinny version of what "Countdown to Infinite Crisis" represented, without the grand scope, interesting characters or drama. Love or hate the outcome, this issue is going to prove to be a must for New 52 O.M.A.C. fans, of interest to Booster Gold fans, and completely forgettable for most others although references will almost certainly be dropped in the near future, especially in "Blue Beetle" #0. At least I presume as much given how Jaime was shunted out of this story almost as quickly and awkwardly as he was brought in.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2006) #31

Mar 26, 2009

It's a shame that McDuffie has been the consummate team player during his run on this title without getting much in return. He has now even lost all of the big guns on the team. Hopefully, McDuffie has some ideas how to rejuvenate this title before it slips further into four-color morass.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2006) #34

Jun 25, 2009

Taken as a slice in time, this issue is far from the worst the Justice League have ever been published in, but it certainly doesn't do anything to dissuade readers from pointing to the future and saying, "I really can't wait until Robinson and Bagley are on this book." McDuffie's departure is untimely, but fortunately for him, his run is largely forgettable, mired in shoehorned stories and crossover residue. McDuffie's run ends like this issue does: not with a gigantic splash, but with an underdeveloped ending that could have, and should have, a bigger impact on the DCU rather than vice versa.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League of America (2006) #35

Jul 30, 2009

Wein is on board for a few more issues before Robinson takes the reins. Without doubt, once Robinson inserts his lineup, this title will be virtually unrecognizable from this issue. Whether or not any of the characters make that journey across the bridge from here to there is entirely up to Wein.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League of America (2006) #37

Sep 27, 2009

Wein and Derenick helped right the Justice League franchise ship that had veered wildly off-course due to crossovers, creative team shake-ups, and scheduling crises. This title may not be the greatest title being published by DC Comics, but Wein and Derenick have at least provided consistency for the past few months. Whatever happens with the next iteration of "Justice League of America" won't be lauded or cursed due to Wein and Derenick, but these two should be kept in reserve if a change is needed once more. They've filled in admirably here and would almost certainly do so again. I just hope they use a villainous foil other than Amos Fortune next time.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2006) #38

Oct 21, 2009

Or maybe this story just lacks punch altogether. Robinson and Bagley are thrown into the deep end, having to set up a "Blackest Night" tie-in while trying to determine and set their own direction. Maybe my expectations were too high, but this is the "Justice Leaggue of America" not "Justice League Task Force." This comic needs to be DC's shining gemstone "- the one book that everyone who loves DC Comics should look forward to each and every month. Instead this issue is just hollow and lackluster. Maybe it will pick up steam on the other side of "Blackest Night.. Robinson and Bagley are capable of doing much better work than this, I just hope DC lets them.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League of America (2006) #39

Nov 26, 2009

I find it to be rather telling that I am more interested in the Motor City Leaguers than I am in Plastic Man's melting dilemma, the dual of Doctor Lights, or the magical melee between Zatanna and her old man. I'm hoping this is a slow ramping up for this creative duo rather than a glaring inadequacy. As I mentioned, this issue starts to show us some of Robinson's and Bagley's better stuff, I just hope they continue to build on it. This issue offers a great deal of potential, but needed extra pages to do so. I think trying to assess Robinson and Bagley on these two issues is premature.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Justice League of America (2006) #42

Feb 19, 2010

When I read that Robinson and Bagley would be put in place on "Justice League of America," I was thrilled. Robinson is one of my favorite writers, Bagley a serviceable, timely artist. Surely this pair could concoct stories to rival those of the Satellite era, right? My expectations have been dashed, just as they were when Aquaman disbanded the League. Given the talent in place here, I'm hoping future issues offer more for me to enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League of America (2006) #44

Apr 22, 2010

This is still far from my favorite era of the League, but it is at least now on par with the Gerard Jones-penned era from the 1990s, if it hasn't surpassed that team already. I'm befuddled as to why Robinson seems to have such free reign of the DCU while it appeared as though McDuffie did not during his term on "Justice League of America," but there is no denying that the stories are growing in entertainment value.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League of America (2006) #45

May 24, 2010

This is nowhere near my favorite iteration of the Justice League, but it also is not my least favorite. Robinson gives me little pieces in every issue that make it seem worthwhile, but he hasn't given me a complete issue filled with one big moment. I'm waiting for that to happen still, and am intrigued enough to stick around.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League of America (2006) #48

Aug 27, 2010

"Justice League of America" is still not in the marquis position it deserves, but it has been entertaining to say the least. Robinson has now put both the "Blackest Night" crossover and "JSA" team-up in his rearview mirror and has a set roster that he hand-picked. From here, it's on Robinson to decide if "Justice League of America" can be a strong book with a roster full of legacy heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Justice League of America (2006) #49

Sep 23, 2010

As far as follow-ups to major crossovers go, this issue is a bit of a letdown. Of course, it follows a crossover and is trying to keep the seat warm for a milestone (fiftieth) issue, so it was fighting an uphill battle from the start. Robinson is investigating the characters he chose for his Justice League. I just hope it gets more engaging in the months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League of America (2006) #51

Nov 19, 2010

"Justice League of America" has been an up-and-down roller coaster ride for me lately. Some months it is dead on, reminding me of yesteryear while building up the future and other months it fails to remain memorable. This issue " and to this point, this story - is certainly one of the former. Robinson is crafting a nifty adventure here that promises to offer a lasting impact on the DCU.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League of America (2006) #53

Jan 22, 2011

Over a year after the new creative team of Robinson and Bagley took over this title and exactly twelve issues after locking in a new roster, the book is left to change once again. The roster, as it stands now, is left with Grayson-Batman, Supergirl, Donna Troy, Jade, Jesse Quick, Congorilla, and Starman. Other members that have an ambiguous status at this point are Cyborg (he is on the final page) and Red Tornado. I'm interested to see how Robinson changes the roster from here and what choices are made to play to the strengths of the incoming artist, Brett Booth. There's no denying the fact that Robinson is putting a stamp on the history of the League. What size, shape, and color that stamp takes from here remains to be seen. For now, though, I remain tuned in.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League of America (2006) #54

Feb 19, 2011

Hopefully Booth can maintain the timing of the book that Bagley established, and if quality keeps at this level, this era of the JLA could be one that is looked back to with fond memories.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League of America (2006) #56

Apr 23, 2011

"Justice League of America" is doing a solid job providing big screen adventures within the DC Universe, even with a startling lack of "Big Seven" characters. Robinson and Booth are filling these pages with characters, adventure, and action. It's a fun, upbeat, heroic read month in and month out, providing story and art worthy of the price tag. This month is no different.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League of America (2006) #58

Jun 26, 2011

Robinson has done a great job with this series, making it bigger than the sum of the characters on the roster and giving the reader a magnificent sampling of the vast offerings of the DCU. Given the shortage of issues left, he shows no sign of letting up and I am enthused about the remainder of this series. I just hope Robinson is given a chance to shine in the New DCU.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League of America (2006) #60

Aug 18, 2011

Robinson should be proud. He gave readers some fun stories with the characters he was allocated. I just hope we get to read more from Robinson in the new DC Universe this fall. As for whether or not anyone will remember this Justice League of America? I will.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League of America (2013) #2

Mar 22, 2013

Among the mysteries and teases are some connections to "Justice League." A Secret Society discussed in conversation between Amanda Waller and Steve Trevor is inferred to have connections to characters that have appeared in Johns' "Justice League." That setup, combined with the purpose of the team's formation and Johns' current assignment writing both "Justice League" titles, all but assures a team-up or conflict somewhere down the road. In the meantime, "Justice League of America" is still trying to establish its voice, which it should be able to do now that everyone has been introduced.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2013) #4

May 30, 2013

"Justice League of America" #4 is just another issue of paced-out story; setting up future developments, tinged with extreme story beats in the form of character death. Although a character is killed and another revealed, this issue just feels like it doesn't deliver much. The story is simply hollow. It's unfortunate that as we near "Trinity War," this title seems to be taking a cue from "Justice League" by making the backup story more interesting than the lead with tales that simply mark time and keep the seat room temperature.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2013) #5

Jun 27, 2013

Johns and Booth cleared the decks for "Trinity War," but someone still has to take care of those dirty dishes and that big lump under the carpet. "Justice League of America" #5 has some big-name talent attached to recognizable characters, but ultimately becomes a mostly forgettable set-up to something that will hopefully be more memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League of America (2013) #6

Jul 21, 2013

This issue is filled with questions, limiting the action to the opening scene. There seems to be a lot going on, but nothing really moves forward. I'm not as impressed with the second chapter of "Trinity War," but it isn't disappointing. I made a comparison in the feeling of this adventure to that of "Crisis on Infinite Earths" in my review of "Justice League" #22 and there's still that tinge of excitement and uncertainty in the face of action. The rise of the Question into a prominent role is intriguing as well. I'm holding out hope that the Outsider lives up to the brilliant character that James Robinson created for "Flashpoint," although he's been more of a Joker wannabe than an overly original character. "Justice League of America" #6 is a nice coverall chapter in this brand event, but bigger action and more excitement are sure to follow.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League of America (2013) #7.3

Sep 23, 2013

Not a bad story, but there's no direct link or continuation indicated in the direction of "Forever Evil." Actually, Shadow Thief seems less evil than most of the characters getting these one-shots. Her acquired hatred of aliens makes her a perfect ally for Lex Luthor, which might lead to other stories at another time. For now, "Justice League of America" #7.3 serves as a nice character study for the damsel of the dark. It would be more poignant if Hawkman had a larger role in the DC Universe, but it's enjoyable enough as a stand-alone tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League of America (2013) #7.4

Sep 30, 2013

Where the story goes from here is something worth exploring, especially given the final page and Adam's shouted exclamation in retort to the message the Grid has been pushing out on behalf of the Crime Syndicate. Before that, however, Gates ties Adam's present and future tightly to the brother-sister coupling introduced here and even teases out a future storyline specifically focused on one of them. In "Justice League of America #7.4: Black Adam," Gates makes a strong argument for shades of gray in the black and white good versus evil argument. This is the same character from those "Justice League" backups, but his anger is pointed in a different direction, making him more intriguing in the process.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League of America (2013) #8

Oct 17, 2013

"Justice League of America" #8 offers the first glimpse into the post-"Trinity War" situation for the members of the various Justice Leagues. Not everyone is accounted for in this issue, but Matt Kindt and Doug Mahnke make the most of the characters who are present. The story is by no means wrapped, but the adventure is teased enough to lure readers into "Forever Evil" #3 for more on their favorite surviving Leaguers.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2013) #10

Dec 12, 2013

The fight sequences between Stargirl and Secret Society members Copperhead, Blockbuster, Shadow Thief, Giganta and Deathstroke are filled with vitality and adrenaline, but get a little choppy on the storytelling as the rainy conditions (which seem to be rather a specialty of Barrows') muddy up some of the paths of action and attack. Featuring a fraction of the Justice League team usually found in this title, Kindt delivers an odd buddy story that isn't really much of a buddy story at all. Once upon a time the teaming of Stargirl and Martian Manhunter would have flown under the banner of "The Brave and the Bold," but nowadays the Justice League brand brings cache, so if ever any Leaguer is present, there the League is. The story itself is a quaint investigation of Stargirl's history, but it really could have been just as effective in a more condensed deliverable.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Justice League of America (2013) #11

Jan 17, 2014

The team-up between Stargirl and Martian Manhunter is entertaining and provides some fun, but is too short and appears to be an aside instead of a story. What would have been the crux of an issue of "Brave and the Bold" once upon a time is simply a plot device and fails to deliver any character development. This title certainly feels as though it has been shuffling its feet through the darkness of "Forever Evil," afraid of stepping on something or stubbing its toe, but more noticeably, it simply isn't getting anywhere with any speed. Instead of delivering stories worthy of the "Justice League of America" brand, this comic book is simply holding a spot on the shelves warm until something else shows up. I just hope whatever that "something else" is it brings more heart and character.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Justice League of America (2013) #14

May 22, 2014

The roster of "Justice League of America" as a whole never wowed me and this "Where are they now?" installment does nothing to shift that mindset. The three characters that most interested me -- Hawkman, Vibe and Element Woman -- get a total of three panels between them, despite the twenty-four issues of story in "Justice League of America" #14. This issue, like so many issues of this series just fails to bring the action, adventure, superheroics and fun I expect to see in a "Justice League of America" comic book, which is kind of a down note to end with.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League of America (2017): Vixen Rebirth #1

Jan 11, 2017

It sums up the character nicely without falling down any rabbit holes and even folds in the possibilities introduced in the Legends of Tomorrow show. Most importantly, it sets Vixen up for a whole new world of adventure. Intentional or not, Orlando and Houser have made Vixen the JLA parallel to Iron Man in the Marvel Cinematic Universe. She's the high profile member of the group and looks ready to blend celebrity with cause, power with profile. And it's about damn time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League Of America's Vibe #1

Feb 20, 2013

This is a nice start to a new series, but an odd choice for an ongoing. I could see it as a miniseries or backup, and with an announcement about this series switching writers in the near future, I remain cautiously optimistic, like the citizens of Detroit. So long as "Justice League of America's Vibe" carries wide-eyed enthusiasm in the form of a hero from Detroit, I'll be checking in.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League Of America's Vibe #3

Apr 18, 2013

"Justice League of America's Vibe" #3 is a showcase of super-powered characters fighting simply because two of them are in the same place at the same time. There are glimpses of Kid Flash's story and a little more characterization given to Vibe, but the issue as a whole falls considerably short. There are plenty of fragments of this title for readers to latch on to, but it hasn't all started to gel together yet. With this issue complete, Gates should be settled in and I'm hopeful this issue shook out any adjustments the creative team needed to identify to move forward so the titular character can live to see the promising future Amanda Waller believes awaits him.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League Of America's Vibe #5

Jun 24, 2013

Gates has made this book a fun read that is rarely predictable, but always enjoyable, regardless of artist. With Pete Woods drawing, "Justice League of America's Vibe" #5 provides another look at the Circus, A.R.G.U.S.'s collection of dimensional refugees and Breachers. Vibe's predicament sets up some action certain to erupt in this prison and I'm looking forward to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League Of America's Vibe #7

Aug 26, 2013

With the breakout, Gates has done a nice job setting this book up for a bright future, I just hope he's able to follow up as I'd like to see where we go now that Scissormen, Phantasm, Weaponers of Qward and Darkseid's daughter are all on the loose. Grounding those oddities in a real-world setting like the Motor City isn't an easy task, but Gates does include a nice nod to the Detroit area by sending Vibe's injured brother, Dante, to Henry Ford Hospital. Hopefully Dante gets the attention he needs and this comic starts to find the attention it needs as the story slides over from straight-ahead superhero action to a wonderfully awkward mixture of science fiction, fantasy and adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League Of America's Vibe #10

Dec 20, 2013

This character survived a comic book run as long as Aztek, and had a longer run than the New 52 versions of "Mister Terrific," "Static Shock," "O.M.A.C." and "Hawk & Dove," among others. Once the butt of many, many jokes about the DC Universe and the Justice League, Vibe has proven to be a fun, interesting character with potential. Unfortunately that potential wasn't cultivated enough to keep this series rolling past "Justice League of America's Vibe" #10, but the character is certain to make appearances elsewhere given his connection to the concept of a multiverse.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League of America/The 99 #1

Nov 1, 2010

I'm ignorant on the 99 to this point, but this book is a fair starter. It leaves me wanting more information, but honestly, my curiosity is tweaked a little harder by the JLA roster than by the powers, abilities, and personas of the 99, maybe future issues will offer a little more to enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League United #0

Apr 24, 2014

"Justice League United" #0 introduces the readers to a wide array of characters and sets the forming of the team in motion, but as one-fifth of the initial adventure, it fails to leave a distinct impression. Hopefully, subsequent issues will prove to be more satisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League United #9

Feb 12, 2015

"The Infinitus Saga" seems to have been going on for quite some time now. Thankfully, this penultimate chapter puts some of the pieces where they belong, but it also gives that final chapter a lot to wrap up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League United #12

Aug 17, 2015

"Justice League United" #12 is a wild romp into the unknown. Jeff Parker has made this a Justice League book, co-opting the concept of an on-demand team from the "Justice League Task Force" title of yesteryear but infusing it with a broad range of DC characters. The core of the team -- Alanna Strange, Animal Man, Equinox and Stargirl -- will have their moments, but the starring role, at least for this issue, belongs to guests brought in for the case. Parker, Foreman, Cox and Wands make it quite clear this case may be done, but the mission continues, as Stargirl ends the issue by extending her hand to another recruit and, through the magic of comics, to the reader as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League United #13

Sep 11, 2015

As with the cast of characters in the previous adventure, "Justice League United" #13 brings in some inherent tension and drama simply by putting characters together in the same panels. Parker, Pelletier, Hunter, Cox and Wands provide some great character studies in this comic, giving fans of specific solo characters moments to smile over while also reminding the readership (and maybe even DC) of the lush history and opulent tapestry of the DC Universe. With Parker and Pelletier on task, each one of these characters becomes more intriguing, with the lesser-knowns getting a nice turn in the spotlight. If this issue's cover holds any clues, readers are in for even more fun in the upcoming issues of "Justice League United" #13. Whoever joins the story will certainly have my attention, as Parker seems to have a knack for finding the resonance in most characters and Pelletier consistently delivers strong, lively art.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Justice League: Cry for Justice #1

Jul 1, 2009

This is a rare book for me in that I am impressed with the complete package and can easily see this becoming a book I regularly go back to re-read. As such, I've already committed a slice of my comics budget to getting the rest of this series in floppy format "- as I cannot wait for the next issue already! - as well as hardcover. If we're getting this level of "extra" material in the "normal" book, certainly the collected edition will have some more gems for us lucky readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Cry for Justice #4

Oct 9, 2009

This issue didn't feel like much of a story to me, as most of the interesting part of this book came from Jay Garrick's quest and the interactions there. We're over the hump for the series, with only three issues remaining and I'll be interested to see if the Prometheus storyline gets any significant resolution. I am not interested in seeing Ray Palmer threaten anyone else with sinus headaches, however, and hope Robinson finds a slightly different tone for the Atom.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Cry for Justice #6

Jan 27, 2010

Love it or hate it, this is a series that will be remembered. It may even be looked back upon fondly by those who chide it now. Regardless of the emotion thrust at it, this book does elicit emotion, and that is what comics are supposed to do for those who consider them entertainment. If nothing else, this book provides me with some entertainment.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League: Cry for Justice #7

Mar 3, 2010

This story deserved better than it got all the way around. Robinson had a fun, bombastic, over-the-top of over-the-top story planed out, but deadlines and continuity knocked the knees out from under it, giving the readers a shell of what could have been. Now, at the very least, we're ready to move forward. The balance has been struck as this title catches up to the stories it was supposed to precede. What happens to the characters from here remains to be seen in some cases, such as Shazam (that's what we're still calling Freddy, right?). Other cases -- such as Green Arrow -- will be followed up on in a very high profile manner very soon. I hope those tales don't get spoiled.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League: Darkseid War: Batman #1

Oct 29, 2015

"Justice League: Darkseid War: Batman" #1 is the first of a series of one-shots which follow the Justice Leaguers-turned- New Gods. I'm not sure the stories are necessary, but they do provide a nice bonus outlet to the "Darkseid War" story from "Justice League." The effects of their newfound powers would most likely be lost in between the packed panels of the main title, but -- in specials -- readers can selectively consume more of their favorites. I won't be getting all six of the comics, but "Justice League: Darkseid War: Batman" #1 is a nice read with a smart creative team. It might not alter the flow of the "Darkseid War," but it certainly does offer Bat-fans a chance to see how Batman tries to avoid the absolute corruption inherent in absolute power.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Generation Lost #1

May 12, 2010

That, however, doesn't appear to be on the table as the series is set to run biweekly for a year. Giffen was on "Justice League International" for over one hundred issues ("Justice League," "Justice League America," and "Justice League Europe") with various and sundry specials and annuals along the way, so there's a tremendous amount of history to draw from. Theres's no shortage of material to draw from. I just hope a little more care and attention are given to those future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Generation Lost #3

Jun 10, 2010

Since their glory days, the characters from the Justice League International have spread far and wide. This issue begins to display how far the connections go, with more teased for the next issue. With the entirety of the DC Universe available to be visited (or is it revisited?) by the Bwa-ha-ha League under a more serious premise than the first time around, this title promises cameos and guest stars galore. I just hope the plot isn't sacrificed in the name of cameos and guest appearances. This issue is a good compromise between moving the story forward and explaining the world around these characters, but it needs to keep moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League: Generation Lost #4

Jun 24, 2010

"Justice League: Generation Lost" has had a slow start, but after four issues, some tread is starting to grip the road and this story seems ready to start really rolling. With the team (which refuses to acknowledge that they are, indeed, a team) now up to an even half-dozen, I'm curious as to who's waiting in the wings to help the cause. Batman seems like a logical candidate. One thing is for certain, I'll be checking in to see what's happening. I might even decide to check it out digitally. Anyone have an iPad I can borrow?

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League: Generation Lost #7

Aug 16, 2010

I originally had high hopes for this series, as I quite enjoyed "Justice League" and "Formerly Known as Justice League." Without Giffen, DeMatteis, or Maguire, however, this series is not as enticing as it could be. Seven issues have drawn out the "We have to stop Max Lord" story quite significantly and dulled my interest and hope for this book. This series is swiftly becoming a how-to for decompressed storylines. It's time for this series to step up and deliver a bit more. Put this team against Max. Let the fireworks fly, let these characters fight. Until that happens, this series is going to seem like it is just marking time until the next event or announcement.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League: Generation Lost #10

Sep 23, 2010

"Justice League: Generation Lost" is the most frustrating of the "Brightest Day" titles that I read in that the plot is right there: get Max Lord. Lord doesn't come across as a world-threatening menace, nor does he project as a kook. It seems to me that the six heroes left unwiped (Booster Gold, Blue Beetle, Rocket Red, Fire, Ice, and Captain Atom) should be more than capable of tracking down Max Lord, especially since Ted Kord was able to all by himself. Sure, that visit ended badly for Ted, but I think this crew might be able to pull it together. With this in mind, the journey to the end of this story seems to be taking a painfully long time for me, which makes this title less than interesting. Issues like this one, however, fly in the face of that statement and offer a strong argument for this title to be a regular in my read pile. The story moves forward here, as we turn the corner towards the projected halfway point for this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League: Generation Lost #15

Dec 9, 2010

"Generation Lost" is a series that has frustrated me with its deceptively simple plot. The story, in my opinion, should have had a quick resolution one way or another, but Winick has made good work of dropping in some surprises, subsequently bending up what should be a prescribed straight and narrow plot. Now, with the tables turned, Lord is pulling out all the stops, and this story is going off the path into the wildflowers. What happens from here is going to change some of these characters permanently.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League: Generation Lost #19

Feb 10, 2011

With five issues left, this series that I had completely given up on has managed to lure me back with a blood red cover featuring one of the brightest spots of the DC Universe over the past half-decade in a most unflattering position. "Brightest Day" indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Generation Lost #22

Mar 23, 2011

It's a twenty page story, but it certainly feels like less than that given the cumulative effect of the stories advanced herein. What does happen is that some long-running story beats that have been scattered across DC Universe titles are starting to come together. Winick's got two issues left to wrap things up or spin things off, and from the end of this issue, I'd dare say either direction is certainly possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League: Generation Lost #23

Apr 13, 2011

This series draws to a close with the next issue, and I'm not so sure I'll be back for it. I'd love to see Booster finally get his chance to put a beating on Max Lord, but I'm fearful that we'll somehow get slighted from letting Booster have a chance to mete out some justice.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Gods and Monsters - Batman #1

Jul 22, 2015

For completists, "Justice League: Gods and Monsters - Batman" #1 is going to be indispensible. For readers in search of a good story with an alternative take on Batman, this isn't a bad story but it also isn't the greatest alternate Batman tale ever. J. M. DeMatteis, Matthew Dow Smith, Jordie Bellaire and Saida Temofonte deliver a solid story with some resonance, but the story itself needs a little more heart and the visuals, a little more snap. For now, this did what it had to do: it told the tale of Batman's beginning and offered a tease of things to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Rise and Fall #1

Mar 10, 2010

Krul does a good job of working with the situations and characters handed to him -- he performed marvelously in the "Blackest Night: Titans" series -- so I am interested to see how this continues to play out. At the end of the seven issues this story is going to play out in (this issue, the four-issue "Arsenal" series, as well as two issues of "Green Arrow"), I'd like to see a sea change in the DC Universe. If there's a big group hug at the end of this and Ollie is welcomed back with no consequences, I will be sorely unimpressed.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Justice League: The Rise of Arsenal #1

Mar 26, 2010

Roy Harper has been down more than up, and to see this character smashed into and through the wringer sideways doesn't endear me to the character or the story that surrounds him. Krul claims to love Roy Harper as a character. Now that he's worked so hard to establish a new low for the character, I hope he gives the character something to live for, but honestly, I don't know that I care.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League: The Rise of Arsenal #2

Apr 29, 2010

It has been made painfully clear that Roy Harper will never be the same, but a new "same old Roy" is starting to manifest in the form of this lashing out and self-pitying Roy Harper. I'm not expecting Lian to be forgotten and Harper to move on as though nothing happened, but the development of Harper into an ass has taken two full issues so far. With the confrontation set up at the end of this issue, we get another go-round between Harper and Cheshire (no, I'm not spoiling that, it's on the cover). Next issue is where the rubber meets the road. Hopefully.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice Society of America #26

Apr 29, 2009

This issue does, however, make a strong case for Johns to revisit the concept of a series (or mini) starring Stargirl. Certainly, given Johns' current popularity the book would be a little more widely noticed the second time around.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice Society of America #27

May 28, 2009

This is not a done-in-one throwaway story, nor is it a simple inventory placeholder marking time until the next creative team settles into their chairs. This issue has ties to other areas of the DC Universe, from the Global Peace Agency to Bibbo to Fawcett City and the aforementioned All-Star Squadron. This issue gives readers a chance to come in on a level closer to the ground floor and given that it is delivered from the pen and pencil of Jerry Ordway, some of his fans might find this to be a nice treat and a welcome introduction to a book they could have overlooked.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice Society of America #29

Jul 29, 2009

Set up as a perfect jumping on point for new readers, this issue is anything but. True, a new story starts here, but the only characters a new reader would learn much about are the two junior members. Perhaps the rest of this initial arc will play out as being more embracing to readers jumping onto "Justice Society of America" for the first time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice Society of America #41

Jul 26, 2010

In the end, this is full-out superhero magic. Or superheroes versus magic. Whatever. It's good, and it's a worthy heir to the Summer Comics of legend. I'm enjoying this JLA/JSA event, and can't wait to throw the next installment on the floor and crank the box fan up to high.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice Society of America #42

Aug 20, 2010

While there were no appearances by Hawkman or Hawkgirl in this issue, the variant cover featured Hawkman, and presented quite a striking image as such. The regular cover continues to deliver the panoramic shot of the JLA and JSA in battle against the Starheart. The story is the same under either cover, and in this case, it's a quick-moving, fun adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Justice Society of America #46

Dec 31, 2010

Atiyeh's unorthodox coloring nicely compliments Norton's art. The colors have an almost crayon-like appearance to them, which feeds right into the glum story written for this issue. Even the black of Obsidian's mask has visible coloring lines. It's an uncommon finish for a book of this profile, but it works. Now if the story would just figure itself out.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Justice Society of America #48

Feb 28, 2011

There is a glimmer of hope at the end of this issue as Kolins is presented with " and does a good job celebrating " the opportunity to draw up a stunning two-page spread. Sure, it has a couple, "Huh?" and "Waitaminnit!" inducing items, but it is easily the most impressive pair of pages in this issue. The best part of the final page, however, was the "To be Concluded!" box at the bottom. Maybe once this story wraps up, Guggenheim will be done showing just how bad-ass the JSA can be and focus on celebrating their legacy, which is the true role this team serves in the DC Universe today.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice Society of America #50

Apr 28, 2011

This issue mightily displays the potential that the Monument Point concept and enlarged roster offer. The story builds the roster, celebrates the history, and describes the legacy of the Justice Society of America. I just wish we could have gotten a roster portrait to round out this oversized celebration.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice Society of America #51

May 26, 2011

Guggenheim has done a solid job of setting this book on the track he wants to take and, for the most part, I'd dare say it's there. Now that it is on that track, I'm feeling my enthusiasm for the "Justice Society of America" accumulating once more. If Guggenheim can continue to make each issue feel as full as this one does " while only using seven of the team members " then this series has virtually limitless potential ahead of it. I'll be checking in regularly to see what it does with that potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice Society of America #54

Aug 25, 2011

There is no mistaking that this is the final chapter of the Justice Society of America. This being a comic and all, Guggenheim does a good job of making this book a standard-issue comic series end. I almost expect to see more JSA adventures soon. I'm sure it won't be soon enough though.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Justice Society of America Special #1

Sep 17, 2010

This special simply isn't special, and for the price on the cover it's darn near painful. The worst part of it all? Magog's story isn't even over.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Katana #1

Feb 15, 2013

"Katana" #1 is a chance for a perennial background character to gain some depth and Nocenti and Sanchez waste no time providing that depth in adversaries by introducing Coil, master of the spiral sword and giving her a place to call home. When I saw that DC opted to include "Katana" as one of its fourth wave of the New 52, I set my expectations low, not knowing what to expect. Those low expectations have now been obliterated by a surprisingly good comic book with a strong female lead, written by a female writer with stunning art from an artist I was unfamiliar with before today. Not only do Nocenti and Sanchez hit all of the marks necessary for a strong introductory issue, but they do so with a character that I was apathetic to prior to reading "Katana" #1. Following this issue, Katana has made a remarkable leap to must-read territory for me so long as the quality displayed in this first issue is sustained.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Katana #4

May 10, 2013

Of course, none of that will matter if the story isn't worthwhile. Katana is surrounded by intrguiing characters, mysterious circumstances and boundless potential, but that potential needs to be transformed into detailed action and adventure in order for me to continue to find anything of interest here. Potential is a great thing in a story pitch, but for less prominent heroines like Katana, potential is something that doesn't keep a book on publisher's schedules for very long.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Kato Annual #1

Feb 6, 2011

I'm impressed with this effort and I'd like to see more from Salazar and Parks. The end of the issue, to me, was a disappointment in this regard, as it presented eight pages of script and pencil with unlettered full-color page insets. This seems redundant, especially given that I just read the book, and more story would have fit nicely here or perhaps, given that four pages would have been two full signatures in the book, the price could have been lowered and these pieces left out. All the same, I enjoyed the story contained in these pages and will certainly being keeping an eye out for more from this creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Kill Shakespeare: Tide of Blood #1

Feb 20, 2013

"Kill Shakespeare: The Tide of Blood" #1 is thematically linked to other comic books inspired by great literature like "Fables" and "League of Extraordinary Gentlemen," but like those titles, this one extends beyond simple comparison. This is an exciting, imaginative expansion of what happens to Shakespeare's characters once the English Literature lecture ends and the doodles in the margins of countless students' notebooks come together to continue the adventure. This is an old world freshened up and made more inviting, at once familiar and comfortable while also ancient and intimidating. Thankfully, the characters that populate these pages are compelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
King #1

Aug 20, 2015

I'm not sure what the publishing plan is for "King," but Fialkov, Chang, Maiolo and Bennett have given me enough with "King" #1 to know I want more. My familiarity with the character is only twenty-two pages deep, but Fialkov constructs a believably reactionary survivor in a world every bit as bizarre as anything in "Secret Wars" or "Convergence," minus all of the history and license-driven restrictions. This is a brand new world where anything can happen and Fialkov, Chang, Maiolo and Bennett are just the team to make it happen.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
King-Size Spider-Man Summer Special #1

Aug 17, 2008

Marvel seems to really be testing the waters this summer with their liberal smattering of extra issues flying under the "King-Size" and "Giant-Size" banners. This one carries a king-size price tag, but only regular size fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
King: Flash Gordon #1

Jan 28, 2015

"King: Flash Gordon" #1 does not feel as complete as the recently-wrapped series from Parker, Shaner and Bellaire, but it also isn't impenetrable. This is a fun story, like an early episode of a "Thrilling Adventure Hour" storyline, so that readers can formulate their own understanding of the characters and the world those characters inhabit, but it hints to readers that the best is yet to come following a fun, mostly-solid start.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
King: Jungle Jim #1

Feb 9, 2015

The King Features Syndicate celebration continues to share gifts with the readers, but the best part about this initiative is the fact that, under the careful guidance of editor Nate Cosby, the characters have been united and their adventures coordinated. In a time when event fatigue cripples the enthusiasm of comic readers, this is a fun celebration. "King: Jungle Jim" #1, in particular, gives readers a chance to catch up with a character that is more of a blank slate but is still niftily tied to the other stories in this initiative.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
King: Mandrake the Magician #1

Feb 23, 2015

"King: Mandrake the Magician" #1 is a great addition to the King Features celebration and a nice introduction to (or reminder of) one of the oldest comic book magicians. Langridge and Treece give readers plenty to absorb here, including the source of Mandrake's motivation and the ever-expanding scope of his world. The opening chapter of a four-part series, "Mandrake: The Magician" #1 is a strong start for what promises to be a fun adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
King: The Phantom #1

Feb 2, 2015

The second title launched for the King Features Syndicate one-hundredth anniversary celebration, "King: The Phantom" #1 includes bits from Dynamite Entertainment's "King's Watch" while providing readers with a grand new starting spot to join the adventures of one of the oldest masked heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Kingpin (2017) #1

Feb 9, 2017

Kingpin #1 offers enough intrigue to fuel a story arc, but convincing me that Wilson Fisk is someone I should be empathetic towards is going to be a real hard sell for reasons mentioned above. Rosenberg, Torres, Boyd, and Lanham definitely have their work cut out for them. They also have my attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Kings Quest #1

May 4, 2016

Kings Quest does a nice job of setting up the story and identifying the characters, even if none of them are overly developed. Acker and Corson provide the characters with sparks of personality through the action in the story, which establishes a clear-cut threat for the upcoming issues of Kings Quest. Clocking in at twenty pages, Kings Quest #1 seems to just be hitting its stride when the cliffhanger is dropped on the readers, who most likely are sharing the same expressions as Jen Harris and Flash Gordon. As someone who has enjoyed most of the King Features series from Dynamite, I'm definitely looking forward to what happens next to this crew and where this creative team takes readers, as the threat to the universe stands fully revealed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Kings Watch #1

Sep 12, 2013

"Kings Watch" #1 is an inviting setup that doesn't wallow in exposition, but instead offers just enough of the three primaries to trigger shared collective unconscious of readers everywhere. Every comic book reader has some frame of reference for Phantom, Flash Gordon and Mandrake, and Parker welcomes them all into this story. The writer also offers no guarantees, except that "Kings Watch" is filled with so much potential that the writer has no choice but to prove this title to be an entertaining read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Kings Watch #5

Apr 9, 2014

Like many other stories Parker has shared, this adventure is gore-free, but not homogenized, all ages friendly, but not dumbed down. Quite simply, this is good, fun comics as they truly should be. It's just a shame Parker can't move each of these properties forward now that he has clearly given each of them a solid foundation to build upon. This is a solid conclusion to a fun adventure. Parker has laid some serious groundwork through this series and "Kings Watch" #5 affords Dynamite Entertainment ample opportunity for further exploration.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Kingsway West #1

Aug 1, 2016

Fans of the various Justin Gray-Jimmy Palmiotti Hex series(es?), Manifest Destiny from Image or King from Jet City Comics will definitely want to give this one a look. Heck, fans of good comics, looking for something free of crossover, filled with freshly familiar ideas, and gorgeous artwork will want to give this a look. You will want to give this a look. And maybe even a pre-order. Kingsway West is now firmly entrenchedon my must-read list.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
KISS #1

Jun 13, 2012

Ryall coats the story concept in thick -- sometimes too thick -- explanation, giving the most uninformed comic book reader equal ground to stand on as those most devoted members of the aforementioned Army. There's a lot of information in this comic, a decent story with an intriguing cliffhanger, some great art and a nice hook for a neophyte like me. For more informed fans of the band, this book is littered with subtle and not-so-subtle winks, nods and homages. Taken as a comic book, this is a story unlike anything else that's going to be on the stands this week. Taken as a "KISS" comic, this is exactly what fans of the band have been waiting for: KISS fighting the good fight and looking stellar in doing so.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Korvac Saga #1

Jun 25, 2015

"Korvac Saga" #1 serves up a wonderful array of fun characters and concepts, using the "Secret Wars" formula to take a familiar concept and cast a new spin on them. The story clearly has more to offer veteran readers who remember the original "Korvac Saga" tale but has plenty to hold most readers' interests. Schmidt's art is a bit rough for the story, but his characters are distinct and his storytelling mostly clear. Some bumps in this first issue might feel their way out before subsequent issues, and there is certainly enough potential in the plot and participants of "Korvac Saga" #1 to warrant a check-in with the second issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Kung Fu Panda: Art of Balance #1

Apr 17, 2011

The profile pages bring a few chuckles and round out this book into a nice package that is sure to tickle the Kung Fu fancy of most young readers. Ape Entertainment does a nice job setting up the property here and will follow this up with a Free Comic Book Day issue and a miniseries shortly after that.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lady Mechanika #1

Dec 13, 2010

Granted it is very early to tell if this is going to be a great book, but for now " and, more specifically, for this issue " it is really, really good. This is a sharp looking issue that scratches an itch on the comic shelves nowadays. Aspen is known for their strong heroines, and "Lady Mechanika" certainly fits the bill. There's never a better time to jump on a series than with a new #1 (unless there is a #0 of said series) and I have a feeling there will be little space devoted to recap in the next issue as this series rushes forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Lady Mechanika #2

Jul 17, 2011

This book is only a pair of issues deep, but those two issues have been some of the best comics I've read in quite a while in terms of pure enjoyment of the four-color art form. Benitez is taking full advantage of everything a comic book can be and having a great deal of fun with it. This story packs in absurd comic science wrapped in a crunchy steampunk coating with a creamy mystery center. It's enjoyable, charming, and a grand reprieve from the event books I find myself reading more and more of each and every week. Do yourself a favor, take a break from the events and remind yourself how entertaining comics should be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Last Days of Animal Man #1

May 28, 2009

This story doesn't quite feel like a near future tale any more than it does a current tale, save for the moderately accelerated technology and the levee in San Diego that serves as a major plot point. It does, however, read quite well, and would be approachable to any reader who may only know Buddy from his appearances in "52" or more recently in "Justice League of America.". Future tale or not, this is an enjoyable story, providing the aging fanbase with a relatable hero, going through some of life's more taxing changes.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Last Days of Animal Man #6

Nov 1, 2009

In a time where comics have gravitated towards events this entire series has stood on its own merit. Moving the character forward without utterly destroying what has been established to this point, "The Last Days of Animal Man" is good reading. Fans of the early issues of Grant Morrison's take on "Animal Man" " or even fans who discovered the character during his time in "52" are certain to enjoy this story about Buddy Baker and his family. There is no questioning Buddy's heroism as Conway does a great job of telling a very good story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Legend Of The Shadow Clan #1

Feb 11, 2013

Like a $10-for-10 item sale at your local supermarket, if you sample all the debut issues Aspen offers, you'll only have sacrificed a Hamilton for a half-score of comics. That might get three comics from Marvel or DC, but from Aspen, it'll be three times that, at least. If even one third of the remaining comic book titles are even half as entertaining and enjoyable as "Legend of the Shadow Clan" #1, it will certainly be worth the cash spent. Twenty pages of full-color story plus a spread filled with insight from series co-plotter Brad Foxhoven that also includes sketches from Cory Smith make "Legend of the Shadow Clan" a comic worth checking out. The pricepoint makes it a ridiculous bargain. I quite enjoyed this first issue and will definitely check back in with the Himuras for "Legend of the Shadow Clan" #2, regardless of price.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Legendary Star-Lord #1

Jul 1, 2014

"Legendary Star-Lord" #1 is a solid first offering that does a great job of maintaining the readers' attention without overwhelming newer readers or pandering to long-time fans. It's always fun to see a popular character get a chance to shine and Star-Lord is definitely shining brightly. Humphries sets up some challenges for months to come, but in this debut, the entire creative team shows off their individual skills, giving readers a comic book to be treasured and shared. "Legendary Star-Lord" #1 isn't going to revolutionize anything about the comic book industry, but it is exactly the type of fun-loving adventure filled with gorgeous art that readers look for.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Legendary Star-Lord #6

Dec 8, 2014

With "Legendary Star-Lord" #6, Humphries shows readers he has constructed a comic book that is reminiscent of the old "Star Wars" series from Marvel, when Han Solo had started off in his own direction and made his way through the galaxy, finding trouble spot after trouble spot, some of his own creation. Such is the case with Peter Quill, in a series that stands independent of the "Guardians of the Galaxy" series, but intersects with the Marvel Universe enough to be relevant.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Legendary Star-Lord #9

Feb 19, 2015

"Legendary Star-Lord" #9 is a necessary installment in "The Black Vortex" saga, but it doesn't do anything to preserve the integrity of the title, instead giving way to the crossover event. Peter Quill doesn't get much panel time in this comic book, but he does provide a nice gathering spot for the characters to check in with the readers as "The Black Vortex" continues to gather steam.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Legends of Tomorrow #1

Mar 18, 2016

While some readers may simply be compelled to trade-wait their preferred character's collected edition, the price structure on this series is actually a bit of a bargain. I waffled with the notion of holding out to buy Firestorm in trade. Recent DC trades are in the $15 range (American). A six-issue series priced at $7.99 each, the individual issues come down to just under $2. Six times two is twelve, so it's a bargain for all four stories. I was in for Firestorm, I'm most likely in for Metamorpho, especially as Lopresti has that character poised for an enchanting mix of fantasy and sci-fi, and Sugar and Spike really won me over. I see no reason not to continue. Is it the perfect book? No. But it is like getting a collection of really interesting reads all at once.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Legion Lost #0

Sep 17, 2012

While Woods' art is decent and his storytelling is strong, the characters and writing just aren't enough to hook me into "Legion Lost" beyond this zero issue. I just read Brin Londo's origin and I'm not sure where the other heroes are. I'm also foggy as to where the title is headed from here, but there are plenty of other comic books that are more interesting right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Legion Lost #2

Oct 15, 2011

Taken all together, this book is the complete package. It provides a welcoming gateway with extraordinary characters, strong writing, and beautiful art. I may never have found a way to enjoy reading the Legion in any of their previous incarnations, but I'm glad I've found "Legion Lost."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Legion Lost #4

Dec 17, 2011

Nicieza may not be long for this series, but the work he's done to this point is the type of fun and adventure that I want to find in my comics. "Legion Lost" has certainly found its way onto my must-read list.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Legion Lost #6

Feb 9, 2012

This book has continued to offer up consistently enjoyable reading month after month. This issue mixes up superheroic adventure with science-fiction tinged mystery. This cast of Legion characters is stuck in the present for the foreseeable future. This issue cements them into the DCU with story possibilities popping up all around them. I'm looking forward to the second half of the first year of "Legion Lost."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Legion Lost #9

May 11, 2012

This story will allegedly be concluded in "Teen Titans" #9, but the true scope of that conclusion remains unknown. Given that I'm just moments removed from the conclusion of this book and very little stands out in my mind, I'm thinking the conclusion might not be so conclusive. I'm banking on an apparently dead villain, no body, which seems pretty fair given the story beats to this point.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) #1

May 19, 2010

Longtime Legion fans will almost certainly be thrilled with this first issue, and for neophytes, this is a decent jumping on point. It wasn't enough to have me overly anxious for more, or set me to counting down days until issue #2, but there are some bits of this story I am curious to see play out. The Green Lantern ring on the cover isn't a throwaway, either, as the legacy of Oa appears to play a major role in the course of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) #6

Oct 23, 2010

This book, with the lead story, backup story and voting public service announcement seems more like an anthology to me than an issue in the series of monthly releases featuring the Legion. Sure, there are plots that are left dangling, but they're not cliffhangers. The stories are just floating out there waiting to be picked up at another point. To that end, the character tags are always a plus, especially when the hero count nears a score.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) #23

Aug 23, 2013

Thank goodness Kevin Maguire was around for the art. He was able to provide the characters with passion, elegance, grace and emotion that were missing from stilted, burdensome dialog. "Legion of Super-Heroes" #23 might be the last issue of this volume, but there will undoubtedly be another one some day. Hopefully when that one launches, it's able to usher in more humanity and joy to what is becoming an increasingly joyless future in the DC Universe. I just hope DC realizes that Kevin Maguire is just as good drawing laughter, guffaws, shouts of joy and smiles when they look for an artist to bring some levity.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lions, Tigers and Bears: Greybeard's Ghost #1

Aug 29, 2011

I'm glad that "Lions, Tigers and Bears" is back, and I hope that Hermes Press is able to help this title find its way into the hands of readers itching for more adventures from Joe, Courtney, and the stuffed crew they bring along with them. It's a nice break from the hubbub of events and crossovers and reboots and stands quite nicely all by itself. If you happen to see this book on the shelves nearby, give it a peek. Maybe you'll find that you need some quality time with some stuffed animals.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Little Robot OGN #1

Sep 9, 2015

"Little Robot" brings readers an all ages story that is accessible and consumable for everyone. Grandparents will get a different level of appreciation from this tale than preschoolers will, but the story is strong enough either one could share it with the other. Hatke's characters -- even the robots -- are organic and filled with life, inviting the readers into "Little Robot" to stay a while. This ambitious tale shares the experience of life, death, conflict and resolution. "Little Robot" also celebrates differences and discovers similarities but, most importantly, it gives readers a fun, memorable story with endearing characters. The charm of "Little Robot" sits squarely on its self-contained wonder, but -- if Hatke revisited this cast of characters at some point down the road -- I will be right there waiting to read more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lockjaw and the Pet Avengers (2009): Unleashed #1

Mar 9, 2010

A single page Hulk-Pet Avengers story ends this issue with the characters teaming up with Blue Hulk to go to Ice Cream Mountain. It's silly and fun, and nice little extra for the younger readers written by Audrey Loeb and drawn by Dario Brizuela.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lockjaw and the Pet Avengers (2009) #1

May 17, 2009

This is a title that has come out of nowhere and deserves some recognition as it takes less than Z-list characters and offers an enjoyable tale that can be shared with long-term fans and younger readers alike. Eliopoulos gives of these characters each a voice and a reason to join up, but among them Lockheed really touched me in a way I hadn't thought of much before now. Be sure to check out the generous twelve-page preview on CBR for a sample of what this issue holds in store.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lockjaw and the Pet Avengers (2009) #4

Aug 17, 2009

The conclusion of this story was never really in doubt, but Eliopoulos gave the readers the funnest route to get from beginning to end. If you missed out on this title in floppy form, do yourself (and the next generation of comic book readers you might know) a favor and track them down or look into the collection.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lockjaw and the Pet Avengers (2009): Unleashed #4

Jun 17, 2010

This book is still a far better read than some issues that came out this week (looking at you, "Patricia Briggs' Cry Wolf" and you too, "Magog") but it wasn't amazing. It is clear that Eliopoulos and Guara love these characters and Marvel has every intention of riding this title as far as it will go. Still, I'd like to see some more excitement -" some more bark, if you will -" for these characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lola: A Ghost Story #1

Jan 13, 2010

Although this story packs a hefty price tag (it is a hardcover, though!) it packs an emotional punch. This is a story that can be comfortably picked up again later, and it will be as timeless then as it is now. The twist at the end of the story offers up subtle hope that maybe there are more stores with Jesse in our future. I certainly hope so. Torres and Or make a good team to deliver a compelling story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lone Ranger #24

Oct 7, 2010

Unfortunately for the reader, the next episode " that next four-color installment of the Lone Ranger - is a month away. The calamity that ends this issue is sure to stick with the reader until next month though. It's clear, gruff, and brutal. What happens next is critical to the continuation of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Lone Ranger #25

May 11, 2011

I haven't been a regular reader of "Lone Ranger," checking in only every so often to get my bearings on the story, see what's happening and then moving along. This issue, however, has me keenly interested in what comes next, as the Lone Ranger and Tonto prepare to ride off into the sunset.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Lone Ranger Vol. 2 #25

Jun 18, 2014

"The Lone Ranger" #25 is a nice gateway comic and would have been a great Free Comic Book Day offering. As it is, this package makes me wish we had a Francesco Francavilla-drawn Lone Ranger series to look forward to. Unfortunately, for now, it appears that this is the Lone Ranger's ride into the comic publishing sunset.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Longshot Saves the Marvel Universe #1

Nov 7, 2013

"Longshot Saves the Marvel Universe" #1 is a fun story concept that has some enjoyable moments in it, like winks to Longshot co-creators Ann Nocenti and Art Adams. With the pieces unpacked from the crate and the story set in motion, Longshot now has a chance to show readers how to be lucky and have fun doing it. Hastings and Camagni have the chance to pull it together. Hpoefully they'll focus a bit more on Longshot and make this a series worth remembering.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Lord of the Jungle #1

Jan 18, 2012

While there is no true reference to "Tarzan" in this issue, his father is called "Lord Greystoke" on more than one occasion. Also of note, the inside cover states that this effort is "based on the stories by Edgar Rice Burroughs." The story draws heavily from the novel as opposed to any other interpretation. The source is always the most pure treatment of a character. Dynamite has secured another legend for its catalog, and for only a buck, you can't go wrong to give this a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Lord of the Jungle #2

Mar 2, 2012

This series had a decent enough start, but this issue delivers a severe case of sophomore jinx. I'm hopeful that the series will soon find a decent enough balance, as "Lord of Jungle" needs to provide more focus on the jungle lord.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Lorna: Relic Wrangler #1

Mar 27, 2011

While the intent is clear, this parody just doesn't go far enough as a spoof, falling somewhere between a successful lampoon and poor caricature. In the end, this comic doesn't do a whole lot to dispel any preconceptions of the comic book standard, nor does it offer a story that I see myself re-reading or waiting for a follow-up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Love and Capes: Ever After #1

Feb 9, 2011

It is the willingness to be different that takes "Love and Capes" and elevates it to a book that I'm planning on keeping up with from this point. Actually, now might be a good time for me to go back and catch up on the backstory. It's not necessary as this issue is completely-self-reliant, but this issue makes me think it might be enjoyable.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Love: The Lion #1

Jun 9, 2016

Brrmaud and Bertolucci are modern masters manipulating the medium to their will. The end result is a breathtaking thing of beauty, a series with limitless potential and wild unpredictability. For fans of comics, this is the art form at a near-pure state. For fans of nature shows and movies, this is a storyboard for a never-released documentary, lush with gorgeous, violent, earnest imagery. For fans of both, Love: The Lion is a must-have.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Madame Xanadu #6

Dec 1, 2008

Not only does the tale contained within this issue provide the reader with a brief, historically inspired escape from the modern-day daily grind, but it has also inspired me to seek out the first five issues of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Madame Xanadu #10

May 4, 2009

At any rate, this series has surprised me with its story, art and characters to this point. I look forward to the next storyline, featuring art by Michael William Kaluta.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Madame Xanadu #24

Jul 5, 2010

This issue is sure to be the most visually impactful of the "Extra-Sensory" storyline. "Madame Xanadu," like "Jonah Hex," is one of those titles that almost never disappoint me. It is free from the trappings of continuity and consistently offers great art. When I buy it, it's never the first thing I read from the pile, but it never fails to be an entertaining read. Wagner's got a good thing going here, and this storyline seems like the perfect spot for new readers to slowly learn all about Madame Xanadu. Enter freely and unafraid.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Madame Xanadu #29

Nov 28, 2010

"Madame Xanadu" dared to enter both the DC Universe and the Vertigo realm freely and unafraid, blurring lines all the way along in the name of great storytelling. Wagner and Reeder showed the way to make a dark, enigmatic figure bright, welcoming, and inviting. This is a comic I'll miss each month, but one that I will not hesitate to reread.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Magneto #1

Jan 27, 2011

If it is ever decided to pursue the tale of the gathering of Brotherhood, with a Magneto that is full of his self-righteousness, determined in his mission, and brutal in his cause, then please bring Chaykin back and turn him loose, no holds barred. That's a Magneto story I'd love to read, and one I'm certain Chaykin would love to tell.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Magneto (2014) #9

Sep 15, 2014

As part of the lead-up to the "AXIS" event, "Magneto" #9 brings the master of magnetism into the Red Skull's sphere of influence. Bunn seizes this opportunity and inserts the Skull's S-Men to challenge Magneto on his quest. While that collection of characters would have been no match for a fully-powered, confident, in-his-prime Magneto, this group delivers more of a challenge right off the bat and bring Magneto to a cliffhanger conclusion in his own comic book. Mired by his power struggles and his emotional uncertainty, Magneto is as vulnerable and relatable as he has ever been, but he is also on the verge of being overshadowed by the action in "Magneto" #9. If nothing else, this story moves along nicely. It also connects what appear to be some of the biggest, most critical dots in the "AXIS" picture.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Magnus, Robot Fighter #1

Aug 5, 2010

With a reprint of the 1963 Gold Key tale rounding out the extra-sized issue and providing more bang for your (three) bucks (and change!) this issue is a fine piece of reading that is quite unlike other titles you'll find on the stands this week. It's a nice introduction to the world of Magnus. It's approachable and smart, and doesn't burden itself with the history of the character or his franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Magog #1

Sep 2, 2009

This book is not a book for everyone. The closest approximation I can conceive of this title is that it is DC's version of the Punisher, but placed on a global scale. Rather than finding and killing the smack dealer, Magog is going to cover the globe to find and shut down the arms dealer -" by any means necessary. The adventures of Magog are just beginning here, so there isn't a better time to jump on, provided you like proactive heroes who won't hesitate to kill the bad guys.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Magog #10

Jun 18, 2010

The formula was available for this series to be more successful: Magog + "Kingdom Come" characters = success. At least it would have been successful for a short period of time, which is more than this book can say. With only a few more issues left, under the pen of Scott Kolins, DC appears ready to admit the fact that the Kingdom Magog comes from should have been a heavier factor in this series. Here's hoping so.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Magog #11

Jul 14, 2010

Magog's down on his luck. Naturally, it figures that this title is starting to be something I would want to read. Kolins presents a strong case for more "Magog," unfortunately; it's too little, too late.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Man-Thing (2017) #1

Mar 11, 2017

Man-Thing #1 is a solid offering from a strong creative team. This comic is a fine introduction for new readers and a good reminder for returning muck monster fans. It stands equally in creepiness, campiness, and classic, giving readers a lot to look forward to in upcoming issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Manhunter (2004) #31

Jul 20, 2008

[CBR Reviewer Timothy Callahan also chimed in with his opinions on this issue, earlier this month.]

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Manhunter (2004) #32

Aug 3, 2008

That said, I plan to continue to review "Manhunter" every month, but with the next issue I hope to go a little more in depth to help readers adjust to this gem that needs reader support to survive on the comic stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Manhunter (2004) #33

Aug 14, 2008

This book continues to impress me and I think, if given a chance, it will provide an enjoyable read for fans of the DCU, new and seasoned.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Manhunter (2004) #34

Sep 9, 2008

This issue may be a rough entry point for a new reader, but for anyone familiar with the character or her world, this issue will probably feel like a visit with an old friend. Undoubtedly, "Manhunter" is one of the more engaging and time-filling reads that any company is putting on the stands today.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Manhunter (2004) #35

Oct 6, 2008

I look forward to the sixth issue of this storyline next month, but almost feel as though I'm beginning to look beyond it, waiting to see what the future holds for Kate Spencer and company.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Manifest Destiny #6

Apr 9, 2014

I'm not the most devoted fan of history, but "Manifest Destiny" has me riveted and intrigued. I haven't dug up any historical books on the subject yet, but I can see a point real soon where I'll be inspired enough to do so. In couching the story in the historical and mixing in the horrific, Dingess and Roberts have created a series that is every bit as electrifying and innovative as "American Vampire." This series is not dissimilar from "Proof," another Image title that took concepts comic fans were familiar with and flipped it over for a different look. "Manifest Destiny" #6 would be an odd place to start, but given that a collection gathering up through this issue is upcoming, take heed and, at the very least seek that out. Categorize something new and defend your comic reading with a fun, twisted take on a historical adventure like no other.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Manifest Destiny #7

Jun 12, 2014

Secrets are confirmed and deeper secrets are alluded to in the pages of "Manifest Destiny" #7, making it quite apparent that these first seven issues are barely scratching the surface of what Lewis and Clark find on their journey -- which is still in the early stages. Dingess and Roberts continue to craft a story that blends adventure, horror, history and the discovery of new lands into a series that's a great example of a new and different comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Manifest Destiny #19

May 19, 2016

While Manifest Destiny might not be completely historically accurate in the underpinnings of life on the frontier, regardless of the beasties the crew encounters, the creative team of Dingess, Roberts, Akins, Gaudiano, Gieni, and Brosseau certainly make the adventure feel authentic. Every issue is a new calamity, steeped in new challenges, successes and losses, but all of it believable and surrounded with well-constructed context. And each issue leaves readers with a final scene that teases more, but leaves only a back cover to be closed, as readers are left to count down the days until the next. My only gripe about another riveting installment of Manifest Destiny is the fact that there simply isn't more, either more pages or a more frequent release. I'm thankful for what I get, but each installment is so gripping that I just want the next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mars Attacks #1

Jun 20, 2012

The trading cards were known for their vivid imagery and the "Mars Attacks" Martians have become pop culture icons. "Mars Attacks" #1 is a fitting tribute to this legacy and a fun summer comic that is a buoyant celebration of this franchise's fiftieth anniversary.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Martian Manhunter (2015) #1

Jun 18, 2015

"Martian Manhunter" #1 hits all the right requirements to appeal to as wide an audience as possible: it delivers the sci-fi horror of a sleeper alien invasion plot cracking wide open, while the titular character shows up as equal parts heroic, grotesque, alien and amazing. The scope of the story feels epic, as Williams, Barrows, Ferreira, Eltaeb and Napolitano take over the South Pacific, the JLA Watchtower, Dubai, Washington, D.C. and N.A.S.A., all in the span of this first issue. This issue establishes the new world of J'onn J'onzz, while ratcheting up the action. This is a solid debut and a wonderful hook for readers who miss J'onn J'onzz or are simply looking for a genre-defying comic that brings action, adventure, sci-fi and horror. I checked this comic out of past unspoken obligation to the character, but Williams, Barrows and company can count on me to stick around.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marvel 75th Anniversary Celebration #1

Oct 30, 2014

With five enjoyable adventures, a collection of eight covers featuring "Marvel Comics We Never Made," a tribute page to creators no longer with us and a sprinkling of text pieces that track the confluence of Marvel and the real world, "Marvel 75th Anniversary Celebration" #1 packs a lot of bang for your buck. That said, this is a collection more apt to please hardcore or long-term Marvel fans as opposed to hooking itself too deeply into passing, casual fans that are looking for a good starting point. Robinson & Samnee's "Anniversary" provides a nice gateway, but the rest of the issue is clearly targeted at more seasoned readers who can appreciate the decisions that went into the anniversary issue's creation.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Marvel Adventures: Spider-Man (2005) #43

Sep 11, 2008

This book manages to provide an enjoyable read that can be given to any reader who is interested in Spider-Man. It manages to do so with becoming saccharine or telling a story for elementary readers only. As a father who has recently started enjoying his own children's interest in the four-color art form, this book will certainly become a staple of their comic reading library. On occasion, I might just check it out too, when I need a good, continuity-free, fun read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marvel Adventures: Spider-Man (2005) #53

Jul 28, 2009

Tobin does a great job making his first issue on this title approachable and explanatory. Anyone who has never seen Spider-Man in comics, television or movies, after crawling out of their cave, could pick this issue up and gain an understanding of the character. With Tobin on board, I look forward to "Marvel Adventures Spider-Man" continuing to be a popular title in the Zawisza household. I'm just going to have to make sure I read the new issues first before handing them off to my kids.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Marvel Adventures: Super Heroes (2008) #7

Jan 20, 2009

I've always enjoyed the all ages titles and, in the wake of "Justice League Unlimited," haven't found the perfect fit. My youngest enjoys her "Tiny Titans," the middle likes "Super Friends" quite a bit. The oldest really enjoys "Wolverine: First Class." I read them all first, but this one, or at least the quality of this issue, has me thinking I may have found a winner to share with the entire family.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Marvel Adventures: Super Heroes (2008) #17

Nov 14, 2009

Tobin makes some leaps on his storytelling throughout this issue, and the notion he uses to join these characters together beyond this first story is underdeveloped. This is, however, the first issue of a new direction for the "Marvel Adventures Super Heroes" comic which had heretofore featured individual adventures of Marvel heroes. Now, it is set as an "Avenegers Lite." For an all ages read, this title provides a great deal for younger readers, a few treats for old hands and the promise of stories that are not steeped in darkness.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Marvel Apes #1

Sep 11, 2008

All in all, this book hits a mark much higher than I had set for it, but given the nature of apes, very few things are ever out of reach. Thats not to say this was a great book, but I have purchased worse. While I was hesitant to pick this one up, I found myself almost enjoying the purchase in spite of my expectations. I'm certain that I did not enjoy it enough to have my LCS hold a copy of #2 for me, but if it happens to be available, I would at the very least flip through it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Marvel Apes: Speedball #1

Mar 11, 2009

This series of one shots (four expected, including this one) will essentially tell a linear tale, but hands the lead off to various simians of the Marvel Apes line. Next up is Spider-Monkey, and Darwin's tale continues in backup format as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marvel Boy: The Uranian #1

Jan 7, 2010

This isn't a "must-have" or "can't miss" book, but it is entertaining. Parker and Ruiz deliver a good story about a character very few fans know much about. Additionally, it's another avenue for "Agents of Atlas" fans to find their fix on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Marvel Knights Spider-Man (2013) #1

Oct 3, 2013

This comic book kicks off the latest round of Marvel Knights comic book stories. This isn't a simple read-and-release comic book quick to fall out of memory. "Marvel Knights: Spider-Man" #1 is an enjoyable, engaging read that will leave readers wondering as much, if not more, than Spider-Man himself. This comic absorbs readers into the story and delivers. Readers will be able to think about the story in this comic and not simply about the comic book itself. Of course, it helps a little bit to have Peter Parker back in the driver's seat of a Spider-Man title.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Marvel Legacy #1

Sep 28, 2017

Like “Freedom Rock” or “20 Original Hits! 20 Original Stars!” theres something in Marvel Legacy #1 for everyone, but not everything for everyone. If you can spare a coffee or a fast food lunch this week, Ribic gives you some fine art in return and Aaron an enjoyable story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Marvel NOW! Point One #1

Oct 19, 2012

Unfortunately, this book just doesn't quite mesh. The individual stories are fun, and some of them border on compelling, but they are just too widely scattered in focus, character and setting for "Marvel NOW! Point One" #1 to be anything other than an anthology of pieces. Some of those pieces bring lots of promise; others need a bit more oomph. This much is true though; there are some fun ideas and stories coming up in this Marvel NOW! initiative.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Marvel Super Hero Squad #1

Jan 18, 2010

I suppose this is largely due to the fact that while this title is delivered as an all ages read, it is more likely directed at younger readers who are keen to the cartoon and action figure line. My oldest got a chuckle out of this story, but says "Tiny Titans" is more fun, and her younger sisters quickly agreed. If you're trying to hook some younger kids into the super heroes, this seems like the perfect tool to do so, combined with, say, a few packages of the figures. If you're looking for a light-hearted read for yourself, you'll get light-hearted here, but you'll be getting a little saccharin with it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Marvel Tsum Tsum #1

Aug 4, 2016

Marvel Tsum Tsum #1 is definitely targeting a very specific niche, and they greet that niche nicely. With talent like Chabot, Baldeon, Pallott, Campbell, and Lanham, this comic capably pushes beyond the niche, giving a wider reader base a solid, playful introduction to a whole new aspect of the Marvel Universe. From here, the possibilities are infinite.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #1

Dec 21, 2017

What does this all mean for the kid who loves team-up books? Well, given what 2017 delivered for me personally, Marvel Two-In-One#1 really hits me. As Ben reaches out to Johnny, it offers hope for the future, not shucking the past, but no longer wallowing in it. I can relate to both characters, maybe more than I ever could before: Ben has a sense of duty to those gone and those surviving, amplified by the message in this comic, and Johnny, well, hes still trying to get through the grief, to learn from it, and to survive it. Marvel Two-In-One isnt a goofy, rangy, fun-before-anything-else team-up title of yesteryear. Its a personal exploration of two guys who became brothers, how they deal with shared loss, and what that means to their brotherhood going forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Marvel Zombies (2015) #1

Jun 11, 2015

The story in "Marvel Zombies" #1 is pretty straightforward, but Spurrier has fun with it, throws in some twists and bends and makes sure the reader is given a chance to join Elsa on her journey. "Secret Wars" has been a nice proving ground for Marvel, allowing creators to test out new ideas with old and new characters in familiar settings. Some of the concepts seem primed for launches into other media or into longer series. Such is the case for Elsa Bloodstone and "Marvel Zombies." This is a solid introduction to a strong, enjoyable character and, while I've never been the biggest zombie fan, I'm definitely onboard for more Elsa Bloodstone and "Marvel Zombies."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marvel Zombies (2015) #3

Aug 31, 2015

Even though I'm not a dedicated reader of zombie comics, I find myself looking forward to "Marvel Zombies" and the work Spurrier, Walker, D'Armata and Cowles bring to this series. This series feels like an Indiana Jones adventure in a twisted version of the Marvel universe, and that is, essentially what "Marvel Zombies" #3 is. Spurrier brings a nice balance of fun, adventure, excitement and mystery into this story and transforms Elsa Bloodstone into a must-read Marvel character.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Marvel's Thor The Dark World Prelude #1

Jun 10, 2013

In the end, readers' imaginations might be up to compiling stories similar to this one, capable of filling in the gaps between films while saving readers a few bucks. There really isn't a whole lot in "Marvel's Thor: The Dark World Prelude" #1 to excite readers eager for the next film in the franchise, but there a little hints and clues as to things to look for in November. I'm already in for three bucks on this story, so I may as well check in with the next issue. Hopefully we get something a bit more "prelude" worthy and less "epilogue-y."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Marvels Ant-Man Prelude #1

Feb 9, 2015

"Marvel's Ant-Man Prelude" #1 gets playful and has some fun stitching in bits from the Marvel Cinematic Universe, offering hardcore readers a chance to scratch the Ant-Man itch months before the film hits screens. This isn't ground-breaking comics, but it doesn't have to be. It's DVD-style bonus material for the most dedicated fans of the Marvel Cinematic Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Marvels: Eye of the Camera #2

Jan 4, 2009

(Check out James Hunt's review of the first issue, too!)

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Masks #1

Nov 30, 2012

I haven't been plugged in to any of the Dynamite pulp hero comic book series and truly only became consciously aware of this series within the month. Given the talent involved, I decided to pick this one up and I am now locked in for "Masks" as long as the creative of "Masks" #1 sticks around. Roberson and Ross have a great, fresh handle on these characters that I'm enthused to keep investigating their world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Master of Kung Fu (2015) #1

May 21, 2015

Like Mike Grell's "Green Arrow" work from the 1990s, "Master of Kung Fu" #1 delivers a briskly paced story filled with levels of detail and churning plot construction. The book moves faster than its twenty pages but, upon further review, it packs more in than most modern twenty-page comic books, and in a tale with no splash pages that includes an introduction to a land, its conflicted people and the danger rising over the horizon at that. "Master of Kung Fu" #1 is a smart introduction to what appears to be a high-octane adventure filled with the unknown and unexpected, as Shang-Chi must figure out how to best the Thirteen Chambers in order to reclaim his honor.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Max Ride: First Flight #1

Apr 6, 2015

Collected, "Max Ride: First Flight" is guaranteed to be a charmer, but this first installment is over just a bit too quickly. There's plenty of substance, mind you, but Bennett and crew leave this issue with not only a cliffhanger but an invitation for the reader to go back and re-read the story. After all, twenty pages can't possibly move along that quickly, right?

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Megamind #1

Dec 1, 2010

I'm happy that Ape continues to throw these DreamWorks comics out on the stands. They offer a nice option for parents (or aunts, uncles, or otherwise philanthropic adults) hoping to nurture the next generation of comic readers. This line is definitely geared towards the kids who are plugged in to the hit movies from DreamWorks, and this series is no exception. It is, however, definitely a younger reader comic more so than an all ages read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Memorial #2

Jan 22, 2012

"Memorial" is a lovely looking book with some memorable scenes and a mystery adventure waiting to be investigated. There isn't a great deal of information shared about Em, but the lands of Is, Was, and Maybe offer seemingly limitless potential. Roberson has a nifty concept here that is smartly brought to paper and waits to be expanded into your minds. If you're looking for something off the beaten path that provides a breath of fresh air from the relaunches, cancellations and crossovers elsewhere in comics, give this book a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Men of War #2

Oct 7, 2011

Unfortunately, the characters are just as thin. It's great to have a war comic mixed in among the variety of the relaunched DC Universe, but this comic doesn't do much to distinguish itself beyond sheer page count. The stories are decent, the art is solid, but nothing in this book is amazing or astonishing. The fact that the war story is now going to be mixed up with superhuman action brings this title back into the thick off the pack, rather than letting it excel on its own merits.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Men of War #8

Apr 5, 2012

It's a shame to see this book fade away, but this issue is certainly a great send-off. Lemire and Kindt took full advantage of being able to present Frankenstein in a different era. Putting Frankenstein in a wartime setting serves as a nice sample of what can be done with the character and his allies. Hopefully from here DC encourages more experimentation with this character and his adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Mickey Mouse and Friends #296

Sep 29, 2009

I haven't been a regular reader of "Mickey Mouse & Friends" since back in the 1970s, but this book feels as genuine and enjoyable to me as it did back then. I'm glad that BOOM! Kids keeps finding new titles to give readers who enjoy all ages comics. It certainly is nice to be able to hand my kids something off the new releases shelf as I gather my own reading choices.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Micro #1

Nov 3, 2014

"Micro" #1 is a fun diversion from the everyday grind of superhero comics. The blank slate presentation of one of the main characters is a solid choice that works for story development, giving readers a point-of-view character that truly serves as a stand-in for the reader. The story beyond the introduction of two characters as the characters learn about one another and themselves makes "Micro" #1 a smidge deeper than just a straightforward heroic debut. This is a quaint humanity tale that happens to have super powers involved. Where Kambadais sends Micro and Tin-Man from here is a story that seems like it will be fun to follow.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Micronauts #1

Apr 27, 2016

I came into this title with passing knowledge of Micronauts (most of which, admittedly, is familiarity with Bug, who remains a Marvel character, to the best of my knowledge). Now, I'm looking forward to the new adventures of the Micronauts as Bunn and Baldeon continue to populate the galaxy.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Midnight Tiger #1

Aug 13, 2014

Clocking in at twenty-two pages, "Midnight Tiger" #1 simply does not have enough substance to keep from feeling thin and incomplete. Instead of presenting the next "Invincible" or even "Blue Beetle," this is just another story about a kid with powers. It's a nice, comfortable celebration of comic books, but it spends too much time celebrating to solidify around the core potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Mighty Avengers #19

Oct 16, 2008

In all, this tale moves way too quickly, has only a passing claim to the title of the book and is, in all summations, merely a setup. I have no doubt Marvel will do a fabulous job collecting all of these "Secret Invasion" supplementals somehow once the event is past, but for now, issues like this one seem to be more of a distraction than a positive.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Avengers #21

Jan 22, 2009

A "Mighty Avengers" preview is available if you want to sneak a peek before dropping coin on this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Avengers #23

Mar 30, 2009

This title is rich with characters and flush with creators that are able to tap into the potential of those characters, whether it is Hank Pym's conflict with Tony Stark, Hulk's desire to be alone or the underhandedness of Loki. This title is living up to the "Earth's Mightiest" moniker and the last page reveal provides a shocker that sets up more excitement to come, especially given the dedication of a brother to aide his sister. "Mighty Avengers" is the best of the bunch when it comes to the plethora of Avengers titles available and, to paraphrase Dan Slott, it is certainly steeped in "Avengerness".

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Avengers #24

Apr 20, 2009

This book has quickly risen to the absolute top of my "must-read" pile and a "Mighty Avengers" week is one of the best weeks of the month for me. Regardless of the artist -" Pham or Sandoval -" the results to this point have been nearly the same: this is the Avengers title you should b reading. This may not be your daddy's Avengers, but it sure beats the snot out of the crud Norman Osborn is trying to call "Avengers."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Avengers #25

Jun 4, 2009

This issue sets up an almost certain throw down between the two teams next issue. In doing so, it also provides a bit of a breather from the frenetic pace "Mighty Avengers" has kept since Slott jumped on board. Even though Pym and crew are racing against the clock, this issue is a little more relaxed, allowing for some revealing character moments, such as Quicksilver's inner dialog during his conversation with Pym. Moments like that show Slott's sense of balance between the action Avengers should have and the finer character moments Marvel expects in its comics. This is Marvel's finest "Avengers" title, truly worthy of the brand.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mighty Avengers #27

Jul 15, 2009

This issue of "Mighty Avengers" is summer comics goodness. If you're looking for a comic with crossover-like content without having to dump scads of cash on all the crossover bits, give this book a go. The summary page and the setup are all you'll need to hit the ground running right alongside Quicksilver.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mighty Avengers #28

Aug 21, 2009

"Mighty Avengers" has been cooking along for over half a year now, and the team still feels fresh. Their adventures are enjoyable and the character mix is diverse enough where the interactions between teammates don't feel stale, contrived, or clichd. With dual threats in Scarlet Witch (I know, I'm trying to prevent spoilers, although if you don't know about the Witch's current situation by now. . .) and the Unspoken, Slott and Gage are promising us quite a great deal of action and adventure in the near future for this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Avengers #32

Dec 16, 2009

Marvel's putting out a load of very interesting stories of late, but none are as all-encompassing -- as Marvelous -- as this title. After all, where else will you encounter dialog like, "Zounds, man! Must thou be such a tool?" This is the stocking stuffer or Secret Santa gift to give to that fan that has always enjoyed superheroes. That could even include yourself; after all, isn't that part of the holiday shopping experience? This is the Avengers, bold and bombastic, loud and lively -- superheroics at its best.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Avengers #36

May 3, 2010

This may not be the greatest era of Avengers history, but in my opinion, it's one of the most fun, most enjoyable eras, and it is the one in my back issue collection I'll most likely return to again.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Mighty Avengers (2013) #4.INH

Dec 13, 2013

While I'm not completely sold on the need for yet another Avengers title, I like the team that's assembling here and Ewing's comfort within the Marvel Universe. Through the filter of Octavius, Ewing expresses some doubts on the Avengers brand being implemented here, but does so in an entertaining, affable manner. "Mighty Avengers" #4 is thin on substantial action, but Ewing and Land use these quieter pages to establish a solid foundation for issues to come. Ewing's more light-hearted approach to threatening menaces is a fine blend for an Avengers book, and makes this title worth checking out for a little while longer at least.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mighty Avengers (2013) #7

Feb 27, 2014

Cortex Incorporated makes another appearance as this issue leaves the team subject to what appears to be infighting. True, circumstances are manipulated against them by forces within and outside of the team, but to the casual observer, it appears as though things are simply going wrong. Ewing, however, has the team right where he wants them and is apparently having a fun time writing this bunch. It's nice to see Falcon, Iron Fist, She-Hulk and White Tiger get some panel time again. The fact that it all happens in the same book is a definite plus.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #1

Dec 12, 2018

This is a fun comic that'll find its way into the stockings for a couple of my nieces and nephews this Christmas. Well-timed Marvel. And well-done, Ahmed, Garrn, Curiel, and Petit. Miles Morales: Spider-Man #1 is a winner, and I am proud to declare myself a fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man #2

Jun 4, 2014

As I've sampled his adventures throughout his tenure, Miles Morales has won me over as a fan. That truly took root during the "Spider-Men" series and has held on throughout the adventures since. With the launch of this new title, I've found myself even more compelled to follow the adventures of the Ultimate Spider-Man and "Miles Morales: Ultimate Spider-Man" #2 provides a stellar example of why, bringing new readers up to speed without squandering valuable page real estate for readers more familiar with the Ultimate Universe. If only the next issue were coming out right now, like the page at the back of this issue advertises. It's not, however, but until it does, I have two very enjoyable issues I can re-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Milk Wars: JLA/Doom Patrol Special #1

Jan 31, 2018

Enjoy this comic for the existential examination it is. I do.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Mirror Mirror #1

Nov 17, 2010

Kickstart may not have put their very best work forward on this first book, but the story is certainly intriguing enough for me to check in on the further adventures of Owen Grimm. Mind you, I didn't say I was going to necessarily purchase the next, but I will certainly see where the story goes and if any of the kinks of this first story manage to get properly worked out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Mister Miracle (2017) #1

Aug 9, 2017

Throughout Mister Miracle #1, readers are not only invited on this psychological, metaphysical adventure into and through the unknown with Mister Miracle, theyre invited to figuratively join him. By the end of this issue, I found myself devastated, but invested. Mister Miracle is me, and Im him. I know I certainly cannot escape this, and Im quite positive I dont want to even try such a feat. So bring on Mister Miracle #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Mister Terrific #1

Sep 14, 2011

DC chose not to include the JSA in its initial fifty-two titles of the grand New 52 relaunch, and the publisher may have been well served to have held this title back as well. An extra bit of work both on the story and the art would have done nothing but help this book be more readable and enjoyable. As it stands right now, I certainly haven't seen enough in "Mister Terrific" to care to come back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Mockingbird #1

Mar 9, 2016

Mockingbird #1 feels like a bit of a wobbly first step, but by the end of it, that foot is planted on the ground. Now all we have to do is wait for the next issue to see if that planted foot pushes us into a walk, a run, or whimsical skipping. The rest of this story will shade the success of this first issue, but taken on its own, it needs a little bit more Mockingbird.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mockingbird: S.H.I.E.L.D. 50th Anniversary #1

Sep 3, 2015

"Mockingbird: S.H.I.E.L.D. 50th Anniversary" #1 is a decent read with a fun, fast-paced Mockingbird story and an intriguing but thin introduction to Red Widow. Both characters clearly have paths taking them elsewhere from this shared publication, but fans of Mockingbird will be pleased with this purchase. Where those paths wind up remains to be completely revealed, but -- if the creative team in place for Bobbi Morse's tale joins her in the future -- then I'll be checking in as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Models, Inc. #1

Sep 10, 2009

This title seems like it has been a long time coming, but the end result is lackluster. While I appreciate Marvel's effort to publish books that are different, I don't find this story different enough to make it memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Molly Danger: Book One #1

Oct 9, 2013

Despite some editing hiccups (which are meant to be shaken out in a maiden voyage like this) Book One is a gorgeous collection that is as much coffee table book as graphic novel. The first book of "Molly Danger" is one recent release I have no problem recommending to readers everywhere. Some readers will definitely get more out of it than others, but in a medium starved for fresh ideas, new characters and increasing diversity wrapped in a fun story, "Molly Danger" answers the call. This is one of the most fun comics I've read this year and I personally cannot wait for Book Two.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Monsters Unleashed #1

Jan 23, 2017

In addition to dusting off and introducing some new monstrosities to the Marvel Universe, Bunn seems ready to elevate Elsa Bloodstone, the way he did Valkyrie in Fear Itself: The Fearless (and eventually Fearless Defenders). True, giant monsters are a bit out of her usual milieu, but why else would Bunn go to her so early in this adventure? Yes, I did have the benefit of knowing of the announcement of an ongoing before this issue was even twenty-fours old, but Bunn makes it all work in this first issue. Its nice to have a fun Marvel comic event to read. I just hope Monsters Unleashed bucks the trend of disappointing Marvel events, and stays fun throughout its run.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Monsters Unleashed #5

Mar 17, 2017

Slightly overspent, and certainly uneven throughout the breadth of the series, Monsters Unleashed was more fun than most Marvel events in recent memory. If you skipped the series to this point, Monsters Unleashed #5 gives you enough to prepare for the ongoing, which Bunn will also be writing, with art from David Balden. I might not rush back to re-read this before the first issue of the ongoing is in my hands, but Im sure Ill check it out again by the time this series hits Marvel Unlimited.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #1

Apr 20, 2017

Good grief, this is a fun, (mostly) all-ages friendly book. Bunn captured my attention with his treatment of Valkyrie in Fear Itself: The Fearless (one of the few crossover-related books I actually go back to re-read every so often) and the over-the-top ideas he dropped into the Monsters Unleashed miniseries. Add in Elsa Bloodstone, find a way to make H.E.R.B.I.E. cool (thanks in no small part to Baldens design), and bring back the monsters, and youve got a comic that has my attention and money. If youre looking for something different, smart, and independent, give this a go. You just might find a fun comic worth adding to your pull list. I did.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Monsters, Inc.: Laugh Factory #1

Aug 19, 2009

Like the entire BOOM Kids! Line, this is not earth-shattering, nor is it mind-blowing, but it is a great cross-generational read that can fill the hands of any younger comics fans that accompany you on your journey to the comic shop to pick up the latest issue of "Dark Blackest Rainy Knight." You might even want to give "Monsters, Inc." a read yourself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight (2011) #1

May 4, 2011

This is a different take on Moon Knight, stretching the Marvel Universe over to the left coast and giving both Moon Knight and Marc Spector new purpose. It's not a spectacular book by any means, but it is a very good one. I'll definitely be checking back in with this title. Bendis leaves a nice little bit at the end of this first issue that calls a great deal of the issue into question. It's not a surprise by any means, but it is a pleasant affirmation that things in this book may not be completely predictable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Moon Knight (2011) #4

Aug 3, 2011

unpredictable in the fourth issue. That's all I need to come back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Moon Knight (2014) #1

Mar 5, 2014

While I'm not ready to proclaim "Moon Knight" #1 to be this year's "Hawkeye," this is a magnificent debut issue, which raises many more questions asked than answers. Ellis gives readers plenty of incentive to return for more action and intrigue next issue, and his take on the character fits right between Daredevil and Punisher. The debut issue gives readers exactly enough action and mystery translated through brilliant art to hook them until the next installment. With lines like, "I died before," Ellis proves a sliver of humor hiding under the cowl, but not an overwhelming amount. That humor, combined with the ingenuity and intelligence of Khonshu's disciple maes for a compelling and intriguing "all-new" Moon Knight. Thanks to gorgeous art and smart storytelling, "Moon Knight" #1 is an incredibly strong debut.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight (2014) #7

Sep 4, 2014

What appears to be a simple, straightforward adventure with some fists thrown and fancy technology flying around is actually an enjoyable, nearly definitive introduction to Moon Knight. Wood has a solid handle on the action that is necessary to keep this series rolling and he shows he can guide the character through a standard-issue adventure, so from here he just needs to dig a little deeper into the days and times, trials and tribulations of Moon Knight. Thankfully, he has a bedrock-solid trio of comic book masters to collaborate with, putting "Moon Knight" #7 in the same stratosphere as the work currently being done on "Daredevil."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Moon Knight (2014) #9

Nov 24, 2014

"Moon Knight" #9 is a turnkey issue that Marvel Comics let slip into readers' hands and blow their minds. There is a development in the final pages of this issue that not only affects this comic book, but also has potentially long-lasting repercussions. Brian Wood demonstrates a fantastic grasp on the character and his setting by giving readers an entire issue that is, essentially, a conversational psychoanalysis. The end of the issue leaves readers wondering what happens next to Khonshu's servant thanks to tremendous synchronized efforts from Wood, Smallwood, Bellaire and Lanham. This has been a strong reboot of Moon Knight since issue #1, but this comic book serves up a great example of how to continue to build the world around Khonshu.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Moon Knight (2014) #13

Mar 20, 2015

Done-in-ones in a series like "Moon Knight" -- which has only had two sweeping arcs in the twelve issues thus far -- can either be really memorable or totally forgettable. "Moon Knight" #13 walks the line in between. Bunn, Ackins and crew give readers an interesting premise and one that has legs. Driven by the spirit of Khonshu, Moon Knight's aversion to interacting with other spirits makes sense and almost demands further investigation. Another few pages or another chapter in this direction would certainly provide more evidence in that case.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Moon Knight (2016) #1

Apr 13, 2016

Moon Knight is a character I have dabbled with, but Lemire, Smallwood, Bellaire, and Petit make this comic a must-read for me in one issue. This team, over the course of thirty pages, offers readers a sample of what the character could be, and if this issue is anything to judge the run by (and let's be presumptuous for a bit) this version of Moon Knight will be on par with the Mark Waid/Chris Samnee/Javier Rodriguez-Matt Wilson run onDaredevil.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Moon Knight (2016) #14

Jun 2, 2017

A story I will not hesitate to re-read, to share, or all of the above. I just hope Marvel gives this series a worthy treatment, collecting the whole run in one oversized, hardcover volume to showcase the talented work. Until then, Ill re-read the digital versions and paper copies that I have.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Morning Glories #2

Sep 15, 2010

I didn't know what to expect with this book. I've seen previews, I've read reviews, I've checked out the internet buzz that preceded the release of this title, but I withheld judgment. When I opened the book, the first scene quickly grabbed me by the back of the head and pulled me in. This book is off the beaten path, a little bit horror, a little action adventure, a little teen drama, a whole lot of riveting story. I knew nothing of these characters coming in, but I'm hooked, like the titular flower around a garden trellis.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mosaic #1

Oct 14, 2016

I'm not going to go all in on the Inhumans, but I'm definitely interested in seeing more of Mosaic. This character has potential, albeit I'm not sure what the true nature of the potential may be, as Mosaic could easily be self-centered as he could be heroic. It's up to Thorne, Randolph, Lopez, and Sabino to take us there.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mouse Guard: Legends of the Guard #1

Jun 6, 2010

David Petersen's "Mouse Guard" has grown in popularity at an astounding rate since it was introduced. The fact that Petersen could step aside and allow other creators to come in and work in Petersen's world of mice is a true testament to how beloved this property is. Petersen did a very good job choosing creators to share their tales with us in this first of four issues. I eagerly await the additional tales and talents.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mouse Guard: Winter 1152 #4

Nov 24, 2008

The legend of "Mouse Guard" continues to grow with this issue as Petersen manages to overstuff his story " placing far more story into this book than twenty-four pages should logically contain. That is not to say that there is too much going on, simply that there is an amazing amount of story contained in the two dozen pages of this book. As always, "Mouse Guard" hits high recommendation status, but less versed readers might do well to nab this issues with its preceding issues in order to grasp the full gravitas of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mouse Guard: Winter 1152 #5

Feb 27, 2009

This series is another feather in Petersen's cap and there can be little doubt that the collected edition of this tale will be well worth the price of admission. I would highly recommend readers new to the legend of "Mouse Guard" either track down the four issues prior to this in this story or wait until the fall of this year for a hardcover collection. Those of you already invested in this story can rest assured that the fifth issue is just as good as the previous four. Do not hesitate to pick this one up.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mouse Guard: Winter 1152 #6

May 28, 2009

Capped off with a pin-up rendered by Jane Irwin, the twelfth book of the tales of the "Mouse Guard" is sure to leave most readers longingly hoping for more. While it is no secret that Petersen has more planned, I am enthused that he has completed another chapter. These tales have reached a far wider audience than Petersen ever imagined and with tales like this I think they will continue to do so.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Mr. Stuffins #1

Apr 28, 2009

All in all, this book is a quick, fun read, but it needs a little more oomph in both story and art. Mr. Stuffins' interaction with Zach's stuffed rabbit gave me an audible chuckle, but I expected more chuckles when I picked this book up. The subject is there, just waiting to be fun. I hope Cosby, Stokes, and Machain realize that before this series is over.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mrs. Deadpool and the Howling Commandos #1

Jun 11, 2015

The end result is a bunch of monsters, lots of blood, some double-crossing and a comic that just tries to have fun with the absurd concepts encouraged by the premise behind "Secret Wars." "Mrs. Deadpool and the Howling Commandos" #1 is everything readers have come to expect from the Gerry Duggan Deadpool experience, with the added bonus of more monsters and a high adventure quest.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ms. Marvel (2006) #38

May 10, 2009

If you want to sample a bit of these goings-on, check out CBR's preview of issue #38 and #39

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ms. Marvel (2006) #39

May 30, 2009

Check out the preview right here on CBR.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ms. Marvel (2006) #45

Sep 27, 2009

The penultimate issue of "War of the Marvels" may seem like a headscratcher at first, but this issue sets the stage nicely for what appears to be one explosive conclusion. I'm not one-hundred percent certain who's who in this book, but I am certain that I am enjoying this book quite a bit. Reed is making this character a character to care about.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ms. Marvel (2006) #48

Dec 16, 2009

This title is winding down, but it promises not to fade out with a whimper. There are two more issues left, and if I've learned anything about Mystique over the course of my comics reading career, I've learned Mystique is not a foe easily vanquished. I'm certain Reed has some great stories to tell beyond the issues left, but for now, this is a promising start to the end of an era.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ms. Marvel (2014) #10

Dec 22, 2014

"Ms. Marvel" #10 is yet another quality installment in the adventures of Kamala Khan. As the series progresses and she finds confidence in her powers and persona, Wilson reminds readers that this is still a sixteen-year-old with powers no other sixteen-year-old has. That means things are going to get weird and that weirdness is going to make a mark on her life, which Wilson, Alphona, Herring and Caramagna translate into a memorable, energetic adventure with heart. The conclusion to "Generation Why" comes up next issue, but there appears to be no end in sight for the fun tales "Ms. Marvel" is ready to share with readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mudman #1

Nov 16, 2011

"Mudman" is a nice, innocent first issue, unhampered by reboots (or even boots for that matter), continuity, or long, drawn-out origin stories. It's a nifty little change-up from the ongoing shuffle of superheroic comics, and gives just enough in this first issue to have us calling out for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Muppet King Arthur #1

Feb 11, 2010

From the Uncle Deadly carved into the bow of the boat on David Petersen's cover to the single panel appearance of Link Hogthrob and Doctor Strangepork, this is a Muppet comic filled to the gills with everyone's favorites. These favorites are not simply contrived shadows of the characters you all know and love, they are stunningly refreshing interpretations free of the strings, hands, and CGI, the Muppets are unfettered in this comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Muppet Peter Pan #1

Sep 29, 2009

It is fitting that the title is "Muppet Peter Pan," as this story is primarily a Muppet story that just so happens to be related to Peter Pan. The story in this issue is limited in scope, ending as the Darling children fly off with Peter, but this pace allows for the spirit of the Muppets to shine through. BOOM! Kids' "Muppet" comics have been hot and cold for me, but this issue is the best of the bunch to date.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Muppets #1

Jul 10, 2012

While Langridge may have moved on from working on the Muppets (or for Marvel in a broader sense) this Muppets miniseries is a magnificent grand finale. It seems likely there will be more Muppets stories in the future, but few creators will have the mastery of the Muppets and their situations like Langridge, who has proven time and again that he shares the creative spirit and vision that Jim Henson used to create the Muppets. If you need an extra bit of enjoyment from your comics, then you'll definitely want to check out "The Four Seasons."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
My Greatest Adventure #1

Oct 17, 2011

This collection of ten-page teases strikes a broad range in story depth, character development, and genre. Taken as a whole, this is a fun book that delivers good to great art, fun to frivolous stories, and characters that offer reason for returning next month to read more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
My Greatest Adventure #4

Jan 12, 2012

This series has been consistently amusing, giving us a trio of offbeat characters, magnificent art and quick hits of adventure. "My Greatest Adventure" covers the gamut from sewers to stars, dinosaurs to racecars and has a little something for everyone. Of course, if you're a fan of dinosaurs or monsters, then you're in luck and will certainly appreciate the book all the more.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Namor: The First Mutant #1

Aug 26, 2010

Aside from Namor vanquishing a vampire squid -- you read that right -- by ripping off one of its tentacles, this issue meanders about, showing Namor as an oafish brat. His strength, nobility, and character are never put on display, and the story suffers for their lack. Moore and Olivetti attempt to infuse some of the wonder and diversity from the ocean's depths, but that gets muddied up by vampires and paper-thin plotting. I had pinned my hopes high that this time Namor might stand a better chance to thrive in a title of his own, especially given the sales boost the X-emblem Namor wears would provide. Unfortunately, my hopes were quickly dashed beneath the surface of this book. Maybe I'll track down the stories mentioned in the "Namor Files" at the back of this issue to find some satisfactory tales of Imperious Rex!

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Namora #1

Jun 27, 2010

The "Atlas" brand is a alive and kicking, and Parker has no problem providing additional tales of the individuals from the team. We've already seen solo tales of Marvel Boy/Uranian and now Namora. Gorilla Man has a mini coming up as well. Parker has done a fabulous job of making these characters relevant and marketable and I hope it continues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Avengers #56

Aug 27, 2009

This Avengers title offers up a blue-collar team. Bendis and Immonen make the team and the predicaments enjoyable to read. As someone who has been extremely leery of the "New Avengers," I found myself pleasantly surprised with this book. The true test will be what happens in the battle royale "- featuring dozens of villains -- in the next issue. Bendis has my curiosity piqued enough to come back and find out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Avengers #56

Aug 27, 2009

This Avengers title offers up a blue-collar team. Bendis and Immonen make the team and the predicaments enjoyable to read. As someone who has been extremely leery of the "New Avengers," I found myself pleasantly surprised with this book. The true test will be what happens in the battle royale "- featuring dozens of villains -- in the next issue. Bendis has my curiosity piqued enough to come back and find out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
New Avengers #60

Dec 25, 2009

While this book is under the "Avengers" brand, it doesn't feel like an Avengers book. The gathering of heroes in between the covers feels more like an issue of "Defenders" from that title's heyday. This isn't a bad book, it is quite enjoyable, but the "Avengers" brand seems to have strayed. I'm hopeful that as "Siege" hits, the Avengers find more Avenger-y members in the midst.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Avengers (2010) #7

Dec 8, 2010

The team that Bendis has assembled behind Luke Cage is a fun mix of characters and personalities, but it doesn't really feel very Avengeriffic. Nighthawk sums it up best when he says, "Clearly you guys are the Defenders, but you're calling yourself the Avengers??" Avengers, Defenders, whatever the team brand, there's no denying this is a collection of fan favorites. So long as they have the chance to shine like this every once in a while between missions this title will continue to be enjoyable. Of course it helps tremendously to have a talent like Immonen on the art chores. Ably inked by Von Grawbadger, Immonen's ability to deliver humanistic expressions, mind-blowing detail, and a stunning range of physiques and features really sold this book to me. This team is not my daddy's Avengers, it's not even my Avengers, but it doesn't make this issue any less enjoyable.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
New Avengers (2010) #17

Oct 12, 2011

This issue of "New Avengers" is enough to convince me that all the Avengers I might need in the near future can be found elsewhere. That's a crying shame, too, as the Avengers franchise has so much potential. After all, there is a movie coming out and a relatively successful cartoon. I'm glad those vehicles already appeal to me more than what I endured here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
New Avengers (2010) #27

Jun 25, 2012

The combination of quieter moments and a tighter cast really helps to make this issue of "New Avengers" shine. This isn't the Earth-shattering reveal of the Phoenix Five, nor is it the final confrontation between X-Men and Avengers, but this issue does seem as though it may contain one of the critical turning points in the course of the "Avengers Vs. X-Men" story as well as in the development of Hope Summers. Bendis and Deodato addressed the mandate of tying their tale into the larger story and did so with a comic that is fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
New Avengers (2010) #34

Dec 3, 2012

All in all, this is a rather mundane conclusion, but a satisfying one. There is no mistaking this issue of the "Greatest Avengers Story Ever!" but this issue is certainly going to be one fans look back to and re-read as time marches on. The final part of a four-part story, this issue is a nice sample of everything Bendis did to enhance certain elements of the Marvel Universe to be worthy of Avengers inclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
New Avengers (2013) #2

Jan 17, 2013

This is a typical Hickman book: unconventional, smart and clearly just a smidgeon of what waits for this title. It falls well short of brilliant, managing to be really good, but in choosing to be a really good story about the Illuminati, it loses the identity of being a story about new Avengers. Hickman does a good job of delivering the "whys" and "whats" behind Black Panther summoning a group he once scoffed at, now it's time for "New Avengers" to dial up the action.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
New Avengers (2013) #6

May 31, 2013

This title has been my least favorite of the Avengers lineup in Marvel NOW! as it is all doom (not always Victor Von) and gloom. With the tendrils from this story starting to reach out into other titles and wrap around non-Illuminati characters, however, I'm willing to stick around a little longer. Hickman is known for playing the long game and there is definitely a set of long-range plans in place as "New Avengers" #6 begins to show Hickman's hand, just a little bit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
New Avengers (2013) #7

Jun 21, 2013

"New Avengers" #7 might not be as severe towards the outcome of the series as a whole or to its larger place in the grand tapestry of the Marvel Universe as "Infinity" nears, but these smaller, personal moments help readers reconnect with the characters. While Black Panther has proven ineffective in holding a title of his own recently, Hickman's work with the character here as well as in "Fantastic Four" and "FF" has rekindled hope in that regard. If nothing else, we're at least guaranteed more of Hickman writing some significant developments in the life of the King of the Dead.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Avengers (2013) #8

Jul 29, 2013

"New Avengers" #8 serves as a wake-up call for the series as a whole, forcing the reader to pay attention and emphasizes several critical elements along the way. The events -- multiple and grandiose -- that occur in this issue have little to do with the incursions that have plagued the thoughts of the Illuminati since this series began and more to do with the grander canvas of the Marvel Universe as a whole. The cover is emblazoned with "Prelude to Infinity," but this issue is less a prelude and more a preview of "Infinity" given the revelations of scattered across the final three pages combined with the glimpses and hints of things to come that are carefully placed throughout the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Avengers (2013) #9

Aug 29, 2013

With twenty pages of story, "New Avengers" seems beefier. This comic book has a bit more heft to it than others of the same pricepoint this week due to a recap page, a cast page, a creators page, chapter pages and an informational page about Thanos' generals: the Cull Obsidian (or Black Order). As event crossover issues go, this one is phenomenal. I'm almost looking forward to "New Avengers" #10 as much as I am "Infinity" #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Avengers (2013) #10

Sep 23, 2013

"New Avengers" #10 is essentially "Infinity" #2.5 -- rather essential reading for a greater appreciation of the full scope of the threats the Avengers and the Earth face. Hickman has been deliberate in building the relationships between members of the Illuminati and equally deliberate in illustrating the constant stream of overlapping, world-shattering threats characters in the Marvel Universe must face every day. As a companion to "Infinity," "New Avengers" #10 is worth reading and provides an anxious adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
New Avengers (2013) #11

Oct 17, 2013

This title has been gaining steam and relevance as "Infinity" continues on and "New Avengers" #11 is the most critically linked issue of the series yet. Revelations are made here and plots are advanced, making it must-read material for "Infinity" enthusiasts. Mired in the uncertainty of what is to come from the collision point of the various storylines, "New Avengers" #11 is tense and tight, leaving the reader staring at the "Infinity" infographic checklist, counting days until the next installment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Avengers (2013) #13.INH

Jan 6, 2014

Despite the unavoidable "Inhumanity" branding combined with the focus placed on Black Bolt on its cover, "New Avengers" #13 is less a tie-in or crossover issue and much more of a return to the mission statement for this series. The Incursions are continuing and the Illuminati are desperate to save the world. Many of these characters have already sacrificed so much, but Hickman continues to find new tributes for each hero to offer up as certain doom continues to bear down on the most brilliant minds in the Marvel Universe. I'm not sure how long Bianchi is going to stick around, but "New Avengers" #13 certainly makes a strong case for him to continue on as the story guides the series back to its roots of absolute power in the face of certain doom.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
New Avengers (2013) #15

Mar 21, 2014

"New Avengers" #15, like "Guardians of the Galaxy" #11.NOW lacks the proper amount of heart and worthy adventure to hold interest. I'm not sure how much longer the looming threat of incursions can be held above the Illuminati before totally transforming these characters into cardboard caricatures of themselves, but it feels like it's getting pretty close. I have no problem with secret enclaves occurring throughout the Marvel Universe, but the collective intelligence represented in the Illuminati should be enough of a preventative to avoid issues like this one. Let's see some avenging, some teamwork, some heroism, not hand-wringing and woe-as-me-ing. That said, if anyone can turn this around and make "New Avengers" #15 transform into an historically important comic book, it would be Jonathan Hickman, so here's hoping.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
New Avengers (2013) #16.NOW

Mar 27, 2014

"New Avengers" #16.NOW deals with the incursions head-on by leaving the Illuminati behind. Hickman has been constructing a deliberately slow burn to this series, but lately that burn has been more smolder than fire. The introduction of the Great Society and the energy transfusion incoming from Morales' artwork is enough to give this book another little spike. I've been waffling on this title, wavering between faith in Hickman's plan and boredom from a plot that is wearing thin and stretching out too long to even be repetitious, but this issue redeems the series, if only for just a little while longer. With T'Challa and Namor finding -- and sharing -- hope, surely readers can do the same.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
New Avengers (2013) #18

May 15, 2014

Following the introduction of Bruce Banner into the Illuminati in "Avengers" #28, Hickman has elevated the stakes of Incursions and their ramifications for the rest of the Marvel Universe. Readers are left no avenue for misinterpretation. The heroes and leaders of the Marvel Universe are at their collective wits' end. "New Avengers" #18 is the final calm before the storm as the Great Society is on their way to stem the Incursion of their own world. Hickman has been working a long-range story throughout his tenure on the Avengers and, after over fifty issues, things are becoming clearer. I was on the edge of letting "New Avengers" fall off my pull list three issues ago. Now, I'm riveted, counting the days until the conflict between Illuminati and Great Society as the members of the Illuminati count the minutes until the next Incursion.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
New Avengers (2013) #22

Aug 11, 2014

"New Avengers" #22 takes the step over the line in the sand that Hickman has been drawing since this series joined the Marvel NOW! lineup. Unfortunately, the big payoff lacks the emotional resonance readers may have expected. Amazingly, it also feels incomplete, as "New Avengers" #22 focuses so tightly on the Illuminati and their infighting rather than the larger picture Hickman has been painting for two years' worth of tales.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
New Avengers (2013) #25

Oct 17, 2014

Placing such a heavy focus on the characters and their conversations gives "New Avengers" #25 the appearance of not doing much, but this comic book marks significant time in the near future, and features strong storytelling from Walker, like when Susan Richards releases Amadeus Cho's manacles. At the end of the issue, seven months from now, the Illuminati are stretched thin, reeling and struggling with their purpose. This is exactly where Hickman wants them and this predicament is what makes them the most engaging they've been in a long time. While it seems like not much happens, "New Avengers" #25 feels like a critical issue as the Illuminati are left to contemplate their future beyond this seven-month gap.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
New Avengers (2013) #31

Mar 12, 2015

"New Avengers" #31 resists simply being a placeholder chapter in a story that is nearing its conclusion. Hickman has planned everything out enough to ensure that new revelations come to light in these remaining chapters, but those revelations feel overshadowed by the event beyond. The reveal of Rabum Alal carries "New Avengers" #31 to its conclusion, but the final page points back over to "Avengers." With just a few more issues remaining in this saga, it truly is time for Hickman and company to pull out all the stops and drive this story home.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
New Avengers (2013) Annual #1

Jun 26, 2014

Just a few images short of being the definitive Doctor Strange story, but complete enough to be a perfect primer for what comes next "New Avengers Annual" #1 is an impressive offering from Barbiere, Rudy and Caramagna. With recent developments on Stephen Strange's migration to the silver screen, readers are going to be looking for Doctor Strange stories to whet their appetite and this one is a must. As the time draws nearer, it is almost a certainty that Marvel will find a way to give Strange his own series and this comic book is a masterful audition from the entire creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
New Avengers: Ultron Forever #1

May 1, 2015

The story in "New Avengers: Ultron Forever" #1 doesn't pack too many surprises, especially with the small cast locked into this series, but it does present a fun, timeless adventure. With one more installment in this saga remaining, set to fly under the title "Uncanny Avengers: Ultron Forever," this patchwork team has their work cut out for them. Thankfully, for them and for the readers, Al Ewing and Alan Davis bring plenty of fun to this adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
New Challengers (2018) #1

May 16, 2018

Not enough here to elicit a deposit of my attention, as the four primaries don't even lock their names in my brain by the end of the issue, but I'm a sucker for the Challengers concept. I'm in for the long haul, confident that Snyder has this story planned for a slow burn. The verdict is out on this one. There's stuff here, and the promise of uncertainty that the legacy of the Challengers of the Unknown should evoke is present. I just wish it had a little more heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Crusaders #1

May 16, 2012

While none of the "New Crusaders" appear in costume in this story, the adventure is just beginning. The Red Circle characters have a new lease on life and a new vehicle to find readers. While the set-up is very similar to a standard "digital comic" in basically being a PDF of what would be printed, the price point and delivery schedule combined with the environment and supporting structure around the new comic line offers readers a richer experience than a simple digitized version of a printed comic possibly could. Archie Comic Publications has a well-assembled fine offering with "New Crusaders." Now that it's started, I hope we see it investigate and expand into the greater capabilities of this platform.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Gods Special #1

Aug 7, 2017

Taken as an introduction to the broader worlds of Jack Kirby, New Gods Special #1 is a fun comic that properly celebrates one of the most creative minds to ever create comic books. Its nice to get some Kirby on the shelves. Im looking forward to the other specials DC is producing in this month of Jack Kirbys Centennial. Long live King Kirby!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Mutants (2009) #2

Jun 1, 2009

After only two issues, "New Mutants" has won me over in a big way. I'm not certain this title has established enough for an ongoing, but based upon the samples Wells, Neves, and crew have provided to this point, I'm more than willing to find out. The adventures that occurred before aren't critical to the enjoyment of this version, as the title is strong enough to stand on its own merit.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
New Mutants (2009) #15

Jul 21, 2010

This isn't a terrible book, but it also isn't a blockbuster. It's a pilot episode of a minor network show in the high season of big-screen blockbusters. There's a good story starting up here, and Wells and Kirk are set to make it a better than good story, they just need to ratchet up the action soon. This new threat to the team seems like a fair match, and it will definitely be interesting to see their story unfold.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
New Mutants (2009) #27

Jul 14, 2011

Abnett, Lanning, and Fernandez have completed their first arc, so the bugs should be worked out. I'm hoping that means the next story picks up a little energy and that the art plays out more harmoniously.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Mutants (2009) #33

Nov 3, 2011

This team is like the Defenders of the X-Men corner of the Marvel Universe. Composed of fan-favorite characters that feel out of place anywhere else, this team continues to struggle to find purpose as it is overshadowed by flashier titles, teams, and creators. In the adventure that led to X-Man joining this team, Abnett and Lanning may have just found the ideal purpose for this team. As anyone who's read any X-title in the past twenty years knows, there are more than a few loose ends (like Nate Grey) that need to be either tied up or trimmed off. Abnett, Lanning, Lpez, and Lpez seem to be a great team to serve as our guides on those future adventures. If the slower stories are this enjoyable, the action-packed tales are going to be excellent. I'm looking forward to it, and pleasantly surprised that this "Regenesis" of the X-Universe has added another mutie book to my reading list.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
New Mutants (2009) #45

Jul 16, 2012

"New Mutants" is a book I check in with every so often for no real reason other than to see what's going on. None of these characters are especially dear to me, but the stories Abnett and Lanning write for this team sure makes them entertaining to check in with. All the same, this book seems to need a more definitive direction to make it worthy of more than an occasional check-in.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
New Suicide Squad #1

Jul 10, 2014

While filled with plenty of action, "New Suicide Squad" #1 really excels when it tackles the dynamics between the characters as the new overlord for Task Force X pulls some strings to unleash a fresh batch of chaos. Some of the characters seem repetitious, but those overlaps set up conflicts to come and internal strife built into the story. The action, unfortunately, is overshadowed by the drama in "New Suicide Squad" #1, which one would expect to open with bombastic explosiveness. Instead, it dramatically begins its run with soap opera, effectively short-selling its greatest potential asset: action. This roster and the bureaucracy behind it has grand story potential, but the opening is less than grand.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
New Teen Titans: Games #1

Sep 24, 2011

Yes. Yes, I should be. It was good to read another tale from this pair of creative legends. Their connection to the world of the "Teen Titans" deserves to be celebrated like this. Now, with this book finally released, it can be celebrated over and over again.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
New Warriors (2014) #2

Mar 7, 2014

"New Warriors" #2 doesn't do much to dazzle the reader. There's plenty of action and a touch of intrigue, but at this point, readers are either going to be in or out. Yost doesn't mold any of the characters enough in this issue to make them likeable or identifiable unless readers already have a predisposition for the characters. That said, the creative team crafts a solid plot that is drawing these characters together in classic team-building fashion. These first two issues do the job of putting the ingredients on the table, now it's time to see what happens when Yost, To, Curiel and Caramagna begin mixing them up and really start cooking.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Night of the Living Deadpool #1

Jan 16, 2014

Deadpool fans are sure to get a kick out of this story. I don't consider myself a fan of Deadpool in the least, but this story is sickly funny and beautifully drawn. Deadpool has hit the saturation point for me, but I find myself compelled to continue on with "Night of the Living Deadpool" so long as Cullen Bunn and Ramon Rosanas deliver work like this.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightcrawler (2014) #2

May 15, 2014

This establishing adventure is doing a fine job expanding Nightcrawler's cast beyond the members of the various X-Men squads, but it feels a little thin. Having been such a critical member of the X-Men for so very long, Nightcrawler's solo adventures just don't have the same resonance. That's not to say they never will, especially since Claremont and Nauck are going to such great lengths to construct a solid foundation for Kurt Wagner's future escapades. The duo have surrounded Kurt with Bamfs, reunited him with his most consistent girlfriend and introduced an assortment of characters that knew him back when, before the X-Men. Now the creative team needs to focus a bit more on constructing a collection of foes and embellishing the cast they have put in place.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Nightcrawler (2014) #8

Nov 14, 2014

I want to like "Nightcrawler," I really do, but the hand-wringing and navel-gazing needs to take a back seat so Claremont and Nauck can add depth to the breadth of the surrounding cast of characters they are adding to Kurt Wagner's life. "Nightcrawler" #8 spends less time doing that and too much time pushing the boundaries out while disregarding obvious concerns readers are sure to find in a story where telepaths are overpowered too easily. It's time for Nightcrawler to be heroic, on his own terms and finding his own path. Right now, reacting and conforming to the actions of other characters limit both him and the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightmaster: Monsters of Rock #1

Nov 19, 2010

I'm not completely clear on the purpose of these Shadowpact one-shots, but by my count, there's room for at least four more. Beechen and Dwyer make a strong case to be the creative team on the lead for further investigation of these characters. Beechen's scripting of Nightmaster and his interaction with Eddie Persky (while managing to do battle against the forces of Lord Meh) leave me hoping that Blue Devil finds his way to Beechen's list of upcoming assignments. I say Blue Devil because this issue has the same fun-loving, high-adventure, otherworldly zaniness that the classic "Blue Devil" series provided in each issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightwing (1996) #151

Dec 10, 2008

All in all, this book is a good solid read -- a nice breather for Batfans and Wingnuts who have been put through a ringer or two with the storylines in the Batverse over the past half year. This issue, like others in Tomasi's portfolio, offers a great sample of his understanding of, and adeptness writing, the DC Universe. Given what I've seen here and in other Tomasi-penned titles, "Batman and the Outsiders" ought to be a good, solid read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (1996) #153

Feb 12, 2009

This issue is another fabulous sample of Tomasi's writing, specifically writing a character seemingly tailor-made for Tomasi. This is a rare issue I can see myself actually turning back to and re-reading at some point in the future, even though nothing earth-shattering occurs within. If something of substance had truly occurred, this issue might have been a four-star read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2011) #0

Sep 19, 2012

Although we get to see a fun redesign of the Robin attire thanks to Eddy Barrows, the end of this issue really had me hoping there would be a follow-up to the story delving into why Grayson became Nightwing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2011) #2

Oct 21, 2011

So far this new team and this new book has been high energy and adventurous excitement. We've gotten peeks into Dick Grayson's new life and in this issue we're given reason to see his new life reach back and embrace his old life. From this point going forward, there's a substantial mystery that is sure to tie the two together for a bit and truly reshape who Nightwing (and Dick Grayson) is going to become. The character, setting, art, and plot are enough to bring me back, but the mystery and the settings that offers have me really looking forward to the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2011) #4

Dec 22, 2011

The main story, that of Dick Grayson assuming new responsibilities and continuing to grow as a person, presses on. It's good to see this series take a brief detour without completely derailing the series. With the setting of a circus, there are no limits to where Nightwing can go, who he can meet, or how long he'll be there. Quite simply, this is a continually fun read from DC that has a great deal of stories left to share.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Nightwing (2011) #6

Feb 16, 2012

Higgins' story could have wrapped in this issue but instead drags on making "Nightwing" #6 easily forgotten, save a few character moments. Considering its strong opening page, the issue could have been exciting and memorable. The result is just unfortunate. Until now, "Nightwing" has been a fun offbeat romp, defying expectations of the stereotypical Batbook. Hopefully, readers will see that in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightwing (2011) #8

Apr 19, 2012

As tie-in issues go, this one is wonderfully freestanding. Everything, and I do mean everything, you need to know about the Court of Owls as it affects Nightwing is contained in this issue. What you don't get, however, is the complete scope or history of the threat. That makes this issue a nice accessory for readers of "Batman" looking to enjoy the full scope of things or a good "Nightwing" story for those who only follow Dick Grayson's adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightwing (2011) #9

May 18, 2012

"Nightwing" #9, while immersed in the "Night of the Owls" story, seems like a detour from where Dick Grayson's character was headed. Connections to "Batman" are ingrained and roots in Gotham are defined, but this just doesn't feel much like an issue of "Nightwing" as much as it feels like a one-shot that happens to include Nightwing. I'm looking forward to Nightwing getting on past this run-in with his genealogy and hitting the rails and rooftops once again.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightwing (2011) #18

Mar 21, 2013

"Nightwing" #18 is a comic book that focuses on what a hero does after his world is torn down around him. Nightwing has always been a beacon of light and hope in the DC Universe and the Batman family in particular and to have that beacon dimmed by recent events takes some of the luster off the character. This isn't dissimilar to what we've seen in comics dozens, if not hundreds of times since Frank Miller's and David Mazzucchelli's "Born Again" storyline in "Daredevil." Higgins ties up some lose ends nicely, seeds things to come and caps it all off with a cliffhanger that is certain to entice readers to come back for the next big thing in Nightwing's life.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2011) #19

Apr 22, 2013

Higgins choice to move Nightwing to Chicago for a little bit is sound and immediately reaps results, giving "Nightwing" #19 a booster shot from the opening panel. Booth's energetic drawings help, of course. I'm fairly certain this team has not completely settled into their working mode yet, but there is a lot of promise in what Higgins and Booth are beginning to work with here. Distanced from the rest of the Bat-family, it's time to find out what Nightwing can do and be and how Higgins and Booth can electrify his adventures going forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2011) #30

May 29, 2014

This is a fine way to close the "Nightwing" series, but it does raise some questions about the viability of the new plan going forward. If Batman is right about Spyral, then there will be major ramifications popping out of Grayson's decision and those could lead to even more familial strife in the Batbooks. Sure, that's a great way to sew drama, but it also sets Nightwing and Batman up to look like absolute fools. Whatever the case, one thing is clear, Dick Grayson is Nightwing no more. "Nightwing" #30 reads more like "Grayson" #0 than "Nightwing" #30. The concept shows some promise and appears to offer a whole new world for readers to explore alongside one of comics' most beloved characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Nightwing (2016) #3

Aug 17, 2016

Javier Fernndez isn't the only solid match for Nightwing, however, as Tim Seeley is giving readers everything a Nightwing comic should be: action, adventure, intrigue, soap opera, and suspense. Seeley gets Nightwing, and, even better, is able to communicate who Nightwing is to the readers. He doesn't belabor the description, preferring to show rather than lecture, but he does so in a manner that engages the reader, almost as if he is inviting the reader ever closer with each panel. Nightwing #3 is yet another solid offering from a snazzy, well-matched creative team. I cannot wait for the next installment of “Better Than Batman,” and I have a feeling I'm not alone.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #5

Sep 21, 2016

Nightwing #5 presents a decent midway point for the “Night of the Monster Men” story, but not an exceptionally memorable Nightwing tale. Grayson is barely in half of this issue, which is fine for a crossover, and he can still, arguably, be deemed the lead of this chapter, but there is nothing here that will have readers reminiscing about “That time Nightwing fought the Monster Men.” In short, this issue is a nice reminder of Nightwing's membership in the Bat-Family, but an ancillary tale for Nightwing readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #9

Nov 18, 2016

Nightwing continues to be one of the true joys of the post-Rebirth DC Universe. Dick Grayson has always been the most approachable personality of the DC Universe, and the most flexible to construct relationships around, but this issue emphasizes how far his influence spreads, reaching beyond Gotham, even beyond the universe. This issue is easily approachable, but it might raise some questions for continuity-sensitive readers. If you're looking for a place to jump in and join the adventures of Dick Grayson (already in progress) then Seeley, Takara, Maiolo, and Mangual are right here to welcome you.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Nightwing (2016) #29

Sep 22, 2017

Nightwing #29 is a lot of greatness in one story: its complete, but steeped in continuity, it showcases the vastness of the DC Universe, and it gives readers a gorgeous invitation to check out Dark Knights: Metal. This is a wonderful comic that bridges the gap between the main event story and the current ongoing adventures of Dick Grayson. Regardless of your interest in Metal, Nightwing #29 will certainly provide a bit of entertainment and is definitely the fun type of comic we all started picking up these things for.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing: Rebirth #1

Jul 13, 2016

This creative team gave me everything I didn't know I expected from Nightwing: Rebirth #1 and so much more. I can't wait to continue the adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ninjak (2015) #1

Mar 12, 2015

"Ninjak" #1 introduces readers to Ninjak and his opposition: Kannon and the Shadow Seven. The Shadow Seven head up Weaponeer, an arms-maker for hire that has come under the attention of MI-6, as readers would hope most covert, freelance arms dealers would. All of this congeals nicely into a comic that is strong, sharp and entertaining. Kindt, Mann, Guice, Arreola and Sharpe give this first issue plenty of good balance, a solid adventure and a lead-in to what will hopefully be a long run. With recent feature film announcements from Valiant Entertainment, "Ninjak" #1 makes a very strong case to be in consideration for the leap.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Nola #4

Mar 6, 2010

backdrop of New Orleans and timing of this story being post-Katrina aren't played up as much as they could have been, or perhaps they're just not played up as much as I expected them to be. When all is said and done, this book is just another bullet-filled story of vengeance. It's not one that I'm likely to remember months from now.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nova (2007) #18

Nov 9, 2008

That said, this book is high-octane and obviously a distant relation to Abnett and Lanning's work over on "Guardians of the Galaxy". For my first exposure to Nova and his world, I am compelled to check it out again, especially with the added wink and nod from Abnett and Lanning for dubbing the Director of P.E.G.A.S.U.S. "Gruenwald". A nice touch to the pioneer of a number of ideas appearing in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2007) #36

Apr 25, 2010

The Marvel Cosmic characters have been embroiled in event after event, from "Annihilation," to the current "Thanos Imperative," but to Abnett's and Lanning's credit, these characters don't seem to be wearing thin, nor do the events seem to be events. What the duo -- and all of the gifted artists they work with -- has managed to do is deliver top-notch, enjoyable stories that are easily approachable despite the years of story layers put upon these characters. Abnett and Lanning never lose sight of the fact that the every issue (even this seemingly final issue of "Nova") is someone's first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2013) #2

Mar 21, 2013

Quite simply, this comic book is big screen wow. Loeb and McGuiness make "Nova" #2 a fun comic simply for the sake of having fun. Ringing up at four bucks, yes, "Nova" #2 is a little on the pricey side for what it is, but in my case, I'm reading the digital version and giving the floppy to my twelve-year-old daughter who loves this comic. If nothing else, Loeb and McGuiness have found a fan in what used to be the target audience of every comic company: tweens. That said, I think I might just go re-read this, sprawled out on the living room floor with my dog by my side, remembering what comics were like when they initially seized my imagination.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nova (2013) #4

May 17, 2013

With Sam back on Earth and his opponent in the vicinity of his family, this story seems headed for predictability. Luckily for readers, Loeb and McGuinness have a knack for finding the fun, bigscreen moments in predictable stories and extrapolating on those to celebrate the awesomeness and wow factor contained in comic book adventures, essentially transforming predictability into novelty and fun. Sam's amazement as things unfold around him, coupled with the expanding vastness, provide plenty of grist for the creative mill and I am eager to see what the duo does next. This series has certainly been big and fun and "Nova" #4 is a prime example of why.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2013) #8

Sep 27, 2013

As Kaldera is sent to deal with Nova and Nova deals with Speedball and Justice (although he doesn't suit up in this issue), Wells gives readers enough hope to hold on to for a month or so. Sleepy Carefree, Arizona is about to get pretty wild and I would think all of the extraterrestrial happenings there might start to raise some eyebrows. "Nova" has been an enjoyable read since its relaunch and "Nova" #8 has done nothing to diffuse that. As "Infinity" tie-in adventures go, this one might have the least direct connection, but it makes up for that in celebrating the fact that Nova is a hero growing into the role that will one day require him to be much more involved in mega-crossover events. For now, "Nova" #8 just continues to build a great little story about a kid learning the meaning of power and responsibility.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Nova (2013) #9

Oct 24, 2013

This adventure feels like a fill-in, but still has fun along the way. Wells and Medina remind readers that the character of Nova shares more than the first three letters with the word novice in his attempts to balance both aspects of his newly-powered life. I'm not sure what's next for Sam Alexander, but this issue will have a hard time remaining top of mind until the next installment of the further adventures of the human rocket.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2013) #10

Nov 29, 2013

"Nova" #10 is a wonderful adventure to space and beyond. Under the guidance of Steve Wacker, this comic book has become quite a treat for its liveliness, adventure, and believably loveable cast of characters. As the title shifts over to Duggan for the writing chores, it seems as though Sam Alexander, both in and out of the helmet, will have very human adventures to be enjoyed. As a fan of the Jaime Reyes incarnation of the Blue Beetle, I've enjoyed this series and this issue is a charming sample of why. Readers looking for a little more levity, space-adventure or fun in their comics should check out "Nova" #10.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2013) #13.NOW

Feb 20, 2014

"Nova" #13.NOW brings Beta Ray Bill into Nova's life and makes a solid case for the two characters to continue to interact for a few more issues at least. This provides ample opportunity for Duggan to pile in the humanity and humor, from Sam's "pet" name for Bill to the conclusion of Sam's fight with Moffet. The new adventures of Nova have been pure comic joy and this issue is no exception. This is the type of fun comic book I used to seek out and latch on to as a kid. The folded copy of "Nova" #13.NOW I passed along to my thirteen-year-old tonight is every bit as enjoyable as the comics I used to fold up and put in my back pocket because I couldn't wait to share them with my friends. Do yourself a favor, pick this up and enjoy a fun comic book again.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nova (2013) #16

Apr 21, 2014

"Nova" #16 wraps things up on Nova's first real space team-up adventure under Duggan's writing, but leaves readers hanging once Sam returns to Carefree, Arizona. After having moderate success in space and earning a modicum of respect from Beta Ray Bill, Nova returns home to find that it is nowhere near the same home he left behind -- classic Marvel flaws in action. Duggan and Baldeon provided a fun romp through space, but it's about time Earth's human rocket spent a little time on Earth, with his feet on the ground, dealing with things that need attending to.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2013) #18

Jun 19, 2014

"Nova" #18 drags Sam Alexander into "Original Sin" with no shortage of Marvel Universe to cushion the collision. The tie-in doesn't pull this comic book off course, but rather opens a door to other stories that otherwise would not have been opened sooner. Gerry Duggan, David Baldeon and crew provide a strong measure of the scope of the Marvel Universe, especially juxtaposed to the life of a kid from New Mexico who is just trying to do the right thing. This is about as enjoyable an event crossover as I can recall and it does a great job of keeping everything on track, presenting the outside influences and identifying the paths set out before hero and reader. "Nova" #18 is yet another solid issue of one of Marvel's most enjoyable comic book series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nova (2013) #19

Jul 17, 2014

"Nova" #19 sets Sam on the path to find some answers, but this adventure feels a bit thin, as though Duggan is pace-setting, despite the introduction of Oblitus or perhaps because of the introduction of Oblitus. It certainly is nice to see the story take a spell to stretch its legs and for Duggan and crew to push out the edges of Nova's corner of the universe while adding bodies to pit against Sam. The middle installment of a three-parter, this comic book serves up a sample of Sam Alexander's persona and cast, transitioning from the shock of the Watcher's demise to answers Sam really needs. "Nova" #19 isn't the greatest of the series to date, but it is a typical offering of the series' capabilities.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nova (2013) #25

Dec 29, 2014

"Nova" #25 is a sharp offering from the regular "Nova" creative team that gives readers an extra-sized, thirty-page story that spans what was from what is coming in the form of a snappy, standalone adventure. Most importantly of all, Duggan, Baldeon, inkers Pallot and Vlasco, Curiel and Deschesne make "Nova" #25 both an enticing introduction and a satisfying bridge. This comic hits all the right story beats, giving readers plenty to absorb and enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nova (2015) #11

Sep 28, 2016

If you've only gleaned a bit of Sam as a supporting character from the Avengers or on the Spider-Man cartoon, you owe it to yourself to learn a little bit more about one of the most relatable characters in the modern Marvel Universe. So do yourself a favor, go Nova, and pick up this issue. It's probably the most fun Marvel Universe history lesson you'll get for some time to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nova (2016) #1

Dec 9, 2016

Nova #1 feels like so much more than a single issue floppy. Loveness and Prez pack quite a bit into one issue, with emphasis on family and legacy. Marvel hasnt shied away from multiple characters with the same name, as heroes appear to be job titles more than characters, but in Nova #1, the distinction is made that there is legacy, connection, and continuity. If nothing else (but trust me when I say theres plenty else) Nova #1 shows readers that Marvel is not afraid of legacy and the story impact it brings. Nostalgia for legacy alone is not the reason you should be checking out Nova #1 though. There are plenty of other reasons, the primary among them being to witness the collaboration of Loveness, Prez, Herring, and Deschesne.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Oddly Normal #1

Sep 16, 2014

While I would suspect none of "Oddly Normal" #1's readers have naturally green hair or pointed ears, Frampton constructs the character and her problematic world in such a wonderfully relatable manner that readers will find themselves aching for more by the time they finish this inaugural twenty-two page journey into the world of "Ordinary, U.S.A." The comic is as familiar and comfortable as "The Wizard of Oz," but juxtaposes the real and the fantastic, life "The Munsters" or "The Addams Family" once did. The truth is, "Oddly Normal" #1 quickly and smartly distances itself from any comparisons, showing readers it can stand on its own just fine. As a father of three young ladies, I relish the ability to share new comics and worlds with any of them, but with "Oddly Normal" #1, I've found a whole new world that I can share with all three.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Old Guard #1

Feb 22, 2017

The Old Guard is a bizarre mix of his Wonder Woman work, with his Jad Bell tales, and smatterings of early Atticus Kodiak. Its not even by any means, nor does it stop with that approximation, but thats the best way I can describe The Old Guard to Rucka readers. What might be better still, is if you just sample it for yourself. Rucka, Fernndez, Miwa, and Wynne are already giving you one hell of a bargain by todays standards for page count alone, but the story in The Old Guard #1 is darn near priceless.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Old Man Logan #2

Jun 19, 2015

"Old Man Logan" #2 is another example of what the notion of Battleworld can be pushed to include. Anything can happen, from the "impossible" feat that opens the issue to the jaw-dropping potential battle that readers are left with at the conclusion of this comic. There is a lot to like here and a lot more ground for Bendis, Sorrentino, Maiolo and Petit to continue to explore. Logan is the center of the adventure, and the adventure is his quest for the point of origin of last issue's Ultron noggin, but there are plenty of other characters and concepts to impress readers along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Old Man Logan (2016) #1

Jan 28, 2016

Old Man Logan is back, and he's been seen in other spots around the Marvel Universe. With Old Man Logan #1, he has top billing and provides the insightful narrative that is present in the caption boxes. This is his book, and Lemire, Sorrentino, Maiolo, and Petit are simply here to help relay the details. Readers who loved the adventures of Wolverine once upon a time are going to find something to enjoy in this book, as will fans who have yet to call the clawed Canuck one of their faves.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
OMAC (2011) #2

Oct 6, 2011

Through two issues, the titular character hasn't blazed a whole lot of new ground, but there is definitely potential in the story; the character of Kevin Kho does offer the reader a guide through the story as it expands. "O.M.A.C." can be taken as a part of the whole DC relaunch, or it can be enjoyed quite nicely by itself. Whichever the case, this is a read that treads into the realm of science fiction (borrowing heavily from comic book science) and peppers it with the intrigue of an espionage thriller.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
OMAC (2011) #4

Dec 7, 2011

"O.M.A.C." is a distinctly DC comic that isn't afraid to be quite unlike other comics while also playing up the main thing that makes comics so darned entertaining: suspension of disbelief. This book is a mega-blockbuster, high-octane, popcorn flick transcribed to paper. DiDio and Giffen do a great job paying tribute to Jack Kirby specifically and DC Comics in general. This is the one comic from the relaunch that surprised me, continues to surprise, and seems poised to offer even more surprises in the near future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
OMAC (2011) #5

Jan 7, 2012

This issue keeps right in line with the series to date. Giffen and DiDio continue to celebrate the DC Universe and its wackiness, with a decidedly Kirby-centric focus. Giffen continues to exude Kirby-like qualities in his art and the book is better for it. The setting of Cadmus, the goings-on underneath, and sinister, shrouded figure on this issue's final page all call out to Silver Age awesomeness and offer up some fabulous Kirby-inspired visuals.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
OMAC (2011) #7

Mar 12, 2012

There's only one issue left of "O.M.A.C.," and this issue has been a delightful romp. "O.M.A.C." is everything I wanted in comics as a kid: wild concepts, fun characters, unexpected surprises, bombastic adventure and entertainment. It's a damn shame more people haven't found their wallets pointed in the direction of this title, as there truly is no other book on the stands that innovates while paying tribute so marvelously.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
OMAC (2011) #8

Apr 5, 2012

This series was fun in its attempts to expand the DC Universe beyond the standard issue capes and tights. It is that very attempt to get outside the Mother Box -- even though DiDio and Giffen did so in a manner that reverentially updated beloved concepts and characters from yesteryear -- that fought against this series. O.M.A.C. as a concept is one that was only ever marginally appreciated, but to make it something completely different from any recognizable predecessor undermined any true chance of success, especially when set against fifty-one other comics from DC and a multitude of new books from across the comics landscape. From start to finish, however, this comic maintained an air of fun, adventure and absolute uncertainty. It's just a shame that it had to quickly wrap up as the series was truly hitting its stride.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Omega Men #2

Jul 1, 2015

Glimpses of this story may beg comparison to other space faring sagas and space operas, but "Omega Men" #2 defies comparison -- with previous "Omega Men" series or anything else. King, Bagenda, Fajardo and Brosseau give readers a solid mix of characters and action, uncertainty and comfortable familiarity. Like the nine-grid layout welcoming readers into this issue, this comic can change on a dime and become something else entirely, echoing the versatility of the grid, especially in Bagenda's hands. There is a lot to discover in the Vega system, and King and Bagenda promise to make it interesting and plenty entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Operation S.I.N. #2

Feb 9, 2015

The three visual collaborators come together nicely in this comic, giving "Operation S.I.N." #2 an independent look and feel, but Immonen reminds readers that this comic book is not only set in the Marvel Universe but has the potential to be the spine of the Marvel Universe through a generation. While "Operation S.I.N." #2 is largely a transitional issue that shifts characters and establishes settings, there is plenty to enjoy. The best thing about the series is that Immonen and company are writing a smart parallel to the Marvel Cinematic Universe, but it is also one that serves as a spiffy gateway between comics and cinema. Like many of the cinematic outputs, the more you know going into this issue, the more you'll get out of it, but "Operation S.I.N." #2 is as surprisingly inviting to new readers as the first issue was.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Original Sin #0

Apr 23, 2014

While the focus on Uatu and his growing relationship with Nova might not be the most significant lead-in to a massive crossover event, "Original Sin" #0 is a wonderfully revealing story that throws open the history of the Marvel Universe for new readers. The issue has plenty for readers to study, interpret and, quite simply and most preferably, enjoy. Waid has crafted a fun story with legitimate ramifications, but it doesn't forget to provide readers with fun and amusement along the way. Cheung and Medina pick up on that note and really do a great job making this a comic book I'll be reading again, soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Original Sin #5

Jul 2, 2014

"Original Sin" #5 ends with Fury asking if anyone has questions. As a reader, I've got questions and there's no doubt the characters do as well. There isn't time for answers here, as Aaron and company use this issue as a bit of a transitional piece, shifting from the crazy discoveries of the early half of this series while setting up developments to come. Five issues in, things are no clearer than they were at "Original Sin's" start. Players are on the board, but there's a plethora of subplots without providing any clarity. "Original Sin" #5, despite being a sidebar, exacerbates the developments of the story and is certain to leave readers clutching for more in hopes of finally discovering some true answers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Original Sin: Hulk vs. Iron Man #1

Jun 26, 2014

"Original Sin" #3.1 fails to impress. The plot is well-defined and the story beats appear to be heading in the right direction, but this comic book just feels thin. I'm not saying "Original Sin" #3.1 is decompressed, but it certainly seems as though readers could have received a little more development, revelation and character moments. Now that the table has been set, Gillen and Waid are able to move forward and hopefully fill the story with action and suspense, which will definitely be needed to keep this series afloat for more than one subsequent issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Original Sins #2

Jun 30, 2014

In the end, "Original Sins" #2 only has enough content to tangentially be considered a tie-in to the "Original Sin" series. Yes, technically it is an anthology, but realistically, it's a very skinny Black Knight comic with a Young Avengers back-up and a Howard the Duck advertisement. At a time when Marvel has a strong digital platform, these stories may have been better served as a pick and choose offering digitally rather than forcing readers into an all or nothing decision. Why not ignore the fact that the platform of "Original Sin" may have fallen by the wayside and simply call this series what it should be: "Marvel Comics Presents."

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Our Army At War #1

Sep 4, 2010

Although these characters are immersed in conflict, Marts makes the time for the characters to be human, to rise up, to remember, and to look forward. This book surprised me. I was on board with the Joe Kubert cover, expecting gritty and gruff, but the story inside was much deeper, more personal, and quite memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Outsiders (2007) #15

Feb 22, 2009

While this book is enjoyable, it does feel like a decompressed title on downers, slowing almost to a crawl under the weight of its own exposition. We still have no clue who the mysterious foe is, nor have we seen the team lurch into battle. I look forward to seeing what this team is like when the "batcrap" (using a term from Creeper) hits the fan. Hopefully other readers will stick around long enough to find out as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Outsiders (2007) #17

Apr 28, 2009

This issue moved things forward more significantly than the previous issues, but it appears as though next issue is going to be where the rubber hits the road for these Outsiders -- the threat of the Insiders, their mysterious master, and their sub-contracted gun are on a crash course with these Outsiders who now seem marked by their lack of true leadership and a lack of understanding regarding their waiting foes.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Outsiders (2007) #19

Jun 18, 2009

While reading this, it occurred to me that this was the fifth issue of this storyline, meaning next month when this storyline wraps, we'll have invested half a year into reading it "- if you've been here since the beginning. That said, this issue deftly tucks up the corners of the various storylines and begins to put a bow on this story. Tomasi has been given quite a bit of leeway, using three major villains in one storyline. Beyond that, the seeds of dissent are planted within the team in this issue, surely they will not be quickly resolved.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Outsiders (2007) #21

Aug 20, 2009

The first arc of Tomasi's scripting the adventures of "The Outsiders" may have chased (or even bored) away a few readers, but this storyline has the potential to reward those who stuck around. After all, these are fan favorite characters (for the most part) going up against fan favorite foes. This book certainly appears to be on an uptick, once Tomasi gets the voices of his cast straightened out.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Outsiders (2007) #31

Jul 30, 2010

This book wasn't a chore to read, but it sure wasn't a pleasure either. I'd think if any other writer were turning in material of this quality, Didio would have replaced them by now. Maybe Jim Lee needs to have a little talk with Dan.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Outsiders (2007) #40

Jun 22, 2011

Now that this lame duck has quacked, I realize that perhaps DC mailed in a whole lot of these almost-instantly forgettable stories a long time ago. Even the attempts at humor seem mailed in. That is all a giant shame, especially since there are some wonderful characters in this series. The series ends with thirteen Outsiders, so someone has to like some of them, right? Ok, so take away Freight Train and there's only twelve potentially worthy characters, but I still say someone's gotta care about some of them.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Outsiders (2007): Special #1

Feb 11, 2009

Of all the books bearing the increasingly-popular $3.99 sales tag, I feel this book has come the closest to rewarding me for my investment.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Owlgirls #1

Jul 30, 2014

While "Owlgirls" #1 snuck under the radar for me during its Kickstarter campaign, I'm glad I found it now. This is an odd little mash-up that could only succeed from an independent publisher and stands out as a true gem. I don't know where the creative team plans on taking this adventure, but "Owlgirls" #1 provides plenty of options, from tales of acceptance to mystical mayhem to mobsters showing up at a mortuary. Robert J. Sodaro, Rachele Aragno, Dave Ryan, Wilson Ramos, Jr. and Lawrence John Hansen have cooked up a bizarre time capsule packed with mystery that has my attention and deserves some more eyeballs checking it out.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Painkiller Jane: 22 Brides #1

Jun 5, 2014

"Painkiller Jane: The 22 Brides" #1 is a thick book with a lot to offer readers. Longtime fans of Jane will certainly get more out of the comic than newbies, but the second story will give them all they need to know to understand the title character. This is a comic that pulls very few punches, filled with female nudity, swearing and violence, a book which isn't for the squeamish, easily offended or reserved. It's unapologetic, and sets the tone for the series on the very first page.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Pale Horse #1

Jun 16, 2010

This isn't a book about redemption and justice; it's a book about revenge and murder. It's a one-note book at this point, and gritty revenge can only take a story so far. I'm hopeful that we haven't already reached that limit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Pantalones, TX: Don't Chicken Out #1

Feb 27, 2013

"Pantalones, TX: Don't Chicken Out" strikes me as a keen mashup of "Kim Possible," "Phineas and Ferb," "Reed Gunther," "Looney Toons" and even a tiny bit of "Chew" with a bent sense of humor that plays to multiple audiences -- and it doesn't hurt to have a number of underwear references. After all, underwear references are the great humorous common denominator. I thoroughly enjoyed this madcap, unreserved romp through southwestern subculture misconceptions and exaggerations. Mercado's given Archaia an offbeat brand to bring some silliness to their offerings. I'll be looking forward to the further adventures of Chico Bustamante and his gang of pals as they continue to find excitement and adventure in the town where underwear was invented. I'm just not sure how Mercado's going to follow up the attack of a giant chicken, though.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Pantha #1

Jun 8, 2012

"Pantha" #1 was an impressive disappointment. I like the attempts to link in some Egyptian mythology, but that's not enough to save this book. In addition to not living up to my expectations, this comic left me with a question. In both feline and human form, Pantha is wearing an amulet around her neck. Given this is comics, I can accept the leopard-print bikini appearing when Pantha transforms to human form from her "panther" (in this case stemming from Africa she would be a leopard) form, but where do the big freaking earrings come from and how does no one see a reflection or glint from them when she's trying to be stealthy? One thing is certain, I won't be checking in on "Pantha" going forward to find the answer.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Pantheon #1

Apr 19, 2010

This is a book I really want to like, but this first issue just hasn't sealed the deal for me. Maybe the concept will become more worthwhile as the "Pantheon" is further revealed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Past Aways #1

Feb 27, 2015

Kindt and company introduce a "Challengers of the Unknown" vibe by way of Rip Hunter, but the heart in this first issue is missing, with only bickering where that heart should be. "Past Aways" #1 is packed with promise but lacking on energy, starting the series out rather slowly. Hopefully now that Kindt, Kolins, Crabtree and Leigh have introduced the crew, they can give us a reason to want to see more of these characters and their adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Patricia Briggs' Mercy Thompson: Moon Called #1

Sep 27, 2010

I don't know a great deal about the publishing plan Dynamite has for the character, but this is a pretty good start. Once the art steps up, Mercy Thompson is bound to be another strong license under the Dynamite umbrella.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Patsy Walker, A.K.A. Hellcat! #3

Feb 24, 2016

Patsy Walker, A.K.A. Hellcat #3 is another snappy issue of a series that brings some silly, some sassy, some snappy, and some super moments to Marvel's new releases. Leth, Williams, Wilson, and Cowles don't bury Patsy Walker's history, nor do they let it overpower the series. Instead, they use the past to inform the present and to plan the future. Only Patsy Walker could have a battle against bedbugs in the same issue where she drops in on Doctor Strange, drawing on their common history as Defenders. Patsy Walker, A.K.A. Hellcat #3 is a fun comic, clearly targeted to, well, everyone. Maybe you should give it a try and see what all the fun is about.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Peach and the Isle of Monsters #1

Dec 5, 2014

Aureliani and Garbowska make a fine pairing, and "Peach and the Isle of Monsters" #1 is the type of story certain to transcend genre and audience. Like "Tiny Titans," this comic appears to be directed at younger readers, but the true target is the younger reader inside the heart of readers of every age. The creative team stays true to the target, establishing a new corner of the Aw Yeah Comics! line that needs to be revisited some time soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Peanuts #0

Nov 1, 2011

For the value -- four quarters, ten dimes, or a single dollar bill -- this book can't be beat. Kaboom! has done a good job of adding titles to its stable, and this one will certainly come in handy for those parents who go into the shop to get their own stack and "need" to buy something for the younger readers in their lives.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Penguin: Pain and Prejudice #1

Oct 8, 2011

This series is not unlike the Greg Pak-written "Red Skull: Incarnate" in that you are shown why the character is the way he is, you're given evidence of his evil activities, but you're also presented with a compelling story that is escalating in intensity and intrigue, exactly as the very best comic book stories should. I'm all in for this series, and I honestly hope there is room for more so long as Hurwitz makes them as interesting as this one. If you're looking for a break from the relaunched DCU and just want to read a good story about an iconic villain, redirect your cash this way. Mr. Cobblepot will certainly give you a reason or two to come back for more, and you won't even need to concern yourself with continuity, reboots, or the appearance of some hooded woman. This is a story about the Penguin, and it pulls no punches.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Penguin: Pain and Prejudice #3

Dec 10, 2011

Throughout this issue, Batman lurks in the shadows. He's watching Cobblepot and the Penguin's goons. Cobblepot doesn't seem to care. He continues with his business as though he'll never get caught. There's an arrogance to the character that he plays off as regality. The harsh reality of it all is that the Penguin is a thug on every level. That, combined with great art and a well-handled story, makes this book a must-read and a top of the stack title for me.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Penguin: Pain and Prejudice #5

Feb 9, 2012

Penguin isn't the most glamorous or most widely known of Batman's Rogues, but those are the types of characters that have the most story to tell yet. This series has been all about mining that character, showing the good, the bad and the ups and downs. Hurwitz avoids painting Batman as the villain in this tale. That would have been the easy way out. This story instead uses Batman as a supporting character, advancing and twisting Penguin's own narrative. Hurwitz makes Penguin a character many readers can find a way to relate to, bordering on sympathetic, but never quite getting there. As villainous stories go, this is one to remember. With Hurwitz joining the Batman writers stable in a larger capacity soon, I'm eager to see what other villains he can brush up this nicely.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Penguins of Madagascar/Shrek #1

May 2, 2010

This issue, is quite simply, a Free Comic Book day win. It hooked my kids, which is enough to hook me into buying the "Penguins" comic that Ape is planning for this summer.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Perhapanauts Halloween Spooktacular #1

Oct 19, 2009

This shipping schedule for "Perhapanauts" may be less predictable than the amount -- and kinds "- of candy an eight-year-old can haul in on Halloween, but it is no less enjoyable when it does happen. This issue shows that to be true. This is set of stories shared for the sake of sharing stories, like ghost tales whispered around a campfire. This one just happens to have a little more chupacabra in it than most of those ghost stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Perhapanauts: Danger Down Under #1

Nov 7, 2012

The challenge for the Perhapanauts series is that although it has promise and potential, it just doesn't hit frequently enough to sustain my interest. I'm hoping "Perhapanauts: Danger Down Under" defies that model and manages to provide an adventure that fulfills the potential and brings the fun. This issue is certainly a good start in the right direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Peter Panzerfaust #1

Feb 15, 2012

Otherwise, this is yet another amusing offering from Image. It feels the same to me as "Proof" did with the first issue: disturbingly familiar, yet fresh and entertaining. I'll definitely be back for the next issue to see where this leads and how it continues to blend genres and stories we are all familiar with. There is a great deal of room for fun, adventure, excitement and entertainment. Peter is set to make a lasting impression on the fighting forces of the Nazis, just as this book is sure to find fans in the comic-reading community.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #1

Jun 21, 2017

Im not sure how tightly this will or wont adhere to the other Spider-titles in the Marvel lineup, but based on the strength of this first issue, Im making mine Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Phantom Stranger (2012) #1

Oct 15, 2012

This Phantom Stranger is not a character I want to read about. In place of the mystery that once surrounded this character, there's history. Unfortunately, that history is simply not good and his telegraphed "purpose" makes him little more than an uninspired re-imagining of Deadman. What does interest me is the range of characters the Stranger is set to meet as he has already met Spectre and the character introduced in "Phantom Stranger" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Phantom Stranger (2012) #4

Jan 14, 2013

After reading "Phantom Stranger" #4 and reflecting on it a bit, I found myself wondering, "Could the Trinity War not be about people, but rather about Justice Leagues?" After all, Constantine introduces his group as "Justice League Dark" in this issue and we have seen some conflicts of interest between Constantine and Steve Trevor, known to be associated with the upcoming "Justice League of America." Yes, that's boundless speculation, but good stories inspire imagination and "Phantom Stranger" #4 has, at least, ignited a spark to inspire thinking about the future of the DC Universe. It's also enough, thanks in no small part to DeMatteis guiding hand, to summon me back for more soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Phantom Stranger (2012) #7

Apr 8, 2013

This book continues to seed the underpinnings of the DC Universe, adding in oddities from dark, forgotten corners and borderline magical creations to sew itself deeper into the fabric of the DC Universe. Sure, some of this could be seen as comic book sensationalism, but with DeMatteis guiding the wild notions, "The Phantom Stranger" #7 seems much more intent on direction while adding to the universe as it proceeds on its path.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Phantom Stranger (2012) #10

Jul 5, 2013

I find it ironic that not only are the concepts of Heaven or Hell no longer taboo for comics (and DC in particular) but that the encounter in this issue is as mundane as the reset of characters and storylines. What was once restricted even in titles recommended for mature readers is now fair game, if only to drive a story and sell some books. I'm not saying the work DeMatteis does here is any less interesting or entertaining than what Rick Veitch once planned for his work on Swamp Thing, but Heaven and Hell are simply settings now. That's unfortunate as DeMatteis and company deliver an emotionally charged story in the pages of "Trinity of Sin: Phantom Stranger" #10. The emotion is present, but like the setting, it never really has a chance to hook the readers. The next step for this series is critical, especially given the pending tie-in to the "Trinity War" crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Phantom Stranger (2012) #11

Aug 9, 2013

Trinity of Sin: Phantom Stranger" #11 doesn't do much to advance the agenda or tighten up the plotlines of "Trinity War" (read: this issue is not necessary for the grander story of "Trinity War") but there is absolutely no question that the developments in this issue are going to have lasting ramifications for the Phantom Stranger and his quest for redemption. J.M. DeMatteis has done a good job of establishing his take on Phantom Stranger and defining the parameters of the realms the Stranger traverses. In this issue in particular, DeMatteis is able to transform metaphysical mayhem into an adventure that remains entertaining despite the shoehorned nature of the crossover. The Phantom Stranger makes some choices here in the spirit of original mentor, but whether those choices pay off for Batman and his allies remains to be seen, as does the true fate of the Stranger.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Pilot Season: Genius #1

Jun 16, 2008

Overall the story feels kind of flat. For an issue that needs to build excitement and generate some buzz, this title just shows up. Sure, it's a new take on an older concept. The art is different than a lot of art on the stands, but nothing in this book really blew me away. I'm sure some folks would enjoy an ongoing featuring Destiny and her efforts to bring her war to those who deserve her righteous fury, but this story just didn't hook me enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Pilot Season: Stealth #1

May 6, 2010

Like the other one-shots of the "Pilot Season" program, this story has potential, but whether or not that potential gets realized is up to the readership. I, for one, am fascinated by the potential repercussions of the set-up here. There's room for this story to grow, for new ideas to be investigated and new concepts to be given wings. This isn't ground-breaking new comics here, but the story is offbeat enough to be intriguing.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Pilot Season: Stellar #1

Aug 1, 2010

This isn't the greatest of the "Pilot Season" tales. It wants to be a big screen adventure, but the emotional aspect of the story slows down the adventure and makes this story seem pedestrian, even though the occurrences in this issue are far from pedestrian. I'd like to see another adventure before committing to this character and concept beyond a string of serialize shorter adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Planet Hulk #1

May 19, 2015

"Planet Hulk" #1 might be a sliver of the event machine surrounding "Secret Wars," but it's a damn fun sliver.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Planet Hulk #2

Jun 29, 2015

"Planet Hulk" #2 takes a moment to stand up, dust itself off and try to gather its bearings. Humphries, Laming, Boyd and Lanham give readers plenty to absorb in this issue but intelligently provide the opportunity to absorb that info just a little more deliberately. There's still plenty of action in this issue, but there is a little bit more order to the plot, as the quest begins to solidify and the threats lurking in the brush take shape. The concept of Captain America and Devil Dinosaur teaming up set this series in motion, and the work from this creative team lives up to expectations, providing one of the most entertaining reads of the "Secret Wars" experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Planet Hulk #4

Aug 12, 2015

While "Planet Hulk" #4 has a few minor wobbles like that, this series continues to provide readers with adventure and camaraderie, adding depth to Rogers, Devil and their shared time. This is the fourth enjoyable issue of the series, and the fourth unpredictable installment as Humphries, Laming, Boyd and Lanham continue to develop a world readers want to see more of.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Planet of the Apes #2

May 25, 2011

With two great issues already published, I'm genuinely excited to see where this series takes the franchise, the characters, and, most importantly, the readers. If these first two issues are any indication, this is going to be one memorable series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Planet of the Apes (2011) #1

Apr 27, 2011

There's been a bit of flurry surrounding the upcoming "Rise of the Planet of the Apes" film. This book doesn't play off of that, in front of that, or tie into it, save for the "Planet of the Apes" brand. This is "Planet of the Apes" boiled down to what made it successful the first time around: ape and human engaged in philosophical conflict that becomes embodied by physical conflict. This is an exciting and gripping story that grabbed me by the nape of the neck and locked me for an intensely uninterrupted read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Planet of the Apes (2011) #9

Dec 21, 2011

This issue isn't a quick read, nor has the series been to this point. It is, however, the next installment of a story that is building in intensity and complexity. This issue is, truly, one of the best to date in this series, and it feels the most like a viable precursor to the stories told in the original "Planet of the Apes" movies. Gregory and Magno are filling in the gaps between the rise of Caesar and the arrival of Taylor with a gripping story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Planet of the Apes (2011) #15

Jun 20, 2012

Once you enter "Planet of the Apes," Carlos Magno's art is certain to amaze while Daryl Gregory's story convinces you that this is the right comic for excitement, adventure, wonder and awe. This is a book that needs to be seen to truly be appreciated. Treat yourself to a peek in our previews. You don't have to be a fan of any other incarnation of the "Planet of the Apes" brand to appreciate this series, but it does certainly help augment that appreciation. Month in and month out, this is the one non-big-two book I look forward to the most and it consistently delivers.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Planet of the Apes Cataclysm #4

Dec 7, 2012

While this "Planet of the Apes" book is the one most likely to connect to the common consciousness or public perception of the concept of a world ruled by apes, it falls short of being memorable. It's decent and entertaining, but by this time next week I would be hard pressed to distinctly recall anything that happened in this issue with any specific detail. I enjoy the Planet of the Apes brand and like the concept of telling early tales of the adventures of Zaius and the lot from the feature films, but given a choice, I'd like to see Hardman step in to the art chores.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Planet of the Apes: Special #1

Feb 15, 2013

"Planet of the Apes: Special" #1 is a nice interlude, reminding readers what they've been missing while providing more "Planet of the Apes" product alongside Corinna Bechko's and Gabriel Hardman's "Planet of the Apes: Cataclysm." This issue ends on a cliffhanger, tagged with the extra promise of "To Be Continued..." I just hope we don't have to wait another half-year for more "Planet of the Apes" from Gregory.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Plutona #1

Aug 14, 2015

I was ready to dismiss "Plutona" #1 as "Stand By Me" meets super heroes, but Lemire, Lenox, Bellaire and Wands bring along a balanced cast and fun, lively art. These five kids are on five separate journeys that have led to an intersection. Unfortunately, that intersection crosses the corpse of one of the heroines of their world. Where it goes from here remains to be seen, but I have no doubt Lemire and company are going to make the readers' journey just as adventurous as the one in front of Mei, Mike, Ray, Teddy and Diane, who are discovering their identities and realizing their connections to one another and the world around them.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Power Girl (2009) #1

May 10, 2009

As a complete offering, I am very impressed with "Power Girl" #1. This issue has given the character a sincere raison d'tre and a chance to grow as a character. Gray and Palmiotti seem poised to build upon the year-plus of support from DC and are offering up a classically modern superhero tale that carries itself strong enough to almost be considered an all ages read. Whether or not it truly is appropriate for all ages will be seen in the next few issues, but for now, this is a fun, bombastic superhero title with a strong lead character facing challenges that are worthy of her attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Power Girl (2009) #3

Jul 23, 2009

Palmiotti and Gray threw a great deal at us in this first story arc, but in doing so hit the ground running. An old DC villain was repurposed and given a new reason for being evil, Karen sets up shop in New York and the readers learn of Karen's deeper connections throughout the DCU. The writing duo are helping replenish the DC pool of characters and concepts in this title, much in the same way Keith Giffen has promised to do so with "Magog" and "Doom Patrol." Power Girl isn't a character I would follow without reservation, but the writing duo and Amanda Conner are a creative combo I would not hesitate to follow.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Girl (2009) #13

Jun 26, 2010

I'll admit, once I saw Jimmy Palmiotti, Justin Gray, and Amanda Conner were leaving this title, I had every intent of walking away as well. Basri's cover and the preview art I've seen convinced me to give this issue a try. I'm glad I tried it. DC did a good job acknowledging that no one could -- nor should anyone -- try to emulate Palmiotti, Gray, and Conner. The best thing to do here was to just go in a different direction. So far, that plan is looking like a great idea.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Girl (2009) #14

Jul 27, 2010

This issue gives me an idea of what to expect from "Power Girl" going forward, and I like it. Winick is writing this book with straight-forward superhero enthusiasm. Karen charges into action and the scene screams for a theme song to score underneath it. The secret identity side of things is played to the fullest, and the end result is a solid read that I look forward to just as much now as I did with the previous creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Girl (2009) #17

Oct 24, 2010

Like Gray, Palmiotti, and Conner before them, Winick and Basri are making this comic a great read. This character has frequently (and unfortunately) correlated only to her cup size, but in the time that she's had her own solo series, she has grown as a character and this series itself has become one of the highlights that I look forward to each and every month. Yes, I said each and every month. Since climbing on board, this creative team has delivered on time for almost half a year with no fill-ins, backups, or skipped issues. That alone is something to be celebrated, and the fact that month-in and month-out the stories under the cover of "Power Girl" are enjoyable and entertaining make this book a title you should seriously take a second look at.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Power Girl (2009) #19

Dec 23, 2010

"Power Girl" is yet another example of the books that DC offers with strong female leads. No matter how many times Karen gets knocked down, she gets right back up, swinging. The battle with Ace of the Royal Flush Gang is a nice metaphor for Karen's life, and the perfect example of how enjoyable this book truly is.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Power Girl (2009) #21

Feb 25, 2011

This comic is one of three that top my must read each and every month, regardless of my review list. Winick and Basri have taken on the task of following up a stunning creative crew on this title and have done a stellar job of making this book their own. "Power Girl" continues to be one of the very best superhero titles on the new comics rack today, and each and every issue drives that point home

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Girl (2009) #23

Apr 20, 2011

In the interview with CBR, Weiland defines the fanbase of Power Girl as "smaller, but disproportionately loyal to the character." With Winick and Basri delivering issues like this, fans of this book have had reason to remain loyal. The way this issue closes gives clear indication that we've got a lot to look forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Power Girl (2009) #24

May 19, 2011

"Power Girl" continues to deliver comic book goodness month in and month out. Even when the art isn't to the high standard that I've come to expect from this book, the book still succeeds. I review a few books month in and month out, almost to the point of losing my way between what I like, what I want to read, and what really should be reviewed for the greater good. I can with utmost confidence say that "Power Girl" is one of a very select handful of books that I would still be reading independent of my review work.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Predator #1

Jun 24, 2009

This book is a nice offering to Predator fans as a fix, but the final collected story may just be more satisfying to fans who need a little more substance to their Predator reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Pretty Deadly #1

Oct 22, 2013

After reading "Pretty Deadly" #1 through a second time, the revelation occurred to me that this series is a Vertigo book that quit school early and moved out on its own. DeConnick and Rios fill this comic with mystery, adventure and uncertainty. What could be a straight-laced Western is instead unorthodox and surprisingly unexpected in content, but adventurously so, challenging and inviting readers along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Primates #1

Jun 19, 2013

"Primates" is a fine example of what comics can deliver. Established comic book readers know this already, but a vehicle such as "Primates" provides a nice overlap of education and entertainment. This isn't the complete story of any of the Trimates. No single graphic novel could fully contain the lives and contributions of any one of these women, let alone all three. As the final scenes of the book are labeled, "Prologue," I suspect many readers will take that cue and begin some research of their own. I've no doubt my copy of this book is going to spend more time with other hands than mine holding it, but I think Goodall, Fossey, Galdikas, Ottaviani and Wicks wouldn't have it any other way.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Prime-8s #2

Feb 17, 2014

The problem with Monkeybrain Comics, generally speaking, is that they fly under the radar. Had I known this book was coming out; I would have been looking for it, instead of tripping across it. The upside to Monkeybrain, however, is that once I tripped across this comic, it was a minimal investment to sample the adventure. As a product of "Captain Carrot and His Amazing Zoo Crew," I am familiar with, and truly appreciate, anthropomorphic comic book action. The puns intended and included in "Prime-8s" #2 don't detract from the story as Moreci, Seeley, Latino and crew continue to build a world around the titular anthropoidal octet. How much of that world is peopled with anthropomorphs and how those other critter characters received their powers remains to be seen, but "Prime-8s" #2 does a fine job focusing on action and development as opposed to allowing minds to wander unchecked.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Proof #18

Mar 25, 2009

This is a book with a great deal of heft to it. Cover to cover, this book packs in a great read and good art -" even a two-page head scratcher in the Archie Snow mystery -" plus letters pages, pin-ups, an essay, and mocked newspaper pages. It feels more like a journal of all things cryptoid than an issue of an under-appreciated comic book. This is one title that I'm glad I reconnected with. Now I plan to stick around for a good long while.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Proof #25

Jan 7, 2010

If you've needed more proof on why you should take a look at this book, CBR has an interview with the "Proof" creators about the plans for the series past issue #25. "Proof" is one of those titles that people love to talk about, but always seems to need some help in the sales department. Take a peek at this book if you happen to see it on the stands. If you don't see it on the stands, just consider it another urban legend like the characters in between the covers of this alleged book reviewed by yours truly. Then feel free to let out a nervous little giggle as you wonder whether or not this title even exists. Maybe someday you'll catch it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Proof: Endangered #5

May 4, 2011

I've tried to help readers see this book for the brilliant alternative that it is. Grecian and Rossmo haven't simply introduced a cast of characters and sprawl of settings with their work on "Proof." They've built a world, a brand, and a franchise. "Proof" is a book that has offered some really great stories populated with compelling characters. If you missed "Proof" up to this point completely, give this issue a try, or better yet, ask your comic connection to hook you up with one of the collected editions.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punisher (2011) #2

Aug 24, 2011

What this issue does do, however, is drop the Marvel Universe in around the reader, ninja-style. Completely unexpectedly (at least from me), Rucka and Checchetto bring in a Spider-Man foe. And Norah Winters, a Spidey supporting character, shows up. Sure, I knew Punisher was going to be in the Marvel Universe, but to lock him in with characters like that takes some gumption. Mind you, Norah and the villain aren't the most untouchable of characters from Spidey's supporting cast, but they are unmistakably Spidey's. Where Rucka takes them from here is something I'm itching to see. And quickly.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punisher (2011) #3

Sep 8, 2011

Rucka doesn't just deliver one single story in this issue, though. He brings in the plotline of the bride who survived her wedding massacre from the first issue and also begins to analyze the characters of NYPD Detectives Clemons and Bolt. As only Rucka can deliver it, "The Punisher" has risen to the top of my must-read pile whenever it appears on the new comics rack, and it looks like there is no chance of it sinking back down.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punisher (2011) #5

Nov 18, 2011

The youngest member of my local comic shop's crew didn't know much about Greg Rucka. I gave him "Keeper" to read over the summer. He gave it back to me cursing me for giving him a reason to know about -- and want to read more from -- Greg Rucka. This week when I went to the shop, he handed me the latest issue of "The Punisher" and said, "This is a great, great issue. Best 616 Punisher issue ever." I think you're right, my friend.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Punisher (2011) #6

Dec 10, 2011

If you've been missing out on this book, this issue -- which is the sixth part in a multi-part storyline, mind you -- is very approachable. From here, you'll be hooked, as Rucka and company are ready to throw a few more curveballs at the Punisher. This issue ends with a double-page spread cliffhanger that will undoubtedly kick off the next issue in an explosive manner.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punisher (2011) #8

Feb 2, 2012

This "Punisher" book, like the recently relaunched (and soon-to-be-connected) "Daredevil" series, has given me a new appreciation for the character while deepening my admiration of Greg Rucka's ability as a writer. Like "Daredevil," if you're not reading "Punisher," you're missing out on some of the consistently best stuff that Marvel is putting on the new comics racks.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punisher (2011) #10

Apr 20, 2012

Although this is the middle segment of a three-part story, Rucka and Checchetto make it every bit as enjoyable and approachable as the opener or finale. The major difference here, however, is that the stakes are raised in this issue and the imaginary soundtrack music is reaching a deafening crescendo on the final page. This story is in high gear and there's simply no walking away from it now.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Punisher (2011) #12

Jun 22, 2012

Everything you need from "The Punisher" is right here, absolutely everything. This is what a zero issue, a Point One, a new starting spot for a great book should be. You should be reading this book if you've ever -- ever -- had any interest in the Punisher or his place in the greater Marvel Universe. Greg Rucka and Marco Checchetto have found a groove and they're doing a damn good job sharing it right here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punisher (2011) #14

Aug 24, 2012

As this series progresses, I find myself enjoying each issue just a little bit more. The creative team on this book is always top-notch, and "Punisher" #14 is proof. With Cole-Alves finding some resolution in this issue, I'm curious as to where her path continues. Without a doubt, Greg Rucka has a plan in place and the results will be fantastic. If you've missed the boat on this book, you're doing yourself a disservice. Correct that mistake and check this book out. Even though there's over a year of comics behind it, "Punisher" #14 is what every comic book reader looks for in their first issue of a title: solid art, great story, believable characters and lots of action.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Punisher (2011) #16

Sep 27, 2012

"Punisher: War Zone" is on the horizon with bombastic promises of the Punisher gunning for the Avengers (and yes, I guess I am including Spider-Man and Wolverine in that "Avengers" label). While that series is sure to offer up a different, louder level of excitement and adventure, I'm going to miss these characters. I've grown to really enjoy reading about Norah Winters hounding Walter Bolt and Ozzy Clemons as she plays coy to their questions about Rachel Cole-Alves while the Punisher brings hell down upon the villainous. Rucka and crew have done what no one has ever done before: they've made me a fan of the Punisher.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Punisher (2016) #1

May 4, 2016

Overall, The Punisher #1 is solid, but not amazing. Like Jaws, it has enough to catch your attention and keep you locked in during the initial phase of the story, but so much more is lurking under the water, teasing fans to stay tuned. I cannot wait for Cloonan and Dillon to deliver.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Punisher: War Zone (2008) #5

Jan 14, 2009

At any rate, this is a great read, definitely not for the younger readers in your households, but a definite suspension of reality for older readers. Any fan of Frank Castle is missing out if this book isn't in their hands. Hell, even readers who aren't Frank's biggest fans would surely get a kick out of this book. I know I am.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Punisher: War Zone (2012) #1

Oct 25, 2012

Readers of "Punisher" reviews here on CBR know that it's no secret that I enjoyed the living heck out of Rucka and Checchetto's recently-concluded "Punisher" run, but as Nigel Tufnel would say, this issue goes to eleven. Rucka and team craft a story for the ages here, one that will not only redefine Frank Castle, but also forever changes the footprint the Punisher leaves on the Marvel Universe. "Punisher: War Zone" #1 is a sample of everything Rucka brings to the character as well as a sign of his ability to write good stories with any and every character.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Punisher: War Zone (2012) #4

Feb 4, 2013

"Punisher: War Zone" #4 might not be the strongest single Punisher comic book, but it certainly isn't the worst. The stakes have been raised, traps have been set and Rucka has managed to illustrate how resourceful and effective Frank Castle can be. Although this is the fourth issue in a five issue series, there is a complete story here, albeit a complete story that is just a chapter in the war-torn life of the Punisher. Rucka has raised expectations for the finale of his work with this character and judging from the stakes and props on the table in "Punisher: War Zone" #4, that finale is going to be quite memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Punisher: War Zone (2012) #5

Mar 4, 2013

In the end, Rucka has certainly left the Marvel Universe with a deeper definition of the Punisher, including new characters, but he also leaves behind a pair of shoes that the next writer of Frank Castle doesn't really stand a chance to fill. For me, the Punisher's story has wrapped up. Sure, there will be more adventures featuring Frank Castle, but they are going to have a hard time measuring up to what Rucka has delivered.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Purgatori #1

Sep 19, 2014

Gillespie spends most of "Purgatori" #1 piling on ideas that are intended to make the reader squirm, like torture, assault, rape, murder and vampirism. None of those pieces are crafted into a story, but simply jam together to form a diluted, uninteresting and unmemorable backstory. The debut issue comes across as a perverted pipe dream or a rejected script to a horror movie that treads a little too closely to being a porno. Unless that's your preference, there isn't much to like and certainly not enough story to enjoy, let alone remember. "Purgatori" #1 features a twisted soul cast out of Hell, but does nothing to incite the readership to care.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Quake: S.H.I.E.L.D. 50th Anniversary #1

Sep 14, 2015

"Quake: S.H.I.E.L.D. 50th Anniversary" #1 could have been an inventory story or a tryout tale; instead, it's a fun character study that digs into the rationale of adding Daisy "Quake" Johnson to the Avengers. This isn't the most definitive or memorable Quake story ever, but Rosenberg, Kindlon, Johnson, Keith and Petit make it a fun adventure with just enough heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Quantum and Woody #4

Oct 7, 2013

I can guarantee that "Quantum & Woody" #4 is the only comic to hit shelves this week (month or year) with the following quote: "I'm a @#$&-@#*% superhero, bitch." Trust me, if that line gives you a chuckle (or in my case, causes a spit-take), this comic book is exactly what you didn't realize you were missing. My continuation into the realms of Valiant continues with "Quantum & Woody" #4 and so far Valiant is a stunning "take-my-money" two-for-two. This is my first issue of the series, but I guarantee it will not be my last, especially since I'm deliberating hunting down the first three or simply waiting for the inevitable trade that will deliver the first arc of a comic that's lobbied hard to be my new favorite.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Quantum and Woody #10

May 15, 2014

"Quantum and Woody" #10 is just another wonderful example of the reverential irreverence this comic book brings to the industry. At no point does this story become weighed down from its own seriousness. It revels in being irreverent, but also provides a comic book story filled with comic book tropes, just filtered through Asmus' imagination and infused with a healthy dose of fun. Asmus and Kano do a fantastic job of celebrating comics through "Quantum and Woody" #10 while entertaining readers with action, adventure, intrigue and humor the entire way along. If you're not reading this series, it's not too late to start now.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Quantum and Woody (2017) #2

Feb 1, 2018

All in all, Quantum And Woody #2 is a comic books comic, packed with surprises, fun, fisticuffs, absurdity, and conflict. A mystery or two and a pinch of suspense and this comic couldnt possibly have anything more to offer readers. Which is just fine. What else do you really need in your comics?

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Quantum and Woody Must Die #4

Apr 29, 2015

"Quantum and Woody" has routinely been a refuge for readers to laugh about things that shouldn't be this funny, but -- with "Quantum and Woody: Must Die" #4 and indeed this entire series -- Asmus and Lieber continue to find new ways to get a laugh (sure, some of the tried-and-true old ways work too) and clearly have fun crafting irreverent adventures that explore the perimeter of what comic books can and should be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
R.E.B.E.L.S. #4

May 13, 2009

Do yourself a great big favor before you take a similar plunge: wait for the trade for this first arc or borrow the first few issues from a pal. Maybe you'll luck out and your local shop still has the first three issues. Grab them and read them before #4. It'll make the whole story more palatable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
R.E.B.E.L.S. #9

Oct 15, 2009

The vibe this book gives is not dissimilar from that of "Guardians of the Galaxy" and DC certainly has a wider array of alien planets and species to bring in. Bedard and crew have set down a firm foundation for this title. The book has enough momentum that the "Blackest Night" crossover issues shouldn't totally derail the series. If anything, "Blackest Night" might give this series the boost it needs to find more readers. After all, who doesn't love a story about giant, galaxy-conquering starfish? This is the type of enjoyable adventure that is only possible in the pages of comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
R.E.B.E.L.S. #15

Apr 26, 2010

"R.E.B.E.L.S" is a relieving divergence from the standard-fare capes and cowls comic book. Readers with a little more familiarity of the DCU will have a more enlightening experience reading this title, but newcomers are bound to find this title entertaining and eye-opening. It's like the "Star Wars" cantina in every issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
R.E.B.E.L.S. #18

Jul 17, 2010

This isn't the strongest single issue of "R.E.B.E.L.S.," but it sure is a nice jumping on point for new readers. Consider it a gateway -- or maybe a stargate -- to new worlds of wonder.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
R.E.B.E.L.S. #21

Oct 11, 2010

Following the savvy marketing move of popping some Green Lanterns on the cover, this issue appears to be bringing the two franchises closer together. L.E.G.I.O.N. appears set to be a nice companion to the Green Lantern franchise, but it is an even better standalone comic. So what are you waiting for? You've read this review, you've read other reviews, and you've heard good things about this book. Maybe it's time for you to give this book a try.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
R.E.B.E.L.S. #24

Jan 17, 2011

This book continues to offer a refreshing breath of interstellar air, and this issue, in particular manages to offer up quite a story despite the lack of physical conflict. This issue offers a clear landing spot for readers to jump onboard before what appears to be another Starro-driven, galaxy-spanning adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
R.E.B.E.L.S. Annual #1

Oct 9, 2009

The surprise twist to this book is the motivation that fuels Starro. This book caught me by surprise. I planned to get it for review purposes, but found myself compelled to read it as my second title this week based on the battle between Despero and Starro -- I had to know who triumphs! From there, the book took me to places I didn't expect to see, especially given the preview that has been in the back of DC comics recently. While that preview is strong on its own merits, I think DC may have served itself better by providing an unlettered page from each artist in this issue. Truly, DC could have served itself better once more by playing up the kooky, fan-friendly aspect of Starro on the cover. It almost certainly would have drawn in a few more readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ragman: Suit of Souls #1

Oct 22, 2010

This comic does a nice job of encapsulating the Ragman, explaining who he is, and defining him for future use. It's a fine origin tale for both Ragman and the new reader. It embraces the approachability that should come with being a one-shot comic book. Sure, it could have used a little more action and adventure, but Gage settles into this character with this issue and I cannot help but think this is just the beginning of a further exploration of this one-time member of the "Shadowpact." I have nothing to base that on, save the same hope that Rory's father had when he opened his shop in America. Ragman is one of the rare gems of the DC Universe that needs a little more panel time in order to be a little more recognized and appreciated. A one-shot is a nice start for that. More please.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rai #1

May 2, 2014

Everything about "Rai" #1 Plus Edition demands more time and attention than one simple read-through can process. Kindt has clearly poured a great deal of energy into this experience, much to the benefit of the reader. Valiant has given readers another world-building adventure, this time with a masterful warrior who brings stunning action and choreography to a story filled with battle, swordplay and explosions. While the Rai-Lula relationship seems like a Wolverine-Jubilee analog in the making, Kindt has made a smart choice in pairing the two up and giving the reader a portal to New Japan through this unlikely duo. I'm thrilled to find yet another Valiant book worth reading and cannot wait to see how this world continues to expand beyond "Rai" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Rann-Thanagar: Holy War #2

Jun 5, 2008

"Rann-Thanagar: Holy War" has potential to be something, but I'm not quite sure it knows what it wants to be yet. It's almost as though DC had some leftovers and threw them at Starlin, saying, "Make us a masterpiece." Starlin could do that, but he's going to need to really set this thing cranking in the next issue in order to gain momentum and make a readable story out of this. As Augie alluded to in his column last week, building upon the thoughts of Tom Spurgeon, decisions are going to have to be made soon by consumers between gas and comics, or comics and other requirements. Clocking in at $3.50, this one's losing that fight for me.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Rat God #1

Feb 9, 2015

"Rat God" #1 is a story in the Dark Horse tradition, exploring new territory and doing so in spectacular fashion. Corben has a mystery tinged with history that he offers up to readers. He gives the comic just enough mythology (true or made-up, it matters not, as it feels true) to ratchet up the tension and solicit emotional investment from the readers. This is by no means a complete tale, but the events in "Rat God" #1 set the stage of a dynamic adventure to come that is certain to bring a number of surprises.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Red Hood / Arsenal #1

Jun 15, 2015

Ultimately, the twenty-page story in "Red Hood/Arsenal" #1 is less impressive and less memorable than the eight-page free preview DC gave to readers last month. The generic foe of this adventure doesn't bring much gravity to the comic, which finds a tidy conclusion; likewise, the situation itself doesn't pack as much drama as Lobdell and Mesri fit into the eight-pager, which promised a significant menace with far-reaching effects. "Red Hood/Arsenal" #1 feels like less of a start to an ongoing series and more of a sample. If the creative team returns to the tale they started in the preview, "Red Hood/Arsenal" will definitely be worth checking out again. Until that point, this title is going to have to work a little harder to keep readers locked in from issue to issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Red Hood And The Outlaws #0

Sep 24, 2012

I was put off by what I read in "Red Hood and the Outlaws" #1 last year and find nothing redeeming in this issue. It's also quite simply a boring comic book. I was hopeful Rocafort would find another gig and, as luck would have it, he's off this book and heading over to "Superman" #0. Lobdell's heading over there too. I'm looking forward to both reading it and seeing it reviewed here on CBR. As for "Red Hood," I think I'm pretty well done checking in on this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
0
Red Hood And The Outlaws #1

Sep 25, 2011

Lobdell's story hits on two notes: sex and violence. Neither one really has any reason for being in this book save for the fact that without either one, this book wouldn't exist. If you're up for a pointless, violent, sexist romp that offers nothing of substance, then this is your book. Otherwise, stay the heck away. Buy some back issues. Go get a three-dollar coffee. Download three ninety-nine-cent songs. Don't waste your time or money and don't say I didn't warn you.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Red Hood And The Outlaws #24

Oct 21, 2013

"Red Hood and the Outlaws" #24 as a comic book story is more interesting than I expected it to be, but the characters and situations are no more compelling than they were when I last checked in on this title. James Tynion IV has a direction he is steering Jason Todd in, but the rest of the book seems like shrapnel from the explosion -- heading out from the core story in random directions without true purpose. I'm not sure who the target is for this title, but I do know it's not me.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Red Hood And The Outlaws #30

Apr 21, 2014

The mischaracterization of Frankenstein aside, there is no real depth to any of the "Red Hood and the Outlaws" cast, despite thirty issues of existence and no fewer than three different writers trying to layer in nuance after failed nuance. Quite frankly, I would not have purchased this comic if not for Frankenstein and, having read it, realize that even that rationale was terribly flawed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Red Hood: The Lost Days #1

Jun 3, 2010

This book wasn't supposed to be this good. This book wasn't supposed to make me want to come back for more. Winick and Raimondi, however, had other plans for this book, and I'm glad they did.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Red Lanterns #1

Sep 15, 2011

One final note that hit me as I read this book, if Dex-Star can get this much panel time, is there hope for a new Captain Carrot series in this brave new relaunch? After all, you need funny animals to counter the market presence of the really pissed off animals.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Lanterns #12

Aug 2, 2012

With the plot seeds Milligan plants in this issue, the development of event and conflict becomes more apparent. Now that Atrocitus has been forced to embrace his greatest mistake, hopefully we can look forward to at least one issue that doesn't include the Red Lantern leader whining about the tragedy of his past and instead celebrates as part of the galactic spectacle surrounding him and his Lanterns. "Red Lanterns" should be about battle and rage, not navel-gazing and pondering. I'm much more interested in conflicts like the one between Abysmus and Atrocitus than I am in Atrocitus once more reflecting on the day the Manhunters took Ryut.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Red Lanterns #16

Feb 1, 2013

With one-third of this issue dedicated to Atrocitus' struggle, the cumulative feel this story gives me is that it is simply treading water, perhaps waiting for the conclusion of "Rise of the Third Army." When this series started, the characters struck me as exceptionally shallow to maintain monthly adventures and "Red Lanterns" #16 certainly adds credence to that theory. Atrocitus' involvement in the battle against the Third Army is gimmicky at best and to have the character so desperate as to essentially resurrect a zombie army of his foes against a different set of foes falls unbelievably flat. Maybe once the galaxy is free of the Third Army this title will find a direction for itself once more. For now, the red in "Red Lanterns" #16 means stop. Put the book down. Read something else.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Red Lanterns #21

Jun 27, 2013

All in all, "Red Lanterns" #21 is a solidly constructed start for the new direction of this title. Soule defines the motivation for the title and the Red Lanterns, maps out their mission and identifies just why Guy Gardner is involved. Of the new directions for the Lantern titles that I've paid interest to (and reviewed) "Red Lanterns" #21 is the best of the bunch. There's room for improvement and growth, but at least the story is interesting and the art is solid.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Robin #9

Feb 7, 2010

This issue is a pretty decent jumping on point for those looking for a connection to the Batman universe. Not only do you get Red Robin beating up a lesser known villain, but two guest stars bringing some compelling emotion to the former Boy Wonder's adventures while setting up future coolness. Reflecting the events of previous issues, Ra's al Ghul surfaces in this issue, offering a threat against Tim -- a threat that sends Tim scrambling for help. I'm interested enough to see who comes to help Red Robin.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Robin #10

Mar 12, 2010

There are allegedly a dozen targets that Ra's has sighted. So far we've seen attempts on Leslie Thompkins, Stephanie Brown, and Thomas (Hush) Elliot. That seems a little thin to me, considering we're halfway through this story. Either Ra's has a mass execution planned (possible) or the action is really going to pick up in the next two parts (also possible). Either way, this is a nice installment in the story, but not a critical one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Red Robin #13

Jun 7, 2010

I'm not overly keen on the name (here in Michigan, it's a restaurant chain with a jingle my kids pipe in whenever I mention this title) but I am keen on the goings-on between the covers of this title. It was enjoyable before Nicieza came on board, now this title seems poised to be heroic. Red Robin isn't going to do things the Dark Knight way. He's going to brighten things up, and I'm looking forward to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Red She-Hulk #59

Nov 15, 2012

The second issue of the Marvel NOW! launch of "Red She-Hulk," while disappointing, does offer some nice character bits and moments of development for X-51. As the automaton says in conversation with Captain America with regards to the Red She-Hulk, "I am building a profile, Captain. It is far from complete." That is a fair assessment of the two issues of this series so far. Jeff Parker has built profiles before and made marginal characters interesting. I have no doubt he can make me care about Red She-Hulk, but I need to see more than I've seen in "Red She-Hulk" #59 to draw a firm conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red She-Hulk #61

Jan 7, 2013

"Red She-Hulk" #61 is the first issue since the NOW! rebrand that I can fully climb onboard with as being a Red She-Hulk comic. The upside to that is that in the past three months Parker has shown the world he can write a fantastic X-51 book. He has also set up circumstances to play against Red She-Hulk, forcing the character to grow right before readers' eyes.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Red She-Hulk #67

Jul 5, 2013

The Ancient Order of the Shield factors in, offering an escape clause that simply was not present in an otherwise mundane story. Stuff gets hit, stuff blows up and good guys prevail. I'm interested to see what's next for Red She-Hulk, even if this story won't be top of my mind at that time. Parker, as he has a knack to do, drew my interest to Red She-Hulk and to Machine Man: characters I cared less about than Night Nurse and Frog-Man. The formation of a team is mentioned at the end of "Red She-Hulk" #67 and if Parker took Red She-Hulk, Machine Man, Frog-Man and Night Nurse and wrote the "Adventures of the New Champions," I'd be all in.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Red Skull: Incarnate #1

Jul 8, 2011

I bought this book mostly out of the fact that I had some spare cash and needed to peg another review. I didn't realize that this was going to be one of those books that make a lasting impression on me for months and years to come. This first issue has me anxiously awaiting more of this harsh, compelling tale of the forging of the Red Skull. I don't feel right typing that, but I can only surmise that that means Greg Pak truly has done his job here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Red Skull: Incarnate #5

Dec 1, 2011

Pak writes a convincing story supported by historical fact. His Johann Schmidt had some hurdles to overcome on his ascent to power. The methods Schmidt chooses to overcome those hurdles shapes the future of the Nazi party and the grander Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Sonja (2013) #1

Jul 18, 2013

"Red Sonja" #1 is a nice start for a new adventure with Gail Simone joining the journey. It establishes the world succinctly, without getting too heavy. Simone has established some history to build around and puts all of the pieces on the table, ready to erupt in violent battle. There is a definite conflict ready to explode with roots in the past and impact for the future as the attacking hordes hold a secret connection to the redheaded warrior woman.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Red Sonja: She-Devil With a Sword #44

May 28, 2009

This book offers a glimpse into a world that is uncommon in today's comic book market, but for me, it's not enough of a glimpse to be memorable. This is a story that will be fleeting and most likely never return to my consciousness, but it is a smaller snippet of a larger tale. Perhaps if I took in more of the adventures of "Red Sonja," then this book might have more relevance for me, but as a single standalone sample, I'm uninspired to add this to my regular reading stack.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Red Sonja: Vulture's Circle #1

Jan 12, 2015

"Red Sonja: Vulture's Circle" #1 contains the framework for a fun story, but the execution falls flat as Sutekh, the son of Set, is loosed upon the unsuspecting population. It seems a shame that the most prominent event in this issue is Red Sonja's choice of attire as she assumes the next stage of her life but there isn't much else that really stands out.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Red Sonja: Wrath of the Gods #1

Feb 9, 2010

I get what the crew is trying to do here. The outcast and slaughter of the Budini make it quite clear. This story is one of intolerance and a quest for understanding. Of course, this is only the beginning of this series, so the answers are not all revealed here. To this point, the story is a tired one in comics. Mutants, aliens, teenagers, Native Americans, Jewish people -- we've red this intolerance before. Substitute out any one of these archetypes for "Budini" and I'm sure you can find a story that is a little more solid and more than a bit more enjoyable. Maybe the series will pick up steam in the next issue, but for now, I'm sorely unimpressed.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Red Tornado #1

Sep 10, 2009

All in all, I was more than a little disappointed with this first issue. I think the massive shoehorn used to wedge Red Torpedo into Tornado's past is unnecessary, as the "beacon" could have been a strong enough plot device on its own to bring the characters together. I'm glad to see T.O. Morrow in this series; Kathy Sutton and Traya are also welcome additions. I'll be back to check out the next issue, but it will need to make up some ground for this first one.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Red Tornado #6

Feb 4, 2010

I had hope in this issue once Reddy mentioned the ley lines. I thought that VanHook might stretch back into Reddy's past in "Primal Force" with the Leymen, but that gem was left unearthed. In a disappointing miniseries, that was the disappointing cherry left on the disappointing counter, completely forgotten. After this series and the way Reddy's been abused in "Justice League of America," I do hope DC finds a way to set Red Tornado back on the path of respectability. This is a great character with great potential. Someone just needs to get it right. Maybe Kurt Busiek would like another go?

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Reed Gunther #2

Jul 6, 2011

Worthy of an "all ages" label without pandering to either side of the age spectrum, this issue just shows that there's no separating a cowboy and his bear.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Reed Gunther #6

Dec 7, 2011

While every issue doesn't have bonus features per se, this issue does. The extras in this issue include the beginnings of the Reed Gunther letters pages, an extra three-page story and the origin of the mustache that graces Reed's upper lip. That's quite a bit for one comic nowadays, but most importantly, this is one FUN comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Reign in Hell #8

Feb 27, 2009

All in all, this book helped streamline some of the players in the magical corners of the DCU while returning Lobo to the peak of bad-assedness. Astonishingly, I did little more than flip through half of the preceding issues, but I found myself able to comprehend the action, the players, and the end results with little head-scratching. While it may not be the prettiest book of the year, this book was important to the consistency of the DC Universe. It cleaned off the toys in the magic sandbox, sanitized them and put them back, ready for the next forager. I only hope that next storyteller adheres to some of the points set forth here and leaves his or her own agenda at home. Giffen's effort should be followed, not ignored.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Return of the Dapper Men #1

Nov 16, 2010

The "Making of a Dapper Page" process pages at the end of the book, combined with the collection of stunning pinups would be worth the price of this book all by themselves. Look at it how you will: a mind-opening, eye-shutting book that sings to your dreams and dreams of your songs with a bonus section of extras or an odd collection of bonuses with a stirring tale preceding them. Either way, this is one book that I'll be grabbing off the shelves every so often just to marvel at and to remind myself of everything comics can be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Revival #1

Jul 15, 2012

While the basic premise doesn't sound too far off base from the high concept of a zombie invasion, this series is different. The Revivers are back, yet no one knows why and no one knows what to expect. It's the unexpected that fills Seeley and Norton's first issue of "Revival" and promises to keep the reader riveted for future developments. As with Image's other recent releases "Saga" and "Fatale," this comic is an unexpected windfall that evokes an uncomfortable feeling, piques interest and taunts curiosity. It's a good read with great art and a weird, wild diversion from anything else on the stands this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Revival #2

Aug 17, 2012

Things get edgier in this second installment of "Revival" and the cracks between the members of the Cypress family are starting to widen and transform into fissures. Add to that the mystery deepening around Ibrahaim Ramin, a seemingly throwaway character from last issue, and "Revival" #2 provides enough suspense to propel this series forward. This issue isn't as briskly paced as the first issue, nor does it introduce as many oddities, but it does move things forward with just enough teasing to ratchet up curiosity.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Revolutionary War (2014): Alpha #1

Jan 10, 2014

I admire the mission statement of this comic; but it needs to be more dedicated to the cause and approachable to the target audience. There is a text page at the end of the issue that declares the purpose of this issue to be a wider range of exposure to readers heretofore unfamiliar with Marvel UK characters, but "Revolutionary War: Alpha" #1 could use a little more pizzazz to keep the readers interested and returning. Perhaps "Official Handbook of the Marvel Universe" type text pieces would be of benefit. At that point, readers could quickly reference the characters in the issue rather than wondering who Tion Liger is, what his skills are and why they should care.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Rise of the Black Lanterns: The Phantom Stranger #42

Jan 20, 2010

Tomasi and crew do a nice job of balancing out the light-hearted banter of Deadman and Blue Devil with the serious world-threatening power of the Black Lantern Spectre and the mystical babble of the Phantom Stranger. The story doesn't seem as natural coming from Tomasi as his work on "Green Lantern Corps," but it serves this issue very well. If you found yourself with a little extra comic cash this week, needing a "Blackest Night" fix, you could certainly do worse than to buy this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Rise of the Black Lanterns: The Atom & Hawkman #46

Jan 28, 2010

This is a nice tribute to the Atom and Hawkman stories of yesteryear -" both the ones under the title of "The Atom and Hawkman" and elsewhere, be it in "Hawkman" under the pen of Geoff Johns or in the Silver Age issues of either character's solo titles. Sook and Pasarin both make solid cases to work on the Atom more in the future, and I would gladly welcome the art of either.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rise of the Black Lanterns: The Power of Shazam #48

Jan 14, 2010

We're given a little more insight behind what forces might be able to challenge the Black Lanterns, this story stars dead characters, but to have an issue like this centered around a character that never existed in the title being resurrected seems like a poor choice. The solicits offered readers a chance to revisit with Billy and Mary Batson, but the pair appear only for one page, used more as a plot device to catch readers up on what happened as opposed to being protagonists in what should have been their story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rise of the Black Lanterns: Suicide Squad #67

Jan 7, 2010

The Black Lantern tie-in comes through a victim of Deadshot's, and given that there are Black Lantern rings flying through the pages of a book titled "Suicide Squad" you can bet there are more than a few new recruits to Nekron's army of darkness. The action isn't nicely wrapped up here, however, and it spills into next week's "Secret Six" #17 by this same creative team. Essentially, this could be considered part one of "Blackest Night: Suicide Squad" or "Blackest Night: Secret Six."

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Robin Rises: Alpha #1

Dec 29, 2014

Now that Damian has returned, I'm much more interested in the aftermath of this tale than "Robin Rises: Alpha" #1 itself. Some revelations are made, but quite honestly, were deflated by spoilers and DC's own promotional department. With Damian returned, how do Tomasi and company keep the title fresh and the partnership on track? The potential for future tales planned in "Robin Rises: Alpha" #1 is immense, but then again, so was the tale of Batman's quest for his son.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin: Son of Batman #1

Jun 22, 2015

The creative team in "Robin: Son of Batman" #1 is well-synchronized, filing the pages with fun images, emotive characters and exciting action. Gleason is, perhaps, a bit more verbose at times throughout the issue than "Batman and Robin" scribe Peter J. Tomasi would have been in the same spot, but the end result is certainly worth it. "Robin: Son of Batman" #1 is packed from cover to cover, giving readers a substantial introduction to a corner of the Batman universe set to blossom as Robin explains the "Year of Blood" to Ravi, who serves as a proxy to the readers. It's a solid, busy read, but a good one, with Patrick Gleason and team's young Damian Wayne making a good first impression as he sets off to right some wrongs and live up to the expectations of his father, Bruce Wayne.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Robin: Son of Batman #4

Sep 18, 2015

"Robin: Son of Batman" #4 is another chapter in Robin's quest to even out his karma and be a good person. With his pet/mascot Goliath in tow for comic relief and Nobody along for snappy dialogue opportunities, this comic is a fun romp through the unknown. The recognition the Robin brand carries offers a bit more leeway to where the story can go, as does Damian's heritage, and Gleason seems to only skim the surface of story potential and excitement so far. It will be fun to see what other adventures Gleason can dream up for the titular character.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Robocop #6

Aug 25, 2010

What should be a fairly simple story is decompressed to fill the issue and to display what a badass Ms. Odenkirk can be as she makes decisions that shape the future of the Detroit area, sacrificing innocent lives without a thought. A true businesswoman on every note, Odenkirk finds a way to not only vex Officer Murphy, but to turn a buck in the process. The end result of this issue is a powerful lesson in capitalism, "I'd buy that for a dollar!" Unfortunately, this issue is priced a little higher than that.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robocop (2014) #1

Jul 7, 2014

After the first three pages (which includes a double-page spread of a shootout with Robocop exclaiming, "Dead or alive, you're coming with me!") this comic had done its job. From giving the readers a chance to chuckle at the classic game show declaration, "It'd buy that for a dollar!" to Robocop holding his own against greater numbers through a firefight, those three pages tell readers everything they need to know about this series to jump in and enjoy the chaos. "Robocop" #1 has a fantastic mix to offer readers looking to revisit Old Detroit and check in on the OCP.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Robocop: Last Stand #1

Aug 12, 2013

While RoboCop isn't stomping through the streets of my Detroit, at least we haven't fallen victim to OCP. Yet. Letting that concept stew in my brain a bit makes me nervous, but at least I can look to the future knowing we'll have a statue of Alex Murphy's heroic identity soon. Until then, I'll look forward to more of "RoboCop: Last Stand" and continue to remind myself that no matter how bad things get, they could always be worse. Grant and ztekin have fun kicking the tires of Miller's story and, even though there are some excellent RoboCop moments, it seems as though the best is yet to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #2

Aug 7, 2014

While Rocket is the most appealing "Guardians of the Galaxy" character for audiences of all ages, this comic isn't an all-ages read. It's more apropos for fans of Deadpool and Bendis' current run on "Guardians of the Galaxy" than it is suited for readers mired in continuity or younger readers looking to make a character connection to a fuzzy woodland critter. Weighing in as a teen-plus read, Young does a fine job working alongside Bendis' interpretation of the team and has provided readers with an outlet to get their fill of Rocket Raccoon adventures. The second-part of an ongoing story, "Rocket Raccoon" #2 gives readers a satisfying adventure, but leaves plenty of reason to come back.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #6

Dec 15, 2014

"Rocket Raccoon" #6 hits the right notes to be both a successful Rocket Raccoon adventure and a fun, complete issue. While I'd prefer the comic -- especially with Parker's animated, bouncy art -- to be more closely acceptable by an all ages audience, there's simply no denying the fact that "Rocket Raccoon" is a fun book that flows in the same vain as the boisterous beast from the "Guardians of the Galaxy" feature film.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #9

Mar 9, 2015

While some characters don't set out to be heroes but become heroes nonetheless, Groot's quest to be a hero puts Rocket on a path to forge his own heroic legacy. Along the way, Young, Parker, Beaulieu and Eckleberry have fun celebrating every wacky thing about comics in one of the most consistently irreverent books on the racks today. It's not an all-ages title, but "Rocket Raccoon" #9 is certain to remind readers of the joy comic books can deliver at any age.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Rocket Raccoon (2016) #1

Dec 29, 2016

As part of the Grounded storyline, Rocket Raccoon #1 sets up a solid introduction to the fan favorite character, albeit in a new setting with yet-to-be-defined circumstances beyond Rocket simply wanting to leave Earth. Rosenberg and Coelho appear to be building a slow burn with this tale, so readers are going to have to bring some patience with them for this first issue. Theres plenty to like, but it might take you and Rocket a little while to get accustomed to one another.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rocket Salvage #1

Dec 19, 2014

With the shadows cast by a war between the Republic of Galaxies and the Galactic Republic (not unlike the bickering between the Judean People's Front and the People's Front of Judea) and a chin-scratching mystery lurking in the shadows, "Rocket Salvage" #1 is fun, different and worth seeking out. It's not "Star Wars," it's not even "Spaceballs," it's a new look at a new world in a story that immediately seems comfortable and familiar as Mercado introduces readers to Primo Rocket, his glory days and his fallow attempts at finding happiness and redemption.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Rocky & Bullwinkle #1

Mar 27, 2014

"Rocky and Bullwinkle" #1 is exactly what readers should expect from a title with these characters and this set of creators: good, clean fun with a heaping helping of nostalgia. Evanier and Langridge don't hesitate to update the cast and their repertoire, but never at the sake of letting the lightheartedness drive this story where good prevails and has fun doing it.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Rough Riders #1

Apr 11, 2016

As someone who thoroughly enjoys Manifest Destiny, but never really engaged with my history classes (my worst subject throughout my studies), I was intrigued by the concept of Rough Riders. Then I saw the cover. The cover image in solicits several months back hooked me in, putting Rough Riders #1 on my radar, and I am thankful that my local comic shop was able to put one in my hands. I'm not going to crown this as my new favorite read, but it is smart, self-contained, and action-packed. Thanks to Glass, Oliffe, Eltaeb, Cipriano, and editor Mike Marts, I'm invested. Now, bring on the second issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #2

Jan 16, 2015

Considerably more light-hearted than the television show, "S.H.I.E.L.D." #2 gives readers a chance to meet Jemma Simmons in the field, gain a little background on her family and see her team up with Coulson and Ms. Marvel. A fun comic book that opens its arms to new readers, "S.H.I.E.L.D." #2 is a change-up visually from the first issue but not so much as to become problematic. This can and should serve as a welcome wagon to bridge the audiences of film, television and comic, and -- with Waid onboard -- should also continue to be an enjoyable comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #3

Mar 3, 2015

S.H.I.E.L.D. #3 brings Spider-Man in for a gust spot as Doctor Strange's Sanctum Sanctorum is under siege in this story from Mark Waid with art by Alan Davis.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #4

Apr 10, 2015

"S.H.I.E.L.D." #4 is a solid addition to the series and a wonderfully constructed standalone tale. Waid, Sprouse, Story, Almara and Caramagna work well together and give readers everything a tie-in comic should be without bogging the narrative down in excessive backstory or grandiose explanation. We might not ever see Sue Richards suit up for S.H.I.E.L.D. on either the big screen or television but, with "S.H.I.E.L.D." #4, we've got an enjoyable adventure that has fun mashing up super powers and espionage as can only happen in the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #7

Jun 29, 2015

Waid has presented readers with a consistently enjoyable set of one-and-done adventures that introduce readers and S.H.I.E.L.D. agents to characters across the Marvel Universe, and "S.H.I.E.L.D." #7 is no different. This kicks off a new underlying arc and does a fine job giving readers a chance to enjoy the best of both universes in a story that takes some noteworthy twists in the interest of being fun and entertaining. "S.H.I.E.L.D." gives readers a chance to explore the Marvel Universe from the comfortable company of the characters introduced on television and returns the favor for dedicated comic fans. As he usually does, Waid finds what makes "S.H.I.E.L.D." a viable commodity and infuses it with rich character work and fun stories that are upbeat and easily approachable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #9

Aug 28, 2015

"S.H.I.E.L.D." #9 is a magnificent sample of all things S.H.I.E.L.D., blending the comics and television concepts together and letting the reader decide what is most important and/or interesting. Waid and Ferguson supply a done-in-one that carries through some threads from the ongoing series, but they don't take away from this being an enjoyable standalone issue. Adding a bit of variety served up on a tangent, the "Howling Commandos of S.H.I.E.L.D." offers an interesting amalgamation of espionage thriller and horror adventure. "S.H.I.E.L.D." #9 kicks off the anniversary in style but sets the bar high. Hopefully, this just means we're in for more "S.H.I.E.L.D." related treats.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
S.H.I.E.L.D. (2014) #10

Oct 5, 2015

A must-read for Howard the Duck fans, "S.H.I.E.L.D." #10 is yet another fun done-in-one tale from Mark Waid with solid collaboration from his visual compatriots. This series has done a fine job bouncing through the Marvel Universe, sampling as need be and presenting the morsels in a manner quite like "Marvel Team-Up," only with S.H.I.E.L.D. anchoring each installment. As a rewarding epilogue to a recent reality-bending event tale and an imaginative application of S.H.I.E.L.D. resources and personalities, "S.H.I.E.L.D." #10 gives readers a comic that isn't afraid to be both silly and serious.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Saga #3

May 16, 2012

Make no mistake, "Saga" is not for everyone, but there is something for everyone in "Saga." Readers are in for an enjoyable and disturbingly memorable comic book experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Saga #5

Jul 18, 2012

I'm getting close to running out of superlatives for "Saga." I've actually gotten to the point where I stop trying to explain it to my friends and I just hand it to them. Thankfully, as "Saga" #5 clearly displays, Vaughan and Staples are nowhere near out of ideas and aren't afraid to take chances with characters. As in every issue prior, there are jaw-dropping, gasp-worthy moments involving characters we didn't even know about in 2011. Five months after their debut, the characters of "Saga" have proven to be fan-favorites. Don't wait to pick up this series in trade paperback. It's well worth the time and money.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Saga #7

Nov 14, 2012

"Saga" #7 combines the best elements of a family drama with bold adventure and twists it just enough to make it feel like something you've never read before. The plot might be simple, but the way Vaughan and Staples dress it up makes the tale so damn unpredictable, yet so perfectly -- perfect. If you're reading comics for entertainment and want some stunning surprises in that entertainment, then you really should at least give "Saga" a shot. Be warned though, there are things in this issue that will redefine your expectations of comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Savage Dragon (1993) #145

Feb 26, 2009

As far as introductory issues go, this one has it all: a rundown of the characters involved, a brief recap of relevant prior events, and a new purpose for the protagonist to embark upon with his readers at his side.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Savage Dragon (1993) #200

Dec 10, 2014

Four pages of newspaper style comic strips -- including the third installment of Flash Mercury -- round out "Savage Dragon" #200 before the final cover is closed. Taken by sheer volume, Larsen's two-hundredth issue of his original Image Comics' creation is a spectacle to behold, but with a few friends along for an assist, Larsen gives readers an anniversary issue worth closer investigation. This is a decent sampler that has plenty of character-defining moments, but not a whole lot to make any of the characters exceptionally endearing. "Savage Dragon" #200 provides a surprisingly sufficient introduction to a world that has two-hundred issues behind it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Savage Hulk (2014) #2

Jul 17, 2014

It doesn't take much more than Alan Davis art on a comic book to catch my eye, but Davis has packed "Savage Hulk" #2 so full of characters and action that it feels giant-sized. With a brawl that starts out as Abomination fighting the X-Men, then Hulk, and brings in the Hulk-hunters under Major Talbot's command, "Savage Hulk" #2 has something for every fan and more than enough to get excited about. Davis is only getting started and has already shown readers some surprises cresting the horizon.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Savage Wolverine #4

Apr 18, 2013

Two books this week come down to fatal decisions that Wolverine has to make and of the two, this one is less successful in the argument it makes and the execution on Wolverine's behalf. Frank Cho's art is nice to look at and his subject matter is the very stuff comics and pulp were built around, but the story itself is thicker than it needs to be. The pages where Cho tucks the narration off to the side and lets the panels tell the story really shine and carry this book. Much as I was enamored with Stout's artwork, but cannot recall a line of text from any of the Stout books I owned, I can see Frank Cho making a similar impression on readers of "Savage Wolverine" #4.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Savage Wolverine #12

Dec 2, 2013

As a fan of the Heroes for Hope concept, I'd love to see that same effort pushed in other directions, get a little press and some publicity in other media prior to orders and make a difference. Let Wolverine be the best at what he does and let's make what he does make a difference. Give comics like this a chance to reach beyond the tight-knit comic reading community. Until that happens, comic books like "Savage Wolverine" #12 will continue to offer equal parts entertainment and frustration. At least with Phil Jimenez on the creative chores, comic books like this favor the entertainment factor.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Savage Wolverine #13

Jan 6, 2014

"Savage Wolverine" #13 attempts to deliver a message about the hazards facing endangered animals, but instead comes across as a collection of ideas that ring hollow and distinctively preachy as it falls into the dangerous area of solving real-word problems in an almost magical manner. This isn't Wolverine curing cancer, nor is he undoing terrorist attacks, but he is waging a war against poaching that seems to stand a good chance of being successful. Instead of delivering one very focused story, Jimenez is most likely trying to seed hope and raise awareness to a cause. Instead of jamming in Kraven and Kitty Pryde and the feel good moment with the X-Men, "Savage Wolverine" #13 would have benefitted from committing to a story and fleshing it out more completely.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Scarlet Spider #8

Aug 10, 2012

I haven't sampled "Scarlet Spider" before now, but as long as the Rangers are around, I plan to keep reading. Like Jeff Parker with "Agents of Atlas," Chris Yost really shines through when writing characters that need a little more attention. "Scarlet Spider" #8 is a quaint refresher of why I enjoy reading comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Scarlet Spider #13

Jan 11, 2013

There's a great deal of buzz going on for the end of "Amazing Spider-Man" and the beginning of "Superior Spider-Man," but this book is pretty darn enjoyable as well. It has plenty of action and doesn't have as much baggage as the other two titles. "Scarlet Spider" #13 is a solid superhero comic that does a good job of layering plots and subplots, motivating the protagonist and inspiring heroism in the titular character. It also drops a cliffhanger on the reader, certain to inspire a return next month as well as a certain amount of anxiety in between.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Scarlet Spider #16

Apr 26, 2013

"Scarlet Spider" #16 is a light-hearted issue following the rather heavy storyline this title recently endured. That doesn't mean there isn't much here. Quite the opposite in fact as Yost and Pham include Armadillo, a cameo from Kraven and a next issue blurb of "SNIKT!" This all helps ground "Scarlet Spider" in the Marvel Universe despite the setting of the Houston Livestock Show and Rodeo at Reliant Stadium. It's quite clear that Yost has fun with this book and "Scarlet Spider" #16 is a perfect example of what fun means to Yost and what a fun story should be for us readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Scarlet Spider #20

Aug 16, 2013

As Spider-comics go, "Scarlet Spider" has been the unexpected gem of the Marvel Universe, boldly experimenting -- mainly because it can. "Scarlet Spider" #20 continues that trend with Spider-Man and the Scarlet Spider reluctantly working together, coming to the agreement that neither of them truly knows the other as well as they thought. Yost and Burnham provide plenty of fodder for future adventures, as the old Parker luck kicks into high gear for Kaine. I wouldn't have it any other way and look forward to more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Scarlet Spider #25

Dec 19, 2013

A book set outside of the norm, but so closely tied to the rest of the Marvel Universe, "Scarlet Spider" affords Yost a chance to stretch and to continue growing a character that he took from nowhere and made readers want to read more of. Unfortunately "more" won't be in a regular Scarlet Spider series, but the dark clone of Peter Parker will move over to "New Warriors" as Yost himself reveals in a quick note from. That note shows the vitality of being composed in the moment, perhaps as the writer was traveling between cons or shortly after sending this final script in. Whenever it was written, there is imply no mistaking that it is heartfelt and that Chris Yost is going to miss "Scarlet Spider" as much as some of the readers will.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Scarlet Spiders #1

Nov 28, 2014

As one of the "Spider-Verse" spin-offs, "Scarlet Spiders" #1 sets and follows it course, but doesn't bring much heart to give life to the fan favorite characters Costa inherits for this title. Anticipated to clock in at three issues, this series may have been better served as a giant-sized single issue. Instead, Costa and Diaz have to stretch out the tale, giving readers barely enough information and characterization to snag their interests. This is a fun set of characters placed on a do-or-die mission, but the story itself doesn't have much gravitas. As it advances, more drama will likely be sewn in, but this first issue is a rather shallow debut.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Scarlet Spiders #3

Jan 23, 2015

"Scarlet Spiders" #3 suffers from being a sidebar tale that has expanded to fill the space available. Costa gives Ben Reilly some humorous lines, but those few lines aren't enough to string out the inevitable in anything resembling a successful manner, and the comic just limps along, like its stars, to the end.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Scooby-Doo Team-up #1

Nov 22, 2013

Man-Bat is an "Of course!" forehead-smacker foe for the dynamic duo and the Mystery Gang to team up against, but the all-ages fun never takes itself too seriously. Instead, "Scooby-Doo Team-Up" #1 doesn't hesitate to celebrate being a comic and even regales in the timeless appearances of the characters from their first meeting, including Robin's shorts-centered outfit. It's not revelatory reading, but there is no doubt kids of all ages will be hoping to see more Man-Bat and wondering why Robin is wearing shorts. Personally, I can't wait to see what other gems Fisch and company unearth to team up with Scooby-Doo in the pages of "Scooby-Doo Team-Up" in the months ahead. This debut issue is a fun read that is sure to put a smile on the faces of every reader fortunate enough to pick it up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Scooby-Doo Team-up #6

Sep 9, 2014

"Scooby-Doo Team-Up" #6 is a fun romp through the pairing of two groups of characters readers are certain to be familiar with and blends them together in an entertaining new package that is fit for all ages and all levels of comic book familiarity. This is the sort of comic book readers don't know their missing out on when they complain about "event fatigue" or "crossover burnout." Plain and simple, this is a fun, entertaining comic book from a strong creative team. I don't know how Fisch and Brizuela are going to top themselves after "Scooby-Doo Team-Up" #6, but they can certainly look back to this issue for inspiration.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Secret #1

Apr 12, 2012

Unfortunately, nothing any of those three characters does is endearing in any regard. Furthermore, there are no world-shattering revelations, but there are some eyebrow-raising moments in this issue that are trademarks of Hickman's writing. Those moments are enough to set a subtle appointment for the next issue, but the moments themselves might fade away before the next issue hits. The real draw to this series is Hickman and Bodenheim. There's nothing in this story worth cheering, but the craftsmanship exuded by the duo is worthwhile for fans of either creator and certain to create fans of both.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Avengers #22

Feb 8, 2012

Further review is exactly what this book implores. Remender writes an action-packed story that has deep roots in Avengers history, and he puts Avengers characters all around the core of this issue's tale. I enjoyed this book greatly the first time through. The second time offered some more revelations. I'm sure I'll dip back between these covers in my anxiety to get my hands on the next issue of "Secret Avengers." Good stuff.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Secret Avengers #24

Apr 2, 2012

"Secret Avengers" #24 is full of splendid comic book moments, with nods to the David Michelinie-era Avengers, the satellite Justice League and various stories between and since. The end result is a story that feels like an homage to the great comics of yesteryear, but carries a modern sensibility in pacing, plot and action. "Secret Avengers" shouldn't be a secret to anyone: it's a fun, daring Avengers title that is chock-full of surprising moments and fun characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Secret Avengers #29

Jul 30, 2012

If you can get past the overt sexualization of the female characters in this book, you might agree that Scalera's scratchy, grit-filled style is a nice match for the plot this series is now chasing. With a plethora of foes on the table, Scalera and Remender are sure to find some characters worthy of fighting "Avengers," even if the heroic lineup is more worthy of staying a secret. Remender has proven his ability to impress in the past, I'm hoping he does so again in upcoming issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Secret Avengers #37

Feb 11, 2013

The gritty tale of hidden worlds, secret agendas and accumulating threats combine to make Remender's work on "Secret Avengers" a memorable experience. While I would hesitate to say his work on this title is on par with his work on "Uncanny X-Force," there is simply no denying the contributions Remender has made to the Marvel Universe and "Secret Avengers" #37 is a fantastic representative sample. The threat of the Descendants may be past, but as happens in comics, there is ample opportunity for return and revenge.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Secret Avengers (2013) #4

May 9, 2013

"Secret Avengers" #4 showcases the "Avengers" part of the brand moreso than the "secret" and gives S.H.I.E.L.D. operatives Hill, Johnson, Coulson and Fury a greater shot at paneltime. That said, Spencer does a nice job wrapping a story around a motive for including the Hulk. I'm pretty sure after the way Hulk's adventure closes out in this issue, we might not be seeing the green goliath in these pages as an ally too much in the near future. What is certain, however, is that Spencer ratchets up the intrigue at the end of this issue, giving Black Widow, Nick Fury, Hawkeye and Mockingbird a task that will change things more significantly for this team.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Secret Identities #1

Feb 18, 2015

By the end of "Secret Identities" #1, the creative team realizes the readers might be getting a little pruny in the deep end, so they drain the pool out from underneath them. The last page reveal is a surprise but, when the reader hits that point in the comic, they've already processed a couple other surprises. Faerber, Joines, Kyriazis, Kirchoff and Dukeshire make sure "Secret Identities" #1 brings everything a new comic should: action, adventure, intrigue, visually exciting characters and a story that moves. It all comes together nicely, giving readers yet another solid offering from Image Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Secret Invasion (2008) #5

Aug 13, 2008

Overall, just when this series should really be cooking, the gas runs out and the story leaves me a little cold. This issue certainly wraps up those dangling ends that were floating out there so the next three issues can be a smackdown the likes of which we've all been hankering for. I just hope Bendis and Yu pull it together and deliver, as I really don't want to read another lukewarm chapter to the adventure of the summer.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Secret Invasion (2008) #7

Oct 23, 2008

"Secret Invasion" #7 sets up the final issue in the series rather nicely, but leaves me wondering how all of the pieces are going to be wrapped up. One thing is for certain, though, I will be picking up the final chapter to find out what happens.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Secret Invasion Aftermath: Beta Ray Bill: The Green of Eden #1

Apr 18, 2009

The cover begs discussion, as the trade dress, coloring, and artwork rendered look and feel more like a Dark Horse "Star Wars" comic than a Marvel comic. I'm interested to see if this is a common perception from other readers. I think this issue certainly could have benefitted from a little more "space opera" on the interiors as well as the cover.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Invasion: Requiem #1

Dec 28, 2008

The retrospective is rounded out with a five-page profile of the Wasp and a three-page montage of her various costumes. Some fluff, to be sure, but a nice retrospective to be certain. This issue serves as a requiem of a fallen Avenger. I'd strongly recommend it to anyone who counted Janet Van Dyne among his (or her) favorite Avengers. For those of you a little more cash-strapped, sit tight, I'm certain Marvel will include the new pages in the first Slott and Pham "Mighty Avengers" premiere hardcover.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Secret Invasion: Thor #3

Oct 31, 2008

That said, Fraction has a great handle on the thunder god, his supporting cast and surrounding environment. Should JMS and Coipel ever need a breather on the main "Thor" series, Marvel would be foolish not to tap this team to contribute.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Secret Six Vol. 2 #16

Dec 14, 2009

The series gets a boost with this issue, by bringing together the comic book equivalent of chocolate and peanut butter in the form of "Secret Six" and Black Alice. The character promises another level of firepower, while Alice finally gets somewhere to appear on a regular basis. I haven't been the most avid follower of "Secret Six," but with Black Alice on board, I'll definitely be checking in a little more often.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Six Vol. 2 #27

Nov 8, 2010

I'm sure a comic reader or two picked this book up based solely on the cover image: Bane, reining in a Tyrannosaurus Rex as though it were a common steed. It is an impressive image to say the least, and an image that speaks to the creative, impossible greatness that comic books are able to offer. The image is true to the tale beneath, but it doesn't telegraph the entirety of the story within. This is a book that can only be experienced, as it defies description. Trust me on this one; give "Secret Six" a shot. You'll see for yourself this book is unlike anything else you've read in a long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Six Vol. 2 #30

Feb 3, 2011

I closed this book and muttered to myself, "Gawd, this is so ^@#%ing amusing." I'm hoping both titles persevere long enough to make this a perversely annual event. Truly, it's an event worth its cover price for the humor, absurdity, and entertainment alone. The fact that the characters are so impossibly flawed as to be relatable is just an added bonus. Now over to Giffen for his share of this story in the second part of two over in "Doom Patrol." Following that, I'll be right back here for more shamefully entertaining excellence.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Secret Warriors #14

Mar 24, 2010

If you're intimidated by the thought of jumping into a new title and are waiting for the "perfect jumping on spot," there is an interview with Hickman right here on CBR wherein he talks about that spot, "Siege: Secret Warriors."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Secret Wars (2015) #1

May 6, 2015

"Secret Wars" #1 is filled with characters and suspense. With fifty-seven characters identified on the cast page near the front of this issue, readers are in for a whirlwind tour of the Incursion site. Earths have been smashing together for years, but Hickman and Ribic make this story feel new and fresh, urgent and exciting. At no point is "Secret Wars" #1 predictable, which is unsettling to the readers, but -- on the other side of that coin -- isn't that exactly what readers claim to want more of? This is a decent first offering, but the rubber really hits the road from here on out and I'm looking forward to what Hickman, Ribic, Svorcina and Eliopoulos do from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Secret Wars (2015) #2

May 14, 2015

Secret Wars #2 opens up a whole new world to be explored. This issue gives readers a nice, smartly-paced introduction to this world. The first issue opened up the story, but now the credits have played onscreen and the action and intrigue truly gets rolling.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Secret Wars (2015) #3

Jun 8, 2015

Secret Wars #3 brings the reader in closer for some eye-opening revelations, but writer Jonathan Hickman and artist Esad Ribic also remind readers just how vast the scope of this story truly is.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Secret Wars (2015) #4

Jul 5, 2015

Secret Wars #4 reminds readers, and Doom's subjects, that Doom is the be-all and the end-all, especially when he ends a few in this story written by Jonathan Hickman and drawn by Esad Ribic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Secret Wars (2015) #5

Aug 14, 2015

Secret Wars #5 is yet another amazing installment of one of the modern era's most engaging comic book stories. Despite having tie-ins and crossover titles in the range of fifty, this series does a magnificent job of holding its own and staying on target. With this issue, however, Hickman, Ribic, Svorcina and Cowles are over halfway done. That notion makes me very sad, as this series has been remarkable, but it also makes me dubious, as Hickman has not even remotely hinted at how this saga will finish out. This has been a grand adventure from the start and Secret Wars #5 is more of the same. Thank Doom.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Secret Wars (2015) #6

Oct 8, 2015

Written by Jonathan Hickman and drawn by Esad Ribic, Secret Wars #6 proves to be worth the wait, which, honestly, is washed away by the final page of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Secret Wars (2015) #7

Nov 12, 2015

Secret Wars #7 opens the skies above Doomstadt as blood spills on the ground below in a story written by Jonathan Hickman and drawn by Esad Ribic. This is where the truth comes out, and nothing will be the same after this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Secret Wars (2015) #8

Dec 9, 2015

Secret Wars #8 is pure chaos as Jonathan Hickman and Esad Ribic take a quick inventory of all of the pieces on the board, which includes a few fun surprises along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Secret Wars (2015) #9

Jan 13, 2016

Secret Wars #9 wraps up the conflict on Battleworld, addresses the reign of Doom and provides readers with one more chance to soak up an amazingly entertaining installment from writer Jonathan Hickman and artist Esad Ribic. Oh! And they set up the already-in-progress All-New, All-Different Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Secret Wars Journal #1

May 29, 2015

As so often happens with anthology tales spiraling out from a big crossover event, "Secret Wars Journal" #1 is a solid concept but falters in execution. With two seemingly unrelated stories shoehorned into the same title, this feels like leftovers or excess. These are tales that were deemed worthy of being told, but they just never congeal enough to be effective or purposeful.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman #1

Aug 13, 2014

The most intriguing aspect of "Gothamazon" is also the biggest miss of "Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman" #1 as a Wonder Woman book. Simone and Van Sciver rely on Batman's rogues to draw and keep the readers' attention -- the focus isn't on Wonder Woman or her foes, but rather on her connections and similarities to Batman's world and tactics. Yes, it's fun to see characters matched against somewhat unfamiliar opponents, but the issue fails to deliver a self-contained Wonder Woman story that celebrates the character in her own right. This is still a fun read, with great art and fine characterization, but it falls short of being a great Wonder Woman story. That said, if you enjoyed "Adventures of Superman" and "Batman: Legends of the Dark Knight," the $0.99 price can't be beat, especially when two of the industry's finer talents come together like this.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Severed #2

Sep 14, 2011

This book really concerns me. I've found much of Snyder's work to be entertaining, engaging, and even compelling. I have yet to read a bad story from Snyder. This story, co-written with Tuft, is a different level of disturbing. The intrigue I feel and the compulsion for more story about a character who is every bit as disturbing as Hannibal Lector has me really wondering if there's something wrong with me. This story " featuring the man with the shark's teeth " has sunk those teeth into me. These floppy copies have left me hanging at the end of each one, which leads me to believe that the story might be even more intense once complete and collected.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Severed #3

Oct 11, 2011

"Severed" is a book that is overlooked. Scott Snyder's name is on the cover, so readers can have an estimation of what to expect, but they need to find this book first. If you can't find it, look behind you. It's just sneaky enough that it may be right there. If that doesn't work, try asking your retailer or check out an online source. With Halloween approaching you owe yourself a nice, creepy scare. This book delivers on all points.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Severed #4

Nov 17, 2011

Heartwarming and senses shattering, this story has delivered so much more than I ever expected. Now that it is half done, and the unexpected happened in this issue in a hideous, horrible way, I'm looking forward to what new surprises Snyder and Tuft are going to throw our way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Severed #5

Dec 17, 2011

This issue beefs up the suspense of this story. Jack makes a discovery that seems like it is going to tip the balance of the story in such a manner that the entire world around Jack will come crashing down. With two issues left, there is no doubt that there's a whole lot more surprises, suspense, and gore to yet to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Severed #7

Feb 8, 2012

The end of "Severed" is satisfying. Though rather disappointing in its finality, Tuft and Snyder do offer a tease at the end that may or may not be called upon in a future tale. This is the type of comic that transcends the medium, ready and waiting to jump to another form. If that next incarnation is half as riveting as this story is, then it will be destined to be a critical classic.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Shadowland #5

Dec 2, 2010

"Shadowland" was an almost intimate event, compared to some of the massive, sprawling events of the recent (and current) past, and its story was intimate as well. At the heart of "Shadowland," Diggle gave us a story of one man's struggle for self, a story we've seen in comics time and again. This time, however the story disappointed me with its predictability. Closing the back cover left me with a story that is largely forgettable, save for some minor conflicts and passing character bits. Truly, with the conclusion of this issue, it feels as though Daredevil has run its course, and I find myself quite apathetic regarding what might be in the immediate future of this little corner of the comic book world.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Shadowman (2012) #13

Dec 9, 2013

I expected a more welcoming story from "Shadowman" #13 than what I found, but that doesn't mean this isn't an enjoyable tale. As with all Valiant titles, this is a fine detour from the same-old same-old, but it doesn't quite have the hook other recent releases from Valiant have had. There's plenty of mystery and intrigue, but "Shadowman" #13 could have used more of each to lure and lock in newer readers. I'll be back for more, I'm sure, but I'm not yet counting down the days until my next encounter with Shadowman. Hopefully in the next issue, Milligan and de la Torre will give readers more to grow with.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Shaft #1

Dec 4, 2014

Shaft runs into Bamma Brooks, once a role model to our titular protagonist, who sets the path for John Shaft to follow. Walker, Evely and Miwa give readers a thick, fun comic book filled with intrigue and rich developments, guiding Shaft down that path. "Shaft" #1 is a strong debut from Dynamite Entertainment and one that has my attention. This comic book doesn't kowtow to the legend set before, choosing instead to construct a new one all its own.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
She-Hulk (2005) #38

Mar 1, 2009

This series has traversed quite a distance from where Dan Slott originally started off, essentially becoming a separate book altogether with a cast divergent from the original in as many ways as possible. Personally, I'm glad we're getting a break from She-Hulk, as I think Marvel truly needs to figure out how best to utilize this uniquely Marvel character. Maybe she needs to have a visit with Mephisto. . .

View Issue       View Full Review
7
She-Hulk (2014) #3

Apr 4, 2014

"She-Hulk" #3 is denser than standard superhero slugfests, but it serves as a nice diversion from "the usual" while maintaining superheroic attitude. Under Soule this series is a solid thematic heir to Dan Slott's work with the character. Soule builds on that, giving She-Hulk new, bizarre challenges and furnishing readers with legally leveraged adventures that are associated with the Marvel Universe enough to remain interesting and entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Shrugged Vol. 2 #1

Mar 14, 2013

Overall, "Shrugged Volume 2" #1 is fun, but not compelling. None of the characters hooked me and the story itself didn't offer enough of a threat to bring me screaming back for issue #2. That said, for a buck this wasn't a horrible story, in fact it was actually quite enjoyable. It just isn't a particularly memorable one. Aspen is doing well with their choices and between this and "Legend of the Shadow Clan" provides a nice range of subject matter and adventure options that shatter the preconceived notion of cheesecake good girl comic books that many readers associate with the publisher of "Fathom" and "Soulfire."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Siege (2010) #1

Jan 4, 2010

This story has legs. This issue offers a few "Oooo!" and "Ahhh!" moments, but ultimately the story seems cut short as there are fifteen (!) pages of "not-story" in this issue. That's right, sixteen pages. Sure, five of the pages " the "Ares War Plan Transcript" could be considered part of the story, but only barely. It's more like a deleted scene on a DVD than actual contribution. Beyond that, there is the obligatory checklist of the "Siege" related comics (thirty-seven of them folks!) set to pummel fans' wallets for the next four months. Yes, it is the same checklist that was in the skip week "Siege" preview and the same as the list on the postcard sized giveaways many retailers have on hand. No real surprises there. Add in three pages of a very special "Siege- Cup o' Joe" and six pages devoted to a preview of "Hulk" #19, and that's how the covers are filled out after the initial twenty-three-page story. I've whined in this direction before, but in this case, given the fact that we've

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Siege (2010) #3

Mar 16, 2010

The fourth issue of this series will have quite a bit to live up to given what has happened in the first three issues, but from what I've seen here, issue #4 seems like a lock to be a great read. Surprisingly enough, this series appears to still have some surprises in store and more than a few wonderful characters to deliver those surprises through, I just hope the final issue uses all of the pages for story and Coipel art.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Siege (2015) #2

Aug 6, 2015

"Siege" #2 provides a slice of what "Secret Wars" can do as a concept. Gillen, Andrade, Rosenberg and Cowles construct a fun story from that concept and give readers plenty to enjoy. This isn't the most upbeat story, as horrors surround humanity, ready to scale the Shield, but Gillen gives his audience a solid read with a gripping cliffhanger.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Siege Epilogue: Fallen Son #1

May 12, 2010

Was it necessary to read "Siege" #4 before this? I don't think so. This book is independent enough to be understood and enjoyed regardless of the event it is tied to. Mention is made of the events in "Siege," and closure is given to a great deal of the outstanding elements therein, but this issue seems as though it will stand the test of time. I would hazard a guess a re-read of this comic will be just as poignant six months from now as today when it hit the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sigil #1

Mar 9, 2011

This is the first of a four-parter, and it shows no signs of slowing down. This issue might be a letdown to CrossGen fans hoping for a continuation of those tales from yesteryear, but if they stick with it, they'll discover this story is right inline with the CrossGen spirit.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Silk #2

Mar 23, 2015

Still early in the run, "Silk" #2 is a fun, entertaining read that throws the story wide open for readers to come in and check out the latest member of the Spider-family. Thompson and Lee make it clear that "Silk" is an upbeat adventure comic starring a character who tries to find her path in superheroics. They also present plenty of evidence to distinguish this book from Cindy Moon's sister titles, "Spider-Woman" and "Spider-Gwen." The books aren't interchangeable nor are they inter-dependent, but they are all fun reads that offer a nice change-up from grim and gritty affairs.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Silver Surfer (2014) #13

Jul 20, 2015

Just as all hope appears extinguished, Dawn and the Surfer are greeted by another being who peels back the curtain and offers hope, at least for one more issue of Slott and Allred's "Silver Surfer." The creative quartet on "Silver Surfer" #13 weaves a comic's worth of celebration and celebrates comics worth creating, making this issue both fun and somewhat metaphysical as Surfer, Dawn and the surprise guest realize the scope of the events unfolding around, above, under and through them. Readers who have been enjoying this series are sure to find just as much satisfaction in this issue, but the issue itself is accommodating to all readers, especially those entrenched in the action of "Secret Wars" who are chomping at the bit for more from that saga in the quiet time between the issues of the main series.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Sinestro #6

Oct 31, 2014

"Sinestro" #6 is another installment of the "Godhead" saga that flirts with being one of the more boring additions despite the all-out battle. Fortunately, the issue is saved by a surprising (even for Sinestro) maneuver. Bunn finds a new way to surprise readers and to up the ante in the war between the Corps and the New Gods. When all is said and done, Sinestro has made an enemy for life: a warrior maiden from New Genesis (so, "for life" might wind up being a short time for Sinestro.) In executing this maneuver, Bunn elevates the struggle in "Godhead" and once more proves that Sinestro is anything but predictable. It isn't the single strongest chapter of "Godhead," but it definitely is a critical battle.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Six Gun Gorilla #1

Jun 12, 2013

While the notion of reality shows gone wrong is running a little thin, Spurrier takes a simple concept and drops it in with other simple concepts, but each of those notions is just a little left of center, mixing together into a bizarre gumbo that makes "Six-Gun Gorilla" #1 a comic book worth reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Skaar: King of the Savage Land #1

Apr 7, 2011

Personally, I'm hoping for more dinosaurs, more hitting, and more of what makes the Savage Land one of the most intriguing locations in all of comics. The characters that show up on the final page will add to the mix here, and will certainly deepen the Marveliciousness of this story. Williams and Ching have put a lot of work, thought, and ideas into this story. I'm in for the run to see what becomes of those ingredients.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Skaar: King of the Savage Land #2

Apr 23, 2011

In the end, it just feels like nothing of substance beyond what was established last issue happened in this issue, save an appearance by Devil Dinosaur and Moonboy. Still, there are pieces on the board here and the story is set in motion. I like Ka-Zar, I enjoy the Savage Land setting, and I really dig comics with dinosaurs, so I'll be back for the next issue. I just hope there's some solid advancement and a reason for me to care about Skaar.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Skyman #1

Jan 15, 2014

"Skyman" #1 is a mundane first issue that offers potential for future issues. Presuming we're ready to leave the racial slurs behind and focus on the construction of Skyman, Fialkov and Garcia have their work cut out for them. There's a lot of story waiting to be told here and Fialkov has established there are plenty of foundational blocks to build a world upon.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Smoke and Mirrors #1

Mar 23, 2012

This comic book has a great deal of potential, but it hasn't quite figured out how to dispense it in an even manner. The brilliance comes in fits and stops, just enough to encourage pleading for more, but never quite delivering. "Smoke and Mirrors" is a wonderfully innovative concept that just needs a little stronger execution. The talent is here, they just need to shine.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Snake Eyes #1

May 22, 2011

This book is a nice addition to the G.I. Joe catalog from IDW, but I'm not so sure how much endurance this book has. Of course, in today's comic market, anything above six issues is a noteworthy success. Some correlation could be drawn between Snake Eyes and Wolverine for their respective ability to command reader interest in their specific franchises, but, truly, I think Snake Eyes' place in the minds of G.I. Joe fans far exceeds Logan's relative stature. Chuck Dixon and Robert Atkins have their work cut out for them in the coming months as they try to prove me right. I'm not all in with the massive relaunch of the G. I. Joe brand, but this title has shown me enough to bring me back for the second issue at the very least.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Solar: Man of the Atom #1

Apr 16, 2014

I wasn't the biggest fan of the Gold Key characters in any incarnation, but Dynamite has given them legs in this latest incarnation. "Solar: Man of the Atom" #1 features a character with beyond-Superman-level powers that can't rein it in. In the past, stories of characters with similar powers like Firestorm and Captain Atom have focused on the personal problems to hook the readers, but this comic is really dialed into the professional problems and the complications they bring to a person's life. Take a break from the sturm und drang of crossovers and endless events and dig into the start of something new with "Solar: Man of the Atom" #1 -- you just might be thankful to do so.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Soldier Zero #1

Oct 17, 2010

At the end of the day, this is just an average comic book delivering an average story with better than average art. Nothing in this tale is going to stick with me long enough to remember when the next issue comes out. The main character looks like Breach crossed with Kofi from "Power Pack." Trautmann's downtrodden lashing out at the world around him doesn't make him an endearing character and the situation that brings about his "heroic" transformation is lackluster. Of course, this is the first installment of a brand new series in the grand era of decompression, so I'm sure there is plenty more interest and definition set for the months to come. It would have been nice to have some excitement peppered in here though.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Solomon Grundy #1

Mar 8, 2009

If the issue titling follows the nursery rhyme, Grundy will be going to school in the next issue. I'll be interested to see how Kolins translates that into a scrum with Bizarro. In all, this issue is a journey on a path that hasn't been trod much, I presume the rest of the series will follow suit, with Kolins adding in his favorite pieces.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Soulfire Vol. 3 #0

Mar 9, 2011

This issue has backmatter that features a discussion between the creators of this volume of "Soulfire" and the previous. It's a nice peek behind the curtain for a story that zips past. It doesn't provide a great deal of answers to the series itself, but it does provide a glimpse into what drives the creators of this series. In the end, I'm not sure who's good or bad, or even what good or bad means in the world of "Soulfire," but this #0 issue gave me enough of a sample that I think I'll be stopping by to see more.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Sparks Nevada #0

Oct 20, 2014

Do yourself a huge favor, drop a couple bucks, read "Sparks Nevada, Marshal on Mars" #0. It's a fun book that gives the reader a complete story cleverly framed around an origin of two unlikely allies. From there, go download the podcasts. Writers Acker and Blacker and artist J. Bone have already given you a head start on enjoying the further adventures of Spark Nevada through the story in this comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sparks Nevada: Marshal on Mars #1

Feb 23, 2015

As an allegory of a Western, seasoned with science fiction and served up as a light-hearted adventure, this comic is sure to hold wide appeal beyond the regular listeners of "The Thrilling Adventure Hour" podcast. "The Thrilling Adventure Hour Presents: Sparks Nevada: Marshal on Mars" #1 gives readers a whole new world to explore and rolls out a magnificent welcome spacecoach for readers to hop into.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Spawn #200

Jan 12, 2011

I haven't checked in on "Spawn" in a while, and after reading this issue, I'm reminded why. This, quite simply, is not my cup of tea. It's violent, gory, and offensive largely for the sake of being violent and offensive. I understand that's the "appeal" of one of "Hell's Soldiers," but it appeals very little to me.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Girl (2010) #1

Nov 18, 2010

The screaming cover blurb (and scene-stealing "Big Time" trade dress) aside, this book is fun, charming and a great heroic read that can be shared with the all ages scene quite nicely. My ten-year-old is an unabashed Spider-Fan, and this book has her tickled. As for me, I'm in. Swing on, Spider-Girl, swing on.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Girl (2010) #2

Jan 2, 2011

The book, itself, has run the full emotional gamut in a mere pair of issues. This issue, while emotionally draining, delivered a story that is believable and intense. I just wish it were happier. With an upbeat first issue and a downer second one, I can't wait to see where "Spider-Girl" goes from here. So far, it's a roller coaster ride " or more like a web-swinging ride " filled with elation and joy countered by sorrow and emptiness.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Gwen #1

Feb 25, 2015

It's only February, but Marvel gives readers another very strong offering for 2015 with "Spider-Gwen" #1. The story is fun, familiar, energetic and invigorating, the art is engaging and the character has nothing but potential to offer. "Spider-Gwen" #1 is more than just a comic with something for everyone; it's a comic with everything for everyone. "Spider-Gwen" #1 is solid enough that even your parents may just dig it too.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Gwen #4

May 11, 2015

Whatever the case, there is simply no denying that Marvel has a very strong title in their roster with "Spider-Gwen." "Spider-Gwen" #4 is packed with character and heart, just another example of Marvel finding the right combination of characters and creators to produce something fun and worth looking forward to. I'm unclear how "Secret Wars" is going to impact this title, but I hope Latour and team are permitted to stick around. They've certainly earned it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Island (2015) #1

Jul 13, 2015

The MC2 tale doesn't anchor itself to "Spider-Island," Battleworld or even "Secret Wars," but it does spin out from events of "Spider-Verse," making "Spider-Island" #1 a lighter version of an anthology with options for readers who want Spider-Man-related stories that don't necessarily star ol' Webhead.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Man & The X-Men #1

Dec 11, 2014

With a noteworthy team-up void present in the Marvel Universe, "Spider-Man and the X-Men" #1 gives readers a match-up of franchises, but doesn't quite bring the best of both worlds. The comic book itself is mostly fun and tries to be spritely, with a few visual gags and a matching number of chuckle-worthy lines from the characters, but it gets hung up being angsty and stark. Spider-Man is depicted as being out of his element here, but the story could shift in any direction from this point forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Spider-Man (2016) #2

Mar 6, 2016

Before it's all over, Bendis, Pichelli, Carlucci, Ponsor, and Petit give readers a fun adventure that is neatly self-contained, but truly part of a larger whole. As such, the creative crew positions plots and subplots for the future, including events that will impact both Miles Morales and Spider-Man and the two as a whole. Spider-Man #2 is a nice addition to any read pile, and a surprisingly inviting chapter for a fan-favorite character who is now part of a larger world.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Man 2099 (2014) #2

Aug 18, 2014

"Spider-Man 2099" #2 is a decent book about the time-displaced Spider-Man, offering readers more than enough information to latch on to and build around. David and Sliney provide an exceptionally nice study of character that the relative lack of action is negligible. It's nice that there is a scene with Spider-Man spinning webs and taking out bad guys, but clearly this creative is looking to establish Miguel O'Hara prior to building up a rogues' gallery.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Spider-Man 2099 (2015) #1

Oct 15, 2015

The finale sets up a dynamic second issue, but this first issue lacks the pizzazz a debut needs to grab readers' attention and lock it in. "Spider-Man 2099" #1 gives the futuristic wallcrawler a vague threat to face down, a clichd entry point into a new life and an uninspiring introduction. This feels less like a #1 and more in line with something you'd see for a #0 or an anthology appearance. David and Sliney have their work cut out for them to hook readers in the second issue, but second impressions don't usually carry the same weight.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Man and the Secret Wars #3

Feb 14, 2010

I'm not certain I get the entire concept of why this series exists, save to tell a fun story. It doesn't really fill in the gaps of the original series, nor does it seem to build any sort of bridge to any current event. Perhaps Marvel just needed to clue a whole new generation into the romp that was "Secret Wars." After all, a lot of the readers of the original series are parents now, who enjoy sharing comics with their kids/nieces/nephews. Seeing "Secret Wars" on the cover and the "All Ages" tag might compel a reader or two to pick this up. It worked for me, and I'm enjoying it for the loud, zany, unapologetic story that it is.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Man Loves Mary Jane (2008) #1

Aug 6, 2008

All told, this book holds together nicely and I anticipate that my eleven-year-old daughter will quite enjoy it. I know I sure did.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Spider-Man: Fear Itself #1

Jan 10, 2009

The story provides an interlude to Spider-Man's adventures, but doesn't rely deliver much of a payoff for any Man-Thing fans. I'd honestly rather re-read "Marvel Team-Up" #122 again. As a matter of fact, if you're on the edge of whether or not to buy this issue, having read my review or having http://www.comicbookresources.com/?page=preview&id=1815&disp=table" target="_blank">peeked at the preview pages, check the back issue bins at your comic shop. If you can land "Marvel Team-Up" #122 for the same price as this issue, do it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Man: Master Plan #1

Jul 10, 2017

Spider-Man: Master Plan #1 reunites writer Robbie Thompson and artist Nathan Stockman " the creative team from Spidey. As such, this issue is a nice encore, but not a necessary one.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Men #2

Jun 29, 2012

Underneath the marvelous Jimmy Cheung covers, "Spider-Men" has a story that is exactly why everyone reading this got into comics: great characters, snappy dialog, zany adventures and, most importantly, fun. In a time when too many comics focus on the next big event or the great multimedia tie-in, it's nice to have a comic that just wants to be itself, entertain fans, and have fun doing it.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Spider-Men #3

Jul 16, 2012

I've made no secret about my love for team-up titles and the nostalgia inherent in the base concept. The best part of "Spider-Men" is the concept, which is broad enough to touch younger and more seasoned readers. Although this issue is in the middle of the series, it's strong enough to welcome new readers and brilliant enough to convince them to go back and catch up. For me, this comic is quite simply grand enough to earn my money once in serial form and again when the inevitable hardcover collection releases. It's a great time to be a Spider-fan, and "Spider-Men" #3 makes a strong case for that argument regardless of who you claim as "your" Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Men #5

Sep 20, 2012

While Marvel is still not giving us a title worthy of the classic "Marvel Team-Up" brand, at least we have this celebration of heroic awesomeness. This series was well-paced and fun without being dismissible or irrelevant and the final issue is complete and encapsulates that vibe quite nicely. If you're not one to jump onto a series with the final issue and backtrack, make note of the release date for the collection and start saving now. You'll be glad you did when you kick back and enjoy a fun, self-contained, summertime event book on those crisp, cool autumn evenings coming up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Spider-Men II #1

Jul 16, 2017

Spider-Men II #1 is a solid enough opening that revisits the concept of Spider-Men, addresses the current situations for the webheads, and sets up what is inevitably to come. Its a bit airy though, indicative of a tale that is almost certainly going to be more impactful as a trade. All the same, this is a good enough start to pique my interest, even if it wont elevate Spider-Men II #2 to the top of my reading pile the very day it comes out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Verse #1

Nov 13, 2014

"Spider-Verse" #1 makes a nice supplemental read to the events going on in the "Spider-Verse" mega-arc, and gives readers some back story on "that character shown in that one panel of that issue where that thing happened." As tie-ins should be, "Spider-Verse" #1 is not essential to the enjoyment of the saga, but the more you know, the more it increases enjoyment potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Spider-Verse Team-Up #1

Nov 6, 2014

Spider-Verse Team-Up #1 lingers on the edge of "Spider-Verse," but still offers a pair of fun stories more geared to fans of specific Spidey-characters. Spider-Man Noir, Six-Arm Spider-Man, Old Man Spider-Man, Spider-Ham and Ben Reilly all make the journey into "Spider-Verse" in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Verse Team-Up #1

Nov 6, 2014

Like "Marvel Team-Up" from the 1970s and 1980s, "Spider-Verse Team-Up" #1 doesn't do much to enhance the overall narrative in place around "Spider-Verse," but it does deliver an extra spot for Spider-fans to check in on some of their favorite variant webslingers. Although it is timed to run parallel to "Spider-Verse" proper, this comic book feels more like additional "Edge of Spider-Verse" build-up, as the "Spider-Verse" event is unchanged from the actions taken in the complete tales presented here. All said, this is a fun read that gives readers a chance to enjoy the madness brought about by "Spider-Verse" without overwhelming dread lingering behind every page turn.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Spider-Verse Team-Up #2

Dec 15, 2014

Spider-Verse Team-Up #2 continues to give readers more time and space to spend with variant Spider-Folk on the fringes of the "Spider-Verse" story. In this issue Christos Gage and Dave Williams treat readers to a Spider-Man triple threat that includes the 1967 Bakshi cartoon version of the webslinger while Gerry Conway and Steven Sanders visit Spider-Gwen and the Goblin.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Verse Team-Up #3

Jan 26, 2015

Spider-Verse Team-Up #3 ends its brief run and gives readers one more chance to dig into some smaller, more detailed moments as the various Spiders interact with one another. Unfortunately, the stories in this issue aren't the most enjoyable this series or "Spider-Verse" has given us yet.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Spider-Woman (2014) #1

Nov 20, 2014

It is unfortunate that Jessica Drew takes a backseat in the debut issue of her own title, which is split between serving as a release valve for subplots from "Spider-Verse" and a prequel tale for the upcoming "Silk" series. "Spider-Woman" #1 fails to impress, but offers glimmers that Hopeless might be able to write a Jessica Drew worth reading. She just needs to get out of "Spider-Verse" first.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Woman (2014) #4

Feb 13, 2015

Despite being a transition issue, "Spider-Woman" #4 is a good read, nicely buttoning up Jessica's involvement in "Spider-Verse" while also dropping hints at things to come. Nothing in this issue is overly surprising or world-changing, but Hopeless and company avoid prescribed clichs and give readers a tight, concise adventure sealed with a promise of even more change and growth for Jessica Drew.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Woman (2014) #6

Apr 13, 2015

"Spider-Woman" #6 should technically be the second issue of the series, as the first four issues were heavily woven into the "Spider-Verse" event. That event informs the Jessica Drew central to this series, but, truly, the character zipping around on a motorcycle and punching bad guys is a completely fresh take. With two solid issues building up a high-suspense, entertaining adventure, Hopeless and company are giving Spider-Woman a new perspective and should be drawing in a whole new audience of readers. This second issue is just as welcoming as a first issue or a standalone tale, but the threads of the mystery stretch beyond these twenty pages. If you haven't been checking out "Spider-Woman" due to "Spider-Verse," adjust course and give this a go. It's not too late to join in and it looks like it's only going to get better from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spidey (2015) #1

Dec 4, 2015

Writer Robbie Thompson and artist Nick Bradshaw take readers back to school - - high school - - with Peter Parker and Spider-man in Spidey # , which introduces readers to a fun peek at the stories between the stories we already know.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Spidey (2015) #2

Jan 4, 2016

Sandman shows up in Spidey #2 , written by Robbie Thompson and drawn by Nick Bradshaw. To balance both sides of Parker's activities, the creative also launches the tutoring sessions between Peter and Gwen Stacy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Spidey (2015) #3

Feb 5, 2016

The Lizard hits the streets and gives Spider-Man quite a fight in Spidey #3, written by Robbie Thompson and drawn by Nick Bradshaw.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Spidey (2015) #4

Apr 17, 2016

Writer Robbie Thompson welcomes Andre Lima Arajo on board for the art chores in Spidey #4 as Peter Parker tries to take a day off from slinging webs. Just to complicate things, Doctor Doom shows up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spidey (2015) #5

May 2, 2016

Writer Robbie Thompson and artist Andr Lima Arajo introduce readers to the Green Goblin in the continuity-lite Spidey #5. Of course, where the Green Goblin goes, the Osborns aren't far behind.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Spidey (2015) #6

May 22, 2016

Writer Robbie Thompson and artist Andr Lima Arajo deliver their interpretation of a Marvel Team-Up when Spider-Man and Iron Man join forces to take on the villainous Vulture.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spidey (2015) #7

Jun 21, 2016

Spidey #7 brings the King of Wakanda to fight alongside our webslinger in a fun story from writer Robbie Thompson and artist Andr Lima Arajo. This isn't a tale for continuity cops, but it is a lighthearted gateway safe for readers of all ages.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spidey (2015) #8

Jul 9, 2016

Spidey #8 is filled with Electro doing Electro-ish things, including wearing his classic, ridiculous mask. Writer Robbie Thompson welcomes artist Nathan Stockman onboard for plenty of shocking new developments.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spidey (2015) #9

Aug 6, 2016

Spidey #9 gives readers an issue featuring a fight between Spider-Man and Kraven the Hunter, but writer Robbie Thompson and artist Nathan Stockman make time for J. Jonah Jameson and Aunt May as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spidey (2015) #10

Sep 8, 2016

Captain America stops by for a visit in Spidey #10, written by Robbie Thompson and drawn by Nathan Stockman. In the merry Marvel tradition, Cap's visit also brings some more trouble for our favorite webslinger.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Spidey (2015) #11

Oct 10, 2016

Spidey #11 features an appearance by Galactus, a fight with Scorpion and a math test, where writer Robbie Thompson and artist Nathan Stockman put Peter Parker's tutoring skills to the (literal) test.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Spidey (2015) #12

Nov 9, 2016

Writer Robbie Thompson, artist Nathan Stockman, colorist Jim Campbell, and letterer Travis Lanham give readers a trip to homecoming and fight with the Sinister Six as Spidey #12 closes out the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Splinter Cell: Echoes #1

Jul 3, 2014

While "Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Echoes" #1 sets out to continue the multimedia expansion of Tom Clancy's creations, this comic book stands fairly well on its own. However, some of the characters lack definition. Edmondson is crafty enough to keep the story moving along, stopping just short of promising readers more about the background of these characters later on. The creators choose to tell the story rather than expound on characters and history, which makes this an energetic read. As licensed properties go, "Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Echoes" #1 appears to have afforded the creative team a modicum of latitude, which they have happily utilized. Edmondson and Laming make a nice pair for action thriller comics and I'm keen to see where "Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Echoes" leads.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Squadron Sinister #2

Jul 13, 2015

"Secret Wars" has presented readers with ample opportunities to explore the Marvel Universe, its characters, its history and, as is most prevalent in "Squadron Sinister" #2, its potential. Guggenheim has a masterful collaborator in Pacheco, who is nicely augmented by the talents of Taibo, Martin and Caramagna, making this book and this creative team a must follow. Yes, there are a lot of "Secret Wars" spinoff titles available, but "Squadron Sinister" is one of the most enjoyable and immersive.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Trek / Planet of the Apes #1

Jan 5, 2015

An interesting notion, "Star Trek/Planet of the Apes: The Primate Directive" #1 promises readers a fun time with some entertaining adventures. The first issue does a decent job of setting things in motion, but it also establishes the situation that the crew of the Enterprise stumble into without prescribing a finish. While it may be a given that certain conclusions simply cannot come to pass, Tipton, Tipton, Stott, Kirchoff and Long certainly give readers the impression that almost anything can happen, especially as readers make the final page discovery alongside Kirk and Spock.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Trek/Green Lantern: The Spectrum War #1

Jul 8, 2015

"Star Trek/Green Lantern" #1 meets in the middle but favors Star Trek. The Green Lantern mythos serves as bookends to a fairly typical exploration/adventure for the crew of the Enterprise. Johnson, Hernandez, Sanchez and Uyetake make it more than just standard, however, filling this series with grand potential and this issue with magnificent visuals.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Trek/Legion of Super-Heroes #1

Oct 19, 2011

As starters go, this issue is decent. Clearly, it is aimed at the audience of one or the other of these casts of characters. Roberson focuses on establishing the setting and players in this issue and doesn't do much to provide clues as to who the big bad of this story truly is. Frankly, given the matchup of Legion and Star Trek, I'm not sure most fans will care too much if there aren't any villains to match up against so long as Brainiac 5 and Mister Spock have a chance to exchange logical conversation.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Star Trek: Leonard McCoy, Frontier Doctor #2

May 13, 2010

On a franchise such as "Star Trek," average just isn't enough to keep me coming back for more. True Trekkies jonesing for more adventures from the original crew may find enough of a fix to stay connected though.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars (2013) #1

Jan 9, 2013

This is a solid introduction to the universe through Brian Wood's point of view. It presumes some pre-existing knowledge, but not much, and wastes no time breaking out the stars and firing up the action. I'm not sure what the recent business transaction of the Lucasfilm properties means exactly for Dark Horse's publication of Star Wars comics, but for now, I'm really glad we've got this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars (2013) #3

Mar 13, 2013

The essence of "Star Wars" is here. There is plenty of adventure and excitement, even though a Jedi might not crave these things. Wood and company bring plenty of the spirit of "Star Wars" to this title and "Star Wars" #3 is filled with larger sets, intricate plots and tangled subplots. There is a lot going on here, but it isn't bogging things down. As a matter of fact the story moves quite briskly and ends way too soon. I still want to get out my action figures and continue adventures using this comic book as a springboard. Maybe I'll just go do that while I wait for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars (2013) #4

Apr 15, 2013

Excitement, adventure -- a Jedi craves not these things. I think it's safe to say most of the readers who are picking up "Star Wars" #4 are not Jedi, and therefore do crave excitement and adventure, which this comic delivers in plenty. Four issues in and this series has not provided a letdown moment yet, giving readers every reason to believe that the Force is strong with Brian Wood and his creative collaborators.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars (2013) #6

Jun 14, 2013

"Star Wars" #6 is singularly focused on Leia's predicament, and readers learn more about the prototype X-Wings as well as the astromechs that assist them. Wood makes up for the myopic focus by giving readers a whirlwind rundown of the other storylines featuring the central cast of heroes and villains for this series. That fly-by doesn't detract from the impact the primary tale carries, but it does remind the reader that Wood hasn't forgotten about those other characters in his choice to focus on Leia and crew.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars (2013) #11

Nov 15, 2013

"Star Wars" #11 hits all of the right notes to be a successful "Star Wars" story and gives every fan's favorite character some panel time. Granted, R2-D2 gets short shrift, but his presence is certainly inferred in the battle between TIE Interceptors and X-Wing fighters. Wood and D'Anda bring plenty of energy and tingling uncertainty to this chapter between films, but more importantly, they breathe life and vitality into their character contributions. As strongly as Wood captures the spirit of the original trilogy, he matches that in deepening the Expanded Universe. "Star Wars" #11 is simply another solid read in what has been a great series filled with wonderful characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars (2013) #19

Jul 9, 2014

This series continues to be tremendous fun, and "Star Wars" #19 opens up the universe once again, adding some details to Princess Leia's childhood. It's not hard to imagine Wood crafting this script around an assortment of action figures and toys in his backyard using IG-88 instead of the same old Stormtroopers and gray clad Imperial officers. I just hope Marvel is paying attention to these comics so "Star Wars" comics can continue to be this much fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars (2013) #20

Aug 13, 2014

With as much care as Dark Horse put into their shepherding the Star Wars brand, Wood, D'Anda, Eltaeb and Heisler have done a magnificent job expanding the universe and putting their mark on it. Unfortunately, this series is cut short due to the shifting of the comic license, but at the very least, we have twenty issues filled with the most beloved Star Wars characters. Wood and company have given readers stories worthy of cherishing and re-reading, re-enacting with action figures or serving as inspiration for a future generation's attempts at continuing the story of the Rebels and the Empire. They've set the bar high, and I'm thankful to have read it. I will, most definitely, be re-reading this series as I wait for more stories from a long time ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars (2014) #2

Feb 6, 2015

Aaron and Cassaday are clearly having fun with this adventure. They insert enthusiasm and intrigue into this tale, giving readers a fun adventure that nicely adds to the blossoming galaxy far, far away.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars (2014) #4

Apr 24, 2015

Questions begin to swirl around Tatooine before "Star Wars" #4 closes out and, considering the parties asking those questions, Aaron and crew appear to be setting up a conflict of potentially epic proportions. Given that this series follows "A New Hope" and precedes "The Empire Strikes Back," odds are that many of the characters will just miss each other but, as of this issue, Jason Aaron seems ready to send these characters crashing into one another.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars (2014) #6

Jun 5, 2015

"Star Wars" #6 is a fast-moving story, cleanly divided into advancing two story strands before bringing temporary closure to one of them. That closure gives Darth Vader new motivation in his quest and, along the way, this comic does a nice job of checking things into place and eliciting emotions. This series' energy is not unlike that of the original "Star Wars" series from decades ago but, now, so much more is "known" about these characters that any new revelations, like the ones in this issue, range from shocking to simply eyebrow-raising. How Aaron continues to build the outskirts of this galaxy from here is where the real intrigue lies.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Star Wars (2014) #8

Aug 20, 2015

"Star Wars" #8 is a rare beast of many different colors. Not only is it the eighth chapter in an ongoing, it presents itself as a perfect jumping on spot, despite the fact that the previous issue was a bit of a fill-in. Additionally, "Star Wars" #8 presents a creative team at the top of their game, specifically with an artist who has absolutely found the assignment of a lifetime. Not only is Immonen's work perfect for the story, these characters seem to elicit the very best from him. Granted, this is the first issue of this collaboration, but it bodes very well indeed for future chapters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars Adventures #1

Sep 10, 2017

Star Wars Adventures #1 is a nice opportunity to put Star Wars comics in front of a new audience. Its not flashy or glamorous, but it has enough character and heart to win readers over. The cover to the issue sports a large swath of fan favorites while the adventures within span the timeline of the movies. Ill be back for more, and I look forward to seeing where else in that galaxy far, far away we go to.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars Adventures: Princess Leia and the Royal Ransom #1

Aug 8, 2009

This story is a nice fit for the all ages set. Dark Horse has done a great job of creating a digest-sized series pointed directly at a new fan base. The Solo adventure was good, this one was enjoyable, I can only presume Luke Skywalker will be featured next. As the second book in this series (the first featuring Han and Chewbacca) I'm feeling a new hope for the Star Wars universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Star Wars Special: C-3PO #1

Apr 13, 2016

All in all, Star Wars: C-3PO #1 is not bad. It's just not memorable beyond the completion of the assignment. The end result is by far more memorable than the journey. Part of that may be due to the delay (originally this issue was slated for a December release) and part of it may be that the expectations were ill-defined regarding the criticality of this tale. The journey for C-3PO is less important than the information in one of his traveling companions. The story of C-3PO's existence, to be certain. Robinson and Harris did a fine job with the pieces provided, but this story just isn't the best use of their talent. Maybe next time Marvel could have them take a look at some of the patrons of Maz Kanata's place.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars: Agent of the Empire -- Iron Eclipse #1

Dec 15, 2011

This comic is so spot-on perfect for the Star Wars fan that I can almost guarantee more intense fans of the brand will be hearing a John Williams score in their heads as they read the adventures of Jahan Cross. Cross' work for the Empire is similar to that of James Bond. There are a pair of scenes where Cross goes to pick up his droid and his equipment for his mission that could have "Bond" substituted for "Cross" and the adventure would be just as entertaining. All the same, this is a book for any and all -- casual or intense -- Star Wars fans. The saga is alive and well here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Agent of the Empire -- Iron Eclipse #2

Jan 11, 2012

This series is a nice addition to the "Star Wars" brand that Dark Horse has been boasting for the past two decades (really?!?). Jahan Cross and IN-GA are wonderfully fresh characters that blend seamlessly into the excitement and adventure of the post-"Revenge of the Sith" Star Wars universe. This issue stretches the brand a bit, but I have no doubt there will be a much stronger presence in the next issue. John Ostrander does a great job of building up the Star Wars galaxy, and this series is no exception. If the "Clone Wars" cartoon series simply isn't enough (or perhaps it isn't the right time period of "Star Wars" for you) be sure to give this title a look over.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Agent of the Empire -- Iron Eclipse #5

Apr 12, 2012

Cross may be an agent of the Empire, but this series has built him up into an enjoyable character. He's no Han Solo or Luke Skywalker, mind you, but his adventures can therefore be more open. All the same, it just doesn't feel right to cheer for a character so tightly bound to the galaxy-crushing boot of the Emperor. This likely isn't the last we'll see of Cross as Dark Horse clearly has future plans for the character based on the final panel of "Star Wars: Agent of the Empire -- Iron Eclipse" #5; I just hope John Ostrander is included in those plans. If he wants to bring along Han Solo again, that'd be even better.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Star Wars: Blood Ties #1

Aug 27, 2010

Boba Fett and the rest of the bounty hunters have always held an elusive appeal to me. They are characters that look really cool, but are shrouded in mystery. This story doesn't dispel much of the mystery, but it does provide the cool. This is, hands down, the best of the "Star Wars" comics from Dark Horse that I have read.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars: Blood Ties #2

Sep 29, 2010

I'm not the most ardent "Star Wars" comic book collector, but so long as I get more Boba Fett goodness, I'm in. It seems to me that this is a story set to appeal to fans of both trilogies, whether you first knew Anakin Skywalker as Darth Vader or little Annie. The Fetts span that gap, adding depth to the story and gray to the conflict. From here, I'd dare say that there's a logical leap to be made by Dark Horse to offer up more bounty hunter adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Dark Times #13

Apr 26, 2009

From the screeched, "No blasters!" line, to the cowing of Vader to his master, this is a series gives fans of "Star Wars" more to be fans of. Grounded in George Lucas's imagination, only with more engaging writing, but less familiar characters, this title is, in my opinion, Dark Horse's strongest offering in the Star Wars galaxy of comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Dark Times - A Spark Remains #1

Jul 21, 2013

A propaganda ad pitches how busy and vital Darth Vader is to the Empire. While much of that seems better suited to Brian Wood's current "Star Wars" series than "Dark Times," it anchors this first issue of the new series nicely, promising an inevitable conflagration. It's a bold first strike, but so much of this issue is told in flashback that readers will anxiously await the story after Darth Vader lets go of the perch he clings to early in this issue. Stradley and Wheatley have teased Vader throughout their run on "Dark Times," it's hopeful that this series will finally deliver in full.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Dark Times - Fire Carrier #1

Feb 11, 2013

There is a sinister undertone to the story of "Star Wars: Dark Times -- Fire Carrier" #1 that stretches beyond the omnipresent threat of Darth Vader. The refugees herded into a camp and watched over by the Arkinnean militia feels rather familiar and not unlike a parallel to the Holocaust. I may be reading too much into this story, as nothing is truly revealed in that direction here, but the false hope and fading optimism as refugees absorb the depth of reality surrounding them seems like a story I've seen before. I am, however, curious to see if K'Kruhk and Vader cross paths and what becomes of the younglings in K'Kruhk's care.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Dark Times - Out of the Wilderness #1

Aug 4, 2011

Harrison and Wheatley deliver the beginnings of a Vader story, the middle of the story of the crew from the "Uhumele," and quite possibly, the beginning of the end of the story of Dass Jennir. I'm glad Dark Horse is giving us some worthwhile Darth Vader tales. Now if they could just find the means to deliver some interesting Han Solo stories our way, this old Star Wars fan would be mighty happy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Dark Times - Out of the Wilderness #3

Dec 1, 2011

This series (or, rather, series of miniseries) has teased Darth Vader's involvement from the start. With a pair of issues left in this arc, it seems like all of the characters are headed to an unavoidable -- and certain to be violent -- collision. Vader in action is something I cannot wait to see more of. The story of Dass Jennir and his allies provides an authentic "Star Wars" feel that is doing a very good job of providing an enjoyable story in the interim as Vader draws ever nearer.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Dark Times - Out of the Wilderness #4

Feb 22, 2012

Four issues into this story, the tension has been building. With the crew of Uhumele so close to Jennir, Jennir readying to spring the assassin's trap and Vader somewhere off-screen, this story is ready to explode like the first Death Star at the end of "A New Hope." The pieces are all here for a fantastic delivery but only if they're coordinated to trigger in just the right way.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Dark Times - Out of the Wilderness #5

Apr 25, 2012

Dass Jennir has been on the run for quite some time and Darth Vader has been teased as being right behind him. With the conclusion of this adventure, it truly seems as though the expanded universe and the original cast of characters (through Vader) are set on a collision course. You can almost hear John Williams' music beginning to filter in over closing credits that aren't present as we await the next installment of adventures in that galaxy "far, far away."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Darth Maul - Death Sentence #1

Jul 30, 2012

"Star Wars: Darth Maul -- Death Sentence" #1 is another strong debut from Dark Horse, showcasing yet another fan favorite character. As is the case for Boba Fett in the original trilogy, Darth Maul didn't have a great deal of screentime, but he caught the imagination of Star Wars fans and expanded universe creators. Now, returned to the battlefields during the height of the Clone Wars, Darth Maul has a chance to shine under the reddish glow of his lightsaber and the creative endeavors of Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Darth Maul: Son Of Dathomir #1

May 22, 2014

"Star Wars: Darth Maul -- Son of Dathomir" #1 serves as a nice primer for things to come as well as a solid encapsulation of who the forces of evil are during the Clone Wars. Barlow and Frigeri have found a story with some room for development featuring characters that readers love to hate. With Maul trying to find his way and Sidious manipulating everyone around him, this series is set to give readers plenty of action, intrigue and Sith. This is a nice welcome mat to the time between prequels, giving readers a chance to focus on the politics and power struggles of the bad guys.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Star Wars: Darth Vader #1

Feb 9, 2015

While many fans still lament the brand shift to Marvel, Gillen and company prove with this issue that the "Star Wars" franchise is in good hands. Darth Vader finally has a chance to become truly despicable and fearful, and Gillen and Larroca do a magnificent job of proving that to readers. Best of all, "Darth Vader" #1 is completely approachable, regardless of the depth of familiarity any reader may have with "Star Wars" or the Dark Lord of the Sith. That said, however, "Darth Vader" #1 is not a comic for everyone, as Gillen and Larroca make it very clear this character may be painfully beyond redemption.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Darth Vader #5

May 15, 2015

Adi Granov's cover for "Darth Vader" #5 has the Sith Lord glaring at the reader, as a green lightsaber crosses a yellow one between the reader and Vader. In my memory, this is the first we've seen a yellow lightsaber in Marvel Comics. The original Luke Skywalker action figure came with a yellow saber, so that hit a nostalgic note for me, which is exactly what Gillen and Larroca do for readers and "Star Wars" fans throughout "Darth Vader" #5. Every issue of the series has given readers adventure and excitement, and this is no different.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Star Wars: Darth Vader #8

Aug 7, 2015

"Darth Vader" #8 continues the investigation off the beaten path. I can appreciate that Gillen is investigating an unpredictable route, but I am hesitant to continue to invest time and money in this book that fails to deliver on the promise of Darth Vader. I'm not saying every panel should have lightsaber-powered dismemberments or Force-choke murders, but Darth Vader is more than the thug he comes across as in "Darth Vader" #8. He's a legendary villain, and this should be where we see that legend being constructed.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Darth Vader And The Ghost Prison #3

Jul 20, 2012

If you're like so many other "Star Wars" fans who want to see Darth Vader unleashed, if even just a bit, then "Star Wars: Darth Vader and the Ghost Prison" #3 is worth the price of admission. Not only does it wonderfully revisit established Star Wars canon, but also deftly merges the Expanded Universe while delivering a solid story with amazing art. The Force is definitely with this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Darth Vader And The Ghost Prison #5

Sep 24, 2012

"Darth Vader - Ghost Prison" #5 is a wonderful installment for Star Wars fans looking to understand the legend of Darth Vader. His dedication to the Empire, his cunning in battle and will to overpower his foes is without compare, and Haden Blackman provides a story showcasing all of that. I always took Darth Vader's reputation on faith, but it is through stories like this that that faith is being rewarded.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Darth Vader and the Ninth Assassin #2

May 16, 2013

While this story has spun out of Darth Vader and Emperor Palpatine being set on edge by a threat they cannot discern, the story itself is a showcase for what the Sith can do when they cease holding back. People are Force-choked, lightsabers are ignited, objects are hurled about with the Force and a considerable body count rises. After all, war has been declared against the Empire and Darth Vader intends to answer back. "Star Wars: Darth Vader and the Ninth Assassin" #2 is one of the fastest reading, more inviting-of-a-second-reading comics I've happened across in months.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Dawn of the Jedi - Force Storm #1

Feb 15, 2012

Of the species gathered by the Tho Yor, we see Wookies and Twi'lek, but we don't stick around with them much. This series starts with some familiarity, but quickly shifts from the familiar to the new wild settings and characters introduced here. This is the magic that Ostrander and Duursema bring to their work on the Star Wars brand: instant familiarity through new contributions. It is surprising to see Tatooine with vegetation upon it, but it is not difficult to imagine the ravages awaiting that planet following the events set in motion in this issue. All too soon, this galaxy will transform into the one Star Wars fans are familiar with, but the journey ahead is filled with excitement and uncertainty, wonder and adventure. The beginnings of the Jedi -- or Je' Daii as they are referred to herein -- are in place here, related through an oral history we have only just begun to hear.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Star Wars: Han Solo #1

Jun 15, 2016

With twenty pages of new adventure for Han Solo and Chewbacca, Han Solo #1 gives readers a fun introduction to the activities of everyone's favorite Corellian when he's not fighting alongside Luke and Leia. This is a solid comic, as most of the Star Wars line has been since Marvel reclaimed it, and Marjorie Liu is establishing a fun new adventure with grand potential. Like most of the Star Wars comics, there is inherent comfort and familiarity, seeded with doubt, uncertainty, and adventure, as it seems most anything could happen to Han Solo when the next issue exits hyperspace.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Jedi - The Dark Side #1

May 19, 2011

This is a fine addition to the "Star Wars" brand under the Dark Horse stable. With Jinn's fate prescribed in "The Phantom Menace," Allie is able to give the character a chance to live a little, to breathe, and to show us why he is such a lauded Jedi.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Kanan #1

Apr 1, 2015

"Kanan - The Last Padawan" #1 is the first Marvel "Star Wars" comic to dive into the breach between "Star Wars: Revenge of the Sith" and "Star Wars: A New Hope" (or, as most of us call it, just "Star Wars"). Weisman and Larraz are masterfully appointed to this tale, making this a must-read destination for readers who are fans of the "Star Wars" universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Knight Errant - Deluge #1

Aug 20, 2011

Kerra's not finding what she thought she would find and she's improvising along the way, which is what makes the best stories in the Star Wars universe. Diving headfirst into conflict with the Sith and the Hutts makes Kerra a wanted woman, giving her all the fight the reader could want to see. This is my first adventure alongside Kerra Holt, and if this first issue is indicative of what I can expect from more, well then, sign me up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Knight Errant - Deluge #4

Nov 15, 2011

Miller has carved out a niche for himself in the Star Wars Universe. It's not an overwhelmingly diverse niche, but it is a storyline that has some legs, offers up some fun, and has room to grow. We've got Jedi and Hutts, I'd like to see what else Miller can throw our way.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Lando #1

Jul 13, 2015

Soule and company keep the action minimal in "Lando" #1, focusing on setting the table and establishing Lando's situation. It's a fine but slow introduction that is more necessary than not, given Lando's lack of connection to more familiar characters at this point in the saga. I can understand the effort to give Lando a corner of the "Star Wars" universe to call his own, but the lack of familiarity in the surroundings and species make this seem more like a generic fantasy adventure than a "Star Wars" tale, at least before the final three pages of the issue. "Lando" #1 brings a great concept to the "Star Wars" lineup and a fun character with a fairly blank slate for his history, but this series needs to pack a little more punch to keep readers hooked. Hopefully now that Soule and Maleev have explained to readers who's who and what's what, the action can get rolling on a "Star Wars" level.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Lando #5

Oct 12, 2015

"Lando" #5 puts Lando Calrissian and Lobot in position for their eventual journey to Bespin but leaves much of that journey untold. Put into perspective, this five-issue tale provides a bit of character growth for the eventual Cloud City Administrator, but the true character development falls upon the shoulders of Lando's right-hand man Lobot. Soule already has more "Star Wars" work lined up, but I'm much more interested in the next set of developments for Lando and Lobot than I would be to re-read this story. At the end of "Lando" #5, the arc of the character's adventures truly seems like it could have been shorter but much more dynamic. Hopefully, the next arc of Lando Calrissian's adventures will make some adjustments and bring a bit more punch, in both story measure and artistic rendering.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Star Wars: Legacy #32

Jan 29, 2009

Licensed books tend to gravitate towards somewhat predictable storylines and this one seems to be no exception, however, the characters used here are not major investments from the Star Wars merchandising machine, so Ostrander and crew might have a little more luck pulling off a surprise or two in issues to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Legacy #50

Aug 18, 2010

This is far from my favorite issue of any "Star Wars" comic, but it isn't the worst one I've ever read. It sets up a future storyline and buffs the corners of a few plot threads that have been milling about for a while (or longer). The letters page contains the big reveal of what happens next, or at least where to go to read about what happens next, which makes this issue feel even less like a final issue and more like a set-up issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Legacy Vol. 2 #1

Mar 20, 2013

At twenty-two pages, these Star Wars comics from Dark Horse continue to be a value, despite a slightly murkier start than some of Dark Horse's more recent offerings. That murkiness displays just how complicated the galaxy is and how sinister the Sith remain as Bechko and Hardman are meticulously building this new corner of the galaxy in "Star Wars: Legacy - Prisoner of the Floating World" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Legacy Vol. 2 #5

Jul 29, 2013

"Star Wars: Legacy" #5 marks the conclusion of the first storyarc, but leaves a few more questions than answers. This series introduced a tight band of characters and dialed in the focus on them, leaving broad swatches of the universe undefined. Undoubtedly Bechko and Hardman intend to flesh that out a bit as they continue to develop the cast around Ania Solo. Like the original theatrical release, however, readers are left with a set of characters to relate to, assimilate with and cheer on. I just hope the creative team continues to build the cast to make them more sympathetic for readers, as right now the droid is the one I most identify with.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Legacy Vol. 2 #14

Apr 25, 2014

With little more than a handful of issues remaining before Dark Horse relinquishes the "Star Wars" license, Bechko and Hardman show no signs of altering their plans. They are sharing an adventure of Ania Solo with readers and doing a fine job of it. "Star Wars: Legacy" #14 is a solid example of what Dark Horse and these creators have brought to the larger Star Wars universe. With a solid cast of likeable characters, this would be a fine addition to any universe and is a consistently entertaining read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #1

Apr 6, 2016

This issue also has a backup story from Chris Eliopoulos that gives BB-8 a chance to take the spotlight. Eliopoulos' art is reminiscent of Bill Watterson's Calvin & Hobbes work, and the story's tone fits the look. Adding this behind the lead story of Poe Dameron #1 gives readers a nice sample of the limitless possibilities of the Star Wars universe in the pages of Marvel Comics. And it underscores just how solid the entire Star Wars line is.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Princess Leia #1

Mar 5, 2015

"Princess Leia" #1 is a wonderful immersion into the "Star Wars" galaxy. Waid, the Dodsons, Bellaire and Caramagna bring the far, far away universe much closer in the twenty pages of this comic and leave readers anxious for more. Thankfully, there is only a pair of weeks until the next issue but, for now, "Princess Leia" #1 is waiting to be re-read, just as surely as the original movies are waiting to be re-watched.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Star Wars: Princess Leia #5

Jul 6, 2015

The key to Marvel's "Star Wars" comics has been the familiarity. Yes, topnotch talents with recognizable names (at least to comic fans) have been assigned to the books, but each of the titles has brought along a healthy dose of the familiar. Waid, Dodson, Dodson, Bellaire and Caramagna do the same here and give readers a satisfying conclusion that wraps up this battle with style but reminds readers that one battle does not complete a war. Lando Calrissian takes the miniseries spotlight next with a different creative team, but I certainly wouldn't mind seeing this creative team come back for more adventures of Leia Organa.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Star Wars: Rebel Heist #1

May 1, 2014

"Star Wars; Rebel Heist" #1 isn't the greatest "Star Wars" comic book that Dark Horse has ever published, and quite honestly, it's mostly forgettable. Lucky for Kindt and crew, however, that the opening installment of this series features one of the brand's most revered characters. If nothing else, that will keep readers coming back. Hopefully the next issue peels back the shroud of mystery a bit and elevates the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Star Wars: Shattered Empire #1

Sep 10, 2015

Rucka, Checchetto, Mossa and Caramagna hit their collaborative stride quite early in "Journey to Star Wars: The Force Awakens - Shattered Empire" #1, making this first issue something worth seeking out. Whether readers hoped to read about Han complaining about Lando's treatment of the Millennium Falcon or were expecting to meet a new generation in advance of "The Force Awakens," "Journey to Star Wars: The Force Awakens - Shattered Empire" #1 brings it all. Marvel has done a great job with the "Star Wars" brand since re-securing the license, but Rucka, Checchetto, Mossa and Caramagna elevate "Journey to Star Wars: The Force Awakens - Shattered Empire" #1 as the new high-water mark for all subsequent "Star Wars" stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star Wars: Shattered Empire #2

Oct 12, 2015

Overall, "Journey to Star Wars: The Force Awakens -- Shattered Empire" #2 is a transition issue with a few key scenes, but it seems the best may be on either side of this issue. That doesn't make this a disposable chapter in the "Star Wars" saga by any stretch; it just favors character over calamity and gives readers a chance to survey everything Greg Rucka is crafting with his artistic collaborators.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Star Wars: The Clone Wars #1

Sep 14, 2008

It will be interesting to see how long a monthly comic that is conceived as a supplement to a small screen "Star Wars" effort is able to sustain on today's market.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Star-Lord (2016) #1

Dec 22, 2016

I hate to be negative, but Star-Lord #1 launching this week alongside Gamora #1 (with Rocket Raccoon #1 coming next week) has me thinking this might be a finite adventure disguised as an ongoing. After all, were six months away from the second Guardians of the Galaxy feature film, which would be a perfect time to launch a series reuniting everyones favorite misfit losers in space, right? Well have to see what happens together, but for now, Zdarsky, Anka, Wilson, and Petit are doing a fine job providing interstitial entertainment with Peter Quill in the spotlight.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star-Lord And Kitty Pryde #2

Aug 17, 2015

"Star-Lord and Kitty Pryde" #2 is a fun book with an interesting pairing of characters from across Battleworld. It isn't branded in any manner that distinguishes it as a core title or must-read for the grander "Secret Wars" saga, but it does offer clues to where the saga is going and what threads might be pulled to unravel the tapestry of the reality Victor Von Doom has created. If nothing else, it is apparent that readers should be keeping an eye on this series as "Secret Wars" continues, especially those interested in the future of Peter Quill and Kitty Pryde.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Star-Spangled War Stories: G.I. Zombie #1

Jul 28, 2014

Reminiscent of Palmiotti and Gray's collaboration with Phil Winslade on "Monolith," "Star-Spangled War Stories" #1 is a strong successor of that lineage. Another creation attributed directly to Palmiotti and Gray, G. I. Zombie isn't as recognizable as their most recent subject of Jonah Hex, or even Batwing, but it is hitting the collective pop culture consciousness at the right time to make an impression. As unapologetic as their work on "Jonah Hex" and "All-Star Western," this series puts its best foot forward, giving readers a new world to explore with the creators and characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Static Shock: Special #1

Jun 4, 2011

Fans of Static are certain to be pleased with this issue, but comic readers who happen across this book as their introduction to Static might not find this book climbing to the tops of their must-re-read lists. The Special means well, but just fails to serve as inspiration.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Stormwatch (2011) #0

Sep 10, 2012

As history lessons go, this issue is snappier and more adventurous than most, but when it all comes down to it, it's still history, which has never been my favorite subject. In addition to the history lesson, Milligan peeks into the future -- or as much of the future as any comic ever does -- and plants uncertainty in young Jenny Quantum's mind. My understanding of "Stormwatch" only encompasses this post-relaunch title. Given what Milligan and Conrad provide here, that's more than enough depth of knowledge to appreciate the series to this point, jump in here and move forward along with the team. After all, there are dark things ahead for the DC Universe and this team has been"watching.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Stormwatch (2011) #6

Feb 2, 2012

Luckily, it's more than just pretty art. I came back to this book with this issue and expected a decent read with some good art. I got much more than I expected and am now anxious to continue following the story of Stormwatch as it moves forward. This is a quality book that features a team definitely tasked with a purpose (or two or three) within the DC Universe. With the heavy lifting complete by Cornell, this series is ready to explore new boundaries.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Strange (2009) #1

Nov 11, 2009

I know Marvel has been holding back on getting a Doctor (or not so Doctor) Strange story out. They've been seeking the right combination of creator, story, and timing. I'd like to see some of the other pitches, as I find it hard to believe that this is the best combination of those factors. Waid and Rios have the talent and the ability to deliver a great Strange story. This issue is not that great Stephen Strange story. Maybe in the next few issues they'll swing for the fences. The former doctor could use some home run magic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Stumptown Vol. 2 #2

Oct 11, 2012

"Stumptown" #2 is nothing at all like any of the other comics that came out this week. It's a detective story with a touch of melodrama. It's both drama and sitcom. More than once, Rucka has made comparisons between this series and "The Rockford Files," a vibe many readers will be able to connect with. Dex is smart, funny, and prone to bad luck as evidenced by the "Oh, fudge!" look on Dex's face in the final panel of this issue. She's also so believably human that "Stumptown" #2 is sure to provide any number of common threads relatable to readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sub-Mariner 70th Anniversary Special #1

Apr 14, 2009

Tagged with a hefty $3.99 price, this issue might get overlooked by some, but it does provide a nice reminder of what makes Namor a compelling character and an integral part of Marvel's success.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sub-Mariner: The Depths #1

Sep 11, 2008

What becomes of these characters is not answered in this issue, but will almost certainly hinge the action in the issues to come. I look forward to some action, some adventure and a great deal of masterful artwork from Ribic. Hopefully a lot of action, featuring Namor. Ribic's work is pretty, Milligan's characterization is strong, but for almost four bucks an issue, I expect to be able to enjoy adventures featuring the title character. I'll be back for the next issue, but if Namor doesn't flash the winged ankles in that issue, I cannot guarantee that I would be back for a third issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Suicide Squad (2011) #0

Sep 17, 2012

I lost touch with "Suicide Squad" rather early in the run, so I was curious what was waiting for me in this issue, especially since I had given the first issue four stars a year ago. This issue truly disappointed on all counts.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Suicide Squad (2011) #1

Sep 15, 2011

There are a few more surprises " and I do mean surprises " filling out the roster, not to mention the "scope" of the roster, the source behind the opening torturous scene, and the team's first assignment. Those pieces add up to a book that grabs my attention by the back of the neck and whispers to me to come back next month. Honestly, I don't see how I'm going to miss it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Suicide Squad (2011) #25

Nov 15, 2013

As a fan of the classic work Ostrander did with "Suicide Squad," I've found the New 52's incarnation lacking. That streak seems to be broken with "Suicide Squad" #25. While "Forever Evil" fuels the story, the success of this adventure is purely based on the efforts of Kindt and Zircher. There's not as much action from O.M.A.C. as I had hoped, but at least now I know where to find one of my favorite characters of the New 52 relaunch. The craziness surrounding O.M.A.C. and the Suicide Squad provides a nice, chaotic backdrop that doubles as fuel, propelling the story to wonderfully bizarre places as Kindt pours the action into "Suicide Squad."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Suicide Squad (2016) #1

Aug 17, 2016

Suicide Squad #1 is a book packed with promise, but the marketing synergy overwhelms the creative output. Thankfully, with two tales present every reader is bound to find something that hits the mark for “their” Suicide Squad, with Williams, Lee, Fabok, and company lining up additional missions. For me, the backup hit closer to home than the lead, but fans of the film are sure to find aspects of the lead just as enjoyable.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Super Dinosaur (2011) #1

Apr 19, 2011

This is a strong debut for a comic that clearly pines to be so much more than just a comic. "Super Dinosaur" may be set as a copyrighted intellectual property perched for bigger and better things or it may simply be what it appears to be: a fun comic book with dinosaurs. Either way, this single issue was enough to hook me. I'll be sharing this one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Super Dinosaur (2011) #2

May 27, 2011

With Bruce and Sarah Kingston " government-sanctioned mechanical engineer-types - on hand to modify Super Dinosaur's harness (not to mention create new variations on the harness) it seems like just a matter of time before the brand expands to toys and other merchandise and media. That's right, not only is this a great all ages read, it's also a toyetic property waiting to wring your wallet dry. We're three issues in, but those issues shouldn't be too hard to find if you know where to look. Of course another option would be to just jump in with this issue right here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Super Dinosaur (2011) #6

Dec 1, 2011

This is as close to a "perfect" all ages book as I've been able to find. There are levels to be absorbed here, as my kids haven't dialed in as closely to the perils facing Derek's mother. They're marveling at the wide array of suits Super Dinosaur has. Regardless of what the kids or I are dialing into, there's no denying that this comic doesn't take itself too seriously. It exists to entertain and has fun doing it. Now's a good time for you to give this a go. There's even a low-priced trade paperback that recently came out to help bring you up to speed. Do you really need more reasons to check out "Super Dinosaur"?

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Super Friends #5

Jul 31, 2008

At any rate, Bekka told me that of the five issues in this series to date, this issue "and the dinosaur issue (#2)" are her favorites. "This one is right there. The apes and monkeys were fun, and there wasn't anything confusing at all." This is from a girl who has been living for the next episode of "Spectacular Spider-Man" and telling her younger sister all about each episode, line by line. So, take my word for it, or take Bekka's, but there are certainly worse things you could spend $2.25 on.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Super Friends #9

Nov 24, 2008

In a time when Superman seems to be encountering a great deal of strife, a title like this does provide a nice reminder that comics were once geared towards a less stressed-out readership. The fact that it includes a recognition and celebration of Superman's birthday with his best friends and his dearest family members only adds sweeter frosting to the birthday cake.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Super Human Resources #1

Mar 12, 2009

Get in on the ground floor of "Super Human Resources" while you can. They are hiring after all.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Super Human Resources #4

May 17, 2009

This series had me with the first advertising they did and the unusual cast of characters and foes, including the sentient electronics falling in league with the wannabe-world-conquering copier. It has really delivered an enjoyable, if inconsistently-shipped read. While I know firsthand that some local comic shops missed the boat on this series, rest assured that the series is going to be collected into a trade paperback in the next few months. Talk to your local comic shop proprietor now, get an order in and take some time to forget about it. Then, when the depths of "Blackest Secret Reign of Night" hits its completely anticlimactic crescendo this summer, you'll be able to crack open a book that offers some humor, some fun and, oh yeah, some enjoyment. That's what comics are supposed to be all about, right?

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Super Powers #1

Nov 23, 2016

If the comics you're reading are bringing you down, or if you need a nostalgia booster shot, give Super Powers #1 a try. I'm pretty sure you'll be joining me in saying, “Aw Yeah!” when the next issue comes out.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superboy (2010) #1

Nov 3, 2010

CBR also scored a handy-dandy preview, if you need some more criteria to fuel your purchasing decision on. I say give this book a whirl. You don't need that boring-decompressed-nothing-happening-issue from that title that you really only buy for completionist purposes anyway. This is one of those extremely rare five-star reviews: a book so enjoyable I'm going to recommend it to others and even share my own personal copy. Right after I read it again.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superboy (2010) #5

Mar 10, 2011

This issue provides an interlude for the wackiness and calamity that has decked Smallville for the past four issues, but there are portents in this issue that more wackiness and calamity is on the way. Those stories will blossom in the months to come, certainly, but they'll be joined by Doomsday. Lemire popped by to discuss the upcoming Doomsday appearance in the next issue of "Superboy." This series provides an interesting sample of the DC Universe, slightly tinted through super-glasses, but for me, it's just not clicking right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superboy (2011) #6

Feb 13, 2012

This book might not be the most memorable issue to come out of the relaunch, but it is a nice looking comic. I've been pretty selective in my super-reading, but I might just come back for another peek at this one, especially since Superboy's going to be throwing down with Rose Wilson in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supergirl (2005) #34

Oct 1, 2008

I found the book entertaining. Gates, Igle and company are crafting a nice little niche into the Superverse for themselves and I look forward to seeing what the future holds for this title. As for this issue, well, I'm going to have to get another copy, as my wife just walked off with this one. Maybe I'll get the Pasarin variant cover next time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Supergirl (2005) #37

Jan 25, 2009

My biggest concern with this series is that in running through "New Krypton" Supergirl's story may have gained a new depth of layers that could vex readers who jumped on with Gates' and Igle's first issue. The murder of Kara's father, and the murder committed by Supergirl have caused me to reconsider sharing this title with my eight-year-old, but I am still very much enjoying this title. It will be interesting to see what direction this title takes from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2005) #40

Apr 23, 2009

Given the sharp recap provided by Kara in this very issue, this might actually be a good spot for you to jump in, if you haven't already. I look forward to seeing what Gates and Igle will do to grow the gallery of supporting characters and rogues for Kara.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Supergirl (2005) #42

Jun 17, 2009

With Superman being unseen in his titles, this is the Super-title to grab if you need a fix of a Kryptonian wearing the crest of the house of El. Kara is a teenager, learning her place in the world "- two worlds actually -- but we've all been there. She's only different from any teenager in that she can fly, has super-hearing, is nigh invulnerable, and, well, you get the point. At the core, Gates makes this character a readable character. Igle and crew make this book a book worth looking at, again and again. While it may not be all ages, due to some pretty violent imagery, it is a book worth sharing with those friends who never quite believe you when you tell them how entertaining, fun, or enjoyable comic books are.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2005) #50

Feb 18, 2010

This issue was a nice breather from the panicked dash back and forth from Earth to New Krypton. Given room to breathe, this story does just that. Some old plots are wrapped up nicely, but some others are exhumed. I hope Gates gets a little more time to let "Supergirl" fly solo following the massive Super-events set to hit these titles in the next few months.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supergirl (2005) #53

Jun 26, 2010

This issue appears to be a return to form for Gates, Igle, Sibal, Ruffino (who even makes all the right choices for simple page background colors - look at the spread where Kara and Lana are talking in Kara's room), and Fletcher. This is a story that isn't bloody. It's not violent. I was dazzled by the brilliance of the first issue Gates and Igle produced and hoped the title would continue to be so wonderfully approachable. Unfortunately, the sheer amount of involvement in the New Krypton event precluded that from ever truly solidifying. Now, however, the book appears to be back on that track. I can -- and will -- once again share it with my daughters. I'd recommend it to the kids (boys and girls) in the junior high language arts classes that I met this year. This issue is a perfect jumping on point, especially considering everything that Supergirl has been through and everything that we have to look forward to with her.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2005) #55

Aug 23, 2010

I've been enjoying "Supergirl" from Gates and Igle more than I ever thought I would enjoy a "Supergirl" comic, and eagerly anticipate each subsequent issue. This Bizarrogirl storyline seems like it is going to be among the highlights of the crew's work on the title and also makes for a wonderful spot for new readers to jump in. Gates and Igle have something good here, and Amy Reeder's cover presents a nice peek into the wonderment inside this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supergirl (2005) #56

Sep 27, 2010

Like a bird, or a plane, this title continues to ascend every month. Gates and Igle bring out the best in each other's work and together they certainly are a solid duo. The two of them, combined with Sibal, Blond, and Lanham (on letters and super-cool Bizarro-speak balloons) make this book one of the best on the stands nowadays, and it only seems to be getting better. For fans needing a Super-fix each month, this title is sitting here, just waiting to impress.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supergirl (2005) #59

Dec 19, 2010

Gates and Igle leave this book in a very different place from where they picked it up, and the finale - "The Day I Needed Supergirl" - makes for a nice reflection on the run of the series. Not only have Gates and Igle influenced Supergirl, but they have left a definite impression on the characters that surround Supergirl. After two years, Gates and Igle are moving on. I don't know to where, but if it's half as enjoyable as their work here, it will be well worth the price of admission.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Supergirl (2005) #67

Aug 18, 2011

DeConnick's final pages are filled with magic, and this story is as entertaining as the very best stage magician. Unfortunately, however, this tale was sandwiched between (arguably) the greatest creative team the book has ever had and the promise of what is yet to come in the relaunched DC Universe. A number of folks will probably miss out on what they would surely agree is an entertaining story that does exactly what comics are supposed to do.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supergirl (2011) #2

Oct 21, 2011

Of all the relaunched books, I was looking forward to this one quite a bit, largely to see what Asrar would do with a title that had a stronger profile than much of his previous work. To this point, I've been handsomely rewarded more than anticipated, as the story has been crisp and invigorating. Most importantly, however, is the fact that of the two issues so far, I am able (in good conscience) to share then with my eleven-year-old daughter and not concern myself over the content of the book or the presentation of the character. DC definitely got this book right, so right that it deserves to be shared.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supergirl (2011) #5

Jan 19, 2012

"Supergirl" is a fine addition to the relaunch, and an even better showcase of what the relaunch could have been (or could still become) for other titles. This is a title unafraid to reinvent the character -- visually and narratively -- or the world around her. "Supergirl" doesn't stop there, however, as this title also serves as a lush showcase for new talent and new styles. Sure, we're almost half a year in, but the story in "Supergirl" is as fresh and exciting as it was in issue #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supergirl (2011) #7

Mar 22, 2012

When DC relaunched their comics in September, they set up the schedule for specific titles to be released on certain weeks. For example, every third week of the month, DC publishes some of the best comics on its slate: "Batman," "Wonder Woman" and "Supergirl." That's some pretty stiff competition "Supergirl" faces from her own company each and every month. However, this comic delivers right alongside those others and this issue is a perfect example of why. It's the conclusion to a story that's been going on for a few issues, but everything you need to know about the character and her predicament is right here. You owe it to yourself to check out this great book releasing every third week of the month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supergirl (2011) #8

Apr 19, 2012

This relaunched "Supergirl" has eight issues behind it, but Supergirl still hasn't learned English, she doesn't have a home, and has only been able to have conversations with a handful of other characters, but the overall narrative doesn't feel decompressed or stretched out. Quite the opposite, in fact, and this issue is a splendid example of what "Supergirl" has to offer readers. Sure, every issue doesn't have Prez art, but the density of the story, increased visually by Prez's propensity to fill panels, is on par with the series. As a matter of fact, this issue serves as a nice introduction to readers looking for an in with the Kryptonian cousin of Superman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2011) #9

May 21, 2012

I would love to see George Prez return for a fill-in story or issue in the near future, but I am really enjoying the artwork that Mahmud Asrar brings to Green and Johnson's Supergirl stories. This series has been a treat to this point, and this issue is no different with the creative team (and guest artist) all submitting stunning, memorable work.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Supergirl (2011) #12

Aug 16, 2012

Given that next month offers up a "tell-all" #0 issue and that this issue is the twelfth of the current series, "Supergirl" #12 is amazingly accessible for new or lapsed readers. The Maid of Might has been searching for answers and now is the time to join her in that search.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Supergirl (2011) #14

Nov 26, 2012

Mike Johnson and Mahmud Asrar have been working on this series since the relaunch and while they've given some nice building blocks for the Last Daughter of Krypton, I feel like they really haven't been able to give Kara a true chance to shine. There have been glimpses of what could be, but after fifteen issues, I would expect that we'd have a motivation for the heroine and a direction for her to grow. As of this issue, she finally learns English and is ensnared in a crossover she'd do much better without.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Supergirl (2011) #19

Apr 22, 2013

Of late, "Supergirl" has been running a risk of becoming a modern stand-in for the old Superman team-up title, "DC Comics Presents" or even "Superman Family" with the string of guest stars. Power Girl, however, works quite well, brings a fair amount of potential and plays nicely with her pseudo-self. This is a fun issue that is certain to give readers something to smile about and enjoy. The best part is that Power Girl appears set to stick around for at least one more issue, so Johnson and Asrar can continue to plead the case for adding an "S" to the end of this book's title. After all, it's not an "S," on Krypton it means "hope."

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Supergirl (2011) #21

Jun 21, 2013

I appreciate that Nelson's attempt to imprint Supergirl with his thoughts and ideas while deepening her history and collection of foes, but "Supergirl" #21 feels like scorched Earth. While Nelson is almost certainly trying to get the readers to collectively scream out for Kara to "Watch out!" as some might do watching a suspenseful movie, there's just not enough depth here for me to care about a character I've spent nearly two years getting to know. Nelson and Neves are technically sound in their craft, but this issue just seems like a shadow of what the title has been.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #1

Jul 5, 2013

This is a fun comic with characters that don't normally lend themselves to the concept of "fun" and a wonderful way to kick off Superior Spider-Month. Given that "Superior Spider-Man" has been commandeered by one of the webslinger's greatest foes, it only makes sense that some of the lesser lights should have a chance to shine. Spencer and Lieber compose a character study of some of the lamest characters to fight Spider-Man, but they do so with enough humanity and humor to make this book summertime treat.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #11

Apr 11, 2014

To say that "Superior Foes of Spider-Man" #11 is a disappointment would be a gross overstatement, but the quality of this issue relative to the series takes a dip while the cost took a hike. This is, quite simply, a decent fill-in issue, but ultimately forgettable, just as Grizzly and Looter were largely forgotten prior to their appearance here. That's not to say that fill-in issues with not-so-superior foes taking a spin in the spotlight couldn't work, it's just a lot to overcome at one time. Had the price increase come with the standard team of Spencer and Lieber in place and the usual roster of miscreants between the covers, it might not have been as troublesome. I'm looking forward to a return to the norm for this title next issue, price increase or no.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #13

Jul 11, 2014

"The Superior Foes of Spider-Man" #13, with a comical cover featuring the Foes raiding Spidey's more illustrious foes' weapons and wardrobes, gives readers a chance to see Shocker standing his ground and Boomerang covering his tracks. Spencer and Lieber, like "Daredevil's" Mark Waid and Chris Samnee, but with more of a weird vibe going on, are perfectly matched as collaborators on a series that exceeds expectations all over the place. After all, who in their right mind would think fans would look forward to a series starring Boomerang, the Shocker, Beetle, Speed Demon and Overdrive, let alone that the series would be entering its second year as an ongoing? Luckily for those fans, Spencer and Lieber show no sign of letting up as they continue to bring the outlandish and entertaining to "The Superior Foes of Spider-Man."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #17

Dec 1, 2014

This series has been an oasis of ridiculousness, which as handled by Spencer and Lieber, makes for entertaining, top-of-the-stack reading, and this final issue of the series is no different. "The Superior Foes of Spider-Man" #17 includes appearances from the Owl, Black Cat, Doctor Doom, the Punisher, Iron Man and more as Boomerang regales the readership -- and a mysterious, but incredibly relevant shadowy figure -- with the culmination of events over the course of this series. Rather than tidy everything up in a nice, final bow, Spencer and Lieber bring readers a satisfactory conclusion, but leave the world they've created prepped and waiting for future visits.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superior Iron Man #4

Jan 23, 2015

"Superior Iron Man" #4 draws a conclusion to Daredevil's issues with Iron Man's Extremis roll out in a most unexpected way. Taylor makes Tony Stark more of a jerk than he's ever been and gives readers plenty of anxious moments for future stories as Stark continues down the path his inversion set him on. Four issues in, this concept is showing no sign of reversing and, at this point, I'd rather it doesn't as "superior" Tony Stark is exactly the kind of arrogant character that is fun to read, especially knowing that his fall is coming at some point.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superior Iron Man #7

Apr 17, 2015

While I didn't expect to read a story of Tony Stark pitted against a contingency plan from Tony Stark, "Superior Iron Man" #7 is a pleasant surprise. Taylor, Cinar, Watanabe and crew have found a natural path for the continual descent of Stark's fall from grace, and it just keeps getting more complex and entertaining as it twists back upon itself. I'm not a huge fan of inverted Stark, but at least the story maintains a significant amount of unpredictability.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #2

Jan 31, 2013

There's just a little too much hand-wringing and whining from the spirit of Peter Parker past. It might be necessary to the overall arc of this chapter in Spider-Man's storied existence, but it quickly gets tiresome in this issue. This should be the flagship title for the Marvel NOW! Initiative and the gateway book for new readers. It's not really either, but it is a decent enough story. "Superior Spider-Man" #2, however, has me checking to see if I'm truly getting a solid return on investment. I'm not fully invested in this new Spider-Man and I'm not convinced I need to be. I don't need the ghost of Peter Parker to appreciate the evolution of Otto Octavius, but I do expect to get good Spider-Man adventures for a $3.99 price point.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #6

Mar 22, 2013

As the art for this book becomes more animated under the pencil of Humberto Ramos, Slott has taken the story to a darker place, certain to be filled with repercussions. Some things cannot be undone and other actions need to be explained. As this issue concludes, it appears that those explanations are going to be demanded soon. The writer has thrown some surprises and curves since the start of this Marvel NOW! series and given the final image of "Superior Spider-Man" #6, readers are about to get some more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #8

Apr 19, 2013

"Superior Spider-Man" #8 is par for the course in this Marvel NOW! era where Spider-Man is not quite himself. Slott brings some surprises to the issue, does a little character work on Otto Octavius and continues to remind Peter that it's called "Parker Luck" for a reason. This issue moves things forward substantially, with dynamic results on tap for the next issue. This might not be your daddy's Spider-Man, it might not even be your Spider-Man, but at least it is anything but predictable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #10

May 24, 2013

Ultimately, "Superior Spider-Man" #10 moves the story of Otto Octavius' greatest victory forward, adding more subplots and developments while inserting depth into the existing subplots. Slott and Stegman do a fine job of balancing action, intrigue and character development, giving readers a chance to join Peter and J. Jonah Jameson at dinner with Aunt May and JJJ's dad as well as Peter's date with his sometime-tutor Anna Marconi. There's a lot of story packed into this issue as the Superior Spider-Man makes his stranglehold on Peter Parker's life just a little more treacherous. As though calling a poker bluff, Slott sees that threat and raises the stakes just a bit more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #15

Aug 8, 2013

Just as Otto Octavius met endless frustration from Spider-Man, so too is Octavius doling out heaping helpings of frustration to his enemies as Spider-Man, especially former Horizon Labs scientist, Ty Stone, and current Hobgoblin, Phil Urich. "Superior Spider-Man" #15 is a transitional issue where Spider-Man figures out the actions of his foes, takes appropriate measures and decides to start cashing in. That leads to some neat visual moments and a quick tussle between Spider-Man and Hobgoblin, but nothing in this issue strikes as exceptional. Quite simply, this is another issue of "Superior Spider-Man" that reminds readers this is not the same old Spider-Man. This one has a mission and intends to fulfill it with a significant amount of attitude.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #17

Sep 4, 2013

The upcoming battle in the next issue blurb is billed as "Spidey Now! vs. Spidey Later!" which might mean that now is a good time to look to the future. Given the execution of this issue, there's plenty more action and adventure to be found with Miguel O'Hara slinging the webs and his appearance in Marvel NOW! is going to be enough to remind everyone that he's out there, waiting to have more stories told. There isn't a lot of the Marvel NOW! version of Spidey, but the 2099 one has sufficient panel time to make all of his fans quite happy. I, for one, am anxious to see how these Spider-Men square off.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #19

Oct 16, 2013

I never expected the subplot with Miguel O'Hara to hook me quite as much as it did, given my shallow experience with the character. There is no denying that Slott has done a great job blazing new trails for Spider-Man's world and given the developments of "Superior Spider-Man" #19, I'm more enthused to read this title than I have been in quite some time. Stegman drew this story with machined precision and the conclusion of "Necessary Evil" leaves ramifications certain to affect the Marvel Universe to come, especially as that universe is still reeling from the time-shaking effects of "Age of Ultron."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #25

Jan 17, 2014

"Superior Spider-Man" #25 is a surprisingly fun read, packed with detailed story and vibrant artwork. Slott uses this issue as a pause in the action, providing an inventory of everything that's been going on since "Superior Spider-Man" #1 while also building up the next major developments for the pigheaded webhead.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #29

Mar 14, 2014

As swing issues of gripping story arcs go, "Goblin Nation" part three in "Superior Spider-Man" #29 makes a lot of progress raising stakes and advancing the story. It's good to see Spider-Man and Green Goblin going at it again, even if the sides are mismatched and two more parts of this saga remain to be delivered. This isn't the most amazing Spider-Man story ever told, but it is a solid adventure against a noteworthy foe with high stakes -- just the type of Spider-Man story people call "classic." Hopefully the last two chapters dial things up a bit more and deliver more surprises.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #30

Mar 28, 2014

"Superior Spider-Man" #30 contains the move all of comic fandom has been expecting and most have been begging for, but Slott manages to give it heart and make it feel fresh, electric and invigorating while hitting the right notes to gain applause from comic readers the world over. Filled with moments sure to elicit panic, anxiety and pure elation, "Superior Spider-Man" #30 sets up the finale of "Superior Spider-Man" beautifully, bringing a fine close to a unique adventure. It also delivers an eye-opening twist in the Goblin's plot that I wasn't prepared to see and positions Spider-Man for more problems, excitement and adventure than one bi-weekly title could possibly contain over the course of a year. I have not been the biggest fan of Spider-Ock, but Dan Slott managed to win me over once again. Not only am I excited about the end of this issue, but I'm also concerned what it all means for the once "superior" Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #32

Aug 7, 2014

While I was skeptical of Slott and Gage dipping back into the Otto Octavius/Superior Spider-Man well so soon after the return of Peter Parker, "Superior Spider-Man" #32 hit me as a pleasant surprise. Unencumbered by current continuity, Slott and Gage are able to play around with the concepts and characters that are set to become the spine of "Spider-Verse." It's not spider-sense, but the uncertainty backed by action and excitement appears to be setting "Spider-Verse" up to be an event to remember.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superior Spider-Man (2013) Annual #1

Nov 21, 2013

While Blackout might not be the greatest villain to pit against Spider-Man, Gage and Rodriguez make a solid story of it. The outcome of "Superior Spider-Man Annual" #1 is going to have definite ramifications on the lives of Spider-Man and Peter Parker for issues to come, and the final page of this issue confirms that those ramifications will only be in addition to the machinations already underway thanks to dramatic return of one of Spider-Man's most sinister foes. This is as solid a read as any issue since the mind-swap between Parker and Octavius, but it lacks soul. There are consequences in store, but they seem temporary until things magically find themselves undone. I'd like to see Gage build on this, but I'm sure he's more than comfortable to hand the next steps in this adventure over to regular "Superior Spider-Man" writer Dan Slott.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up #5

Oct 25, 2013

A visual change-up from the more animated artwork that typically fills the pages of "Superior Spider-Man," Checchetto, Rosenberg and Caramagna make "Superior Spider-Man Team-Up" #5 a pretty book to look at. Combined with Yost's proclivity to deliver fun adventures for the webslinger, this comic has found its way back onto my absolute-must-read list. With the recent developments in "Superior Spider-Man" spreading their influence to this title, "Superior Spider-Man Team-Up" becomes a great companion book, but has no problem whatsoever in providing readers with a solid, enjoyable story capable of being appreciated on its own merits. Any Spider-Fan that hasn't checked out "Superior Foes" should pick up this issue -- it's a fantastic starting point and a solid introduction to the characters and concept.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up #8

Dec 19, 2013

Despite an anti-climatic ending to its plot, "Superior Spider-Man Team-Up" #8 succeeds on showcasing the conflict of the titular character. Octavius is nowhere near as lovable or relatable as Peter Parker is, but his conflicts and decisions made towards resolving those conflicts continues to make for interesting reading. As Yost wraps up his work here and on "Scarlet Spider," readers can only look forward to the upcoming relaunch of "New Warriors" to see what the writer can do with the rest of the Marvel Universe. If it's anything like his work on "Superior Spider-Man Team-Up," readers are in for more fun adventures showcasing comics striving towards their potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up #12

Apr 28, 2014

While not necessarily impactful to the review itself, I couldn't help but notice that the cover to "Superior Spider-Man Team-Up" #12 is printed on stock is inferior to the interior pages of the issue. Barring financials, I'm not sure what motivated this choice, as it is one more signature of paper per copy, but I'd think the premium priced comic books would also have slightly more rugged packaging. All in all, "Superior Spider-Man Team-Up" #12 has some nice moments, some decent art, but an otherwise forgettable story. Just as Octavius fades off in this issue, so does the issue, taking the series with it.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up: Special #1

Nov 4, 2013

Costa wraps up "The Arms of the Octopus" nicely and stops just short of putting an after school special stamp on this story. There is definitely a message to be gained from this story and some incremental character development even happens. Costa successfully borrows the characters to be used throughout the crossover and returns them to their rightful owners. Undoubtedly this story might have attracted readers across titles, and Costa and crew provide a very solid adventure with spot-on characterization to entice those readers to check out the source titles for these half-dozen of Marvel NOW!'s most prominent characters. "Superior Spider-Man Team-Up Special" delivers the goods in the form of a fun story and effervescent artwork. I'm not demanding that Marvel make this an annual tradition, but Costa and Dialynas provide fun stories fit to entertain readers of all ages and interests.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2006) #677

Jul 5, 2008

This first issue, like the most recent issue of "Action Comics" is seemingly tailored for the newer reader. A perfect jumping-on spot, readers will undoubtedly find this a Superman story worthy of the label, especially as this is the introductory chapter in the greater tapestry for the Man of Tomorrow.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2006) #682

Nov 26, 2008

I have found the Superman titles more compelling leading up to "New Krypton" and have been enjoying this storyline to this point. I firmly believe this story will read much better collected, but have still found it engaging in floppy form. I find it a little hard to believe six chapters of "New Krypton" have passed by, as it doesn't seem like a great deal has occurred, but to the converse of that, I have obviously enjoyed those chapters enough to continue to this point. Looking forward, there's going to be some more scuffles, focusing on Kryptonian loyalty and perceptions of right and wrong.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman (2006) #684

Feb 1, 2009

Personally, I'm glad the "New Krypton" story is behind us and that Robinson and Rucka (over on "Action") can get to the business of telling super stories about the world's favorite Man of Steel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2006) #686

Mar 29, 2009

This issue puts the pieces in motion across the board, as Mon-El finds his place in the heroic landscape of Metropolis and meets his guides for the tour. For what is effectively a first issue, this comic offers a great deal of enjoyable reading and a pinch more of things to come in future issues. A Superman-less "Superman" book might sound like a flop waiting to happen, but this book is ready to soar.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2006) #688

May 30, 2009

Additional seeds from as far back as the "Superman's Pal Jimmy Olsen Special" are harvested here, as Guardian and Mon-El rescue Tellus and set up confrontations and adventures to come. During their daring rescue, some additional seeds are thrown onto the ground as images appear on the monitors of the facility Tellus is rescued from "- images of the Red Circle characters, Magog, the Shadow Cabinet, and Static as well as some less distinct images. It has been inferred that big things are afoot for the Superman titles this fall, perhaps these images of DC's other newsmakers are tied in with the autumn excitement to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman (2006) #697

Mar 1, 2010

Having the story divided like this made the issue seem larger in page count than it truly is, which is just fine with me. What may have seemed like throwaways in months past now seem like finely plotted threads, as Robinson's plans seem to come to fruition here. The true reveal, and payoff, however, will be delivered in next week's "Adventure."

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Superman (2006) #702

Aug 15, 2010

I didn't know what to think about this story when it was announced. It smacked of headline-grabbing gimmickry, a non-event for the sake of being different. I thought after two years of Kryptonian onslaught, it might make a little sense to investigate what makes Superman important, but this doesn't address Superman as Superman. Moreover, it removes him from what defines the character. It saddens me that the one comic on the shelves actually featuring Superman (how is it that the most recognizable superhero only has one comic?) is reduced to this gimmick of a story. It's a great concept, sure, but maybe for an annual, a special, or a miniseries. I can appreciate that Straczynski wants to investigate the "man" and leave the "super" off to the side, but the end result is flat. If Superman's only going to be in one title, that title should be celebrating everything Superman is to the absolute fullest.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman (2011) #2

Oct 30, 2011

George Prez and Jess Merino are delivering a fun Superman story with a twist of a mystery and a bit of adventure, but they're doing it with a very mopey Superman. The challenges they've brought to the Man of Steel to this point have been interesting enough to actually allow some doubt and surprise to creep in, but in the end, this is a Superman comic. You're going to get everything you expect, just to varying degrees. For one, I'm enjoying this book and look forward to how this all pulls together for Superman and the denizens of Metropolis.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Superman (2011) #3

Nov 28, 2011

The sheer talent present on this title right now should be able to give us a great book, but this issue is far from great. It's readable and enjoyable, but it needs a little bit more to truly be "Superman."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superman (2011) #6

Feb 23, 2012

The reference to a future issue of "Supergirl" and resultant time-box has me earmarking this tale for a re-read in the near future. George Prez's "Superman" story may not be the greatest of a generation but it was a solid, entertaining read. Now that the character, cast, and continuity has been established around Kal-El, I'd like to see Prez come back for another tale or two. However, Keith Giffen and Dan Jurgens will be co-writing this book in the immediate future. I'm interested to see how their take varies but I'm rather hesitant as the art may not have that masterful touch.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Superman (2011) #8

Apr 27, 2012

Otherwise, Giffen and Jurgens have both done better work with the Man of Steel, and I certainly hope they do so again. Maybe now that this insertion of Daemonite into Kryptonian legend is out of the way we'll be able to enjoy Superman's adventures. For now, however, the main draw is the world around the Last Son of Krypton, not the hero himself, and that's certainly not enough for me to put down the cash.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Superman (2011) #13

Oct 29, 2012

The space dragon shows up, but somehow isn't destroying anything, so what does Superman do? He hits it. That gives the new creative team a chance to flex a little and show what they're going to bring to this book, but quite simply, this is not my Superman. There is nothing inspirational or super about a character who abuses his power, mopes about losing a girl he never had and leaps into action without thinking it through. His choices in battle are less than super as well, and all of this just points towards Lobdell's Super-book crossover. If that crossover is anything like what I got in "Superman" #13, I'll be taking a few months off despite some nice artwork, thank you very much.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Superman (2011) #51

Apr 6, 2016

The art alone makes Superman #51 a brilliant book, but juxtaposed with recent developments surrounding the original orphan from Krypton, the work Tomasi and Janin deliver is even more impressive, especially as it reminds readers of both the “super” and the “man” while checking in on all things that are important to the Man of Steel. Despite not showcasing an epic battle with a fitting foe, Superman #51 brings almost everything I'd like to see in a Superman comic. Knowing that Tomasi will be writing Superman's adventures post-Rebirth, it looks like the “S” just might stand for hope once again.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Superman (2011) #52

May 30, 2016

This story didn't deliver on the Super League premise it was originally solicited with, at least not in the context of this eight-part adventure, but on the second to last page of this issue, Tomasi, Janin, and Sepulveda give readers a knowing nod that maybe, just maybe, it actually did deliver. We'll just have to keep reading to find out how. One thing is for certain: the S-shield is still flying through the skies of the DC Universe, and, for the first time in five years, that symbol has me thinking that it (maybe, just maybe) means “hope.”

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Superman (2016) #13

Dec 21, 2016

Parallels between Frankenstein and Superman drift through the issue, but the differences in the characters are hammered home on the last page, as, once again, Tomasi and Gleason emphasize the man behind Superman and the importance of family in his life. Superman #13 is a fun romp with heart, smartly matching creator to character for max effect.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Superman (2016) #42

Mar 7, 2018

Superman #42 ends with a big GOOD-BYE! that would be an awesome one-page story all by itself, thanks to the masterful work of Gleason, Tomasi, Sanchez, and Leigh. This issue has nineteen more pages though, and is only the start of Bizarroverse. Down, down, and nearby!

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman / Batman (2003) #60

May 22, 2009

As an added bonus, this issue includes a peek into Rucka and Williams' "Detective Comics" #854. Sure, we've seen most of this stuff before, but it looks a lot better as a printed piece and offers some closure to months of anticipation.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman / Batman (2003) #75

Aug 25, 2010

For five bucks, I would expect fries and a soft drink with this issue, but I didn't get them. I just got a nice collection of stories featuring the world's finest characters: Batman, Superman, Ace, Krypto, Supergirl, Batgirl, Superboy, and Red Robin. This is a nice issue, and the fact that it's composed of multiple continuity-free stories makes it the perfect gateway comic to share with a friend. Of course, it's also a nice little comic to jump back to every so often to get a taste of just how fun and enjoyable this expensive habit of ours can truly be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman / Batman (2003) Annual #4

Jun 3, 2010

Even if you've never gotten into "Batman Beyond," or don't want to find yourself liking a different incarnation of the Bat-family, this is still an enjoyable superhero mystery tale. There aren't any massive surprises, but the story told along the way is enjoyable and entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #15

Jan 15, 2015

"Superman/Wonder Woman" #15 has enough talented creators involved that it should have been a much nicer comic book. Hopefully, the next issue will be a bit more polished.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #19

Jul 16, 2015

"Superman/Wonder Woman" seems like an unnecessary excess when considering the landscape of DC's new releases, but Tomasi, Mahnke, Mendoza, Quintana and Leigh provide enough action, excitement and polished craftsmanship to elevate this title. Yes, it stars two of DC's most recognizable characters and, arguably, both are struggling to find themselves and their audience right now, but that doesn't stop this creative team from delivering a solid fight in the pages of "Superman/Wonder Woman" #19, especially when tangling with the Suicide Squad, whose popularity wave is just now beginning to rebuild.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman Family Adventures #2

Jun 28, 2012

Without Baltazar and Franco, this book wouldn't be possible, but with them, it's a joy that needs to get in front of more eyes. Regardless of age, most comic fans have a soft spot for Superman and this book exists to nurture those spots. While DC Comics' main Superman titles leave a little to be desired, "Superman Family Adventures" offers quantity and quality.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman Family Adventures #8

Jan 4, 2013

"Superman Family Adventures" has regularly been a treat; especially in the context of a DC Universe with multiple incarnations of the Man of Steel that just don't quite feel "super" enough. Aureliani and Baltazar share enthusiasm and reverence for Superman and his supporting cast, and that comes through quite nicely. "Superman Family Adventures" #8 is a great sample of what to expect from this book and also makes for a snazzy introduction to one of the comic book industry's -- and even America's -- icons. Yes, younger readers will certainly find greater enjoyment in this story, but the young at heart will be almost equally rewarded by this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman Family Adventures #12

Apr 25, 2013

While I was hopeful the end of "Superman Family Adventures" would lead to a new title announcement from DC, a hope that was really inflated when I discovered the Justice League was going to be in this issue, I'm sad to see no such announcement. Thankfully, the duo are launching their own "Aw Yeah Comics!" at this weekend's C2E2 and have "The Green Team: Teen Trillionaires" on the horizon. I'm really going to miss "Superman Family Adventures," but not as much as my youngest will. Nothing on the racks today has similar energy or style, which appealed to her visually, but really hooked her with its heart. At least Art and Franco gave us plenty of reasons to say, "Aw yeah!" all the way through "Superman Family Adventures" #12.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman Secret Files 2009 #1

Aug 16, 2009

This book is not going to be for every fan and every budget, but it is a nice "user's guide" to the events and characters featured in the Superman books right now. If you're a Superfan, this is a book you'll enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman Unchained #2

Jul 10, 2013

"Superman Unchained" #2 is a fantastic offering for Superman fans of any era. All of the requirements for an enjoyable, exciting Superman story are in place and well executed. Snyder and Lee take it all a step above, adding in relationship development between Clark Kent and Bruce Wayne in the form of a subplot that might have legs later on. Readers should enjoy seeing Clark and Bruce depending on one another and the name-dropping of Cyborg helps tighten the universe ever so slightly. This issue is rounded out with a two-page backup that seems a little thin for the beefy story that precedes it, but offers a little more personality. The extra buck for the book gets us three more pages of lead story while Snyder is clearly using the two-page epilogs to inform readers of the impact Superman leaves on those around him. "Superman Unchained" #2 continues an incredibly strong tale of the Man of Steel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman Unchained #3

Aug 21, 2013

All in all, "Superman Unchained" #3 is another successful installment in the adventures of the most famous Kryptonian. It's not as flashy as the previous issues, but it clearly depicts Snyder and Lee settling comfortably into their story as they make their mark on the Man of Steel. Given what happens in this issue, the next issue ought to be doozy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman Unchained #4

Nov 7, 2013

In "Superman Unchained" #4, the stakes are raised. The threats take deeper dimension, revealing their texture as they begin to connect into a larger beast. I hope I can retain the gist of this story before the next issue and double that level of hope that Lee is able to sharpen up his consistency for that issue as well. I'm still enjoying this book and it is DC's best print-first Superman comic (the "Adventures of Superman" weekly keeps producing exemplary results) despite its flaws. If the timing and the art can be tightened up, "Superman Unchained" would be more powerful than a locomotive.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman Unchained #8

Sep 10, 2014

"Superman Unchained" #8 brings all of the plot threads back together and adds in a few wrinkles. The issue ends on a cliffhanger, but the story's flow makes it seem like a down note or an interruption. Snyder and Lee exceed the standard-issue twenty-page story, but not before expanding the threat and bringing Lex Luthor back onstage. With one remaining issue, the creative team seems to have a lot of ground to cover and a whole lot of action waiting for readers, but if there's any writer that can pull it all together, it's Snyder. Lee's artwork is detailed enough to jam in a ton of story, but he truly excels in storytelling big, violent scenes, like the ones in "Superman Unchained" #8. This is a decent penultimate tale, a bombastic Superman story and a rollicking fun adventure. Through it all, Snyder makes it very clear that Superman sees this as his battle, and while he'll accept help from his allies, he's the one with the most to lose.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman: Blackest Night #2

Sep 27, 2009

This series certainly offers some moments up for Superman fans, but the "Blackest Night" aspect of this story doesn't seem as prominent. We're given a bunch of "almost" moments -- cliffhangers of a sort -- cut short for the conclusion in the next issue. That is all well and good, but this issue didn't really seem to do much, save for bringing the Psycho Pirate (and all the calamity he can muster) onto the scene. I'm looking forward to the next issue, not to wrap up this series, but to provide the action that could have occurred in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman: Blackest Night #3

Oct 21, 2009

The emotional spectrum is heavily utilized in this issue as Robinson drives the story around the powers of Psycho Pirate. Reis' application of the emotional spectrum delivers a subtext to the story beyond the words and pictures of Robinson and Barrows. This story has not been a "must-read" for anyone save the most dedicated Superfans or those deeply engrossed by "Blackest Night." It has, however, provided a greater level of depth to the story of Superman without shoehorning the story into a handful of panels. In essence, this is decompressed storytelling that works to advance a story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Superman: Doomed #2

Sep 25, 2014

While this claims to conclude the "Doomed" event, "Superman Doomed" #2 delivers connections to other events, including what is to come and what has past already. At the end of the issue, there is no shiny bow tied onto the adventures of Superman, but rather an indication that his battles are not complete. The last page leaves some questions to be answered and certainly offers a peek at what is to come, but this single page is, without question, the greatest image in "Superman Doomed" #2. The energy and excitement delivered here is wide-ranging and offers readers hope and satisfaction, regardless of their acceptance level of the "Doomed" event. Superman's world is impacted by the occurrences of this story, which seems set to collide with the grander DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superman: Earth One #1

Oct 27, 2010

There is no doubt in my mind that this is DC's way of trying to freshen up their flagship character for another run at the silver screen (especially when the first intersection we see in Metropolis is Donner Place and Swan Street), but I don't think this really succeeds at anything more than being a pitch book. The classic characters are spruced up and made trendy, but they don't feel like characters I can really care about. After the recently completed "Superman: Secret Origin" this story pales in comparison. This is the start of the "Earth One" line, but it's a pretty slow start. I certainly hope the next installment rises up to meet the hype a little more strongly.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superman: Earth One #3

Feb 4, 2015

"Superman: Earth One" Volume 3 is painfully uneven, and the leaps in storytelling cross from the script to the art and back again. At one point, Zod hefts Superman over his head, but Superman is shown limping away on the next with Zod nowhere to be seen. This book is incongruous: when the story is strong, the art waivers and, when the art is strong, the lettering is over-the-top, but all of the parts never click or get the gears to mesh completely. Rather than forcing mediocre stories into a reliable schedule, this installment makes a strong case to look at the product and reconsider what it is that should make the "Earth One" line exemplary.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Lois and Clark #1

Oct 19, 2015

Jurgens and Weeks' "Superman: Lois and Clark" gives readers a solid introduction to a character so many readers wanted back on stands, but it doesn't preemptively transmit any possible outcomes. This is uncharted territory: for Superman, Lois, Clark and Jon, not to mention the ultimate impact on the rest of the DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: New Krypton Special #1

Oct 22, 2008

"Superman: New Krypton" brings the two worlds together in a way that promises boundless potential and I would like to think the characters on the page and the creators responsible for those characters are ready to deliver. I strongly urge any borderline Superman reader to put back one of those summer event books and grab a copy of this book. Even though it may not seem action-packed, this title accomplishes a lot and it offers a great starting point for the next year of Super reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Superman: Rebirth #1

Jun 1, 2016

Superman: Rebirth #1 isn't exceptionally action-packed, but that doesn't keep Tomasi, Gleason, Mahnke, Mendoza, Quintana, and Leigh from delivering plenty of action. This comic book sets the table for stories to come both in Action Comics and Superman, as Tomasi, Gleason, and Mahnke will all contribute to the latter. It also extends the bridge established in Superman #52, providing readers with a precise and succinct “What Happens Next” from that issue's conclusion. Like Keith Callbeck mentioned in his Rebirth assessment, “‘my Superman' was over there.” “Over there” for me has become Superman: Rebirth #1. It's great to be enthused about Superman once again, and this comic gives readers a lot to look forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Secret Origin #1

Sep 23, 2009

Johns and Frank are setting out to give us the absolute version of Superman's origin. Once and for all, or at least for the next so many years, this will be the book to come back to for Superman's origin story. This issue in particular gives us Clark's discovery of his powers. Next issue promises the Legion. I'm definitely in for the full run here, but I'm also seriously considering getting this as a trade or hardcover to lend out to friends and family who want to learn more about the Man of Steel.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Superman: War of the Supermen #4

May 26, 2010

When the story ends, there is one less Lane on the planet, and a significant decrease in the perceived Kryptonian threat. There are stories left to be told of Kryptonians, of the Super-family, of the survivors of this tale, but those are clearly for another day. This issue is all about the final minutes of the "Hundred Minute War."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: World of New Krypton #1

Mar 4, 2009

"Superman: World of New Krypton" has been solicited as a 12-issue series. That means the clock is ticking from here, with less than a year to pull together "- and complete "- this story. With the tandem of Robinson and Rucka crafting the tale, I have no doubt the story will involve characters introduced here, from primary to secondary to tertiary. These writers are known for their strong characterization and excel at making the mundane into something exciting and challenging. In a world where everyone has Superman's powers, these writers will continue to make the character one of a kind.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: World of New Krypton #2

Apr 8, 2009

One interesting side note, as I am typing this review, re-examining the cover, I notice this issue is now tagged as "2 of 15." Apparently DC has found faith in Robinson and Rucka's vision or maybe the duo are just having so much fun they needed a little extra room. With over a year left of New Krypton tales to tell, this is a book worth looking into.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: World of New Krypton #3

May 14, 2009

The cover for this issue has been "corrected," showing that the series is once more on track for twelve issues, which is a shame as this issue marks the quarter pole in the marathon of New Krypton. True, there is not a great list of accomplishments for this title as of yet, but the series has nonetheless offered entertaining new stories for one of comicdom's oldest and most utilized icons.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Superman: World of New Krypton #6

Aug 8, 2009

This book may not have won fans over right away, but it wasn't built as a fast-moving story. It was paced to be a twelve-issue tale and that is what it is living up to. As we hit intermission, things are heating up and the "Codename: Patriot" looks as though it will add to the heat that this issue offers up. Now is not too late to get on board with this story, especially as it begins to transcend this title and thread through all of the Superbooks.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Superwoman #1

Aug 10, 2016

This is what a first issue should be and it promises readers that it's going to deliver on everything a comic book should be. Jimenez and crew give readers a comic worth every penny of the cover price, filling Superwoman #1 with plenty of action, surprises, and teases as well as a killer cliffhanger. When DC made their announcement about this series they had my attention and my wallet in my hand. With this issue, I'm strongly recommending you get your wallet out too. Superwoman #1 is a wild, entertaining read in the tradition of great summer comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Survive #1

Mar 27, 2014

"Survive" #1 delivers a fitting conclusion to the calamity brought about by Galactus. The characters of the Ultimate Universe are left to rebuild their lives and Bendis sets them up to do just that. Some characters leave "Survive" #1 with a purpose to fight for, a call to answer or renewed vigor. As with all endings, though, some new beginnings are not quite as clear as they could be, but that really just steers readers towards the budding new universe set to realize a trio of fresh starts. This isn't the most dynamic offering the Ultimate brand has dished up, but it gets the work done, closing the chapter on the aftermath of Galactus and setting up what's to come. It's not critical reading for either experience, but it does offer a nice reprise/prologue for readers who tend to be completionists.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Swamp Thing (2011) #1

Sep 7, 2011

Now if we could just do something to hurry up the days in between so I can read the second installment of this brave new Swamp Thing world.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Swamp Thing (2011) #5

Jan 4, 2012

This book is quite unlike anything DC has offered in the past decade, and Snyder has made it so simply by loving what he's doing: writing creepy comics with believable characters. Alec Holland isn't going to strap on a leaf-covered cape and save the world, but he's certainly going to watch out for those he holds dear. If you've been holding out on this title simply because you haven't seen Swamp Thing in the previews or in a flip through the book, then you are missing out. Snyder and Paquette are creating an ancestral nod to all of the "Swamp Thing" titles that have come before while forging something entirely new.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Swamp Thing (2011) #7

Mar 7, 2012

This is the issue fans of DC's muck monster have been waiting for: the rise of the Swamp Thing. Firmly planted in the rich soil Scott Snyder has tilled for this series, the Green has their champion, but he is not entirely theirs alone. Stretching his branches, the Swamp Thing prepares to engage the greatest foe the world has ever known as he declares war upon the Rot. This war is clearly going to be fought on the terms determined by the Swamp Thing. Presuming the war itself lives up to the expectations set forth in this issue, what comes next is going to be striking. This book is a perfect mix of horror, action, and magnificent big screen visual spectacles that updates a classic DC brand.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Swamp Thing (2011) #10

Jun 7, 2012

While I have enjoyed the contributions of Yanick Paquette and Marco Rudy to this series, Francesco Francavilla's art takes control of Snyder's story and makes it his own. Under his brush, Anton Arcane achieves new levels of fearsome creepiness, partially due to Francavilla's penchant for rich shadows and implied detail in those scenes. Throughout this issue, the artist truly displays the full range of his abilities, from the lush undergrowth of the swamp to the grotesque creations known as the Un-Men. While I'm certain we'll see more "Swamp Thing" work from Francavilla in the future, I'm disappointed that he doesn't have the opportunity to complete this arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swamp Thing (2011) #12

Aug 2, 2012

After a year of drifting around one another, "Swamp Thing" and "Animal Man" finally connect, allowing Lemire and Snyder the opportunity to share their collaboration with readers. Both writers have made this team-up seem natural and worthy of any classic team-up title from yesteryear. This adventure is the type of fun the darker corners of a pre-Vertigo, pre-Crisis DC Universe provided on a regular basis. The read is disturbing, making the characters that much more heroic, but even so, there are no guarantees. The suspenseful results growing out of "Swamp Thing" #12 assure readers the action and anticipation will not subside any time soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swamp Thing (2011) #13

Oct 3, 2012

Now that zero month has concluded, Snyder can regain his footing and the story can find a comfortable pace. This issue ends with a cliffhanger and the promise of Swamp Thing fighting Rot-infected Teen Titans, which caused me to draw comparisons between "Blackest Night" and "Rotworld." This is truly the first chapter of "Rotworld," so I am certain Snyder and Paquette will distance themselves appropriately, providing an entertaining and haunting story along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swamp Thing (2011) #14

Nov 8, 2012

"Rotworld" is in full swing. This is only the second chapter of the Swamp Thing side of the saga, but so much groundwork has been provided for the story that it feels more established. A large portion of that is due to the fact that Snyder threads through characters and concepts from his entire run and beyond. The final page of this issue is proof of that. "Rotworld" is familiar and creepy, unexpected and exciting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swamp Thing (2011) #18

Mar 6, 2013

Snyder's farewell is poignant and on target for this series. The writer's work finally comes full circle, closing his adventure for Alec Holland while establishing a new beginning for Swamp Thing. Snyder even sneaks in some humor into the issue, which helps ground the story despite all the zaniness and cosmic level grotesquerie occurring in this issue. While I'm unsure where upcoming writer Charles Soule will take the legacy of the Green and the adventures of Swamp Thing next, but I do know that I've enjoyed this past year-and-a-half. Snyder redefined the avatar of the Green and Yanick Paquette celebrated the horrendous aspects of the character's visual history while delivering stunning new interpretations of page and panel composition for this title.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Swamp Thing (2011) #20

May 3, 2013

While I almost seized the opportunity to cut and run with this comic following Snyder's departure, I've stuck around and I'm pleased with Soule's take so far. Snyder's story was so epic in scope that, quite simply, it's nice to have a two-part "Swamp Thing" story, even if the ending leaves me scratching my noggin. Soule doesn't discount anything Snyder did, nor does it slavishly hold to that newer chapter of the mythology. Much as Snyder reverentially played along with everything before him, but put his own stamp on the character, Soule appears to be following the exact same plan. So far, it's been quite enjoyable.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Swamp Thing (2011) #22

Jul 5, 2013

Soule and Kano give readers a solid story in "Swamp Thing" #22, but it could use a bit more depth and polish. The story is raw, but there is no doubting that Soule is continuing to develop the world around Swamp Thing and the parameters of the Green. Seeder is a competent foe for a being with near limitless power and reuniting Swamp Thing with the foil of Constantine just makes the series feel fuller.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swamp Thing (2011) #25

Nov 11, 2013

"Swamp Thing" #25 is more superhero fisticuffs than anything else, but Soule and Saiz elevate the story to be so much more, giving readers plenty to absorb. In addition to the battle, the creative team layers in history and humanity, making this issue a complete comic book rife with actions and consequences growing from those actions. Swamp Thing is a solidly entertaining comic book with Charles Soule and Jesus Saiz mixing action, adventure, mysticism, humor and intrigue into a consistently enjoyable title. "Swamp Thing" #25 is a solid continuation of what Soule has brought to this title since joining it, but it also provides a welcome entry point for new readers to sample one of the best titles currently in DC's publishing roster.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Swamp Thing (2011) #27

Jan 13, 2014

Soule's Swamp Thing has been enjoyable and adventurous and this issue is an astonishingly concise representation of what Soule brings to the character. While this is the final issue of a long-running story arc, it is also an open issue welcoming to new readers and warmly inviting lapsed readers back. With this issue, Soule and Saiz set a new status quo for the Swamp Thing and the Green. From here, the legend of Swamp Thing is theirs to cultivate.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swamp Thing (2011) #35

Oct 6, 2014

The Calculus is reminiscent of the Construct, but with a decidedly timeless spin. (The Calculus is technologically tethered, but independent of specific tech, whereas the Construct usually had connections to transistors, keypads or LCD.) "Swamp Thing" #35 widens the scope of the Kingdoms, and gives Swamp Thing and the Green a whole new set of beings with which to contend. Soule, Saiz, Hollingsworth and Lanham craft a sharp set-up issue here and position the Machines to make a lasting impact in a story that showcases a different kind of horrific monster.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Swamp Thing (2011) #37

Dec 8, 2014

"Swamp Thing" #37 continues to build on the significant and entertaining accomplishments of this series as Soule continues to craft a story that constructs new worlds, introduces new kingdoms, forges new alliances and breaks new rivalries. The Rithm is positioning itself to oppose the Green, specifically the avatar of the Green and is willing to do anything to accomplish that end. In doing so, "Swamp Thing" #37 shifts into fantasy/science fiction storytelling with a tinge of horror, temporarily putting the horror that made this character so wildly popular to begin with. Soule and company are still investigating the horror of the human -- and post-human -- condition, as sides are drawn and the battle appears to be on the horizon. This is a magnificent run, as Soule adds quite nicely to the legend of "Swamp Thing" that Scott Snyder laid the foundation for in September 2011's "Swamp Thing" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Swamp Thing (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 5, 2014

DC's September offerings can be perceived as gimmicky and forcing every title to pause their progress and visit a common thread seems counter-productive. That recipe alone sets these tales up for mediocrity or worse. Some issues stand a better chance than others to shine, but rarely can readers expect to find a dazzling display of all that is right with a title. Thanks to Soule, Saiz, Wilson, Sienty and Esposito, "Swamp Thing: Futures End" #1 is representative of the very best an event tie-in like this could offer. Readers need no part of anything else -- "Swamp Thing" or "Futures End" -- to enjoy this tale and find purchase with the characters in this comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Sweet Tooth #12

Aug 6, 2010

I need to know more about the characters though. Sure, I feel for Gus, but I'm not clear on what Gus' cause is. Why do I need to know more beyond this issue? Sure, I'll check in on issue #13 when it hits, but this book is going to have to do more than present a slow burn with the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Sweet Tooth #40

Jan 10, 2013

Regardless of depth of familiarity with the concept or the characters, Lemire places enough care and creativity into this issue to make "Sweet Tooth" #40 complete and compelling. "Sweet Tooth" has enough depth and development within to consider it a fairytale, thanks to the lessons imparted and morality emphasized. I have no doubt readers will set up their back issues to relive the entire tale once more after closing this issue, while those who came late to the story will undoubtedly seek out the entirety. This series has been unique and heralded as such, but "Sweet Tooth" #40 is, quite simply, the best single-issue story in the story of the boy with antlers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Switch #1

Oct 5, 2015

Despite a few bumps in the road, "Switch" #1 is an ambitious, energetic approach to the worlds of the Darkness and Witchblade. Sejic does a nice job presenting the world for newer readers, giving a tight synopsis of what has come before without piling on smothering amounts of detail. Readers with deeper familiarity will certainly gain more from "Switch" #1, but this is as an approachable single issue for this universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents #1

Aug 14, 2013

By the end of this issue, Hester has established Dynamo as the gateway character for readers. With a personality that blends aspects of everyman characters like Peter Parker and Guy Gardner, Len Brown is a perfect foil to introduce new readers to a long-established world filled with history and nuance. The pacing of the story and the prep put into recruiting Len Brown defuses the initial urgency of opening scene in "T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents" #1, but in exchange for urgency, Hester gives readers a character to cheer on. This comic book does a nice job of setting the tone for Hester and Di Vito, but definitely could use a little more excitement to instill a sense of wonder while stoking the urgency Hester uses to launch the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Tails of the Pet Avengers #1

Feb 10, 2010

This issue is a nice refresher for the upcoming "Pet Avengers" adventures in "Lockjaw & the Pet Avengers Unleashed." I just hope the creative team remembers to bring the heart it put into these stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Talon #2

Dec 3, 2012

Talon-on-Talon action makes for an interesting enough fight, but the stakes in this story are not high or intimate enough to process them as anything more than collateral: bits of story present for the sake of progressing the grander narrative. Additionally, Rose's accomplishments don't strike me as impressive. The story is a little Indiana Jones, a bit Batman and a little more Nightwing, but not enough of a variation or blend from those sources. I can certainly see the appeal "Talon" may have to Batfans looking for more Court of Owls stuff, but personally, Calvin Rose doesn't offer anything more for me that I couldn't find in the pages of "Nightwing." While "Talon" #2 is a decent comic book, I don't think it does enough to separate itself from so many other comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Tarzan on the Planet of the Apes #1

Sep 28, 2016

Seeley, Walker, Dagnino, Molina, and Piekos have crafted a fitting, adventurous tribute to two historical franchises that celebrates their differences and revels in their similarities. I was hooked on the concept at solicit, but reading the actual story exceeds any expectation I had. I simply cannot wait for more and implore you to check the book out. It is wild comic book fun that simply needs to be shared.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Taskmaster (2010) #1

Sep 3, 2010

Until that time comes, however, Van Lente and Palo are doing a good job giving us a rip-roaring tale of one man's search (literally) for himself.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Team 7 #1

Oct 15, 2012

Just as I thought I could write this one off, the story really begins on the seventeenth page of this issue. With only three pages to go, I found myself roused from a "Team 7" induced slumber to actually find some enthusiasm for what's coming up next. I just hope that "next" doesn't include droning monologue that spills exposition all over what should, by all rights, be a fun, action-packed adventure. Since I'm putting my hopes out there for this book, some stronger art, more in line with Mahnke's cover, would be pretty darn good too.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Team 7 #5

Feb 18, 2013

While "Team 7" is a dead title still being printed, there are stories to be told, secrets to be exposed and worlds to be built. The connections -- even if just in name -- that Jordan sews into this story are geek-worthy, fist-pumping moments. There are only a few issues left, but if they all add threads to the larger DC Universe tapestry like "Team 7" #5 does, then I'll be enjoying quite a few reads.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Tech Jacket (2014) #8

Feb 16, 2015

The twenty pages of story in "Tech Jacket" #8 move along, never plodding and never rushing, but masterfully blending big moments. The scope of the battle to come is massive, but Keatinge and crew remind readers that such things as jealousy and heartbreak seem just as massive through the proper perspective. With elements that are reminiscent of Superman, Iron Man, Invincible, Rom and even the final explosive battle from "Wreck-It Ralph," "Tech Jacket" #8 offers readers a lot to enjoy, deftly blending ideas and bending genres into an enjoyable story filled with solid action.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Teen Titans (2003) #66

Jan 3, 2009

For a membership drive issue, nothing really happens here, but McKeever and crew have determined to make this storyline last more than a mere issue, as seems to be the trend in this era of decompressed storytelling. This series currently feels like the Justice League felt after Jurgens, just a hodgepodge of characters who need a home. Maybe McKeever and company will prove me wrong with the conclusion of this storyline. Unfortunately, given that future issues appear to be focused on Kid Devil, a shadow of Blue Beetle, and a cluster of other uninteresting characters, I'm certain the rest of this storyline will need to be reviewed by someone else.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Teen Titans (2003) #70

May 5, 2009

As someone who's read a LOT of Titans comics, this issue -" this whole "Deathtrap" storyline -- just seems stale. I've got the feeling we've been here, done this, and we might even have the t-shirt.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Teen Titans (2003) #75

Oct 1, 2009

One final note about this issue that strikes me as exceptionally odd: DC decided to "celebrate" the seventy-fifth issue of this series. How, you ask? With a cover starburst and a splash-page announcement of "Welcome to the 75th issue of the 'Teen Titans'." Superman's seventieth anniversary as a character being published by DC barely gets a wink and a nod, yet this issue is tagged with a starburst and an announcement. Nothing else, mind you, no extra pages, no special roster shake-up, just another "Teen Titans" comic. Weird almost marketing there, DC, just plain weird.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teen Titans (2003) #77

Nov 25, 2009

Krul has managed to find a comfortably exciting place in the realm of the Titans, and I hope this issue is a precursor of more "Titans" related issues penned by Krul. The Titans universe has been floundering of late and this event is giving it a much-needed boost.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teen Titans (2003) #88

Oct 28, 2010

Overall, this is a fun issue, and a very promising fresh start, but it needs some more punch. I understand DC's desire to flesh out their collection of villains and their preference that writers contribute in that direction, but I think the Titans have been shuffling along enough lately that a familiar evil face or several might have given this book the extra goose it needed to go from "good" to "great." This is a good start, and I'll definitely be back for more, and in that alone, Krul and Scott can claim a victory.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Teen Titans (2003) #92

Feb 24, 2011

"Teen Titans" is a book that is finally starting to settle on the path it should be taking. There's a roster decision made in this issue that is certain to impact the story as it continues to grow. The team is settling down a bit and Krul is figuring out how he wants the team to interact and react. This is a promising issue offering hope for issues to come, as we are promised a new member in the form of Solstice in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Teen Titans (2003) #93

Mar 31, 2011

I lost interest in the first story arc under Krul's pen, but this new arc, beginning this issue, offers a less clichd, more intriguing sophomore effort. Krul gives every character a chance to shine, which makes the book feel balanced and provides a more interesting read. What happens once this team is fractured (no, that's not really a spoiler) remains to be seen. The main part I'm waiting to see, however, is more of the other-dimensional fracas as rendered by Scott.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Teen Titans (2011) #0

Oct 1, 2012

While the story does summarize the start of Red Robin's career, it does so in a manner that compromises the character and integrity of Batman. That doesn't even begin to scratch the surface of the fact that this story ignores the rest of the Teen Titans save for one panel late in the issue. In "Teen Titans" #0, I expect a Titans-centric story. Instead I got "Red Robin" #0 under a "Teen Titans" #0 cover. I haven't been closely following the adventures depicted in "Teen Titans" and there's nothing in this comic book to bring me back. This story is one that needed to be told, sure, but it certainly could have been more engaging. It could have maybe even been more intelligently marketed, perhaps in "DC Universe Presents" or as a series of backups for a stretch of time in one of the Batman-starring comics. As an issue of "Teen Titans," it is simply unremarkable.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Teen Titans (2011) #6

Feb 24, 2012

Lobdell does a good job illuminating the characters throughout this issue, teasing powers, subplots and interactions while building up the team dynamic. Virgil Hawkins added to the mix brings some stability to the team by offering a connection to the broader universe beyond their membership. Able to be enjoyed independently of the tussle with Superboy, this issue certainly takes on a more impressive sheen when placed in the context of the universe "Superboy" #6 provides. The Titans are rooted in the DC Universe nicely but need more of a purpose than is found in this issue. The team is coming together, so maybe from here their purpose will be more clearly defined.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Teen Titans (2011) #9

May 24, 2012

Now that the team has been introduced to the readers and the DC Universe I am hopeful stories will be less cluttered than this issue was. If nothing else, there will be dinosaurs in the next issue -- certainly enough to get me to check back in. I just hope the Titans each begin to find their true, teen voices.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Teen Titans (2011) Annual #1

May 3, 2012

The backmatter to this first Annual of the relaunch is, sadly, just as interesting, if not moreso, than the thirty-two pages of the main story with a great deal of information and character introduction. Perhaps after reading the backmatter the story might be more engaging the second time through. There is no denying that DeFalco and Lobdell are trying to craft a memorable and engaging crossover with "The Culling." The energy is here. The characters are here. The enthusiasm isn't. I'm hoping that the lack of enthusiasm is simply from the overload of information and that the next chapters of this crossover are more entertaining.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Teen Titans (2014) #1

Jul 16, 2014

That's not to say this is the best "Teen Titans" #1 ever, but it does offer promise. Pfeifer and Rocafort are getting to know the team, each other and their strengths and weaknesses with this book. The S.T.A.R. Labs crew lacks animation and emotion. One of the hostages just looks tired and worn out, not emotionally threatened. Bunker displays an incredibly short fuse and lashes out at a parent of one of the hostage children, in front of the kids. All of these are areas that don't kill the concept, but could boost things if executed more strongly. Pfeifer and crew cut from the Bunker scene to finish out the issue, but there is no doubt this will be a launching point for future complications as the Titans essentially wrap up a done-in-one debut that seeds a number of subplots.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Teen Titans: Cold Case #1

Dec 22, 2010

Murphy doesn't stop with detail and framing selections, choosing to forsake detail on some pages in favor of emotion, ambiance, or action. The spread of Kid Devil and Ravager " two Titans I had little patience for before this issue " leaping into action is stunning in both composition and juxtaposition. There are two panels that take up the entire page, one jammed with detail, the other limited to stark silhouette and orange highlights. In a glimpse, this one spread summarizes the entirety of this issue, Murphy's line, Anderson's color, Sable's story. It's a good read, one I suspect that will be overlooked, but most certainly shouldn't. For fans of the "One Year Later" crew of "Teen Titans;" fans of Sable, Murphy, or Anderson; or fans of good comics in general, this book is most definitely worth a look.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #1

Aug 24, 2011

While I recall the "Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles" cartoon as geared towards a younger audience, I thought for certain this book would have a younger slant to it, but having one of the turtles utter "damn" instead of a younger term, coupled with a kick to an opponent's crotch and declaration of "No baby gangstas for you, dude!" deflated that expectation. This book is clearly aimed towards an older readership, and it serves them well.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Micro-Series #8

Sep 10, 2012

The "Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Micro-series" is an interesting concept that offers readers a chance to learn more about the characters in the comics' universe of their favorite hard-shell heroes without sidetracking the main title. I like what IDW is offering here, and think other companies could find some success with this model, especially as it allows readers to selectively consume stories they want to see about characters they care about. Fugitoid isn't a character I would have ever thought twice about, but on the recommendation from a friend and further enticed by David Petersen's cover work, I gave it a whirl and I'm glad I did. It might not bring me fully into the world of the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, but it gave me enough of an idea to enjoy the story and discover some new creators worth checking in on in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle #1

Dec 5, 2013

Adding to Dark Horse's already attractive stable of licensed and refreshed properties, "Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle" #1 brings a big-name writer together with a big-talent artist to regale readers with new adventures of Skynet and the resistance, the price to be paid for freedom and the effects on the people fighting for it. Straczynski adds depth to the Terminator brand, bringing readers insight and information regarding the early days of the project and the surprising origins of those responsible for the rise of the machines. This is a fine introduction to the new world of the Terminators under the Dark Horse imprint. With a significant body count in the first issue and multiple percolating storylines debuting, "Terminator Salvation: The Final Battle" #1 offers readers a reinvigorated take on a familiar concept and property. The Terminators have been set in motion on the mission; from here things are going to get loud.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Terra #2

Nov 23, 2008

New titles in the DCU would stand to do well by paying attention to how this book integrates itself. Gray and Palmiotti bring a knowledge of the DCU (and bravery to use that knowledge) to this title featuring a character that could easily be self-published elsewhere. By using Power Girl in this story (PG learns Terra's "true" name as the two seem poised to become pals) Gray and Palmiotti are building their own little corner of the DCU, if nothing else.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Terra #4

Dec 17, 2008

I look forward to seeing this creative team in action again with the adventures of Power Girl, but to say this story was exceptionally memorable is a bit of a reach. In this instance, however, spotting Palmiotti and Gray's story with Conner's art, it doesn't have to be memorable; I'm certain to re-read it again, given that this creative team produces fun comics flat out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thanos (2016) #1

Nov 17, 2016

Marvel has done more than its fair share of filling the comic book racks with a wide array of titles, all competing for meager comic book purchasing budgets. When it comes to villain-centric comics, I tend to give those a hard pass, but the talent involve on Thanos #1 had me intrigued. With low expectations, I decided to give this a go, more for review purposes than anything else, but it surpassed anything and everything I expected. For fans of the Mad Titan, this is sure to be a joy. Lemire, Deodato, Martin, and Cowles are deliberate in their choices here, and that's plenty for me to come back for another issue. Or three.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Thanos Rising #2

May 3, 2013

While most of my experience reading about Thanos involves him pining for Death or lusting after the Infinity Gems and being soundly defeated, I'm itching to see Thanos being bad. I don't want downtrodden Li'l Thanos dissecting things looking for the answer to the universe's questions, I want Thanos hunting down answers and squeezing them from the skulls of his prey. You know, kind of like Darth Vader did in the first "Star Wars" movie thirty-some-odd years ago. Aaron and Bianchi have the talent and the power to make Thanos being bad a good thing. I just hope they get to it soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Thanos Rising #5

Aug 29, 2013

A five-part miniseries to tell readers, "Thanos is a lonely bastard" seems a bit severe and a little to close to the failed model executed through the "Star Wars" prequels. I'm not sure what benefit Thanos' legend gained from the grade-school adventures of the mad Titan, but this issue, like "Revenge of the Sith" does a decent job of elevating the evil titular character to expected levels that should have been present earlier. Mind you, Jason Aaron hasn't failed in delivering a compelling story, but Thanos is compelling enough without any backstory -- especially backstory that isn't particularly electrifying. I'd like to see Aaron handle the Mad Titan again, but with a more animated artist and in a more cosmic setting.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Thanos: A God Up There Listening #1

Jul 7, 2014

"Thanos: A God Up There Listening" #1 doesn't do much to make Thane a convincingly interesting character. He mostly seems to be the key to unlocking yet another Thanos story more than being the star of his own adventure. Williams makes some really inexplicable leaps for the character, and reflecting on why Thane makes a few of these choices just raises more questions and reduces the reading equity. With Thanos set to take center stage in the next installment, I'm curious if the story will forget about Thane or eventually return to give the character a little more development. "Thanos: A God Up There Listening" #1 is a nice deviation in the form of an Infinite Comic, but it could be improved.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Thanos: A God Up There Listening #1

Jul 7, 2014

"Thanos: A God Up There Listening" #1 doesn't do much to make Thane a convincingly interesting character. He mostly seems to be the key to unlocking yet another Thanos story more than being the star of his own adventure. Williams makes some really inexplicable leaps for the character, and reflecting on why Thane makes a few of these choices just raises more questions and reduces the reading equity. With Thanos set to take center stage in the next installment, I'm curious if the story will forget about Thane or eventually return to give the character a little more development. "Thanos: A God Up There Listening" #1 is a nice deviation in the form of an Infinite Comic, but it could be improved.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The A-Team: War Stories - Hannibal #1

Mar 20, 2010

This is a fun enough story, but hardly A-Team worthy, save for the trademark line of "I love it when a plan comes together." An extraction tale with nearly predictable results and minor swerves to hold the reader's interest, it would be every bit as intriguing under the title of "Not Liam Neeson Adventures" or some such. The A-Team, in my opinion, works better as a team, hence the title. If the rest of these one-shots are akin to this one, I'll hold off until the plan comes together more tightly.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Answer! #1

Jan 23, 2013

There is enough here to prove interesting, but I think it's going to take more than "The Answer!" #1 to solve the question of whether this is a very good story or simply another comic book starring Generic Man. The Answer hasn't given much to identify with, but this comic is fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Autumnlands #1

Nov 5, 2014

My biggest nit to pick here is that the back cover bills this as "48 pages, no ads," but the true "page" count is forty-four, since the front, back and interior covers are covers that don't carry the story, not pages. That, however, is easily overlooked, given the fact that the issue is still left with two-hundred-twenty percent of the page count of a standard $2.99 comic book. Incredibly, each panel is worth the cover price all by itself, but combined this is a comic book that simply can not be missed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Autumnlands #5

Mar 25, 2015

"The Autumnlands: Tooth and Claw" #5 is as complete and compelling a transitional tale as I can recall seeing in comics in my time reviewing for CBR. Given that the creative team is essentially an all-star lineup, I suppose it shouldn't be a surprise, but it never ceases to be enjoyable. Now that the conflict is set, I cannot wait to see what Busiek, Dewey, Bellaire, Roshell and Deschesne do once Seven-Scars leads his people into battle.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Avenging Spider-Man #6

Apr 12, 2012

I've been enjoying "Daredevil" and "The Punisher," so I won't feign shock at enjoying this book. What did surprise me, however, was the extent to which I enjoyed it. In this issue, Waid and Rucka build enough of a story that anyone could pick it up and find their way along. If you happen to be a regular reader of either title, the story just enhances the characters and whets the appetite for more. Thanks to great creators and fabulous characters, "The Omega Effect" is off to a great start.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Avenging Spider-Man #9

Jul 16, 2012

That's the key to this book, just as it was for "Marvel Team-Up" decades ago: fun. "Avenging Spider-Man" is the closest thing to a revival of "Team-Up" that we're going to get and stories like this are exactly the kind that should fill its pages. This issue is the first of a two-parter, but it packs enough of a complete story to entice readers to return for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Avenging Spider-Man #16

Jan 18, 2013

Take the good with the bad. There are positives, like the details in Medina's are good, but some storytelling choices are not so good. The Otto Octavius-commandeere Peter Parker continues to obsess about women in a manner I truly do not recall Octavius doing before, but it remains inline with what Dan Slott has been writing in "Superior Spider-Man" and "Amazing" before that. This Spider-Man also suffers no fools and provides a memorable encounter with Wolverine that is certain to shade the future relationship between two of Marvel's most recognizable icons. As a sum of its parts, "Avenging Spider-Man" #16 is an enjoyable comic, even if some of those pieces are less than perfect. Yost and crew have a fun high concept to work with, it simply needs some more polish.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Avenging Spider-Man #18

Mar 14, 2013

This title has really been quite fun. The three issues to this point have been entertaining and individually packaged as strong standalone stories, but with larger undercurrents sweeping throughout. While some of the conclusions, including the one in "Avenging Spider-Man" #18 are standard-issue comic book wrap-ups, Yost is delivering a great read for fans while exploring and introducing aspects of the Marvel Universe to readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Avenging Spider-Man #20

May 10, 2013

As Yost has done all along, this issue is completely open for new readers and masterfully catches them up to speed regardless of their depth of familiarity with Spider-Man (either Superior or Amazing) or this series in particular. Everything a reader needs is right here in "Avenging Spider-Man" #20, including sharp art, a solid story and fun character interactions. While "Superior Spider-Man" has certainly received more attention, "Avenging Spider-Man" is my preference of the two as it is more open, self-contained and self-sufficient. Yost and Checchetto have a great thing going here with a solid quartet of guest stars in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Avenging Spider-Man #22

Jun 14, 2013

That said, I'm thrilled Marvel has relented and brought "Team-Up" back to the lexicon of Marvel Comics. I just hope Yost is able to keep those adventures as fun and entertaining as he's done here on "Avenging Spider-Man." The continuation of the creative team carrying over one issue -- or series -- to the next will help consistency and development. So long, "Avenging Spider-Man!" It's been a fun adventure, but I'm looking forward to teaming up with some summertime reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Black Beetle #1

Jan 16, 2013

Topped off by a Mike Norton pinup and a fill-in for the letters page from editor Jim Gibbons, "The Black Beetle" #1 is a fantastic diversion from current comic book reboots and reimaginings. This is a fun, adventure-filled, mystery-tinged story as welcoming to new readers as possible for a comic book. Quite simply, this is good stuff. I may not be the biggest fan of pulp adventures, but I am a self-proclaimed fan of all things good and this is very good indeed. Hopefully, as promised in the text piece at the back of this issue, this is just the beginning. I, for one, cannot wait to get more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Black Beetle #4

Jun 12, 2013

As the saying goes, you can't rush perfection. Any tardiness this title experienced is most certainly the result of Francavilla polishing and re-polishing, trying to deliver the very best to his fans. "The Black Beetle: No Way Out" #4 draws this one adventure to a close, but offers hope for more. This conclusion will certainly have fans itching for the further adventures of the Black Beetle.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Brave and the Bold (2007) #14

Jun 19, 2008

"The Brave and the Bold" should be one of DC's A-list books. Something people buy for fun and excitement, as well as value. Remember buying comics with your allowance as a kid? What books did you buy? I was always buying "B&B" or "Marvel Team-Up" or "Avengers" or "Justice League of America" because I'd get more heroes for my money. In this case, "The Brave and the Bold" #14 delivers.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Brave and the Bold (2007) #23

May 21, 2009

For a story labeled as "The Beginning" under the title of "Shadows of Tomorrow," this issue is largely forgettable. It might have carried a little more weight over in "Booster Gold" seeing as it attempts to establish a rivalry between Booster and Magog. Here, however, it just feels like it is marking time until the adventures set for next month's issue of "The Brave and the Bold".

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Brave and the Bold (2007) #24

Jun 19, 2009

All in all, this issue of "B&B" isn't the best that this title has given us, but it is also far from the worst. In spirit and execution, this is a good template for "The Brave and the Bold," but it needs a little more pizzazz and few less clichs.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Brave and the Bold (2007) #27

Sep 20, 2009

Straczynski's tale, while not the greatest story you'll read this year, is memorable in the same way some of the old team-ups from the 1970s and 1980s still ring true to some fans. Every comic fan has a favorite team-up issue from their comic-reading experience, whether it is an issue of "The Brave & the Bold," "Marvel Team-Up," "DC Comics Presents," "Marvel Two-In-One," or another title. Someone out there is going to remember this particular issue forever and be thankful that it happened. The vast majority of us, however, will be waiting for Straczynski to really roll up his sleeves and have some fun in the DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Brave and the Bold (2007) #30

Dec 19, 2009

New to this issue is the tagline, "Lost Stories of Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow" which I am sure was added on to help allay the concerns and fears of the continuity-conscious. Honestly, though, if a comic can give you two great characters well written and impeccably drawn in an enjoyable story, does it matter if it is in continuity? I would argue that it doesn't. All that should matter at that point is enjoying a really good story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Brave and the Bold (2007) #32

Mar 17, 2010

Rob Leigh delivers the perfect lettering set for this issue, rounding out a top-notch creative team for two characters most consider B- or C-list. The timing on using Aquaman in these pages is well-plotted, as his popularity is on the rise as a pop culture icon, fueled in no small part to his appearances on "Batman: The Brave and the Bold." I am pleased that the classic Aquaman look was employed for this issue, as it is such a strong visual.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Brave and the Bold (2007) #34

May 27, 2010

Straczynski continues to find fun combinations in the DC Universe sandbox, but I'd like to see more memorable moments. As an escape, or refresher from continuity and unnecessary sensationalism, this comic has consistently delivered.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Chilling Adventures of Sabrina #3

May 29, 2015

"Chilling Adventures of Sabrina" #3 makes no pretense with the story's metaphors and the title character's journey. The choice between mortality and life as a witch, between taking the next step with her boyfriend or abstaining, between sassing her co-star in "Bye Bye Birdie" or taking the high road, and the rest of these developments shape who Sabrina is and who she will become. Aguirre-Sacasa, Hack and Morelli have crafted a world for Sabrina from whole cloth, defining the rituals and transformations for the reader as Sabrina herself undertakes the journey. Like Sabrina, the readers are certain to be in a different place at the end of "Chilling Adventures of Sabrina" #3, with even more changes on the horizon.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Clone Conspiracy #1

Oct 12, 2016

Dead No More: The Clone Conspiracy #1 is not a happy-go-lucky globetrotting Spider-Man adventure. It's dark and, at times ugly, but that doesn't stop Cheung, Dell, and Ponsor from making it beautiful nor does it preclude Slott from dropping in some humor. In short, this is everything you can and should expect from a Spider-Man event packaged up in a smart, strong introductory chapter. After the revelations of Dead No More: The Clone Conspiracy #1, I cannot wait for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
The Clone Conspiracy #5

Feb 19, 2017

While there is an upbeat moment to finish of The Clone Conspiracy #5, there really isnt a satisfying conclusion. This doesnt feel like an event that needed its own series, save for the fact that Jim Cheung is not always available for a monthly assignment. I expected more than I got out of this entire series, and this final issue provides a strong example of what that means, with so much that could have happened being pushed out to later dates and future stories. I dont think The Clone Conspiracy should have been any longer, but I do think it could have been more complete.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Complete Alice in Wonderland #1

Dec 17, 2009

This is a wonderful re-imagining of a classic tale. Dynamite has done a good job here, but the story seems truncated -- which, of course, it is. Three issues remain in it ("What is it?") and surely the creative team has a few more pleasant translations to share with us in those future stories. Inevitably, this series will be collected, so if you have a hard time accepting literature in a serialized format, the hardcover or trade might be right for you. If you're fine with floppies, then you might want to take a drink from the bottle and join me down the rabbit hole.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Complete Alice in Wonderland #3

Mar 9, 2010

I've enjoyed the three issues of this tale so far. It is far from the ultimate version of Alice's adventures, but it is an entertaining read and a nice detour from the offerings of current day comicdom.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Dark and Bloody #1

Feb 10, 2016

The end result, however, is worth the wait and then some. A little bit Revival, a little bit Wytches, and a whole lot of its own mysterious, captivating beast, The Dark & the Bloody #1 has all of the requirements a debut issue should have, with some extra horror thrown in. If you're one of the myriads of readers looking for something different, or something riveting, or something with humanity and soul, or something with mystery, or something dark, or something bloody, or something fresh, go now. Get The Dark & the Bloody #1, then thank Aldridge and Godlewski for inviting us on the journey ahead.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
The Darkness (2007) #100

Feb 29, 2012

Phil Hester's writing in and of itself was not enough to save this issue of "The Darkness" which suffered from a lack of direction in overall purpose and shallow in visual spectacle. There were more than six variant covers for this comic to the twenty pages of lead story. Unfortunately, as the saying goes, "You can't judge a book by its cover." Never has that been truer.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Darkness (2007) #101

Mar 21, 2012

"The Darkness" #101 is a decent start for the next stage of one of Image's mainstays. The cliffhanger is not unexpected, but it certainly seems to have packed the most amount of drama possible into the conclusion of this issue. Hine and Haun clearly have a plan and Jackie Estacado's life will never be the same again.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Darkness / Pitt #1

Aug 26, 2009

While Pitt hasn't been seen in a while, readers will find themselves learning all they need to know about Pitt in this issue. Conversely, if Pitt is the impetus for drawing readers into this book -" say a lapsed fan from the salad days of the "Pitt" comic "- readers will learn everything they need to know about Jackie Estacado and the Darkness. The story here also gives readers a chance to move forward with the characters. This is a wild ride from Jenkins and Keown. It's not going to win any awards, but it sure is an exciting, eye-popping read. It's good to see Pitt back on the printed page and I'm happy that Keown is the one who brought him back.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Death-Defying Doctor Mirage #5

Jan 19, 2015

"The Death-Defying Doctor Mirage" #5 culminates in Fong-Mirage's personal transformation, leaving readers with a decidedly different character and cast at the end of this issue. The bold new dawn presented in the final pages evolves organically from Van Meter's story and is visually accented by reds, oranges and yellows, hues borrowed from a bright, bold sunrise as Valiant Entertainment prepares readers for the further adventures of Doctor Mirage, another fine addition to their stable.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Delinquents #1

Aug 21, 2014

Valiant Entertainment has given readers a lot of great reads over the past two-plus years, but "The Delinquents" #1 is a brand-new highlight that is just as approachable for new readers as it is for veteran Valiant fans. Asmus, Van Lente, Kano and Sharpe provide a perfect example of how to blend humor and action, adventure and fun. This comic is sure to find favor with readers who enjoy "Avengers" or "Chew," and presents something that many claim they want: new and different. Of course, it's also funny and innovative, which certainly doesn't hurt.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Delinquents #4

Nov 28, 2014

Wrapping up the story of Mondostano's quest for world conquest through the treasures of the hobo ass map, "The Delinquents" #4 gives readers a ridiculously fun comic unlike anything else on the stands nowadays. Van Lente and Asmus leave the door open for future adventures, sending the pairs of Archer and Armstrong and Quantum and Woody back in down their original paths, but they do so with fun and humor driving the whole scene. There's plenty to like about this story, and despite being the fourth installment of a four-part series, "The Delinquents" #4 is remarkably all-inclusive, welcoming to new readers as well seasoned readers of either coupling. Just shy of a dinosaur and a gorilla, this comic book has a little bit of everything comic book fans read comics for, from rampaging, hulking foes to clever conclusions and goes far beyond any readers' expectations, with opportunity for outrageous reader interactivity and chuckle-worthy innuendo.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
The Demon: Hell is Earth #1

Nov 22, 2017

My only gripe with The Demon: Hell is Earth #1 is that this really should have had a double-sized debut, as this issue moves so quickly while packing in so much. Thats not bad, mind you, especially in an era of trade-waiting, but I definitely closed the back cover of The Demon: Hell is Earth #1 wanting more, despite my satisfaction with the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Devilers #1

Jul 16, 2014

The quick way to describe "The Devilers" #1 in one word would be weird. Like a mystical, horror-filled "Ocean's 11," the assembly of the others is almost completely logical, especially with hell literally erupting. In addition to O'Rourke, Lieb and Reed, the cast is filled out with Rabbi Brenda Davide, Samir Patel, Raab Al-Fayed and Chun-Bai, each of whom receives little more than a passing introduction. This is not quite the same comic book investigation of religion as Marvel's "The Life of Pope John Paul II," but the Pope's book didn't have a giant frog flipping the bird to a member of the clergy. "The Devilers" #1 has an interesting premise and manages to not lose itself in exposition, making it a decent landing spot for readers looking for something new that is tinged with horror, adventure and dark humor.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Dragon Prince #1

Sep 9, 2008

(You can read a preview of "The Dragon Prince" here at CBR.)

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Fall and Rise of Captain Atom #1

Jan 4, 2017

Overall, The Fall and Rise of Captain Atom #1 is a pleasant surprise. Like so many of the more enjoyable Rebirth stories, this is a throwback to what made the character great: mysterious adventure tinged with uncertain comic book science and pending doom. Oh, and great character beats to succinctly define the players in the adventure without Bates and Weisman having to build soliloquies or villainous monologs into the plot. Im not going to declare this entire run a complete victory yet, but this sure is a bombastic, fun start.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Fearless Defenders #1

Feb 6, 2013

Overall, "Fearless Defenders" #1 offers a coincidental threat to bring Misty Knight and Valkyrie together, but that threat isn't completely realized for readers to grasp the full level. There is a strong sense of mystery and adventure, with two no-nonsense characters ready to kick ass and take names.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Fearless Defenders #3

Apr 15, 2013

The final page "cliffhanger" isn't charged with any sort of suspense. It packs a revelation and asks the reader for reaction, but the revelation just isn't must-see. It's a nice thread pulled out for next issue, but seems like a limp break, most likely the result of this issue being written for a longer story. Truly, "Fearless Defenders" #3 is a snippet from a longer arc and reads as such, but that doesn't stop it from providing some entertainment and solid character bits for future issues as the team continues to coagulate while Bunn tries to find appropriate voices for each of Valkyrie's new allies.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Fearless Defenders #4AU

May 24, 2013

As sometimes happens with crossover comics, I was expecting a letdown or complete failure to capitalize on the talent assembled for this book. What I received is quite the contrary. Bunn's story is enticing and engaging, adding layers to the adventures of the "Age of Ultron" Defenders while setting the stage for the modern-day "Fearless Defenders." Phil Jimenez delivers fantastic art that quickly reminds me how much I've missed his work. The story itself is independent enough to be enjoyable, but connected enough to add value to "Age of Ultron." In short, this is what an event tie-in comic book should be like. I just hope Jimenez comes back for more soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Fearless Defenders #7

Aug 2, 2013

"Fearless Defenders" #7 takes what could, and maybe should, have been a breather issue for the characters and readers and emotionally amplifies it. Hans' beautiful artwork is perfect for a story of love and sacrifice. It will be interesting to see what visual approach this title takes next issue and beyond, but for now, this is one of the best-looking issues for this series as it hits all of the right marks to continue to grow the team and the characters on that team.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Flash: Season Zero #1

Oct 2, 2014

A fun interstitial that allows for deeper, more expansive effects and more bizarre concepts, "The Flash: Season Zero" #1 is a solid read that introduces the reader to the world of the Flash in a quick (no pun intended) manner. As comic book fans and Flash fans ratchet up their anticipation of the new television series, this comic book series is there to serve as a guide and supplement, giving readers a chance to explore Central City while they wait for new television series episodes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Fox #1

Oct 29, 2013

Too many comic book readers bemoan the state of the industry today, looking for something light-hearted or fun, energetic or starring a likeable character. Those readers need to pick up "The Fox" #1, sit down and enjoy a fun superhero read about a guy out of his depth, but more than willing to fight the good fight. This is a nice companion piece to Waid's work on "Daredevil," but comes with less continuity.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Fox #2

May 7, 2015

"The Fox" #2 is a smart, fun comic worth checking out. Haspiel, Waid, Passalaqua and Workman give readers exactly the type of comic the readership clamors for: light continuity, strong characters, action, intrigue and plenty of fun. Readers looking for a new start with a fun new character and offbeat adventures need look no further than "The Fox" #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #3

Nov 25, 2011

This third month is a critical juncture in the relaunched DC Universe, where many readers may have given the book a chance to win them over. If those readers are looking for a jam-packed series with insane amounts of action, this book fits the bill. This comic has no shortage of action, intrigue, and characterization. If anything, it simply has too much. "The Fury of Firestorm: the Nuclear Men" has a lot to offer, and it is quite clear that Van Sciver and Simone have plans for the character and their supporting cast.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #4

Dec 29, 2011

There's still a great deal of mystery and suspense in this book. It opens with Jason and Ronnie having to try to find their families, but that spills into a greater mystery. That mystery points to Zither. It's only a bit of a clue, but only enough to promise changes and interesting developments to come in the next issue. There's a lot going on in this book. It is certainly one of the most action-packed titles of the new DC relaunch. While it might be heady for newer readers, it definitely has some points of interest for long-time (or even lapsed) Firestorm fans, and it appears to be just getting warmed up right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #5

Jan 26, 2012

The ending of this issue gives Simone and Van Sciver a plot point to continue to drive a wedge between Ronnie and Jason, which is sure to lead to the two of them fighting. Again. This book teases out the story quite a bit, but to this point there really isn't much to set it apart from any other story where the protagonists are strung along like fools. Instead of flame-headed pseudo-heroes, Ronnie and Jason could easily be G. I. Joes or members of the X-Men. This series started off with a very strong debut, but has lost some zip along the way. The clunkiness and lack of compelling characters might change up soon, but this issue doesn't do much to bolster that notion. For a book that is this robust with sheer comic book talent, "Fury of Firestorm" is underperforming.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #7

Mar 29, 2012

Van Sciver's art is a nice reward for sticking with this title for this long, but "The Fury of Firestorm: the Nuclear Men" is quickly slipping from my "must-read" pile. Once upon a time, Ronnie Raymond was an introductory character for a generation of readers. Jason Rusch was conceived with the same thought in mind. Neither is anything more than whiny ciphers right now. I'm hoping Harris and Van Sciver can elicit the heroic ideals in these characters soon, before it's too late.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #9

May 25, 2012

This issue is an oddity: following a guest artist, crossing over with another title that itself is in a peculiar state of flux, introducing new characters, charging up a new power set and having one of the co-leads take the spotlight throughout makes for an exciting read, but doesn't do much to make this a particularly memorable read. The conclusion to this issue is rather anticlimactic, so it leaves me wondering what to truly expect in "Firestorm" #10. I'll be back to see, but I might need to refresh myself on the goings-on here.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #12

Aug 25, 2012

As issues of "The Fury of Firestorm: the Nuclear Men" go, this one is far from my favorite and far from the most memorable. It is, however, the one issue that does the most to advance the long-range story of Jason Rusch and Ronnie Raymond. With Harris and Cinar wrapping up their run, I find myself wondering where this series could have gone had they continued. In some ways, this feels like the end of the series, but knowing there is a zero issue coming up and Dan Jurgens comes on board a month after gives me hope there's still a lot of energy left in this nuclear solution.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #13

Oct 25, 2012

It didn't take long for Dan Jurgens to come in and make a mark on "The Fury of Firestorm: the Nuclear Man." As he has done with "Booster Gold," Jurgens puts his stamp on this book and this character, setting a direction from page one and building around it. Additionally, Jurgens makes this title, albeit in a single issue, the closest thing to an all ages superhero read that the DC Universe has right now. There is one scene that is rather grisly, with a character at S.T.A.R. Labs, but Jurgens shadows the marginal character's demise heavily enough as to make it nearly tolerable while serving as testament to the viciousness of Firestorm's new foes. With "The Fury of Firestorm: the Nuclear Man" #13, Jurgens manages to bring back my wandering attention and secure it tightly once more.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #18

Apr 1, 2013

Unfortunately, Jurgens doesn't have much more time with this title. There's only a pair of issues left beyond this one, but if Jurgens' work to this point is any indication, those next two issues are going to be solid, entertaining heroic stories. "The Fury of Firestorm: the Nuclear Man" #18 has a lot of moving parts and exciting characters, almost certainly the result of this series winding down, but Jurgens really finding his stride and having to compact his plans for Firestorm. I hope he's able to complete the contributions he was designing for this series in the next two months, as I'm certain there were plenty of notions to continue revitalizing the world of one of DC's most unique characters. Whatever the case, I'm looking forward to two more issues of greatly entertaining comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #20

May 27, 2013

"The Fury of Firestorm: the Nuclear Man" #20 struggles to be a final issue of a series. It really wants to be just another issue, with more to the story to be delivered in a month. Unfortunately, Jurgens and company are given the high sign to hurry and wrap this up now, even though it is quite evident there is plenty more where this came from. Firestorm goes over to "Justice League" now, where he will hopefully find a larger audience. Maybe, some day, we'll be able to look forward to another volume of the Nuclear Man's adventures. I just hope those future creators don't forget about the valiant effort put forth by Dan Jurgens.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Great Lakes Avengers #1

Oct 12, 2016

Great Lakes Avengers #1 is a fun (re-)introduction to a squad of heroes introduced by John Byrne during his West Coast Avengers run. It brings former members of the team together, establishes a new base of operations, and sets a plan in motion to give the GLA purpose. There are plenty of floating pieces still to be pinned down, but I like what I see so far from Gorman, Robson, Bonvillain, and Caramagna.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Incredibles: Family Matters #2

May 19, 2009

The mystery of Mr. Incredible's power loss is not solved in this issue, but this issue does provide enough action, interaction and characterization to offer up some additional subplots ideal for all ages "- whether it's the transformation of the Incredi-car or Violet's crush on the boy next door, there's something in this book every reader can relate to. The final page puts a dynamic new element on the table for the Incredibles to face in the third issue of this series -- an element that is sure to challenge this family like never before.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Incredibles: Family Matters #4

Jul 20, 2009

This may not be the greatest superhero comic ever written, but it sure is a darn great book worthy of sharing with the whole family. As the first completed Disney/Pixar/BOOM! Kids tale, I look forward to seeing how it is collected as well as how a continuity begins to be built upon this foundation. As mentioned before, there are a couple threads hanging out there that could be seized and woven into future stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Infinite #1

Aug 2, 2011

Fans of Liefeld are going to find a lot to like in this book, and even some detractors are sure to find a story that is thick and engaging. Kirkman and Liefeld play off each other's strengths well enough to conceal any perceived weaknesses. I didn't expect to like this book when I picked it up, but I'm certainly glad I did nab it. It's an entertaining read that is refreshing in its self-indulgence.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
The Infinity Entity #1

Mar 10, 2016

The issue leaves readers with an eyebrow-raising confrontation on the final page. It's not an edge-of-your-seat-clutching-the-armrests cliffhanger, but it is an opportunity for this galaxy-spanning adventure to get even more cosmic. Starlin is spinning new yarns in his corner of the Marvel Universe. The light connection to continuity and the surrounding evergreen graphic novels make this (projected) weekly story not a necessity, but a nicety. This comic is an entertaining read that is certain to please fans of Adam Warlock, Jim Starlin, Alan Davis, or any combination of those three. Davis is what drew me in, but the story has convinced me to come back for more, despite me never being overly invested in Warlock beyond his role in the Dan Abnett and Andy Lanning Guardians of the Galaxy series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Iron Age #1

Jun 30, 2011

This story " this series " is part "Marvel Team-Up," part "Avengers Forever" and every bit the entertaining type of tale you deserve to find in your summer comics. Of course, if the price point drives you away, or the story itself seems a little too conveniently measured out for you to not wait for the trade, well then it'll still be a great story that you deserve in your whatever-time-of-the-year reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Joyners #1

Jun 21, 2016

The story is the same as the original graphic novel, but the color makes it feel brand new, and a re-read in serialized format changes the pacing and scope of the tale. There are very few comics I would review twice. Fewer still that I would review twice for two different sites. Even fewer than that are the number of comics I would so highly recommend. If you missed The Joyners the first time out and appreciate comics that go beyond superheroes and sci-fi, make up for that oversight now. You can thank me later, right after you thank R.J. Ryan, David Marquez, Kelly Fitzpatrick, and Jon Adams.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Joyners in 3D #1

Feb 24, 2014

"The Joyners in 3D" is an immersive experience that will, literally, bring readers into the story with the 3D, but stick the story into the readers' hearts and minds.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Last of the Greats #1

Oct 7, 2011

There's been some stiff competition for new readers with a plethora of new series (not just from DC's relaunch, but seemingly all the publishers), but this one is one of the more memorable tales I've read in the last couple of months. Fialkov has a fun story here with an engaging delivery for that story, and he's got me onboard for the rest of this tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Last Resort #1

Jul 11, 2009

Undoubtedly, someone is going to not pick this book up this week and live to regret missing it. Don't be that person. Skip taking yourself out to lunch one day this week. Maybe get a cheaper coffee a couple mornings. There's no reason you can't get that big summer title AND this one. Unless, of course, you're a younger reader. Clear this one with the folks first if you're not old enough to vote or drive. If you're a driver or voter, give this a go. Enjoy some horror and be glad you didn't take that tropical vacation to that paradise-like island. Let someone else get attacked by the zombies. You just keep working and reading some great summer comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Last Resort #2

Sep 5, 2009

The first issue of "Last Resort" was disturbingly enjoyable. This one builds upon the strengths of the first and quickens the pace of the story. This isn't a comic you're going to share with your kids, but it is a comic that'll give you a good read. I've been surprised by both issue so far and I am definitely locked in for the rest of this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Lone Ranger: The Death of Zorro #2

Apr 13, 2011

The sides in this battle are drawn. The characters are moving into place and the odds are stacked against the heroes, just as they should be in any dramatic story of yesteryear featuring Zorro or the Lone Ranger. The end of this issue adds a nice surprise that is certain to have impact to the remaining three issues of this series. This issue, however, is well-crafted and worth reading, even if you've somehow missed the first issue. Parks' story is clear and strong. The legends certainly deserve no less.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Manhattan Projects #1

Mar 9, 2012

The bizarre notion of a scientific laboratory crossed with the warehouse shown at the end of "Raiders of the Lost Ark" and a heaping helping of other oddities collected from across the mad rantings of science fiction's history paints a different background for the story of Robert Oppenheimer. It helps to have Oppenheimer interpreted as differently as Hickman has varied "The Manhattan Projects" from the actual Manhattan Project. This is a comic fit to burst with powerful design work and unexpected developments.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Midas Flesh #1

Dec 11, 2013

Powered by a creative team that shares credits on "Adventure Time," this comic book is not at all stymied by a lack of imagination. I'm not exactly sure what the space travelers have to do with the origins of King Midas, but the hook has been baited and I've been hooked. "The Midas Flesh" #1 is a bizarrely familiar, but reverently and humorously modernized fable intertwined with an apparent space opera that happens to feature a Utahraptor. BOOM! Box has given readers a solid first offering that feels like an underground independent success in the making. The best part? This is, so very clearly, just the beginning.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Mighty Thor #3

Jun 23, 2011

That forward motion is going to take us to a battle between Galactus and the warriors of Asgard, and I am anxiously looking forward to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Mighty Thor #4

Jul 31, 2011

This is the fourth installment of the story of the "Galactus Seed" and it really feels like it's going somewhere now. Thor is ready to put the hurt on the Silver Surfer -- on Mars no less! I can certainly understand if people are bemoaning the pace of this story, but there is no denying the sheer quantity of plots and subplots, conflicts internal and external, and surprises that Fraction and company are jamming into this book. It seems as though the next issue might be the one where the other shoe drops. When that shoe hits, it's going to make quite a ruckus and it's going to provide quite an enjoyable story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Mighty Thor #18

Aug 13, 2012

Beyond the collaboration of Loki and Thor, there is a subplot featuring Jeff Fischer (from the previous arc) certain to pay dividends as the grander "Everything Burns" arc progresses, but for now it is simply another item included in the inventory report that Fraction and Gillen have run on Asgardia's stock. This issue would have made for a perfect offering in Marvel's Point One program, but as the prologue to a longer story, it is certainly just as effective. If you've had an inkling to check out a Thor comic, this one includes everything for a new reader just the right thing for you at just the right time. I'll certainly be onboard to see just what remains once "Everything Burns."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Mighty Thor #22

Nov 1, 2012

"The Mighty Thor" #22 does provide a verdict on Thor's actions, but doesn't completely button up everything that Thor is about right now. Additionally, it leaves room for reader interpretation, making for an enjoyable "nothing" tale. With the upcoming "Thor: God of Thunder" series set to launch within a month, Fraction clearly leaves things open for incoming writer Jason Aaron to pick and choose. In the meantime, this issue provides a final inventory of how the legendary Asgardians intersect with the real world and how much richer the Marvel Universe is for it. All of the pieces are on the table, waiting to be polished up and used.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Mighty Zodiac #1

Apr 6, 2016

As of this writing, I'm not sure what the plans are for The Mighty Zodiac, but given what I've just read here, and the itch that it scratched oh so perfectly, I'm looking forward to the next five issues for sure, and hopefully more stories beyond that. The time seems right for a property like this to find an audience waiting for it. Torres, Howell, and Laiho deliver and then promise even more to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The Movement #1

May 2, 2013

As first issues go this just feels like a loosely connected collection of notions, which together compile an incomplete and not particularly compelling story. None of the characters really wow me. The art ranges from decent to confusingly disappointing, and the overall story is simply lackluster. I'm still not quite sure how to process "The Movement" #1, nor do I have a strong grasp of what DC is trying to say with this book, but I know it doesn't move me enough to warrant more than an occasional check in.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Multiversity #1

Aug 21, 2014

I'll admit to being hypercritical about the potential success of this story. Five years, after all, is an insanely long time to wait between stories -- just look at what's happened to the DC Universe in three years. If Morrison and company can keep up the quality, adventure and fun they brought to "The Multiversity" #1, however, then this is going to be more than worth the wait. While I'm waiting for the next installment, I'm going to go back and read this one. Again.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Multiversity: Pax Americana #1

Nov 20, 2014

A simple comparison to "Pulp Fiction" might be a good place to start with explaining what Morrison accomplishes in "The Multiversity: Pax Americana" #1 relative to other comic books, but that would be a dramatic understatement and incomplete. This is, quite simply, like no comic book I've ever read before. Morrison makes it seem familiar, especially with the Question and Blue Beetle present, but the story itself is nowhere near as straightforward as that heroic duo is accustomed to. Thanks to Quitely's art, I know I'll be re-reading this comic again, but this next time around (and the time after that) I'm sure I'll be analyzing every image Quitely chiseled into each panel of "The Multiversity: Pax Americana" #1. "Multiversity" is four issues in, and it's has gotten better. Here's hoping that trend continues and that we continue to get more new ideas like this from the Grant Morrison Idea Factory.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Multiversity: Guidebook #1

Jan 30, 2015

With seventy pages of heft to it, "The Multiversity: Guidebook" #1 is certain to have readers flipping back and forth, reading it again and again, sifting through panels for clues and finding more reason to continue to get fired up about "Multiversity." If every event series presented readers with a guidebook like this, the events themselves might just be a little more entertaining and fun. Then again, not every event is a Grant Morrison-dreamt epic seven years in the making.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Murder of King Tut #1

Jun 14, 2010

This is a nice companion piece to the novel, or a decent read for fans of Egyptian history. For readers seeking excitement and adventure, however, this book is going to be a major letdown. Given that Tut has yet to appear in a comic bearing his name in the title, it is a safe bet that there is plenty more story to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Names #1

Sep 4, 2014

"The Names" #1 has been billed as "Kill Bill" meets "Wall Street," but the first issue's plot defies comparison. No elevator pitch can do this story justice, as Milligan's gritty thriller grabs the readers while the story itself keeps them locked in. It's a gripping read from start to finish, giving readers just enough to latch on to. While the mystery of how Kevin Walker died is given to the reader from the start, the developments around it and the revelations yet to come are what will make the series memorable. Judging by what Milligan and Fernandez give to readers in "The Names" #1, there's going to be plenty of memorable moments yet to come in this story that is filled with credible characters and life-sized tragedy.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
The New 52: Futures End #3

May 23, 2014

At the end of the issue, "Futures End" #3 just barely moves the pieces forward. Readers get a little bit from each of a wide range of characters, but after closing this issue, I'd be hard pressed to tell you what happened come next week's issue. The biggest impact to the grander adventure is that a hero is put back on the board. That said, it appears as though most of the exposition should be complete now that the series is four issues in (including the "Futures End" #0 Free Comic Book Day issue) so things should be ramping up shortly.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The New 52: Futures End #5

Jun 5, 2014

While I am no more certain what to make of "Futures End" now in than I was when I finished reading its short tease in "Aquaman and the Others" #1, I am intrigued. The series hasn't hit fever-pitch, must-read levels yet, but the questions are enough to keep me dialed in, for now.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The New 52: Futures End #7

Jun 19, 2014

Every series has transitional issues that establish upcoming threads, but this one doesn't do that so much as it slightly rotates the existing threads, providing readers with new perspectives on tales that need progress, not more depth. There is no mistaking "Futures End" #7 as a transition, but it also might be the most unimpressive and least memorable issue of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
The New 52: Futures End #16

Aug 22, 2014

Rounding out the underwhelming adventure in "New 52: Futures End" #16 is the full-fledged debut of Stormguard, quite possibly the lamest hero name in comics today. Luckily he left the weather-stripping out of his utility belt, so the writers are able to give him some character development, but with a rejected 1990s name, the character has a steep hill to climb to gain fan's attention. It's a weird addition to the menagerie of tales going on in this series at an even weirder juncture, as things seem to be finally starting to come together. Hopefully things pick up now that the story arcs are beginning to point towards an intersection.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The New 52: Futures End #18

Sep 5, 2014

"Futures End" #18 is a decent offering for a series that has had as many downs as ups. This issue, however, checks in across the Earth of the DC Universe and gives readers some notable surprises. The cliffhanger installment of this issue checks back in with Terry McGinnis and crew, but the most interesting bits happen much earlier in this comic book. Azzarello, Giffen, Jurgens and Lemire have this series on track once more, with a little extra suspense thrown in. From here, the creative team needs to do more than simply get back on track. They need to start rolling down that track and picking up speed.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The New 52: Futures End #23

Oct 13, 2014

There aren't a whole lot of payoffs in "Futures End" #23, but this issue has a whole lot more vim and vigor than I've noticed in previous issues. Each of the storylines notches a little time in and marks some forward progress in their evolution, while the crisp artwork from Lopresti, Thibert and Hi-Fi does everything it can to hold the readers' attention. The stories in "Futures End" seem poised to turn a corner. Here's hoping for more excitement and energy as the series continues towards whatever end is intended.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The New 52: Futures End #48

Apr 2, 2015

It's rough to find fault in the series for not living up to expectations, but the expectations themselves got a little more slippery as the cast expanded. "The New 52: Futures End" #48 fills space and marks time but never really feels substantial, even in regards to the characters who have darn near an entire issue of spotlight. Other than two characters reuniting and the story left hanging, this was rather unsatisfying and left me ambivalent towards the next event, "Convergence." Too bad DC has left us no time to reflect on this prior to serving up the next one.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The New Ghostbusters #2

Mar 15, 2013

The first two issues of this series have been a competent beginning, but "Ghostbusters" #2 could very easily have been "Ghostbusters" #1, or at least the second half of a first issue. I like what Burnham and Schoening bring to this franchise, and they've certainly made their mark with the Ghostbusters. Where it goes from here and how quickly remain to be seen and will certainly shape the success of this newest volume of "Ghostbusters" comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The New Ghostbusters #7

Sep 23, 2013

"Ghostbusters" #7 is yet another enjoyable installment in this solid series from IDW. Shaner might not be identical to Schoening, but the two artists do have a similar sense of fun with their work that shines through quite nicely, adding energy to the story the whole way through. With Halloween sneaking up on us, "Ghostbusters" continues to be a reminder that the supernatural doesn't have to be limited to one month a year, especially with stories that are filled with fun characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The New Ghostbusters #20

Sep 29, 2014

"Ghostbusters" #20 is, simply, another sequel to the original Ghostbusters movie. As with all successful sequels, though, this one lures readers into wanting more and leaves the door open for future visits. I'm not sure where the "Ghostbusters" franchise is set to go or change into at IDW beyond this series and a crossover with "Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles," but true fans of the Ghostbusters brand will have this series to return to. It is only fitting that Burnham, Schoening, Delgado and Uyetake furnish readers with an issue that is as much a new beginning as it is an ending, and a satisfying one at that.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
The Normals #1

May 29, 2017

I wanted to like this comic more than I did, and the series still has potential, but its going to have to work a little bit harder to be memorable or impactful. Maybe this is partially due to the creative team finding their collective groove, but The Normals #1 opens a little too uncertainly to make an immediate move to my pull list and read pile.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Outer Space Men #1

Apr 2, 2009

This book was a blank slate to me, as I had no personal history nor involvement with these characters nor creators. I gave it a go and I'm very happy I did. I would be remiss, however, if I did not mention that this is not a done-in-one-sitting book. It is a very full story with a great deal of information and a widely divergent cast, but it is also an engaging read. I applaud the effort put into this book and look forward to more from this crew soon. While the book is not a recent release (it debuted at the New York Comic Con) it can be obtained through your favorite online bookseller or via the website dedicated to the Outer Space Men at www.theouterspacemen.com.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Owl #1

Jul 5, 2013

Dynamite Entertainment has done a nice job of churning the public domain heroes through, getting them in front of eyeballs. Krul does a good job giving the Owl a voice that is both comfortable and fresh and the visuals on this book are better than average. The concept of a man lost in time searching for a lost love is paved over by a mystery set to drive the rest of the story forward. I might not recall the specifics of "The Owl" #1 when the next issue hits the stands, but Krul's set up an uncluttered story that will certainly jog my memory. Hopefully he builds on that story and makes Owl Girl more than a plot device.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The Ravagers #0

Sep 17, 2012

"The Ravagers" #0 does not falter in delivering the relative story of Beast Boy's origin with the Ravagers, but it leaves parts of the tale leading to his time with that team untold. Unfortunately, those are the parts I find to be most interesting. This book has challenged me to continue reading out of the hope of rediscovering a new version of the Doom Patrol, but so far it has only given me a pile of disappointing comics. Maybe someday soon the creative apathy will disappear from this title and I can put away my own apathy for this title. Until then, I'll continue to peek in for more Doom Patrol news.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The Ravagers #4

Aug 13, 2012

After taking a couple months away from "The Ravagers" and coming back to this series with this issue, I am still not sold on this book. At all. The best parting commentary, and sign of hope I can offer, though, is that the second-to-last page has just enough of a teaser for this diehard Doom Patrol fan to come back next month despite the painful writing.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
The Ravagers #8

Jan 21, 2013

As a Doom Patrol fan, I've been hopeful for clues to the New 52 appearance of the team and this book has offered the most consistent source of that hope, with appearances by Beast Boy and Niles Caulder. The art and story haven't always been easy to digest and, quite frankly, the book has been painful to continue with. When I saw the Pat Gleason cover solicited some time ago, it drew my attention to the text, which promised a new start of sorts for one of DC's lackluster "Second Wave" titles. While "Ravagers" #8 is far from an auspicious start, it is still far better than most of the previous seven issues. I'm hopeful that this new creative team is simply going through the storming part of their new working relationship and will soon find the norming phase. With that, maybe the book will become a readable series of adventures. If not, I would dare say "Ravagers" might soon be doomed, regardless of whether or not the Patrol ever materializes in these pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
The Ravagers #11

Apr 15, 2013

With all of the possible leads to this story's expansion winding down ("Ravagers," "Team 7" and "Deathstroke" all ship their final issues in May) I'm curious to see where threads go. Truly the scorched earth metaphor doesn't seem too far off base. Maybe DC will take a good, hard look at what went horribly wrong with this series and steer something good out of it. Or not. With one issue remaining, "The Ravagers" are certainly doomed and it's their own damn fault.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Ray #2

Jan 11, 2012

We're halfway through this series and we've seen some fantastic monsters, some brave heroics, and some keen characterization. We haven't seen the hero and villain match wits or face off yet, but that's undoubtedly coming up. Gray and Palmiotti also drop another hint here that we may see a matchup of Rays, but I'm fine with the focus remaining tight on this new Ray. With Gray, Palmiotti and Igle onboard, I'm in for the duration and looking forward to more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Ray #4

Mar 16, 2012

Additionally, the final page leaves the door open for further adventures of the Ray and it might even lead to exploits with other heroes. That final scene feels a whole lot like the end of a movie starring some of DC's marvelous competition, but it also adds a new layer to the DC universe. I'm looking forward to more from this character and I hold out hope for more of "The Ray" by this creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Reason for Dragons #1

Jul 29, 2013

The lead story in this book is eighty pages, which is exactly right to keep this adventure moving along nicely. The package is flushed out with five short stories that follow the lead, building backstory and for Wendell, Ted and Haberdash; five pin-up sketches; four pages of sketches and design work from Stokely and Murphy; and an afterword with thoughts from Northrop and Stokely. While the lead story of "The Reason for Dragons" may leave readers clamoring for more from the interaction between Haberdash and Wendell, the adventure comes to a satisfactory conclusion, albeit one that deserves to be shared and enjoyed more than once. This isn't an all ages read, but it certainly is a relatable tale that is not limited by the reader's age or experience in life.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Return of King Doug #1

Dec 14, 2009

To me this book is kind of like "Leave it to Chance" in that it is everything you expect, just not necessarily how you would expect it. The end result is a fun read that can -- and should -- be shared. After all, like the citizens of Valdonia, this isn't the last you'll see o

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Road to the White House: Barack Obama #1

Jun 17, 2009

That said, this is also probably the most approachable way to relate the journey of the forty-fourth president of the United States to a society with precious little free time "- lure them in with the seemingly simple format of a comic book and then inundate them with scads of information. I saw more than a few folks at the new comic rack giving this a look. I didn't bother to conduct an exit poll to see how many bought the issue. This will be one of those issues that would definitely come in handy years down the road when kids or grandkids ask about the forty-fourth President of the United States of America.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Royals: Masters Of War #1

Feb 14, 2014

Equal parts Elseworlds, standard-issue Vertigo fare and war comic, "The Royals: Masters of War" #1 is a fresh, unexpected tale filled with familiar notions. Readers the world over are familiar with the concept of royalty perching above the masses, here that perch is fueled by super powers. This is a very sound story on a solid concept with no shortage of action and intrigue. This is a fine addition to Vertigo's modern library.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Sandman Overture #1

Oct 30, 2013

Like a genius disturbed by a random thought demanding more brain power and immediate attention, Dream is distracted from his confrontation with the Corinthian, setting up the still sprouting seedling of the story that is "The Sandman: Overture" #1. Neil Gaiman is back writing his characters and telling his story. J.H. Williams III's brilliant artwork magnifies that creative output and adds even more impact to this comic book. It packs a hefty price tag, but the story and the artwork live up to the billing individually and transcend it to become much more together.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
The Savage Hawkman #0

Oct 1, 2012

I want nothing more than to be able to give "Savage Hawkman" #0 a five-star rating, but this simply isn't a good Hawkman comic on any level. If DC can find the formula to make "Aquaman" a quality and commercially viable comic, why can't the publisher apply the same equation to discover Thanagarian success? Maybe after the flaming exodus of Rob Liefeld, DC will be able to find the talent able to resurrect Hawkman from the ashes of mediocrity. Until then, if you'd rather spend three dollars on a huge pile of indifference, feel free to check this book out. If you're more shrewd with your money, there are plenty of other charities out there.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
The Savage Hawkman #2

Oct 31, 2011

Sadly, it seems as though this title is so quick to distance itself from everything that defines Hawkman that it hasn't figured out how to re-define the character. Between this book and "Hawk & Dove," I've found a couple (so far) major disappointments in this relaunch. Maybe if I wait this out a few months, Hawkman will be knocked off and reincarnated in a title that's more in line with what the character deserves.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
The Savage Hawkman #4

Dec 29, 2011

Someother characters had a nice launching point for this new universe from the waning days of "Brightest Day." Aquaman essentially kept on going from his path there. Swamp Thing, with a few speed bumps morphed into the tale Scott Snyder is telling. Firestorm is dynamically changed, but the roots of the character and the supporting cast of his universe share common history. Hawkman, however, slid the farthest and continues to slide. There was a wonderful refocusing on what made Hawkman so distinct, but that was washed away and replaced by contradictions, mediocrity, and dullness. Why does Hawkman do what he does? What is it that he does? There's just not enough here for me to find reason to continue on.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The Savage Hawkman #6

Feb 24, 2012

The talent in this book has the ability to craft more interesting, more engaging stories. To this point -- over the course of half a year -- it just has not performed up to expectations. With several of the first wave of relaunched books succumbing to cancellation, one wonders how long before this title vanishes from the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Savage Hawkman #9

May 25, 2012

This is one of those reviews that I truly wish I could split into an art rating and a story rating. Bennett would receive four stars and the story would get half of one. Hawkman has an underlying concept that works in every incarnation. "Brightest Day," which gave Swamp Thing and Aquaman a direction to move forward into in this new DC Universe, had a great set-up for Hawkman. It truly seems like no one can pull it all together. That said, this is the first issue and Bennett (with Thibert and colorist Jason Wright) has produced some great work. I'll open an extra packet of patience and see how this first arc plays out.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
The Savage Hawkman #14

Dec 3, 2012

I saw "Hawkman: Wanted" as a chance to recalibrate the Winged Wonder following Liefeld's flameout, but DC hasn't found the method to execute that recalibration, leaving the character hollow and largely forgettable. I'm not sure who the regular writer will be on this title, but it could certainly use a complete creative overhaul as "Detective Comics " recently received or it will soon, deservedly, be tossed on the pile of failed New 52 titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Saviors #4

Apr 25, 2014

"The Saviors" #4 is a little bit classic sci-fi thriller throwback and part visionary exploration of a concept nearly as old as fiction itself. Robinson and Bone are an unconventional pairing that results in an unconventional, unpredictable and exciting story. Just as things seem pointed in a better direction for the characters, Robinson makes a shift, Bone matches that with excellent art and the story changes again. The reader is right alongside Tomas, wondering what's going on without being tipped to any behind-the-scenes answers or developments. Robinson has placed this story in the readers' collective laps, pulling them into the adventure. Image Comics has produced a number of unpredictably engaging stories recently and "The Saviors" is another accomplishment in that direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Shade (2011) #2

Nov 23, 2011

This is the second issue of twelve. For those expecting a continuation of anything Robinson started in "Starman," they're going to be disappointed in the lack of Starman. I am certain, however, that anyone picking up this title for more of what they found in "Starman," however, will be quite thrilled with the yarn Robinson is dishing up. This is a fun, adventurous, unpredictable book. Thankfully we've got ten more to go.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Shade (2011) #6

Mar 15, 2012

"The Shade" is a wonderful escape from the grind of superheroes, crossovers and disappointing stories. James Robinson has had the good fortune to work with a nice variety of artists on this series (with more to come) and plays the longer story to the strengths of each of those artists. The end result is a sprawling story touching corners of the DC Universe you never knew you wanted to know more about. Through it all, Robinson builds worlds, adds depth to the Shade's existence and consistently entertains in a manner that feels educational and fresh.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Shade (2011) #12

Sep 13, 2012

James Robinson and his varied artistic collaborators -- especially including Gene Ha -- delivered twelve hearty issues of the chronicles of Richard Swift. His life and times, his relation with his own family and with those allies and acquaintances made for some great reading, but no other issue of the series stands as strongly by itself as "The Shade" #12. Robinson may have closed another chapter on the Shade, but this conclusion has me hoping that we'll see the two of them reunited sometime soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Shadow #0

Jul 16, 2014

We've seen the origin and training of Batman ad nauseam, including time spent with DC's Houdini analog, Giovanni Zatara. Similar events for the Shadow, who predates Batman, come across as refreshing and intriguing. Bunn and Worley make a nice case in "The Shadow" #0 for a deeper exploration of the Shadow's training and early days. Taken on its own, this comic book is a fun adventure with historical connections certain to entertain any reader, regardless of their investment in the Shadow.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Shadow (2015) #1

Aug 10, 2015

"The Shadow Volume 2" #1 is a decent read. It will certainly be more attractive to Shadow fans, but it's a fine start for the price. It fells like it should be a bit darker or -- pardon the pun -- more shadowy, but it serves the purpose of introducing the Society of United Magicians to a new set of readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Shadow Now #1

Oct 3, 2013

Liss and Worley make a formidable creative coupling for the adventures of the network and fieldwork of the Shadow. The conclusion to "The Shadow Now" #1 is gripping despite the clich of it all. Liss doesn't telegraph the final scene, but it doesn't come as an overwhelming surprise. Like the rest of the issue, it falls into place, updating the story for today while affirming that the Shadow can still, indeed, be relevant in our time.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Shark King #1

Apr 20, 2012

I picked this up after reading this week's "Food or Comics?" column on Robot 6 where all three of the contributors had this in their sights. I chose to forego taking myself out to lunch on Wednesday and picked this up instead. I'm quite happy with that decision and would like to pass along the recommendation. Sure, $12.95 is a steep price for a quick read, but for a quick read that remains timeless and begs to be shared? Sounds like a deal to me. "The Shark King" is a nice sample of comics as literature and folklore captured in comics. It's also a great story that can be enthusiastically shared with the younger readers in your life. I'd like to see more from Johnson, and hope he has a chance to further investigate Hawaiian folklore.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Shield (2015) #1

Oct 21, 2015

Dark Circle has a winner on their hands with "The Shield" #1. Wendig and Christopher weave together a mystery with threads of history, while Johnson provides a visual spectacle rife with strong images of powerful personalities and spectacular characters. Fitzpatrick's colors have a real-world tint to them but do not hesitate to be bold and sassy, and Deering's letters round out the presentation. Though not an all-ages read, it's a smart, fresh interpretation of a vintage concept given a new burst of energy. This is a great place to start, as "The Shield" #1 is a strong, standalone entry point to a whole new world.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
The Spirit #24

Dec 23, 2008

(Dont' forget to check out the CBR Review of the movie, as well.)

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Squidder #1

Jul 16, 2014

"The Squidder" #1 swings between red-hot flames and moldy greens that speckle the landscape seen around and behind fires of sacrifice and battle. Templesmith uses splotches and spatters to cover up gore, sully the world and add atmosphere to the post-squid environment. The overall appearance comes up as bleak and worn-out, much like Squidder himself, who continues on because he chooses to. This world is soaked in death, deception and despair, with humanity clinging to the fringe, so very close to giving up. By handling the complete visuals for this story, Templesmith produces only his vision for "The Squidder"#1 and it is a most unsettling vision indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Stuff of Legend #1

Apr 30, 2009

The first twenty pages of the "The Stuff of Legend" #1 will be available as a Free Comic Book Day comic, but the first issue clocks in at 52 pages. You'll get part of the story for free, but you'll find yourself wanting more.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Stuff of Legend #2

Oct 20, 2009

Of all the titles I have reviewed for Comic Book Resources, this one has been the one I point back to the most when asked what book I enjoyed more than expected. I have recommended this title, and with this issue, I implore you to find this story for yourself. It is densely packed with stunning artwork, innovative characters, and a sense of wonder not unlike the feeling induced by a first viewing of "The Wizard of Oz" or the opening of a much-anticipated birthday gift. I've been lucky enough to get my hands on the first two issues and eagerly await more.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Stuff of Legend Volume II: The Jungle #1

Jul 13, 2010

At first blush, readers may see this as a contrived regurgitation of "Toy Story," but nothing could be further from the truth. "Toy Story" is a buddy tale, between Buzz and Woody. "The Stuff of Legend" is about being devoted to a cause, having a purpose, and working towards that purpose. The toys here are determined to find their master and return him to where he belongs -- with them. I hope they do it, and I have no doubt the adventures along the way are going to be stellar.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Stuff of Legend Volume II: The Jungle #2

Sep 29, 2010

This book invigorates me with each new issue. This story is compelling enough to stick with me over the two month (scheduled) gaps between issues. It all comes flooding back when I open the cover of the newest issue. If your shop doesn't have "The Stuff of Legend," ask them about it. You owe it to yourself to take a divergent path with some of your comics. This comic's path is going through "The Jungle" and it has more than enough room for you to join the journey.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Stuff of Legend Volume II: The Jungle #3

Dec 21, 2010

There are those presents you just know you want, but without fail, every so often you get a gift from out in left field " something you never saw coming, but something you really, really enjoy once you get it. It's that gift that you just know was chosen after hours of thought and painstaking consideration. "Stuff of Legend" is that gift off of the new comic rack. Get yourself a present this holiday season. Revel in the adventures of a boy's (once) beloved toys.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Stuff of Legend Volume II: The Jungle #4

Mar 9, 2011

Thankfully, this issue is no more a conclusion to the series than the previous issue. It does, however, seemingly conclude the adventure in the jungle as forces rally for and against the Boogeyman. The next installment will be under the banner of "The Jester's Tale," as the Jester stormed off, preferring to remain in the dark as opposed to returning home with the bickering brigade of discarded and seemingly forgotten playthings.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Stuff Of Legend: The Toy Collector #1

Oct 15, 2012

This series began in 2009 and like a number of other franchises it is published as a series of miniseries. Leveraging that model to the best intentions, Raicht, Smith, Wilson, Conkling and DeVito fill this book with a concise installment of excitement and adventure that is neatly plugged into a grander ongoing narrative. The creative team has been in place since the first adventure and continues to surprise me as a reader and please me as a reviewer. A collection of previous adventures exists, making "The Toy Collector" #1 a good spot for new fans to join in the journey.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Terminator Enemy Of My Enemy #1

Feb 19, 2014

"Terminator: Enemy of My Enemy" #1 is another solid offering in Dark Horse's stable of Terminator comic books. This one offers adventure and tension, same as the original movie, but throws in a noteworthy mystery surrounding Farrow Greene as she chases her quarry, Elise Fong. This story doesn't have the gravitas that Sarah Connor's adventures did, but this is the first issue. Certainly bigger and more explosive days are ahead following the inaugural chapter of "Terminator: Enemy of My Enemy."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
The Terminator: 2029 #1

Mar 31, 2010

Of the various licenses Dark Horse has acquired over the years, "Terminator" seems like it has the strongest legs to walk on. The fact that this "prequel" delivers an interesting story is testament to the potential the Terminator universe has in the comic medium.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
The Terrifics #1

Feb 28, 2018

In short, everything about The Terrifics #1 is, well, terrific.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
The Thrilling Adventure Hour #1

Aug 7, 2013

For lovers of a good yarn, a solid tale and enjoyable story, "The Thrilling Adventure Hour" graphic novel is for you. Fans of the show will not want to be without this book. In addition to a fine collection of ten stories, Archaia delivers a gorgeous hardcover collection. "Archaia" and "gorgeous hardcover collection" might become synonymous soon, which would be just as well, considering "The Thrilling Adventure Hour" book has a nice assortment of extras and very high production quality. Hopefully, this is simply "Volume 1" with more "The Thrilling Adventure Hour" graphic novels to come. Whatever the case, this book is a winner, offering more fun and entertainment than most tiles can provide over the course of a year.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Torch #1

Sep 2, 2009

This book might have a steep price point, but it is definitely worth the price, especially if you have found yourself enjoying Marvel's celebratory septuagenarian comics. While this is not required reading by any means, it is a nice salute to the history of the Marvel Universe. A sibling book to the current adventures occurring in "Captain America" this issue is a great spot for readers looking for something different out of their Marvel Universe. With A.I.M., Toro, Vision, and Thinker already in this issue, it seems like subsequent issues have a fun foundation to build upon.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Torch #7

Apr 25, 2010

I've been bouncing in and out of this title, and never really felt invested in it. This issue doesn't do much to grab my attention, as it seems the story is coming together a little too smoothly, almost to the point of being a collection of comic book clichs without the characterization to hold my interest. Hopefully the final issue is where all the surprises and gasp-worthy moments are.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #4

Apr 27, 2015

"The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl" #4 is a fine example of what comics should be. This isn't a comic for everybody, but it makes sure everybody has a comic for themselves. This is a silly, fun adventure that doesn't take itself or the Marvel Universe too seriously, but it does connect to the Marvel Universe, offering North and Henderson plenty of fodder to play around and share with readers. There is a continuing thread building through the series as North and Henderson continue to develop the relationship between Doreen and her roommate, Nancy, but "The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl" #4 is a strong, self-sufficient serving of fun. There should always be an "Unbeatable Squirrel Girl" type of comic to offer relief from comic events and even other general grittiness.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Unexpected (2018) #1

Jun 6, 2018

If you want weird, but plugged in, out-of-the-ordinary, but adventurous, exciting and unexpected work, give this a go. If you're a fan of Dark Knights Metal, give this a go. If you're a Hawkman fan or have any designs to check out his series next week, give this a go. Seriously. It's so damn fun. And unexpected.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Unstoppable Wasp #2

Feb 1, 2017

While this comic was written (and certainly pitched) before recent political developments, The Unstoppable Wasp has become the ultimate antibiotic comic book to a current administration that denies equality, science, and, well, optimism. In a week that has given us terms like Rogue NASA and concepts like silencing park rangers, The Unstoppable Wasp #2 is a breath of fresh air, a moral booster shot, and a smile on printed page.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
The Victories #1

Aug 15, 2012

Loaded with expletives, gory disembodiments and other excessively disgustingly foul acts, this story doesn't do much to entice readers to return for any further installments, despite some bold art choices in the non-offensive scenes. "The Victories" #1 was more than enough for me to thank Oeming for sharing his ideas and leave them for fans more apt to enjoy them in a way I simply cannot.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Wake #3

Jul 31, 2013

"The Wake" came to me as a completely unexpected story as an unknown quantity, save for the talented creative team, which enables Snyder and Murphy to hit the reader with surprises. There's no shortage of surprises, stunning scenes and gasp-worthy moments in "The Wake" #3. Snyder and Murphy have completely caught readers up with this adventure, hook, line and sinker. This is every bit as captivating as Snyder's work on "American Vampire," but the depth of the story is still shallow enough to be easily approachable for readers looking for a good story with a terrifying edge.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Wonderful Wizard of Oz #1

Jan 3, 2009

Issue #2 will be out soon enough, but in the meantime, check out My Spacing Comics right here on CBR to catch up with Skottie Young.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Wonderful Wizard of Oz #8

Jul 28, 2009

Clocking in at eight issues, this installment of the adventures of the denizens of Oz (and the gal pal, Dorothy) just doesn't seem like enough. The $3.99 price tag isn't accompanied by additional pages of story, text, or sketches, which might justify the asking price. That said, I found myself disappointed to close the cover. Thankfully, on my way out of the book, I discovered that Shanower and Young are hard at work on the sequel. While I am hesitant to pay $3.99 per copy, Marvel has solicited this volume as a $29.99 hardcover, so I may just wait and purchase "The Marvelous Land of Oz" in hardcover and save some coin on each issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Woods #1

May 7, 2014

"The Woods" #1 is a solid read that goes from humorous to horrific at breakneck pace. Tynion and team hold on to natural reactions and interactions, injecting humor just as real, nervous people might. The school was taken for a reason, but not everyone is going to find out why.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Think Tank #1

Aug 2, 2012

The breakthrough that occurs in this issue, obviously, sets up future developments, but in the interim provides a bit of humor as well as a success story for readers to celebrate with Loren. The celebration doesn't last long, as "Think Tank" #1 has a relavatory and surprising cliffhanger ending. Image has another strong concept comic book that just so happens to have very good art. If science is your thing and you're looking for a comic to enable a scientific geekout, then give "Think Tank" a peek. If nothing else, the four pages Hawkins includes at the end of the issue will entertain and inform.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor (2007) #600

Feb 11, 2009

While this issue may not be intended as a jumping on point, I think new readers to the adventures of Thor might find this oversized issue amazingly accessible. While it may tough to justify dropping a fin on a comic nowadays, it's not every comic that has this much to offer.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Thor (2007) #604

Dec 1, 2009

Reminiscient of the "Acts of Vengeance" story from 1989 wherein heroes faced foes who were not their regular sparring partners, this story sets Doctor Doom up against Thor (and friends). To me, this seems like a massive mismatch. After all, Thor is a god. Doom, however, has some tricks left in his arsenal. I would think that with the dastardly deeds Doom has performed, however, that he has made new enemies for life.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Thor (2007) #608

Mar 24, 2010

Without a doubt, "Thor" is going to be deeply impacted by the results of "Siege." It's evident in this issue. I am curious to see how Asgard recovers from that which has been brought upon it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thor (2007) #610

May 29, 2010

This issue starts off with a personal conversation between Balder and Thor as they come to an agreement regarding the rule and the defense of Asgard. Braithwaite's art is perfect for that setting as the two gods' passion for their home comes through in the art as well as the words Gillen puts in the mouths of Thor and Balder. This could have easily been treated as the fill-in issue "- between "Siege" and what's next "- that it is, but it strikes me as much more. Asgard has fallen, but the Asgardians are getting back up and brushing themselves off. This is an issue where things change, and the future of "Thor" is set in motion from this point. If it gets better than this, then this book will be just fine.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor (2014) #1

Sep 29, 2014

The all-new Thor does not appear until the final page of "Thor" #1, but in the twenty-one pages prior to that, Aaron provides more than enough story for readers to sink into. There is a lot to like here, from Dauterman's more animated characters to Joe Sabino's fresh lettering choices in captions and effects, to Aaron's choice to drive Thor's quest to do right in this adventure through mystery.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor (2014) #5

Feb 16, 2015

"Thor" #5 is simply another grand adventure for the all-new Thor. Jason Aaron and Jorge Molina give readers plenty of action, bits of intrigue and fine character moments, despite never truly revealing Thor's identity. Aaron eliminates all concerns that may have been lingering after this volume's first arc and teases out more action, mystery and excitement to come while continuing to offer new readers a warm hall in which to come and hoist some mead while he regales them with a tale of Mjolnir.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor (2014) #8

May 13, 2015

In the wake of the battle, S.H.I.E.L.D. and Roxxon are still at an apparent stalemate, Asgardia is in emotional turbulence and the Frost giants are listening to Dario Agger and Malekith's promises of the return of one of the greatest Frost Giants ever. So, naturally, that means "Thor" #8 is the final issue of the series. "Secret Wars" threatens the entire Marvel Universe, and nothing, it appears, is sacred. At least Aaron and Dauterman, Wilson and Sabino had a chance to reveal who Thor is. And, of course, there will be more Thor action in and around the crossover, but the end of this issue hits like a surprise road closure just as we hit the on-ramp for a wild summer roadtrip. Hopefully construction finishes soon, as Aaron's Thor saga continues to be an adventure I simply want more of.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor and the Warriors Four #1

Apr 12, 2010

While this is not essential reading, it is a nice reprieve from Marvel's current Deadpoolapalooza. Thor doesn't appear in the pages, but this issue still carries itself magnificently despite. Next issue will start to answer some questions and maybe even clue us in as to who the nurse is. I have my guess, but I wouldn't put it past this team to deliver a surprise or two in the course of this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thor: First Thunder #1

Sep 16, 2010

This is a strong Thor offering and a nice primer for those hoping to get familiar with the Thunder god prior to any of the other offerings currently available or coming up. Glass has updated the tale substantially, but remained true to the heart of the legend of Thor.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor: God of Thunder #1

Nov 14, 2012

"Thor: God of Thunder" #1 does a great job of getting the ball rolling for Marvel NOW! giving readers who want to read about Thor a chance to join in the adventure. I'll admit that I got what I expected from the combination of Jason Aaron writing and Thor being Aaron's protagonist, but thankfully the writer didn't stop there. As for me, I won't be stopping with this issue. "Thor God of Thunder" #1 was all I needed to see to know that now is a good time to reacquaint myself with some marvelous heroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor: God of Thunder #5

Feb 22, 2013

While "Thor: God of Thunder" #5 appears to turn the tide of battle a bit, putting Gorr on the run, it's quite clear that there is more of Gorr to come. I wouldn't have it any other way. Aaron has birthed an intense new foe for Thor and the grander Marvel Universe while giving Thor's mythology more depth and agility. Having enjoyed five installments of "The God Butcher," I find myself wanting to see more of the handiwork of Gorr, especially in a universe as rich in gods and godly characters as the Marvel Universe. For now, however, I'll simply tick away the days until the next installment of this new classic from Aaron and Ribic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor: God of Thunder #9

Jun 13, 2013

Jason Aaron matched up with Thor was enough for me to figure on giving this book at least a passing glance every month, but little did I expect to find my favorite title in the Marvel NOW! lineup. "Thor: God of Thunder" #9 is a stellar example of everything -- from space sharks to the rain of godblood -- that Jason Aaron brings to this title and to Thor's mythology. This is a new era and Aaron has done a fantastic job building timeless adventures with Esad Ribic. I'm itching for the final two chapters of "Godbomb" and fighting the urge to double my purchase for a title so very worthy of my cash.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor: God of Thunder #11

Aug 19, 2013

This might not be the greatest Thor story of all time, but Jason Aaron has made this the greatest Thor story for the present. So many fellow comic fans gripe about the condition of stories and the lack of emotion or happiness in comics today, but Aaron's work with this title challenges all of that, combining fun, excitement and adventure in every single issue. The Marvel NOW! movement gave Thor a chance to be refreshed and readers a chance to begin a new adventure. Eleven issues ago, I had no idea what we were going to experience. This has been beyond my wildest imaginings and I'm stoked to see what Jason Aaron and company have in store next.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Thor: God of Thunder #12

Aug 30, 2013

"Thor: God of Thunder" #12 has minimal action from Mjolnir, but it makes up for the lack of action with the promise of excitement and an incredible range of emotion. The scene of Thor and Jane Foster runs the full gamut. In five pages. Thor realizes some problems can't be hit with a hammer or struck by lightning and in that same realization, the Thunder God experiences humanity and shares it with one of his oldest mortal friends. Some creators are well matched to the characters they work. Others are flat-out perfect. Jason Aaron is the best writer Thor could have right now and Thor is the best character for Aaron's range. Collectively, "Thor: God of Thunder" is vying for the top spot in my Marvel reads, with its primary competition being "Daredevil." Hmmmm. Do you suppose Mark Waid and Jason Aaron read these reviews and might put one and one together?

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor: God of Thunder #13

Sep 23, 2013

While the timing of pitting Malekith and Thor against each other is certainly owed in no small part to "Thor: The Dark World's" impending November release, the execution of the coupling and the acceleration of "Thor: God of Thunder" #13 is all Jason Aaron. Every issue of "Thor: God of Thunder" rises to the top of the comics pile, making a claim for the best that Marvel publishes. "Thor: God of Thunder" #13 offers an inviting point for readers to jump in for a pitch-perfect introduction to the Nine Realms. This issue delivers a more powerful action-packed punch than the previous, but taken together they portray the versatility of the character and Aaron's ability to humanize the God of thunder without neutering the grander tale to which Thor belongs.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thor: God of Thunder #15

Nov 18, 2013

"Thor: God of Thunder" #15 is a fun adventure that investigates the League of Realms and the team-building process that the League endures as they seek to bring Malekith to justice. Malekith doesn't appear until the latter half of this comic book, but Aaron raises the stakes when the crazed Dark Elf does turn up. Just when it seems as though the League of Realms is finding its way, Malekith changes everything. The Dark Elf is a master of dispensing chaos, which comes with very high stakes on the final page of this adventure. Readers looking to ride a wave of adventure similar to that present in the latest feature film are certain to find an exciting, humorous, intense journey in "Thor: God of Thunder" #15. Aaron's done a fine job expanding the realms, now the battle continues to traverse them.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor: God of Thunder #18

Jan 31, 2014

"Thor: God of Thunder" #18 is yet another example of what Jason Aaron brings to the character and the mythology of Thor. Once again, Aaron's artist rises to the occasion, providing a magnificent sample of collaborative excellence for the adventures of the Thunder God. In the text page at the conclusion, Aaron notes that the issue draws his initial exploration of the Nine Realms to a conclusion. From here, Thor is bound for an adventure on Midgard -- but to this point, Aaron has enhanced the Nine Realms for readers and continues to do so magnificently in "Thor: God of Thunder" #18.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor: God of Thunder #19.NOW

Feb 14, 2014

Taking on environmental or social issues in a comic book can be a dicey proposition with a slippery slope. Thor upstages Roxxon, but the manner in which that is accomplished is sure to leave readers wondering why that wasn't done sooner or can't be done more often. Aaron is competent enough to put a price behind Thor's gift. The writer also removes the face of the foe of environmental upheaval. Sure, there are proxies to punch, but the real problem is bigger than Thor, more widespread and more tenacious. Thor's ties to humanity may not lead to his downfall, but it will leave to heartache, as Aaron has already shown in previous appearances of King Thor. Environmental issues, fallen frost giants and returning resource plunderers make for quite a wide array of content in the pages of "Thor: God of Thunder" #19. NOW which serves up an in-progress jumping on spot for fans of the thunder god.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor: God of Thunder #23

Jun 20, 2014

"Thor: God of Thunder" #23 is yet another fine example of what Jason Aaron brings to the character. The biggest difference is that readers see the conclusion (even if it is only temporary) of two storylines while a myriad of possibilities unfold for future stories. Despite being the fifth chapter of a five-part narrative, this comic is quite welcoming to new readers. Aaron and company pack in everything from science fiction to humor and wrap it around Thor, the Asgardian god who loves mortals -- perhaps too much. "Thor: God of Thunder" #23 leaves readers with a cliffhanger, wondering what will become of Broxton, Oklahoma (or "Ooklahorma" as one of the trolls calls it) despite the completion of the dual conflicts that have driven "The Last Days of Midgard," as Aaron continues to freshen up the mythology surrounding Thor.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thor: God of Thunder #25

Sep 19, 2014

"Thor: God of Thunder" #25 is, quite simply, a damn good read. The series has contained some of the best, most enjoyable and imaginative Thor stories and this issue is no exception. As he has done the whole way through, Aaron provides yet another innovation and offers readers a grand format for special issues such as this. Perhaps, as Aaron has done with Young Thor, Thor and King Thor, this will serve as a template for celebratory issues yet to come and provide a portal to realms yet to be investigated.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Thor: The Dark World Prelude #1

Jun 10, 2013

In the end, readers' imaginations might be up to compiling stories similar to this one, capable of filling in the gaps between films while saving readers a few bucks. There really isn't a whole lot in "Marvel's Thor: The Dark World Prelude" #1 to excite readers eager for the next film in the franchise, but there a little hints and clues as to things to look for in November. I'm already in for three bucks on this story, so I may as well check in with the next issue. Hopefully we get something a bit more "prelude" worthy and less "epilogue-y."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor: The Mighty Avenger #2

Jul 29, 2010

Older readers, like me, will find this book to be quite a treasure. I've noticed that a number of the all ages reads of late seem to be more enjoyable than their "in continuity" counterparts. This title is no exception. Marvel is cranking out Thor related titles with a vengeance lately (with many more to come in approaching months) but this series is the main Thor series I have identified to be on my pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Thor: The Truth of History #1

Oct 27, 2008

(CBR also has a six page preview of this comic.)

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Thors #1

Jun 16, 2015

Aaron puts the reader alongside Thorlief and Ray and, by the end of "Thors" #1, he has not only provided enough evidence for the likeability of these characters, but he has given each a distinct personality, despite their similar assignment and comparable word balloons from letterer Joe Sabino. Just like any good cop show, however, Aaron chooses to focus on the characters behind the badges (or hammers) and gives readers reason to return for the next issue. It helps that Aaron, Sprouse, Story, Gracia and Sabino leave a striking cliffhanger for readers to reflect upon. "Thors" #1 is a must-read for fans of any thunder god but, for those who have truly enjoyed Aaron's work on "Thor: God of Thunder" and "Thor," this is a comic you cannot miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Thors #3

Sep 7, 2015

"Thors" #3 delivers the story beats necessary to move the mystery forward and inserts the personality required to make readers care. All of the answers aren't present in this issue, but readers are given the opportunity to solve the case alongside the Thors as Loki sheds some light on the matter. On thing is revealed, however: "Thors" #4 is going to be filled with plenty of thunder and lightning as Battleworld gets rocked by the revelations and the inevitable conflict those answers will bring.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Threshold #2

Feb 15, 2013

"Threshold" #2 continues to get the new toys out of the toybox. I think it's safe to say we haven't seen everything or everyone yet. The promise of Lady Styx still hangs in the background. Furthermore, as these characters get more paneltime and their stories get deeper it seems as though Giffen's long-range story might come together soon. I just hope it congeals a little faster as two issues of exposition have left me wanting to see these characters exert a little cooperation and maybe face a legitimate, non-manufactured threat.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Threshold #3

Mar 18, 2013

Perhaps there will be some reward to be found in the team up between the Jaime Reyes Blue Beetle and Lonar, but the fuse has burnt pretty far for me with "Threshold" #3. I'm a dozen bucks on characters that can't even compel me to remember their names. The only thing that could truly save it would be for these characters to find some purpose, some consistency and some great art. Until that happens, I'm pretty darn sure I can spend $3.99 some other way.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Thrilling Adventure Hour: Beyond Belief #0

Oct 15, 2014

The best part about all of this, however, is that Acker and Blacker choose to start on the ground floor with this comic book series -- with "Beyond Belief" #0. The "Thrilling Adventure Hour" podcast has alluded to bits and pieces of the Doyle's courtship and coupling, but the "Beyond Belief" segments mostly focus on Frank and Sadie as established in their relationship, their shared love of drink and the knack to squelch unwanted supernatural advances. I've tried to point folks to the podcast, but quite honestly, this twelve-page adventure delivers a delicious encapsulation of everything I could possibly say to describe the show, but with Phil Hester art to boot. Yes, "Thrilling Adventure Hour" has been in comic book form before, but this is all-new and amazing as "Beyond Belief" #0 stretches back to the beginning of a beautiful relationship. Clink!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thunderbolts (2006) #134

Jul 28, 2009

The ending of this issue has a major spoiler that addresses fans' concerns over one of the main characters in this title of late, and it also sets the stage for a whole lot of fireworks to come in "Thunderbolts". I may not have been much of a fan before this issue, but this issue has me hooked. I look forward to seeing what this title might evolve into during Norman Osborn's "Dark Reign" over the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thunderbolts (2006) #140

Jan 20, 2010

The outcome of the struggle between Thunderbolts and Atlas holds no major surprise for either side, but the aftermath of the battle provides some of the more surprising elements of this story. Parker drops a surprise ending in this issue that he takes time to set up, but I personally didn't see it coming. While it wasn't shocking, it was a surprise that added more consequence and realism to this adventure. Where things go from here, as the Thunderbolts prepare to join the Siege of Asgard, remains to be seen. If Parker has his way, though, I am certain the Siege-related issues of this title will be filled with more surprises.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thunderbolts (2006) #142

Mar 24, 2010

This team -- Parker, Alves, Pereira, Martin, and Deschesne -- blend together very nicely, and the end result is a comic that I found to be considerably more entertaining than I expected it to be before I opened it up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thunderbolts (2006) #143

Apr 30, 2010

Parker, in delivering this closing salvo of this version of the Thunderbolts, continues to exude amazing comprehension of the Marvel Universe with seemingly relative ease. From "Agents of Atlas" to "Thunderbolts" (and the Avengers featured therein) there doesn't seem to be character that he cannot write. I haven't been a stringent fan of "Thunderbolts," rarely purchasing an issue, and never consecutive issues, but in reviewing these past two issues, I've found myself anxious for more of "Thunderbolts." It'll be interesting to see what Parker does with this book post-"Siege."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Thunderbolts (2006) #147

Aug 20, 2010

Overall, this issue was fun, but for the most part forgettable. It's a nice introduction to this odd lot of characters, but it is largely hookless. Nothing in this issue is compelling enough for me to come back, but I can understand why fans of certain characters would be interested in checking in each month and I certainly enjoyed reading about characters I'd never give time of day to. Like "Atlas," Parker has a little more freedom here, and he uses it to have fun with the storytelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thunderbolts (2006) #160

Jul 7, 2011

Parker continues to do what he does best in this issue: write great stories with any and every character he touches. With the "Fear Itself" trade dress on the cover of a book, many writers (and a few artists) might be blindsided into mailing the story in, or might deliver paper thin characters squeezed into a sidebar plothole, but not Parker. Parker embraces "Fear Itself" and gives his "Thunderbolts" readers a reason to enjoy this crossover with Marvel's summer event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thunderbolts (2006) #163

Sep 22, 2011

"Thunderbolts" is one of the rare titles that each and every one of my comrades on the CBR Review Crew have taken a chance at reviewing and almost all of the reviews under Parker's reign have been positive, consistently garnering three-and-a-half or more stars. This issue is no exception, and if you're one of those readers who just hasn't taken to heart what we've been telling you, then pay attention to this: THIS IS A GREAT SPOT TO START READING A VERY GOOD BOOK!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thunderbolts (2006) #166

Dec 1, 2011

I'm not sure I completely understand why this book isn't on everyone's pull list. Nor do I understand why the internet hasn't cracked in half under the sheer weight of praise heaped upon this title. Then again, I didn't understand why Marvel couldn't find success with Parker's other labor of love, "Agents of Atlas." Maybe, just maybe, you're (yes, you reading this review) one of the people who HAVEN'T read this book yet, despite what you keep reading in the reviews about it here on CBR. If that's the case, stop reading this review and take the plunge already. Jeff Parker and Declan Shalvey will give you plenty of reasons to come back.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Thunderbolts (2006) #169

Jan 19, 2012

Any comic that can throw in an appearance by the medieval Black Knight has my interest, but to throw a line of dialog into the Knight's mouth that recalls the hilarity of "Monty Python and the Holy Grail" (one line!) earns my money and my strongest recommendation. You've seen or heard it elsewhere, my comrades in reviewing have said it, and I've said it: read this book. This is the one book that you didn't know you were missing, and shouldn't be.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Thunderbolts (2012) #1

Dec 4, 2012

Another good offering from the Marvel NOW! collection, "Thunderbolts" #1 is most likely to find an audience in fans of Punisher, Deadpool or "Uncanny X-Force." The collection of characters is not my usual band of favorites, but I'm interested enough to see what motivation Way feeds this team through Ross in order to get them to cooperate. The combination of mystery and good art in a book that brings together characters I wouldn't regularly pay to read about in their solo adventures has me intrigued. The fact that Marvel has elected to make "Thunderbolts" one of their more affordable Marvel NOW! titles is enough to encourage me to come back for the second issue at the very least. Bang for the buck right there. It's also worth pointing out that "Thunderbolts" shares the moniker of the team's apparent leader, a gimmick that's every bit as fun as it is silly.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thunderbolts (2012) #27

Jun 19, 2014

"Thunderbolts" #27 gives readers a new shot at an old concept filtered through new writers and makes a strong case for those readers to stick around. Nothing is solved, but plenty is started in this issue. Now would be a great time to check this comic book out if you haven't in while. The Thunderbolts work nicely with Acker and Blacker, who waste no time finding a groove to rock out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thunderbolts (2012) Annual #1

Dec 19, 2013

"Thunderbolts Annual" #1 is a nice divergence from overwhelmingly depressing stories, incessant crossovers and decompressed tales. Acker and Blacker, along with their visually artistic co-creators deliver a fun story that gives readers so much more to enjoy than simply "Thunderbolts Vs. Doctor Strange." I know their schedule is full with other assignments and activities, but Acker and Blacker are more than welcome to continue to play around in the Marvel Universe provided they bring along adventures and antics like "Thunderbolts Annual" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Time Bomb #1

Aug 2, 2010

It's a fun divergence as comics go -- a snappily-paced action adventure story set against a science fiction background, but it has some hiccups. As I mentioned earlier, this book runs pretty dry in the middle of the book when comic book science fiction theory gets explained, but the pacing and action before and after more than make up for any slowness this story incurs. After the explanation and set-up of this issue, there is certain to be a more brisk pace in the next issue as the quartet find themselves facing a most unexpected foe.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Time Masters: Vanishing Point #3

Oct 4, 2010

The end result is a series that makes a nice companion title for the "Booster Gold" series and does a fine job of allowing Jurgens to move his stories forward while also exploring Rip Hunter's origins and history. It's not mandatory reading for Batfans (yet) but it is a nice supplement for fans of "Booster Gold." I'd like to see this book become more than a supplement or a companion title, though, especially since it is running for an extra dollar per issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Time Masters: Vanishing Point #6

Feb 3, 2011

As mentioned previously, this issue points directly to "Flashpoint," and is certain to gain a little buzz in circles of readers anticipating the next big DC event. I'm fairly certain that the chalkboards won't be the only element to be revisited therein.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Time Warp #1

Mar 28, 2013

All in all, "Time Warp" #1 is a fun collection. That pricepoint is killer, but Vertigo does an admirable job of filling the anthology with variety and quality. Heck, they even address the quandary of what should be done ethically with the availability of time-travel. After all, what is a time-travel anthology without answering the age-old question of whether or not Adolf Hitler should perish before his time?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Tiny Titans / Little Archie #1

Oct 13, 2010

As all ages books go, "Tiny Titans" has been incomparable with its ability to play to the older and younger readers without pandering to either audience. The exuberance of the creators translates magnificently to the page, and this book is a natural extension of that. "Tiny Titans/Little Archie" makes for a nice comic book sorbet to cleanse your reading palette between issues filled with edginess and explosions. Either that or it could work as a nice bit of bonding between you and that special younger reader in your life.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Tiny Titans: Return To The Treehouse #1

Jun 4, 2014

Readers of all ages have been hankering for more "Tiny Titans" and "Return to the Treehouse" #1 does not disappoint. While this isn't ground-breaking social awareness stuff, this is the perfect gateway comic for the young and youthful as well as more seasoned readers celebrating the imagination that sparked four-color superhero adventures in the first place. Here's hoping we get plenty more "Tiny Titans" where this came from.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Titans (2008) #10

Feb 15, 2009

In all, this book doesn't feel like it's found its niche. The conflict with the JLA did nothing to help carve out that niche, even though that seemed to be Winick's intent. Largely forgettable, this book weighs in as a placeholder for the real battle with Jericho in a few months.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Titans (2008) #11

Mar 15, 2009

The issue ends with all the subtlety of a Billy Mays infomercial, demanding that the reader "check out 'Teen Titans' #69 and the 'Teen Titans Annual' for what happens next" before the multi-titular-crossover "Deathtrap" begins in the next issue of "Titans." Really? Is this the 1990s all over again with "family" crossovers spilling out from every corner of comicdom? I'm ambivalent about picking up "Teen Titans" #69, as I haven't truly enjoyed that series since before "One Year Later," but I will check back in with this title next month to see how "Deathtrap" hits the pages.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Titans (2008) #12

Apr 10, 2009

I'll admit, I was looking forward to "Deathtrap" as a point to re-immerse myself in the "Titans" side of the DC Universe, but this issue falls short. It feels less like "Judas Contract" or even "Titans Hunt" and more like the morass that Titans fell into after "Titans Hunt." I'm not sure this story needs the five issues, crossing over into "Vigilante" and "Teen Titans" that have been allotted to it. I suppose there's only one way to find out.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Titans (2008) #13

May 14, 2009

I am beside myself that the Titans corner of the DCU has deteriorated to this storyline. It makes "Titans Hunt" look like "Judas Contract" by comparison and makes "Judas Contract" look untouchable and unmatchable. I've covered the first four parts of "Deathtrap" through the three titles it has touched, hoping against hope that the story would get better. It hasn't and I don't see it happening any time too soon. Do yourself a favor and avoid this title at all costs. If you're compelled to spend money on something Titans-related this week, ask your comic shop retailer to guide you to the back issue bins or copies of "Teen Titans Go!" The Titans deserve better than this, I just hope DC can figure it out.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Titans (2008) #15

Jul 19, 2009

This book is far from the greatest comic of the week, but it does serve a purpose to re-introduce some forgotten heroes and foes back into the DC Universe, just in time for "Blackest Night," an event seemingly custom-built for such a long-suffering character as Tempest.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Titans (2008) #17

Sep 15, 2009

This issue wants to be "A Day in the Life," but it feels more like a "DC Tryout Book." DC desperately needs to decide how to commit to this title, what "Titans" needs to be and how to get there. This title has been boring and flat for over half a year now, and this issue is just another example of that. I want to enjoy "Titans," truly I do, but to receive this level of effort for my hard earned three bucks really makes me want to chalk it up and start a different title.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Titans (2008) #21

Jan 13, 2010

This issue is little more than a detour between "Justice League: Cry for Justice" and J.T. Krul's upcoming "Rise of Arsenal" and "Fall of Green Arrow" stories. This issue does, however, set up a scrum in the next between the Titan remnants and one of their oldest foes. I'm hoping for a little more from Krul and crew in that issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Titans (2008) #22

Feb 15, 2010

Of course, much of this discussion is moot. The creative team is a flock of lame ducks here as the new "Titans" crew has been announced, along with the new direction and team.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Titans (2008) #24

Jun 9, 2010

I do hope Wallace and team manage to prove me wrong, but I don't think I have the fortitude to see it through.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Titans (2008) #28

Oct 17, 2010

As much as I haven't enjoyed either "Titans," or "Teen Titans," I was surprised by how much I enjoyed this issue of not-"Titans." The story moves at a nice clip, offers a vast array of characters, and delivers plenty of action.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Titans (2008) #31

Jan 12, 2011

"Titans" is no more worthy of the title following this issue than it was before, but this run of "Titans" certainly has a theme it is running with. I still find no redeeming qualities to any of these characters, but given the final page reveal and the stories set in motion here, I am growing more intrigued by this series with each issue. I just wish it weren't so gory.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Titans (2008) #32

Feb 10, 2011

This book has strung the stories along for quite some time and now those stories are starting to weave together, even as it seems that the characters have reason to drift apart. There's enough of a collection of story sparks here to keep my interest, but what Wallace chooses to ignite with those sparks remains to be seen.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Titans (2008) #34

Apr 14, 2011

I'm not sure why a title like this is given the opportunity to continue on, spewing forth a story that corrodes the comic book landscape, while other titles like "Doom Patrol" and "Freedom Fighters" -- which have more intricately plotted out stories, more coherent artwork, and more compelling characters -- are targeted for cancellation. If I have to find a silver lining in this book, I suppose it is the fact that Isis has returned. Of course, the longer she remains in this title, the less thankful I may be for that. That one character alone is not enough for me to continue to lose money on this title. After all, I can get 2/3 of a gallon of gas for the same price, which is just enough fuel for me to go to the comic shop and back home without any future issues of this book.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Titans Hunt #8

May 20, 2016

This is the eighth installment of Titans Hunt, but it sure feels like a brand new adventure that is wide open and welcoming to readers. I, for one, am glad to have some Titans I recognize and love back in action, and this is the first time I have enjoyed a Titans story since the New 52 started. I can only hope it won't be the last.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans: Rebirth #1

Jun 15, 2016

Personally, I enjoyed this tale, both times I read it. I'm certain between the now and the time Titans #1 finally hits (currently set for July 27) I will most likely read at least this chapter (and maybe Titans Hunt) again.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Tom Strong and the Robots of Doom #1

Jun 12, 2010

This is a strong issue to kick a story off with, and I'm hoping the next issue is just as enjoyable. If the rest of this series plays out as this issue has, I'm going to have to hunt down some of Strong's previous adventures for some wonderful summertime reading - fire up the box fan, the cool beverage, and the spot on the floor, this book is a great sentimental throwback with modern sensibilities.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Tony Stark: Iron Man #1

Jun 20, 2018

This comic, despite its nearly prohibitive price tag, is a wonderful introduction to Tony Stark, Iron Man, Stark Unlimited, and Dan Slott's tenure on one of Marvel's most recognizable properties. It offers a little more for readers more versed with Iron Man's mythology prior to this issue, but there's plenty here for everyone.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Toy Story #0

Dec 8, 2009

Your son/nephew/cousin/self will enjoy this paper descendant of one of the most beloved films as the creators have remained true to the spirit of the films. It is not a great stretch to imagine Tim Allen delivering the lines of the dual Buzz Lightyears. This is a very good story, featuring great characters, and it builds upon what has been established while adding to the "Toy Story" legend.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Trinity of Sin: Pandora #2

Aug 1, 2013

"Trinity of Sin: Pandora" #2 is an average comic book all the way around. It doesn't add much to the "Trinity War" story despite the logo on the cover and it certainly isn't going to stick with me until the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Trio #1

May 10, 2012

"Trio" stands out on the new comic racks largely due to the fact that this, like his "Next Men," is John Byrne doing what John Byrne wants to do. In a time of infinite crossovers and unnecessary reboots, John Byrne's latest comic book is a twisted interpretation of previous works polished up to seem new. That apparent newness is enough to bring eyes to the book, but it might have to work on being legitimate newness in order to keep them here. I'll be back for the next issue, but I honestly am uncertain if that's because of the creator's name on the book or the fact that this story actually interests me.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Triple Helix #1

Oct 11, 2013

Sure, some of Byrne's heroes' powers are just downright goofy and others seem like rejects from other stories, but for every headscratcher, Byrne does find a couple that are solidly executed and inviting. As for "Triple Helix" #1, it's a John Byrne comic with mildly entertaining concept, decent art and characters that are more analogous than original. It's a fun, entertaining read, but steers clear of anything groundbreaking.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Triple Helix #4

Jan 20, 2014

"Triple Helix" #4, from page one, is nothing at all like what I expected after investing in the previous three issues. The six pages spent on Polinax IV could have afforded the grander tale of the Triple Helix and Trio teams more room to breathe, instead of constricting their tale into oddly compacted panels. I'm certain taken in the larger context of whatever Byrne has up next, this story will take a different shape and gain finer definition, but after closing the cover to "Triple Helix" #4, I found myself wondering what bait Byrne could possibly put on the hook to lure me back. I suppose we'll all find out in a few months. Until then, I'm maybe going to give this another read to see if there's more to it beyond the expected Byrne art and the unexpected disappointment I found in this comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
True Blood #1

Jul 26, 2010

I'm not certain of the pattern HBO series follow with regards to their seasons, but if this is the downtime between seasons of "True Blood," fans of the show would certainly find reason to at least give this issue a look. Those unfamiliar with the show, but keen to supernatural tinged tales, might want to give this a go. It's not for everyone, to be certain, but that's the case with most comics nowadays. I enjoyed this peek into the world of Sookie Stackhouse's, but this didn't compel me to check out the HBO series. I'd be fine with just reading these adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Turok, Son Of Stone #1

Oct 18, 2010

This issue is a very nice starting point for new readers as well as seasoned Turok fans. Shooter and Francisco are doing a great job building Turok's world. This is only the start and the sense is that things are going to get bigger and louder from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Turok: Dinosaur Hunter #1

Feb 7, 2014

While many readers might come to this book associating Turok to Valiant or even video games, the character does a fine job standing on his own. After all, "alone is better," but "alone with dinosaurs" is better still. As "Turok: Dinosaur Hunter" #1 closes, the setting comes into clearer focus, giving readers a sense for the where and the when, but the what remains a mystery and has promised to pack an adventure-filled picnic basket for lunch.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Turok: Dinosaur Hunter #4

May 12, 2014

This issue closes out the first arc solidly, but doesn't conclude the story of the Crusaders, the dinosaurs or Turok. There is still plenty of story to be told as the Crusaders, Native Americans and dinosaurs continue to figure out how to survive in this strange world that has brought them all together. By the end of "Turok: Dinosaur Hunter" #4, the subtitle has a completely different meaning than what is usually associated with Turok and this series is at a point where Turok's continuing journey is set to change. Pak and Colak have set up a unique lot in life for Turok, now I'm looking forward to see how they continue to grow the character and his surroundings.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Twilight Guardian #1

Jan 30, 2011

Hickman's story is clean and concise, if somewhat thick, but he does a great job of setting things up in this issue. I missed the original "Pilot Season" offering, but had no problem getting the gist of this story from this issue alone. The basic plot of Twilight Guardian patrolling her neighborhood doesn't offer enough of a spark for an entire four issue series, but Hickman realizes that, and makes the Guardian an easily relatable character who finds herself confronted with a mystery. That mystery, the comic peeks, and the revelations of the Twilight Guardian's past and present help make this book another solid offering from Image.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ultimate Comics Avengers #6

Apr 21, 2010

Millar ends this story with a cliffhanger, and "Ultimate Avengers 2" is prominently advertised in this book. There's more to be told here, but the story of the reunion between Captain America and Red Skull is done.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Enemy #1

Jan 27, 2010

I am impressed with the high level of artistic talent Marvel is throwing at their Ultimate line, and find this book to be the most compelling of the lot so far. We don't have Avengers or Ultimates -- or whatever they'd like to be called here -- rushing into destruction's path. We do, however, get a serious threat that has a mad-on for Nick Fury and apparently doesn't give a hoot what else gets destroyed. That, my friends, is high caliber comic book fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #24

Jun 20, 2013

"Ultimate Comics Spider-Man" #24 works nicely, divulges the past of Cloak and Dagger and sets up the present story. These characters are not much older than Miles Morales and their proximity to Morales during a trying emotional stint might be enough to rejuvenate the young hero's optimism. For now, however, Bendis, Marquez, Ponsor and Petit have me hooked on the new adventures of Cloak and Dagger with this issue, which could just as easily have been titled "Ultimate Cloak and Dagger" #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2011) #200

Apr 3, 2014

"Ultimate Comics Spider-Man" #200 leaves the world of Miles Morales more integrated into the legacy of Peter Parker than ever before, despite the complete lack of action and adventure. Bendis and crew pour emotions into this comic book and give readers plenty of hope for the future while offering a wonderful opportunity for closure. A bicentennial issue might be an odd spot for new readers to hop on, but with "Ultimate Comics Spider-Man" #200, there is little worry about readers being lost. This is a nice, self-contained, timeless tale that celebrates Peter Parker, Miles Morales, Brian Bendis and his cohorts along the journey throughout the legend of the Ultimate Universe's greatest hero.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ultimate Comics X #1

Feb 2, 2010

The Ultimate Marvel Universe is a very unsettled place right now, filled with tension and uncertainty. Loeb didn't clue us in to what the "X" in the title stood for, save to say if we think this book is just about mutants then we are sorely mistaken. For now, I think the "X" is code for "eXcelsior!," as this issue hearkens back to the early days of Marvel Comics when anything could -" and did "- happen. This book is set up with Jimmy Hudson being our central character, set to make a journey through who knows what. This creative team seems poised to make it exciting, and I'm ready to join them.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Comics X #4

Apr 2, 2011

I've enjoyed the issues of this series to date, and this issue is certainly no exception. The team being assembled has a quirky combination of characters certain to provide more entertaining developments through character interaction growth as this series continues. Loeb and Adams have given us a book that is loaded with winks and nods, salutes to readers new and old, fans of the Ultimate universe and the 616. More than anything else, this is a comic worth waiting for.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Fallout #4

Aug 5, 2011

I downloaded this book and read it digitally, which seemed to be the right medium to consume this book. The panel-to-panel pacing gave the issue a bit more density, making it feel more like a true anthology than a collection of quick and easy stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimatum: Requiem: X-Men Requiem #1

Aug 4, 2009

Between this issue and Carlos Pacheco drawing the "Ultimate Avengers," my curiosity is piqued. I might not be subscribing to any "Ultimate" titles any time soon, but I'll certainly be flipping through them on new comic day to see how things shape up from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Ultron #1AU

Apr 11, 2013

The problem is, much like the main series, "Ultron" #1AU doesn't provide much in the way of action. Just as things are shaping up, the issue concludes. Sure, that conclusion is open enough to be built upon elsewhere, but for now it feels too open-ended and Victor's story is too incomplete. As his father ravages the world around him, Victor Mancha has his own microcosm rocked to the ground. There's enough here to make readers care about Victor, regardless of their prior knowledge of the character, but there really isn't enough of a payoff for the time invested in this story. I'm sure it'll cycle back into the "Age of Ultron" story, but in doing so, I think it could very well diminish the impact Immonen and Pinna would have been able to provide with a little more space. For now, I close the back cover; fairly positive I'm not going to consider this the most memorable chapter in the Ultron story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Uncanny Avengers #1

Oct 10, 2012

While it is true that every comic book issue is someone's first -- a statement that is magnified for comics with #1 on their covers -- this issue is a daring introduction to both the Avengers and X-Men. Remender and company presume the reader joins this story with a certain level of familiarity and gets the action going full tilt. Newer readers are likely to be kept afloat by the smart, action-packed narrative that covers the vast range of the Marvel U in wide, sweeping strokes. This is a grand way to launch Marvel NOW! and there is certainly enough story and gorgeous art to necessitate a re-read or two. "Uncanny Avengers" #1 opens with a disgustingly engrossing scene and closes with an equally shocking cliffhanger as a longtime Marvel villain resurfaces. I'm hooked and I want more "Uncanny Avengers." Now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Avengers #5

Mar 29, 2013

"Uncanny Avengers" #5 picks the title up from the nasty trip it recently endured with untimely delays and lesser quality art than expected, dusting it off and reminding readers what it can and should be. In addition to providing a fun story with great artwork, there are messages to be found and the necessary dramatic conflict, like Havok referring to the "M-word" and the team not quite gelling at this point. Sure, there's an awkward scene where Cap should just be playing the role of cheerleader but instead it's tinged with romantic undertones, but that's really the worst of it. Remender and Coipel provide plenty of other awesomeness to enjoy throughout the rest of the issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny Avengers Annual #1

May 2, 2014

This isn't the second coming of "Asgardian Wars," but it is a fun reprieve from grinding stories that plod along. I would have loved to see more of this story, but Remender and Renaud do a fine job giving readers just enough Uncanny in this one-shot. The Mojoverse can be a slippery place to get a handle on, but Remender has shown he understands it, and better yet, he's able to work with it. "Uncanny Avengers Annual" #1 is exactly the type of over-sized fun, slightly-off-the-beaten path Annual that I grew up with. Of course, it certainly helps to have such a wide range of characters and a solid pair of creators.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Avengers Vol. 2 #1

Jan 29, 2015

"Uncanny Avengers" #1 is a bizarre concept with which to launch a title, but the "Avengers" brand does carry some cache. Remender, Acua and Cowles give readers enough action and atmosphere in this first issue to wage a convincing argument for the roster and present a whole new world for readers to explore alongside some fan favorite Avengers. There doesn't appear to be a clear-cut agenda for this title beyond the driving plot of this first issue but, if the remainder of this series is anywhere near as fun, I'll be reading anyway.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny Avengers Vol. 2 #4

May 15, 2015

"Uncanny Avengers" #4 touches all the bases, but doesn't get too deep on any one of them. Using the classic comic book formula of giving every character some dialogue or an important contribution to the story, Remender and Duggan make this comic feel bigger than it is. Chapter four is not the most memorable installment of "Uncanny Avengers," but it certainly isn't the worst. Remender, Duggan, Acua and letterer Clayton Cowles deliver a solid sliver that gives readers a glimpse of the larger saga and adds a powerful new being to the Marvel Universe in the process.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Inhumans #0

Mar 31, 2015

The issue ends with a two-page spread from Brandon Peterson that has "Things to Come" branded across the top. I'm not going to spoil the components of the image, but the fact that it exists at the back of "Uncanny Inhumans" #0 is sure to elicit the same feelings readers had when Geoff Johns used to provide for DC, where the final page had four or five vertical strips to tease out the future. This image has ten figures that may or may not be interconnected beyond their shared fate in this title. "Uncanny Inhumans" #0 gives readers a lot to like, from Soule's writing to McNiven's art to the apparent reassertion of Black Bolt as a leader of some magnitude. This is a strong first offering and one that readers would be smart to latch onto.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny Inhumans #1

Oct 22, 2015

As much as Marvel is banking on the Inhumans, they really should do a better job of shepherding the property. Despite being a fun, world-building examination, "Uncanny Inhumans" #1 gets tripped up by quality control. For instance, "Uncanny Inhumans" #1 cites Steve McNiven as inker. What's more, a pair of the pages in the backup seem out of order, which ruptures the story flow. This could be attributed to a storytelling choice, but it comes across as an error and -- combined with the fumbled credits -- just makes "Uncanny Inhumans" #1 look unnecessarily rushed when it should have been completely polished and shiny.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny X-Force (2010) #20

Jan 19, 2012

With the recently completed mission to the "Age of Apocalypse" Earth followed by this mission, it could be argued that X-Force has become a pseudo-"Exiles" title. There is still, obviously, a good deal of potential in that concept as X-Force appears seemingly outclassed in Otherworld. Rick Remender leaves this story on a cliffhanger that is more visually intriguing than alarming. Otherworld hooked me, but Remender's doing the work of reeling me in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny X-Force (2010) #22

Feb 24, 2012

This is my third issue in a row of "Uncanny X-Force" and it is every bit as enjoyable as I didn't expect it to be. I'm not a fan of Deadpool, I was clueless about Fantomex, had no interest in Psylocke and considered Wolverine to be heavily overexposed. Still, I gave the series a sample with #20 and have come back, eagerly, since. This issue is jam-packed and wonderfully overwhelming but completely enticing and offers so much more to look forward to. If you've ever thought about checking this book out, if even for one character (Nightcrawler got me in), now is the time.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Uncanny X-Force (2013) #10

Aug 15, 2013

The end of the issue is a continuation of the story we've seen all too often: an X-Man, alone, is left to confront their possessed teammates. What could have been great simply feels rehashed. I like the concept of the Revenants, but I'm not a fan of the execution in this issue. Humphries and Prez can do better. I'm hopeful that "Uncanny X-Force" #10 was simply the first issue of writer and artist figuring things out as this subpar to average issue misses out on its potential for greatness.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #504

Nov 19, 2008

One final item of note, Wolverine doesn't appear at all in this issue. Not a bit. Rather unheard of for a comic in the X-Men corner of the Marvel Universe, wouldn't you say? For that, however, I think this issue is stronger in that other characters are reminded of how bright the spotlight is.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #540

Jul 10, 2011

Those moments were not as plentiful as I would have liked, so I returned my focus to the story at hand. And I was quite bored. This is a four dollar issue filled with nothing of substance. The Worthy chosen by the Serpent have set the world into chaos, Namor wants to have one last go with Emma Frost, Cyclops is posturing, and Colossus feels his sister is being treated unfairly. Oh, and Juggernaut is coming to San Francisco and has picked up a remora of a character that will quickly be forgotten once this story ends. In other words, next issue might be interesting. This issue? Not so much.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Uncanny X-Men (2011) #15

Jul 6, 2012

"Uncanny X-Men" #15 is the first of a three-part story. A great deal of this issue could be condensed, but elongating this adventure to three parts almost certainly aligns better to the longer "Avengers Vs. X-Men" main story. I just hope the next two parts are filled with the action this installment sorely lacks.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Uncanny X-Men (2011) #20

Oct 22, 2012

Unfortunately, this issue doesn't do much to wrap up all of the loose ends that may have been dangling from Gillen's run or even from the event crossover, but with Marvel NOW! on the horizon, it really doesn't need to. After all, it has been made pretty clear that Sinister will likely face off against the Uncanny Avengers and we've also already been exposed to things that happen to Cyclops after this story. All in all, this issue ends the series with a shrug and low grunt instead of a celebration or a shock ending. In short, the series ends, but the story really doesn't.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny X-Men: First Class (2009) #1

Jul 9, 2009

As first issues of all-ages type books go, this one is chock full of Marvel Universe goodness. I understand why Marvel chose the team at this era -" as "Wolverine: First Class" follows the team during the early days of Kitty Pryde's tenure as an X-Man -- but I would have liked to have seen Thunderbird and Sunfire included for personal sentimental reasons. My eleven-year-old holds a passing familiarity with several members of this cast and is eagerly waiting to read this once her slowpoke dad finally finishes reviewing it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Underground #1

Sep 22, 2009

This book may not be on the top of your pull list, but you should do yourself a favor and check it out at least. You can even give yourself a peek at the book for free on the "Underground" site. This may only be the first twenty percent of the story, but it establishes the characters boldly and drops us into the situation alongside them. Parker and Lieber have got me hooked and waiting for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Underground #5

Mar 4, 2010

There's been quite a gap between the first issue and this final, fifth issue, but the story has been worth the wait. I know Parker's plenty busy with his Marvel work and that Lieber prefers to avoid superheroics, but I do truly hope the pair finds more reasons to collaborate soon. When they do, it'd be smart of them to bring Ron Chan along for the colors.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Unity #2

Dec 13, 2013

"Unity" #2 is a well-paced, action-packed bigscreen adventure. As with most of the other offerings sampled from Valiant Entertainment, I found myself locked into a story that was more than I expected. It grabbed my attention right away and held firm. What's more, I certainly never saw the issue's conclusion coming. I initially thought about letting "Unity" pass me by, but Valiant continues to hook me.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Unity #5

Mar 14, 2014

"Unity" #5 is an engaging story with a solid cliffhanger that does a fine job of bringing readers up to speed on the threat of Dr. Silk. This team strikes me as the Defenders of the Valiant Universe, except with a backer who brings them all together. The personalities don't all blend, but the quartet is effective together and realizes that together they can accomplish more than each can do individually, much like the creative team of this comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Valiant Sized Quantum and Woody #1

Dec 3, 2014

Self-contained, approachable and funny, "Valiant-Sized Quantum and Woody" #1 is such a fun comic book in the mirthful Valiant manner. This encapsulated offering sets up adventures to come for Quantum and Woody, giving readers plenty to get excited about while entertaining them the whole way through. If only every comic were as entertaining and visually compelling.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Vampirella (2014) #100

Jan 15, 2015

Overall, "Vampirella" #100 is a diverse collection of stories, each offering a distinct take on Vampirella, but nothing really sets this apart as celebratory or distinguishable despite its extra length. There's some good stuff and some mediocre stuff, the former thankfully outweighing the latter, but nothing in this comic is as spectacular as a one-hundredth issue of a comic book icon deserves. "Vampirella" #100 is a nice slideshow, but readers should expect nothing but a dynamic documentary.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Vandroid #1

Feb 26, 2014

The computer details in "Vandroid" #1 seem out of place for a story set in 1984. Developing a machine with sufficient intelligence to be considered a threat is reminiscent of "War Games," but the machines here certainly seem uptech from where I remember 1984 and certainly smaller and more colorful. Granted, thirty years of hindsight does blur lines a bit and disbelief does need for be suspended for comics, but the efficiency of the tech is distracting throughout the tale. It needs to be this efficient for the story to exist, but there is room in this tale for the tech to streamline as the story progresses. Instead, it goes from masterfully streamlined (how would an A.I. even fit on a floppy with only kilobytes of storage?) to insanely streamlined, even for comic book tech. Yes, comic books are where Ultron and Red Tornado exist, but Edwards and Smith appear to be trying to give "Vandroid" #1 a tech-horror spin without providing any true evolution to the rise of the machine.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Velocity #1

Jun 30, 2010

It's a straightforward story that ultimately pits speedster against ticking clock, but it's a refreshing story in that it isn't bound by company-wide crossover. This run is under way, the pacing is set for what looks to be a nice, reinvigorating 5K " not just a run around the block but certainly not an exhausting body-draining marathon. I haven't run in a while, so I'm hoping I don't twist an ankle with this, but from here, all looks well enough ahead. Bring on more "Velocity."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Vengeance of the Moon Knight (2009) #6

Mar 18, 2010

This series is clearly written to be collected, which in this case seems to be a bit of a detriment to the ongoing. The challenges it posed, however, were not insurmountable, nor did they affect my ability to jump right in alongside Moon Knight as he takes on Bushman and tries to deny Khonshu the vengeance Khonshu seeks. That angle makes this story work for me. Khonshu keeps appearing to Moon Knight and Moon Knight only, like the proverbial angel (or devil) sitting on the shoulder. The biggest difference is this angel is calling for blood and death. Moon Knight is resisting so far, and the duality of his external struggle against evil and his internal struggle to find balance make this book a good read. I'm still not the biggest Moon Knight fan, but I am looking forward to more from this character.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Venom (2011) #13.4

Mar 1, 2012

This issue starts to button up the story going on in this interlude within the "Venom" title. The final page points the direction the conclusion will most likely take, but it really doesn't do much to inspire me to come back and check in on how this all wraps up. Red Hulk is going to continue his adventures in his own title, as will Venom and I'm not given enough reason to care about any of the other characters from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Venom (2011) #38

Aug 5, 2013

It's been a while since checking-in on Venom, but his relationship with Jack O'Lantern is so poisonous that picking this book up can only be equated with starting to read Spider-Man on "Amazing Spider-Man" #39 or Batman on "Batman" #426, both issues where the hero's greatest foil strikes an emotionally crushing blow. I've never -- ever -- considered myself a fan of Venom, but Bunn, Jacinto, Loughridge and Carmagna have me dialed in for at least an issue or three more, especially given the twist at the end of this issue's fiery cliffhanger.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Venom (2011) #39

Aug 26, 2013

"Venom" received a little goose lately in the press, but for all the wrong reasons with the series' impending cancellation. The good news is that Bunn is still writing this comic in world-building mode, so "Venom" #39 is easily approachable for newer readers, and the final storyline might provide readers with an almost miniseries-like presentation. "Venom" #39 might be one of the final handful of issues, but this comic is a handful of fun, exciting uncertainty with judge enough of a heroic sting to make it cheer-worthy.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Vigilante (2008) #4

Mar 18, 2009

The fumbling of Donna Troy and Cyborg by their most acclaimed writer is puzzling and adds to the perceived lack of effort. I'll continue on with this "Deathtrap" story, hoping for improvement, but it's far from a lock.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Vigilante (2008) #5

Apr 28, 2009

The story seems to be either decompressed or mismanaged. The biggest development here is the addition of the Teen Titans team to the stew brewing in this story. Their addition and role in this story is not clearly defined, but they are literally on a crash course with the rest of the players in this drama.

View Issue       View Full Review
1
Vigilante (2008) #6

May 21, 2009

I understand DC's perceived need to market this event and goose sales for both of the Titans titles as well as this book, but I think it would be in everyone's best interest if these books were finally given room to grow and develop on their own. "Titans" (and "Teen Titans") need to decide what they want to be and take those steps. "Vigilante" needs to start moving forward or it won't be able to celebrate a twelfth issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Villains For Hire #1

Dec 8, 2011

I expected a little more from this story than it gave me. There's nothing here for me to care enough about to come back for another issue, let alone four more. I'm sure some readers will find more in this book than I did, but if you really want an enjoyable tale with villainous leads, fun adventure, and good art, Marvel is also publishing a little title called "Thunderbolts." Check it out. Hold the two up to each other. You're sure to find a book that scratches that evil itch for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Vixen: Return of the Lion #1

Oct 2, 2008

In all, this story was enjoyable, and served as a good first chapter to a longer story for the character. I hope Wilson keeps the momentum going and manages to avoid falling into superhero cliches too frequently. I'd recommend the book to fans of the character, cautioning them to Mari's exposition of her power and the salty language in the Vixen's confrontations with Kwesi and his men.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vixen: Return of the Lion #2

Nov 9, 2008

The end of this issue sets up the next for exploration of character as Vixen encounters a lion named Zaki. Rather than fight, in her wounded state, she flees, calling upon the speed of a cheetah. Exhausted, however, Vixen is no match and is quickly overtaken by the lion. What comes of this encounter will surely be the turning point in this series and a major milestone in the development of this character.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Vixen: Return of the Lion #3

Dec 7, 2008

This series has been very enjoyable for me as an ardent fan of the character, and I am sure that readers of "Justice League of America" will find this tale to be a nice supplement to the compromised screen time a team book affords our venerable Vixen. I believe Vixen plays a role in the larger DC Universe, and I am quite pleased DC has taken the time to give her a chance to shine.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Vixen: Return of the Lion #4

Jan 8, 2009

I have thoroughly enjoyed this book from start to finish (well, start to issue #4) and hope that sales have drummed up enough interest for Vixen to stretch her wings again. Until that point, this is a story I will definitely go back and re-read again. If DC collects it in hardcover, I will certainly purchase one, as I think this entire series will have a much more compelling voice in collected form. Truly, that is saying quite a bit.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Vixen: Return of the Lion #5

Feb 16, 2009

I was a very enthusiastic fan of Vixen's going into this story (I'm one of the sixteen Americans who actually enjoyed the Detroit era of the "Justice League of America") and now I feel that enthusiasm has deepened quite a bit. In my opinion, this book could serve as a springboard to larger Vixen adventures, much as "Shadow War of Hawkman" sparked a renaissance for the Winged Warrior back in the 1980s. Mari has some shadows of her own to face, not the least of which is Kwaku Anansi. What do you say, DC? Ready to give the readers more Mari McCabe? I certainly hope so. Subconsciously, at least, DC agrees, as the cover is incorrectly labeled with a "5 of 6" numbering.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wall-E #0

Nov 10, 2009

Luthi's artwork is detailed, yet expressive, and it keeps "WALL-E" from feeling too robotic. There are some transitions that seem to jump a little farther than I expected on first read, but for the most part, Luthi manages to keep WALL-E distinct from his seemingly identical counterparts. My nine-year-old and I were a little foggy on the action in the last panel, but seeing as this story is continued in the next issue, we've both started counting down the days.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
War Machine (2009) #2

Jan 19, 2009

Until Wednesday, you can http://www.comicbookresources.com/?page=preview&id=1884&disp=table" target="_blank">click here to check out the preview of "War Machine" #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
War Machine (2009) #8

Aug 5, 2009

With the recent revelation that War Machine "- with Don Cheadle playing the part of James Rhodes -- does, indeed, appear in "Iron Man 2," this book is set to gain a little more recognition. Of course, the fact that Francesco Mattina's cover looks like a "Transformers" movie poster is sure to help sell a few extra copies of this book. If you miss the West Coast Avengers, do yourself a favor and pick this book up. Of course, you don't have to be a fan of the West Coast Avengers to enjoy a tech-fueled explosives test centered on one man's quest to right wrongs.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
War Machine (2009) #10

Dec 9, 2009

Iron Man and War Machine are eternally linked to one another and inevitably their adventures will cross once more. This issue doesn't set up any such crossover, but it does move the story of James Rhodes forward to be more approachable to pedestrian Iron Fans while at the same time preflighting the character to return to battle alongside his mentor. What role War Machine plays in the future of the Marvel Universe, and whether or not he maintains the alliances he established in this series will have to play out over the next few months. I suspect, given Rhodes interaction with Osborn in this issue, that there will be a reckoning of sorts, or at least a rematch, perhaps within the pages of "Siege."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
War Machine: Weapon of S.H.I.E.L.D. #33

Sep 21, 2008

In all, this book may seem like another collection of paper to push the Skrull agenda, and it is. What it does, though, is provide a viewpoint on the Secret Invasion that had yet to be shown before this issue. What exactly becomes of the title in the aftermath of "Secret Invasion" is certainly unclear, but for the remainder of the battle, "War Machine" appears poised to offer some significant fireworks.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
War of Kings #3

May 12, 2009

The last panel revelation combined with Abnett's, Lanning's, and Pelletier's old crew the Guardians of Galaxy entering the fray promises intergalactic fireworks to rival the concussive nature of the Nega-Bombs used in this story. This story may be half over, but given how much the landscape has changed since the first issue, there's plenty of time left for some more bombastic action.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
War of Kings #5

Jul 5, 2009

After everything that has occurred from the death of Lilandra to the marriage of Crystal and Ronan, this series has changed the Marvel Universe. With one more issue and an epilogue slated, it is a certainty that Abnett, Lanning and Pelletier will make a few more changes to the composition of the Marvel Universe cosmos. I, for one, am anxious to see what those changes are.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
War of Kings: Darkhawk #1

Feb 4, 2009

For readers looking to get in on the ground floor of a space-faring adventure, this is a nice investment and enjoyable read, just as it would be for fans of the character. While I would not define this book as the best thing Marvel put out this week (it was a monstrous week for them) it is certainly an angst-filled adventure that will have repercussions for months to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
War of Kings: Savage World of Skaar #1

Jun 9, 2009

For a series starring the Inhumans, who for whatever reason have never been able to sustain their own series, to be used in a crossover issue to boost sales and interest of another character with his own series (Skaar) is a testament to the accomplishments of the primary "War of Kings" series. Marvel is hoping to cash in on fans' excitement for "War of Kings" (the same as any publisher has with any event title over the past five years) with this issue, but the primary story of "War of Kings" remains safely nestled within the covers of that title. This issue simply adds some depth to two very ancillary characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
War of Kings: Warriors #1

Jul 8, 2009

This title is to Marvel Digital Comics what the hardcovers and paperbacks are to Marvel floppy comics. Some folks may have read this online as the serials were produced, but here, collected in totality for the first time, these stories offer a new set of details about the war raging in the Marvel Universe this summer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
War of Kings: Who Will Rule? #1

Sep 10, 2009

This issue could easily have been "War of Kings" #7, but is not a necessary read to comprehend the landscape of the Marvel cosmos from this point forward. The story of the new Shi'Ar Majestor is sure to be told in future issues of various titles, but here is where Abnett, Lanning, and Pelletier are afforded the opportunity to put a bow on the "War of Kings" story. The Marvel Universe has changed forever. How those changes affect the greater universe beyond the titles Abnett and Lanning handle remains to be seen. There are plenty of story leads to be picked up on from here. Thankfully, it appears as though Abnett and Lanning will be picking up some of those threads.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
War of the Green Lanterns: Aftermath #1

Jul 21, 2011

It appears as though the heart of the action is going to appear in the next issue, but the scheme being schemed up by a fraction of Lanterns seems just plain dumb. Between this disappointing issue and the major disappointment of the "Brightest Day Aftermath" book, I'm just about ready to bypass any and all DC events as they are certain to bubble over into a heartless epilogue story that would be better served by being left alone. Once an event is over, DC should return the characters to their books and deal with the fallout there. Maybe then the stories would be worthwhile.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
War of the Supermen #0

May 1, 2010

This issue is a good hook for new comics readers, or new Superman readers, but I am concerned that it may not play up to expectations regarding the Man of Steel. It is a solid enough story in its own right, but it is also a potential divergence from the preconceived notion of Superman. The story itself has brought me back to the Superman titles, as I grew weary of the extensive crossover flowthrough of late. I am anxious to read what happens next, but wary of what awaits Superman and his supporting cast as DC has set this issue up with some pretty heavy foreshadowing and seemingly insurmountable odds against Superman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
War of the Supermen #1

May 5, 2010

I would like to applaud DC's decision to make this title a $2.99 comic, in a day and age when it seems as though the event books can garner $4 or even $5 per copy. True, that doesn't make the story any more decipherable, but it does give readers a stronger chance to be able to afford a complete miniseries.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
We Are Robin #2

Jul 22, 2015

"We Are Robin" #2 brings action, excitement and plenty of mystery, serving as yet another nice addition to the Bat-catalogue (Batalogue?) despite Duke Thomas being the most Bat-familiar member of this series' growing cast. The team's numbers are growing and their mission is congealing under the supervision of Bermejo, Corona, Randolph, Mulvihill, Lopez and Fletcher.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
We Kill Monsters #1

Jul 28, 2009

This book was not quite what I expected and I'm having a very difficult time determining whether or not to take a chance on the second issue when it comes out. I'm not sure any of this is going to be memorable enough to stick with me until then, but there just might be a payoff worth the investment in issue #2. As I mentioned before, the premise has potential, after all, other than Claw, how many characters are out there fighting evil with a limb that resembles those of the enemies more than those of the heroes? There is potential here: potential for a fun story, or potential for a snoozer. I'm hoping the fun story steps up in issue #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Web of Spider-Man (2009) #3

Dec 9, 2009

Spider-fans buying this issue hoping for a full story of the Rhino are going to, like me, be massively disappointed. That's not to say this is a bad issue, but it certainly could have been more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Web of Spider-Man (2009) #6

Mar 9, 2010

The continuation of the Lizard's tale will not be upon us until "Amazing Spider-Man" #630 at the end of April. Zeb Wells and Chris Bachalo will be on board for that. I guess I'll have re-read my old Spidey comics with the Lizard in the time in between.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Web Warriors (2015) #1

Nov 11, 2015

If readers didn't get enough of the "Spider-Verse" characters before now, Web Warriors #1 brings plenty of opportunity for further exploration. Writer Mike Costa and artist David Baldeon bring fan-favorites Spider-Ham, Spider-UK, Spider-Man India, Spider-Gwen, Anya Corazon, Mayday Parker and Spider-Man Noir together for a reality-hopping adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Web Warriors (2015) #2

Dec 17, 2015

Web Warriors #2 gives readers everything they need to know to swing into a story about threats that span dimensions and the heroes that stop those threats. Plus, this comic has Spider-Ham (as well as energetic art from David Baldeon and a fun script from Mike Costa)!

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Web Warriors (2015) #3

Jan 16, 2016

Do you need more Electro in your Spidey comics? Then Web Warriors #3 is the place for you as writer Mike Costa and artist David Baldeon bring a battery of Electros to bear on the secret hideout of the Web Warriors.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Web Warriors (2015) #4

Feb 18, 2016

The tides of the "Electroverse" story shift a bit, as the Web Warriors attempt to reconnoiter in Web Warriors #4. Written by Mike Costa and drawn by David Baldeon, this issue appears a bit quieter, but there's still plenty of action to fill a multiverse.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Web Warriors (2015) #5

Mar 22, 2016

Written by Mike Costa and drawn by David Baldeon, Web Warriors #5 brings the first arc of this title to a close and not all of the webslingers make it back from the mission.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Web Warriors (2015) #6

Apr 17, 2016

Web Warriors #6 gives readers a done-in-one breather issue by the regular team of writer Mike Costa and artist David Baldeon. With the threat of "Electroverse" addressed (for now) the team begins to learn a bit about one another. And themselves.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Web Warriors (2015) #7

May 12, 2016

Web Warriors #7 starts a new multi-part arc and does so with a bang and a laugh. Costa, Baldeon, and crew give readers a slice of what can happen with a concept like "Spider-Verse," but they also allude that there are plenty more stories to be told, and plenty of characters to help tell those tales. The issue opens in one spot, but by the time readers close the back cover, they'll have sampled "Spider-Verse" and found at least one thing to enjoy. This series continues to be unpredictable, but enjoyable, and I don't see that changing anytime soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Web Warriors (2015) #8

Jun 23, 2016

Web Warriors #8 continues to be a fun-filled exploration of the multiverse as writer Mike Costa and artist David Baldeon give readers plenty of characters to latch onto and enjoy. From Spider-Ham to Anya Corazon to a giant robot Spidey, this comic has it all!

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Web Warriors (2015) #9

Jul 16, 2016

The webheads are spread across Earths far and wide, trying to come back together to halt the escaped Electros in Web Warriors #9, written by Mike Costa and drawn by David Baldeon.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Web Warriors (2015) #10

Aug 21, 2016

Web Warriors #10 tugs at some of the loose threads in the penultimate issue of the series from writer Mike Costa and artists David Balden and Jay Fosgitt.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Web Warriors (2015) #11

Oct 3, 2016

Just in time for the next Spider-Man-centric event, Web Warriors #11 brings the series to a close, giving writer Mike Costa and artist David Baldeon one last chance to sling some webs with some fan-favorite characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Weird Detective #1

Jun 20, 2016

Considerably entrenched in the realm of horror, but equally formed from crime noir, Weird Detective is a story that gives readers a lot to absorb, a lot to enjoy, and even more to look forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Weird War Tales #1

Sep 12, 2010

This collection is an apt follow-up to the tale delivered last week in "Our Army At War." So far, with these war titles, DC is batting one hundred percent. Both issues have offered up stories I didn't realize that I wanted to read until I was reading them. I applaud DC for taking the opportunity to set out some war titles for readers during this five-Wednesday month. I do, however, question the lack of "Blackhawk," or "Sgt. Rock" proper. That is neither here nor there, really, especially when we get an issue as wonderfully eclectic as this one. This issue rises up to the title and delivers. Here's hoping "Our Fighting Forces" checks in as positively next week.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Weird Worlds #1

Jan 7, 2011

As far as anthologies go, this one is pretty damn flat. Lobo does what Lobo does, which is maim and kill, drink, smoke, and insult people. Garbage Man feels like a cardboard cutout. Tanga has potential, but nothing to latch onto at this point. I'm not sure what the goal was here, as the three characters have different drivers for their stories. "Weird Worlds" is weird alright, but it's not the worlds in the story bringing the weird. At least it's got great art.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Weirdworld #3

Aug 20, 2015

"Weirdworld" #3 is another fantastic chapter in this series as Jason Aaron and Mike Del Mundo continue to chart out their own map of Weirdworld. With characters like Arkon, Skull, Warbow and Morgan Le Fey passing through these panels, there is no shortage of weird, just more potential to be explored. We've seen two interpretations of Weirdworld through maps so far with this creative crew in place; I'm looking forward to more, and hopefully even more obscure discoveries along the way.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Weirdworld (2015) #3

Feb 11, 2016

According to the Grand Mechanic, Becca may not belong on Weirdworld, but you do. Seek it out. Give it a go. Hop into the bright pink muscle car alongside Becca the thief and Goleta the Wizardslayer. Discover new worlds. Like Weirdworld.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
West Coast Avengers (2018) #1

Aug 22, 2018

As for that Caselli-Avengers thing I mentioned earlier? Look him up. You have a search engine nearby and you've read this review. If you don't know Caselli by now, give West Coast Avengers #1 a go and then dig into his back catalog. There's some fun stuff out there.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
What If... This Was the Fantastic Four? #1

Sep 15, 2008

A fitting tribute to the sense of adventure and the bounce that Mike Wieringo brought to comics, this book is sure to find a place in the hearts of any fan of Mike Wieringo. Add to that the fact that the Hero Initiative is in some way benefiting from this title and you simply cannot go wrong.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Where Monsters Dwell #1

May 29, 2015

"Where Monsters Dwell" #1 doesn't seem to have any direct connection to the rest of Battleworld, but the next issue tease does identify where Clemmie and Karl began their voyage and where they're left at the end of this installment. That's a tenuous connection, to be sure, but it doesn't make this story any less entertaining. With so many creators showing an affinity towards prehistoric beasts, Marvel is doing something wrong if a Savage Land series doesn't spin out of "Secret Wars." For now, however, things are as right as rain in letting Ennis and Braun have fun with the Phantom Eagle and some dinosaurs.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Widowmaker #1

Dec 8, 2010

I'm not completely certain if a miniseries is the best vehicle to deliver Hawkeye stories, but if I can get this quality on a regular basis " as I did with the monthly series and with the first issue of this mini " then I truly don't care how I get it or what the numbering sequence is on the cover. Give me an ongoing series or a series of miniseries; just give me more awesome Hawkeye, Mockingbird, and Black Widow stories from McCann, Lpez, and company. This issue delivers a nice punch for the price. Do yourself a favor and splurge on a holiday treat. You can thank me next year.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Widowmaker #4

Feb 10, 2011

There's a surprise nestled in during Widow's fight with her ex that stunned me. I actually stopped and analyzed the image on the page, trying to rationalize what I was seeing and its obvious impact upon the Marvel Universe, but Swierczynski made good on that, giving me closure and answering those questions efficiently and effectively. All in all, this series delivered an action-packed story that gave Hawkeye, Mockingbird, Black Widow, and Dominic Fortune all a fair amount of time in the spotlight, putting the Ronin identity to rest while playing the quartet off of each other nicely. It is an enjoyable story, but not the greatest of the ages. Where these four go from here and how their paths align will be interesting to see.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Winter Soldier: The Bitter March #3

Apr 21, 2014

The Winter Soldier is the most recognizable character in this story, but it truly isn't his story despite the character's name taking top billing on the cover. This is Agent Shen's show and the S.H.I.E.L.D. agent provides some entertainment while coaxing readers to the edges of their seats. Remender brings the pulse and scope of a story that could easily be integrated into the Marvel Cinematic Universe. "Winter Soldier: The Bitter March" #3 is a fine transitional issue that should be finding its way to more readers hands as moviegoers the world over continue to familiarize themselves with James Barnes and his questionable past.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Winterworld #1

Jun 23, 2014

Part "The Day After Tomorrow" and part "Road Warrior," the issue blends those concepts and sprinkles in a liberal amount of humanity. By the end of "Winterworld" #1, readers have learned very little about the characters and their drives, but Dixon wagers readers will care about Scully and Wynn if he presents more of their personality than their motivations. He's exactly right. "Winterworld" #1 is a nice divergence from superhero comics, giving readers a not-too-subtle reminder that winter is, indeed, coming.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Witch Doctor #1

Jun 21, 2011

"Witch Doctor" offers readers a refreshing comic that is not tied to events or relaunches, nor is this book padded to fill out a presumed collected edition. This is a straight-forward magical story that appears to be done in one, but leaves plenty of reason for the character, the creative team, and especially the reader to come back for more. I certainly will.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine (2010) #5

Jan 19, 2011

As it turns out, the finish of the story of Wolverine going to Hell is the start of something much bigger. Emotionally scarred after his trip to Hell, Wolverine is ready to lash out and Aaron sets up a surprising confrontation at the end of this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wolverine (2010) #300

Jan 11, 2012

I'm not a regular reader of "Wolverine." I have limited income and there are way too many other books out there. Wolverine's literally been there, done that and claimed more than a few t-shirts in the process. I've always been of the notion that I can be selective with how I consume Wolverine appearances as there are literally hundreds to choose from (hence the "300" on the cover). With each issue of Aaron's stint on this title, however, my resolve to keep this book at arm's length continues to dissolve. This one may have been the last straw.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine (2010) #305

Apr 26, 2012

I haven't been excited about a solo Wolverine book since -- well, ever. I've enjoyed issues here and there and read runs intermittently as driven by the creative teams. This run certainly has all the makings of being another one of the runs I stick with due to talent on the title. "Wolverine" #305 is a tidy point for entering the mythology of Marvel's most famous mutant and it appears as though Bunn and Pelletier are set to make the experience memorable. Personally, I'm hoping this title becomes one of the titles Marvel ships out more than once a month, that is how much I'm looking forward to it.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Wolverine (2010) #307

Jun 1, 2012

"Wolverine" #307 is a decent enough penultimate issue of the Dr. Rot adventure, but it doesn't find enough new ground to surpass "decent." Unfortunately decent is only slightly above forgettable. I'm going to finish this arc out largely due to Pelletier's art, but I am curious to see if this book finds a different direction and motivation following the upcoming "Sabretooth Reborn" story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine (2010) #317

Dec 17, 2012

"Wolverine" #317 wraps up the story of the Dreaming Maiden and closes down this volume of Logan's solo adventures, but as with almost every story in comic books, there's more story left to be told. With a pair of new series on the NOW! horizon, Wolverine's story with the Covenant is sure to continue elsewhere, but how remains to be seen. However, I would have liked to see a bit more finality to the adventures of Wolverine considering this is the series' conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine (2014) #1

Feb 5, 2014

With a deluge of new releases in this latest wave of All-New Marvel NOW! books, the publisher has become its own worst enemy and newer titles are going to need to be more convincing to win newer readers and keep them coming back. The big reveal on the final page of "Wolverine" #1 isn't enough to ensure I'll be counting down the days until the next issue, but it is enough to guarantee I'll at least flip through the next one when I see it on the stands.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine and the X-Men #3

Dec 22, 2011

This issue neatly wraps up the debut story and the first day for the Jean Grey School for Higher Learning, but it leaves more than a few plotlines available for future development. Aaron has done a great job re-building the world around the X-Men (or this gaggle of them, at least) in Westchester, New York. I'm happy I've enrolled at Jean Grey. I just wish I could find the bookstore. . .

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wolverine and the X-Men #7

Mar 15, 2012

There's a lot going on in this single issue, which is quite indicative of the larger story Aaron is projecting over the series. Aaron delivers some story conclusions in this issue, but he opens so many other threads, such as the blossoming romance between two of the staff, the exact nature of the "Bamfs," the unpredictability of Krakoa and Broo's true personality. "Wolverine & the X-Men" has a little bit of everything going on and everyone can find something to like in this fun, adventurous series. This series pays wonderful tribute to the sentiment of the "classic" X-Men stories, regardless of what you might consider "classic" while blending bits and pieces together in the form of a wonderful comic book

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine and the X-Men #13

Jul 16, 2012

"Wolverine & the X-Men" #13 is about as far removed as a comic book can be from the expected content as Wolverine is nowhere to be found in this issue and the X-Men (save the Phoenix Five) are only barely present and certainly not the focus. Furthermore this "AvX" crossover doesn't offer much to advance the grander narrative save to rearrange a few pieces on the board. That said, this is still a comic that offers nice character beats and impressive art. The pricepoint might incense some folks expecting more X-Men, but if you're simply looking for a decent read, you can find it here.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine and the X-Men #21

Nov 26, 2012

"Wolverine & the X-Men" #21 starts the next multi-part story for Jason Aaron and ventures into territory that promises fresh adventure and unpredictable moments. Now that the stakes are driven for the circus, I'm hoping Aaron can finish raising the tents and that once raised those tents are fit to burst with X-Men action. For now, this issue just seems to be delivering a great deal of information and performing as an opening act to get the rubes' attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine and the X-Men #34

Aug 16, 2013

If the art weren't so effervescent, the story would be darkly depressing. Jason Aaron and Nick Bradshaw certainly make a solid creative backbone for "Wolverine & the X-Men" #34. The comic book is filled with little cliffhanger scenes, which means there is still a lot to be resolved in the final chapter of "The Hellfire Saga." From what I can tell in this issue, Aaron has set everything up for a whirlwind of conclusions next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine Origins #46

Mar 30, 2010

Wolverine has run the risk of becoming one of the most overexposed characters in the history of comics, and in doing so, has become a character that I do not go out of my way to read. This issue does nothing to change any of that, but it did provide a nice read giving me a chance to catch up with an old friend who has grown far apart from me. This issue isn't going to make any rave about it being the best issue ever, but the final page might be more than enough to bring some readers back to Wolverine's side for his adventures to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine/ Hercules: Myths, Monsters & Mutants #1

Mar 2, 2011

Tieri does a good job in giving this unlikely duo a reason to get together and then turns it up a notch by giving them shared foes, although the pair doesn't realize that before this issue's end. Hercules has enjoyed quite a bit of popularity and frequency in the pages of Marvel comics lately, although not quite to the extent that Wolverine has. Still, the pair plays nicely one off the other and together they cross over enough to inspire fans of the other character to come back for more of this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverine: First Class #6

Sep 2, 2008

Over all I think that this comic was very good, but not the best of them all. Still I would recommend it to most of the people that I know.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wolverine: Weapon X #12

Apr 12, 2010

This issue of "Wolverine Weapon X" ends with cliffhangers in both the future and the present, and the confrontation between Deathlok and Wolverine is sure to be a story worthy of returning to for re-reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wolverines (2015) #1

Jan 6, 2015

"Wolverines" #1 includes a healthy chunk of set-up and a cool fight, making this comic a strong, solid start. But while it is evident in this debut issue that Soule is definitely elbows-deep in the sandbox, "Wolverines" needs a little more pizzazz to merit four bucks a week.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman '77 #1

Jan 12, 2015

Fun time-influenced threats, new details and characters and just enough camp make "Wonder Woman '77" #1 a smart, engaging debut. An affordably priced, well-paced introduction, this comic is yet another fine feather in the DC Digital First initiative's cap. Readers don't have to be well-versed in either the comic book or television interpretations of Wonder Woman but the more understanding they bring to this story, the more they will get out of it. "Wonder Woman '77" adds another series to my digital-first reading subscription.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2006) #28

Feb 3, 2009

While this issue had a lot going on, but was approachable and digestible, I have to wonder (yup, did it again) what transpired in the first two installments of "Rise of the Olympian". Did I miss anything? Honestly, I'm not sure I did, but I'll be looking forward to the next installment. This was a fun read- it had the stuff comics should: adventure, big threats, lots of cameos, and a spiraling sense of greater troubles to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2006) #30

Mar 26, 2009

As already mentioned, this book has become a must read for me, as the ante continues to be upped on poor Diana. She's muddling through this with a warrior's spirit, completely unaware of the additional trials awaiting her under the creative auspices of Gail Simone and crew. While this was the fifth segment in this current story arc, this issue is an approachable gateway into Diana's adventures, provided you have a passing knowledge of her world. Jump in now, because the adventure isn't going to wait for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2006) #33

Jun 28, 2009

This issue might be a dense read, but it is a tale that no summer film budget could hope to touch. A tale of intrigue and despair, hope and loss, suffering, courage and grace. There are battles in this issue on par with those found in "300" or the "Lord of the Rings" trilogy. Most importantly, there are developments in character and environment set to play out quite strongly over the near future and well beyond. If you missed this issue of "Wonder Woman", make note of the next. Simone keeps setting the bar just a little higher for herself and she keeps offering rewarding adventures in the process. Of the titles featuring the DCU Trinity, this title has me most interested.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2006) #36

Sep 30, 2009

This issue is thick and presumes a level of familiarity from its readers, but it provides a setup for trials and tribulations aplenty in the life of everyone's favorite Amazon. This issue doesn't clarify Wonder Woman's place in the world -" quite the opposite -" it gives her a challenge to find her way. On the way to self-discovery, Diana proves her mettle as a warrior, but quickly learns that she may be tactically outclassed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2006) #39

Dec 27, 2009

Simone has done a great job putting a bow on her story, but then she pulled a little thread of that same bow to power the next story of the amazing Amazon. Masterfully, Simone and Lopresti use two panels -- barely a third of a page -- to set up the next chapter in the life of Wonder Woman. With the recent announcement of "Wonder Woman" set to resume her "original numbering" with June's issue -- which will be "Wonder Woman" #600 -- now is a pretty good time to jump onboard and familiarize yourself with Princess Diana. This issue may seem a daunting place to start, but the creative team does a great job making even this issue " the final issue of a lengthy story arc " new-reader friendly. Try it out, if not this one, maybe the next. Then you can thank Gail Simone right here on CBR.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2006) #41

Feb 28, 2010

Simone offers little snippets towards future stories, between Achilles' new home, his reunion with Patroclus (at least in his mind) and the continued existence of the Crows (disciplined as any bratty child should be). Through it all, Simone continues to deliver a solid read that is deeply connected to the DC Universe for those who pick up this title, and I am curious as to where she is going to take "Wonder Woman" next. With her frequent collaborator Nicola Scott climbing into the artist's chair for the next storyline, I'm sure there will be tales of wonder in the stories ahead.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Wonder Woman (2006) #42

Apr 1, 2010

Gail Simone has truly put a lot into the story of "Wonder Woman," and I hope to be able to enjoy a few more issues from her once again. This issue isn't one of them.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2006) #43

May 4, 2010

Simone has done a great job world-building over her time on "Wonder Woman," and sometimes the forest is lost for the trees, as I must admit happened last issue. This issue deepens the threat that I clamored for last issue, but also makes the previous issue feel more shallow. From here, however, with a new foe to face in combat, the story will surely be propelled to more exciting moments.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Wonder Woman (2006) #606

Jan 27, 2011

There is a sense of direction beginning to settle in on this book. The sense is here, but not the direction itself. Diana is still very much a puppet in her own title, but Hester is a good writer and he has some solid toys to play with here. I'm interested to see where this book goes once Hester gets it more fully under his control. A reliable artist would certainly help make this book more Hester's own title. Hmmm. Maybe Hester himself could step in and multitask an issue, providing script and art. That would help to get it back on track, right?

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wonder Woman (2011) #3

Nov 16, 2011

I've been holding off on reading "Wonder Woman" with this relaunch, as I thought it might be nicer to take in as a collected edition (and I still hold that opinion) but I did make the time to get myself up to speed for this review by reading the two issues preceding this one. Taken as a whole, this is shaping up to be a powerful tale, tinged with horror and filled with adventure. This issue, in particular, runs the full gamut, giving us adventure, horror, drama, and foreshadowing of things to come as Diana faces a future filled with uncertainty. Certainly, that will make for some great reading for us.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wonder Woman (2011) #15

Dec 20, 2012

"Wonder Woman" #15 is an enjoyable story, but the issue itself is going to be more widely heralded for bringing Orion back into the mainstream of the DC Universe as opposed to delivering an amazingly memorable story. The issue is just a snippet of the grander narrative and reads as such. Taken on its own, it does provide a decent amount of entertainment, but it most certainly will be better enjoyed in the full context of the complete adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2011) #22

Jul 22, 2013

"The Calm" doesn't deliver much action, but it does give both characters and readers a chance to catch their collective breath. Diana and her crew have three days on New Genesis to recuperate over the course of "Wonder Woman" #22, between the battle they left in "Wonder Woman" #21 and the one awaiting them when they return from New Genesis. In this regard, "Wonder Woman" #22 provides the perfect breather for readers and characters while Azzarello and Chiang continue to add depth and dimension to the characters surrounding and opposing Wonder Woman.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2011) #23.1

Sep 23, 2013

Events like "Forever Evil" and its spawn Villains Month can only be as successful as the imagination of the creators delivering the goods. In this case, Ostrander and Ibez energize this story with the mixing of incongruous heroes and villains, like Shaw and Cheetah. It's an easy concept to plan, but a seemingly difficult one to master. Thankfully, "Wonder Woman" #23.1 is as close to a masterpiece as "Villains Month" is going to bring. I'm unsure where the story might go from here, but U.S. Marshal Shaw and the Cheetah now have history to share and stories that should combine their adventures at some point in the future. DC would be wise to bring this creative team back for that occasion.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Wonder Woman (2011) #43

Aug 24, 2015

Churchill, Anderson and Leigh are all capable of work that shines brighter than what is presented in "Wonder Woman" #43. This issue simply feels rushed, uneven and confusing with items of convenience that pop into the story. I see what Finch and crew are trying to do, but it's not coming together, at least not yet. There are bits of the original direction of this series coming in, emphasizing the dynamic and pace of the world around Diana, but there just isn't enough appeal or pizzazz in "Wonder Woman" #43 to make it a memorable tale.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
World's Finest (2012) #1

May 3, 2012

Huntress and Power Girl might not be my favorite characters, but the creative team for this book sure doesn't care, they're doing more than enough to open up an enjoyable adventure of a pair of friends who only want to make things better. I'm all in for that.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
World's Finest (2012) #3

Jul 6, 2012

Unfortunately, we're three issues in and I'm not certain we've really put any road behind us. Huntress and Power Girl try to return home, but they've crossed paths with Hakkou and now can consider themselves his enemies and maybe even targets. Like the early issues of "Crisis on Infinite Earths," we get a tease of a story, but nothing complete enough to really measure out an accurate judgment. I'm eager for more of this book, and "Worlds' Finest" #3 is a wonderful example of what to expect from the title, it just needs a clear direction. As that materialized with "Crisis," I'm certain it will here. I just hope it does so soon.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
World's Finest (2012) #5

Oct 8, 2012

"Worlds' Finest" #5 shows what this book could become if it doesn't find a voice relatively soon. As part of the second wave of relaunched comics, this series was my most anticipated. Kevin Maguire and George Prez are among my favorite artists. To this point, however, we've got a half-year worth of comics and not a lot of story. As a matter of fact, "Worlds' Finest" can be summed up in a sentence: Karen and Helena want to go home, but they're not sure how to get there and don't know what to do. Hopefully Levitz and crew can figure out what to do to make "Worlds' Finest" a comic more worthy of that moniker. For now, it's simply "Worlds' Mediocre-est."

View Issue       View Full Review
4
World's Finest (2012) #10

Mar 8, 2013

In the end, when the back cover is closed, "Worlds' Finest" #10 just feels like a collection of set-up scenes, but the impending payoff just isn't that interesting. Power Girl and Huntress have a bone to pick with someone at Holt Industries and Batman caught a glimpse of Huntress (are we truly expected to believe Huntress was that successful in flying under the radar?). This isn't quite the stuff of thrilling comic books. Thankfully we had some issue saving art from Maguire and Cheetham.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
World's Finest (2012) #12

May 3, 2013

"Worlds' Finest" #12 is the latest installment for a title that simply seems to have lost its way. As James Robinson's "Earth 2" finds its ground and blossoms, "Worlds' Finest" seems to wither on the vine. A single quest has dragged this book along for a year, now a new quest arises. There is a parallel between this book and Robinson's in that both books now prominently feature a member of the Fourth World pantheon, but Levitz has failed to add depth to the maniacal workings of Desaad. At this point, I'd almost rather see this book cease on its own and the adventures of Power Girl and Huntress be relegated to the backup of "Earth 2," as the stories seem destined to connect, but "Worlds' Finest" doesn't offer enough pizzazz on its own.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
World's Finest (2012) Annual #1

Feb 3, 2014

"Worlds' Finest Annual" #1 is anything but the world's finest. It struggles to achieve middling, but at least brings strong story potential. It appears as though DC has been attempting to weave "Worlds' Finest" back together with "Earth 2," and this annual makes a strong move in that direction, only to trip over itself. Nothing presented here gives me any indication that the contributions of "Worlds' Finest Annual" #1 should in any way, shape or form impact the destiny of "Earth 2." Let Power Girl and Huntress continue to fight the good fight on the main Earth, but let Earth 2 continue to expand its own backstory.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Wytches #6

May 22, 2015

Now that "Wytches" #6 has finished off the arc, all that waits for readers is what the creative team has planned next. Of course, there will be a collected edition at some point and readers will likely snatch that up, drag it back to their holes and devour the works of Snyder, Jock, Hollingsworth and Robins because "pledged is pledged." These creators pledged the readership a gripping horror story and they delivered. Now they just need to keep delivering, because the readers, like the Wytches, will keep devouring, just like this terrifyingly, disturbingly gripping adventure.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Factor (2005) #230

Jan 11, 2012

This is a book that was enjoyable even though I had only a cursory amount of background on the characters and their situation. There is humor, drama and intrigue. There are characters that I want to know a little more about (Longshot and Strong Guy both provided some humor) and situations surrounding them that have piqued my interest. That's what I want more of in my comics. How about you?

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Factor (2005) #231

Feb 3, 2012

I gave the previous issue a look-see and was drawn in. I came back for this one. Lupacchino's art and David's writing are enough to guarantee that I'll be back for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-Force (2008) #13

Mar 17, 2009

The book is not for the squeamish, nor is it for the casual X-Fan. This is a hardcore book with lots of violence and bloodshed - which makes no sense to me as garbled characters are still used instead of swearing here -" featuring shadows of some favorite characters. The upcoming battle with Cable and Bishop might help sort this book out a little, or streamline, but for now, to me, this book was just chaos.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-Force (2008) #17

Jul 21, 2009

In this issue of "X-Force," the entire team is scattered far and wide, but the calamity at the end of the issue is sure to draw them back together once more. How this calamity affects the team remains to be seen, but rest assured there will be more blood. This is the first of four parts, with much blood, violence, and explosiveness. This isn't your daddy's X-team, and if you're picking it up for the characterization, you might want to look at a different X-title. Want some mutants with your violent comics? Then this is the right place.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-Force (2008) #24

Feb 23, 2010

All in all, this story is well paced, but reads quickly, demanding a re-read for those wonderful X-Easter eggs that you just know are in here. The Easter eggs aren't the only driving force of this story, as Kyle and Yost manage to drop more than a few teases and threads for new plots into this story that seemingly spells out the apocalypse (again!) of the mutant way.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
X-Force (2014) #1

Feb 13, 2014

Stating the mission of the team multiple times (including the front text piece) doesn't make "X-Force" #1 any more interesting. There's a paper-thin, stale plot pushing the story, but it isn't very compelling and the characters seem to be checking boxes in order to slog through another issue. The debut issue does little to distinguish itself from any other iteration of Rob Liefeld's brainchild. In fact, "X-Force" #1 feels more like a mismanaged remix of the Craig Kyle, Christopher Yost, Clayton Crain title without any interesting characters. In addition to providing hollow characters and a complete lack of heart, "X-Force" #1 brings nothing to justify the cancellation of the two previous "X-Force" titles, instead giving readers flat, uninspired writing and art that is every bit as murky and uninspired.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
X-Men Origins (2008): Nightcrawler #1

Mar 26, 2010

This issue gives us the chance to discover teleporting right alongside Nightcrawler. His amazement is supposed to carry over to the reader, but falls short, as the entirety of this issue does. I'm pleased to be able to read a comic that focuses on Nightcrawler, and Nightcrawler alone, but this is a story for the most passionate, open-minded fans of Nightcrawler. Pedestrian X-fans might not be as enthused by this reconfigured tale of yesteryear.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
X-Men Origins (2008): Beast #1

Sep 5, 2008

Overall, this book is largely enjoyable, but to me, it also felt largely forgettable. I am not certain this was the best vehicle and/or time for such a project, but Marvel has their reasons for releasing this when they did. For fans of the Beast, this book is a great read. For fans of the X-Men in general, there might be better ways to invest the $3.99 this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men Prime #1

Mar 30, 2017

X-Men Prime is a fineset up for a recap/expository issue, but it falls short of being entertaining or evocative. Its not quite an anthology, and not quite a standalone epic. Its a commercial for whats to come from the X-Men, but it offers hope, variety, and a quick update. Its not a necessity, but it is a nicety.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men vs. Agents of Atlas #1

Oct 7, 2009

As I mentioned earlier, Marvel is making a deliberate choice with some significant marketing moves by putting this book on the new comic rack. It's not as though the Agents have sold out, since Parker delivers a fun, adventurous story, but rather that folks at Marvel realized some marketing needed to occur for one of the most entertaining concepts to come out of the House of Ideas in quite a long time. Buy it now, read a friend's copy, wait for the trade, or maybe even the Digital Comics Unlimited upload, whatever, just make sure you read this story. It's good, clean, bombastic fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
X-Men: Hellbound #3

Jul 17, 2010

I've groused about this before, and I'm sure others have also, but I'm not sure why I'm paying an extra buck for a twenty-two page event book. Aren't event books naturally programmed as better sellers? Wouldn't these three-issue events have been prestige format books once upon a time? I don't mind paying an extra buck for high-quality books. I'll even pay an extra buck for upper-middle quality books if you give me some choice filler material, but an extra buck for nothing sure seems like a bit of fleecing to me. If this were a $2.99 book, I'd feel a little more confident in recommending it, and the ranking might be higher, but as it stands, this is a sub-standard $3.99. Go buy "Gorilla-Man" instead.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
X-Men: Battle of the Atom #1

Aug 28, 2013

"X-Men: Battle of the Atom" #1 is exactly the type of offering Marvel needs to provide to ride the Marvel NOW! wave. The characters are wonderful and human, emotional and adventurous, dedicated and scared, just as the X-Men were in the Art Adams-drawn Annuals of yesteryear. I was willing to let this event pass me by, but following the back-of-the-neck grab that opens the issue underneath Adams' retro-glorious cover, I'm all-in for the "Battle of the Atom." Well played, Bendis and crew, well played indeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men: Gold (2017) #1

Apr 6, 2017

This is a solid debut, and one worth checking out. I cannot wait to see how it continues to blossom.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #261

Jan 25, 2012

Following my initial reunion with other parts of the X-Men family, this issue is a bit of a letdown. The collection of characters here -- Rachel Grey, Cannonball, Beast, Wolverine, Rogue and Iceman -- appeal to me most of the casts from the other books I've picked up. If my criteria were simply characters and potential, I'd be on board with this book going forward. At the very least, I'll be back for more next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #264

Mar 30, 2012

Speaking of the Southern belle, Gage (through Rogue) laments the absence of Nightcrawler and I completely agree. Gage's current roster of characters make this book fun and adventurous, but if Kurt Wagner were bamfing through the panels, it would be a much more enjoyable experience. "X-Men Legacy" has done a good job of showing what the teachers of the Jean Grey School do after, before, or even during class. Taken as a buddy title to "Wolverine & the X-Men," this book offers more action for the members of the faculty not named Wolverine or Kitty Pryde. Taken by itself, this is a wonderful retroaction X-Men title that doesn't kowtow to telling tales for trades or decompressing the story and this issue is grand example of what to expect from "X-Men Legacy."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #266

May 11, 2012

With Falcon and Redwing facing off with Kitty Pryde and Lockheed, I was hoping for some Pet Avengers magic to work through this issue, but it just didn't happen. What did happen, though, was a good story exploring the effect Captain America and Cyclops fighting in Utopia has on the Jean Grey School for Higher Learning. The repercussions of the decisions made in this issue are certain to have a lasting effect on the outcome of "Avengers Vs. X-Men," and quite possibly the entire Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #268

Jun 14, 2012

"X-Men Legacy" #268 is the least "X-Men" of any issue of this series since Gage took over. Focusing on the responsibility that is supposed to accompany power, this issue never really delivers a solid message. Instead, we find the characters wallowing between thoughts and intents without ever committing fully to any one. Frenzy makes a statement toward the end of the issue, but it's rather dubious that anything will come of it. Without a hard stance on the issues at hand, "X-Men Legacy" #268 is simply another comic tie-in to the latest event, instantly forgettable when it could have been so much more.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #274

Sep 28, 2012

This entire issue is a lesson in disappointment. Magneto finds disappointment, as does Rogue. The biggest recipients of it, however, are the readers as they slog through a story that tries too hard to be gut-wrenching and sacrifices character development to pander to emotional turmoil. "X-Men Legacy" #274 stars two of the most powerful X-Men ever, but the deceptively simple task of rescuing civilians from a collapsed subway tunnel seems to suck the confidence from Rogue and the arrogance from Magneto. I get what Gage is trying to do, but the story comes across poorly executed, especially since either character could have handled this predicament easily alone. I've enjoyed "X-Men Legacy" more than I haven't, but this issue isn't one of the enjoyable ones.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
X-Men: Legacy (2012) #2

Nov 29, 2012

The cover of "X-Men Legacy" #2 is the best thing about it, but Marvel even managed to bobble that as the cover stock seems to be lighter or thinner than the actual pages of this issue. It's certainly an odd choice for an odd book, but one that could be marginally justified given the nature of the story within. I know Legion has been an important character in the past, but he's also been a character that writers have never seemed to quite know what to do with. Now that Spurrier has figured it out, I'm left wanting.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
X-Men: Red (2018) #1

Feb 7, 2018

X-Men: Red #1 does everything an X-Men comic should do: it presents the team and the struggle, provides a purpose and an identifiable foe. Most importantly, Taylor, Asrar, Svorcina, and Petit give readers a reason to believe this teams compatability through their own demonstration of teamwork. I was hooked with Taylor and Asrar on the book and Nightcrawler on the roster. Then they added Wolverine and Honey Badger. And Namor. Im ready to declare this my favorite X-Men comic of recent years. And Im definitely looking forward to more X-Men: Red.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-O Manowar (2012) #1

Apr 25, 2012

If we don't learn from history, we are doomed to repeat it. With this latest attempt at "X-O Manowar," I'd say there's a whole lot of learning taking place. This first issue clocks in at almost thirty pages of story, told through dialog and action with minimal reliance on caption boxes of any sort. "X-O Manowar" is a thick comic book that provides a story certain to appeal to fans of everything from alien invasion stories to tales of medieval battles. As relaunches and reintroductions to comic book properties go, "X-O Manowar" is a great start.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-O Manowar (2012) #21

Jan 22, 2014

Despite the lack of armor, there is still plenty of drama in "X-O Manowar" #21, just not much X-O Manowar. I'm certain Venditti has a long-term plan, but in the interim, he brings readers a character who is out of his depth, but not out of hope. Aric has faced adversity all his life, and Venditti convinces readers that the former host of the X-O armor will eventually overcome this new scenario as well. It's the how of the expected victory that readers are now hooked in to after reading "X-O Manowar" #21.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #24

Apr 16, 2014

After a three-page introduction to them in "X-O Manowar" #24, this issue also includes a five-page preview of "Armor Hunters" #1, giving readers plenty to look forward to. When readers meet the hunters in the story proper, Venditti and Bernard sell them as total cutthroats. They also weave in an undeniable connection to X-O Manowar, setting up a battle for the ages. From start to finish, the creative team on "X-O Manowar" #24 really pack in the action and excitement. Given everything that has happened to and around Aric of Darcia, readers of this series might be hard to impress, but this issue offers plenty to impress and serves as a splendid introduction to the characters, the armor and the Valiant Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2012) #25

May 26, 2014

While slightly more verbose than a Prince Valiant strip, the J. G. Jones' one-pager is a nice way to kick off a tribute to X-O Manowar while the cover gallery caps off what has led to this point. This is how anniversary issues should be done: recognize the history, celebrate that veteran readership and experienced creators, bring newer readers up to speed and seed the future. "X-O Manowar" #25 executes this brilliantly, giving readers a magnificently robust comic book filled with twenty-seven pages of new story in addition to the pin-ups, data file information and pitch documentation. As the first of the Valiant Entertainment books to cross the quarter-century landmark, "X-O Manowar" #25 sets the bar high for the rest of the line.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-O Manowar (2012) #37

Jun 22, 2015

"X-O Manowar" #37 is, at its core, simply another man versus machine story. Venditti has been warning Aric and the readers about the potential threat of the X-O armor, but the true threat seems to be those issuing warnings again and again. Such is the case in this issue. As the fourth of four chapters dedicated to "Dead Hand," this issue seems to close the case rather conveniently, as if daring readers to ask: "Were four issues really necessary?" Light on character development but full of fighting, "X-O Manowar" #37 isn't the most memorable issue of the series, but it has some nice moments -- among those, the three vertical panels that close out the issue. Venditti and Bernard don't deliver a cliffhanger but, with unplayed dramatic music easily imagined to be hanging in the air, they let the reader know that this ending is not as complete as it seems.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-O Manowar (2017) #1

Mar 20, 2017

Kindt and company really open X-O Manowar #1 up to readers, not so much inviting them in as dragging them in, sweeping them up into action and moving forward in a brutal, unwavering manner. Yet another strong debut from Valiant, X-O Manowar #1 offers a lot to look forward to and a firm entryway for new readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
X-Termination #2

Apr 25, 2013

As crossover conclusions go, this one sets a new low for me. I like several of the characters present in "X-Termination" #2, but the fortunate way the story wraps and the price paid is just a little too predictably satisfying. Lapham throws some telegraphed finales our way, but they don't come anywhere near becoming a satisfying read. Nightcrawler gets to go out with a "BAMF!" and that's about the best "X-Termination" #2 has to offer.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
X-Treme X-Men (2012) #2

Sep 3, 2012

Dazzler and company are a pale substitute for Blink and her crew from "Exiles," a title that blazed the trail for alternate-reality hopping adventure series. I really want to like what Pak and Segovia are doing here, but after two issues, I've come to the startling realization that maybe I just simply want "Exiles" back.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Years of Future Past #1

Jun 5, 2015

As the stable of "Secret Wars" related titles continues to grow, Marvel continues to revisit concepts with strong followings. In this case, "Days of Future Past" might be one of the most beloved X-Men tales ever, which sets the bar pretty high for this series. Bennett, Norton, Plascencia and Caramagna don't quite clear that bar, but they do deliver one heck of a strong team effort. Battleworld is mentioned throughout this comic, but the creative team makes it quite clear this is an X-Men comic, filled with uneasy predicaments, interpersonal challenges and a cliffhanger that promises to increase the threat level set to arrive in the next issue. "Years of Future Past" #1 packs promise in with a strong premise, and the creative crew of this book certainly makes it worth checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Young Allies 70th Anniversary Special #1

Jun 23, 2009

While the price tag is a little steep, especially for the range of "bonus material" included, the main story is enjoyable and definitely worth a read. Judging by the entries on his blog, it looks like this may not be the last time we see a Captain America-related story drawn by Paolo Rivera. Hopefully the same can be said for Roger Stern.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Young Avengers: Sidekicks #1

Mar 13, 2009

This book impressed me a great degree. The interplay between the teens, even the pseudo-stereotypical teen interaction, is entertaining and ideal for comic book adventures. In the course of the six issues captured here, the characters grow into their roles and the team lives up to the legacy established under the battle cry of "Avengers Assemble!" With tax refunds coming around, do yourself a favor and put $15 aside to track down this paperback. It holds up well and offers a playful exuberance that was not present in the Avengers camp at the time the original stories were told.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Young Justice (2011) #0

Jan 19, 2011

This book is set to parallel, not duplicate, the cartoon series, and so far it is doing a nice job. Hopps and Weisman do a fine job of presenting a story for devotees of the show, casual fans, comic fans who haven't seen the show yet, or even younger readers who are just learning about the world of the Justice League through these gateway heroes. This is all ages fun at its very best, and I look forward to seeing scenes that don't fill show gaps, but exist in space of their own.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Young Justice (2011) #1

Feb 19, 2011

There is a bit in this book that plays upon the classic JLA tales from years long past, but as Franco and Baltazar did with "Billy Batson," they're selectively borrowing from the legacy to improve the overall story. It's an interesting bit that has the potential to be exactly what it seems like or to be much deeper. Where this crew takes it from here remains to be seen. In the meantime, for fans of this "Young Justice" cast in need of more from these characters than the weekly fix, this book is a nice supplement. For those that haven't discovered the cartoon, this book is strong enough to be enjoyable all by itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Young Justice (2011) #16

May 31, 2012

I handed this off to the eleven-year-old, essentially putting this all ages read through beta-testing. She's a voracious reader of comics, novels, magazines and newspapers. If it is anywhere near her, she's reading it and processing. When I solicited her thoughts on this issue, she said, "I liked it for two reasons. One, they had three stories of the mentors and mentees and combined it in one comic and two, some of the mentees are near my age." In the interest of transparency, yes, she has seen the show, but if given the chance between watching TV and reading a book, she's the first in the family to start flipping pages instead of channels. This book is a winner in the Zawisza household and it is certain to please longtime DC readers looking for a fix of the summertime comic books they used to read decades (or at least a couple Crises) ago.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Young Justice (2019) #1

Jan 9, 2019

Bendis, Gleason, Sanchez, and the DC Lettering crew have crafted a fun adventure here that is nearly fit for all ages, but totally entertaining for anyone who picks it up. And I strongly recommend you give this book a read, especially if you're looking to reawaken your own sense of wonder or just find a comic you can have fun reading again.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Youngblood (2017) #1

May 3, 2017

Despite some typos (looking at you focussing), some wobbly anatomy (particularly arms that bend in ways indicative of stretching powers, but nevertheless look dynamic and certainly contribute to Towes storytelling), a sprawling cast that nearly requires a old-school NFL Game Day program, and a backup tale from Youngblood creator Rob Liefeld thats only long enough to make you shrug your shoulders,Youngblood #1 brings quite a bit of fun. These quibbles can be overcome, adjusted, monitored, and transformed into strengths. This is, after all, a first step. No journey ever stops with one step. Ill certainly be checking in to see where the next step takes us.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Zatanna #2

Jun 26, 2010

As if this issue, in and of itself was not a compelling enough reason for me to want more "Zatanna," the last page reveal surprised me, and has me eagerly anticipating the next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Zatanna #5

Sep 19, 2010

This storyline has brought Zachary Zatara back into Zatanna's life, and Dini does a good job of defining the relationship between the two between the covers of comic book stories past. There is room for growth and exploration for both characters, as well as further defining their relationship. That is one of the developments I'm looking forward to in the next issue as Dini continues to define the world around Zatanna.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Zatanna #6

Nov 1, 2010

DC has a hidden gem here. Although Zatanna is a Justice Leaguer, guest star on "Smallville," and connected in one way or another to virtually every hero in the DC Universe, she doesn't command a legion of fans, nor does she produce a slew of sales. She does, however, star in one of the most invigorating comics on the stands today. Every issue brings a surprise, some fun, some drama, and something to remember until the next. This issue is a wonderful sample of that.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Zatanna #8

Dec 23, 2010

I've been effusive in my praise of this title with each issue that I have reviewed here at CBR, but with this issue the bar has been raised. Zatanna has really evolved from her first appearance alongside Hawkman back in the 1960s, and at this point she is at a pinnacle. This is as strong a female lead as comic books have to offer today. I've recommended it a time or two, but after reading this issue, I simply cannot recommend this book enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Zatanna #14

Jun 26, 2011

There's two issues left of this series for the reset button is pushed. There's no shortage of hanging plotlines out there, and (hopefully) Dini and Igle are both in place for the next issue at least. I'd like to see this title revert back to the fun, adventurous, clean stories I've come to expect from it during its run before the final curtain is closed.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Zorro (2008) #12

Apr 17, 2009

This tale has been stretching on for quite some time, but as a newcomer to this incarnation of the adventures of Don Diego and his masked alter ego, I had little difficulty acclimating to the setting and found this issue to be intriguing. In a dense comic book market, "Zorro" has survived a year and Wagner appears to have a long-range plan in place for his story. This is not the most ideal entry point for a new reader, especially a new reader who only knows Zorro as a snippet of the inspiration for Batman. Next issue appears to offer a little more excitement with the foreshadowing of a duel alluded to in this issue. This is definitely a title that would benefit from Marvel's method of sharing what came before this issue; especially considering the vast amount of open space in the inside cover.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Zorro (2008) #13

May 11, 2009

Wagner and company have done an admirable job translating Zorro's adventures to the four-color world. Unfortunately, "Zorro" hasn't found a way to make the leap to the top of comics racks or reading piles as deftly as Zorro leaps to the saddle upon his trusty steed, Toronado.

View Issue       View Full Review

Reviews for the Week of...

November

October

More